Bernice P. Bishop Museum bulletin

Spa
hata

t
sits

;

;

shy
4)

»>-
DD)
WLP)
J
Pi.

y» SD)

yr 2»)
yp»
> Pd)

Dd»
>»»

»))>»»»)d
») DID
pW?) DV

)» 2 » »»»
yy) DoD

Aarne Aahtiten.-

ne a > ~~
AU a ahanananadrSaes- ~ YY.

\ Seva a Ss AERA DIAAD
RAAMADDSDS

RNAANIA an a” dnanananant> A Aan I nm

me es = , Ann ft
N he Te ft, fee NL f -] AABRAE
& wy de i a o aaaanhs PEA RRAARAAGAGS
aad. a.) ~ =~ . QF
a An NIA RE REE RADARS Ei Viel lnalalalaa a
m™ Aa? a } ‘ Ow ee tN ale
- ALY. Winner AAZ A -
ANA | ATL pa _ARarRA,’
y View| _~ = yt om a ew 4
yhlat! | [alae aaa) RANA

4 CE EEN ARAhan aia , RARARAAA

aA a aria
Aral AAA arr aA AA agai AAS
Aw ~VYaey VA A 2 a

manahyraan® eccenanat “lA ar enconne!

¥ / A, ~~ hed Nace oy
nN AA Ree
a /afYN |. - pair Se TTY TY | VS
: ' “af
aA, | i 3 b - f Vie La ~ As %
AU RRRrry yer aaa.
pee RY ERIAAAAER SII S ladiiam .
% é ~~ = = ~ no a amare ~~ ig
AT NA aa! > eS te Ys ~ ALY Naas ~&-
| 2a; = a%ef > AD - anne ANAASAAARA |
taaA = TRBRA AAA Ane

Naw at

~

~ caamenee
\ «a!

BR fy & Ty R > a\

| WIANNG ~ eS ao

=~ em. a

D)
»
»»

as
a

Sas) MAAR PAR RR on
a» BAaAaeanreres
as RAAT An AAAAARAASAD ENEMY pane el
aA 5
ZSCRABSe asee Aan AAT RARE
Ar ; a in| | = ~~ » A a ie Wa
attiog!™ Mott \ angaat ALAR RRRBAARA
ankaana tt. aeAta AaRla Aarrne
| RA AAR RAT

_-~ ~ — a AAG SAR
ASB an NAA AN ~ Be Bae
ae |

ROT ee A RA

aaaakes a& YY ain ere | | AAWABRAARAA
WY BaP ALaaatie PeRagm

MASaAg Pa 7 ens
~ehas ; Ans annna a QASAe ABAARAARAARAS
PEN, > am ~ aA a =
amarrar! 4 amam prcennna” aeancet
Stan AnaNsane tia san se seen tell

Aan, a

yy

AA Aig” a @ (Mes: Poe P |
AP ~RA a rer ae au
Baan 422.X---4 Dr Ry IA on, 4, ye A = rie
¢ = Se, .

; ~~
2 Anas

vy aaah snasnaada

>
)
)

») Dd 2w»d WY

yD wy)
DPD» D»d D

on

QA

TATTOOING IN THE
MARQUESAS

BY
WILLOWDEAN CHATTERSON HANDY

Bernice P. BisHop MuszEuM

BULLETIN I

WITH 38 PLATES

BAYARD DOMINICK EXPEDITION

PuBLICATION NUMBER 3

213 O47

HONOLULU, HAWAII
PuBLISHED BY THE MusEUM
1922

|

QO)

WILLOWDEAN CHATTERSON HANDY SERVED AS
VOLUNTEER ASSOCIATE WITH THE MARQUESAS
PARTY OF THE BAyARD DoMINICK EXPEDITION,
1920-1921. SHE HAS TAKEN SKILLFUL ADVAN-
TAGE OF HER OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN WHAT IS
BELIEVED TO BE AN UNUSUALLY COMPLETE AND
INTIMATE RECORD OF TATTOOING DESIGNS.

Tattooing in the Marquesas

By WILLOWDEAN CHATTERSON Hanpy

INTRODUCTION

Drawings and photographs of tattooing patterns on the bodies of
natives were made by the author during a residence in the Marquesas
Islands in 1921. As tattooing is now forbidden by the laws of the country
and the art is consequently dying out, this collection of the last specimens
of tattooing patterns which exist today in the Marquesas has seemed to
demand a complementary collection of information regarding the practice
of the art, to the end that the beautiful motives might at least be partly
accounted for and might some day take their merited place in the history
of art. ‘The data have been drawn from natives who have been decorated,
from one old tuhuna, or artist, who has practised tattooing, and from
literary sources, thus piecing together a fairly accurate picture of the
practice. Discussion of the design itself, of which the natives know
nothing today beyond the nomenclature, is undertaken in a spirit of ap-
preciation and with the hope that the suggestions offered regarding the
evolution and significance of this form of decoration may uncover other
possibilities and lead to a more conclusive interpretation of the art.

THE PRACTICE OF THE ART

It would appear that this form of body decoration was not confined to
certain ranks or classes in the Marquesas, though what might be called
a property qualification limited somewhat the complete covering and finer
work to the wealthy who could afford to employ the best artists and stand
the attendant expense of feeding them and their assistants as well as the
large band of ka’ioi who erected the special house for the occasion. A
father prepared long in advance for the payment for tattooing of his first-
born, raising pigs, and planting ute, paper mulberry (Broussonetia papyri-
fera), for the making of tapa as gifts for both the kaioi and the tuhuna.
Payment also took the form of ornaments, war clubs, and more recently,
guns. Langsdorff says that they paid for their decorations according to
the greater or less quantity of them, and to the trouble the figures re-
quired ; that during the thirty or forty years when the body was gone over
again and again with the tattooing bones until the skin was completely
covered, the cost became considerable; and that such all-over decoration
necessarily indicated a person of great wealth (10 p. 120)%. It follows

* Throughout this paper the numbers in parentheses refer to the bibliography on
page 26.

4 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

naturally that it also appeared only upon people of advanced years (6, p.
130; 13, p. 102-103), a circumstance which undoubtedly led to Captain
Chanal’s conclusion that the marks had no relation to anything but age
(Lisp. LLL). ’

While the ¢uhuna was paid generously for work on an opou, the eldest
son of a wealthy man, no payment was asked of the kaioi, a more or
less unorganized group of younger sons and daughters, who took such
part in the preparations as raiding for food and building the special house,
and who slipped in to have designs punctured upon them gratis when the
opow was resting or recuperating from the effects of the operation. It is
perhaps these ka’ioi to whom Melville (12, p. 49) refers in speaking of
the common fellows who were practiced on. Langsdorff was apparently
unaware of this custom, for he says that those who could not afford tat-
tooing went without:

The poorer islanders who have not a superabundance of hogs to dispose of in
luxuries, but live chiefly themselves upon breadfruit, are operated upon by novices in
the art, who take them at a very low price as subjects for practice. The lowest class

of all, the fishermen principally, are often not able to afford even the pay required by
a novice, and are therefore not tattooed at all. (10, p. 120.)

With the lower classes noticeably less tattooed than the higher, the
conclusion was often drawn by early visitors that this form of decoration
pointed out noble or distinguished persons (8, p. 155 and 13, p. 84).
Berchon, writing in 1859, avows that all classes were tattooed at that
time, but that formerly it was a sign of nobility and distinction. From
what is to be gathered today from living informants, this is a miscon-
ception, in the main, based on the fact that wealth was in the hands of
chiefs and distinguished men.

Melville (13, p. 102) at one time assigns tattooing to the warrior
class, but present information states that the untattooed as well as the
tattooed went to war. That warriors, as well as other groups, wore
special designs as badges is stated by modern informants as true in a
few instances, and is frequently suggested by the early voyagers to the
Marquesas. Spirals over the eyes (Pl. v, 7) are today described as be-
longing to all warriors in ancient times, while spirals called kokoata on
cheeks and hips indicated chiefs, as do the tiny pinlike marks (Pl. xxxviu1,
G. d) to be seen today on the inside of the left ankle. After a battle
these marks—according to the informants—were sought for by the priest
of a victorious army on the ankles of the slain to determine whether a
chief had been killed and a great battle fought. Beyond these distinguish-
ing marks, living informants make no mention of the badges described

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 5

by early visitors, such as the mata-komoe distinguishing a hero (10, PI.
vil, fig. 9; p. xv), the marks of high birth put upon the arms of women
in families of chiefs (18, p. 222-223), the tattooed right hand and left foot
of women as a sign of wedlock (13, p. 221-222). Mr. Linton was told
that only chiefs had their feet tattooed; but this is not borne out in the
late practice of the art nor corroborated by other informants. The con-
fusion probably arises either from the distinguishing chiefly marks being
upon the ankle, or from the custom of tattooing the body of the opou
from the feet up, contrary-wise to that of the ka tov.

The only distinguishing feature of the tattooing of a ka’ioi, as re-
ported today, is the order in which the designs were put on, the face
being decorated first. The reason assigned by a Pua Ma’u informant for
the custom of beginning with the feet of the opow was that the face if
tattooed first was liable to become infected and cause a stoppage of the
operation. It is possible that the reverse order in the case of the ka’ioi was
the result of indifference as to their fortunes, but it is also possible that
there was here a fundamental class distinction. There is no proof today
that the work was not of the same pattern as that of the opou, though
Melville thought he distinguished a difference in the quality of the work
put upon “inferior natives,” their designs appearing to him like daubs of a
house-painter’s brush (13, p. 250).

Berchon says that tattooing was an obligation rather than a mark of
distinction for women, that the right hand must be tattooed by the age
of twelve so that it might be used in making popot, in making pakoko (the
circular movement of two fingers in taking up popoi to eat it) and in
rubbing dead bodies with coconut oil (1, p. 114-115). Natives today say
that an untattooed hand could not make popot nor eat it from the same
bowl as a tattooed hand, that a tattooed man could not eat with a woman, and
that a man with all his designs finished could not eat with a man whose
designs were unfinished; but any reason for these requisites beyond their
being “pretty” is unknown. Women would not marry untattooed men,
probably because the decoration represented either wealth, endurance of
pain, style, or all three.

A special effort was made to find some trace of banqueting societies
distinguished by marks tattooed on the chest, which Krusenstern, Langs-
dorff, and Melville * describe (8, p. 159-160; 10, p. 121-122; 12, p. 50-51);
but no memory of anything in the nature of such fraternal orders supported
by the chief and tattooed gratis is discoverable today. With Berchon’s con-

? All of the detailed information of Krusenstern and Langsdorff came from two
white sailors living among the natives, whose accounts are in many instances un-
mistakably erroneous and exaggerated. It would not surprise me in the least if

«

6 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

clusion that the fact reported must have been “quite exceptional” we must
agree. It was customary, however, during famine times, for people to
seek the service of chiefs in order to be fed, and it may have been the
whim of some chief to have a particular mark tattooed upon them, but
this was certainly not a general custom. Indeed, Melville relates the “Hana-
manoo” episode as an especial and unusual case; and it does not seem
unlikely that the same story is at the basis of both his and the Russians’
accounts. They have probably misinterpreted the ordinary custom of the
father of the opow during the period of tattooing feeding the ka’ioi, who
were no more closely organized as a society than is our own “younger set,”
to whom they were somewhat analogous. This would fit, too, with the
custom of the tuhuna’s giving them samples of their art gratis during the
rest periods of the opou.

A careful search for any possible significance of face designs as tribal
marks, corroborative of Porter’s statement to this effect (14, p. 114),
calls forth today, except in one instance only, vociferous refutation. How-
ever, that face patterns were insular during a later period of the art is
certain, the oblique paheke belonging to Nuku Hiva, the horizontal bands
called #’ati’apu being worn by Hiva Oans, and the latter’s variant, the
ihuepo, whose central band covers the nostrils themselves, being prevalent
on Fatu Hiva. Lacassagne (9, p. 79) quotes Lombroso as declaring that
face tattooing on Nuku Hiva distinguished two enemy factions, the one be-
ing marked by a triangle, the other by a circle. Triangles are associated
with the tattooing of the inhabitants of Tai-pi Valley by Melville and Ber-
chon, and these Tai-pi were powerful enemies of the tribes of Tai o Hae
Valley. More than one present-day informant has stated that men of a cer-
tain tribe living in Tai o Hae were marked with a great black circle on the
face (Pl. v, 10). Seeing the two styles and finding them associated with two
enemy factions, it might be natural to conclude that face decoration was
to distinguish enemies; but this is the one instance in which a tribal
significance is assigned today to a face design.

That the operation of tattooing was performed during propitious sea-
sons or at times of importance in the life of the individual to be decorated
has been reported by Desgraz (18, p. 223). Living Marquesas informants
place its practice during the dry season when there was no breadfruit to
be harvested, during the months of October, November, December and
early January. The women, whose tattooing may still be examined, place
the beginning of their work at from seven to twelve years of age; the

Melville made up his story of the “Hanamanoo” episode after having read Langs-
dorff or Krusenstern.

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas Gi

men, from fifteen to twenty. Within these limits fall the more or less
definite statements of such early writers as Garcia, Desgraz, and Ber-
chon, Porter interpreting the time as “when they are able to bear the
pain.” All imply—and Krusenstern (8, p. 155) definitely states—that
the beginning of the operation was connected with the period of adoles-
cence. Berchon (1, p. 113) tells us that pregnancy would hinder the
success of the work and that it was never undertaken for a woman when
she was in that condition, from which we may again infer that the coming
of puberty was the time for starting the bodily decoration. There seems
at the present time to be no definite connection in the mind of the Mar-
quesan between the two, and the fact that tattooing was practiced during
the growing or maturing season of the land just before harvest-time
seems also to have no significance at present. However, the celebrations
associated with the harvest and with the completion of the tattooing of the
adolescent youth of the land were united in a great ko’ina or feast. It
may be remarked, too, that there is at present no indication that important
times in the life of the individual, other than adolescence, were the oc-
casions for tattooing, although Langsdorff, in a description of the enata
design, says that it was put on when an enemy had been killed or eaten
(10, p. Xv).

As has been stated, preparations for the tattooing of an opow began
with the raising of pigs and planting of wte for gifts and payment for
tuhuna and ka‘ioi. Several days before the beginning of the operation,
the father announced that the oho’au tiki, or special house for the occasion,
was to be built. About one o'clock on the morning on which the erection
of this structure was to take place, two great drums (fahw) and two small
ones (hutw) were beaten on the public festival place, to declare the be-
ginning of the fapw and to summon the kaioi. ‘These, usually from
forty to eighty in number, immediately gathered at the festival place and
together proceeded, under direction of the tuhuna, to raid the place of
the opou’s father. They demolished his houses and those of his relatives,
with the exception of the sleeping houses; they seized not only material
for the building of the oho’au, but that for making tapa, or the tapa
itself in the event of its already having been made. Enough pigs and
other food, sufficient to last for the entire period of the operation, its
length depending upon the sickness of the opouw, were taken for the feed-
ing of the ka’iot, tuhuna, and all those who were to stay in the oho’au.
Not only was the father of the opow the victim of this fao or seizure of
food, but also his father’s sisters and even other relatives of the father and
mother, if the duration of the operation was extended; and it was these
relatives who cooked the food during the entire time.

8 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

The oho’au tiki, together with a sleeping house and a cook house,
which were placed on a stone paepae near a me’ae (sacred place), or a
tohua (public place), was erected for the first-born or adopted boy
(matahiapo), other sons usually being ka’ioi and achieving their tattooing
piecemeal and gratis in the oho’au of the opou. ‘This house, which be-
longed with all its appurtenances to the opow and not to the ka’ioi who
built it—although they slept in it during the period of the operation—was
carefully built, though it was lashed with the coarse strips of hibiscus bark
rather than with the finely braided pu’ukaha or coconut fiber cord usual
in other dwellings. Melville might seem to suggest a different custom
in Hiva Oa from that of Nuku Hiva in the description of the tattooing’s be-
ing performed in large houses belonging to the tuhwna themselves (12,
p. 48-49) ; but all modern recollection in Hiva Oa is of the similar custom
of building the special oho’aw for the opou. It may be said in passing
that neither Melville’s descriptions of the spacious houses of the tuhuna
with their numerous small apartments set apart by screens of tapa for
private patients and of the small tents of coarse tapa erected by itinerant
tuhuna for patients at the times of religious festivals, nor Langsdorff’s
account of the operation for persons in middling station being performed
in houses erected for the purpose by the tattooers and tabooed by authority
(10, p. 120), are corroborated in the information gathered last year in
the Marquesas. ‘The Russian says further that the women were not, like
the men, shut up in a tabooed house during the operation, but that
it was performed without ceremony in their own houses or in those of
relatives. This is corroborated today, particularly on Nuku Hiva; though
sometimes, we are told, a small house called the fa’e po’a (po’a, coconut
thatching) was built alongside the family dwelling for the tattooing of a
girl and in it lived the whole family during the entire period of the
operation, the main house being tapu, though the fa’e po’a was not.

The oho’au tiki, itself, which we must take as the usual scene of the
operation, was very fapu to outsiders. Those who entered it could have
nothing to do with women, who were spoken of at this time as vehine
pu'atea (pu’atea, a kind of tree with soft wood). Indeed these men must
hide if a woman were even sighted at a distance, and it was necessary for
them to cook for themselves. The men who held the legs and arms of
the opou, and who fanned flies during the work, were especially tapu
and had to be served with special food. ‘There seems to have been no
regular food tapu for the patients during the period of the operation,
though according to early visitors, there were dietary restrictions ap-
parently for the sake of health. Garcia says the patients were forbidden
for several days to take certain kinds of nourishment, such as pig and

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 9

kava, and Melville speaks of the small portions of food that were pushed
under the curtain by unseen hands to the tapw patients within the apart-
ments, the restriction in food being intended to reduce the blood and so
diminish inflammation ; Langsdorff reports that the patient must drink very
little for fear of inflammation, and must not eat early in the morning.

The work was performed by tuhuna patu tiki (patw, to mark or strike ;
tiki, designs), artists, evidently trained in the school of experience, some of
them coming to enjoy great vogue on more than one island. Although
Garcia states that the office was hereditary, each great family having its
family of tattooers trained from generation to generation for its use,
nothing of the sort can be traced today. According to modern informants,
skill alone was qualification for practice and requisite for patronage.
Langsdorff tells of novices who, for practice, operated upon poor people
at very small charge, and Melville reports even the hiring of “vile fel-
lows” as models on whom they could practice.

All present-day information denies Melville’s statement that there were
orders of tattooing artists. It is more likely that there were itinerant
members of the profession, as he states. All seem to have practiced quite
independently, although there was probably the kind of bond between them
that followers of any profession feel. It is said in Ua Pou that there were
different tu/una for men and women because of the rule of tapu which
ascribed to men greater sacredness than to women, but this was not true
during the latter days of the art. No woman tuhuna was ever heard of.
There were evidently contests between tu/una, two or three working at
the same time in an oho’au, attempting to excel one another in rapidity of
execution and delicacy of designs. In the light of knowledge about the
ancient native training in other artistic lines, it is possible to hazard the
guess that to be accepted at all as a tuwhuna, a thorough acquaintance with
all the conventional units of the art was requisite; for, although individual
twhuna certainly varied and elaborated designs at will, yet they did not
stray from the basic units.

A tuhuna was aided in his work by four or five assistants called ow’a
(or kow’a—translated by Dordillon, pupil, disciple—meaning also shrimp).
He was consulted as to the choice of designs, his decision apparently be-
ing usually accepted, although the opow was free to select his patterns.
He outlined the designs upon the body with a piece of charcoal. But it
was the ou’a who held the arms and legs of the patient, who stretched the
skin to make a smooth surface upon which to work, who fanned the
flies from the bleeding wounds, and who often, it is reported, filled in the
outlined designs.

10 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Before the coming of the tuhuna, the father of the opow had pre-
pared the pigment (hinw). The preparation of this was a very tapu
operation, the man making it being forbidden all relationship with women
during the period; and, according to Lesson (1, p. 107-108), it was
necessary for a virgin to aid him in the work. The shells of the ama nut
(Aleurites triloba) were heated so as to open easily (7, p. 45), and the
kernels placed over a fire in a kind of pocket of stones which allowed
the smoke to ascend through a small passageway in order to collect on a
smooth stone (pa’e hinu). Upon this stone a constant tapping was kept
up while the soot collected to the depth of about an inch. This process,
according to Berchon, was called amahi ama. The soot-covered pa’e hinu
was then placed on a banana leaf and left in the sun to dry, being kept
thus until the tuhuna arrived for his work. Thereupon, the father, ac-
cording to present-day information, mixed the soot with plain water in
a small coconut shell (ipu hinw) and gave it to the artist. Marchand
Langsdorff, and Porter agree upon water as the solvent; but Berchon
further reports that the ink, which he calls kaahi, was made by mixing the
soot with coconut oil; while Melville (13, p. 246) gives vegetable juice
as the liquid. He and Langsdorff describe the use of the ashes, rather
than the soot, of this nut kernel, and Porter thought burnt and powdered
coconut shell was used, but apparently no other pigment save carbon was
ever employed in the Marquesas, as all early voyagers remark only the
dark blue or blackish coloring. (See 15, p. 16; 14, p. 78; 10, p. 118;
8, p. 155; 13, p.158). Jardin (7) speaks of carbonizing and pulverizing the
kernels of the ama and mixing the powder with water to trace the de-
signs on the body, and it may be that the residue of the burnt nuts was
so used.

When the twhuna arrived, bringing his instruments in a bamboo case
seven or eight inches long (pukohe fau hinu), stoppered with a wad of
tapa, he spread them out upon a piece of tapa on the ground, ready for
use. ‘The instrument is generally known as ta (to strike), but Berchon
(1, p. 110) gives the following nomenclature for its various parts: fa’a
(a point) for the toothed end, kakaho (reed or cane) for the horizontal
support of the teeth, and fta-tiki (strike-tiki) for the baton (Berchon, p.
110). ‘There was always an assortment of these toothed ends of varying
fineness or coarseness appropriate for all grades of work from the delicate
hair lines to solid patches. The flat instruments for straight lines and
gradual curves were of human bone, sometimes of the bones of enemy
sacrifices (ivi heana). ‘They were about three inches long, flat and
slightly wedge-shaped, and toothed or comblike at the end. Instruments
for the smaller curves were of the bones of the kena (Sula piscatrix),

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas II

or of a tapu bird on the small island of Fatu Uku, the leg bones having
been used (at least they are used for the instruments seen today), and
according to Langsdorff, wing bones also. Marchand describes these fa as
sometimes of tortoise-shell; Berchon adds, of fish bone; and Melville men-
tions sharks’ teeth: but no trace of combs other than of human or bird
bone remains today. The number of teeth varied from three to about
twenty—Melville saw some with a single fine point—according to the size
and use of the instrument. Melville says that some had points disposed
in small figures, so that the whole design was printed at a single blow.

‘These bone combs were inserted into a slit in a piece of reed stalk,
bamboo (10, p. 118), or ironwood (11, p. 110; I, p. 109), six or seven
inches long, which acted as a horizontal handle (see, however, 12, p. 51,
note), held, while in use, in the left hand of the tuhuna. This was, as
far as could be ascertained today, straight, though Melville speaks of
curved ones. ‘The baton, about three quarters of an inch thick and from
a foot to eighteen inches long, was of hibiscus wood.

Although everything connected with the operation itself was extremely
tapu, tattooers in general, in Nuku Hiva at least, being under the auspices
of the god Hamatakee (2), Tahu being the god of the tuhuna and the
ka’ioi, Pupuke of the ow’a, yet there are no records of opening ceremonies.
The patient, clad only in a girdle, was simply laid upon the floor, arms and
legs held by four ow’a. When a design had been sketched in charcoal
upon the body, the tuhwna, or an assistant, held in his left hand the
toothed hammer and a piece of tapa, with which by a dextrous twist of
this hand he wiped away the blood as it flowed from the punctures made
in the skin by the gentle tapping on the top of the comb with the baton
held in the right hand. As he worked, he kept a sufficient supply of pig-
ment upon the teeth by dipping two fingers of his right hand into the
ink and rubbing them upon the comb. Garcia, Marchand, and Berchon
agree with this procedure; but Langsdorff and Krusenstern declare that
the punctures were made in the skin until the blood oozed out and then
the dye was rubbed in. While the tapping went on, the operator chanted
in rhythm to his strokes the following words to allay the pain of the
opou:

Ua tuki-e, ua tuki-e, ua tuki-e, It is struck, it is struck, it is struck,
Ua tuki-a, to tiki-e, It is struck, your design,

Poparara* to tiki-e, Tap-tapping your design,

O te tunane o te kui-a, The brother of the mother,

O te tuehine o te kui-a, The sister of the mother,

To’u tiki-e. My design.

* Poparara is onomatopoetic, the sound of tapping.

12 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Chants for women do not seem to be general. At some time during the
operation, the opow was given a new name, referred to as patiki. This was
taken from some personal defect of his own, such as a blind eye, for example,
or from some imaginary peculiarity of the genital organs of his father or
mother.

The operation, as may be imagined, was extremely painful and the
patient cried and screamed without restraint. Berchon notes that after
each sitting, there were from eight to twelve days of local inflammation,
followed by fever and sometimes swellings, which were at times fatal.
Light inflammation and swelling and ulcers lasting for several days (6, p. 132;
II, p. 110; 10, p. 118) seem to have been usually the most serious results
of the rigorous treatment. The juice of the banana stem was used as
an ointment (pakuw) to hasten healing. Berchon says an emollient of
hibiscus leaves was applied to relieve the inflammation.

The duration of the operation depended largely upon the fortitude
and health of the patient. A Nuku Hiva man is reported to have been
completely covered in three days; the legs and back of one man of Hana-
menu were done in seven days; but as a rule the designs were put on
in more leisurely fashion, a section of the body being covered at a sitting,
with three-day rest periods called days of blood (a toto) after each, so
that the operation covered from two weeks to four months. Under such
conditions a woman’s lips and shoulder might be decorated in a day, a
man’s legs from knees to ankles, or perhaps his thighs and buttocks.
Langsdorff says that the first sitting usually lasted from three to four
weeks and that only the groundwork of the principal figures upon the
breast, arms, back, and thighs, was laid the first year, additions, however,
being made for years at intervals of from three to six months.

After the operation, fruits of noni (Morinda citrofolia) the most usual
healing agent, were offered at the me’ae or sacred place; the tuhwna was
paid; and, when the tapw was lifted, the sacred oho’au tiki was burned
(though not the common house of women) ; and all those participating in
the operation, who had not been allowed to bathe during the entire time,
now went first to the sea to bathe, afterwards to the river. This ac-
complished, they covered themselves with fragrant ointment, which turned
the skin yellow so that their new patterns showed brilliantly. Meanwhile,
relatives had prepared such ornaments as tortoise-shell crowns, girdles
of tapa, feather head ornaments, earrings, and the like. ‘These they left
outside their houses on the night before the festival (Ko’ina tuhi tiki;
Ko’ina, feast; tuht, show; tiki, design), which was always given to cele-
brate the completion of the work, and the newly decorated girls and
boys donned them before their appearance on the paved floor of the

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 13

festival place where admiring friends and relatives were gathered to view
them. There, two large drums (pahw anaana) and three small ones
(tutu) were beaten, the opow marching with the ka’ioi around the paved
area to show his designs. While two men and two women danced, the
ka’iot accompanied them with handclapping and the chanting of a putu
or special chant for the oho’au patu tiki. In an unpublished manuscript
Dordillon and Pére Pierre state that at this feast a human victim was
sacrificed and eaten. When a man gave a feast in celebration of his wife’s
acquisition of a bit of tattooing, as Langsdorff reports was sometimes done
(10, p. 121), she was allowed to eat hog’s flesh as a very special privilege.

THE DESIGN

Any attempt today to make a first-hand study of tattooing design must
be based upon the examination of not more than a hundred and twenty-
five persons who are the only living examples of the practice and whose
designs represent for the most part a late development of the art, and
upon their explanations and descriptions, and those of the single surviving
practitioner of the art, whose actual practice ceased many years ago. The
practice was forbidden by the French in 1884 and the edict was enforced
as strictly as possible from that time on in the group of Nuku Hiva and
Ua Pou, where the government was in occupation. On Hiva Oa, Tahu Ata,
Fatu Hiva, and Ua Huka, the practice continued some years thereafter in
the absence of authority to abolish it. As a consequence, one finds in the
northwestern group that the majority of examples is the work of tuhuna
of the southeastern islands, a few very old people, alone, representing
that of the former islands. Just as these northwestern natives now
living went surreptitiously to tuhwna of the other group to be tattooed
upon parts of the body that would not show beneath their clothes, so in
the southeastern group those who continued the practice after the pro-
hibition was actually enforced there, about twenty-five years later than in
the more closely espionaged islands, were decorated chiefly upon the legs
from hips to ankles where dress or trousers would cover the pattern.
Gradually, even this practice ceased, and today the only tattooing that is
done is now and then of names in print upon the arm. It will be seen
from this, that only upon very old people can anything approaching a full
suit of tattooing be seen. Though there is but one man living who, as far
as I know, might be called fully tattooed, still there are to be found on
different subjects designs for practically all parts of the body originally
covered. There still remain several women fully tattooed, probably for
the reason that their designs are less conspicuous. The plates herewith

14 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

represent about as full a collection as could be obtained today of the
tattoo designs of the Marquesas. What may be learned of the history
and meaning of the art from the study of these designs may be of interest.

The parts of the body ornamented differ today, as they have always,
for men and women, a complete suit of tattooing for the men (PI. 1)
covering the crown of the head (Pl. v, 9), face (Pls. 111, 1v, v) including the
eyelids, often the inside of the nostrils, tongue, palms and back of the
hand (Pls. v1, 4; x1, C), arms (Pls. xr-x1i1), legs (Pls. Xxrx-xxxvu1),
and the entire trunk (Pl. x1v) but not the penis, which all save one of our
modern informants deny ever to have been tattooed. (See also: 15, p. 16;
ALP. 14525, p. 2325 14s pp. 7s, WAS Lk, Pll, TO,spp.ml22—-le2 assay ee
17, p. 306; 13, pp. 83-84, 90-91; 18, p. 222.) At the present day, the one
man who might be said to be fully tattooed or moho, is lacking the crown
piece, save for a section, and the tongue and palm coverings. From the
earliest times accounts such as those of Cook, Marchand, Langsdorff,
Krusenstern, Melville, Berchon and Porter note the simpler decoration of
the women, G. Forster observing none on them. On the bodies of women
observed today, patterns are found on the lips running back to the
base of the gums (Pls. 1, 4; v1, A), on the ear lobes, behind the ears
(Pl. v1, C; Porter, p. 114), on the curve of the shoulder (Pl. v1, B; see
also 13, p. 95; 6, p. 132), on the lower back of which but one example
remains, as far as known (PI. xv), on the hands (Pls. vii-x1) and on the
legs from the buttocks down (Pls. xvi-xxvii1). One old woman of Nuku
Hiva describes the tattooing on women as covering also, formerly, the
whole length of the arms on the inside, the buttocks, and the abdomen.
She, as well as all others living today, declares that the vulva was never
tattooed, although one woman reports a girdle that came around in front.

Various reasons are given for covering different parts of the body.
The decorated hand was noticeable in kneading and eating popoi. The
under-arm pattern made a fine showing when the arms were uplifted to
strike with the war club. Shoulder and chest decorations were displayed
when men walked with arms crossed behind the back. Circular motives
on the inside of the knees were in evidence when men sat cross-legged.
The inside thighs where the loin cloth hung and covered them were often
left vacant.

There are numerous indications both in the types of design to be seen
today and in descriptions and stories of natives and of visitors to the
islands, that fashion in this mode of decoration was no exception to
the rule of fashion’s fickleness. There are to be seen naturalistic,
geometric, and conventional motives, both symmetrically and irregularly
arranged; there are stories of inter-island exchange of motives and of

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 15

the teaching of the twhuna of the northwestern group by those of the
southeastern; there are to be found in literary sources accounts of the
vogue of different artists and statements from which may be deduced
complete changes in the type of design. With a view to discovering how
dependent style was upon the taste and originality of individual artists, the
names of all artists who executed the designs recorded were noted. When
two pieces of work done by the same ftuwhuna were found, the choice of
pattern seemed sometimes to be identical (Pl. x1, C), sometimes altogether
different (Pls, 1x, B and x, A), while the work of different tuhuna was
sometimes identical (Pl. xm, B). It would seem that all tuhuna drew,
more or less at their will, from a single body of design.

In the hope of making as clear as possible the probable evolution of
this art in the Marquesas towards the elaborate conventional design that
prevailed when it was forbidden thirty-eight years ago, the following de-
tails are set down.

Quiros records in his description of Mendana’s visit to the south-
eastern islands in 1595, the observation of “fish and other patterns painted”
upon the faces and bodies of the natives. This is corroborated by a living
informant who says that formerly women had birds and fish behind their
ears and on their legs, and men are reported to have had lizards on their
faces. The next word from a voyager that comes to us of this group
is dated nearly two centuries later when Forster observes in 1772 that
the motives in Tahu Ata are not naturalistic but geometric, taking the
form of “blotches, spirals, bars, chequers, and lines;” while J. R. Forster
confirms this analysis, adding however, ‘circles,’ and Marchand in 1790
reiterates the two lists and swells them with “parts of circles... . square
or oval figures . . . . inclined and variously crossed lines.” It would
appear, then, that in the southeastern islands during these hundred and
eighty-odd years, there had been in the type of design a change from the
naturalistic to the geometric.

We have no similar statements regarding what was happening in the
northwestern group during the early period, the first observations there
being set down by Marchand in 1790, who visited both groups. Though
Marchand touched for a short time at only two bays in the northwestern
islands, still it is valuable to have his statement that he finds in Ua Pou
the same custom of tattooing as in Tahu Ata but not so general, few
tattooed individuals being seen (11, p. 167). Unfortunately he does not
define the types of motives there as he does in Tahu Ata. Just a few
years later, however, in 1803, Langsdorff gives a number of drawings
from the northwestern group with explanations of them (10: Pl. v1, p.
117; Pl. vu, p. 119; Pl. vit, p. 122; pp. xIv, Xv, Xv1). which show that

16 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

by the beginning of the nineteenth century, designs in Nuku Hiva were a
combination of purely geometric figures with all save two of the principal
conventional units of the latest phase of the art that at the present day
is universally attributed by the natives to the southeastern islands, which
for convenience may be referred to as the Hiva Oa development. Dor-
dillon (3) gives the names of many motives which have completely disap-
peared today, most of them recorded in the northwestern group. Of
these, several would indicate naturalistic treatment: a’akiva, line of sea
builders; aukohuhu, a seaweed; haha’ua, a kind of ray fish; homae, a
fish; koao, a fish; matuku, a bird; keeheu, wing; tikau’e, fly; toetoe, crab.
Furthermore, in 1843 Melville saw fish and birds and an artu(?) tree
tattooed on natives of Nuku Hiva (13, p. 157); Desgraz, the same year,
describes fish and shells (18, p. 223); Garcia in 1845, fish; Berchon, in
1850, boots, gloves, suns, sharks, cockroaches, coconuts, lizards. In ad-
dition to these naturalistic motives, all these visitors also saw geometric
patterns, showing that in the northwestern group as long as we have any
record of tattooing there, the two types have existed side by side as
they do today. (For naturalistic motives see Pls. xvi; xx, B, c; x1, D;
KKK 7 ton eeometie, Pls. Xvi,» Sika eKexs eden Rex Deed) =

On the other hand the earliest drawings obtainable that are known
to be of the Hiva Oa type are those drawn by Proiho and an old tuhuna
patu tiki of Fatu Hiva (Pls. 1x, 4; xu, C; xiv, B; xvi; xxx). These
are impossible to place chronologically and are no longer found upon the
body in exactly these forms. Among them is found but one genuinely
naturalistic motive (Pl. xxx, 7) but a combination of geometric figures
such as squares (Pl. x11, C, b and c), bars (Pl. xxx, C), oblique (PI.
xxx, d) and variously crossed lines (Pl. xv1, d; Xxx, a; xxx, k), with
simple forms of all the modern conventional motives save the matakomoe
of Langsdorff, now called poi (Pl. xxx1u, e) and the flower-like or
sunlike disk variously called puahitu, puahue and huetai (Pl. xxxtv, e),
both of which are to be found in primitive form in the early Nuku Hiva
art (Pl. xxix, f, c). Today three naturalistic designs, and these very
crude, are to be found in the southeastern group, and these are all the
work of the same artist. (Pls. x, A, 2, a; xxvii, D, BE). ‘The designs
described as belonging to former Nuku Hiva and Fatu Hiva styles have
in common several units, many of them in primitive form which are to
be found today in the Hiva Oa style: for example, the koheta (Pls. Xxx, a;
XXIX, a@ and 0; xxxiv, a and b); the kaake (Pls. xxx, 1; xxix, h;
XXXIV, g insets); the hikwhiku atu (Pls. xxix, b; Xxx, g; xxxu, h); and
the mata hoata (Pls. xxx, e, lower a; xxix, g; 1, D, thigh); and what I

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 17

conceive to be the forerunner of the underarm ipwoto, the original po’r’i or
shellfish motive (Pl. 1x, A, a; xu, A, B, D).

An examination of the extant examples of the art shows a distinct
cleavage between the two groups in their conception of design, that of the
southeastern being purely conventional with but minor relics of the geo-
metric and the slightest trace of the naturalistic; that of the northwestern
showing several examples of naturalistic art, many of the geometric, and
a simpler form of the conventional than the other. Marquesans are all
agreed, that, as far as tattooing customs went, the islands were divided
into two groups: Nuku Hiva and Ua Pou forming one; Hiva Oa, Tahu
Ata, Fatu Hiva and Ua Huka—because of its close intercourse with the
north and west coast of Hiva Oa—forming the other. It may be re-
marked that Fatu Hiva is accepted as the home of carving and modern
tattooing; but, being regarded as a kind of suburb of Hiva Oa, the latter
island is referred to as the center. Several trustworthy informants de-
clare that before the whites came, tuhwna patu tiki went from Hiva Oa to
Nuku Hiva to teach them the art there, as before this time the Nuku
Hivans used only “dirty black patches.” We know that, by Melville’s
time, a transfer from the one to the other group was taking place, for he
says that when he was in Nuku Hiva in 1843 (12, p. 48), Hiva Oa
enjoyed a reputation for tattooing in the whole group. At the time of
its discontinuance as a practice, it was certainly Hiva Oa tattooing that
prevailed over the whole group.

Face patterns seem to have followed the same general lines of develop-
ment, with a period at least of divergent styles in the two groups. Some
Hiva Oa natives say that lizard motives were anciently used on the face;
but early voyagers indicate only geometric figures, Marchand—the first
to attempt to define them—speaking vaguely of various lines on the fore-
head representing kinds of hieroglyphics or characters of Chinese writing
(16, Vol. II, Pl. 133; 10, Pl. v1, p. 117). Langsdorff pictures a man with a
spiral on his cheek (10, Pl. vi, p. 117) and this convention is confirmed
by living informants who describe these kokoata (Pl. v, 7) on the faces
of warriors and chiefs. ‘Today, naturalistic motives are not to be seen
upon the face, but what may be a descendant of the spiral occurs on
Ua Pou in a fine design on the nostril (Pl. 1v, 7, 10; V, 4). The prevalent
style called t’ati’apu, to encircle several times, consists of three solid
stripes, sometimes seen as unfinished half-stripes, banding the face hori-
zontally, one across the forehead, one across the eyes and the third across
the mouth. (See Pls. m1-v.) This is everywhere declared to be a Hiva Oa
style and there is a variant where the mouth band covers the nostrils,

18 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

said to belong to Fatu Hiva. Of this but one living example could be
found (Pl. v,8). Of the old Nuku Hiva paheke, distinguished by an oblique
band running from the right center of the forehead across the left eye
and cheek (Pl. v, 5), there remain today but two examples. What form
the transition from spiral to band may have taken can only be conjec-
tured. A reliable Hiva Oa informant describes a former convention of that
island which seems to be a combination of over-eye arcs—perhaps a relic
of the spiral—, of peheke and tiati’apu (Pl. v, 6; see also Langsdorff’s
description and Pl. vin, figs. 10, 11, p. x1). In Melville’s time, both the
modern styles were seen on Nuku Hiva, and in the tattooing to be seen
today, the Hiva Oa has replaced the Nuku Hiva design completely. In the
fine inset and inter-band motives are to be found both geometric and con-
ventional motives, never naturalistic.

How may this divergence between groups and the growth from the
naturalistic through the geometric to the conventional—as seems to be
the probable development—be accounted for?

Perhaps it may be postulated that before the seventeenth century
naturalistic motives were used in both groups, that during the two un-
recorded centuries geometric figures appeared in the southeastern group,
that these gradually replaced the naturalistic there or transformed them
into the conventional, and that at each stage of development the new
styles were carried to the northwest where they did not so completely
obliterate or amalgamate the native patterns, some of which persist to
this day in their old form.

Influences which may have contributed to such a development are
suggested by an examination of adzing and carving motives. Ornamental
adzing in simple geometric patterns seems to have been the primitive
form of wood decoration. Imitation of its technique as well as the use
of its motives on the body is evident. The former is seen in the filling
of spaces, ordinarily made solid in color, with parallel, oblique, zigzag
or wavy lines (Pl. 111, 7, inset in eye band; xxi, B, b; xxxvi, insets
in e and g; Xxxv, inset barred teeth in f; xxx, d); in the use of the inter-
section of adzing lines to form the motive called kopito (Pl. xxi, A, d;
possibly also the inset in the forehead band in Pl. 1m, 8). In tattooing
are found such housepost motives as the cross formed by adzing off the
corners of a square (Pl. x11, C, b), concentric circles (Pl. xm1-H, b) and
concentric half-ovals (Pl. xxvu1, &; xvi, a). It is possible that the
use of four triangles in a square or oblong, as well as the conception of
design in bands may have come from this art of adzing wood. When it
is remembered that wood was scorched before a pattern was adzed or
carved upon it, so that the design was in natural wood color, the back-

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 19

ground in black, the conclusion suggests itself that such motives as the
pahito (Pl. xx, A, j and k, left and right) and the flamelike ends of
triangles (xviml, x1x A) may be copies of the black background left by
gouging alongside a line in the one case and by cutting short lines
vertically out from a straight line in the other. It seems as if the
checkerboard pattern, of which but one example is extant, must have
originally been carved on wood (Pl. xx1, D, a). Parallel and wavy
lines and other adzing and carving concepts are used on the body, as
seen in the preceding example. It will be noticed that most of these
coincidences are found in Nuku Hiva, Ua Pou or early Fatu Hiva types,
rather than in the prevalent modern patterns, though among these are
two examples of the scroll so prominent in carving (see also Pls. xxxvitt,
DEO IEG)) Ss

Wood carving, as distinguished from adzing, which decorated bowls,
paddles, clubs, etc., seems to be a mixture of adzing patterns, geometric
squarish spirals and a few of the conventional motives usual in tattooing.
Of carving technique copies such as the veining along a midrib (PI.
xxvur £) are found in tattooing; of carving design, similarities to old
war club patterns (Pl. v1, B; x, A, 2, a; the tava, which was formerly
burned on a plank in the house of the inspirational priest (Pl. xvi, m) ;
and such small units as the tiki in forehead and mouth bands of Plate m1, 7.
Common to both carving and tattooing are such conventional motives as
the honu kea or woodlouse, the mata hoata or brilliant eye, the ka’ake
or underarm curve, the poka’a or wooden block for carrying a load on
the shoulder, the enata or man. Whether these motives originated as
wood carving patterns or as body decoration and in which direction the
transfer and adaption was made it is impossible to say definitely.

Several interesting possibilities are suggested by an analysis of the
various motives called kea today. It would appear that the kea of com-
mon occurrence on wood is really a conventionalization of the honu kea
or woodlouse with its six legs and two antennae. ‘This was seen but
once in tattooing, on the wrist of an old woman of Fatu Hiva (PI. vu, 4,
1, a) and was drawn by an artist of Fatu Hiva as a former unit there
(Pl. xv1, K). On the other hand, the usual body kea (Pl. xxi, B, b
center) may very well be a simple conventionalization of one of the
carved tortoise-shell plaques of the paekea or crown—a carved product
of Hiva Oa—the motive having been borrowed from shell rather than from
wood carving. There is a motive found today in tattooing on Ua Pou (PI.
xx, A, e; xx, D, b) and depicted also as an early Fatu Hiva unit (Pl. 1x,
A, b) which resembles the e honw, tortoise, drawn by Langsdorff, and
this, which has disappeared from Hiva Oa tattooing, may perhaps be said

20 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

to be the only conventional derivative of a naturalistic portrayal of the
tortoise and probably the only pure body motive among the variants called
kea. ‘The southeastern carving motive is the kea which prevails today.

Another usual conventional motive appearing both in carving and
tattooing, the mata hoata, or brilliant eye (Pl. xxv1, A. e¢), would appear
to have originated in neither, being, in its simplest form, a copy of the eyes,
ears and nostrils of a tiki or image face. Only on wood is this simple copy
found today, and on wood we find all the transition stages of its develop-
ment to the highly conventionalized unit common in tattooing today;
whence it would appear that the mata hoata originated in sculpture, was
copied upon wood, and transferred to the body, where it gradually was
elaborated and more highly conventionalized. (For development see PI.
xxx, 6, which is found only on wood today; x1, 4, c; xvii, b; xxxiv, b;
OO, THUG AA P.Oau Jay jf On XO.ati, Zale (hy (eahieies))

Of conventional motives the ka’ake is perhaps the most widely used.
Dordillon gives kakekake as one of the words used to designate tattooing
which is entirely finished. He spells the word “kake,’ but it seems better
to adopt the spelling “ka’ake” for the following reasons: The distinguish-
ing feature of the motive is its never varying curve which seems to cor-
respond to the line of the under-arm curve or arm-pit for which the
native term is ka’ake. ‘The assumption that this curve of the body origi-
nally gave the name to the motive is borne out by several lines of rea-
soning. In the first place, Langsdorff assigns the placing of this motive
originally to the inside arm and ribs (10, p. xv); in the second place,
we have described for us this simple under-arm curve as its earliest
form (Pl. xx1x, 1; xxx, i); and in the third place, the elaborations of
this curve, as the motive grew in complexity, are representations of the
enata or man with upraised arms (Pl. v1, B, center bottom), and of the
pokaa (Pl. 1x, B at base of fingers) or curved wooden object placed on
the shoulders on which to rest a pole in carrying a heavy load. The associa-
tion of ideas seems obvious and we find them associated today as minor deco-
rations in the under-arm pattern (Pl. xu, B, a, b; xi, C, c and d;
x1v, 4). This combination is especially marked in the simpler forms of
the ka’ake as found on Ua Pou (Pl. xx, B, b) and Nuka Hiva (PI. xv, a).
Although this unit appears upon wood, it seems reasonable to suggest that
it was originally a body pattern.

There are certain body motives which seem never or rarely to have
been used upon wood, such as the huetai (Pl. xxxiv, e) and the po’r't
(Pl. xxx, e; xxvi, A, d, center), which are associated with early Nuku
Hiva, not Hiva Oa, art; and there are some which are just beginning
to be transferred to wood at the present time, as the ipw’oto, another unit

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 21

found in early Nuku Hiva design (Pl. x11); but it seems impossible
definitely to assign particular conventional motives to the one medium or
the other. However, it may perhaps be stated that geometric elements
did originate on wood, and that the influence of geometric adzing and
carving appears in tattooing both in certain transferred elements and in
a general conventionalization of the primitive naturalistic motives. Inas-
much as Fatu Hiva is known to be the carving center, we may further
define the geometric influence as springing directly from wood-carvers
of the southeastern group.

The use of solid patches may be traced with interest, as here again
we find a different treatment in the two groups. Some modern infor-
mants describe the men of Nuku Hiva as formerly having half of the body
entirely black (Pl. xm, B); one remembers seeing a man with solid-
black legs; several testify that when a man was completely tattooed in
design, if he could bear it, the spaces were gone over and filled in until
all pattern was obliterated and he was completely black. In corroborat-
ing this custom in Nuku Hiva, Langsdorff says that he saw some old men
who were punctured over and over to such a degree that the outlines of
each separate figure were scarcely to be distinguished and the body had
an almost negro-like appearance. (See also 14, p. 78; 8, p. 155; 17, Pp.
306; I, p. 106.) There are no accounts of such a practice in the south-
eastern islands, and this seems to point to an aesthetic sense there, which
was lacking in the northwest, for certainly people with sufficient artistic
sense to originate these beautiful patterns would not have covered them
afterwards and considered the results the “height of perfection in orna-
ment,’ as did the twhuna of Nuku Hiva, according to Langsdorff and the
other early voyagers.

Desgraz, who was in Nuku Hiva at approximately the same time as
Melville, when Hiva Oa tattooing was the vogue, describes the use there
of black bands containing delicate figures. These are today the funda-
mentally distinguishing feature of the Hiva Oa type of body design as
well as of the face pattern. On the other hand, both from descriptions
of natives today and from examination of the tattooing of the only old
man and old woman to be found, whose patterns were put on by Nuku
Hiva tuhwna, the basic principle of the Nuku Hiva type seems to have been
solid patches. Leg patterns for women found today fall into three dis-
tinct types: that of Nuku Hiva (Pls. xvir-x1x), Ua Pou (Pls. xx-xx1), and
Hiva Oa (Pls. xxu1-xxvu). The first is distinguished by triangular patches
of different sizes fitted together with half inch spaces between them, the
only regularity of arrangement being their placing so as to form a straight
line down the center front of the leg. Flamelike edges, inset teeth, and

22 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

geometric linings, with here and there a naturalistic unit, break up the heavy
patches and add to their irregular and fancy appearance. Examination of
the leg motives of this very tapm Nuku Hiva chiefess, who must have em-
ployed the best artist obtainable, provokes the suggestion that these insets
were crude and inartistic attempts at a style from the southeast which had
perhaps just been introduced into Nuku Hiva and with which the Nuku Hiva
tuhuna was not acquainted or perhaps to which he was not equal. The
second type, that of Ua Pou, is put on below the knee only, in horizontal
bands of delicately lined patterns, the motives on either side of the center,
front and back, being exactly alike. ‘The whole may be conceived of in front
and back longitudinal sections of symmetrical halves, which meet in the
middle of either side of the leg. Naturalistic, geometric and conventional
treatments are all present. The third type, that of Hiva Oa, which was
the prevalent style at the time of the discontinuance of the art, is similar
in arrangement to that of Ua Pou, extending however high up onto the
thigh, and presents a mean between the two former in heaviness of
treatment, the fine lines swelling into black curves. The mode is almost
purely conventional. The two latter may be characterized as curvilinear;
the former, as angular in design.

The leg patterns to be seen on living men fall into two types, a single
example representing that of Nuku Hiva (Pl. xxxr), all the rest being
of the Hiva Oa type (Pls. xxxi1-xxxvur). The former is characterized
by unadorned heavy patches, triangular and oblong in shape, fitted together
obliquely with no plan of arrangement save the formation of a straight
intersection down the front of the leg. ‘Teeth are the only insets. The
Hiva Oa examples show the style to be of horizontal bands extending
around three quarters of the leg, the inside front quarter being filled
with triangles in the Nuku Hiva style (Pl. xxxtv, e-j), indicating, per-
haps, a borrowing from the heavy black patches of that group. ‘The thigh
band and the underknee band are always composed either of four triangles
or of triangles and parallelograms with insets of teeth; but beyond this,
this style is totally different from the Nuku Hiva example, variations of
the same fine line motives used in Hiva Oa for women being set into
pahito so that the heavy bands become merely a framework for them,
The Nuku Hiva pattern drawn from life stands quite apart from that
pictured by early navigators (10, pp. 117, 119; 16, Pl. 132) and described
by a modern informant on Fatu Hiva (See Pl. xxix). It is a pity that no
other living example of the work of a Nuku Hiva artist could be found,
as it is unsafe to make any general statement about it.

At the present time, there is but one type of back decoration for men
(Pl. xiv, C): eight heavy rectangular patches arranged in pairs along the

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 23

back bone with fine line insets and a girdle. ‘These are called peka tua,
back cross, by an informant of Nuku Hiva and may be an outgrowth of
the cross on the back described by Langsdorff (10, p. 123), though the
present mode bears no resemblance to a cross, being rather another
example of band construction.

With the band construction of the present day, then, are associated
exact technique, perfect symmetry, an evident understanding of anatomy
and fitting of design to the body, and motives which are akin in name
and formation to those carved on bowls, paddles, canoes, and similar
objects. The distinguishing features accompanying the oblique patch type
are irregularity, no sense of the design as a whole, no fitting of the
motives to the body, naturalistic units, fussy, elaborate, non-aesthetic, fine-
line insets.

A survey of these two types of body decoration leads naturally to the
suggestion that there was a fundamental difference of concept between the
two groups regarding the reason for its use. Plainly, there was an
emphasis upon endurance and fortitude in the mind of the northwesterner
when he braved the pain of a completely perforated skin; while the south-
easterner looked upon the art as more purely decorative. Dordillon gives
the word ne’one’o as meaning “what inspires horror (in speaking of a
wound),” and “to cry a long time;” and this word with the addition of
the phrase, “i te tiki” means “completely covered with tattooing.” It is
the pain of which the people of the Marquesas speak today when dis-
playing their decorations, and it must be admitted that this is as true in
the one group as in the other.

The only practical reason for tattooing that was suggested by living
informants came from a man of Nuku Hiva, who, in describing an old
mode of the northwestern group of tattooing half of the entire body solid
black, accounts for this style by saying that such a one turned his black
side towards the enemy during a battle, so that he could not be dis-
tinguished or recognized.

Inquiry into the naming of motives may throw some light upon their
significance in the native mind. Appreciation of the anatomy of the
body is often of such paramount importance as to give the name of the
body part to the motive which is fitted to it, the fatina (joint) or knee
jointure pattern (Pl. xxxivy, f) being a case in point. The same sense of
body form is approached from a slightly different angle, as in the naming
of the buttock pattern, tifa (cover) (Pl. xxxv, c), the convex of the
body part resembling the cover of a calabash. Motives are sometimes
referred to in purely technical terms of form: such as paka (Pl. xxxv, h)
a splinter; kopito (Pl. xxu, A, d, left and right) zigzag; or in terms of

24 Bernice P. Bishop Museuwm—Bulletin

the parts they play in the pattern as a whole, such as the ka’ava (Pl. x, B,
1, g); beam supporting the timbers of a house, which performs just this
the leg, binding together the side motives.

Many of the design names * then, are names given by artists in terms
of their particular medium; but motives are also named for objects in
nature or in the material culture, of which they were probably originally
naturalistic copies. Prominent among these are the enata (Pl. xxi, B, h)
or man; the nihoniho peata (Pl. m1, 6, c) or shark’s teeth; the hikuhiku
atu (Pl. xxx1v, k) or bonito tails; the pakiei (Pl. xx, B, f) or crab; the
fa’amana (PI. xvi, h) or pandanus branches; the makamaka (PI. xx, A, c),
branches; the kaka’a (Pl. xx, B, c), lizard; the poka’a (PI. 1x, B at base
of fingers) or shoulder rest for a carrying pole, which is sometimes repre-
sented with the carrying pole in the socket as in the finger motives of
IRM, ip (G5 am

A third department of names seems to relate to legends and beliefs;
such being the vai o Kena (Pl. xxv, A, g, center) water of Kena; the
vai ta keetu (Pl. xvi, c), sacred bathing place of chiefs; the vai me’ama
(PI. xx, A, d), water moon; the Pohu (Pl. xxu, B, g, center), a legendary
hero; the peke’oumei and the fanaua (PI. xv, c), or evil spirits.

Whether these and the naturalistic motives had magical significance is
not known today, though there is reason to believe that the fanaua were
put upon the back of this one woman to protect her from these evil
spirits. ‘The only positive statement regarding the significance of tattooing
design in the Marquesas that can be made upon the basis of the data
available today is that it was considered purely decorative at the time of
the cessation of the practice of the art. And it is as pure design that it
should be studied and appreciated.

“In the explanation of the plates the names of the motives are those given by the
persons on whose bodies they are found. It is impossible to secure accurate transla-
tions of the majority of design names from natives today, since these have become
simply names to them. ‘The names given here are only those which a knowledge of
the language and information from natives and from Dordillon seem to make reliable.

aa fanaua

akaaka fa’a
enata

fa’a mana
fanaua
fatina

hei ta’avaha

hei po’i’i

hileuhikeu atu

honu

hue ao
hue epo
hue tai
ihu epo
ikeike

ipu ani

ka’ake
ka’ava
kaka’a
kea

kikipu
kikomata
kikutu

kohe ta

kohe tua
kopiko
koua’ehi
makamaka
mata

mata hoata
niho or nihoniho
nihoniho peata
nutu kaha
omuo puaina

pahito
paka

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas

TRANSLATIONS

row of evil spirits
(of a certain
kind)

pandanus roots

man

pandanus branches

a kind of evil spirit

jointure

a diadem of cock’s
plumes

shellfish (of a cer-
tain circular
kind) wreath

tails of the bonito
fish

tortoise

calabash bottom

dirty calabash

compass

dirty nose

a kind of shrub

sky bowl

bowl bottom

inside the bowl

binding

armpit

ridge pole

lizard

woodlouse, or tor-
toise or a
carved
plaque of
tortoise shell

lips

eyes

lips

sword

back knife

zigzag

coconut leaves

branches

eyes

brilliant eye

teeth

shark’s teeth

mouth or muzzle

a kind of carved
bone earring

ancient patch

splinter

OF DESIGN NAMES

paka oto
pakiei
pana’o

papua
papua au ti

papua enata
peata

peka tua
peke ou mei
pia’o tiu

Pohu
poi

poka’a

pu
puaina, puainga
pua hitu

pua hue
puha puaka
puto’o
tamau

tapu vae
ti’ati’a pu

tifa

tiki

tiki ae
tou pae
tumu ima
vahana ae

vai me’ama
vai o Kena

vai ta keetu

veo
vii po’i’i

25

inside places

crab

cut in small slices,
traced

enclosure or gar-
den

enclosure of ti
leaves

native enclosure

shark

back cross

a kind of evil spirit

to fold or make
into bundles

a legendary char-

acter

a kind of coiled
shell fish

a shaped wooden
shoulder
rest for a
carrying pole

conch shell

ear

flower of olden
times

flower calabash

pig’s thigh

buttocks

ring

sacred foot

to encircle several
times

cover

image

forehead image

three head orna-
ments

hand tree

half a forehead

water moon

water of Kena, a
legendary
hero

sacred bathing
place of
chiefs

tail

to turn the shell
fish

26

10.

16.

17.

18.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bercuon, Le tatouage aux Iles Marquises: Bull. Soc. d’Anthr., vol. 1, pp. 99-117,
Paris, 1860.

Cuaurert, Pierre, Manuscript in possession of the Catholic Mission in the Mar-
quesas.

Dorpitton, I. R., Grammaire et dictionnaire de la langue des Iles Marquises,
Paris, 1904.

Forster, G., A Voyage round the World: vol. 2, London, 1777.

Forster, J. R., Observations made during a voyage round the World, London,
1778.

Garcia [Gracta?], Marutas, Le P., Letters sur les Iles Marquises: Paris, 1843.

Jarpin, Edélestant, Essai sur l'histoire naturelle de l’archipel des Marquises, Paris
et Cherbourg, 1862.

KrusENstERN, A. J. von, Voyage round the world in the years 1803, 1804, 1805,
and 1806, vol. 1, translated from the original German by Richard Belgrave
Hoppner, London, 1813.

Lacassacng, A., Les Tatouages, étude anthropologique et médico-légale: Paris
1881.

Lancsporrr, G. H. von, Voyages and travels in various parts of the world during
the years 1803, 1804, 1805, 1806, and 1807, London, 1813.

MarcHANnD, ETIENNE, Voyage autour du Monde pendant les annees 1790, 1791
et 1792, vol. 1, Paris an vi-vi1 [6th to 8th years of the Republic—1797-
1800].

MELviLLE, HERMAN, Omoo, a narrative of adventure in the South Seas: New
York, 1863.

Me vinLE, Herman, Typee, A peep at Polynesian life during a four months’
residence in a valley of the Marquesas, New York, 1876.

Porter, Davin, A voyage in the South Seas, London, 1823.

Quiros, PEpro FERNANDEZ de, The Voyages of Pedro Fernandez de Quiros, 1595
to 1606: Hakluyt Soc., 2nd ser., vols. 14, 15, translated and edited by Sir
Clements Markham, London, 1904.

Rienzi, M. G. L. Domeny de, Océanie ou cinquiéme partie du Monde, vol. 2,
Paris, 1863.

Stewart, C. S., A visit to the South Seas in the U. S. Ship Vincennes during
the years 1829 and 1830, vol. 1, New York, 1831.

VincENDON-DuMOULIN and Descraz, C., Iles Marquises ou Nouka-Hiva, histoire,
geographie, moeurs, Paris, 1843.

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 27

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

(From drawings by the author except where otherwise indicated.)
PLATE I.—PHOTOGRAPHS OF A TATTOOED MAN OF THE MARQUESAs.

The patterns on half the body of Eotafa of Ta’a Oa, Hiva Oa—the most fully
tattooed man seen in the Marquesas by the author—the motives being brought out
by painting them with black paint. Identical patterns on the unpainted half of the
man’s body do not appear in the photograph.

Priateé I].—PHoTOGRAPHS OF A TATTOOED WOMAN OF THE MARQUESAS.

Typical modern patterns for women, on the body of Tuuakena at Atu Ona,
Hiva Oa: A. Front and side view of face, showing lip and ear patterns. B-E. Front
and rear views of legs showing patterns on the painted portions.

Piate II]J].—Fack PATTERNS FOR MEN.

Examples of the Hiva Oa style of three horizontal face bands, ti’a ti’a pu: 1. An
unfinished example from Pua Ma’u, Hiva Oa.—2. From Haka Hetau, Ua Pou, show-
ing enata motive (a) —3. From Haka Hetau, Ua Pou, showing a half band on the
forehead—4. From Hokatu, Ua Huka, showing the motives tiki ae (a), kikomata (b),
tiki pu (c), and pariho (inset in c).—5. From Pua Ma’u, Hiva Oa, showing a band
Over one eye, mata (a), and a mouth band, nutu kaha (b)—6. From Vai Paee, Ua
Huka, showing the motives vahana ae (a), mata (b), nihontho peata (c left), name
unknown (c, right), detail of c right (e), and the kikutu (d).—7. from Vai Paee,
Ua Huka.—8. From Hane, Ua Huka.

PLate IV.—FAcE PATTERNS FOR MEN.

Examples of the Hiva Oa style of three horizontal face bands, ti’ati’a pu:
1. From Omoa, Fatu Hiva.—2. From Hanavava, Fatu Hiva, showing on inter-band
the nihoniho peata motive—3. From Hatiheu, Nuku Hiva (after a sketch by
E. S. Handy).—4. From A’akapa, Nuku Hiva (after a sketch by E. S. Handy).—
5. From Hana Vave, Fatu Hiva, showing detail of a chainlike design (a)—6. From
Hana Vave, Fatu Hiva, the three bands here called as a whole tou pae—7. From Haka
Hetau, Ua Pou, showing mata (a), veo (b), kiki pu (c), enata (d), detail of b (e),
detail of d (f)—8. From Hooumi, Nuku Hiva (after a sketch by FE. S. Handy) —
9. From Haapa, Nuku Hiva (after a sketch by E. S. Handy)—r0 and 11. From
Haka Hau, Ua Pou.

PLATE V.—FAacE AND HEAD PATTERNS FOR MEN.

Examples of various styles of different periods: 1. From Hana Iapa, Hiva Oa,
showing an unusually shaped eye band and an unfinished mouth band.—2. From
Atu Ona, Hiva Oa, showing shoulder and chest patterns mounting the neck to join
the face bands—3. From Haka Hau, Ua Pou: an unfinished pattern, showing the
probable sequence of execution—one eye being allowed to heal while half of the
mouth was done, and so on—4 From Ha’a Kuti, Ua Pou (after a sketch by
E. S. Handy).—s5. From Tai o Hae, Nuku Hiva, one of two extant examples show-
ing the Nuku Hiva style of an oblique band (pa heke) crossing the face—6. A former
Hiva Oa pattern (after a description by an Atuona informant).—7. An old pattern
for warriors of all the islands (after a description by an informant of Fatu Hiva.—
8. A variant of the ti’ati’a pu, with nostrils covered, belonging to Fatu Hiva and
called thu epo (after a sketch by E. S. Handy).—9. A pattern formerly used on the
crown of the head (after a painting on a sculptured figure which once served as a
house post in Ta’a Oa, Hiva Oa, and is now in possession of M. Chadourne of
Papeete, Tahiti—1o. The hue epo pattern, an example of a former style of the people
of Tai o Hae, Nuku Hiva (after a description by a Nuku Hiva informant).—11. An
old Nuku Hiva pattern (after a description by an informant of Fatu Hiva).

28 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

PiLatE VI.—HEAD AND SHOULDER PATTERNS FOR WOMEN.

A, Typical face patterns for women: lip marks, koniho, and an ear pattern,
omua puaina,

B. A band across the arm just below the fall of the shoulder, on a woman of
Tai-pi Vai, Nuku Hiva (after a sketch by E. S. Handy).

C. Ear patterns: 1. On a woman of Hakaui, Nuku Hiva.—2. Of Atu Ona, Hiva
Oa, showing the omuo puaina design around the lobe and the kea design at
the back of the ear.—3. Of Tai-pi Vai, showing the puainga design (after a
sketch by E. S. Handy).—4. Of Pua Ma’u, Hiva Oa, showing around the
lobe the aniatiu (anihaupeka, Dordillon) motive and back of the ear the
po’opito ua puaina.—s. Of Hiva Oa.—6. A woman’s pattern-on a man of Pua
Ma’u, Hiva Oa—a rare occurrence.

PLats VII.—Hanp parrerns. Morives From Fatu Hiva anp Tauu ATA.

A. On a woman of Fatu Hiva: 1. The back of the hand.—2. The palm, show-
ing the pariho motive on the underwrist around the palm, the mata (a), the
tamau (b), and the pariho (c).

B. On a woman of Tahu Ata: 1. The back, showing the poka’a motive at the
base of the middle finger, the pihau (tumu ima, Langsdorff) (a) and the
mata (b).—2. The underwrist

Prats VIII—Hanp patrerns. Motives From Nuxu Hiva anp Hiva Oa.

A, Ona man of Nuku Hiva.

B. On a woman of Hiva Oa, showing the taina vau motive between the thumb
and index finger, e tua poou (a), tii kao (b), and the paa niho (c) around
the palm.

PLatE IX.—HANpD PATTERNS. Motives From Fatu Hiva anp Tauu Ata.

A. An old pattern of Fatu Hiva called kohi’u (after a drawing made by an old
tuhana of Fatu Hiva), showing finger motives, mata va’u; finger and upper
hand units inclusive, nutu kaha; po’i’i (a); kea poi (b); hei po'it (c) 7
and hei ta’avaha (d) around the palm.

B. On the left hand of a woman of Tahu Ata (for the design on her right
hand see Plate X, A), showing the poka’a motive at the base of the fingers;
the po’i’t (a), Pohu (b), and the eia va’u (c).

C. On a woman of Hiva Oa, done by a tuhuna of Fatu Hiva: 1. The back of
the hand showing the central oval, the po’i’i motive; the poka’a at the base
of the fingers and the thumb; matua hee moa (a), ama opea between the
thumb and index finger; and the fanaua (b, c.)—2. The palm showing the
fanaua motive around the palm, the po’t’i (a), and the piaotiu (b).

PLATE X.—HAND parrerNs. Morives From Tanu ATA.

A. On a woman of Tahu Ata: 1. The back of the hand, showing the ka’ava
motive at the base of the middle finger to the wrist, kou’u (a), poka’a (b),
mohovaha (c), and the mata (d).—2. The underwrist, koua’ehi (a).

B. On a woman of Tahu Ata. (The tattooing was done by the same tuhuna
whose work is shown in Plates X, A and JX, B.) 1. The back, showing the
motives papua (a), e tua poou (b), paka (c), ka’ava (center), fanaua (e), Pohu
(f), and ka’ake (g).—2 Underwrist, showing the motives paa niho around the
palm; papua au ti (b), and the vai o Kena (c).

PLATE XI.—HAND PATTERNS. VARIANT MOTIVES.

A. Principal units on the hand of a woman of Nuku Hiva, showing the motives
mata putona (a),kea (b), andthe mataio(c). (After asketch by E. S$. Handy.)
B. A representation of a bird on the underwrist of a woman of Nuku Hiva.

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 29

C. Pattern on two men of Ua Pou.

D. On a man of Hiva Oa, tattooing done by a tuhuna of Fatu Hiva (after a
sketch by E. S. Handy).

E. On the underwrist of a woman of Hiva Oa, an unusual kea motive.

Priateé XII.—ARM AND BREAST PATTERNS FOR MEN. EVOLUTIONARY TYPES.

A. An old style of Fatu Hiva (after a drawing by a tuhuna of Fatu Hiva) show-
ing breast stripes, tii heke.

B. An old style of Nuku Hiva (after a sketch by E. S. Handy from the description
of an artist of Fatu Hiva).

C. Detailed drawing of A, showing the motives kea (a), the etua poot (b), the
poka’a or pahito (c), fa’amana (d), ipu ao (e), and the vii po’’i (d and e).

D. The present style: under-arm, ipu oto; shoulder disk, puha puaka; chest,
ka mo’ehu.

E. Detailed drawings of B showing the motives nihoniho (a), po’r't (b, c).

Piate XIII.—ARM PATTERNS FOR MEN. TYPICAL MODERN MOTIVES, ip oto.

A. On a man of Ua Huka.

B. On three men of Ua Pou showing a variant of the armpit motive, the poka’a (a),
and the enata (b). Three pairs of squarish ovals, similar to those in A com-
plete this arm pattern.

C. On a man of Fatu Hiva showing the motives puaina (a); tii o’oka (b);
the three pairs of ovals, ipu oto; the arm-pit unit, ipu ao; poka’a (c); and
enata (d).

PiatE XIV.—Bopy PATTERNS FOR MEN. OLD AND NEW TYPES.

A. An unfinished example from Nuku Hiva, typical of all islands at the present
time, showing the arm-pit design, ipw katu and chest, teeva.

B. An old style in back and side patterns from Fatu Hiva (after a drawing by
a tuhuna of Fatu Hiva) showing back patches, pahito; ipu oto (a); pahito
(b); mata (c); mata (d); kohe tua (e), a girdle and leg stripe.

C. An unfinished back pattern, peka tua, from Nuku Hiva but common to all
the Marquesas islands. On Ua Pou this pattern is called moho.

PLatE XV.—A BACK PATTERN FOR WOMEN.

A girdle on a chiefess of Nuku Hiva, showing the motives ka’ake (a), mata (b),
and fanaua (c).

Pirate XVI.—LEG MOTIVES FOR WOMEN.

Motives formerly used in Fatu Hiva: koniho (a), mata hoata (b), vat ta keetu
(c), pana’o (d), tkeike (e), het po’v’t (f), akaaka fa’a (g), fa’a mana (h) worn on the
inner ankle, mata omo’e (i) worn on the inside of the knee, like the present pahito,
puha tahi (j) worn below the knee on the inside of the leg, eta va’u (k) worn on the
inside of the calf, nutu kaha (1), tava (m) worn on the inside of the leg above the
ankle (after drawings by a tuhuna of Fatu Hiva).

Pirate XVII.—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN.

The only surviving example, so far as known, of an old style of Nuku Hiva.
A. Front and side views of the left leg.
B. Back and side views of the right leg.

Pirate XVIII—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN.
Detail of the motives shown in Plate XVII, A.

30 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

PriateE XIX.—DETAILED STUDIES OF A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN.
A. Of motives in Plate XVII, B.
B. Back thigh units of both legs of patterns in Plate XVII.
C. Ankle motives of the right leg of pattern in Plate XVII, the rest of the ankle
and foot pattern being identical with those of the left.

PLATE XX.—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN.
Detail of the right leg motives of an old style of Ua Pou, the only surviving
example to be found today.
A. Front: paka (a), mata io (b), makamaka (c), vai me’ama (d), honu (e).
B. Back: po’i’i (a), ka’ake (b), kaka’a (c), mata io (d), vai me’ama (e), pakies (f),
pu (g).

PratE XXI—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN.
Detail of the left leg motives of the preceding example:
A, Front, knee to ankle: mata (a), ka’ake (b), pakiet (c), vai me'ama (d).
B. Back, knee to ankle: ka’ake (a), mata io (b), vai me’ama (c).
C. General view of the left leg.
D. Ankle band.
E. General view of the right leg, of which detail is shown in Plate XX.

PLatE XXII.—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN. "THE MODERN TYPE.

Typical motives indicating the color of the tattooing as it appears on the skin.

A. Back pattern: vai pahu (a, left), ka’ake (a, center), mata hoata (b), ka’ake (c).
mata hoata (d), ipu ani (e), vai o Kena (f), mata hoata (g), ka’ake (h) and (j),
Pohu (i), ipu ani (k, center), ka’ake (k, left and right).

B. Front pattern: mata hoata (a), po’okohe (b, left and right), kea (b, center),
ka’ake (c, left and right), pahito (d, left and right), ipu ami (d, center),
mata mei nei (e), ka’ake (f, left and right), vai o Kena, sometimes called
potia hue or peke ou mei (f, center), Pohu (g, center), mata hoata (h),
pahito (i and j, left and right), ka’ake (i and j, center), ipu ani (k), mata
hoata (1), etua poou, sometimes Pohu (m).

PLateE XXIII.—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN. A VARIANT ARRANGEMENT ON
A WOMAN OF Pua Ma’v, Hiva Oa.

A, Front pattern: ka’ake (a, left and right), mata hoata (a, center), aniatiu (b,
left and right), ka’ake (b, center), kopiko (d, left and right), po’i’i (d, center),
ka’ake (e, left and right), mata hoata (f, center), ka’ake (g), etua poou (h),
mata hoata (i), pahito (j, left and right), pahito (k, left and right), ka’ake (j
and k, center), po’r’i (l), mata hoata (m).

B. Back pattern: mata hoata (a), ka’ake (b), mata hoata (c), poi (d), ka’ake
(ce), mata hoata (f), ka’ake (g), paa niho (h, around the foot).

PLatE XXIV.—LEG MOTIVES FOR WOMEN,

A and C. Detail of upper thigh motives omitted from the leg but burned instead
upon bamboo.

B. A general view showing how the motives in Plate XXIII are arranged on
the leg.

PLatE XXV.—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN.
Front and rear views of an elaborate leg pattern from Pau Ma’u, showing a com-
bination of the fine motives and heavy patches usually worn by men.

PLateE XXVI.—A LEG PATTERN FOR WOMEN.

A. Detailed study of the motives in the front pattern of Plate XXV: nutu kaha
(a-c inclusive), kea (a, center), ka’ake (b), kea (c, center), pahito (d, left

Handy—Tattooing in the Marquesas 31

and right), po’i’i (d, center), mata hoata (e), tu’u po’o, sometimes vai 0 Kena
on Fatu Hiva (f), vai o Kena (g, center), ka’ake (g, left and right), mata hoata
(h), pahito (i and 7, left and right), ka’ake and peke ou mei (i and j, center),
poi (k), mata hoata (1), tu’u po’o (m).

B. Back pattern: oniho (a), paka (b), pahito (c), papua (d), pahito (e), mata
hoata (f), po’vi (g), itviti’i (h), mata hoata (i), ka’ake (j and 1), peke ou mei
(k), ka’ake (m, left and right), po’i’i (m, center).

Pirate XXVII.—LEG MOTIVES FOR WOMEN. VARIANTS.

A, B, and C. Nutu kaha, variations of the thigh pattern.

D. A band encircling the ankle of a woman of Nuku Hiva.

E. A band encircling the ankle of a woman of Tahu Ata.

F. Oniho, a band outlining the sole of the foot of a woman of Ua Huka.

Pirate XXVIITI—L&c Motives FOR WOMEN. OTHER VARIATIONS.

A, An elaborate po’i’i on the knee of a woman of Tahu Ata.

B. A front shin pattern of unusual arrangement and combination.

[Note the use of the vai o Kena on its side (a, center), and the combination of
mata and vat o Kena (b).)

A variant of the aniativu of Plate XXIII, A: left and right (b and c).

Crude representations of the pa’a’oa (fish) found on the knees of a woman of
Tahu Ata.

An upper thigh motive, puhi, on a woman of Tahu Ata.

An unusual extension of the ka’ake (a), a variant of Plate XXIII, A, h, found
on a woman of Ua Huna; a binding motive (b) from Ua Huka, a variant of
the itiiti’i of Plate XXVI, B, h.

am 8o

Pirate XXIX.—LEG MOTIVES FOR MEN.

Motives formerly used in Nuku Hiva: the kohe ta, or sword motive, consisting
of a girdle across the back and a stripe down the side of the leg (a, b), hikuhiku atu (b),
pua hitu (c), pahito (d), huetai (e), poi (f), mata hoata (g), and the ka’ake (h).
(After drawings by an artist of Fatu Hiva).

PLatéE XXX.—LEG MOTIVES FOR MEN.

Motives formerly used in Fatu Hiva (after drawings by a tuhuna of Fatu Hiva) :
aa fanaua, worn on the upper front thigh (a); mata hoata (b); pahito (c), vai o Kena
(b and c), worn on the back of the leg below the bend of the knee; papua enata (d),
worn on the inside calf just above the ankle; mata hoata (e), worn on the upper thigh
alongside the aa fanaua; ti’i hoehoe (f), worn on the bend of the knee; paka’a (g),
worn on the back of the calf; nihoniho (h), worn on the inside calf; ka’ake (i), pua
hue and ikeike (j); pia’o tiu (k), worn around the ankle; ti’i kakao (1), worn on the
foot.

PratE XXXI.—A LEG PATTERN FOR MEN.

The Nuku Hiva style of leg pattern, done by a tuhuna of Nuku Hiva and found
on only one man: ornamental band on the thigh, puht puha; the heavy patches, pai-
pat io.

Pirate XXXII.—L&EG PATTERNS FOR MEN.

The Hiva Oa style, in vogue on all the islands at the time of the discontinuance
of the art:

A. Side view of a leg with motives from Ua Huka. The buttock and inside front

quarter of the leg pattern are lacking, as is usual in modern examples.

B. Front and side views of a leg with motives from Fatu Hiva, the inside front

quarter of the leg pattern, below the knee, being present.

32 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

C. Back view of a leg with motives from Ua Pou, the buttock pattern being
present.

Piaté XXXIII—A Lec PATTERN FOR MEN.

Detailed study of Plate XXXII, A: kohe ta (a, b, and c), kea (b), mata io (c),
puto’o (d), kautupa (e), fatina (f), pahito with po’i’i inset (g), hikuhiku atu (h), pahito
(i and j), auhoi (k), tapu vae (k and 1).

PLATE XXXIV.—A LEG PATTERN FOR MEN.

Detailed study of motives on Plate XXXII, B: kohe ta (a and b); puto’o (c);
pahito with mata hoata, ka’ake, and tiki insets (d); mata vaho, the half oval; pua hue
(e); fatina (f); pahito with po’i’i and ka’ake insets (g); paka oto (h, i, j); hikuhiku
atu (k); pahito, with mata and ka’ake insets (1), tapu vae (m).

PLATE XXXV.—A LEG PATTERN FOR MEN.

A detailed study of the motives of Plate XXXII, C: kohe ta (a and b); tifa (c),
containing a mata hoata, enata, and a kea in the center at the bottom; puto’o (d);
pahito (e); fatina with elaborate double rows of cross-barred teeth inset (f); pahito
(g); paka (h), in place of the usual hikuhiku atu; pahito (i); tapu vae (j); auhoi (k).

Pirate XXXVI.—A LEG PATTERN FOR MEN.

An elaborated pattern of the Hiva Oa style found at Ua Huka: kohe tine (a-c),
complicated by two meta io (b and c), puto’o, lightened by a mata io inset (d), pahito
broken by a ka’ake and a po’i’i inset (f).

PLATE XXXVII.—A LEG PATTERN FOR MEN.

A more complicated pattern from Hiva Oa, rendered almost as lacelike as those
for women by the numerous fine-line insets in the heavy patches: puto’o (a, b, c,) with
insets of cross-barred teeth, double rows of tiki, and a vai o Kena; pahito with mata
hoata, ka’ake, and po’i’i insets (d); fatina with mata inset (e); pahito with po’i’i and
ka’ake insets (f); hikuhiku atu (g) with flourishes at the points; pahito (h), whose
simple lines are almost lost in the elaborate insets of vat o Kena and mata.

PLat—E XXXVIII—LEcG MOTIVES FOR MEN.

A. Kohe ta from Fatu Hiva.

B. A thigh pattern from Nuku Hiva (after a sketch by E. S. Handy): mata (a),
hue ao (b).

C. Two bands for the foot: pia’otiu and kakao.

D. An inside knee motive, mata vaho, from Fatu Hiya.

E. and F. Ankle bone decorations, auhoi.

G. An ankle band from Fatu Hiva: Tapu vae (a); hikuhiku atu (b); pahito with
ka’ake, mata io, and tiki insets (c).

H. An elaborated pahito from Fatu Hiva with ka’ake, enata, and mata io insets.

SVSHOOUVN AHL NI SNOISHC OOLLVL

I @lv1g ‘I NILaI1INg WOASAW dOHSIg ‘q AOINNAG

Bernice P. Bishop Museum BuLvetin 1, PLate

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

BuLueETIN 1, Puate III

Bernice P. BrsHorp MusEUM

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

SVSHNOUVW AML NI SNOISAG OOLLVA

AI 3ivig ‘1 NILaTIAg WAASAW HSI “d

SVSHNOUVW AHL NI SNOISHA OOLLVL

NasNyY dOHSIg_ * HOINUAE
A B3ivig ‘I NIWATIAg WAS] [ ‘d if

Bernice P. Bishor MuseuM Buuvetin 1, Pratre VI

Peet
yee Go ap
Bye Sheer

viseta eta

G
a oe BN Ay
(A) Noo
ees \

as) ©@
Be 2, & aD AS \

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

Bernice P. Bishop MusEuM BuLLETIN 1, PLateE 1X

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

Bernice P. Bishop Museum BuLietin 1, Prate X

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

Pirate XII

BULLETIN 1,

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

2) SE:

Ca .
Gee

U
cssy

—

—GGrY. |

SEN aee
She Pr aS

BERNICE P. Bisnor MusEuM BULLETIN 1, Prate XVI

Pap
al
3)
|

LATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MAROQUESAS

E XVII

DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

TATTOO

BAGH

Pues © Cs, |
: , Cy yy

SVSHNOUVIN AHL NI SNOISAA OOLLVIL

q v

‘AA Hits AAA Add

RECESS

IXX Alvig ‘I Niwating
WOaSOJ{ dOHSIg ‘q AOINNAG

Bernice P. Bishop Museum BuLietin 1, Prate XXII

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MAROL

3ERNICE P. Bishorp MuskuM BuLLetin 1, Prare XXIII

CAEN Be
—/? WF

gen VA

(=) WAMARA NAMEN ANE:

SAY

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

1, Prate XXVI

aa Va

MAROUESAS

IN THE

IIBYSTITAYd
ef

if OD
————— || C
AEA Fale
a
C)

Wa aATe

re

W

BuLLetin 1, PrateE XXIX

BernicE P. Bishop MusEuM

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

1, Prate XXXII

BULLETIN

~~

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

Bernice P. Bishop MusEum BULLETIN 1, PLrate XXXIII

4
LO

s

EZ

zz

Rizzazz

—

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

LETIN 1, PLrateE XXXV

>

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MARQUESAS

Bernice P. Bishop Museum BULLETIN 1, PrateE XXXVI

TATTOO DESIGNS IN THE MAROUESAS

EARLY REFERENCES TO HAWAIIAN
ENTOMOLOGY

BY
J. F. ILLINGWORTH

BERNICE P. BisHop MusEuM
BULLETIN 2

273050.

HONOLULU, HAWAII
PUBLISHED BY THE MusgEUM
1923

Early References To Hawaiian Entomolo
y SY
By J. F. Ittrncworru

INTRODUCTION

While examining the narratives of the early voyages of the Pacific, I
came across several entomological references so interesting that I decided
to extend the search and present the results in a form more readily avail-
able to workers in this field.

As the investigation proceeded, references multiplied so rapidly that
I decided to call a halt with the year 1900, as the numerous papers ap-
pearing since that time are fairly well known.

In preparing the bibliography an effort has been made to examine all
available printed matter dealing directly or indirectly with Hawaii, but it
is not unlikely that some references have been overlooked, especially in the
earlier writings of the missionaries.

It is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance received—particularly in
regard to the more recent publications—from the published bibliography
by D. L. Van Dine (224)! and from the card catalogues that have been
gradually built up in Hawaiian institutions.

The subject of the distribution of organisms, especially in the Pacific,
has a most important bearing upon our life here in the Hawaiian islands.
Among insects, practically all of our pests have gradually arrived along
the lines of commerce; and even now, with our strict quarantine system,
new ones continue to gain an entrance every year.

Hence, such a review of the literature is especially interesting and valu-
able, because it aids in determining the time of introduction and also the
distribution of the various organisms found in Hawaii.

DISCUSSION OF THE LITERATURE

In reviewing the written history of these islands, I naturally began with
the account of the voyages of Captain Cook (2), who discovered the Ha-
waiian islands in 1778. Diligent search failed to locate any reference to
insects, although dogs, hogs, rats, and birds are mentioned. However, in
a separate narrative, William Fllis, the assistant surgeon of this voyage of
1778, indicates clearly that at least house flies were troublesome. In de-
scribing the natives, Ellis says (1, Vol. II, p. 156),

They have also a kind of fly-flap, made of a bunch of feathers fixed to the
end of a thin piece of smooth and polished wood; they are generally made of the

"The references in parentheses refer to works listed in the bibliography on
pages I9 to 50.

4 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

tail feathers of the cock but the better sort of people have them of the tropick
birds’ feathers, or those belonging to a black and yellow bird called Mo-ho. The
handle is very frequently made of the bones of the arm or leg of those whom they
have killed in battle, curiously inlaid with tortoise-shell; these they deem very val-
uable and will not part with them under great price. This ornament is common to
superiors of both sexes.

Later, Captain Nathaniel Portlock referred to these brushes (4, p. 88)
when describing the supplies purchased from the natives:

Curiosities, too, found their way to market and I purchased two very curious
fly-flaps, the upper part composed of very beautiful variegated feathers; the handles

were human bone, inlaid with tortoise-shell in the neatest manner which gave them
the appearance of fineered (veneered) work.

Captain George Dixon, who was associated with Portlock refers to
these objects (3, p. 272) as follows:

Fans and fly-flaps are used by both sexes . . . The fly-flaps are very
curious; the handles are decorated with alternate pieces of wood and bone which
at a distance has the appearance of fineered work; the upper part or flap is the
feathers of the man-of-war bird.

Vancouver, also, mentions fly-flaps (6, Vol. III, p. 42) for the dispersal
of offending insects; but makes no further references to entomology.

Apparently, the first entomological work in Hawaii was done by Doctor
Johann Friedrich Eschscholtz, who at the age of 22, in the capacity of
physician and naturalist, accompanied the Russian explorer Otto von Kotze-
bue on his first voyage. This brilliant student, upon his return to his
native country was appointed professor of anatomy and afterwards direc-
tor of the zoological museum of the university at the University of Dorpat,
his native city. Kotzebue himself, though only an intelligent sailor, makes
several interesting allusions (7, Vol. I, p. 306) to the fauna of the group:

“The chief employment of the royal ladies consists in smoking tobacco,
combing their hair, driving away the flies with a fan and eating.” Speak-
ing of the king’s daughter (7, Vol. I, p. 307), he says: “Behind her stood
a little negro boy, holding a silk umbrella over her head to protect her
from the rays of the sun; two other boys with tufts of red feathers, drove
away the flies from her.” And in describing how the sailors were enter-
tained at dinner ashore, Kotzebue (7, Vol. I, p. 311) relates: “Each of
them had, like us, a kanaka standing behind him with a tuft of red feathers
to drive away the flies.” Finally he speaks more directly of the fauna
(7, Vol. III, p. 237), “The only original wild quadrupeds of the Sandwich
Islands are a small bat and the rat. To these is added our common mouse,
besides the flea, some species of Blatta and other noxious parasites.”

In the appendix of the third volume of the narrative of Kotzebue’s
voyage (7, p. 376) is the description by Eschscholtz of our native Ha-
waiian butterfly, Vanessa tameamea and descriptions of all the new butter-
flies collected in the various countries visited. The other orders of in-

Illingworth—Early references to Hawatan entomology 5

sects, taken during the voyage, were described later in separate papers, of
which the most important are his “Entomographien” (8).

A missionary, James Montgomery, states that the boat used by his party
swarmed with cockroaches at the time of its arrival in Hawaii (1822)
(15, Vol. I, p. 365). In describing a gathering at a mission service, he
says (15, Vol. I, p. 417), “ . . . members of the royal family had
servants in attendance with fly-flaps and fans of peacock’s feathers to
cool their faces and drive away the troublesome insects.” He says also

(15, Vol. I, p. 434):

There are no mosquitoes here; neither are there any bugs. When the latter
are brought on shore in bedding or packages from shipboard, they presently die;
the climate of the Society Islands is equally fatal to them. Flies are very numerous
and annoying, . . . The few spiders, moths and dragon flies which we have
seen, much resemble those of the South Sea Islands.

In referring to the table manners of the natives, Montgomery (Vol. I,
p. 472) writes:

When a common fly was found drowned in their messes, they seemed at once
to grow sick and turn away their faces with no equivocal expression of utter
loathing. Flies, indeed, may be said to be an abomination with these savages—
probably from some superstitious prejudice, for vermin far more disgusting are
greedily picked by them from their own bodies—nay, from the very dogs—and
devoured.

Gilbert F. Mathison, an English traveler, also remarked upon the
troublesome house flies. In speaking of the chiefs in their home life
(9, p. 365), he says he found “some asleep, some fanning away the flies
Mies ” He further states that the queen at the mission service “was
attended by several female servants, carrying fly-fans” (9, p. 378). When
dining with the natives, he notes (9, p. 401), “One brushed away
theyfiies: 2.0 1%

C. S. Stewart, a London missionary who spent several years in the
islands, also made reference (11, p. 153) to these annoying insects, de-
scribing the natives as “eating poe surrounded by swarms of flies . . .”
Further, in referring to the unsanitary conditions and skin diseases of the
people, he remarked the prevalence of head-lice, saying:

Dozens may, at any time, be seen sporting among the decorated locks of
ignoble heads; while, not infrequently, a privileged few wend their way through
the garlands of princes of the blood, or trimuphantly mount the coronets of majesty
itself.

As to the servants of the chiefs and the common people, we think ourselves
fortunate indeed, if, after a call of a few minutes, we do not find living testimonies
of their visit, on our mats and floors, and even on our clothes and persons! ‘The
bare relation of the fact, without the experience of it, is sufficiently shocking. But
the half is not told; and, I scarce dare let the truth, here, run to its climax. The
lower classes not only suffer their heads and tapas to harbour these vermin; but
they openly and unblushingly eat them! Yet so fastidious are they in point of
cleanliness, than an emetic could scarce be more efficaciously administered than to
cause them to eat from a dish in which a fly had been drowned! So much for
the force of custom, and the power of habit!

6 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

In 1824, Kotzebue made a second voyage to the Hawaiian islands and
was accompanied, as before, by the naturalist, Professor Eschscholtz.
Again this navigator remarked on the house flies, which were evidently
abundant. He states, “Two young girls lightly dressed, sat cross-legged
by the side of the queen, flapping away the flies with bunches of feathers,”
and that the queen ate, “Whilst two boys flapped away the flies with large
bunches of feathers” (13, Vol. II, p. 207).

In the appendix of this second volume, Eschscholtz (13, Vol. II, p. 357)
alludes to the entomological material collected in the Hawaiian islands:

The number of insects is small, as is indeed the case with all land animals; it
is therefore creditable to our industry, that we were able to muster twenty sorts of
beetles. A small Platynus is the only Carabide; in the water, two Colymbetes and a
Hydrophilus were found. The only Elater belorigs to a species (Agrypnus N) in
which we reckon various specimens found only in the old world, such as Elater
tormentosus, fuscipes, senegalensis, etc.; beetles which have two deep furrows in
the lower part of the neck-shield, to receive the feelers, and which go in search of
their food at night. They resemble many of the European springing beetles coy-
ered with scales and included by Megerle under the name Lepidotus; such are
fasciatus, murimus, varius. ‘Two Aphodii were found; one of the size of the
Psammodius porcalus, but very flat, lives under the bark of a decayed tree, the
wood of which has become soft. Another has the almost prickly shoulders of the
Aphodius stercorator and asper; of these we form the species stenocnemis and in-
clude therein four new varieties found in Brazil and Luzon. It may be here
observed that Psammodius sabuleti and cylindricus N, must be classed with Aegialia
which, on account of the horny nature of the jaws, and the projection of the upper
lip, enter into the same class with the Trox; the remaining kinds of Psammodius,
however, do not at all agree with the character given them by Gyllenhal, and ought
in their turn to be classed with Aphodius. Among the remaining beetles, all of
which dwell under the bark of trees, a Parandra was the largest.

A few remarks on the various beetles mentioned by Eschscholtz will
not be out of place here. The carabid, platynus, is probably one of the
numerous small native Hawaiian species of Anchomenus. The two Colym-
betes are undoubtedly our Coplatus parvulus (Esch.) and Rhantus paciti-
cus (Esch.); possibly both introduced very early. The hydrophylid was
later described by Eschschlotz as Hydrophilus semicylindricus, though it
is now placed in the genus Hydrobius. Blackburn considered it an immi-
grant. The elatrid, Agrypnus N., is undoubtedly the Agrypnus modestus,
MacL,., which is now placed in the genus Adelocera. This species is said
to be widely distributed in Polynesia and elsewhere. I have had more diff-
culty in trying to place the two Aphodii mentioned. It is hard to say what
the flattened species is; but the one with the “almost prickly shoulders”
is probably Ataenius stercorator Fab. ‘This widely distributed species,
Blackburn states, is not rare in the neighborhood of Honolulu, yet no
specimens of it are in the Hawaiian collections.

Finally, the cerambycid, Parandra, is undoubtedly Parandra puncticeps
Sharp, which Blackburn and Sharp (120) state is closely allied to a species

occurring in the Philippine Islands.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology Gi)

Lord Byron, though on a mission of mercy to the Hawaiian Govern-
ment, spent some time during 1825 in exploration. In his narrative there
are a few interesting references to the fauna and flora of the Hawaiian
group. Andrew Bloxam, an enthusiastic student just out of Oxford, was
naturalist on the voyage and though a botanist by preference, he collected
many zoological specimens during the eighteen months spent in Hawaii.
This material was deposited in the British Museum. Probably based on
information supplied by Bloxam, Lord Byron (10, p. 252) states:

We met with only one Papilio, which Kotzebue has described under the name
Vanessa tamehameha (tameamea). We caught one sphinx moth; brown, with a
purple stripe on each side of its body, which glitters in the sun. There are several
minute moths, several varieties of Libellula (dragon-flies), one species of Cicada,
a black earwig, a wood spider and innumerable fleas.

It would be interesting to know what the cicada mentioned is, also the
sphinx; no moth answering that description is in the Hawaiian collections.

Captain F. W. Beechey (14), an English explorer, who visited Hawaii
in 1826 and 1827, apparently made no reference to the insect fauna, though
his remarks (14, Vol. II, pp. 100 and 112) on the first export of a cargo of
sugar to California are of interest, considering the prominence which the
sugar industry has now attained.

In the Reminiscences of Rev. Sereno Edward Bishop I found two inter-
esting references. Describing the customs of the chief, Bishop says: (16,

Pp. 30):

Objects much in evidence among the natives, when visiting or at meetings as
well as in their homes were their fans, and their fly brushes or kahilis. The fans
were made from the ends of young coconut leaves. ‘The broad end being elastic,
threw the air far more efficiently than the stiff fans now commonly braided. Get
an old-fashioned native fan for comfortable use. Small fly-brushes were used by all
the people. They were about four feet long, the upper half of the stick having the
tail feathers of fowls tied on. ‘The kahilis of the chiefs were larger and more
elaborate. The long handles were often beautifully encased with tubes and rings of
human bone and whale-tooth, also turtle shell, all finely polished. A high-chief
always had two or more attendants armed with such fly-brushes.

In discussing (p. 37) the destruction of the trees of the islands, Bishop
remarks ; ,

About 1860, a minute insect called “red spider” came to infest the under-side of
the leaves to such an extent as in the course of a year to destroy every kou tree,
not only in Lahaina, but throughout the group. The timber of the dead trees was
cut and used for furniture, much being sent to Germany. ‘The chief’s great cala-
bash bowls of kou are now rare and choice. Young trees of the species exist here
and there. The trees have always succumbed to the insect pest before attaining
any considerable size.

“Moolele Hawaii,” written about 1832 by David Malo, a native, has
interesting references (17, p. 65). Malo says:
The following are the flying things (birds, manu) that are not eatable: The

o-pea pea or bat, the pinao or dragon-fly, the okai, (a butterfly), the lepe-lepe-ahina
(a moth or butterfly), the pu-lele hua (a butterfly), the nalo, or common house-fly,

8 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

the nalopaka or wasp. None of these creatures are fit to be eaten. The uhini or
grasshopper, however, is used as food.

The following are wild creeping things; the mouse or rat, (iole), the makaula
(a species of dark lizard), the elelu, or cockroach, the poki-poki (sow-bug), the
koe (earthworm), the lo (a species of long black bug with sharp claws) the aha
or ear-wig, the puna-wele-wele or spider, the lalana (a species of spider), the nuhe
or caterpillar, the poko (a species of worm or caterpillar), the nao-nao or ant, the
mu (a brown-black bug or beetle that bores into wood), the kua-paa (a worm that
eats vegetables), the wku-poo or head-louse, the uku-kapa or body louse.

Whence comes these little creatures? From the soil no doubt, but who knows?

Speaking of the animals imported from foreign lands during the time
of Kamehameha I and as late as the time of Kamehameha III, Malo
(17, p. 66), after enumerating those valuable for food continues:

There are also some flying things that are not good for food: such as the
mosquito (makika), the small roach (elelu liilii), the large flat cockroach (elelu-
papa), the flea (ukulele, jumping louse). The following are things that crawl: the
rabbit, or iole-lapaki, which makes excellent food, the rat or iole- nui, the mouse or
iole-liilii, the centipede (kanapi) the moo-niho-awa (probably the scorpion for there
are no serpents in Hawaii). ‘These things are late importations; the number of
such things will doubtless increase in the future.

This prophecy has been abundantly fulfilled, for even now with our
efficient quarantine, new organisms frequently gain entrance.

F. D. Bennet, an English naturalist, who came to the Pacific primarily
to investigate the anatomy and habits of the whales of the Southern Pacific
and to collect natural history material, discusses the insect fauna of Hawaii
(24, p. 252) as follows:

Insects are not more numerous here than at the Society Islands; they present,
also, nearly the same genera, and are equally remarkable for the apparent addition
of many exotic kinds to those few which were found on the soil by our navigators
when this archipelago was first discovered. Together with some smaller butter-
flies, we find at Oahu a Venessa, closely resembling the V’. atalanta of Europe; as
well as a second species, differing in no appreciable respect from V’. cardui; and
as the habitat of the latter insect is the thistle in the northern parts of the globe,
so here the analogous species resorts to the prickly foliage of the Argemone Me-zi-
cana. A hawk-moth, (Sphinx pungens) similar to that inhabiting the Society Islands,
is very common on the pastures in the vicinity of the coast. Its larva is large, of
a green colour with longitudinal and oblique lilac bands on the sides, and has the
characteristic horn on the back. The habits of the perfect insect are similar to
those of the humming bird, hawk-moth, Sphinx macroglossum. It flies by day,
and appears to seek the warmth and brightness of the noontide sun; and flitting
from flower to flower, on which it seldom alights, it drains the nectar from the
blossoms with its proboscis as it floats in the air with a rapid, vibratory motion of
the wings. On one occasion, when I was endeavouring to capture this coqueting
insect, a native came to my assistance and undertook the task in his own way:
gathering two of the elegant blue convolvulus flowers around which the moth had
been fluttering, and holding one in each hand in an inviting position, he cautiously
approached or followed the insect to tempt it within his reach. ‘The active but
stealthy movements of the young and scantily-clad islander, as he pursued his shy
game over the plains; the seducing attitudes he assumed, and the insinuating man-
ner in which he presented the flowers to the moth when opportunities offered, afforded
a very ludicrous scene. Although the exertions of my entomological friend were
at this time fruitless, I have often seen the plan he adopted successfully employed
by other natives; the hawk-moth, approaching the proffered blossoms, protrudes its
long proboscis, which is seized with the fingers and the creature secured.

on eae

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 9

The insects we noticed here, though not at any of the other Polynesian Islands
we visited, were large tarantula spiders, (Lycosa Sp.) the millipede or wood-louse,
(Oniscus asellus) and centipedes, eight or ten inches long, their colour brown-
yellow, the sides and abdomen blue. The luminous centipede (Scolopendra elec-
trica) is also found in the houses at Honoruru, emitting its characteristic phosphor-
escent light, and leaving behind it a trail of luminous matter.

In a footnote Bennet gives this additional information:

Ships are, doubtless, the active, though involuntary agents in disseminating in-
sects over remote regions of the globe. After we had been at sea for several weeks,
or even months, it was not uncommon to find on board the Tuscan many kinds of
land-insects in a living state, from the hardy beetle to the delicate and more ephem-
eral butterfly, whose germs had probably been received on board together with sup-
plies of fruit and vegetables.

The statement quoted from Bennet is one of the earliest definite refer-
ences that I have been able to find bearing upon the introduction of the
cosmopolitan butterfly, Vanessa cardui Linn., other than the unverified re-
port of four specimens sent to the British Museum, two collected by Cap-
tain Byron in 1825 and two by Captain Beechey in 1827. (See Bibliography
Nos. 27 and 65.)

Dr. Alonzo Chapin, a resident missionary, in writing on the diseases
of the Hawaiian islands in 1838, remarks (22, p. 253) upon the absence of
malaria as follows:

Before going out to the Sandwich Islands, I spent several years in our
southern states, much of the time in the low country of South Carolina; and
was, during the hot seasons of the year, accustomed to recoil at every standing
body of water, on account of the poisonous exhaltions which they there emit,
endangering the lives of every individual exposed to their influence. On my ar-
rival at the islands, I more than once made the inquiry, “why the numerous kalo
(taro) ponds are not productive of sickness.”’ Thousands of acres are entirely
converted into ponds of standing water in which the natives cultivate their kalo,
while their houses are built on the narrow spaces between. ‘These are never
dry, and are often so numerous as to exhaust entire rivers in keeping them filled.
I could not at once reconcile my mind to the belief of their innoxious tendency,
notwithstanding circumstances are such as to make the fact very obvious. ‘Though
the ponds are subject to the perpetual influence of a torrid sun, they cannot be-
come putrid by reason of the continual supply of fresh water, and multitudes of
fish live and thrive in them, such is their freshness and purity.

The streams originate from springs and rain on the summits of the moun-
tains, pour down their sides with great impetuosity and after a few meanderings
are turned aside from their courses to irrigate the lands and replenish the ponds,
or are discharged directly into the sea; and I know of no body of water emitting
sufficient miasma to create sickness along its borders. I have occasionally met
with stagnant ponds, which emit a foul and offensive odour, and could in no way
satisfy myself of the reason for the exemption of the inhabitants along their
borders from fevers, but by supposing the effluvia to be diluted and rendered
inert by the continual currents of winds.

Small marshes abound but are fed by springs, and the pure mountain streams,
and are thus prevented becoming noxious. They speedily dry up during a few
weeks absence of rain; and the rivers also disappear unless kept alive by fre-
quent showers, and the small pools, which remain at such times and which abound
after every rainy season, do not become sufficiently putrid to exhale a fever-
generating miasm.

10 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

If any one variety of soil has a specific power to produce malaria it does
not appear to exist at those islands. ‘The upland soil is there formed of de-
composed lava, the lowland plains along the sea are constituted of a mixture of
alluvion washed from the mountains, and decomposed coral. Its immunity from
noxious exhalations is the same, whether parched with drought, or merely moist,
as when the evaporation is most abundant, after the rains.

The habitations of the natives are for the most part considerably scattered,
but are in a few instances crowded together in such numbers as to exhibit the
dense appearance of our large towns and villages. There is, however, through-
out, an entire exemption from those pestiferous exhalations which, so extensively,
poison the atmosphere of populous places in hot climates. All animal and vege-
table substances thrown away by the people, or cast up by the sea, are quickly
devoured by the multitudes of starving dogs and swine, so that no detriment is
experienced from their putrefaction.

With so entire an exemption from the existence of miasmata, there is also
an entire exemption from those affections induced by it. Malignant bilious
fevers do not occur, and as I shall, hereafter, have occasion more particularly to
state, derangements of the liver and biliary organs do not prevail, neither is the
stomach and intestinal canal, and other organs of the abdominal viscera subject
to the numerous and complicated affections so common in every miasmatic region.

It should be borne in mind, however, that Chapin wrote before the re-
lation of mosquitoes to malaria was known, and that probably these insects
had not become generally distributed in Hawaii at that date.

Jarves’ notes (23, p. 70) on the beginning of the silk industry in Ha-
waii are also of interest:

In 1836 Messrs. Ladd & Co. leased a portion of their land to Messrs. Peck
and Titcomb, for the purpose of cultivating the mulberry and raising silk. Ther
have now upwards of forty thousand trees, which at nine months growth, are as
thrifty and forward as those of several years, in New England. As yet they
have been disappointed in obtaining the silk worm, but are daily expecting a
supply of eggs from China.

The following (23, p. 75) gives some indications of the proportions of
the new industry:

At Mouna Silika, the mulberry-plantation, 85,200 of the black mulberry
(Morus multicaulis) have been planted, and the ground and slips prepared for
many more. Many thousands of the white mulberry (Morus alba) have also
been set out. The average age of 42,000 of the former is six months, and it is
computed that they will afford thirty and a half tons of leaves, sufficient to feed
1,200,000 worms. ‘The leaves of one tree of eight months growth, weighed three
and a half pounds, and a leaf of three months growth measured seven inches in
length. The trees that were plucked, leaved out again in six weeks so fully, that
they could not be distinguished from those in the: same row which were left
unplucked. They are planted in hedge rows, ten feet apart, and two feet separate
in the row. The silkworm of the white species, which produces the finest silk,
has been received from China, but the proprietors do not intend to raise them
in numbers until the plantation is thoroughly stocked with trees, and the neces-
sary arrangements for buildings, machinery, reeling, ete., be made in the United
States, which one of the proprietors, Mr. Peck, is upon the point of visiting, for
that purpose. If the natives can be taught the art of reeling silk, this branch of
industry will be of infinite benefit to them, as the raising of cocoons is attended
with so little expense and trouble. Women and children are particularly adapted
to it, as well as old and infirm persons. Thus it will afford occupation to many
who are incapacitated from entering into any laborious trade. The amount of
land in the plantation is between three and four hundred acres, undulating
partly wooded, and well watered.

ve

Illingworth—Early references to Hawauan entomology II

These citations by James J. Jarves, who came here from Boston in
search of health in 1837, are only a prelude to his later writing on Hawaii.
In his history (25, p. 10) discussing the fauna, Jarves writes:

Insects are few, though mostly of a destructive or troublesome character.
A species of caterpillar at certain seasons destroys vegetation to a great extent,
eating even the grass to its very roots. A slug deposits its eggs in the cotton
blossoms, which, when ripe, are pierced through by the young insects, and the
staple entirely destroyed. Large spiders are very numerous and mischievous
weaving strong webs upon shrubs and young trees, in such quantities as to check
their growth, and even impede the passage through an orchard. A species of
woodlouse fastens upon the limbs, entirely covering them, and which speedily
exhausts the juices; and their growth is for the time effectually checked. A
black rust, firm, hard, and stiff, like strong paper, resembling soot in its appear-
ance, attacks many varieties of trees and plants, covering the bark, and even the
leaves, giving them the singular appearance of being clothed in mourning. This
causes no permanent damage, and while it disfigures fruit, does not appear seri-
ously to injure it. Rats damage the sugar-cane to a considerable extent, annually.
Though the Hawaiian agriculturist escapes many of the evils incidental to other
tropical climes, enough exist here to make his labours no sinecure. The noxious
vermin, such as mosquitoes, fleas, cockroaches, scorpions, and centipedes, are a
modern importation, and have extensively increased. The bite of the two latter
causes no permanent injury, and is not more injurious than the sting of a com-
mon wasp. They are very abundant about the seaports. No serpents, frogs, or
toads, have as yet reached the islands. A small lizard is common.

Later, in his Scenes and Scenery in the Hawaiian Islands, Jarves refers
to the extensive silk industry and the many difficulties that beset it. (See
28, pp. 105-112 and 164-9.)

The United States Exploring Expedition being principally a marine

investigation, hardly touched upon the land fauna of Hawaii, yet I found
two valuable references in the Races of Man by the naturalist, Charles
Pickering. Discussing animals and plants of aboriginal introduction (26,
p. 314) he says:

There are, however, uninvited attendants on human migrations; such as, a
small species of rat, whose presence throughout Tropical Polynesia, seems nearly
universal. On some of the more remote coral islets, the presence of this animal,
proved to be the only remaining evidence of the visits of man.

On the other hand, the house fly, which so abounds at certain coral islands,
was uniformly absent from the uninhabited ones. Various other insects, have
doubtless been transferred from island to island by human means.

This, too, was probably the case with the lizards (Scincidae); for the
agency of drift-wood, seems insufficient to account for their universal presence.

In referring to animals and plants of European introduction, Pickering
(26, p. 333) writes:

We were informed at the Hawaiian Islands, that the centipede, was “intro-
duced five years previously from Mazatlan.” It has greatly multiplied at Hono-
lulu; and during our visit, it made its first appearance on Maui.

The house scorpion, likewise abounds at Honolulu; and its introduction was
equally attributed to vessels from Mazatlan. The other Polynesian groups, re-
main free from the above two pests.

The natives of the Hawaiian Islands, attributed the introduction of the mos-
quito to the same quarter; and we obtained evidence of the possibility of such
an occurence, in the larva continuing on shipboard for many days after we left
Honolulu. One or more native species of mosquito, were observed at the other
Polynesian groups.

12 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

It will be noted that these observations coincide with those of all the
earlier navigators, that flies were evidently a native introduction previous
to the appearance of European ships. That the house fly, Musca domestica
Linn., will travel long distances by small boats is now a matter of common
observation. Moreover, on this point there is the conclusive evidence by
S. C. Ball (225), who recently investigated the migration of insects over
sea, along the coast of Florida.

Since the natives in their wanderings in the Pacific previous to the
appearance of white men, evidently took along their hogs and dogs, to-
gether with coconuts and other plants, it is only natural to conclude that
flies also traveled from place to place with them.

That flies very early made their appearance in the Hawaiian islands, is
further indicated by the great development of the kahilis or fly flaps. Dr.
Brigham amplifies this point in his comprehensive review of Hawaiian
feather work (193, p. 14), in which he says:

It is probable that a bunch of feathers used as a fly-flap was the primal
form of feather work. Flies (malo) were here though not in such abundance as
found by early explorers on other islands of the Pacific; but even for this useful
purpose the bunch of feathers was no doubt preceded by a bunch of leaves,
and the prototype of the kahili seems to have been a stem of that most useful
plant the ki (Cordyline terminalis Kunth). On many of the islands of the Pacific,
a branch of kt was the symbol of peace and on the Hawaiian islands it shared
in early times with a coconut leaf the representation of high rank

Very early the hand plumes became symbols of rank and on all public oc-
casions kahili bearers attended a chief, or while he ‘ate or slept a kaakui brushed
away with small ones all troublesome insects. In public they were tokens; in
private fly-flaps.

Indeed, it is hardly necessary to draw upon the imagination to under-
stand the gradual development of the immense, symbolic kahilis with
shafts of twenty feet or more in length, used at funerals of royalty;
especially when it is known that small fly-flaps of similar construction
have always been waved over the body at funerals in Hawaii to keep away
these obnoxious insects.

In describing the Hawaiian fauna in 1850, Henry T. Cheever (33, pp.
105-6) says:

Not a noxious beast, reptile, or insect existed on the islands when first made
known to Europeans. Now they have mosquitoes, fleas, centipedes, and scor-
pions.

The snake, toad, bee, and all stinging insectsof the latter sort are still un-
known. One would think the flea certainly indigenous, where now it is found
so much at home both with man and beast; but the natives have an amusing
story of the first time they got ashore from a ship, through the trick of a sailor,
which is better to be imagined than told.

Whether that be true or not, the name by which they call the flea is pretty
convincing evidence that it has not been known as long as some other things.
It is called uku lele, or the jumping louse, the uku being an old settler from
time immemorial, and nothing else they knew so much like the imported flea.
So they named the stranger the jumping uku: it is one of the first aboriginals

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 13

a traveler becomes acquainted with in going about among Hawaiians and _ sleep-
ing in native houses, and it is the last he is so glad to bid good-by to when he
comes away, though it is ten chances to one if they do not insist upon keeping
him company and making themselves familiar half the voyage home.

The Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society organized in 1850 did splen-
did work for several years. In the Transactions of this society I found a
number of references to entomology. William Duncan (36) suggested
good cultivation and clean culture for the eradication of insects and urged
that land adjoining sugar plantations be either kept fallow or burned to
keep away caterpillars.

Dr. Wesley Newcomb also contributed to the Transactions (37) an
interesting paper in which (p. 95) he states that Vanessa cardui was intro-
duced presumably at the same time as Argemone mexicana (poppy or
thistle) though he does not suggest the date. Among other insects, he
mentions three species of Sphynx, one of them, S. pugnans, being common
at Honolulu. Of the small moths he recognized seven species as enemies
of agriculture and gives the larval characters of the principal cut-worms.
The corn leaf-hopper, or corn-fly, he records as a serious pest at that time.
He mentions also the red spider as destructive to the leaves of many plants

and a microscopic white fly (from his description difficult to determine)
destructive to the leaves of melons. Mention, too, is made of a small

caterpillar that bores into the stalks of tobacco—undoubtedly the tobacco
split worm, Phthorimaea operculella Z. a rather serious pest in more recent
years. The description of a wormlike borer of the sweet potato suggests
the larva of our common pest, the sweet potato weevil, Cylas formicarius
Fab. Newcomb states that he was not able to detect any true aphids, but
he recognizes that the numerous ants filling the soil play an important
part in the destruction of the larvae of pestiferious moths and of other
insects.

At meetings of the Society in 1851, the introduction of the common
honey bee was considered, and the next year it was reported (38) that
three hives were coming from New Zealand by the first vessel direct to
Honolulu. I could find no statement indicating that these ever arrived,
but the record (42) shows that two years later an attempt to import two
hives of bees from Boston proved unsuccessful because of the ravages of
the bee moth on the way. In 1855, a report was presented to the Society
upon the economic relation of insects to crops with suggestions for the
importation of natural enemies of these from abroad (45). ‘The report
states that though wasps are abundant, bees have not yet been success-
fully introduced.

At a meeting in 1856 a very valuable paper was presented by the well-
known botanist, Dr. William Hillebrand (46). This paper written by
Valdemar Knudsen, deals primarily with the control of cutworms which

14 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

were evidently very numerous at that time. Descriptions (46, p. 96) are
given of five kinds as follows:

1st. Brown, with a white stripe on the back and white belly. It grows to the
largest size, fully 2% inches long and one-quarter inch thick. It is very vora-
cious, and a single worm will strip a large plant, leaving nothing but the ribs.

and. Gray, with a brown back of a bright, shining appearance; it does not
grow as large as No. 1. It is the regular cutworm that seems to enjoy nothing
but the juice of the stems, which it will often cut off when quite large and hard.

3d. It is destructive as the former, and also like it in color and size, only
not bright or shining on its back.

4th. Is bluish-gray, with head and tail white—rather rare.

5th. Mud-colored; is the one that appears every year, and seems able to do
with less wet soil. It is not quite as voracious, nor does it attain the size of
the former ones, but still is very destructive.

It is interesting to note that the cutworms were excessively abundant
on land that had been flooded for a few days. ‘This observation agrees
with my experiences in North Queensland. The only explanation that
I am able to suggest is that flooding in some way interferes with the
natural enemies of these pests.

A great impulse was given to the investigation of the Pacific fauna by
the coming of the Swedish Frigate “Eugenie” with a staff of trained in-

vestigators. These scientists arrived in Hawaii in August, 1852 and though
their stay in the islands was short, they evidently improved the opportunity,
for among the insects collected were about twenty new species, belonging

to several orders. Unfortunately no record was made of their catches
except of the new species. These records were worked up several years
later—the Coleoptera by C. H. Boheman, the Orthoptera and Hemiptera
by Carl Stal, the Lepidoptera by D. J. Wallengren, the Hymenoptera by
A. E. Holmgren, and the Diptera by C. G. Thomson (49).

The coming of the energetic student, Rev. Thomas Blackburn, in 1877
marked a new epoch in the history of systematic entomology in Hawaii.
Though his special hobby was Coleoptera, Blackburn collected all orders
of insects and published papers on most of them (67). The extent of
his scientific work during the six years of his stay is marvelous especially
considering that it was all done at odd moments whenever his strenuous
duties to the Church would permit. Indeed, so abundant were his catches
that he kept almost a dozen specialists (principally in the British Museum)
busy describing his material, in addition to all the descriptions that he
himself prepared for the press. A glance at the bibliography (pp. ) will
give a suggestion of the extent of these labors. The following specialists
assisted him in publishing his material: Bormans (105) handled the Or-
thoptera; McLachlan (110, 111, 138) helped with the Neuroptera includ-
ing the Odonata; White (71, 81, 88, 100) did part of the Hemiptera;
Butler (74, 90, 96, 106, 108), Meyrick (112, 122, 131) and Tuely (79, 80)
all worked on the Lepidoptera; Sharp (75, 76, 77, 78, 85, 93, 99, 119,

Tllingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 15

120, 124) and Waterhouse (87), part of the Coleoptera; while Smith (86)
and Cameron (97, 109, 125, 127) helped with the Hymenoptera.

In 1882 J. E. Chamberlin published an interesting paper dealing with
the devastating hordes of cutworms, or army worms, on Oahu (104).
The outbreak of this pest is said to have extended from the sandy beach
to the mountains. The land over which the worms had fed appeared
bare, as if scorched; cattle starved to death. Blackburn identified the
species as Prodenia ingloria Walker, a cutworm known in Australia; yet
all evidence goes to show that this pest was an old resident in Hawaii. I
was particularly interested in the following statement by Chamberlin:
“Whenever a tract is burned, a great flight of moths appeared immediately ;
and an army of worms shortly followed, entirely destroying the tender
grass.” This was exactly my experience with a similar species in North
Queensland. Whenever an accidental fire ran through the growing cane,
a scurge of cutworms soon followed to wipe out the crop just as it was
beginning to recover from the burn. The only explanation that I was able
to offer was that those abnormal conditions in some way upset the natural
controlling factors so that the development of the pest, for a time, was
not hindered by them.

The investigations of the Challenger Expedition were primarily marine.
Small attention apparently was given to land fauna and few references
to insects appear in the published works. Kirby, in describing the Hy-
menoptera collected, mentioned only three from Hawaii. (This is the only
reference that I have been able to find.) But among the pelagic insects
belonging to the genus Halobates, monographed by White (114), are
several species found in Hawaiian waters. These were described and
figured in colored plates, making their determination easy.

As a young graduate just out of the University of Oxford, the inde-
fatiguable worker, R. C. L. Perkins, came to the islands in 1892 (?). The
results of his work of more than twenty years stand as a monument to the
hardships that he endured and the efforts that he put forth. During these
years numerous papers were published, but the general results from the
study of the tremendous amount of material he collected appear in the
three large volumes of the Fauna Hawaiiensis. Of this work the follow-
ing parts were published previous to the year 1900: Macrolepidoptera by
E. Meyrick; Hymenoptera Aculeata by R. C. L. Perkins; Formcidae by
August Forel; Orthoptera, Neuroptera and Coleoptera Rhynchophora,
Proterhinidae, Heteromera and Ciodae by R. C. L. Perkins; and the
Coleoptera Phytophaga by David Sharp. Since the Fauna Hawaiiensis
is available in the principal libraries, I have not taken space to list the
numerous species described.

16 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

IMPORTANT IMMIGRANT INSECTS

Among the instroductions by European commerce was the night mos-

quito (Culex quinquetasciatus Say), a pest of first importance especially
as a carrier of disease. Though it has been generally understood that

these insects came to us from the coast of Mexico, it is interesting to read
the following account by Osten Sacken (118):

About 1828-30 an old ship from Mazatlan, Mexico, was abandoned on the
coast of one of the Sandwich Islands. Larvae of Culex were probably imported
in the water-tanks upon it. The natives soon became aware of the appearance
round the spot of a—to them unknown—blood sucking insect; it so far excited
their curiosity that they used to congregate in the evening in order to enjoy the
novelty. Since then the species spread in different localities, and in some cases
became a nuisance.

This was related to me by Mr. T. R. Peale, the well known American ento-
mologist and artist, who visited the Sandwich Islands a few years later with the
United States Exploring Expedition under command of Captain C. Wilkes
(1838-40). A distinguished American, who spent many years on the islands and
whose acquaintance I made in Washington, confirmed the story to me, and told
me that he remembered positively that there were no mosquitoes on the islands
about 1823.

This version is at any rate more probable than another which I read in the
German periodical, “Die Natur,” that gnats were intentionally imported into
those islands by a mischiveous sea-captain, in vengeance against the inhabitants.

Another pest of importance in Hawaii is the sugar-cane borer, Rhab-
docnemis obscurus Boisd., which was evidently introduced from some of
the Pacific islands; Boisduval (20) in 1835 described the species from
New Ireland and Fairmaire (32) later recorded it from Tahiti. This
borer began to make inroads upon the sugar industry of Hawaii apparently
during the early eighties (107, 113), rapidly spreading until brought
under control by the introduced tachinid parasite (Ceromasia sphenophori
Vill.). The species was recorded by Blackburn and Sharp (120) with a
few brief systematic notes. The first careful study of the life history and
economic relations was that by C. V. Riley (132), the specimens being
sent to this celebrated entomologist at the request of his Majesty, King
Kalakaua.

Another cosmopolitan insect found in Hawaii during recent years,
though of little economic importance compared with the cane borer, is the
milkweed butterfly, Danaida archippus Fab. This insect was not mentioned
by any of the early voyagers and in fact the first reference to its presence
in the islands is from Blackburn’s material in 1878 (74). The geographi-
cal distribution of this species was reviewed in 1886 by Walker (126), who
stated that these butterflies were abundant and well established in Hawaii
at that date.

In the early nineties exotic scale insects began to command attention
(134) and during the following decade fully fifty species had been re-

-

Illingworth—Early references to Hawatian entomology 17/

corded in Hawaii. Jcerya purchasi Mask. is thought to have made its
appearance in the islands during the spring of 1889. By 1890 it had be-
come widely distributed in the gardens of Honolulu. During the follow-
ing year, C. V. Riley (137) reported that it had been successfully con-
trolled by the Vedalia beetle introduced from California. Nevertheless,
other coccids began to make themselves felt, even attacking the coffee,
which was so seriously affected that Mr. Albert Koebele, who had been so
successful with the California State Board of Horticulture, was engaged
in 1893 by the Hawaiian Government to search Australia for its natural
enemies (143, 145). His work proved eminently successful and by 1895
there was a marked decrease in many of the scale insects owing to the
natural enemies introduced (154). Chief among these friendly insects
were lady bird beetles (Coccinellidae), fully three dozen species being in
the list (153). As new scales continued to make their appearance in the
islands, coming in on frequent plant and fruit importations, Koebele’s valu-
able services were retained. By 1897 he had brought in fully 200 species
of ladybird beetles besides many other natural enemies of various harmful
insects (175).

The numerous scale insects were fairly well under control and Koebele
began to turn his attention more seriously to other pests. In 1899 Koebele
(202) wrote:

About the middle of April my attention was called to a troublesome fly upon

cattle and on the 26th of the same month, the first specimens were brought to me
and during the summer it spread over all the islands.

This pest later proved to be the European horn-fly, Haematobia irritans
Linn. which had reached the mainland of the United States about ten
years earlier. Koebele further relates: ‘““The first flies were noticed on
the island of Oahu during February 1898, by Mr. J. P. Mendonca of the
Kaneohe ranch.”” During 1900, pests of various crops were studied and
the introduction of natural enemies was continued (215). It was at this
time that a tineid larva of cotton balls was first reported, which eventually
was found to be the pink boll-worm, Geleckia gossypiella Sndrs.

The Japanese Beetle (Adoretus sinicus Burm.) is reported to have come
into the islands about 1891, probably in soil from Japan (142). Four
years later it had already become such a pest that serious consideration was
given to the introduction of such natural enemies as moles, bats, and toads
(153). In 1897, 600 bats were introduced from California but apparently
they never became established (175). Better results were secured by the

introduction of toads from California and frogs from Japan. These re-
produced freely in the streams here. But the spread of the beetle was

rapid and by 1897 it was also reported from Maui and Kauai. lKoebele

18 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

introduced a fungus that proved destructive to the beetle under wet sur-
roundings (175), but unfortunately it appeared immune to this disease
in the drier portions of the islands. During 1900 the Japanese beetles were
reported (215) from the island of Hawaii, thus extending their range
throughout the group, injuring the foliage of a large variety of cultivated
trees and other plants.

It is reported that previous to 1898, all forms of melons, cucumbers and
squashes could be grown in Hawaii with comparative ease. About this
time a new pest that has come to be known as the melon fly (Dacus cucwr-
bitae Coq.) began to make itself felt. Mr. Byron O. Clark who was the
first to observe the flies said that they made their appearance during the
summer of 1897 and that by 1898 and 1899 the melon industry was prac-
tically destroyed. The first published reference to the subject is in the
form of correspondence printed in a weekly newspaper in Honolulu. The
original is now almost unobtainable and so it is fortunate that the complete
account has been reproduced in at least two scientific papers dealing with
this serious pest. (See 184.)

DEVELOPMENT OF QUARANTINE SYSTEM

The entrance of so many noxious pests naturally stimulated a desire to
shut out further introductions of these undesirable immigrants. During
the reign of King Kalakua we find the beginning of this system in an
Act dated July 16, 1890, relating to the suppression of plant diseases, blights,
and insect pests (134). Again, in 1892, similar regulations were adopted
in an Act to establish a Bureau of Agriculture and Forestry (139).

No one recognized the need of such regulations better than Professor
A. Koebele who had devoted many years to a study of these organisms ‘in
various parts of the world. As official entomologist of the Hawaiian

islands, in a letter (191) to Dr. Maxwell, who was special agent of the
United States here at the time, he said,

Strict attention should be paid towards guarding against the introduction of
melolontids, elaterid beetles, etc., destructive to living roots of plants, as well as
to any fungoid diseases destructive to vegetation that are liable to reach the islands
with soil or plants imported.

From these beginnings has grown up the efficient quarantine system
that we find in the islands today.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 19

BIBLIOGRAPHY

The following list is arranged chronologically and the names of authors are in
alphabetical order under each year. For the convenience of workers resident in
Hawaii the Honolulu libraries in which the publications cited may be found are
indicated by the following abbreviations: AF, Board of Agriculture and Forestry;
BM, Bishop Museum; DPI, Division of Plant Inspection, Board of Agriculture and
Forestry; HS, Historical Society; HSPA, Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment
Station; PL, Library of Hawaii; UH, University of Hawaii; US, Hawaii Agricul-
tural Experiment Station. References to publications indicated by an asterisk (*)
have not been verified.

1. Evris, W(itt1Am), An authentic narrative of a voyage performed
by Captain Cook and Captain Clerke; . . . in search of a
northwest passage between the continents of Asia and America.
Including a faithful account of all their discoveries, and the un-
fortunate death of Captain Cook . . . . 2 vols., London,
1782. (BM)

2. Coox, JAmrEs, A voyage to the Pacific Ocean, undertaken by the
command of His Majesty, for making discoveries in the North-
ern Hemisphere. Performed under the direction of Captains
Cook, Clerke, and Gore, in His Majesty’s ships “Resolution”
and “Discovery”; in the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, and 1780.
3 vols.; vols. I and 2 written by Captain James Cook, F.R.S.,
vol. 3 by Captain James King, LL.D. and F.R.S.; 2d ed., Lon-
don, 1785. (BM)

3. Drxon, Grorcr, A voyage round the world but more particularly to
to the northwest coast of America, performed in 1785, 1786,
1787, and 1788, in the “King George” and “Queen Charlotte,”
Captains Portlock and Dixon . . . . London, 1789. (BM)
The expedition visited Hawaii in 1786.

4. Portrocx, NatHan, A voyage round the world but more particular-
ly to the northwest coast of America, performed in 1785, 1786,
1787, and 1788, in the “King George” and “Queen Charlotte,”

Captains Portlock and Dixon . . . . London, 1789. (BM)
The members of the expedition were in Hawaii from May 26 to June
13, 1786.
5. *Fasricius, J. C., Entomologica systematica . . . . Hafniae

(Copenhagen). 4 vols., 1792-4.
References to Hawaiian species in vol. 2, p. 269 (Odynerus radula Fab.),
and in vol. 3, p. 463.

6. Vancouver, GrorcrE, A voyage of discovery to the North Pacific

Ocean, and round the world; . . . performed in the years
1790, 1791, 1792, 1793, 1794, and 1795, in the “Discovery,”
sloop of war, and armed tender “Chatham.” . . . 3 vols.

London, 1798. (BM)
Vancouver arrived in Hawaii March 2, 1792.

7. KorzEBur, Orro von, A voyage of discovery into the South Sea and
Beering’s Straits, for the purpose of exploring a northeast
passage, undertaken in the years 1815-1818, . . . in the

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

ship “Rurick” . . . . translated edition by H. E. Lloyd.

3 vols., London, 1821. (BM)

Original, published in German at Weimar, 1821, contains colored plates
of butterflies described by Eschscholtz. English translation by H. E. Lloyd.
3 vols. London, 1821. (BM)

The expedition arrived in Hawaii November 22, 1816.

8. *EscHscHoLtz, JOHANN FriepricH, Entomographien, 1 Lieferung,

10.

Tr

12.

13.

14.

HIG

16.

128, iii p., 11 .col. pl, 23.1/2)cm., Betlin, CG. Remernpxsze:
The Hawaiian species described are: Hydrophilus semiclindricus (p. 42),
and Blata punctata (p. 86), which is a synonym of Pycnoscelus surinamensis

(Linn. ).

Maruison, G. F., Narrative of a visit to Brazil, Chile, Peru, and
the Sandwich Islands, during the years 1821 and 1822.
London, 1825. (BM)

Mathison arrived in Hawaii June 24, 1822.

Byron, Lorn, Voyage of H.M.S. “Blonde” to the Sandwich Islands,
in the years 1824-5. London, 1826. (BM)

Srewart, C. S., Journal of a residence in the Sandwich Islands, dur-
ing the years 1823, 1824, and 1825, . . . . London, 1828.
(BM)

EscuscHoLtz, Frrepricu, Zoologischer Atlas. Kotzebue’s second
voyage, 1823-6, Berlin, 1829. (HS)

No Hawaiian insects appear to be discussed, but beetles and other ani-
mal forms from other Pacific islands are described and illustrated by colored
plates.

KotrzeBsuk, Orro von, A new voyage round the world, in the years
1823, 1824, 1825, 1826. 2 vols., London, 1830. (BM)

BreEcuEy, Captain F. W., Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific
1825-8. 2 vols. London, 1831. (BM)

The first export of sugar to California discussed (vol. 2, pp. 100 and
112); no Hawaiian insects mentioned.

MonrcoMeEry, JAMES, Journal of voyages and travels by the Rev.

Daniel Tyerman and George Bennet, Esq. . . . London
Missionary Society, . . . in the South Sea islands, China,
India, etc., between the years 1821 and 1829. . . . 2 vols.

London, 1831. (BM)
Tyerman and Bennet reached Hawaii in April, 1822.

BisHop, SERENO E., Reminiscences of old Hawaii. Originally pub-
lished in the Friend (BM) and in the Honolulu Advertiser
1901-1902. Reprinted in book form, Honolulu, 1916. (BM)
The Reminiscences relate chiefly to the period 1830-1860.

Mato, Davin, Hawaiian antiquities, (Moolelo Hawaii), translated
from the original Hawaiian by Dr. N. B. Emerson: B. P. Bish-
op Mus. Special Publ. 2, Honolulu, 1903. (BM)

Most of Moolelo Hawaii was written 1835-36. Parts of it were printed

in 1838, 1839, and 1858.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 21

18. BuRMEISTER, HERMANN, Rhyngota seu Hemiptera. Beitrage zur
Zoologie gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde, von Dr.
F. J. F. Meyen, pp. 285-306. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.,
Breslau und Bonn, 1834. (BM)

Burmeister describes Asopus griseus Burm. (p. 293).

19. Erickson, H. W., Coleoptera and Lepidoptera. Beitrage zur Zoolo-
gie gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde, von Dr. F. J. F.
Meyen, pp. 219-284. Nova Acta Acad. Caes, Leop.

Breslau und Bonn, 1834. (BM)
Erickson describes Anchomenus corruscus Erichs. (p. 223).

20. Boispuvat, J. A., Voyage de l’Astrolabe, pendant les annees 1826-29,
faune entomologique de l’ocean Pacifique, Coleoptéres, Paris,
1835, (BM) (AF)

Colymbetes pacificus Esch. and Colymbetes parvulus Esch. (p. 50) are
described.

21. *Deyean, P. F. M. A., Catalogue des coleoptéres de la collection de
Metle(Compte Dejeans 2): 5 3d ed ps 503, Paris, 1837:
References to Hawaiian species are Colymbetes pacificus Esch. p. 55, and

C. parvulus Esch., p. 56.

22. CuHapin, Atonzo (M.D.), Remarks on the Sandwich Islands; their
situation, climate, diseases. . .: Hawaiian Spectator, vol. 1,
No. 3, pp. 248-267, Honolulu, 1838. (BM) (HS)

Jarves, J. J., Sketches of Kauai: Hawaiian Spectator, vol. 1, No. 1,
pp. 66-86, Honolulu, 1838. (BM) (HS)

24. Bennet, F. D., Narrative of a whaling voyage round the globe
from the years 1833 to 1836, London, 1840. (BM)
Bennet arrived in Hawaii April 16, 1834.

25. Jarves, JAmeEs J., History of the Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands.
: , Boston, 1843. (BM)

26. PICKERING, CHARLES, The races of men and their geographical
distribution: U. S. Exploring expedition . . . IX, Phil-
adelphia, 1848. (BM) (HS)

This expedition made a brief call at Hawaii in September, r184o.

27. *DouBLEDAY, Epwarp, First list of British Museum _ butterflies,

London, 1844(?)

Describes four specimens of Vanessa cardui (p. 79) from Hawaii, two
brought by Captain Byron in 1825 and two by Captain Beechey in 1827.

23.

w

28. JARVES, JAMES J., Scenes and Scenery in the Sandwich Islands
Boston, 1844. (BM)
Describes the attempt to establish a silk industry at Koloa in 1837-
1841, rendered unsuccessful by the ravages of aphid, or wood louse, which

destroyed the mulberry trees and consequently starved the silk worms (pp.
105-111). The “silk plantation” at Hanalei is also discussed (pp. 164-169).

22

20.

30.

ai

32.

37-

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Mortscnutsky, Vicror DE, Observations sur le Musée Entomologique
de l’université impériale de Moscou: Soc. Imper. Nat. Moscou
Bull., vol. 18, pp. 332-388, pls. 5-7, 1845. (AF)

This paper discusses the beetles collected by Eschscholtz during his

two voyages around the world, Plagithmysus n. g. for Stenopterus pulver-
ulentus Esch. (pp. 369-70), Pl. 6, 5 figs. In error described from California.

MorscHuLsky, Vicror DE, Remarques sur la collection de coleop-
téres russes da Victor Motschulsky: Soc. Imper. Nat. Moscou
Bull. vol 28, pp. 1-85, pls. 1-3, 1845. (AF)

Stenopterus pulverulentus Esch. is erroneously recorded from Cali-
fornia, p. 250.

*DousLeDAy, Epwarp, The genera of diurnal Lepidoptera, compris-
ing their generic characters, a notice of their habits and trans-
formations, and a catalog of the species of each genus. 2 vols.,
86 pls. (85 col.), London, 1846.

Reference to Vanessa cardui from Hawaii is found on page 205.

FairMairr, M. Leon, Essai des Coleopteres de la Polynesie: Rev.
et Mag. de Zool., June, 1849. (HSPA) (AF) (US)

Hydrobius semicylindricus Esch. was collected in a taro plantation on
Oahu (p. 30 of sep. — 434 of original). Heterophaga mauritanica Fabr.
is recorded (p. 42); also Calandra obscura Boisd. from Tahiti (p. 70).
This species of Calandra, originally described from New Ireland, is the well-
known cane-borer in Hawaii; now placed in the genus Rhabdocnemis.

CurEvER, Henry T., The island world of the Pacific, New York,
1851. (BM)

*FAIRMAIRE, M. L., Rev. et Mag. de Zool., p. 51, 1850.

Datias, W. §., List of specimens of Hemiptera in the British
Museum, pt. 1, London, 1851; pt. 2, 1852. (AF)
The species Eysarcoris insularis, pt. 1, p. 228 and Rhyparochromus
nigriceps, pt. 2, p. 577, are described.

Duncan, WitLiAM, On the prevention and eradication of worms:
Roy. Haw. Agric. Soc. Trans., vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 71-86, Hono-
lulu, 1852. (BM)

This paper, excellent for that period, deals only with the economic
phases of the subject.

Newcoms, Westry (M.D.), Report of the committee on worms
and other injurious vermin: Roy. Haw. Agric. Soc. Trans.,
vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 94-97, Honolulu, 1852. (BM)

This is a valuable paper dealing rather specifically with the insect pests
of agriculture.

THIERRY, Baron bE, Report on bees: Roy. Haw. Agric. Soc. Trans.,
vol. 1, No. 3, p. 116, Honolulu, 1852. (BM)

Records the first attempt to introduce bees direct from New Zealand.

39.

40.

4l.

42.

43.

45.

46.

47.

48.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 23

*Warker, F. A., Catalog of the specimens of neuropterous insects
in the collection of the British Museum, London, 1852.

Myrmelon perjurus n. sp. p. 340; M. violentus n. sp., p. 348, are
described.

MorscuuLsky, Victor DE, Etudes entomologiques, 1852: Soc. Lit.
Finnoise, 1853. (AF)
Under synonymies (p. 76), the author states: “Plagithmysus pulveru-
lentus Esch. décrit et figuré dans le méme ouvrage, appartient au genre Oene-
mona Newman.”

Smiru, FrepericK, Catalogue of hymenopterous insects in the col-
lection of the British Museum, London, 1853. (HSPA)
Prosopis anthracina nsp. and P. flavipes u.sp., from the Hawaiian

islands, are described (pt. I, p. 23).

CHAMBERLAIN, WARREN, Report of the committee on the honey bee:
Roy. Haw. Agric. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 53-57, also
letter from C. R. Bishop, pp. 57-60, Honolulu, 1854. (BM)

This paper discusses the difficulties encountered in an attempt to in-
troduce honey bees.

SicnoreT, DocrEur V., Revue iconographique des Tettigonides:
Soc. Ent. France Ann., p. 15, pl. 1 (colored), fig. 15, 1854.
(HSPA)

Describes Tettigonia varicolor n.sp., Honolulu, coll. Boheman et Sig-
noret.

*SraL, Cart, Nya Hemiptera: Ofv. af K. Vet.-Ak. Forh., vol. 9,
1854.

Includes a reference to Delphax pulchra Stal.

Marsu, J. W., Report on birds, bees, insects, and worms: Roy.
Agric. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 47-50, Honolulu, 1855.
(BM)

This is a purely economic paper dealing with pests and suggesting the
introduction of natural enemies, various’ sorts being enumerated.

KNupsEN, VALDEMAR, Report on worms: Roy. Haw. Agric. Sec.
Trans., vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 94-97, Honolulu, 1856. (BM)
Contains interesting suggestions for the control of cutworms by pro-

tecting natural enemies and importing others, such as the black ant of North

America.

SmitH, FREDERICK, Catalogue of hymenoterous insects in the col-
lections of the British Museum, London, 1856. (HSPA)
Crabro unicolor (pt. 4, p. 421), C. distinctus (p. 422), and Mimesa

antennata (p. 431), described from the “Sandwich Islands.”

BoueEeMan, C. H., Coleoptera: Voyage de “‘l’Eugenie,”’ Insecta, pp.
1-112, pl. 1, Stockholm, 1858. (BM)

The following species are described from Honolulu: Calleida insularis,

p. 4, also found in Tahiti; Calleida amoenula, p. 4; Lebia insularis, p. 6,

also found in Tahiti; Selenophorus insularis, p. 10; Selenophorus picinus, p.

11; Trechus fasciatus, p. 17; Canthon balteatus, p. 41; Onthophagus muticus,
p. 48; Ammophorus insularis, p. 89.

24

49.

50.

SI.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Vircin, C. A., Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate Suédoise
“lERugénie,” . . . . 1851-53, sous le commandement de C. A.
Virgin. . . . Zoologie I. Insecta, 617 pp., 9 Pls. Stockholm,
1858-68.

The following groups of insects are discussed: Coleoptera, by C. H.

Boheman, pp. 1-218, 1858; Hemiptera, by C. Stal, pp. 219-298, 1859; Orth-

optera, by C. Stal, pp. 209-350, 1860; Lepidoptera, by H. D. J. Wallengren,

pp. 351-300, 1861; Hymenoptera, by A. E. Holmgren, pp. 391-442, 1868;
Diptera, by C. G. Thomson, pp. 443-614, 1868.

Boneman, C. H., Coleoptera: Voyage de “l’Eugénie,” Insecta, pp.

113-218, Pl. 2, Stockholm, 1859. (BM)

The following genera and species described from Honolulu: Oodemas
n. gen. (p. 138) created for Oodemas aenescens, p. 138; Rhyncolus longulus,
p. 149; Rhyncolus gracilis, p. 150; Megascelis subtilis, p. 152; Luperus in-
sularis, p. 182; Graptodera verticalis, also found in California and Tahiti, p.
187; Crepidodera puberula, also found in California and Tahiti, p. 106;
Hyperaspis annularis, also found in California, p. 205; Scymnus kinbergi,
p. 200.

Strat, C(arL), Hempitera: Voyage de “l’Eugenie,’
219-208, pls. 3 and 4, Stockholm, 1859. (BM)
The following species described from Honolulu: Arma patruelis, p.
220; Arma pacifica, p. 221; Nysius coenosulus, p. 243; Capsus pellucidus, p.
255; Delphax pulchra, p. 275; Bythoscopus viduus, p. 201.

d

Insecta, pp.

Strat, C(arL), Orthoptera: Voyage de “‘l’Eugenie,” Insecta, pp. 299-
350, Pl. 5, Stockholm, 1860. (BM)
Gomphocerus (Hyalopteryx) plebejus is described from Honolulu, p. 339.

OstEN-SacKEN, Baron, Einfuhrung von Mucken (Culex) auf den
Sandwich-Inseln: Stett. Ent. Zeit., vol. 22, pp. 51, 52, 1861.
(HSPA)

Describes the introduction of mosquitoes (Culex), about 1828-30, in an
old ship from Mazatlan, Mexico.

WALLENGREN, H. D. J., Lepidoptera, Voyage de “‘l’Engénie,” In-
secta, pp. 351-390, pls. 6 and 7, Stockholm, 1861. (BM)

The following species are described from Honolulu: Colias ponteni,
p. 351; Heliothis inflata, p. 376; Salbia continuatalis, p. 381.

*Hacren, H. A., Notizen beim Studium von Brauers Novara-Neu-
ropteren: Verb. Zool. bot. Ges. Wien., vol. 17, p. 34, 1867.

From Oahu are recorded: Anax strenuus nu.sp. and Anax Junius n.sp.
Specimens of 3 junius in Berlin Museum are labeled A. ocellatus, A. severus,
and Alschua prasina.

Hor_mcren, A. E., Hymenoptera, Voyage de ‘l’Eugénie,” Insecta,
pp. 391-442, pl. 8, Stockholm, 1868. (BM)
The following species are described from Honolulu: Echthromorpha
maculipennis, p. 406, and Rhygchium nigripenne, p. 441.
ScuppEr, S$. H., A century of Orthoptera, Decade 1, Gryllides: Bos-

ton Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc., vol. 12, pp. 139-143, Boston, 1868.
(BM)

Trigonidium pacificum is described from the Hawaiian Islands, p. 1309.

—

58.

59-

61.

62.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 25

Tuomson, C. G., Diptera. Voyage de “l’Eugénie,” Insecta, pp.

443-614, pl. 9, Stockholm, 1868. (BM)

The following species are described from Honolulu: Sarcophaga bar-
bata, p. 533; Sarcophaga dux, p. 534; Sacrophaga pallinervis, p. 535; Cata-
picephala limbipennis, p. 541; Musca flavinervis, var.? p. 547; Lispe meta-
tarsalis, p. 562; Trypeta crassipes, p. 583.

*Srat, Cart, Ennumeratio Hemipterorum I: K. Svenska Vet.-Ak.
Handl., vol. 9, pp. 1-121, 1870.

Dysdercus peruvianus Guer. is recorded from Hawaii.

Warternouse, C. O., On a new genus and species of Coleoptera be-
longing to the family Lucanidae, from the Sandwich Islands:
Ent. Soc. London Trans., p. 315, 1871.

Mr. Harper Pease sent two specimens of a new beetle from Honolulu,
for which Waterhouse created the genus Apterocyclus, naming the new

species A. honoluluensis. These specimens were from the mountains of
Kauai

Butter, A. G., List of the diurnal Lepidoptera of the South-Sea
Islands: Zool. Soc. London Proc., pp. 274-291, pl. 44 (col-
ored), May 5, 1874. (BM)

The following species from the Hawaiian islands are included: Pyra-

meis tammeamea Eschscholtz, p. 284; Colais ponteni Wallengren, p. 287;

Papilio sarpedon Linnaeus, recorded from the Hawaiian islands by Beechey,

p. 2900. No mention is made of Vanessa cardui Linn, which was undoubt-
edly in the islands. (See 24, 27 and 37.)

McLacutan, Ropert, Note on some Odonata (dragon-flies) from
the Hawaiian Islands . . . Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 11, p. 92,
1874. (A) (HSPA)

Anax junius Drury, Pantala flavescens Fab., and Tremea lacerata Hagen
are noted as abundant, and said to prey on the produce of what the Hawaiians
call the army worm, a species of Hadena, which occurs in multitudes.

*Srar, Cart, Ennumeratio Hemipterorum IV: Svensk. Vet. Ak.
Handl., vol. 12, pp. 121 and 152, 1874.

Includes notes on Nysius caenosulus and Pamera nigriceps from Hawaii.

TurumM, THomas, Notes on the history of coffee culture in Hawai-
ian Islands: Haw. Ann. for 1876, pp. 46-52, 1875. (BM)

Refers to the coffee blight with a discussion of control measures, p. 49.

Scupper, S. H., A cosmopolitan butterfly, its birthplace and natural
history: Amer. Nat., July, 1876. (AF)

Refers to the single citation of Vanessa cardui Linn. from the Hawaiian
islands, which appeared in the first list of the British Museum Butterflies,
where (p. 70) Mr. Doubleday credits four specimens to those islands, two
brought by Captain Byron and two by Captain Beechey. Scudder states:

“IT am informed by Mr. Butler that there is now only one specimen in the museum
from the Sandwich Islands, and the reference upon the ticket is to the oldest manuscript
register, not now to be found. Byron and Beechey were at the islands in 1825-27. Mr.

Brigham informs me that V. cardui was not found by Mr. Mann and himself dur-
ing a twelve month’s residence at the islands ten years ago, and I can find no authority
for its present existence. Dr. Pickering writes that it was unknown when the Wilkes ex-
pedition visited the islands 1840-41. The ‘Vincennes,’ to which Dr. Pickering was at-

66.

67.

68.

70.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

tached, was at the islands from the end of September to the beginning of April. Byron
and Beechey’s visits were between the latter part of January and the middle of July.
Mr. Butler does not consider the specimen in the British Museum, nor the record of
Doubleday, sufficient authority to include this insect in his list of South Sea butterflies.
Upon the whole, we cannot fairly accept the present authority for the presence of this
insect in the Pacific Islands.”’ (See also 24, 27, and 37.)

Wattace, A. R., Geographical distribution of animals, 2 vols., Lon-
don, 1876.

Contains a brief note on Apterocyclus (vol. 1, p. 446).

BLACKBURN, THOMAS, Insect-notes from the Sandwich Isles: Ent.
Month. Mag., vol. 13, pp. 227-228, London, 1877. (AF)
In discussing his first impressions of the insect fauna of the islands,
Blackburn states:

“Coleoptera are distinctly not common; Orthoptera, chiefly earwigs and cockroaches,
in considerable variety; a fair number of Hymenoptera; too many Diptera of the mos-
quito type; a few Hemiptera; and many Lepidoptera, but only two butterflies, a large
Papilio and Vanessa kammeamea.”

BiackpurN, Tuomas, Characters of a new genus and descriptions
of two new species of Cossonidae from the Sandwich Islands:
Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 14, pp. 4-5, London, 1827. (AF)
Anotheorus n.gen., A. montanus n.sp., Oodemas halticoides, n.sp. are

described.

Brackpurn, THomas, Characters of a new genus, and descriptions
of new species, of Geodephaga from the Sandwich Islands, I:
Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 14, pp. 142-148, London, 1877. (AF)

The following insects are described: Saronychium n.gen., S. incon-
spicuum, n.sp., Anchomenus muscicola n.sp., A. epicurus n.sp., A. protervus
n.sp., A scrupulosus n.sp., A. fraternus n.sp., A. meticulosus n.sp., A. cunet-
pennis n.sp., A. fossipennis n.sp., A oceanicus n.sp., A. bardus n.sp., A. fugi-
tivus n.sp., A. mysticus n.sp., Dyscolus tantalus n.sp., D. palmae n.sp., D.
mutabilis n.sp., D. caliginosus n.sp.

Butter, A. G., List of heterocerous Lepidoptera recently collected
by the Rey. T. Blackburn in the Hawaiian Islands: Ent. Month.
Mag., vol. 14, pp. 47-50, London, 1877. (AF)

The forms described are: Deilephila livornica Esper., Protoparce cin-
gulata Fab., Leucania dislocata Walker, Prodenia ingloria Walker, Plusia
verticillata Guénée, Hypena obsoleta nsp., H. insignis n.sp., Herminia
caeneusalis Walker, Botys blackburni n.sp., B. accepta n.sp., Pyralis achatina
n.sp., Rhodaria despecta n.sp., Hymenia recurvalis Fab., Ephestia elutella
Hub., Argyresthia sp., Laverna sp.

Wuirr, F. B., Descriptions of new species of heteropterous Hemip-
tera collected in Hawaiian Islands by Blackburn, No. 1: An-
nals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. 20, pp. 110-114, 1877.
(HSPA)

The species described are Cydnidae: Geotomus subtristis n.sp., G.
jucundus n.sp.—Anthrocoridae: Tripleps persequens n.sp., Cardiasthethus
mundulus n.sp.—Nabidae: Nabis innotatus n.sp., N. subrufus n.sp., N. lus-
ciosus n.sp—Emesidae: Luteva insolida n.sp—Hebridae: Merragata n.gen.,
M. hebroides n.sp.—Corixidae: Corixa blackburni n.sp.

As

73-

74.

75-

76.

77:

78.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 27

BLACKBURN, THOMAS, Some observations on the genus Oodemas of
the family Cossonidae with descriptions of new species: Soc.
Ent. Belgique Ann., pp. 73-76, 1878. (AF)

The following species are described: Oodemas nivicola n.sp.. O. aene-
scens Boh., O. sculpturatum n.sp., O. insulare n.sp., O. robustum n.sp., O.
obscurum n.sp., O. angustum n.sp., O. mauiense n.sp., O. borrei n.sp., O. hal-
ticoides Blackb.

BLackBurn, Tuomas, Characters of new genera and descriptions of
new species of Geodephaga from the Hawaiian islands, II:
Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 15, pp. 119-123 and 156-158, London,
1878. (AF)

The following are described: Atrachycnemis, n.gen., A. sharpi n.sp.,
Disenochus n.gen., D. anomalus, n.sp., Anchomenus insociabilis n.sp., A. erro
n.sp., A. sharpi n.sp., A rupicola n.sp., Cyclothorax montivagus n.sp., C.
micans n.sp., C. multipunctatus n.sp., C. brevis Sharp, C. oahuensis n.sp., C.
simiolus n.sp., C. obscuricolor n.sp.

Butter, A. G., On Lepidoptera from the Hawaiian islands: Ent.
Month. Mag., vol. 14, p. 185, London, 1878. (AF)
Descriptions are given of the following species: Danais archippus Fab.,
Leucania dislocata Walk., Plusia verticillata Guénée, Botys blackburni Butler,
B. accepta Butler.

SuHarp, Davin, Descriptions of some new species and a new genus
of rhyncophorous Coleoptera from Hawaiian Islands: Ent. Soc.
London, Trans., for 1878, pp. 15-26, 1878. (AF)

The following insects were collected by Thomas Blackburn: Proterhinus
vestitus n.sp., P. blackburni n.sp., P. simplex n.sp., P. obscurus n.sp., P.
oscillans n.sp., P. debilis n.sp, Dryophthorus squalidus n.sp., D. gravidus n.sp.,
D. crassus nsp., D. declivia nsp.. D modestus nsp., D. pusillus n.sp., D.
insignis n.sp., Pentarthrum prolixum n.sp., P. obscurum n.sp., P. blackburni
n.sp.

SHarp, Davin, On some Nitidulidae from the Hawaiian Islands:
Ent. Soc. London, Trans. for 1878, pp. 127-140, 1878. (AF)
Descriptions are given of the following beetles collected by Blackburn:

Gonioryctus latus n.sp., G. blackburni n.sp., G. monticola n.sp., Brachypeplus

discendens n.sp., B. puncticeps n.sp., B. robustus n.sp., B. reitteri nsp., B.

infirmus n.sp., B. impressus n.sp. B. inaequalis n.sp., B. omalioides n.sp., B.

brevis n.sp., B. asper n.sp., Carpophilus hemipterus Linn., C. dimidiatus Er.,

C. maculatus Murray, Haptoncus tetragonus Murray, and H. mundus n.sp.

SHarP, Davin, On some longicorn Coleoptera from the Hawaiian
islands: Ent. Soc. London, Trans. for 1878, pp. 201, 210, 1878.
(AF)

Descriptions are given of the following beetles collected by Blackburn:
Parandra puncticeps n.sp., Stenocorus simplex Gyll., Astrimus n.gen., A. ob-
scurus n.sp., Sotenus n.gen., S. setiger n.sp., Clytarlus n.gen., C. robustus
n.sp., C. cristatus n.sp., Micracantha nutans n.sp., Oopsis nutator Fab., and
Lagochirus araneiformis Linn.

SHarP, Davin, Description of new species probably indicating a new
genus of Anchomenidae from the Sandwich Islands: Ent.

Month. Mag., vol. 14, pp. 179-180, 1878. (AF) ‘

Describes Blackburnia insignis n.sp.

79:

80.

2)
-

82.

83.

84.

Bernice P. Bishop Musewn—Bulletin

Tue y, N. C., Description of new species of butterfly from Sandwich
Islands: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 15, pp. 9-10, 1878. (AF)

Describes Holochila blackburni n.sp.

Turty, N. C., Description of the larvae of Pyrameis hunteri: Ent.
Month. Mag., vol. 15, pp. 16-17, 1878. (AF)

Wurre, F. B., Descriptions of new species of heteropterous Hemipt-
era collected in the Hawaiian islands by the Rev. T. Blackburn,
No. 2: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol. 1, pp. 365-374,
1878. (HSPA)

The Hemiptera described are Asopidae: Occhalia patruelis Stal.—
Lygaeidae: Nysius dallasi n.sp., N. delectus n.sp., N. arboricola n.sp., N.
coenosulus Stal, Pamera nigriceps Dall, Clerada apicicornis Sign., Reclada
n.gen., R. moesta n.sp., Metrarga n. gen., M. nuda n.sp., M. villosa n.sp.
Capsidae: Capsus pellucidus Stal—Anthocordidae: Cardiastethus sodalis
n.sp. Acanthiidae: Acanthia lectularia Linn.—Saldidae: Salda exulans n.sp.
—Nabidae: Nabis blackburni n.sp.—Veliidae: Microvelia vagans n.sp.

BLAcKBuRN, THomAS, Characters of new genera and descriptions
of new species of Geodephaga from the Hawaiian islands, IIT:
Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 16, pp. 104-109, London, 1879. (AF)
Blackburn describes Anchomenidae: Anchomenus lucipetens n.sp., A.

incendiarius n.sp., Cyclothorax pele n.sp., C. bembidioides n.sp., C. paradoxus

n.sp.. C. deverilli n.sp., C. vulcanus n.sp—Bembidiidae: Bembidium (Lopha)
ignicola n.sp.

BLackpurN, Tuomas, Vanessa cardui in Hawaii: Ent. Month. Mag.,
vol. 16, p. 161, London, 1879. (AF)

From the paper by Blackburn the following is quoted:

Referring to the paper headed “The Recent Abundance of Vanessa
cardui,’” in the August number of this magazine, it may be of interest to note
that I have observed the species in considerable abundance (but not in com-
pact swarms) at various points on the Hawaiian Archipelago, between Feb-
ruary and July this year (1879),—though I have not previously noticed it dur-
ing the three years I have been living on the islands. Its near ally, V. hun-
teri, has occurred in about the usuai numbers. ‘The season has been here,
probably, as much cloudier and more showery than usual as in Great Britain.
V. cardui has been recorded, I believe, as occurring on the Hawaiian Islands,
but I cannot at this moment lay my hands on the authority. (See 24, 27,
37, and 65.)

Burcer, A. G., On heterocerous Lepidoptera collected in the Hawai-
ian islands by the Rev. T. Blackburn: Ent. Month. Mag., vol.

15, pp. 269-273, London, 1879. (AF)

The species described are Leucaniidae: Leucania photophila n.sp.—Noc-
tuidae: Agrotis suffusa W.V., A. arenivolans n.sp—Hydrocampidae: Oligo-
stigma curta n.sp.—Botydidae: Botys accepta Butl., B. continuatalis (Salbia
continuatalis Wllgr.), B. demaratalis Walk., Mecyna exigua n.sp.—Larentiidae :
Larentia insularis n.sp., Pseudocoremia paludicola n.sp., Scotosia rara n.sp.
—Phycidae: Plodia interpunctalis Hitb—Tineidae: Scardia lignivora n.sp.

Suarp, Davin, On some Coleoptera from the Hawaiian islands: Ent.
Soc. Trans., pp. 77-105, London, 1879. (AF)
Descriptions are given of the beetles collected by Blackburn. They repre-
sent Hydrophilidae: Omicrus n.gen., O. brevipes n.sp., Hydrophilus semicylin-

86.

87.

88.

89.

Tllingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 29

dricus Esch., Cyclonotum subquadratum Fairm., Sphaeridium abdominale Fab.
—Nitidulidae: Brachypeplus tinctus n.sp., B. explanatus n.sp., B. protinoides
n.sp.—Cucujiidae: Monanus n.gen., M. crenatus n.sp—Colydiidae: Antilissus
n.gen., A. asper n.sp.—Mycetophagidae: Litargus vestitus n.sp., Propalticus
n.gen., P. oculatus n.sp—Scarabaeidae: Aphodius pacificus n.sp.—Cioidae:
Cis alienus n.sp., C. pacificus n.sp. C. procatus n.sp., C. signatus n.sp. C. bi-
color n.sp. C. tabidus n.sp., C. diminutivus n.sp., C. laeticulus n.sp., C, evanes-
cens n.sp—Aglycyderidae: Proterhinus nigricans n.sp. P. collaris n.sp. P. hu-
meralis n.sp. P. pusillus n.sp., P. longulus n.sp., P. basalis n.sp., P. sternalis
n.sp., P. lecontei n.sp., P. paradoxus n.sp—Scolytidae: Hypothenemus macu-
licollis n.sp—Cerambycidae: Clytarlus microgaster n.sp., and C. modestus
n.sp.

Sir, FrepEericK, Descriptions of new species of aculeate Hy-
menoptera collected by the Rev. Thos. Blackburn in the Sand-
wich islands: Linn. Soc. London Journ., vol. 14, pp. 674-685,
1879. (BM)

The species described are as follows: Formicidae: Camponotus sex-
guttatus Fab., Phenolepis clandestina Mayr.— Poneridae: Ponera contracta
Latr—Myrmicidae Tetramoriwm guineense Fab., Pheidole pusilla Heer.,
Solenopsis gemmata Mayr. and Roger.—Sphegidae: Pelopoeus flavipes
Fab.—Larridae: Pison iridipennis n.sp., P. hospes n.sp.— Crabronidae:
Crabro affinis nsp., C. mandibularis n.sp., C. denticornis n.sp., C. unicolor
Smith—Eumenidae: Odynerus localis n.sp., O. maurus n.sp., O. rubritinctus
n.sp., O. montanus n.sp., O. congruus n.sp., O. dubiosus n.sp., O. agilis n.sp.—
Vespidae: Polistes aurifer Sauss—Andrenidae: Prosopis blackburni n.sp.,
P. fuscipennis n.sp., P. facilis n.sp., P. hilaris n.sp., P. volatilis n.sp—Apidae:
Megachile diligens n.sp., Xylocopa aeneipennis De Geer, and Apis mellifica
Linn.

WarteruHouseE, C. O., Description of a new genus and species of
heteromerous Coleoptera of the family Cistelidae from Hono-
lulu: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 15, pp. 267-268, London, 1879.

The genus and species described are: Labetis n.gen., L. tibialis n.sp.

Wuire, F. B., Descriptions of new Anthocoridae: Ent. Month.
Mag., vol. 16, pp. 142-148, London, 1879.

The following are described from Hawaii: VDilasia denigrata n.sp.,
Hawaii, 3,000 feet; D. decolor n.sp., Honolulu; Lilia n.gen.; L. dilecta n.sp.,
Maui, 5,000 feet.

BLACKBURN, THOMAS, and Kirpy, W. F., Notes on species of acu-
leate Hymenoptera occurring in the Hawaiian islands: Ent.
Month. Mag., vol. 17, pp. 85-89, London, 1880. (AF)

The following species are discussed: Prosopis blackburni Sm., P. fusci-
pennis Sm., P. facilis Sm., P. hilaris Sm., P. volitalis Sm., P. flavifrons n.sp.,
Xylocopa aeneipennis De G., Apis melifica Linn., Pelopacus flavipes Fab.,
Odynerus localis Sm., O. maurus Sm., O. rubritinctus Sm., O. blackburni
n.sp., O. montanus Sm., O. congruus Sm., O. dubiosus Sm., O. agilis Sm.,
Crabro afinis Sm., C. mandibularis Sm., C. denticornis Sm., C. unicolor Sm.,
C. stigius n.sp., Pison irridipennis Sm., P. hospes Sm., Polistes aurifer Sauss.,
Camponotus sexguttatus Mayr., Prenolepsis clandestina Mayr., Ponera con-
tracta Latr., Leptogenys insularis Sm., Tetramorium guineense Fab., Phei-
dole pusilla Heer., Solenopsis geminata Fab., Evania laevigata Latr.

30

go.

Ol.

02.

93-

94.

06.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Buriter, ArtHurR G., On two small consignments of Lepidoptera
from the Hawaiian Islands: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 17, pp. 6-9,
London, 1880.

The following species collected by Blackburn are described: Danais
archippus Fab., Protoparce blackburni n.sp., Deilephila livornica Esper.,
Leucania dislocata Walk., L. extranea Guen., Prodenia ingloria Walk., Car-
adina venosa n.sp., Agrotis suffusa Gmel., Spaelotis lucicolens n.sp., S. cre-
mata n.sp., Heliothis conferta Walk., Plusia verticillata Guen., Toxocampa
noctivolans n.sp., Scotosia rara Butl., Hypena obsoleta Butl., H. insignis Butl.,
H. fascialis Cram., Scopula exigua n.sp., S. altivolans n.sp.

Harotp, E. von, Einige neue Coleopteren: Miinchener Ent. Ver.
Mitth., vol. 4, pp. 148-181, 1880. (AF)
Von Harold describes Clytarlus finschi n.sp. yon den Sandwich-Inseln
(Finsch!) (p. 166). ‘This species is now in the genus Plagithmysus. [J.F-.1.]

Ritty, C. V., Note: Amer. Ent., vol. 3, p. 150, 1880. (HSPA)

Riley states: Mr. T. Blackburn of Honolulu communicated that Vanes-
sa cardui appeared quite frequently in the year 1879, on the island of Hawaii,
during the month of February till July. He never before observed the
species on the island mentioned above.

SnHarp, Davin, On some Coleoptera from the Hawaiian Islands: Ent.

Soc. London Trans., pp. 37-54, 1880. (AF)

Th following species are described: Falagria currax n.sp., Tachyusa
pumila n.sp. Diestota plana n.sp., D. parva n.sp., D. latifrons n.sp., D. pal-
palis n.sp., D. puncticeps n.sp., D. carinata n.sp., D. rufescens n.sp., Phlaeo-
pora cingulata n.sp., P. diluta n.sp., Oligota clavicornis n.sp., O. polita n.sp.,
O. glabra n.sp., O. mutanda n.sp., Liophaena gracilipes n.sp., L. flaviceps n.sp.,
Myllaena vicina n.sp., M. familiaris n.sp., M. curtipes n.sp., M. discidens n.sp.,
Pachycorynus discedens n.sp., Oxytelus advena n.sp., Trogophlaeus senilis
n.sp., 7. frontinalis n.sp., T. abdominalis n.sp., Glyptoma blackburni n.sp.,
G. brevipenne n.sp., Lispinodes explicandus n.sp.

BLacksurN, THomas, Description of four new species of Cossoni-
dae from the Hawaiian Islands: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 17,
pp. 199-201, London, 1881. (AF)

The four species are: Oodemas olindae n.sp., O. substrictum n.sp., O.
infernum n.sp., O. ignavus n.sp.

BLAcKBuRN, THomAS, Characters of new genera and descriptions of
new species of Geodephaga from the Hawaiian Islands, IV:
Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 17, pp. 226-229, London, 1881. (AF)

The following are described: Anchomenidae: Disenochus terebratus
n.sp., Anchomenus putealis n.sp., Cyclothorax unctus n.sp., C. laetus n.sp.,
C. robustus n.sp—Bembidiidae: Bembidium (Notaphus) spurcum nsp., B.
teres N.sp.

Burrer, A. G., On a collection of nocturnal Lepidoptera from the
Hawaiian Islands: Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol.
7, PP. 317-333, 1881. (AF) (HSPA)

Descriptions are given of the following species collected by Blackburn:
Sphingidae: Deilephila calida n.sp—tLarentiidae: Scotosia corticea n.sp.,
Eupithecia monticolens n.sp—Noctuidae: Spoelotis crinigera n.sp., Apa-
meidae chersotoides n.sp., A. cinctipennis n.sp—Heliothidae: Heliothis ar-

97-

098.

Too.

Iol.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawatian entomology 31

migera Hub—Hypenidae: Hypena obsoleta Butl., H. altivolans Butl., var.
simplex —Hercynidae: Boreophila minuscula n.sp., Aporodes micacea n.sp.—
Margarodidae: Margaronia glauculalis Guenee.—Botididae: Anemosa aurora
n.sp., Mecyna ennychioides n.sp., M. nigrescens nsp., M. exigua Butl., M.
virescens n.sp.—Scopariidae: Scoparia hawaiensis n.sp., S. jucunda n.sp., var.
formosa, S. frigida n.sp., S. coarctata Zeller, S. venosa n.sp.—Phycidae:
Ephestia humeralis n.sp., E. albosparsa n.sp.

Cameron, PerEer, Notes on Hymenoptera, with descriptions of new
species: Ent. Soc. London Trans., pp. 555-563, 1881. (AF)
The following species, collected by Blackburn, are described from Hono-
lulu: Sierola n.gen., S. testaceipes n.sp.—Braconidae: Chelonus carinatus n.sp.,
Monolexis palliatus n.sp.—Chalcidae: Chalcis polynesialis n.sp., and Crab-
ronidae: Crabo polynesialis n.sp.

Karscu, F., Zur Kaferfauna der Sandwich-Marshall-und Gilberts-
Inseln: Berlin Ent. Zeit., vol. 25, pp. 1-14, pl. 1, 1881. (AF)
(US)

The following species are recorded from Hawaii: <Acupalpus biseriatus
n.sp., Platynus planus n.sp., Calpodes octoocellatus n.sp., Anisodactylus cuneatus
n.sp., Promecoderus fossulatus n.sp., Corymbites coruscus n.sp., Elater humeralis
n.sp., Trypopitys capucinus n.sp.. Epitragus diremptus n.sp., Rhyncolus opacus
n.sp., degosoma reflexum n.sp., Stasilea curvicornis n.sp., Clytarlus finschi Har.,
C. pulvillatus n.sp.

SHarP, Davin, On some new Coleoptera from the Hawaiian
Islands: Ent. Soc. London Trans., pp. 507-534, 1881. (AF)

Descriptions are given of the following beetles collected by Blackburn:
Nitidulidae: Brachypeplus inauratus n.sp., B. affinis n.sp., B. bidens n.sp.,
B. vestitus n.sp., B. metallescens n.sp., B. varius n.sp., B. guttatus n.sp., B.
sordidus n.sp., B striatus nsp, B. obsoletus n.sp., B. blackburni n.sp.—
Anobiidae: Xyletobius n.gen., X. marmoratus n.sp., X. nigrinus n.sp., X.
osculatus n.sp., Holcobius n.gen., H. granulatus n.sp., H. glabricollis n.sp.,
H. major nsp., Mirosternus n.gen., M. punctatus n.sp., M. obscurus n.sp.,
M. muticus n.sp., M. carinatus n.sp., M. glabripennis n.sp., M. debilis n.sp.,
M. bicolor n.sp—Aglycyderidae: Proterhinus hystrix n.sp., P. dispar n.sp.,
P. gracilis n.sp., P. angularis n.sp., P. punctipennis n.sp., P. validus n.sp.—
Cerambycidae: Clytarlus pennatus n.sp., and C. fragilis n.sp.

Wuire, F. B., Descriptions of new species of heteropterous Hemip-
tera collected in the Hawaiian Islands by the Rev. T. Black-
burn, No. 3: Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol. 7, pp.
52-59, 1881. (HSPA)

The species described are: Scutelleridae: Coleolichus blackburniae n.sp.
—Lygaeidae: Nysius blackburni n.sp., N. nitidus n.sp., N. nemorivagus n.sp.,
N. rubescens n.sp., N. pteridicola n.sp., N. vulcan n.sp., Cymus calvus n.sp.,
C. criniger n.sp—Anthrocoridae: Dilasia denigrata White, D. decolor White,
Lilia dilecta White.—Emesidae: Ploiariodes n.gen., P. whitei (Blk.M.S.)n.sp.

Bracksurn, THomas, Descriptions of the larvae of Hawaiian Lepi-
doptera: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 19, pp. 55-56, 1882. (AF)

The species discussed are: Vanessa tammaemea Eschscholtz, Holochila
blackburni Tuely, Agrotis cremata Butler and Rhodaria despecta Butler.

32

102.

103.

104.

105.

106.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

BLacksurN, THomas, Characters of new genera and descriptions of
new species of Geodephaga from the Hawaiian Islands, V:
Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 19, pp. 62-64, London, 1882. Continued
from vol. 17, p. 229.

The following species are described Anchomenidae: Cyclothorax

harschi n.sp., Acupalpus biseriatus Karsch, Platynus planus Karsch, Colpodes
octocellatus Karsch, Anisodactylus cuneatus Karsch.

BiacksurN, THomas, Hawaiian entomology: Haw. Ann. for

1882, pp. 58-61, Honolulu, 1881. (BM)

Blackburn says that Hawaii is a comparatively unexplored field of nat-
ural history. His statements may be summarized as follows: The Orth-
optera are represented by few species; no true grasshoppers and no Man-
tidae are known; about 500 species’ of Coleoptera have been collected, 80
per cent of them apparently native; the Neuroptera (including Odonata)
have been little studied; the order Hymenotera is richer than other orders;
ants are numerous, the Madeira house ants, Pheidole pusilla Heer, being the
most abundant; the Lepidoptera are little known, but about 100 species have
been described—not a quarter of those that might be collected; Hemiptera
and Homoptera are represented in collections by about 100 species; there
are probably hundreds of species of Diptera, but scarcely 50 are represented
in collections; mosquitoes, (house) flies, and fleas are pests. Blackburn’s
paper includes a bibliography of Hawaiian entomology.

CHAMBERLAIN, J. E., The peelua or army worm of the Hawaiian
Islands: Haw. Ann. for 1883, pp. 44-50, Honolulu, 1882. (BM)

A valuable historical paper upon the activities of Prodenia ingloria
Walk. as a pest of grasses.

Bormans, Auc. DE, Faune orthopterologique des Iles Hawai ou
Sandwich: Genoa Mus. Civ. di St. Nat. Ann., vol. 18, 11
Luglio, pp. 338-348, 1882. (AF) (US)

The following species collected by Blackburn are discussed : | Forficularia :
Anisolabis littorea White, A. maritima Bonelli, Labia pygidiata Dub., Che-
lisoches morio Fab., Forficula hawaiensis n.sp.—Blattaria: Blatta hiero-
glyphica Brunn., Periplaneta decorata Brunn., P. ligata Brunn., P. americana
Linn., Eleutheroda dytiscoides Serv., Panchlora surinamensis Linn., Onis-
cosoma pallida Brunn., Euthyrrapha pacifica Coquebert—Locustodea: Eli-
maea appendiculata Brunn., Conocephalus blackburni n.sp. Gryllodea: Gryl-
lus innotabilis Walk., Trigonidium pacificum Scud.

Burrier, A. G., On a small collection of Lepidoptera from the Ha-
waiian Islands: Ent. Soc. London Trans., pp. 31-45, 1882.

(AF)
Descriptions are given of the following Lepidoptera collected by Black-
burn: Lycaenidae: Polyommatus boeticus Linn.—Leucaniidae: Leucania

extranea Guenee——Gonopteridae: Gonitis hawatiensis n.sp.—Hypocalidae:
Hypocala velans Walk—Pyralidae: Locastra monticolens n.sp.—Steniidae:
Metasia abnormis n.sp., Scotomera hydrophila n.sp.—Botididae: Mestalobes
n.gen., M. aenone n.sp., M. simaethina n.sp., M. semiochrea n.sp., Scopula
constricta n.sp.—Scopariidae: Scoparia coarctata Zell—Crambidae: Eromene
bella Hubn.—Tortricidae: Teras illepida n.sp., Proteopteryx walsinghamii
n.sp.—Tineidae: Tinea simulans n.sp.—Elachistidae: Laverna parda Butler,
var. montivolans, L. aspersa n.sp.—Pterophoridae: Platyptilus littoralis n.sp.

107.

108.

109.

Tg

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 33

Wuirney, H. M., The cane borer: Haw. Planters’ Monthly, vol.
I, pp. 145-146, Honolulu, 1882. (BM) (HSPA)

A popular economic article—recommends burning.

Butter, A. G., On a small series of Lepidoptera from the Hawaiian
Islands: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 19, pp. 176-180, London, 1883.
(AF)

The following species are described: Scotorythra n.gen., S. arbor-
icolens n.sp..—Pyrales: Scopula litorea n.sp., Orthomecyna n.gen., O. albicau-
data n.sp., O. exigua, var. cupreipenmis, Melanomecyna n.gen., M. stellata
n.sp., Gesneria floricolens n.sp..—Tineina: Depressaria sp., Azinis hilarella

Walk.

CAMERON, PETER, Descriptions of new genera and species of Hy-
menoptera: Ent. Soc. London Trans., pp. 187-193, 1883. (AF)
Descriptions are given of the following Hymenoptera collected by

Blackburn: Chalcididae: Epitranus lacteipennis n.sp., Moranila n.gen., M. tes-

taceiceps n.sp., Solindena n.gen., S. picticornis n.sp., Eupelmus flavipes n.sp.

—Evaniidae: Evania sericea n.sp.—tIchneumonidae: Limneria polynesialis

nsp., L. blackburni n.sp., Ophion lineatus n.sp., O. nigricans n.sp.

McLacuHian, Rosert, Neuroptera of the Hawaiian Islands: Annals
and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol. 12, pp. 226-240, 1883.
(HSPA)

Descriptions are given of the following neuropteroid insects collected
by Blackburn: Termitidae: Calotermes castaneus Burm., C. marginipennis
Latr—Embidae: Oligotoma insularis n.sp—Psocidae: Psocus sp., Elipsocus
vinosus n.sp., Odonata, Pantala flavescens Fab., Tramea lacerata Hagen,
Lepthemis blackburni n.sp., Anax junius Drury, A. strenuus Hagen, Agrion
xanthomelas Selys., A. hawaitiensis n.sp., A. pacificum n.sp., A. deceptor n.sp.,

A. calliphya n.sp., Megalagrion n.gen., M. blackburni n.sp., M. oceanicum
n.sp.

McLacuian, Rosert, Neuroptera of the Hawaiian Islands, Part
II, Planipennia, with general summary: Annals and Mag. Nat.
Hist., 5th ser., vol. 12, pp. 298-303, 1883. (HSPA)

This paper includes descriptions of neuropteroid insects collected by
Blackburn: Hemerobiidae: Megalomus sp—Chrysopidae: Anomalochrysa
n.gen., A. hepatica n.sp., A. rufescens n.sp., Chrysopa microphya nsp., C.
oceanica Walk—Myrmeleontidae: Formicaleo perjurus Walk.

Meyrick, Epwarp, Notes on Hawaiian Microlepidoptera: Ent.

Month. Mag., vol. 20, pp. 31-36, 1883. (AF)

Descriptions are given of the following moths collected by Blackburn:
Conchylidae: Heterocossa achroana n.sp—Gelechidae: Depressaria indecora
Butl., Thyrocopa n.gen., T. (Depressaria) usitata Butl., Synomotis n.gen., S.
epicapna n.sp., Automola n.gen., dA. pelodes n.sp., Parasia sedata Butl.,
Diplosara n.gen., D. (Sardia) lignivora Butl.—Tineidae: Blabophanes longella
Walk.

Smiru, W. O., Cane borer: Planters’ Monthly, vol. 2, pp. 56-57,
Honolulu, 1883. (HSPA)

This is a popular article, which includes suggestive discussion of con-
trol measures.

114.

IIS.

116.

117.

118.

119.

120.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Wuire, F. B., Report on the pelagic Hemiptera procured during the
voyage of H.M.S. “Challenger,” in the years 1873-76: Rept.

Voyage H.M.S. “Challenger,” Zoology, vol. 7, 82 pp., 3 pls.

(2 col.), London, 1883. (BM)

Describes Holobates sericeus Esch., the principal species occurring in
the waters about Hawaii. (See pp. 47-48, Pl. 1, fig. 7.)

BLacksurn, THomas, Notes on some Hawaiian Carabidae: ‘Ent.
Month. Mag., vol. 21, pp. 25-26, London, 1884. (AF)

Discusses Atrachynemis, Anchomenus muscicola Blackb., and Mauna
n.gen. created for the insect hitherto called Blackburni frigida Blackb.

BrLacHBurn, THomas, Notes on Hawaiian Neuroptera with descrip-
tions of new species: Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser.,
vol. 14, pp. 412-421, 1884. (HSPA)

The species described are: Odonata: Agrion satelles n.sp., A. oahuense
n.sp., A. nigro-hamatum n.sp., A. koelense n.sp., A. pacificum Macl—Hem-
erobiidae: Megalomus spp.—Chrysopidae: Anomalochrysa maclachlani u.sp.,
A. montana n.sp., A. ornatipennis n.sp.

Kirsy, W. F., On the Hymenoptera collected during the recent ex-
pedition of H.M.S. “Challenger”: Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5th ser., vol. 13, p. 402, 1884. (HSPA)

This paper includes the following references to Hawaiian insects:

Evaniidae Evania laevigata Latr. (p. 403).—Vespidae- Polistes aurifer
Sauss. (p. 410), P. carnifex Fab. (p. 411).

OstEN-SAcKEN, C. R., Facts concerning the importation or non-
importation of Diptera into distant countries: Ent. Soc. Lon-
don Trans., pp. 489-496, 1884. (AF)

These interesting historical notes relate to the introduction of the night
mosquito, Culex quinquefasiatus Say.

Suarp, Davin, On some genera of the subfamily Anchomenini
(Platynini Horn.) from the Hawaiian Islands: Ent. Month.
Mag., vol. 20, pp. 217-219, London, 1884. (AF)

The following genera are discussed: Metromenus n.gen., Colpodiscus n.
gen., Barypristus n.gen., Blackburni, Disenochus, Atrachycnemis and Cy-
clothorax.

BLACKBURN, THOMAS, and SHARP, Davin, Memoirs on the Coleop-
tera of the Hawaiian Islands: Roy. Dublin Soc. Trans., 2d
ser., vol. 3, pp. 119-290, pls. 4 and 5, 1885. (BM) (AF)
(HSPA)

This resumé of knowledge of the Coleoptera of Hawaii includes de-
scriptions of the following new genera and species: Dytiscidae: Coplatus
mauiensis u.sp.—Staphylinidae: Bolitochara impacta n.sp., Diestota montana
n.sp., D. incognita n.sp., Myllaena pacifica n.sp., M. oahuensis n.sp., Oligota
kauaiensis n.sp., O. longipennis n.sp., O simulans n.sp., O. variegata n.sp.,
O. prolixa n.sp., Lithocharis incompta n.sp., Oxytelus bledioides n.sp., Lis-
pinodes quadratus n.sp., L. pallescens n.sp.—Corylophidae: Corylophus ro-
tundus n.sp., C. suturalis n.sp., Sericoderus basalis n.sp., S. pubipennis n.sp.,
Orthoperus aequalis n.sp—Histeridae: Bacanius atomarius n.sp., B. confusus
n.sp., Acritus insularis n.sp., Aeletes longipes n.sp., A. concentricus n.sp., A.

121.

122.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawatian entomology 35

monticola n.sp., A. facilis n.sp—Nitidulidae: Gonioryctus fugitivus n.sp., G.
similis n.sp., Brachypeplus olinda n.sp., B. torvus, n.sp., B. koelensis n.sp.,
B. floricola n.sp., B. celatus n.sp., B. apertus n.sp., B. quadracallis n.sp., B.
parallelus n.sp., B. expers n.sp., B. spretus n.sp., B. bicolor, n.sp., B. dis-
cedens Sh.var., kauaiensis n.var., and B. blackburni Sh.var. lanaiensis n.var.—
Colydiidae: Eulachus hispidus n.sp.—Cucujidae: Brontolaemus n.gen., B.
elegans n.sp., Laemorphloeus aeneus n.sp., Monanus brevicornis n.sp., Tele-
phanus insularis n.sp., T. pallidipennis n.sp—Crytophagidae: Telmatophilus
debilis u.sp.—Erotylidae: Euxestus minor n.sp., Eidoreus n.gen., E. minutus
n.sp.—Coccinellidae: Scymnus vividus n.sp., S. ocellatus n.sp., S. discendens
n.sp.—Dermestidae: Attagenus plebeius n.sp., Labrocerus n.gen., ZL. jaynet
n.sp., L. concolor n.sp., L. obscurus n.sp., Cryptorhopalum brevicorne n.sp.,
C. terminale n.sp—Eucnemidae: Fornax bonvouloiri n.sp., F. sculpturatus
n.sp., F. parallelus n.sp., F. longicornis nsp., F. obtusus n.sp—Elateridae:
Eopenthes n.gen., E. basalis n.sp., E. obscurus n.sp., E. debilis n.sp., E. konae
nsp., E. ambiguus n.sp., E. satelles n.sp., Itodacnus n.gen., J. gracilis n.sp.—
Malacodermidae: Helcogaster pectinatus n.sp.,Caccodes n.gen., C. debilis
n.sp.—Ptinidae: Xyletobius insignis n.sp., X. affinis n.sp., X. serricornis n.sp.,
X. lineatus n.sp., Catorama pusilla n.sp., Mirosternus acutus n.sp.—Bostrich-
idae: Bostrichus migrator n.sp—Cioidae: Cis bimaculatus n.sp., C. nigro-
fasciatus n.sp., C. longipennis, n.sp., C. apicalis n.sp. C. setarius n.sp., C.
concolor n.sp., C. chloroticus n.sp., C. calidus n.sp., C. insularis n.sp., C.
roridus n.sp., C. attenuatus n.sp., C. ephistemoides n.sp., C. vagepunctatus
n.sp—Tenebrionidae: Platydema obscurum n.sp., Sciophagus n.gen. for
Heterophaga pandanicola Esch., Labetes tibialis Wat., Cistela crassicornis
n.sp., Anthicus mundulus n.sp., Ananca collaris n.sp—Aglyceleridae: Proter-
hinus linearis n.sp., P. scutatus n.sp., P. similis n.sp., P. laticollis n.sp., P.
tarsalis n.sp., P robustus n.sp., P. ineptus n.sp., P. integer n.sp., P. detritus
n.sp., P. longicornis n.sp., P. insignis n.sp—Curculonidae: Rhyncogonus n.
gen., R. blackburni nsp., R. vestitus n.sp., Acalles lateralis n.sp., A. duplex
n.sp., A. angusticollis n.sp., A. mauiensis n.sp., A. ignotus n.sp., A. decoratus
n.sp., Chaenosternum n.gen., C. konanum n.sp., Hyperomorpha n.gen., H.
squamosa n.sp., Calandra remota n.sp.. Oodemas tardum n.sp., O. aequale
n.sp., O. crassicorne n.sp., Heteramphus n.gen., H. wollastoni n.sp., H. foveatus
n.sp., H. hirtellus n.sp., H. cylindricus n.sp., Pseudolus n.gen., for Rhyncolus
longillus Boh., Dolichotelus n.gen., D. apicalis n.sp—Scolytidae: Xyleborus
obliquus n.sp., X. truncatus nsp., X. rugatus n.sp., X. insularis n.sp., X.
immaturus n.sp., X. frigidus n.sp., Hypothenemus griseus n.sp—Anthribidae:
Mauia n.gen., M. satelles n.sp—Cerambycidae: Clytarlus blackburni n.sp., C.
filipes n.sp.

Hacrn, H. A., Monograph of the Embidina: Can. Ent., vol. 17,
pp. 141-155, 1885. (HSPA) (AF) (UH)
Records Ologotoma insularis McLachl., in alcohol, from Honolulu,

taken in a private garden greenhouse. (See p. 143.)

Meyrick, Epwarp, Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-lepidoptera
VII, Tortricina: N. Zeal. Inst. Trans., vol. 17, pp. 141-149
(1885). (BM)

Chiloides straminea Butl., originally described from Hawaii, is here
recorded also in New Zealand (p. 142).

123. *REuTER, O. M., Monographia anthocoridarum orbis terrestis: Acta

124.

Soc. Sci. Fenn., vol. 14, pp. 555-758, 1885.

SHARP, Davin, Note on the genus Plagithmysus Motsch.: Soc. Ent.
Belg. Bull. for 1885, pp. Lxxiv-Lxxv (Compt. rend.), 1885.

This paper clears up the synonomy of this genus.

36

125.

126.

127.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

BLackBuRN, THoMAsS, and CAMERON, PETER, On the Hymenoptera
of the Hawaiian Islands: Manchester Lit. Soc. Mem., ser. 3,
vol. 10, pp. 194-244, 1886. (BM)

This excellent paper includes the following descriptions: Anthophila:
Andrenidae: Prosopis fuscipennis Smith, P. satellus n.sp.. P. blackburni
Smith, P. facilis Smith, P. flavifrons Kirby, P. kona n.sp., P. coniceps n.sp.,
P. rugiventris n.sp., P. hilaris Smith, P. volatilis Smith, P. anthracina Smith,
P. flavipes Smith—Apidae: Megachile diligens Smith, Xylocopa aeneipennis
De Geer.—Fossores: Vespidae: Polistes aurifer Sauss, P. hebraeus Fab.,
Odynerus radula Fab., O. extraneus Kirby, O. nigripennis Holmgren, O.
dromedarius n.sp., O. vulcanus n.sp., O. hawatiensis n.sp., O. haleakalae n.sp.,
O. congruus Smith, O. dubiosus Smith O. rubritinctus Smith, O. blackburni
Kirby, O. montanus Smith, O. cardinalis n.sp., O. pacificus n.sp., O. rubro-
pustulatus n.sp., O. obscure-punctatus n.sp., O. diversus n.sp., O. agilis Smith,
O. insulicola n.sp—Crabronidae: Crabro affinis Smith, C. mauiensis n.sp.,
C. distinctus Smith, C. mandibularis Smith, C. polynesialis Cameron, C. ab-
normis, n.sp., C. unicolor Smith, C. stygius Kirby, C. adspectans n.sp., C.
rubro-caudatus n.sp—Larridae: Pison iridipennis Smith, P. hospes Smith—
Sphegidae: Pelopaeus caementarius Drury, Mimesa antennata Smith.—
Heterogena: Formicidae: Camponotus sexguttatus Fab., Tapinoma melano-
cephala Fab., Prenolepis longicornis Latr., P. obscura Mayr.—Poneridae:
Ponera contracta Latr., Leptogenys insularis Smith—Myrmicidae: Mono-
morium specularis Mayr, Tetramorium guineense Fab., Pheidole megacephala
Fab., Solenopsis geminata Fab.—Oxyura: Scleroderma polynesialis Saunders,

Sierola testaceipes Cameron, S. monticola nsp., S. leuconeura n.sp.—Tere- -

brantia: Ichneumonidae: Pimplides, Echthromorpha maculipennis Holmgren,
E. flavo-orbitalis n.sp., Pimpla hawaiiensis n.sp—Tryphonides: Metacoelus
femoratus Gravy.—Ophionides: Ophion lineatus Cameron, O. nigricans Cam-
eron, Limneria polynesialis Cameron, L. blackburni Cameron, L. hawatiensis
n.sp.—Braconidae: Chelonus blackburni Cameron, Monolexis? palliatus Cam-
eron.—Evaniidae: Evania sericea Cameron, E. laevigata Latr.—Chalcididae:
Epitranus lacteipennis Cameron, Chalcis polynesialis Cameron, Spalangia
hirta Haliday, Moranila testaceipes Cameron, Solindenia picticornis Cameron,
Eupelmus flavipes Cameron, Encyrtus insularis n.sp.

Wacker, J. J., Anosia plexippus Linn. (Danais archippus Fabr.) :

A study in geographical distribution: Ent. Month. Mag., vol:

22, pp. 217-224, London, 1886. (AF)

Walker states that Anosia plexippus, “unobserved by the early voy-
agers to the Sandwich Islands, it is now abundant and firmly established
there.” (p. 219).

CAMERON, PrtER, Note on the Hymenoptera of the Hawaiian Islands:
Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 23, p. 195, London, 1887. (AF)

The species’ discussed are: Odynerus nautarum=O. insulicola Sm.,
Odynerus sandwichensis=O. rubritinctus Sm.

BarLty, Epwarp, The flora and fauna of the Hawaiian Islands:
Haw. Ann. for 1888, pp. 49-54, Honolulu, 1887.

Contains a brief interesting account of the insects of the islands.

129 *Bicor, J. M. F., Diptéres nouveaux ou peu connus, 3° partie, XLI,

Tachinidae: Soc. Ent. France Ann., ser. 6, vol. 8, pp. 77-I0T,
1888.

Chaetogaedia monticola is described.

130.

TMi

132.

134.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 37

Bracksurn, Tuomas, Notes on the Hemiptera of the Hawaiian
Islands: Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Proc., 2d ser., vol. 3, pp. 343-
354, 1888. (BM) (HSPA) (AF)

The following species are included: Scutatina: Aechalia sp., Coleo-
tichus sp., Geotomus subtristis White, and G. jucundus White—Lygaeina:
Nysius longicollis n.sp., N. mauiensis n.sp., N. whitei n.sp., Metrarga con-
tracta n.sp., M. obscura n.sp., Capsina sp—Anthrocorina: Acanthia lectularia
L., Cardiastethis sp., Lilia sp., Dilasia sp—Emesidae: Ploiariodes rubro-
maculata n.sp., P. pulchra n.sp—Nabina: Nabis rubritinctus n.sp., N. oscil-
lans, n.sp., N. innotatus White, N. koelensis n.sp., N. subrufus White, N.
curtipennis n.sp.—Saldina: Salda oahuensis n.sp.

Meyrick, Epwarp, On Pyralidina of the Hawaiian Islands: Ent.
Soc. London Trans., pp. 209-246, 1888. (AF) (US)

The material for this extensive list of moths was collected by Black-
burn during his six-years’ residence in the islands, 1877-1883. Some inter-
esting notes on origin and distribution are included. The list follows:
Pyralididae: Asopia gerontialis Walk—Hydrocampidae: Paraponyx linaelis
Gn.—Botydidae: Margarodes exaula n.sp., Omiodes blackburni Butl., O.
(Botys) accepta Butl., O. (Salbia) continuatalis Wallgr., O. (Botys) de-
maratalis Walk., O. monogona n.sp., O. liodyta n.sp., O. (Botys) localis Butl.,
Zinckenia recurvalis F., Scopula eucrena nsp., S. (Locastra) monticolans
Butl, S. (Aporodes) micacea Butl., S. (Mecyna) nigrescens Butl, S.
(Mecyna) ennychioides Butl., S. (Melanomecyna) stellata Butl., S. argos-
celis n.sp., S. (Rhodaria) despecta Butl., Protocolletis n.gen., P. (Scopula)
constricta Butl., Mecyna (Anemosa) aurora Butl., M. virescens Butl., Orth-
omecyna albicaudata Butl., O. (Mecyna) exigua Butl, O. aphanopis n.sp.,
Mestolobes (Metasia) abnormis Butl., M. semiochrea Butl., M. minuscula
Butl., Eurycreon litorea Butl.—Scopariadae: Scoparia frigida Butl., Xerocopa
venosa Butl., X. melanopis n.sp., X. ambrodes n.sp., X. demodes n.sp., X.
ischnias n.sp., X. hawaiensis Butl., X. pachysema n.sp., X. mesoleuca n.sp.,
X. (Scoparia) formosa Butl., X. (Scoparia) jacunda Butl.—Pterophoridae:
Trichoptilus (Aciptilia) hawatensis Butl., Platyptilia rhynchophora n.sp., P.
cosmodactyla Hb., P. brachymorpha nsp., P. (Platyptilus) littoralis Butl—
Crambidae: Eromene ocellea Hw., Hednota (Gesneria) floricolens (rect.
floricolans) Butl., H. (Scotomera) hydrophila Butl., H. oxyptera n.sp.—
Phycitidae: Ephestia (Plodia) interpunctella Hb., E. desuetella Walk., E.
eulella Hb., Homoeosoma (Ephestia) humeralis Butl., Genophantis n.gen., G.
todora n.sp.—Galleriadae: Achroea grisella F

Rirry, C. V., A Sandwich Island sugar-cane borer, Sphenophorus
obscurus Boisd.: Insect Life, vol. 1, pp. 185-180, illus., 1888.
(HSPA) (UH) (BM)

__ This paper gives a description of the several stages of development
with references to the literature.

Datta Torre, K. W. v., Hymenopterolgische Notizen: Wien. Ent.
Zeit., vol. 8, p. 124, 1889. (HSPA)

Contains the following note: “Odynerus cardinalis Blackb. u. Cam.
1886) non Mor. (1885)=O. rudolphi M.”

KaLakaua Rex, An act relating to the suppression of plant dis-
eases, blight, and insect pests: Laws of the Hawaiian Islands,
chap. 2, 1890.

; Section 2 relates to the prevention of introduction of any plant disease,
blight, or insect pests injurious to vegetation, and extermination of such as

38

135.

137.

139.

140.

1404.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

were already established. Section 3 deals specifically with the landing of
plants or soil by the masters of vessels entering Hawaiian ports and makes
provision for inspection. Section 4 provides for destruction of imported
plants or other material found to be infested. Section 5 requires every
person to immediately report infestation of vegetation wherever discovered.
Section 6 provides for the enactment of further regulations preventing the
introduction and spread of plant diseases, blight, and insect pests.

Coguittett, D. W., Icerya in Honolulu: Insect Life, vol. 3, p. 329,
1891.

Icerya is said to have made its appearance in the Hawaiian islands
during the spring of 1889, but widely distributed in 1890—in about 50 gar-
dens in Honolulu. The pest is thought to have come in on fruit from Cal-
ifornia. The predaceous Vedalia beetle was introduced from California, and
by November, 1890, Icerya was rare.

Rirey, C. V., Rept. of the Ent., Rept. U. S. Dept. Agric. to Sec.
Agric., p. 234, 1891.

Mr. Koebele left specimens of Chilocorus bivulnerus at Honolulu, while
on his way from California to Sydney.

Ritey, C. V., and Howarp, L. O., Introduction of Icerya into Ho-
nolulu: Insect Life, vol. 3, p. 307, 1891. (HSPA)

Refers to the introduction of Icerya from California and its successful
control by introducing the Vedalia.

McLacuian, Rosert, Supplementary note on the Neuroptera of the
Hawaiian Islands: Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., vol.
IO, pp. 176-178, 1892. (HSPA)
McLachlan suggests that Deielia fasciata Kirby is probably a mistaken

locality—since this dragon fly does not occur in Hawaii (p. 177). A new
Myrmeleonidae, Formicaleo wilsoni n.sp., from Lanai, is described.

KaLakaua Rex, An act to establish a bureau of agriculture and
forestry: Laws of the Hawaiian Islands, Chapter 81, Sec. 4,
1892.

The act provides for guarding against the introduction of plant dis-

eases or insect pests and the suppression of those already affecting agri-
cultural products and live stock.

Warren, W., Description of new genera and species of Pyralidae:
Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. Ann., ser. 6, vol. 9, pp. 429-442,
1892.

A new genus, Loxocreon, is created for Meyrick’s Omiodes of the
Hawaiian islands. Type L. continuatalis Wllngrn. (Salbia).

KoEBELE, ALBERT, Studies of parasitic and predaceous insects in
New Zealand, Australia, and adjacent islands: U. S. Dept.
Agric., [Report No. 51] Washington, 1893. (BM)

Work in Honolulu is referred to on page 5 and again on page II,
where the following pests are discussed: Dactylopius spp., Pulvinaria
psiditi Mask., Lecanium acuminatum Sign., L. depressum Sign., and L.
longulum Dougl. The introduction of Cryptolaemus montrouzieri Muls. and
Rhizobius spp. is recommended. Koebele further states that a number of
Chilocorus bivulenerus Muls. were turned loose in good condition. He also
found internal parasites preying upon the various species of Lecanidae in

141.

142.

143.

144.

145.

147.

Tllingworth—Early references to Hawatian entomology 39

Honolulu, and one of these he took to California in considerable numbers,
liberating them in an orange orchard infested with Lecanium oleae Burm.
and L. hesperidum Linn. A few species of Scymnids and Coccinella abdomi-
nalis Say. were also found. These insects are discussed also on page 23,
where it is stated that the Coccinella abdominales was sent to California and
liberated on Lecanium hesperidum Linn.; and that three small Scymnids were
found among the insects sent from Honolulu.

MaskKeELt, W. M., Further coccid notes: with descriptions of new
species from Australia, India, Sandwich Islands, Demerara,
and South Pacific: N. Zeal. Inst. Trans., vol. 25, pp. 201-252,
pls. 11-18, 1893.

The following Hawaiian species are described: Lecanium acuminatum

Sign., L. longulum Dougl., Pulvinaria psidii n.sp., Sphaerococcus bambusae

n.sp.

Ritey, C. V., and Howarp, L. O., An injurious Hawaiian beetle
(Adoretus umbrosus): Insect Life, vol. 6, p. 43, 1893. (HSPA)
(UH)

This species was first noticed in Hawaii about 1891 and in 1893 it
had ere become a serious pest, riddling the leaves of many trees and
plants.

TuruM, Tuomas, Bureau of Agriculture and Forestry: Haw. Ann.
for 1894, pp. 92-94, Honolulu, 1893. (BM) (PL) (UH)
Refers to the engagement of Prof. A. Koebele to study the blight

and insect enemies of vegetation and to discover remedies for them. Men-
tions consignments of coccinellids and toads from California.

Dyar, H. G., Preparatory stages of Lephygama flavimaculata Harv.,
and other notes: Can. Ent., vol. 26, pp. 65-69, 1894. (HSPA)
(AF) (UH)

Includes description of all stages.

Cooper, ELtwoop, Address of the president: Calif. Sta. Bd. Hort,
4th Bien. Rept. 1893-4, pp. 240-250, Sacramento, 1894. (HSPA)
(AF) :
Refers to the engagement of Koebele by the Hawaiian Government to

search for parasites in Australia (p. 246).

Craw, ALEXANDER, Entomology and quarantine: Calif. Sta. Bd.
Hort., 4th Bien. Rept. 1893-4, pp. 79-109, Sacramento, 1894,
(US) (HSPA) (AF)

Records oleanders from Honolulu infested with scale, Aspidiotus sp.

(pp. 79-80).

Turum, THomas, Coffee outlook in Hawaii: Haw. Ann. for 1895,
pp. 65-68, Honolulu, 1894, (BM)

A brief discussion of coffee blight and its control by introduced in-
sects.

BRUNNER, v. WATTENWYL, On the Orthoptera of the Sandwich
Islands: Zool. Soc. London Proc., pp. 891-897, 1895. (BM)
(AF) (US)

40

149.

150.

ren.

152.

153.

Bernice P. Bishop Musewn—Bulletin

The following species are included: Dermaptera: Anisolabis littorea
White, A. maritima Bon., A. pacifica Erichs., A. annulipes Luc., Labia
pygidiata Dubr., Chelisoches morio Fab., Forficula hawaiensis Borm—
Blattodea: Phyllodromia heiroglyphica Brun., P. obtusata, n.sp., Stylopyga
decorata Brun., Methana ligata Brun., Periplaneta americana L,, Eleutheroda
dytiscoides Sery., Leucophaea surinamensis Fab., Oniscosoma pallida Brun.,
Euthyrrapha pacifica Conqueb.—Acridiodea: Oxya velox Fab.—Locustodea:
Elimaea appendiculata Brun., Brachymetopa discolor Redtenb., B. blackburni
Borm., B. deplanata n.sp., B. nitida n.sp., Xiphidium fuscum Fab.—Gryllodea:
Gryllus innotabilis Walk., G. poeyi Sauss., Paratrigonidium pacificum
(Scudd.), P. atroferrugineum n.sp., Prognathogryllus n.gen. ex tribu Pro-
doscirtium, P. alatus n.sp., P. forficularis n.sp.; the last two figured.

CockerELL, T. D. A., Notes on the geographical distribution of
scale insects: U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., vol. 17, pp. 615-625,
1895. (BM) (UH)

The following are included from Hawaii (p. 621): Dactylopius citri,
Lecanium hesperidum, L. depressum, L. oleae, L. acuminatum, Asterole-
canium pustulans, Pulvinaria psidii, and Sphaerococcus bambusae. Only the
last two were originally described from Hawaiian specimens.

CockErELL, T. D. A., Miscellaneous notes on Coccidae: Can. Ent.,
vol. 27, pp. 253-261, 1895. (HSPA) (US)
Mentions Asterolecanium pustulans (Ckll.) on oleander from Hono-
lulu (p. 259).

Dyar, H. G., Preparatory stages of Phlegethontius cingulata
(Sphinx convolvuli): Ent. News, vol. 6, p. 95, 1895. (AF)
(UH) (HSPA)

Includes descriptions of all stages.

Korperr, AvBert, Report of the entomologist: Republic of Hawaii,
Min. of Interior, Rept. for 1894, pp. 98-104, Honolulu, 1894.
(US)

The report discusses injurious insects in Hawaii. Koebele says that
though these are numerous they may be controlled by introducing natural

enemies. He mentions some of the principal scale pests and reviews the
numerous species of ladybird beetles sent from California to prey upon them.

MarspEN, JosEPH, Blights and insect pests: Republic of Hawaii,
Min. Int. Rept. for the nine months ending Dec. 31, 1894, pp.
31-38, Honolulu, 1895.

This paper lists about three dozen species of Coccinellidae which were
successfully sent from Australia and liberated in Hawaii to prey upon plant
lice, scale insects, and red spiders. Control measures are discussed for the
Japanese beetle (Adoretus) with suggestions for the introduction of moles,
bats, and toads. Notes a suggestion from University of California that the
caneborer (Rhabdocnemis obscurus Boisd.) is a native of New Ireland, and
that this island is the place to search for parasites. Discusses the damage
done by this pest in Fiji.

MarspENn, JoserH, Blights and insect pests: Report to commis-
sioners of Agriculture and Forestry: Rept. Min. Int. Repub.
Haw., for 1895, pp. 118-120, 1806.

Records a marked decrease in scale pests, due to the introduction of
natural enemies. This is particularly true in regard to the coffee scale, which

155.

157.

158.

159.

160.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawauan entomology 41

is said to be a thing of the past. The Japanese beetle is reported trouble-
some, also the red spider (Tetranychus telarius) on coffee, and cutworms on
the canaigre plant.

MasKeELt, W. M., Synoptical list of Coccidae reported from Austra-
lasia and the Pacific Islands up to December, 1894: N. Zeal.
Inst. Trans., vol. 27, pp. 1-35, 1895. (BM)

The following are mentioned from Hawaii: Aspidiotus auranttii Mask.,

A. longispina Morg., A. nerii Bouché, Diaspis boisduvalii Sign., D. rosae

Sandb., Mytilaspis flava Targioni-Tozzetti, var. hawaiiensis Mask., M. pallida

Green, var. (?) Mask. M. pomorum Bouché, Chionaspis (?) biclavis Comst.,

var. detecta Mask., C. prunicola Mask., Lecanium acuminatum Sign., L. longu-

lum Dougl., L. nigrum Niet., var. depressum Targioni-Tozzetti, L. oleae Bern.,

Pulvinaria mammeae Mask., P. psidii Mask., Dactylopius vastator Mask.,

Sphaerococcus bambusae Mask., Icerya purchasi Mask.

Masxkett, W. M., Further coccid notes with description of new

species from New Zealand, Australia, Sandwich Islands, and
elsewhere, and remarks upon species already reported: N.
Zeal. Inst. Trans., vol. 27, pp. 36-75, pls. 1-7, 1895. (BM)

The following species concern Hawaii: Aspidiotus longispina Morg.,
Diaspis boisduvalii Sign., Mytilaspis pallida Green, M. flava Targioni-Tozzetti,
Chionaspis prunicola n.sp., C. biclavis Comst., var. detecta n. var., Pulvinaria
mammeae n.sp., Dactylopius vastator n. sp.

Suarp, Davin, Cambridge Natural History, vol. 5, Insects, part 1,
pp. 83-584, and vol. 6, Insects part 2, pp. 1-625, London, 1895.
(BM) (UH)

In part 1, reference is made to Oligotoma insularis (p. 354) and to the
numerous chrysopides in Hawaii (p. 471). The pecularities of Hawaiian
Odonata are discussed (pp. 425-426). In part 2, the Hawaiian bees (Prosopis,
pp. 21-22) and the peculiarities of Hawaiian wasps (Odynerus, pp. 76-77) are
discussed.

Tryon, Henry, New cane varieties and new diseases: The Plant-
ters’ Monthly, vol. 14, pp. 449-459, Honolulu, 1895.

Discusses the distribution of the beetle-borer (Rhabdocnemis obscurus
Boisd.). This New Guinea borer is said to occur also in New Ireland, Ta-
hiti, Fiji, and Hawaii.

ALFKEN, J. D., Zur Insectenfauna der Hawaiischen und Neusee-
landischen Inseln. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific
(Schauinsland 1896-7): Zool. Jahrb., 19 Band, Heft 5 (1903).
(BM) (HSPA)

Includes notes on the various insects collected on the Hawaiian islands,
including Laysan.

ALFKEN, J. D., Neue Orthopteren von Neuseeland und der Ha-
waiischen Inseln, nebst kritischen Bemerkungen zu einigen be-
kannten Arten. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem _ Pacific
(Schauinsland 1896-7): Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, vol. 17, pp.
141-152 (1901). (BM)

Paranemobius n.gen. and P. schawinslandi n.sp. are described (p. 145).

42

161.

162.

163.

166.

167.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

CockErELL, T. D. A., A check-list of the Coccidae: Ill. Sta. Lab.
Nat. Hist. Bull. 4, pp. 318-339, 1896. (HSPA)

Lists the following from Sandwich Islands: Dactylopius vastator Mask.
(p. 326), Sphaerococcus bambusae Mask. (p. 329), Pulvinaria mammeae Mask.
(p. 330), Mytilaspis flava, var. hawatiensis Mask. (p.336).

Craw, ALEXANDER, A list of scale insects found upon plants enter-
ing the port of San Francisco: U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Ent.
Bull. 4, Tech. ser., pp. 40-41, 1896. (AF) (UH)

The following are listed from Honolululu: <Aspidiotus nerii Bouché, on
palms; Asterolecanium pustulans Ckll., on oleander; Ceroplastes rubens Mask.,
on Asplenium fern; Diaspis patellaeformis Sasak., on shrub; Dactylopius al-
bizsiae Mask., on orange; Icerya purchasi Mask., on rose; Lecanium hes-
peridum Linn., on orange; Lecanium longulum Dougl., on Carica papaya; Le-
canium perforatum Newst., on palms; Lecanium tessellatum Sign., on ferns;
Lecanium oleae Bern., on deciduous magnolia; Pulvinaria psidii Mask., on
ferns, orange, coffee, pomegranate and avocado.

Craw, ALEXANDER, Injurious insect-pests found on trees and plants
from foreign countries: Calif. Sta. Bd. Hort., 5th Bien. Rept.
for 1895-6, pp. 33-55, pls. 6-8, Sacramento, 1896. (US)

The following references to Hawaii: Chionaspis delecta Mask. (p. 37),
Diaspis patelliformis? Sasak. (p. 39), Planchonia (Asterolecanium) pustulans
Cock. (p. 43), Ceroplastes rubens Mask. (p. 44), Lecanium nigrum Niet., L.
perforatum News, and L. tesselatum Sign. (p. 46), Pulvinaria psidii Mask.,
and Adoretus umbrosus Z. (p. 47).

Craw, ALEXANDER, Entomology and quarantine: Calif. State Bd.
Hort., 5th Bien. Rept. for 1895-6, pp. 127-135, Sacramento,
1896. (US)

Includes the following references to Hawaii: Lecanium longulum Doug.,

taken on papaws (Carica papaya), and Ceroplastes rubens Mask. on ferns
(pp. 127-8), and the mongoose (p. 135).

Howarp, L. O., and Martart, C. L., The San Jose scale: U. S.
Dept. Agric., Div. Ent. Bull. 3, n. ser., pp. 1-80, 1896. (HSPA)
Mr. Koebele found this scale on the island of Kauai upon prune and

peach trees imported from California, some trees having been utterly de-
stroyed by the scale and others badly infested.

KorseELE, ALBERT, Report on insect pests: Haw. Planters’ Monthly,
vol. 15, pp. 590-598, Honolulu, 1896. (HSPA) (US)

The following pests are discussed and suggestions given for their con-
trol: the cane borer, Sphenophorus obscurus Boisd.; the coffee borer, Aego-
soma reflexum Karsch.; the coconut pyralid, Botys sp.; the cut-worm, La-
phygma frugiperda Hub.; the mole cricket, Gryllotalpa sp., the sugarcane
mealy bug, Dactylopius calceolaria Mask.; and plant lice, Aphis sp.

Martarr, C. L., Insect control in California: U. S. Dept. Agric.
Yearbk., pp. 217-236, 1896. (BM)
Includes a reference to the introduction of Cryptolaemus montrousieri

Muls., which had been very successful in Hawaii in ridding coffee plantations
of Pulvinaria psidti (p. 226).

168.

170.

Gite

172.

173.

73a.

174.

175.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 43

Perkins, R. C. L., A collecting trip on Haleakala, Maui, Sandwich
Islands: Ent. Month. Mag., 2d ser., vol. 7, pp. 190-195, 1896.
(BM) (AF)

SHarp, Davin, On Plagithmysus, a Hawaiian genus of longicorn
Coleoptera: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 32, pp. 237-240, 241-245,
271-274, London, 1896.

The following species are described: Plagithmysus vitticollis n. sp., P.
newelli n.sp., P. concolor n.sp., P. solitarius n.sp., P. cuneatus n.sp., P.
(Clytarlus) finschi Har., P. pulverulentus Motsch., P. bishopi n.sp., P. vi-
cinus n.sp., P. bilineatus n.sp., P. lanaiensis n.sp., P. perkinsi n.sp., P. vari-
ans nsp. P. darwinianus n.sp., P. (Clytarlus) blackburni Sharp, P. sul-
phurescenes n.sp. P. speculifer n.sp., P. aestivus n.sp., P. funebris n.sp.,
P. aequalis n.sp., P. arachnipes n.sp., P. (Clytarlus) cristalus Sharp.

TownseEnpD, C. H. T., Some Mexican and Japanese injurious insects
liable to be introduced into the United States: U. S. Dept.
Agric. Div. Ent. Bull. 4, Tech. ser., pp. 9-25, 1896.

Includes several brief references to species occurring in the Sandwich
Islands.

CocKErELL, T. D. A., San Jose scale and its nearest allies: U. S.
Dept. Agric., Bur. Ent. Bull. 6, Tech. ser., 1897. (UH)

Morganella n. subg. is proposed for maskelli n.sp. (p. 22).

CocKERELL, T. D. A., Food plants of scale insects: U. S. Nat.
Mus. Proc., vol. 19, pp. 725-785, 1897. (BM)

Most of the Hawaiian species are included in this extensive list.

CoourtLert, D. W., Revision of the Tachinidae of America north
of Mexico: U.S. Dept. Agric., Bur. Ent. Bull. 7, Tech. ser.,
1897. (UH)

Chaetogaedia monticola Bigot is recorded from Hawaii, pp. 11 and 137.

Guppy, H. B., On the summit of Mauna Loa: Nature, vol. 57,
p. 21, London, Nov. 4, 1897.

Hampson, G. F., On the classification of two subfamilies of moths of
the family Pyralidae: the Hydrocampinae and Scoparianae:
Ent. Soc. London, Trans., pp. 127-240, 1897. (HSPA)

The following references are given to Hawaiian species: on p. 227—
Xeroscopa melanopis Meyr., X. ombrodes Meyr., X. ichnias Meyr., X. demodes
Meyr., X. pachysema Meyr., X. mesoleuca Meyr., X. venosa Butl., X. hawaien-
sis Butl., X. jucunda Butl.; on p. 229—Mestolobes abnormis Butl., M. minus-
cula Butl., M. semiochrea Butl.; on p. 233—Scoparia frigida Butl., and S.
montana Butl.

KoErsELe, ALBERT, Report of the entomologist of the Hawaiian Gov-
ernment: Haw. Planters’ Month., vol. 16, pp. 65-85, Honolulu,
1897. (BM) (US) (HSPA)

This valuable paper deals with the work of Koebele from the time of
appointment to December 31, 1896. Report is made upon the success of the
introduced Australian ladybird beetle, Crytolaemus montrouzicri Muls., in
controlling the following scale insects: Dactylopius vastator Mask., D. ceri-

44

176.

Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

ferus News., D. chalceolariae Mask., D. adonidum Linn., and Pulvinaria psidiu
Mask. Other scale insects mentioned are: Aspidiotus aurantti Mask., A.
longispina Morg., A. duplex Cock., A. camelliae Sign., A. nerit Bouché, and
several species of this genus; Parlatoria zizyphi News., P. pergandei Comst.,
Mytilaspis citricola Pack., M. gloverii Pack., M. pallida Green, M. flava Targ.-
Toz., M. pomorum Bouché, Diaspis rosae Sandb., D. boisduvalii Sign., Chion-
aspis biclavis Comst., C. eugeniae Mask., C. prunicola Mask., Diaspis patelh-
formis Sasaki, D. amygdali Tryon, Fiorinia camelliae Comst., Ceroplastes
rubens Mask., C. ceriferus Ander., C. floridensis Comst., Lecanium acumi-
natum Sign., L. filicum Boisd., L. hemisphaericum Targ.-Toz., L. coffea Niet.,
L. hesperidum Linn., L. longulum Doug., L. mori Sign., L. nigrum Niet., L.
oleae Bern., L. tessellatum Sign., Pulvinaria mameae Mask, Eryococcus arau-
cariae Mask., and Icerya purchasi Mask., also other undetermined coccids
present in the islands. About 200 species of ladybirds had been introduced
to prey upon the scale insects, also two species of fungi destructive to all the
Lecanidae. Remarking upon the introduced Coccinellidae, Koebele says that
only 3 species were present in Blackburn’s time: Coccinella abdominalis Say,
Scymnus ocellatus Sharp, and S. vividus Sharp, and that these were evidently
introduced very early. Extensive notes are given upon the habits of the
various other exotic species introduced by the author. Of the other in-
troduced predators and parasites Koebele mentions syrphids and chrysopid
flies as established, and says Chalcis obscurata Walk. is active against various
pyralid and tortricid larvae. Mention is also made of the introduction of
bats from California—6oo of which reached Hawaii alive but were apparently
not established. Toads from California and frogs from Japan reproduced
freely. Among cutworms the Agrotis ypsilon Rott., A. saucia Hbn., Lecania
unipuncta Haw., Plusia verticillata Guen., Laphygma frugiperda Hbn., are
mentioned; these have few parasites. Coffee trees are reported badly infested
by a white fly, Aleurodes sp.; natural enemies of these were introduced. Ado-
retus umbrosus F., probably introduced from Japan in soil, was reported from
Oahu, Maui, and Kauai. These insects will be controlled by the fungus in
the wet districts. Notes are given on life history, food plants, and natural
enemies, with full discussion of the experiments with fungus. The small
green tineid larvae destructive to the leaves of sweet potatoes (native “po-
ne? and the somewhat allied Plutella cruciferarum Z. are mentioned
riefly.

MasxkeEti, W. M., Further coccid notes with new species and dis-
cussion of points of interest: N. Zeal. Inst. Trans., vol. 29,
PP. 293-331, pls. 18-22, 1897. (BM)

The species described which concern Hawaii are: Chionaspis eugeniae
Mask and Ceroplastes rubens Mask.

Masxett, W. M., On a collection of Coccidae, principally from
China and Japan: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 33, pp. 239-244,
London, 1897. (AF) (HSPA)

The following species are recorded from Hawaii: Aspidiotus cydoniae
Comst., on casuarina; same, var. tecta, n. var., on ohia trees; Aspidiotus
longispina Morg., on kukui trees; Lecanium hesperidum Linn., on papaya and
on ohia trees.

Perkins, R. C. L., The introduction of beneficial insects in the Ha-
waiian Islands: Nature, vol. 55, pp. 499-500, 1897. (BM)
This article deals principally with scale insects and the reasons for the

success of their introduced natural enemies. Perkins says: “Few countries
have been more plagued by the importation of insect pests than the Hawai-

179.

180.

181.

182.

184.

185.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 45

ian Islands; in none have such extraordinary results followed the introduction
of beneficial species to destroy them.”

Perkins, R. C. L., Notes on Oligotoma insularis McLach. (Embii-
dae) and its immature conditions: Ent. Month. Mag., 2d ser.,
vol. 8, pp. 56-58, London, 1897. (BM) (AF)

Discusses development and habits.

*PERKINS, R. C. L., Notes on some Hawaiian insects: Phil. Soc.
Cambridge Proc., vol. 9, pp. 373-380, 1897.

SHarp, Davin, On Plagithmysus, a Hawaiian genus of longicorn
Coleoptera: Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 33, suppl. p. 12, London,
1897. (AF) (HSPA)

Description given of Plagithmysus albertisi n.sp., collected in West Ho-
nolulu by Signor d’Albertis in 1874.

WALSINGHAM, Lorp, Western equitorial African Microlepidoptera :

Ent. Soc. London Trans., pp. 33-67, pls. 2, 3, 1897.

Describes Monopis Hb. (Blabophanes Z.) longella Wik. recorded from
the Hawaiian islands (Honolulu).

ALFKEN, J. D., Megachile schauinslandi n.sp. Eine neu Megachile-
art aus Honolulu: Ent. Nachr., vol. 24, pp. 340-341, 1808.
(HSPA)

Crark, B. O., Official bulletin of the Bureau of Agriculture: The
Hawaiian, vol. 1, p. 6, Honolulu, Aug. 13, 1808.

The Hawaiian was a weekly newspaper which started February 12, 1808,
its object being to advertise the islands. Mr. Clark, then secretary and com-
missioner of the Hawaiian Bureau of Agriculture, edited a page dealing with
agricultural subjects. The only complete file, so far as known is owned by
Mrs. B. J. Mesick, 2029 Beckley Street, Honolulu, widow of the editor, L. H.
Mesick. This, the first reference dealing with the melon fly (Dacus cu-
curbitae Coq.) in Hawaii or elsewhere, consists of correspondence. A letter
dated August 8, 1808, from L. C. Swain, Laupahoehoe, Hawaii, described this
new pest, which he had observed affecting pumpkins, squashes, beans, to-
matoes, and watermelons. Mr. Clark, in his reply gave the life history of
the flies, which he had observed carefully the previous year near Honolulu;
he also suggested measures of control.

A complete copy of this correspondence appears in Haw. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Rept. for 1907, pp. 30-31, also in U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 491, pp. 57-58,
IQI7.

CockERELL, T. D. A., The Coccidae of the Sandwich Islands: Ent.,

vol. 31, pp. 239-240, London, 1898.

The species described are: Icerya purchasi Mask., Sphaerococcus bam-
busae Mask., Asterolecanium pustulans Ckll., Dactylopius citri Risso., D. al-
bizziae Mask., D. vastator Mask., D. virgatus Mask. (syn. ceriferus Newst.),
Ceroplastes rubens Mask., Lecanium nigrum Nietn., L. nigrum, var. depres-
sum Targ., L. hesperidum \,., L. oleae Bern., L. acuminatum Sign., L. longu-
lum Dougl., Pulvinaria mammeae Mask., P. psidii Mask., Aspidiotus aurantii
Mask., A. longispina Morg., A. hederae Vall., var. nerii Bouché, A. cydoniae
Comst., A. maskelli Ckll., A. persearum n. sp. A. perniciosus Comst., Mytilaspis
gloverii Pack. M. hawaiiensis Mask., (as var. of flava), M. pomorum
Bouché, M. pallida Green, var. maskelli Ckll., Howardia biclavis Comst., var.

46

186.

188.

190.

IOI.

193.

194.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

detecta Mask., Chionaspis prunicola Mask. (syn. of Diaspis amygdali Tryon),
C. eugeniae Mask., Fiorinia fioriniae Targ., Aulascaspis boisduvalii Sign., A.
rosae Bouché.

Hampson, G. F., A revision of the moths of the superfamily Pyrau-
stinae and family Pyralidae: Zool. Soc. London Proc., pp. 590-
761, 1808.

The following Hawaiian species are included: Nacoleia blackburni Butl.,

N. accepta Butl., N. continentalis Wllgrn., N. demaratalis Wlk., and N. localis

Butl. (p. 609).

Howarp, L. O., On some new parasitic insects of the subfamily
Encyrtinae: U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., vol. 21, pp. 231-248, 1898.
(BM)

Blepyrus marsdeni n.sp. is described from Honolulu (p. 234).

Kirsy, W. F., Description of a new genus of Odonata: Annals and
Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. 2, pp. 346-348, 1898. (HSPA)
Describes Nesogonia n.gen., N. blackburni Mcl,. Also published in Haw.

Planters’ Mo. vol. 17. pp. 208-219 and 258-269, Honolulu, 1898. (BM) (US)

(HSPA).

KorsEtr, ALBERT, Report of Prof. Albert Koebele, Entomologist of
the Hawaiian Government: Rept. Min. Int. Repub. Haw. for
1897, pp. 105-137, Honolulu, 1898. (BM) (US) (HSPA)

Most of this report is a repetition of the valuable report presented by
this author the previous year (see No. 175). New matter, starting on page
130, deals with natural enemies of pests observed in California, Arizona, and
Mexico.

Masxett, W. M., Further coccid notes with descriptions of new
species and discussion of points of interest: N. Zeal. Inst.
Trans., vol. 30, pp. 219-252, 1898. (BM)

Includes a discussion of Aspidiotus cydomae Comstock, var, tecta n. var.,
from Hawaii (p. 224).

Maxwe i, Watcter, The Hawaiian Islands: U. S. Dept. Agric.
Yearbook for 1898, pp. 563-582, 1899.

Includes a brief note on quarantine against insect pests and plant dis-
eases and a letter from Mr. Koebele (p. 574).

ALFKEN, J. D., Die Xylocopa-art der Hawaiian Islands: Ent. Nachr.,
vol. 25, pp. 317-318, 1899. (HSPA)

The introduced bee, commonly known in Hawaii as Xylocopa aeneipen-
nis Deg., is here considered to be the Asiatic species, X. chloroptera Lep.
BricHam, W. T., Hawaiian feather work: B. P. Bishop Mus. Mem.,

vol. 1, No. 1, Honolulu, 1899.

Contains interesting references to the development of kahilis and their
relation to house flies.

CockEerEtL, T. D. A., The Coccidae of the Sandwich Islands: Ent.,
vol. 32, pp. 93, 164, 1899. (AF)

Discussed the distribution of what were considered endemic Hawaiian
species, namely: Kermicus (formerly Sphaerococcus) bambusae, which also

Illingworth—Early references to Hawatian entomology 47

occurs in Ceylon, Mauritius, and Brazil; Dactylopius vastator, also found in
Mauritius; and Mytilaspis hawaiiensis, which has been found at Amoy,
China. The following are to be added to the Hawaiian list: Aspidiotus
(Evaspidiotus) transparens Green, A. (Hemiberlesia) greeni Ckll., and a
young Icerya, indeterminable. Cockerell adds the following species from
Koebele’s report to his list of Hawaiian coccids: Dactylopius calceolariae
Mask., D. adonidum Linn. (but probably citri), Eriococcus araucariae Mask.,
Ceroplastes ceriferus Anders., C. floridensis Comst. (these two often intro-
duced but not established), Lecanium hemisphaericum Targ., L. mori Sign.,
L. tessellatum Sign., Parlatoria zizyphis Luc., P. proteus, var. pergandet
Comst., Mytilaspis beckii E. Newman (M. citricola Pack.), Aspidiolus rapax
Comst., A. duplex Ckll. (p. 164). There are also mentioned two unidenti-
fied species of Pulvinaria.

195. *CocKERELL, T. D. A., A check-list of the Coccidae. First supple-
ment: Ill. Sta. Lab. Nat. Hist. Bull. 5, pp. 389-398, 1899.

196. Coguitiert, D. W., A new trypetid from Hawaii: Ent. News, vol.
10, pp. 129-130, 1899.

Describes Dacus cucurbitae n.sp.:two males and two females bred by
George Compere from larvae in green cucumbers.

197. Emery, Carros, Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific (Schauins-
land 1896-97), Formiciden: Zool. Jahrb., vol. 12, Syst., pp.
438-440, 1899. (HSPA)
Describes four species of ants collected from Laysan: Monomorium

gracillimum F.Sm., Tetramorium guineense Fabr., Tapinoma melano-cephalum
Fabr., Ponera punctatissima Rog., schauninslandi n.subsp.

198. Foret, Aucust, Heterogyna (Formicidae): Fauna Haw., vol. 1,
pp. 116-122, 1899.

199. Haucus, Davin, Insect pests and diseases: Report Commissioner of
Agriculture: Rept. Min. Int. Repub. Haw. for bien. period
ending 1899, pp. 120-123, Honolulu, 1900. (US) (AF)

Consists of a report by Professor Koebele of a trip to Australia in
search of parasites, primarily for the cane-borer. ‘The Mediterranean fruit
fly is noted as a bad pest in Australia, a condition which led to a quarantine
of Australian fruit. Other exotic fruit flies are also discussed.

200. *Howarp, L. O., Economic status of insects as a class: Sci., ms.,
vol. 9, p. 241, 1899.

201. KirKatpy, G. W., Eine neue hawaiische Fulgoriden-Gattung und
Art: Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 359, 1899. (HSPA)

Phalainesthes n.gen., P. schauinslandi n.sp., are described from Hilo.

202. KorBELr, ALBERT, Report of the entomologist: Republic of Hawaii,
Min. of Int., Rept. for 1898, pp. 84-87, Honolulu, 1899. (US)
(AF)

Records the introduction of the hornfly, Haematobia irritans Linn.

203. *KONINGSBERGER, J. C., Erste overzicht der schadelijke en nuttige
Icesten van Java: Mededeelingen uit ’s lands plantentuin, vol.

22, pp. 1-53, 1899.

48

204.

205.

206.

208.

209.

210.

bo
=
_

tw
to

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Meyrick, Epwarp, Macrolepidoptera: Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 1,
Pp- 123-275, pls. 3-7, 1899.

This is the most extensive work on this group; it includes descriptions
of many new species.

Perkins, R. C. L., Hymenoptera aculeata: Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol.
I, pp. I-122, pls. 1, 2, 1899.

This is the most extensive work on this group; it contains descriptions
of many new species.

Perkins, R. C. L., Orthoptera: Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 2, pp. 1-30,
pls. 1, 2, 1899.

This is the most extensive work on Orthoptera; it contains descrip-
tions of many new species.

Perkins, R. C. L., Neuroptera: Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 2, pp. 31-
89, pls. 3-5, 1899.

This is the most extensive work on Neuroptera; it contains descrip-
tions of many new species.

SCHAUINSLAND, H., Drei Monate auf einer Korallen-Insel (Laysan),

Bremen, 1899. (HSPA)

The insects listed are Lepidoptera: Noctuidae: Apamea chersotoides
Butl., Spaelotis crinigera Butl—Pyralidae: Zinckenia recurvalis F., also an
undetermined tineid—Hemiptera: Nabis sp—Hymenoptera: Chelonus ca-
meront D.T. (=carinatus Cam.).—Coleoptera: Dermestes domesticus Garm.,
Clytus crinicornis Chevr., Silvanus surinamensis Linn., Tribolium ferrugineum

Fab., also an abundance of roaches, Periplaneta (pp. 102-103). The flies
and ants are not included in this paper.

AsHMEAD, W. H., Notes on some New Zealand and Australian par-
asitic Hymenoptera: Linn, Soc. N.S.W. Proc., vol. 25, pp. 327-
360, 1990.
Describes the Pteromalid, Tomocera californica, parasite for Lecanium
oleae, p. 345.

Dyar, H. G., Larvae from Hawaii—a correction: Can. Ent., vol. 32,
pp. 156-158. (HSPA) (AF) (UH)
Spodoptera mauritia Boisd. is described as Laphygma flavimaculata
Harv. in Can. Ent., vol. 26, p. 65, 1894. Other caterpillars described are:
Lycaena boetica Linn., Plusia chalcites Esp., and Omiodes blackburni Butl.

It is also noted that Sphinx convolvuli is the insect described as Phlegethon-
tius cingulata in Ent. News, vol. 6, p. 95.

. *Frank, A. B., and Krurcer, F., Schildlausbuch . . . Berlin, p.

120, 1900.

Records Aspidiotus pernicosus from Hawaii, p. 70.

Howarp, L. O., A dipterous enemy of cucurbits in the Hawaiain
Islands: U. S. Dept. Agric., Div. Ent. Bull. 22, n.ser., pp. 93-
94, 1900.

Specimens were received March 13, 1899, from George Compere, Hono-
lulu, of what is locally known as the melon fly. This was pronounced by
Coquillett to be a new species, to which he gave the name, Dacus cucurbitae.

213.

214.

215.

216.

Zu.

Illingworth—Early references to Hawaiian entomology 49

KoEBELE, ALBERT, Report: Haw. Sugar Planters’ Exp. Sta. Rept.,
pp. 40-42, 1900. (US)
Records an examination of the dying roots of sugarcane: no organic

disease could be found, though the epidermis of roots had been broken,
probably by wind.

KorpELE, ALpert, Diseases of the cane: The Planters’ Monthly,
vol. 19, pp. 519-524, 1900.

Discusses the distribution, food plants, habits, and control measures of
the sugar cane beetle borer, Rhabdocnemis obscurus; also includes brief
notes on the pyralid moth Omiodes accepta Butl.

KorBELE, ALBERT, Report of Prof. Albert Koebele, entomologist:
Rept. Comr. Agric. and Forestry for 1900, pp. 36-49, I9OI.
(US)

Koebele reports the introduction of parasites from California for Pieris
rapae, Plutella cruciferarum, and various cutworms. Salamanders were also
brought over. Notes Lecanidae kept in check now by many _ ladybirds;
other predators and parasites sent from Fiji and Australia. A brief review
of exotic fruit flies is included, with remedies. Fuller’s rose beetle, Avami-
gus fulleri Horn, is found to be the same as the so-called Olinda bug. A
tineid larva of cotton bolls (Geleckia gossypiella Sndrs.) is reported; a
tortricid, also bred from cotton bolls, and a common beetle, Araeocerus
fasciculatus De.G. Japanese beetles are reported from all parts of the islands.
Suggestions on various phases of the production of silk as an industry for
the islands terminates this paper.

KorsBELE, ALBERT, Destruction of forest trees: Rept. Comr. Agric.
and Forestry Hawaii, for 1900, pp. 50-60, r901. (US)

Discusses the depredation of insects on forest trees of Hawaii. Icerya
purchasi Mask. is under control, the ladybird beetle, Vedalia cardinalis, be-
ing abundant. Other scale insects mentioned are Lecanium nigrum Neit.,
L. longulum Doug., and Pulvinaria psidit Mask. which are also well checked by
introduced natural enemies. The same is said in regard to the mealy bugs,
Dactylopius ceriferus News., on Erythrina monosperma. Notes on the span
worm, Scotorythra idolias, a tortricid, and on a Bruchus destructive to the
seed of the koa tree. The list of Cerambycid beetles noted includes: Pla-
githmysus varians Shp., P. pulverulentus Motsch., P. cristatus Shp., P.
aequalis Shp., P. arachnipes Shp., P. darwinianus Shp., P. blackburni Shp.,
P. funebris Shp., P. bilineatus Shp., P. bishopi Shp. P. vicinus Shp., P. col-
laris Shp., P. diana Shp., P. finschi Har., P. pulvillatus Karsch, P. lanaiensis
Shp., P. aestivus Shp., P. concolor Shp., P. permundus Shp., P. perkinsi Shp.,
P. lamarckianus Shp., Clytarlus filipes Shp., C. mediocris Shp., C. debilis
Shp., C. claviger Shp., C. nodifer Shp., C. modestus Shp., C. laticollis Shp.,
C. pennatus Shp., C. fragilis Shp., C. longipes Shp., C. annectens Shp., and
Callithmysus microgaster Shp. Koebele considers the worst pest of the
native forest to be cattle (pp. 57-59).

KorsELE, ALBERT, Notes on insects affecting the koa trees
Rept. Bd. Comr. Agric. and Forestry, Hawaii, 1900, pp. 61- 6,
1gor, (US)
The insects noted are: Parandra puncticeps Sharp, Aegosoma reflexum
Karsch in the dead wood of the decaying forest. The living trees affected

by the “Olinda bug,” Pandamorus olindae Perk., by tortricid and geometrid
larvae, and by a fungoid disease.

50

218.

219.

Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

KorseLe, ALBERT, Hawaii’s forest foes: Haw. Ann. for rgor, pp.
90-97, Honolulu, 1900.

Discusses causes of the disappearing forests of the islands, describing
the various species of insects that attack trees, with their natural enemies.

Meyrick, Epwarp, New Hawaiian Lepidoptera: Ent. Month. Mag.,
vol. 36, pp. 257-258, 1900. (HSPA) (AF)

The specimens described were collected by Professor Schauinsland.
Agrotis eremioides n.sp. and A. procellaris n.sp., were obtained at Laysan,
and Scotorythra diceraunia u.sp., S. triscia Meyr., Phlyctaenia synastra Meyr.
came from Molokai.

220. *Perkins, R. C. L., Introduction of beneficial insects into the Ha-

221.

222.

223.

224.

225.

waiian Islands: Berlin Ent. Zeit., pp. 45-46, 1900.
This is a resumé of an article that appeared in Nature, vol. 55, pp. 499-
500, 1897.
Perkins, R. C. L., Coleoptera, Rhynchophora, Proterhinidae, Hete-
romera, and Cioidae: Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 2, pp. 117-270,
pls. 7-10, 1900.

The most extensive work dealing with these groups; it contains descrip-
tions of many new species.

Suarp, Davin, Coleoptera Phytophaga: Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 2,
pp. 91-116, pl. 6, 1900.
The most extensive work on this group; it contains descriptions of
many new species.

Tuomas, W. B., Farming in Hawaii: Haw. Ann. for 1901, pp. 124-
128, 1900. (BM)
Includes a brief reference to insect pests which are said to make it al-
most impossible to grow certain vegetables (p. 127).

Van Dine, D. L., A partial bibliography of Hawaiian entomology:
U. S. Dept. Agric., Office Exp. Stations Bull. 170, pp. 52-59,
1900.

Batt, S$. C., Migration of insects to Rebecca Shoal Light-Station
and the Tortugas Islands, with special references to mosquitoes
and flies: Carnegie Inst. Wash., Pub. No. 252, pp. 193-212,
1918.
Contains an interesting note on the observation of house flies migrating
long distances in a small boat (p. 208).

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF GENERA

Page
A
IENCGEII She peepee a ees ee sen a a 35
Acanthia .. 28, 37
Achroea 37
Aciptilia...... 37
Acritus 34
Acupalpus_ . 31, 32
/NCGLSTI@ ERIE, Sees see ele ear ee eseee crete 6
Adoretus ..17, 39, 40, 42, 44
NGC NEE te OR ea racecar eae a eed 37
Aegosoma _ ............ ..-31, 42, 49
PEL ELES) = ex. seztevoeceoess ae 3A)
Ageialia 6
ENGETA OY ot e a eae 33, 34
Agrotis ..28, 30, 31, 44, 50
ANCES TT DY OT ate oe eee ear eae or 6
PAMETITOGES 9 <e-e-cechc ec -ceneeetes: 44
PATSClitias penees vsttrecosre toe 24
Ammophorus . 23
ENTGNTGE ae eae Sea Re ce 35
ENO ECTS, * ieee a ea an nee Ee as 24, 25, 33
Anchomenus ...6, 21, 26, 27, 28, 30, 34
NTT OTINO Sed eae ope caesar euterect cue Seen a Bl;
PASTS OGAGEY LUIS Ip eeeeeerrtene pen ceer nce Sete 31, 32
Anisolabis ......... 32, 40
Anomalochrysa . 33, 34
PANT OSIAN fo. o-2-s = 36
Anotheorus 26
SO LHIAL GU Stage csceee eee ene Sec cure tansen see Ses 35
PAIGE ISSUS yee ete se ee) aca ee eS 29
Apamea 48
Aphis ........ 2
Aphodius 6, 29
ANG Gece 2
Aporodes Billy SY/
Apterocyclus 25, 20
Araeocerus 49
Aramigus ....... 49
Argyresthia 26
ANIRUIEY - LoS aOR ete eee RET ee peter ee 24
ENS COVETEY ~ ae O Seen Bee 37
Aspidiotus 39, 41, 42, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48
UNSOPUS) ec ce See eee eee eeeaered 21
Asterolecanium ---40, 42, 45
ASTRTES, ee Se eee ae 27
Ataenius 6
PXEGACIIY.CHEINIIS! Gee rene cee eee ee 27, 34
Attagenus 35
Aulascaspis 46
Automola .... 33
LNGANIYENS EU eee Tea epee te RE a 33
B

Bacanius ......
Barypristus
Bembidium
Blabophanes
Blackburnia _.
183 (CE ie ee eee ae nO Ee

5i
Page
Ble py nus ieee ere eee ee 46
Bolitochara 34
Boreophila ..... ee kh
IBOStrichitse syxtses ase ee 35
BOWswe eee ..26, 27, 28, 37, 42
BrachytnetO pay ess eee neers 40
Brachypeplus .27, 29, 31, 35
BrOntolaemiuSmyee ee eee ene eee 35
By CHOSCOPUS jeer ees ee etree eee 24
c
CaeCOdeS art a snsc ee en 35
Calandra
Calleida ..... 2
Callithmysus 49
Calotermes ..... 33
Calpodes .... 31
Camponotus .......-.-------- 20, 36
Canthonmeee eee 23
@apstsiees 24, 28
(Caradinaeees fast 30
Cardiastethus P2ON2S N87
(Warpop hilt) se eee eee 27
Catapicephalay 22s) aoe ae 25
@atoramian se eee eee 35
Ceromasia nsec 16
Ceroplastes ....... .42, 44, 45, 47
@haenostermumin ee ee 35
Chaetoraediawese = eee 36, 43
Childs ...31, 36, 44
@helisochesy jesse eee ee 32, 40
Chelonus ...... ...31, 36, 48
GhilOcortist) 2. 38
Ghiloidesit pence a es ee eee 35
Ghionaspisw = eee 41, 42, 44, 46
ChirySopa: ice eee eee 33
Cicada 7
Gish eee -20, 35
Cistela 35
Glera ‘day ose tot no ere ro io ees 28
Clytarlus 27, 20, 30, 31, 35, 43, 49
Coccinellat Sa... tes = Seaidalh ea ee 30, 44
Clytusies == 48
Coleolichus 31, 37
Coliasieee 24, 25
Colpodes. ...... 32
Colpodiscus 34
Colymbetes. ..... 6, 21
Conocephalus 32
Coplatus ...... 6, 34
(Contxaye 26
Corylophus yee oe nee ees 34
Corymbites) 2.20 er ee 31
Crabrome .23, 20, 31, 36
Crepidodera 2 eee 24
Cryptolaemus ...38, 42, 43
Cryptoshopalume =e 35
Culex te Sis 2 Ac PR ee ee nee 24, 34

52

Page
Cyclonotum
Cyclothorax
ylash pettens
Cyr tee fees ee eer eee
Dactylopius ............ 38, 40, 41, 42, 43, 45, 47, 49
DaCiSu cee ee 18, 45, 47, 48
Danaida > s3:cessk eee ee 16
Danais ..... 27, 30, 36
Detelias es eee ee ee 38
Deilephila ..20, 30
Delphaxye ere ee 23, 24
Depressaria vsin.d:cy test teases 33
IDermestesia case teen ce eee ee 48
Diaspis _...... 41, 42, 44, 46
IDS (CY 0) Wg oe ener ony NE tS 30, 34
Dilasiaeee 20, 31, 37
(Diplosarayccks sce te ee 33
Disenochus .. 27, 30, 34
Wolichotelus ye ee tee eee 35
Dry Op hth Oreste cee eee ee 27
ID ySCOlUS! Sse 55 cre et See eee 20
MDW SGELCUS,” Sessler neh eee ee eee 2

E

(ichthrontonp tia st sees eee eee 24, 30
Eidoreus ............
lateness
Eleutheroda .
(limiaea 2a
Elipsocus

Encyrtus ....
Eopenthes ..
Ephestia
Epitragus ..
Epitranus ..
Eriococcus
romiene) 22a enes oe en ee ee eee 32)
Eulachus

Eupelmus
Eupithecia
Eurycreon
Euthyrrapha
Euxestus
Evania
Evaspidiotus
Eysarcoris

Malaeria cee ee
Fiorinia ...
Forficula .....
Formicaleo .
Fornax

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Geodephaga .

Geotomus .....

Gesneria _..

Glyptoma _ .....

Gomphocerus

Gonioryctus .....

Gonitisiees.:-.:

Graptodera _ .....

Gryllotalpa ...

Grylls: «-.ccls.conese eee eee

WIV s (oe: etree emer cotinine:

Haematobia .

Halobates .....

Haptoncus

Hednota .......

Helcogaster .

Heliothis © .........

Hemiberlesia

Herminia _ ......... 358 436

Heteramphus . er Lis

Heterocossa ..... Peg te

Heterophaga 222335

Holochila ..... ...28, 31

Holcobius ..... Be gD ae )

Homoeosoma a) BSF

Howardia ......... eel AES

Hyalopteryx ae?

Hydrobius ...... i, O22

Hydrophilus 6, 20, 28

Efymienia © <...<::22c succor

Hypena .....

Hyperaspis ....... 24

Hyperomorpha 35

Etypocala, fuse 32

Hfypothenemus: 2 o.tictcioceccc cee 20, 35
I

Icerya\ sane 17, 38, 41, 42, 44, 45, 47, 49

Ttodacnus . sis eee 35
K

TRErMiCUS! Sacchcchnt eee 46
i

Ta DOES : ciscacccctacoataresc see tieeencn eee 20, 35

abianesee 23, 32, 40

}) ya DR OCGLUS 5 eaccecscsenteceer terrence eee 35

| Laemorphloeus .. 35

Lagochirus ....... 27

Laphygma 44, 48

| Larentia 4 eS

Tyavernial <i:s.Jccc scented See 26, 32

Weeticanial oe cccectee ae re 26, 27, 28, 30, 32

Lecanium ....38, 30, 40,.41, 42, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49

| Lephygama .............. ~ me as)

| Lepidotus ..... 6

Lepthemisty2.23...3.. 6) oe ee ree eee 33

List of Genera 53

Page
[RYN SOs egST aS Ga eee ee pn or oe Pen ne 29, 36
Leucophaea 40
Libellula BTR,
eM aye ee ..20, 31, 37
Limneria ... ...-33, 36
Liophaena Sean 10)
Lispe ....... ee ee tas Se neck ie nda ao eh ae 25
‘Ly STDUAO GIES) ee ee een ee ea ie Pee i 30, 34
Litargus. ....... 29
Lithocharis 34
Locastra 32, 37
Lopha _....... 28
Loxocreon 38
Luperus 24
Meatteva. —.....:-. 26
Lycaena 48
LL SACU, Peete eee eae eer eee en 9

M

Bet AOC ES is eec2es on cccps sensei ee csccscaseea essen 37
Via ATO Mich | ere os es oe i ee 31
Mauia ........ 35
Mauna
Mecyna ......
Megachile
Megalagrion
Megalomus
Megascelis .......
Melanomecyna
Merragata .......

Mestalobes ....
Metacoelus ....
Metasia
Methana
Metrarga .....
Metromenus
Mimesa
Micracantha ...
Mirosternus ..
Microvelia
Monanus
Monolexis
Monomorium
Monopis
Moranila
Morganella
Musca
Myllaena
Myrmelon
Mytilaspis

Nabis ...
Nacoleia ....
Nesogonia ..
Notaphus
Nysius

peer eee tie sesll 26, 28, 37, 48
6

Odynerus
Oechalia

Page
@enemonal eee oe eee 23
Oligotay = 620 eee eee eee 30, 34
Oligostigriae sess eee 28
Oligitoma .... 33, 35, 41, 45
Omicnas) lisa ee ee 2
Omiodes 37, 38, 48, 49
Oniscosomay eee 32, 40
@siSCUS} re ee ce 9
Onthophagus)e =e ee ee ee 23
Oodemas _.......-
@opsisies tees en ty Te eee 27
Ophir geet ee ce 33, 36
Orthomecynayes- se 33537)
Orthoperus .... ees
Oval gene
Oxytelus
BACHYCORV TIS sees sree aac neeree net 30
Falistesieee eco eroe 34
Pamera ..... Esp Ps)
Panchlora ..... 2 ee
Pandamorus 49
Bataan 25, 33
TREY UNTO) pecs eee ee ee aa! 25,20
Paranemobitis) a.) es ee 41
Paranda. 6, 27, 49
Paraponyx Pe STi
Barasiag= eee 33
Paratrigonidium 40
Parlatoria ..... 44, 47
Pelopoeus 29, 36
Pentarthrum .. eee
Periplaneta ..... 32, 40, 48
Bihalainesthesy cscs eres 47
Bheidolet so 20 Avie a en ae eae 20, 32, 36
Iphenolepisiy pace eee eee 29
Phlaeopora _ ..... emg 3O.
Phlegethontius 40, 48
Phlyctaenia ..... 50
Phthorimaea ... 13
Phyllodromia 40
Ia? ee 49
Pimpla 36
TEATS Ora ae ee 20, 36
Plagithmysus .-22, 23, 30, 35, 43, 45, 49
Plan choniayee ne ee 42
Platydema SS
Blatynusy 6, 31, 32
Platyptilus £32137
Ploiariodes Bln SY/
12 Love Ftd nes eos ale hd Ue 28, 37
Plusia 26, 27, 30, 44, 48
Plutellay 22 eee eee eae cee 44, 49
Polistes yess 20, 36
Polyommatus ae
Ponenay ee 20, 36, 47
rénolepsign oe serra ae me elaine 29, 3!
Prodeniay .2 a eee 15, 26, 30, 32
RrOpnarnognylli( se ase eee ete 40
Promecodenus ee ee 31

54 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Page
Propalticus: cx.cicses oan oee ee 20
POLO DANCE) eicccsencocceeepns steno nest oe 26, 30
Prosopis. .......... '
Proteopteryxc: is. kcctcsceovereesccsecsessctereseebeaees 32
Proterhinus .... ;
Protocolletis) o-oo ce 37
Psamimocii Sires ees 6
Pseudocoremia
Pseudolus. ........
Psocus cc.
Pulvinaria
Pycnoscelys ....
Pyralis) \cccsccceccececoseeseccsnents ee
PY ATTIOIS\) sa2-sasececceqeescces cesesereeeee ecseeeeee ee 2, 28

R
Reecla daly ynaees herrsescstsapcoee tse scechtescee seer 28
Rhabdocnemis 16, 22, 40, 41, 49
ROCAT alae ake mice ee sccence e eee 6, 31, 37
IR YNCORONUS eecesccseceesce arenes women ee 35
Rhygchium 24
Rhyncolus _ .......... 24, 31, 35
Rebyparochromus) © .-.ccssecncc-cteseeeceessees 22
SS)

Salbiarst ot nee: oleate hee noe eae 24, 37
SENG aaa rr 28,
Sarcophaga 25
SALIay eedeectsccne: 37
Saronychium .. 26
Scandiauee = 28
Sciophagus ...... 35
Scleroderma... 36
Scolopendrral ca sc acne ee 9
Scopaniauess BORE SVALS
Scopula ........ .--30, 32, 33, 37
Scotomeray 2..t cet eee eee 237.
Scotorythra .
Scotosia .....
Scymnus ...
Selbia .....
éldageeee=
Selenophorus ..
Sericoderus 34
Sierolaseseee 31,30
Silvanus _ ...... eae ts)
Solenopsis 20, 30
Solindena .... 33, 36
Sotenus ......... 27
Spaclotys 48
Spadlan gia ies tee ee ee 36

Page
Sphaeridim) stesso ee
Sphaerococcus 39, 40, 41, 42, 45, 46
Sphenophorus) “2zs.cses ote 37, 42
Splines see 8, 13, 40, 48

Spaelowis: .cccrcscccretentnsce cae ee 30
Spodoptera. ces ssoc.chesonncce eee 48
Spoelotis” c., foc tec 30
Stastlea 25-0 ssc csassgeacec ee 31
StenOconusissasse ee eee 27
Stenopterus, <<...2:cscss ee 22
Stylopygay S.ss5.c.... ee ee 40
SYHOMIOUISY sos ccccssos-ctssivnncass ne 33
a
"achyiaSa) psec eeccescct 30
‘TapimOmataiccdc. ae eee 36, 47
Telephants: 2xc-nc:ecsctcnteconene eee 35
‘Telmatophilus’ 25....e eee 35
TETAS) \occeccscsckesssssssscseaeeeoe ee 32
Tetramorium 29, 36, 47
Tetranychus. “i:222..cacete eee 40, 41
Tettigonia ..... Sees
TRH YROCOPAL <i2.1... coer 33
IMM Gale ates cer afore se ee 32
AROMOCETA | Seok oe ee 48
(Loxocampal§ cco 30
Tame al (oo scscccenas cote tote ee 25, 33
MUTE GHUS oe. csccccecne nee ee 23
Eribolium:...2 ee eee 48
derichoptiluss aces c meee ee 37
Trigonidium 24, 32
CETIPlEDS \ wictsstsauSse-s ence 20
Trogophlaeus 30
AT OX Ae ee ts, costo eae ae ee 6
Trypeta ....... 25
Drypopitys, casas eee 31
Vv
Vanessa _..4, 7, 8, 9, 13, 21, 22, 25, 26, 28, 30, 31
Wedalia: <.cscccisccccscteaee ee ee 38, 49
D4
Xeroscopa
Xiphidium
Xyleborus
Xyletobius
Xylocopa
Z
ZAMNCKEMI1a So scncc tare cree ep aera 37, 42

AICP ELA BEC AL esis ©

A

Abdominale, Sphaeridium
Abdominalis, Coccinella ...

SPECIES

Trogophlaeus _............... 30
Abnormis, Crabro <2... 36

Mestolobes .... 37, 43

WMietasiat s....20 1. nue eeneen ene 32
Accepta, Botys 27, 28

INacoleiay 525+ ..2f eee cos etatearsee 46

@miodes! s:2-s5) ete tee 37, 49
PNchiatinan Ipytalisy cesses soece ces 26
(Nehroana, EleterOCOSSay isce<cctsncneecnnns-- 33
Acuminatum, Lecanium 38, 39, 40, 41, 44, 45
PAGUtIS)) IMEIROStEMM 1S: 22/cese. ccentceseeetens apes 35
Adonidum, Dactylopius --44, 47
Adspectans, Crabro ... is 6o)
Advena, Oxytelus ......... a se)
Aeneipennis, Xylocopa 9, 36, 46
Aenescens, Oodemas ...........-.-----:-:-ceceeeee0-+ 24, 27
Aeneus, Laemorphloeus Een 335;
Aenone, Mestolobes .............22.-.-.22000:0+---- 2
Nequale:\@odemas: = .ss.cc.0.--fesceceess seen 35
Aequalis, Orthoperus 34

Plagithmysus —....... 43, 49
Aestivus, Plagithmysus .43, 49
Affinis, Brachypeplus ... 31

Crabroy--- 20, 36

Xyletobius _.. pegs 5)
Agilis, Odynerus ............... 29, 36
Alatus, Prognathogryllus =) 40
Albertisi, Plagithmysus ...... = 45
Albicaudata, Orthomecyna ................. 33037,
Albizziae, Dactylopius) 2.0.02 42, 45
Albosparsa, Ephestia ... 31
PAIIGTIUIS MC 1S eee ee ene 29
Altivolans, Hypena var. simplex . 31

Scopula
Ambiguus, Eopenthus ...
Ambrodes, Xerocopa ...
Americana, Periplaneta
Amoenula, Calleida
Amygadali, Diaspis
Angularis, Proterhinus
Angusticollis, Acalles
Angustum, Oodemas ....
Annectens, Clytarlus
Annularis, Hyperaspis .
Annulipes, Anisolabis ...
Anomalus, Disenochus' ..
Antennata, Misesa
Anthracina, Prosopis ...
Apertus, Brachypeplus
Aphanopis, Orthomecyna
Apicalis, Cis

Dolichotelus
Apicicornis, Clerada

55
Page
Appendiculata, Elimaea .........0..020........-.- 32, 40
Arachnipes, Plagithmysus 43, 49
Araneiformis, Lagochirus . 27,
Araucariae, Eriococcus .. ..44, 47
Arboricola, Nysius ............- = 2S
Arboricolens, Scotorythra 33
Archippus ss Danaidayes eee ees 16
[Daina stceeeee a= 27, 30, 36
Arentvolans) Agrotis: 222.2... 28
Argosceliss Scopula, ccc. neces ee 37
Armigera, Heliothis - 30
Asellus, Oniscus ... 9
Asper, Antilissus ... 29
Aphodius 6
Brachypeplus ... 2
Aspersa, Laverna . Be
Atalanta, Vanessa ..... 8
Atomarius, Bacanius 34
Atroferrugineum, Paratrigonidium ... 40
Atiteniatuss. Cis) en eee 35
Atiran tity eAs piG1OUtispces esters esas 41, 44, 45
Aurifer, Palistes Fi

Aurora, Anemosa ..

Mecyniaiy 22:26 eee ees
B

Balteatisum Ganith ones cen eneeere 23
Bambusae wi INerinicisi ees ns 46
Sphaerococcus ......... .-39, 40, 41, 42, 45
Bathatasoascophagaigs= = eseeees 25
Bardus, Anchomenus ... 26
Basalis, Eopenthes .... 35
Proterhinus _.... 20
Sericoderus _ ...... 34
Beckii, Mytilaspis A7
Bella, Eromene ...-2..--- 32
Bembidioides, Cyclothorax —............... 28
BiclavisyChionaspisans see ees 44
Vealtedetectay pes ee 41
Howardia var. detecta 45)
Bicolor, Brachypeplus -...... 35
iste Sees ake 20
Minostenmusy ose eee ree 31
|) Bidens; Brachypeplus) ess 31
| Bilineatus, Plagithmysus . --43, 49
Bimaculatus, Cis .......... 35
Biseriatus, Acupalpus _. 31, 32
Bishopi, Playithmysus . 43, 49
Bivulnerus, Chilocorus ... 38
Blackburni, Botys’ ...... .26, 27
Brachypeplus .... 31
var. lanaiensis .. 35
Brachymetopa ... 40
Chelonus ......... 36
Clytarlus ..... 35
Conocephalus 32
Conixag sa eee. whee eee 26

56 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin
Page Page
GOntOryCtuS) Freee cceesnettoeeceesureseneses 27 | Chalceolariae, Dactylopius. ..................-. 44
Glyptema ...... t= | $308 Chalcites: aielisinwe.. reo Bee eis
Holochila ....28, 31 | Chersotoides, Apamea ... ...30, 48
Lepthemis . .. 33 | Chloroptera, Xylocopa .. =< 46
Limneria _ ..... =:33)s6n| Chioroticts: Cis ee eee = RPh
Megalagrion. <.2222 sacesssnccen- .. 33 | Cinctipennis, Apameidae ......... ee
INabisu ccetssnca ae eee .. 28] Cingulata, Phlaeopora ............. 2a 3D
Nacoleia 40 Protoparce ......-..---- 5) 220
Nesogonia 46 Phlegethontius ....40, 48
Nysius ....... 31 | Citri, Dactylopius ... 40, 45, 47
Odynerus ...29, 36 | Citricola, Mytilaspis ... 7)
Omiodes ...... ....37,48 | Cladestina, Phenolepis .. 29
Pentarthrum .. .. 27 | Clavicornis, Oligota ... 30
Plagithmysus .. ..-43,49 | Claviger, Clytarlus ..... 49
Prosopis. .......... ...29, 36 | Coarctata, Scoparia ... 31, 32
Proterhinus ... 27 | Coenosulus, Nysius ...24, 28
Protoparce ...... 30) (Cotteay Wecanim: 25.) 44
Rhy NCGz OMS ect ee 35) Collaris; "Anancay’ <2 eee 35
Blackburniae, Coleolichus ase, WEBI Plagithmysus a aD)
Bledioides, Oxytelus ........ STE: Proterhinus ........... ee
Boetica, Lycaena ............ 2)648)| (Concentricus, Aeletes) (ena. 34
Boeticus, Polymmatus. ......... oo) 1432. | ‘Concolors?) Cis), Jor ee eee 35
Boisduvalii, Aulascaspis ..... ee 7) Labrocerus 35
DIAS PIS nescence 41, 44 Plagithmysus ... 43, 49
Bonvouloiri, Fornax .- . 35 | Conferta, Heliothis 30

Borrei, Oodemas. ............
Brachymorpha, Platyptilia .....
Brevicorne, Cryptorhopalum . wp
Brevicornis, Monanus .................:-2-:-202: 35

Brevipenne, Glyptoma .. 30
Brevipes, Omicrus .......... Ae 28)
Brevis, Brachypeplus. ..........:......::0-----+--- 27

Cyclothorax 4. ee eee 2

(e

Caementarius, Pelopaeus. ..................-.-. 36
Caeneusalis, Herminia 26
Caenosulus, Nysius ............ 25
Calceolaria, Dactylopius -.....0000000....... 42, 47

Galida; ‘Deilephila. “22522 02-3 oee
Galidns Cig we ee
Californica, Tomocera ..
Caliginosus, Dyscolus ....
Galliphyay Apron) ees
Galvits Cymttsieee ee
Camelliae, Aspediotus

BOnifiic eee eters eee
Cameroni, Chelonus ..
Capucinus, Trypopitys ..
Cardinalis, Odynerus

Vedalia (3.3.4 eee ;
Cardui, Vanessa ......8, 9, 13, 21, 22, 25, 28, 30
Carinatis. Chelonuss-.: eee ; 31

Mirosternus ..........
Carinata, Diestota .........
Carinatus, Chelonus ........
Castaneus, Calotermes
Celatus, Brachypeplus ....
Ceriferus, Ceroplastes

Dactylopius

Confussus, Bacanius .. 34
Congruus, Odynerus .29, 36
@oniceps; | ProsOpis! sees - 86
Constricta, Protocolletis ................:.: 37
Scoptllay c.ccweeeerec rae
Continuatalis, Botys . 2
Loxocreon ........ ie a8
Nacoleia ..... > +46
Omiodes HERG,
Salbiae cue nee .24, 28
Contracta, Metrarga Sey /
Ponerd) .29, 36
Convolvuli, Sphinx .40,
Gorticea) “Scotosia =. ead
Corruscus, Anchomenus. ........ - 21
Corymibites, ===. 5 wugE
Cosmodactyla, Platyptilia Se /
Cranifex, Palistes ............. i (ee
Crassicorne, Oodemas .. = 835
Grassicornis; -Cistelayyrccteee ee eee 35
C@rassipes, Drypeta’ eee ree 25
Crassus, Dryophthorus se /
Cremata, Agrotis ......... eed
Spaelotis ................ st S80
Crenatus, Monanus .. 29
Crinicornis, Clytus 48

Criniger, Cymus. ........ : 31
Crinigera, Spoelotis ..

Cristatus, Clytarlus air)
Plagithmysus ........... -.43, 49
Cruciferarum) ‘Plutella eee eee 44, 49
Cucurbitae, Dacus ........... 18, 45, 47, 48
Cuneatus, Anisodactylus ...............--:0-+ 31, 32
Plagithmysts — «..........0.... kg AAS

Cuneipennis, Anchomenus. ....................

|

List of Species 57
Page Page
(Cheeeinzibrey TREN EVES) Lo ae are eraser 30 | Domesticus, Dermestes —......-2--.2--------- 48
Curta, Oligostigma ... 28 | Dromedarius, Odynerus 36
Curtipes, Myllaena ... 30 | Dubiosus, Odynerus ........ ..29, 36
Curvicornis, Stasilea 31 | Duplex, Acalles ...... tE35
Curtipennis, Nabis ... Seka Ci) IAGpediotusixes see eee 44, 47
Cydoniae, Aspidiotus NAAVAG | D tix oarcOpha came ee ee 25
we Wate Cia 44,45 | Dytiscoides, Eleutheroda ...................---- 2, 40
© Cylindricus, Heteramphus bees
Psammodius .............- ix 6 E
Gytricola, Miytilaspis’ 22-0 44) \Blectrica, ;Scolopendral 9
Elegans, Brontolaemus . 35
D Elutella, Ephestia .......... 26
Hoven tersteaa NiVS1U Se ese ee eee ree cee Ennychioides, Mecyna - 31
Darwinianus, Plagithmysus - a Scopitlaees eer 37
Webilis; (Caccodes) 22.22. Ephistemoides, Cis ... Se at
Clytarlusie ee ee Epicapna, Synomotis ...... Lae 33
ropenthese |. tx.ce eee en eee Epicurus, Anchomenus ...... P20
Mirosternus Eremioides, Agrotis’ ..... 50)
Proterhinus ..... Erro, Anchomenus ... 27,
Telmatophilus - Eucrena, Scopula ..... 37
Deceptor, Agrion ......... Eugeniae, Chionaspis 44, 46

Declivia, Dryophthorus ..
Decolor, Dilasia ................
Decorata, Periplaneta

Stylopyga
Decoratus, Acalles ...
Delecta, Chionaspis
Delectus, Nysius ...
Demaratalis, Botys

Nacoleia

Omiodes
Demodes, Xerocopa .- a
IDysranberee isi, UD KUTT op eee ceca
Denticornis, Crabro
Deplanata, Brachymetopa
Depressum, Lecanium ....
Despecta, Rhodaria ...

Scopula
Desuetella, Ephestia .
Detritus, Proterhinus
Deverilli, Cyclothorax ....
Diana, Plagithmysus ......
Diceraunia, Scotorythra
Dilecta, Lilia
Diligens, Magachile -
Diluta, Phlaeopora ......
Dimidiatus, Carpophilus
Diminutivus, Cis
Diremptus, Epitragus ...
Discedens, Brachypeplus

var. kauaiensis

Myllaena ...............

Pachycorynus

Scymnus
Discolor, Brachymetopa
Dislocata, Leucania
Dispar, Proterhinus
Distinctus, Crabro .....
Diversus, Odynerus
Domestica, Musca

Eulella, Ephestia
Evanescens, Cis
Exaula, Margarodes
Exigua, Mecyna

Orthomecyna ee
Orthomecyna var. cupreipennis.... 33
Scopulage 2. 9°30)
Expers, Brachypeplus ........ 35
Explanatus, Brachypeplus 29
Explicandus, Lispinodes .... 30
Extranea, Leucania .......... 30, 32
Extranets Odynerusy =r. eee 36
IS scl ata S yet cae ee eee 28
F
Bacilise Ateletesissss- ne 35
Erosopisi 20, 36
Familiaris, Myllaena .. r30
Fascialis, Hypena ..... Ge
Fasciata, Deielia ....... 38
Fasciatus, Lepidotus . 6
brechusiesscsee es een 23
Fasciculatus, Araeocerus . =v LAG
Femoratus, Metacoelus ..... WE ae{6)
Ferrugineum, Tribolium Rw AS
Filicum, Lecanium ...... AA
Filipes, Clytarlus ....... 35; 49
Finschi, Clytarlus - ...30, 31
Playithmy susie. s seen eee 43, 49
Eyoriniae Mioriniage: es ee 46
Flava, Mytilaspis ..... 41, 42, 45
var. hawaiiensis . BEAT AD
Flavescens, Pantala .... ---25, 33
Flaviceps, Liophaena .. SEP a0
avitronses cOSOpism eee ee eee 29, 36

Flavimaculata, Lephygama .................... 30, 48

Flavinervis, var.? Musca ae

Flavipes, Eupelmus ..........
Prosopis

58 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin
Page Page
Flavo-orbitalis, Echthromorpha .........- 36 Scopattia wc econ cee 52 ea nes 31
Floricola, Brachypeplus .............. 35 “Ti richOptilitss s6:-/ 0s. 37
Floricolens, Gesneria .... 33 Xerocopa _....... 37, 43
Flednotanicc eee - 37 | Hebraeus, Polistes ...... a0
Floridensis, Ceroplastes ......... -44,47 | Hebroides, Merragata ............. = 26
Forficularis, Prognathogryllus - 40) Hederae, Aspidiotus var. nerii 45
OCU CATIUS (CVilaS pees eee ee 13 | Hepatica, Anomalochrysa 2.0.0.2...
Hrormosa;, MerOGO Pa sxcccsescnccccececs revere 37 | Hemipterus, Carpophilus .........0........+
Fossipennis, Anchomenus ... Ae 26 | Hemisphaericum, Lecanium
Fossulatus, Promecoderus .... 31 | Hesperidum, Lecanium
Foveatus, Heteramphus .... - 35 | Hieroglyphica, Blatta ...
Fragilis, Clytarlus .............. -31, 49 Phyllodromia .....
Fraternus, Anchomenus .. . 26] Hilarella, Azinus ..
Frigida, Blackburni ......... .- 34] Hilaris, Prosopis .
Scopahiayees = eal gas) || sElintas so palat piace
Frigidus, Xyleborus .......... .- 35 | Hirtellus, Heteramphus
Frontinalis, Trogophlaeus 20) || eucpidusagealachis ee
Frugiperda, Laphygma ...... ...42,44 | Honoluluensis, Apterocyclus ....
Fugitivus, Anchomenus . = 20°| Slospess Bison one. ee 20, 36
Gonioryatus. ........... 35 | Humeralis, Elater 31
Fulleri, Aramigus ....... 49 Ephestia ............- 31
Funebris, Plagithmysus . 43, 49 Homoeosoma 37
Fuscipennis, Prosopis ........ 20, 36 Proterhinus ....... et eo)
Fuscipes, Elater .............-..- 61!) Hiunteris Pyrameis -ae5 ee 28
BUSCH Np hidiume pee eee ree 40 WianieSSa) esc ee an eee CS 28
Hydrophila, Hednota . 37
G Scotomera ............- 32
Geminata}) (SolenopSisi<..2-seeeee 29, 36 | Hystrix, Proterhinus 31
Gerontialis, Asopia ............ 37,
Glabras Oligotal ese 30 I
Glabricollis, Holcobius ...... ar |), Ichntas,) XenOSCOp ay ccj.ccccteceneeeseneeeeeeeee 43
Glabripennis, Mirosternus 31 | Idolias, Scotorythra ... & 49
Glauculalis, Margaronia .. 31 | Ignavus, Oodemas ....... <AcaeSe
Gloverii, Mytilaspis_ ....... 44,45 | Ignicola, Bembidium . 28
Gossypiella, Gelechia ..... ..17, 49 | Ignotus, Acalles ....... en Oe
Gracilipes, Liophaena . 2) 30) |(Millepidas erate so 32
Gracilis, Itodacnus ..... .. 35 | Immaturus, Xyleborus 35
Proterhinus 31 | Impacta, Bolitochara .... 34
Rityncolusiercee ee 24 | Impressus, Brachypeplus .. 27
Gracillimum, Monomorium 47 | Inaequalis, Brachypeplus .. 27
Granulatus, Holcobius ... 31 | Inauratus, Brachypeplus. ............. 31
Gravidus, Dryophthorus 27 | Incendiarius, Anchomenus ......... 28
Greeni, Aspidiotus ......... 47 | Incognita, Diestola ............ 34
Grisella, Achroea ...... 37 | Incompta, Lithocharis .......... 34
Griseus, Asopus. ........ 21 | Inconspicuum, Saronychium . 26
Hypothenemus _ ......... . 35 | Indecora, Depressaria .......... Ls Mee
Guineense, Tetramorium . 29, 30,47 \| Ineptus, Proterhimus)2eeceecee cece 35
Guttatus, Brachypeplus -.......................- am) Unternim) Oodemas, mess 30
| Infirmus, Brachypeplus . ee 7
H Inflata, Heliothis .........
Halticoides, Oodemas) -.0......cccecccccec 26,27 | Ingloria, Prodenia
Haleakalae, Odynerus ... 36 | Innotabilis, Gryllus ..
Harschi, Cyclothorax .. 32 | Innotatus, Nabis ..
Hawaiiensis, Agrion ... 33 | Insignis, Blackburnia .
Rorhcula sesc-= 32, 40 Dryophthorus 27
Gonitis ....... 32 Ely pena eee ee 26, 30
Limneria ... Sd S15) | Proterhinus 35
Mytilaspis ..... w-455 47 Xyletobius ...............0- 35
Odynerus ..... a nea | Insociabilis, Anchomenus .....................- 27
12 Stsa}) Ek maton ear ae eae eatery. Aa 36: |) dnsoliday, Wuteviay nvcctseetcne teeter 26

List of Species 59

Insulare, Oodemas

Insularis, Acritus 34
Ammophorus 23
GCalleid ayes ee en es cles 2
Gist meses pees
Encyrtus .... 36
Erysarcoris 22
Webiay-..-% 23
Warentia: .2.c:.-4 03 Ne eee eee 28
IGE DEORENY Se. 4 5..- eee center 20, 36
MR UUPOTUS! 3 oep senate scetceecnceoeeee ence scsvestutconct™s 24
Oligotoma -33; 35, 41, 45
Selenophorusitce 2 ee eee ee 23
Telephanus _. ees
Xyleborus ......... 35

Insulicola, Odynerus .- 36

Integer, Proterhinus .... 35

Interpunctalis, Plodia —.. 28

Interpunctella, Ephestia 37

Nod oragGenophantish esses ates 37

Nnrdipennisy ie lSON meee ee ee 29, 36

Irritans, Haematobia
Ischnias, Xerocopa

Jacunda, Xerocopa
Jaynei, Labrocerus
Jucunda, Scoparia var. formosa
Jucundus, Geotomus
Junius, Anax

K
Kammeamea, Vanessa (see tammeamea)
Kayartensisy. Oligota) 2. scene 34
Kinbergi, Scymnus ... eae!
Koelense, Agrion .......... 34
Koelensis, Brachypeplus 35
Koelensis, Nabis’ .......... ee 37,
Kona, Prosopis ....... eM O36
Konae, Eopenthes ................ S35
Konanum, Chaenosternum ................... 35

i,
Lacteipennis, Epitranus .......................-- 36
Lacerata, Tramea ........ As 243
Laeticulus, Cis ........... Bee (745)
Maes Cy clothoraxsee ee eae 30
Wdevigata eh vata ee 29, 34, 36
Lamarckianus, Plagithmysus —............. 49 |

Lanaiensis, Plagithmysus -

Lacteipennis, Epitranus .... Eo Ser)
Lateralis, Acalles .......... ee age
Laticollis, Clytarlus .- = AQ)

Proterhinus. ......... 35
Latrifrons, Diestota - 5 0
Latus, Gonioryctus ...... ao
Lecontei, Proterhinus no 2S)
Lectularia, Acanthia .... 228537
Leuconeura, Sierola .... 2836
EictoreaseAnisolabis jane ee 32 |

Page

Trpataye Wiebhan alae eec sc este ne eee steer: 40
Pariplaneta _ ........ Sng,
Lignivora, Diplosara 33
Scandia teres. see 28
Limbipennis, Catapicephala . 25
Linealis, Paropanyx ........... KYA

Linearis, Proterhinus ..
Lineatus, Ophion

Xyletobius
Liodyta, Omiodes
Litorea, Eurycreon

Scopula
Littorea, Anisolabis _.
Littoralis, Platyptilus
Livornica, Deilephila _
Localis, Nacoleia .......

Monopisue-
Longicollis, Nysius ......
Longicornis, Fornax
Prenolepis
Proterhinus
Longillus, Pseudolus
Longipennis, Cis
Oligota
Longipes, Aeletes
Clytarlus
Longispina, Aspidiotus .
Wonguluserotexhints) eee eee 2
Rhyncolits eee ee ee 24
Longulum, Lecanium 38, 30, 41, 42, 44, 45, 49

I;ucicolens, jopaelotismes. 2) oe 30
Lucipetens, Anchomenus 28
IWusciosuss NabISie sr eee 26
M

Maclachlani, Anomalochrysa ................ 34
Macroglossum, Sphinx ..... 8
Maculatus, Carpophilus ..... Bb Ae
Maculicollis, Hypothenemus ..... 2020)
Maculipennis, Echthromorpha meek G49)
Majorieblolcobitisi se ee 31
Mammeae, Pulvinaria 44, 45
MandibularisaGrabrop se eee 29, 36
Marginipennis, Calotermes 33
Marmoratus, Xyletobius ... 31
Manitima ss AniSOlapiSmese eee 2, 40
Marsdent) blepynuse-. ee eee 46
Maskelli, Aspidiotus - 45

Morganella _ ......... 43
Mauiense, Oodemas . By LAY)
Mauiensis, Acalles .... weer 35

Coplatisie =n an renee nee 34

Grabroyes ee SaaS: eer 36

INVSIUSany ee eee 37
Mauritanica, Heterophaga 22
Mauritia, Spodoptera ..... 48
Mauris Odynerusa eee ee 29

60 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin
Page Page
Mediocris, Clytarlus -..........::::ccccsseeeseeeee Agu|) Nigricans, |Ophion .2.....eeeee ee 33, 36
Megacephala, Pheidole —.........2....:::+ 36 Proterhinus ..... ~ | 29
Melanocephala, Tapinoma ..................-- 36,47 | Nigriceps, Pamera ...... 25, 28
Melanopis, Xerocopa ............::cecececceoen-- 37, 43 Rhyparochromus 22
Melifica, Apis “nn hn eee 29 | Nigrinus, Xyletobius ...... 31
Mesoleuca, Xerocopa) =... ee 37,43 | Nigripenne, Rhygchium .. 24
Metallescens, Brachypeplus. .................. 31 | Nigripennis, Odynerus .... 36
Metatarsalis, Tjispe i222... neces 25 | Nigrofasciatus, Cis .......... secs
Meticulosus, Anchomenus ..............2....-.- 26 | Nigro-hamatum, Agrion .......002..0...... 34
Micacea, Aporodes <..1-.:..-:ccccescescceseserson== 31 | Nigrum, Lecanium ........ 44, 45, 49
Scopulal sass eee een 37 Varudepressum 22-3 eee 41, 45
Micans | @yclothotam as) seen 27 | Nitida, Brachymetopa 40
Microgaster, Callithmysus -..........0...... 49 | Nitidus, Nysius ............ hat ear
Glivtarlis) 22.1.3. 28. Seer ee nee 29 | Nivicola, Oodemas .......... ae
Microphya, Chrysopa .......-..::-cs:ecesce0e--- 33 | Noctivolans, Toxocampa .........-.--..s------: 30
Migrator, Bostrichus) -.....2.0c.cc-cc-sesse-s00- 25 | Noditer) Clytarlus eee 49
Minor siuxesttts) scores eee eee 35 | Nuda, Metrarga ......... 2 28
Minuscula, Boreophila ...................-0..-.-- 31 | Nutans, Micracantha Bez)
WMestolobes: <2,..:.. seas eee ee 37843 | (Nutator, Oopsis: 7.2.2.5 ee ee Bey)
Minutius: 7 BAGOreuS) 22-22 eee 35
Modestus, Agrypnus ..........c..cccecccececeeeeeeee 6 O
Glytanliisi 222 = nse 20749 | Oahuense, Agrion -.-..:ctsatnenet 34
Dryophthoras) fesse ees 27 | Oahuensis, Cyclothorax 27
Mioestas Reclada:.. 2 cchie. cease ee 28 Myllaenay 7a 34
Monogona, Omiodes ..............-20-:ssesecee00- 37 Selda, 37
Montana, Anomalochrysa. ...........-...-.-- 34 | Obliquus, Xyleborus . 35
Drestolay eee 34 | Obscura, Calandra ... 22
ScOparia’, c-cccsacen ee te ee 43 Metrarga ........... ay
Montanus, Anotheorus 26 Prenolepis — ....... 36
Odynerus .......... Ieee sh 2 eee 29,36 | Obscurata, Chalcis ... 44
Monticola, Aeletes <22..fc.ccccc.csccscceccossmes 35 | Obscure-punctatus, Odynerus .- =, a6
Chactoeaedian ee eee 36,43 | Obscuricolor, Cyclothorax ....... /
Gonioryctus| 2. Se eee eee 27 | Obscurum, Oodemas ............ Lae?
Sierola ct ate ee ee eee 36 Pentarthrum ....... aor
Monticolans, Scopula 4 37 Platydema ........... 35
Bupithecial ec kee eee ee 30 | Obscurus, Astrimus . 27
Wsocastra) te ea ee 32 Hopenthes's ccc: ee 35
Montivagus, Cyclothorax ....00..02..2......-. 27 Tabrocertst=. cose 35
Montrouzieri, Cryptolaemus .- Mirosternus . 31
Mormlsecanitini es eee Proterhinus):.. 1. 2acscccsee eee 27
Morio, Chelisoches ............... m Rhabdocnemis ... -16, 40, 41, 49
Multipunctatus, Cyclothorax —...0.0...... 27 SphenOphOrtts .cc-c.ceccsse eeeeeeeeees 37, 42
Mundulus, Anthicus ............. 2. 935°] Obsoleta, Elypena =... 26, 30, 31
GCardiastethus)) eee 26 | Obsoletus, Brachypeplus —....................-- 31
Mundus, Heptoncus .. ae Obtusata, Phillodromia . Pee)
Murimus, Wepidotus) 222s ete 6 | Obtusus, Fornax .............. 35
Muscicola, Anchomenus . ....26, 34 | Oceanica, Chrysopa .......... 33
Mutabilis, Dyscolus ........... = Oceanicus, Anchomenus .... 26
Mutanda, Oligota ...... .. 30) Oceanicum, Megalagrion .... wate
Muticus, Mirosternus sx 130) (Ocellatus Ania... eases.
Onthophagus............ bey ee SCyYMNUS <- 35, 44
Mysticus, Anchomenus. ..........:.:-000-00--- 26) || (Ocellea; Hromene) forncae eee 37
Octoocellatus, Calpodes ...............::0::0- 31, 32
N Oculatus, Propalticus) 2. eee 29
Natitarum | Odynerus, -- = ee 36 | Oleae, Lecanium ........ 39, 40, 41, 42, 44, 45, 48
Nemorivagus, Nysius ... Olinda, Brachypeplus) Sssccscteeeeee 35
Nerii, Aspediotus .......... Olindae, ‘Oodemass... eee 30
Newelli, Playithmysus .... Pandomogus; 20.3:.0-ee eee 49
Nigrescens, Mecyna ............. =: Omalioides, Brachypeplus —........0.0......... 27
SCO AN (ceontectcacpiveniacevsnnt i Re ee Ombrodes, XeroscOpa -.:0..:.:-ecccssssccnscsens 43

List of Species 61

Page
O)NACHIS MN Ly f1CO LIS ye eer 31 | Picinus, Selenophorus
Opurculella, Phthorimaea ...... 13 | Picticornis, Solindenia
Ornatipennis, Anomalochrysa - Bd) Plana Diestotays =
Oscillans, Nabis ... 37, | Planwsselatymus)

Proterhinus ....... 27) | Pleheiuse Attaremus see eee
Osculatus, Xyletobius . 31 | Plebejus, Gomphocerus = en
@xyptera, Elednotas-.s--sisaneet 37 | Plexippus, Anosia ...... 36

Poeyi, Gryllus ............. eich B76)

P Rolitaye Oli cota ee 5) 120)

ibachysemas eXerocopa 2.52228 es 37,43 | Polynesialis, Chalcis .31, 36
Pacifica, Anisolabis .... ee @rabrow ..31, 36

Ait agen . Limneria ..... --33, 30

iathyicraphal <2 ieee ieee Sclerodenmaits--2) eee eee 36

Mivllaenar acco. ee eee rat 34 le Pomonumy Wiytilaspise 2. ee 41, 44, 45
Pacificus, Aphodius aera PRontent,, Colias) 22. 24, 25

isi a eee .. 29} Porcalus, Psammodius 6

Colymbetes Ecbalmetasina: eAUSchital ee ze) 2d

Odyneriss nee eee ee 26) i Procatitsys Cis) 42. 2a ee ene ee 29

Run ain Gl Signe eer ec Bee ne ee Gre Procellarisy Acrotisg ===. 50
Pacificum, Agrion .. eo Suc dale rolina i Olizotameeses 34

Paratrigonidium . 40 | Prolixum, Pentarthrum 27

Trigonidium ........ ..24, 32 | Protervus, Anchomenus an 26
Pallescens, Lispinodes . .- 34 | Proteus, Parlatoria var. pergandei ... 47
Palliatus, Monolexis — ...31, 36 | Protinoides, Brachypeplus .................. 29
Pallida, Mytilaspis ..41,44 | Prunicola, Chionaspis ee Pees 41, 44, 46

var. Maskelli _.. - 45) Psidii, Pulvinaria 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 44, 45, 49

@niscosomaeee eens 32, 40 | Pteridicola, } Niysitis| ens one ee ee

| Puberula, Crepidodera

Pallidipennis, Telephanus —............- 35

Pallinervis, Sarcophaga 25 | Pubipennis, Sericoderus .-

Palmae, Dyscolus ......... .. 26] Pulchra, Delphax —......

Palpalis, Diestota ............... 30 Plo~riodess= be
Paludicola, Pseudocoremia ................. 28 | Pulverulentus, Plagithmysus ....... 23, 43, 49
Pandanicola, Sciophagus —....-....... 35 Stenopteruss 2-225 ue ee 2 eee 22
Paradoxus, Cyclothorax . .. 28 Pulvillatus, Clytarlus Sec!

Broterhinus 222... 220) | einila,, dhachytisay = seen errs 30
Parallelus, Brachypeplus 35 | Punctatissima, Ponera sub-sp.

Barna ue 35 | schauninslandi - 47
Parda, Laverna var. montivolans ......... 32 | Punctata, Blata ................. 20
Parvulus; Colymbetes! 2...22.--. .. 21) Punctatus, Mirosternus ... 31

Coplatus) =. a 6 | Puncticeps, Brachypeplus ey
Banya Dtestotan ae eee 30 | Diestotaly 222 en een
Patellaectormis: Diaspis) 2) 42, 44 | Parandraiy es ee

Patruelis, Arma .......... 24 | Punctipennis, Proterhinus

Oechaliage 28 | /Pungeus, Sphinx 22-2 =
Pectinatus, Helcogaster ==) 35) |iebucchasi, Tceryal eo 7s
Pele, Cyclothorax ...... pa 2on Ee usilaq Catoramame eee

Pellucidus, Capsus .... .-.24, 28 Pheidole ............-

Pelodes, Automola .... -- $33 | Pusillus, Dryophthorus

Pennatus, Clytarlus .. ..31, 49 | Proterninis ea ee

Pertoratum, lecanium) 2.2=) 2 | Pustulans, Asterolecanium ............ 40, 42, 45

Pereandel,) banlatoria esses es 44 | Putealis, Anchomenus 2000..cccccescscee 30

Perjurus, Formicaleo ... SG o) a eyeacltertare city eae ee oes 32, 40
Mysmelon 2 23 Q

Perkinsi, Plagithmysus .. ---43, 49 5

Permundus, Plagithmysus pes 49 Quadracallis, Brachypeplus er nererr nasuegoncr 35

Perniciosus, Aspidiotus ..............-.-.-.--- 45, 48 | Quadratus, Lispinodes os

Persearum, Aspidiotus 45 Quinquefasciatus, Culex ~. 34

Persequens, Tripleps ..... wee
Peruvianus, Dysdercus se | Radula, Odynerus
Photophilaweeucatiagec. seine 28 | Rapae, Pieris

b
1S)

62

Rapax, Aspidiotus
Rara, Scotosia
Recurvalis, Hymenia

Zinckenia
Reflexum, Aegosoma
Reitteri, Brachypeplus

Remota, Calandra. ............ 35
Rhynchophora, Platyptilia 37
Robustus, Brachypeplus ..-0..........:.-ceee 27

Clytarlusw ese ase 27

Cyclothorax .. 30

Proterhinus ......... 35
Robustum, Oodemas 27
Rosae, Aulascaspis ... 46

Diaspis ss 41, 44
ROTIGIS, | Cis: cree eterna ane 35
Rotundus, Corylophus ..........0.....00-2.....- 34
Rubens, Ceroplastes 42, 44, 45
Riubescenss Nysius 2.) cee ee 31
Rubritinctus, Nabis EeesyA

@dynenus') 22-0. ..29, 36
Rubro-caudatus, Crabro .... 36
Rubromaculata, Ploiariodes . 37
Rubro-pustulatus, Odynerus 36
Rudolphi, Odynerus ............... 37
Rufescens, Anomalochrysa 33

DLESTORA tran ane ees ee nee 30
Rugatus, oxyleborius: s.cseescn seen 35
Rugiventris, Prosopis 36
Rupicola, Anchomenus 2

S)

SabuleteSsamimOcnisee ee ee 6
Sandwicensis, Odynerus ...............-.---- 36
Sarpendon, Papilio ...... 25
Satelles, Agrion ..... 34

Eopenthes 35
Satellus, Mauia ...... 25
Satellum, Prosopis 36
Saticias “Aprous sees 44
Schauinslandi, Megachile 45

Paranemobius ............ 41

Phalainesthes ......... 47
Sculpturatum, Oodemas —...00..0.000.0........ 27
Scrupulosus, Anchomenus. ...................- 26

Sculpturatus, Fornax
Scutatus, Proterhinus
Sedata, Parasia
Semiochrea, Mestolobes
Semicylindricus, Hydrophilus ....6, 20, 22,

SEnecalensis, Eater cesta 6)
Senilis, Trogophlaeus ee uc)
Sericea, Evania ......... ..33, 30
Sericeus, Halobates ..... 33, Ge
Serricornis, Xyletobius - 35
Setarius, Cis .... 35
Setiger, Sotenus 27
Siac, Welipbe ek 24
Sexguttatus, Camponotus .. 20, 36
Sharpi, Anchomenus. .............cccccssec- 27

| Tibialis, Labetis

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Page
Atftachyenemis :....eee eee 27
Signatius; Cis) anaes 20
Simaethina, Mestolobes 32
Similis, Gonioryatus .... 35
Proterhinus: <i.22 one ee 35
Simiolus, Cyclothorax ............:c:cece- 27
Simplex, Proterhinus 27
Simulans, Oligota ..... 34
Sineas Aa res 32
Sinicus, Adoretus ..... 17
Sodalis, Cardiastethus .... 28
Solitarius, Plagithmysus 43
Sordidus, Brachypeplus ..... 31
Specularis, Monomorium . 36
Speculifera, Plagithmysus 43
Sphenophori, Ceromasia .... 16
Spretus, Brachypeplus .... 35
Spurcum, Bembidium ...... 30
Squalidus, Dryophthorus . 27
Squamosa, Hyperomorpha 35
Stellata, Melanomecyna ..... 33
COPital ae a7
Stenocnemis, Aphodius .. 6
Stercorator, Aphodius .... 6
Sternalis, Proterhinus 29
Stigius, Crabro .............. 29
Straminea, Chiloides 35
Strenuus, Anax ............ 24, 33
Striatus, Brachypeplus 31
Stypis: Ctabron eee 36
Subquadratum, Cyclonotum . 29
Subrihusy Nabistercces te 26, 37
Substrictum,, Oodemas’ ===. 36
Subtilis;) Megascelis: eccccnccteeee 24
Subtristis, Geotomus .26, 37
Suttusa sAcrOtic = aan ...28, 30
Sulphurescens, Plagithmysus Ss
Surinamensis, Panchlora ..... 32
Leucophaea) 2.028 40
Pycnoscelus . 20
Silwanlisn wos 48
Suturalis, Corylophus 34
Synastra, Phivetaenia eco 50
a
Tabidtis, (Cis) ct-cse See 29
Tammeamea, Vanessa 4,7; 20; 31
Pytameis! (2.2.5 50.0,eo oe 25
Tantalus, Dyscolus 26
Tardum, Qodemas ................. 35
Tarsalis, Proterhinus ............. Ss
Telarius, Tetranychus .... ..40, 41
| ‘Terebratus, Disenochus .. » 30
Teres, Bembidium. .............. 30
Terminale, Cryptorhopalum .- 35

Tesselatum, Lecanium
Testaceiceps, Moranila
Testaceipes, Sierola
Tetragonus, Heptoncus

List of Species 63

Tinctus, Brachypeplus

Tormentosus, Elater .... 6

‘Torvus, Brachypeplus _. 35

Transparens, Aspidiotus ... 47

Triscia, Scotorythra ....... 50

aimuncatises NylebOrnus: jee. eee 35
U

(Wimbrosus; Adoretus) 22... .n- 30, 42, 44

Unctus, Cyclothorax
Unicolor, Crabro .....
Unipuncta, Lecania
Usitata, Thyrocopa

V
Waar cam \icrovelianmeee serrate 28
Vagepunctatus, Cis ... 35
Varicolor, Tettigonia — 23

Validus, Proterhinus ..... See 31

Variegata, Oligota .......... 34
Varians, Plagithmysus 43, 49
Varius, Brachypeplus .. 31

Mepidotus) 222. a 6
Wastatom sDactylopius) 2. 41, 45, 47
Welanse ily pocalag eee ce nee 32
Melox, Oxya =. 40
Venosa, Caradina .- 30

Scopaniay ene 31

Merocopa) = 37, 43
Verticalis, Graptodera Nery.
Verticillata, Plusia ..26, 27, 30, 44
Vestator, Dactylopius 42, 43
Vestitus, Brachypeplus .........................- 31

Page

Veta USM secre tence oct eee ees 29
Proterhinus 27
Rhyncogonus ... 35
Vicina, Myllaena 30
Wicinus Plagithmysus es 43, 49

Viduus, Bythoscopus ..
Villosa, Metrarga .....
Vinosus, Elipsocus ..
Violentus, Myrmelon
Virescens, Mecyna

Virgatus, Dactylopius 45
Vitticollis, Plagithmysus 43
Vividus, Scymnus ............ 35, 44
Volitalis, Prosopis 20, 36
Vulcan, Nysius ......... 31
Vulcanus, Cyclothorax 28
Odynenisa= ee 36
WwW
Walsinghamii, Proteopteryx —........... 32
Whitei, Nysius .... 37
Ploiariodes .... 31
Wilsoni, Formicaleo ........ 38
Wollastoni, Heteramphus ....W...... 35
x
Manthomelass Actions ee eee 33
Vi
Wiosilon ye AgKotis eres 44
Z
TEAR aL, IEEWAENCONG EL secceecomccneccecepeesneraceeas 44, 47

Prelate
; -.

¢

HAWAITAN LEGENDS

BY
WILLIAM HYDE RICE

vey

Bernice P. BrsHor MusEUM

BULLETIN 3

HONOLULU, HAWAII
PUBLISHED BY THE MusEUM
1923

27305

‘weit ha

i? *'
’

Ps vee! ( A 4
Pek be Tc oy
As SS
a aed Ay
pe

COPYRIGHT 1923, BY

BERNICE P. BISHOP MUSEUM
FOR eee

WILLIAM HYDE RICE, LTD.

CONTENTS

Page
TEESE ac Caer ae el BT ae. Ste Shae Re pes ete brn eee NS gn Os I 3
Tne (GacGleaar TR Gees ae ae een Renee ayers oe to At SIRO Oe Ae ee ee. 7
SCHR AINDO WIE DUINICESS: (5: tscn. ert eee eee Re ret Ne ne pe nen re eee ee 18
Wiukaa, the rolling island —2- afk eh te ean eeS ele Bigs epee Bate os a aIO
sphiemstones worm Wanegs- tor mewn ies fe et he ei ane ore dc rare NOE ee aa 32
PTDSANSS ANUCIRNSL RNS a pe era ee ore cote ate me oe
“TN as? [ey Setal, Sey te tee ee emer seta rece etn oe I Oe FES ER aoe REE ined A 0. Az
Maessmallmwisepovean Giatheulittles tool wees ese esters eee ec teen eee 49
TESCO TT) 9 co ee eee se ee oe cae Pre Sie i o Sore eee onan oe SE
Kearrelomo te scatiasy 2o228 2 = ee Beer ee ee Sere: cease Waa en Ope Pe eee uy.
The destruction of the akua on Niihaw ...0---.00--2.-- eee |e peer 68
Badlcaamean On iSMsOmeeti=a pad kaa mene ces eee ee aac. ene esr coe eee eee er 69
| CO) RONSON ny ee Ne ee sae Cree OO
iRhemeinl@ands thesmo-ons se eee ee gee ey ee, ee eee QI
DNeaismel kal Oe eal O al Ch ee ese ore ae eee ace ec ta ence c ete etn ce hres Osea dese) ae 92
LCR hoa ee Pram cc AR ER RP ee Pe Ske ian ASS A oS Rte es i are 7 93
atlslert-Onice leo alg nee) eer gc ee cP ae RS Fre Leta cate eect cr eee 106
NADY ge) SED CH. LS) Eco en i asec eR Cah sR a er DOES eee RRL a 109
Bru keamirn O= 0g eee eee tee Se eee Spee cstsceseded: (Vigoaee Sette Ea 2 eee een 110
Miran o=ntho- Kah te ie ke ee eh ted eee tana Bae ee es yg
antl oamethiem inO= Owes shoe 8). i eS 2 i 8 2 os aoa ee ee 112
Er cairy cov abn Tigre ae rec te cheer Re Ried See cred Bei tee Dae TTS
IMiaktialcarimianicheees sccm cots ht OS eS eae aed eee eer Se 116

GLOSS cata y peer eer eae eRe aE ree, ey ee ah ee eee peer oe 061}

PREFACE

The collection of Hawaiian legends of which a translation is given in
the following pages represents the work of many years by William Hyde
Rice of Kauai. However, it is only within the last few years that Mr.
Rice has translated the legends from his Hawaiian manuscripts. He has
tried to make his version as literal as possible, preserving at the same time
the spirit of the original Hawaiian, its flavor, rhythm, and phrasing. He
has avoided adding modern embroidery of fancy, as well as figures of
speech foreign to the Hawaiian language and to its mode of thought and
expression.

For the furtherance of this aim, Mr. Rice has spent much of the past
year in a complete review of his translation, adding and rejecting, and in
every way attempting to approximate the spirit and letter of the Hawaiian.

Mr. Rice has been exceptionally well prepared for this work, as he has
been familiar with the Hawaiian language from his earliest childhood. In
fact until he was twenty, he never thought in English but always in
Hawaiian, translating mentally into his mother tongue. In 1870 when he
became a member of the House of Representatives, during the reign of
Kamehameha V, Governor Paul Kanoa and S. M. Kamakau, the historian,
both well-known Hawaiian scholars, gave Mr. Rice much help with his
Hawaiian, especially teaching him the proper use of various complicated
grammatical constructions, and explaining obscure variations in pronuncia-
tion and meaning.

The sources of the legends in this collection are varied. A number of
the stories Mr. Rice remembers having heard as a child, and other rarer
ones were gathered in later years. Many are from more than one source,
but have corresponded even in details, and almost word for word. ‘The
legend of Kamapuaa, for instance, is one of the first which Mr. Rice
remembers hearing. When a boy, the places mentioned in this story were
pointed out to him: the spot where the demi-god landed, where he found
the hidden spring, and where he rooted up the natives’ sugar-cane and
sweet potatoes. The story of “The Small Wise Boy and the Little Fool”
he has also been familiar with since childhood. The places mentioned in
this tale can likewise be pointed out.

Most of the legends are from Kauai sources, but a number have been
gathered from the other islands of the group. Whenever Mr. Rice heard
of an old Hawaiian who knew any legends, he went to him, sometimes
going to several to trace a special story, as for instance, the “Jonah and
the Whale” story, “Makuakaumana”, which after a long search he finally
procured from Mr. Westervelt. This curious story seems to be more
modern than the others of the collection. While hunting for a reliable

4 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

version of this story, Mr. Rice incidentally heard the story of ““Manuwahi”
at Heeia from an old Hawaiian.

“The Bird Man”, “Holuamanu’’, “The Destruction of Niihau’s Akua”,
and “The Girl and the Mo-o”, were obtained mainly from Mr. Francis
Gay, who is one of the best living scholars of the Hawaiian language. The
Niihau legend was heard from several other sources as well. Mr. Gay
also gave the legends of the “Rainbow Princess” and the “Shrimp’s Eyes” ;
the ti plants mentioned in the latter legend can still be pointed out, growing
at the mouth of a little valley near Holuamanu. The Hawaiian manu-
script of part of the Menehune story was obtained from J. A. Akina, while
the story of the “Rain Heiau” was told to him in 1912 by a man named
Naialau, who has since died at Kaiaupapa. “How Lizards Came to Molo-
kai” and ‘“Paakaa and Ku-a-paakaa” were told Mr. Rice by a man from
Hawaii named Wiu, while the Rev. S. K. Kaulili, who is still living at
Koloa, Kauai, gave him the most complete version of the “Rolling Island”.

During Mr. George Carter’s term as Governor, a reception was given
in his honor, at Hanalei, where Mr. Rice was much interested in the very
fine oli (chanting) of an old Hawaiian, named Kaululua. From him he
obtained a number of legends, including that of ‘““Ulukaa” and correspond-
ing versions of others already in his collection. Other legends have been
lost forever on account of ill-timed ridiculing by some chance companion,
for Mr. Rice has found that the old people who know the legends are
very sensitive, and when they find an unsympathetic auditor, refuse to
continue their stories.

Mr. Rice’s theory as to the origin of these legends is based on the
fact that in the old days, before the discovery of the islands by Captain
Cook, there were bards and story-tellers, either itinerant or attached to
the courts of the chiefs, similar to the minstrels and tale-tellers of medieval
Europe. These men formed a distinct class, and lived only at the courts
of the high chiefs. Accordingly, their stories were heard by none except
those people attached to the service of the chiefs. This accounts for the
loss of many legends, in later years, as they were not commonly known.
These bards or story-tellers sometimes used historical incidents or natural
phenomena for the foundation of their stories, which were handed down
from generation to generation. Other legends were simply fabrications
of the imagination, in which the greatest “teller of tales’ was awarded
the highest place in the chief's favor. All these elements, fiction combined
with fact, and shrouded in the mists of antiquity, came, by repetition, to
be more or less believed as true.

This class of men were skillful in the art of the apo, that is, “catch-
ing” literally, or memorizing instantly at the first hearing. One man

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 5

would recite or chant for two or three hours at a stretch, and when he
had finished, his auditor would start at the beginning of the chant and go
through the whole of the mele or story without missing or changing a
word. These trained men received through their ears as we receive through
our eyes, and in that way the ancient Hawaiians had a spoken literature,
much as we have a written one. Mr. Rice has several times seen per-
formances similar to the one described, where the two men were complete
strangers to each other.

To the readers of this collection of Hawaiian legends the following
biographical information will be of interest:

William Hyde Rice, the only son of William Harrison and Mary Hyde
Rice, was born at Punahou, Honolulu, Hawaii, on July 23, 1846. At that
time his parents, who had come to the islands as missionaries in 1840,
were teachers at the school which had been established at Punahou in
1842 for the children of missionaries.

In 1854 the family moved to Lihue, Kauai, where the greater part of
Mr. Rice’s life has been spent. Besides his sisters his only young com-
panions were Hawaiian boys, from whom as well as from his nurse, he
readily learned the language. After a few years of teaching at home
the boy was sent to Koloa, Kauai, to attend the boarding school of the
Rev. Daniel Dole, whose son, Sanford Ballard Dole, was one of the boy’s
closest companions. Later, Mr. Rice attended Oahu College, Punahou, and
Braton’s College in Oakland, California.

Mr. Rice served in the House of Representatives from 1870 to 1872
(the year of his marriage to Miss Mary Waterhouse in Honolulu), 1873,
1882, 1887, 1889, and 1890, and as a member of the Senate from 1895
to 1898. He was one of the thirteen committeemen who waited upon
King Kalakaua, giving him twenty-four hours to sign the constitution,
and was Governor of Kauai under Queen Liliuokalani until after the
revolution in 1893.

In the present translation Mr. Rice has received much able and sympa-
thetic assistance from Miss Katherine McIntyre in a secretarial capacity,
extending over a period of several years. Miss Ethel Damon has been
of inestimable value in her sound judgments and encouragement, and it
has been my privilege to assist my grandfather during the past year. No
one who has only read these legends can fully appreciate the charm of
them as told by Mr. Rice in person. Many of them he still recites word
for word in Hawaiian. One of the most vivid memories of my childhood
will always be that of hearing my grandfather tell these legends, as he
pointed out to us the places mentioned in the stories.

Lihue, January, 1923. Epiru J. K. Rice.

HAWAIIAN LEGENDS

By WittiAm Hyper RIcr

THE GODDESS PELE

Pele was the daughter of Moemo and Haumea, both well-known names
in the oldest Hawaiian legends. Many other children were born to this
couple, seven illustrious sons and six distinguished daughters. The young-
est sister of Pele, Hiiaka-ika-poli-o-Pele, was born into the world as an
ege. Pele concealed this egg under her arm until the child was hatched,
and ever afterwards showed great affection for her.

When Pele had grown to womanhood, she begged her parents’ consent
to travel. This was granted, and wrapping Hiiaka in her pa-u, or tapa
skirt, the adventurous Pele set forth.

She traveled first to the kingdom of her brother, Kamohoalii, Champion
of the King. When he inquired where she was going Pele replied, “I shall
first find Pola-pola. From there I shall go to the land of Kauihelani,
where Kane hides the islands. I shall then find the far-reaching lands, the
kingdom of Kaoahi, the Fire~Thrower—Niihau.”

To help his sister in this long journey Kamohoalii gave her the canoe
of their brother, the Whirlwind, Pu-ahiuhiu, and his paddlers, the Tide,
Keaulawe, and the Currents, Keau-ka. Stepping into this canoe Pele was
snatched away at once by the wind. Kamohoalii looked after her and
called, “Go your way. I shall soon follow with your relations.”

In a short time Pele, borne by the magic canoe, reached Niihau. She
ordered the canoe to return to her brother as she hoped the queen would
give her another one. Then, crossing the salt marshes, she came at eve-
ning to the dwelling of the queen, Kaoahi, whose guards cried out that a
beautiful stranger was coming. When Pele was brought before Kaoahi her
beauty astonished the queen, who had never before seen a woman whose
back was as straight as a pali and whose breasts were rounded like the
moon.

Great aloha grew in the heart of the queen for her guest, and before
eating together they took the oath of friendship. Then they retired to the
beds made of fine Niihau mats where they slept until the cocks crowed.

Early in the morning the queen sent forth her messengers to summon
the konohiki, the overseers of the land, who were ordered to instruct all

8 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

the people of the island to bring presents for Kaoahi’s great friend. Each
person brought his gift to Pele without a word of complaining.

Every day for ten days Pele entered into the games, the hula dancing,
the surf-board riding, and the other pleasures of the people. Everyone
was eager to talk with the beautiful stranger, and Pele saw all that was
in their minds.

One day the beautiful guest disappeared. ‘The queen thought she had
gone to visit one of the chiefs. No amount of search could reveal her hid-
ing place. The kahuna were called together to divine where the woman
had gone. At last they said to Kaoahi, “O Queen! the Night tells us that
Pele is not a human being like you. She is an akua. She has many bodies.”

These words aroused great wonder on Niihau as to how Pele had come
and where she had gone.

After her sudden disappearance Pele went to Point Papaa from where
she looked across to Kauai. Taking on her spirit body, she quickly passed
through Mana and the mountains back of Waimea and came to Haena.

As darkness fell she heard the hula drums beating. Following the
call of the music Pele came to a rude enclosure where the people were
gathered for sports. In the crowd she saw a very handsome man, Lohiau,
the king of Kauai, whom she suddenly resolved to seek for her husband.

The assembly was startled by hearing a beautiful voice chanting a mele
of the hills, and by seeing at the door a woman of wondrous beauty and
charm.

Lohiau ordered the people to stand aside so that the stranger could
enter. The chiefs of Kauai crowded around Pele, wondering who she was.
Lohiau was surprised when his unknown guest asked him to become her
husband. He did not consent until he heard that she was Pele, the mortal.

Then Lohiau bade his servants prepare the tables for a feast, and he
invited Pele to sit with him and partake of the food. After the meal was
eaten Pele told Lohiau that slie could not live with him until she had found
a suitable home for them. The king of Kauai was rather ashamed to have
his wife prepare the home, but he consented.

Kaleiapaoa, Lohiau’s best and truest friend, was summoned to see Pele.
3ut before he looked upon her he hurried to the king’s sister, the cele-
brated tapa maker of Kalalau, and asked for a pa-u. She gave him one
she had just made by beating with Jauae, the fragrant cabbage fern, from
the cliffs of Honopu. Pele was very much pleased with this pa-u because
it was so sweet scented. When she had finished admiring it, she said to
Lohiau, “Now I shall go to prepare our house.”

At once she began to dig a cave, but striking water she left it. She
tried again and, meeting with the same results, left Haena and came to

Rice-Hawatuan Legends 9

the kukui grove near Pilaa. Pleased with this spot she turned to the
mountains where she dug as before, but met with unsatisfactory results.

Taking the form of an old woman, Pele hurried to Koloa. There she
again struck water. Repeated efforts to dig a dry cave having failed, she
decided to leave Kauai and to find on Oahu a suitable place for her home.

Pele landed at Kaena on Oahu. Near the hill Kapolei she again began
to search for a home. As before she soon struck water. Discouragement
filled her heart and looking toward Kauai she wept for her loved one
there.

Walking through the wiliwili trees Pele reached Kuwalaka-i where
she took her egg-like sister, Hiiaka, from her pa-u and placing her safely
on the ground hurried to the sea for limu, or sea-weed, from which she
squeezed the juice for drinking water.

Pele decided to spend the night in this place. She called the flowers
which grew there “the pa-u of Hiiaka” and she crowned her fair head
with a lei of them. As she slept, her lover appeared before her. This
vision brought courage to Pele and early in the morning she hurried on
her way.

On the heights of Moanalua, near Honolulu, Pele tried again to dig
a dry cave. Striking salt water, she called the place Alia-paakai, the Salt-
Marsh. When she came to Makapuu she saw the chiefess Malei, the
Wreath, stringing flowers for a lei, while her subjects were cleaning the
fish they had just brought from the sea.

At the little harbor of Hanauma a canoe was being prepared for a trip
to Molokai. There Pele shook off her spirit body and as a beautiful
woman greeted the men. At the sight of her great beauty they all
fainted. When they had recovered, Pele asked them to take her to Molo-
kai with them. They readily consented.

When Pele jumped ashore on Molokai, she became invisible and dis-
appeared. The captain of the crew told the king about the beautiful
woman who had come with him from Oahu. The whole island was
searched, but Pele could not be found.

In the meantime Pele had dug a cave between Kalaupapa and Kalawao.
Finding water, she left Molokai and hurried to Maui. She traveled over
Maui from end to end hunting for a suitable place for her home. Finding
none, she was greatly grieved and filled the whole island with Pele’s smoke,
and then hastened on to Hawaii.

Pele landed at Puna on Hawaii. She decided to call first on the god
of the island, Ailaau, the Wood-Eater, who had his dwelling at Kilauea.
When Ailaau saw Pele coming towards his home, he disappeared because
he was afraid of her.

10 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Pele began to dig. At last success crowned her efforts. Digging day
and night, she came to fire and knew that this spot would be suitable for
the long-sought home. She decided to make a home large enough for all
her many brothers and sisters.

After the fiery pit was dug, Pele changed her egg-like sister, Hiiaka,
into human form and the two lived happily in her new home.

One day Hiiaka went down to the forest of Panaewa near Hilo. There
she saw a girl so skilled in making leis of lehua blossoms that she longed
to make of her a personal friend. MHiiaka learned that her name was
Hopoe, and she spoke to her in these words, ‘““Now that we are friends you
must go wherever I go. Wherever I sleep you shall sleep. We shall never
be parted.”

Hopoe was very happy and answered, “I spend my time making leis. I
have planted two groves of trees, one white and one red. These I give
to you.”

So Hiiaka returned to Kilauea with her friend who pleased Pele very
much by teaching her to make leis of lehua flowers. Soon all Pele’s
household was busily stringing the flowers.

As Pele worked she heard the voice of her beloved Lohiau calling
her, for the wind carried his sad song to her ears. So Pele called her
sisters to her and asked each one to go to Kauai to find her husband. All
refused. ‘Then Pele commanded Hiiaka, “Go to Kauai and bring my hus-
band to me. Do not dare to kiss him, lest some dire disaster befall you.
Be gone no longer than forty days.” All agreed that it was wise for
Hiiaka to go, as she was the youngest.

Stretching out her right hand to her sister, Pele bestowed upon het
all the supernatural powers she possessed, so that the journey could be
accomplished in safety.

Hiiaka prepared for the journey and as she worked she sang a mele
in which she voiced her complaint that she should go alone to Haena for
the handsome Lohiau. Pele heard her and cheered her by saying that
she would meet someone who would go with her.

So with a sad heart Hiiaka set forth on her sister’s errand. Looking
back she saw her home in the volcano where her brothers and sisters were
sitting like stone images. She called to them to care for her beloved grove
of lehua trees.

As she entered the forest above Hilo she met Wahine-omao, the Stead-
fast-Woman, who was on her way to carry gifts of pig and sugar cane
as a sacrifice to Pele. ‘Thinking that Hiiaka was Pele, Wahine-omao laid
her gifts before her. Hiiaka saw that the stranger was mistaken and
spoke these words to her: “I am not Pele. She is still in Kilauea. Carry

Rice-Hawatian Legends 11

your presents there. After you have reached Kilauea descend into Hale-
maumau where you will see many beautiful women bedecked with lehua
leis. Sacrifice your gifts to an old woman lying on a pillow made of
wiliwili wood and covered with Puna mats, for she is Pele.”

Wahine-omao, still believing that Pele stood before her, replied, “Do
not deal falsely with me. No doubt you are Pele. I shall give you my
gifts and so spare myself the long journey.”

Finally Hiiaka made it clear that she was not Pele, and the woman
departed with her gifts. With the aid of her supernatural powers Hiiaka
put such speed into her feet that she traveled as fast as the whirlwind, and
in no time came to Halemaumau and gave her gifts to the old woman. At
once old age left Pele and she became the most beautiful of all in the pit.

Then Pele asked the stranger, “Did you meet a woman as you came?
Go back and meet her again. Become friendly with her and travel with
Hetee

Wahine-omao did as she was told and soon overtook Hiiaka whom she
told what Pele had commanded. Looking back the lonely Hiiaka saw the
smoke rising from the home of Pele. She saw her sisters and friend going
to the sea. She saw her beloved grove of lehua trees being destroyed by
a lava flow. Bitterness filled her heart and she wept over her fate.

Wahine-omao, who could not see what her companion saw, upbraided
her with these words, “How do you know these things? We are in the
forest and cannot see beyond its limits. Complain no more, for you
weary me.”

So in silence they walked on until they came to Hilo where the king
was having games. In the midst of the people two beautiful women
decorated with leis of seafoam were singing. As the eyes of the king fell
upon Hiiaka and her companion, he was startled to see how far their
beauty surpassed the beauty of the singers.

When Hiiaka saw the beautiful women she said, “These are not
women. They are akua.”

The king replied, “Akua would not come at midday and eat and drink
with us. These women refused to sing until we had given them presents.”

Hiiaka still contended that they were not what they appeared to be and
asked the king, “Allow me to try them. If I look at them and they depart,
you will know that they are akua. If they stay you will know that they
are human.”

To this request the king replied, “What wager will you place that they
are not human?”

Hiiaka answered, ‘““My companion and I have no property, but we will
wager our bodies.”

12 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Whereupon a man in the crowd called, “It is not good to wager one’s
body. Let me back your wager with my property.”

To the king’s question as to what his property consisted of he replied
that he owned a canoe, a fishing net, a patch of sugar cane, several taro
patches and a pig. Against all these things the king wagered two store-
houses filled with food and tapa and the land on which these buildings
stood.

As soon as these wagers had been placed, Hiiaka approached the women.
When they saw her, one said, “She is our lord.” Whereupon they ran.
Hiiaka followed and put them both to death as her supernatural powers
were greater than theirs.

As she returned to the king the crowd cheered her for her beauty and
bravery. The king paid his wager and Hiiaka gave it to the man who had
helped her. Calling Wahine-omao, Hiiaka hurried on to the river Wai-
luku, where they saw a man ferrying freight. He agreed to take them
across the river, and so the friends left Hilo and entered the forest, where
their path was beset by akua trying to delay them. Hiiaka killed all who
blocked their way and came at last to the plains of Makiki.

By this time the forty days allotted for making the journey to Kauai
had expired, but Hiiaka decided to go on anyway. More troubles befell
them. A certain king, Maka’ukiu, tried to block their way by causing
huge waves to break over the cliffs so that they could not swim around
the point. Hiiaka prayed and the sea became calm.

So they traveled on. A bird flew over them carrying a spray of be-
gonia in its bill. Hiiaka sang a mele in which she expressed a wish for
a safe journey on the errand of her powerful sister Pele.

Finally they came upon some men loading a canoe with gifts which
they said were to be taken to Olepau, the king of Maui. The women
asked to be taken in the canoe. The men consented and the next morning
they reached Kahikinui on Maui.

As soon as the canoe grated on the beach, the two young women sprang
ashore and called to the canoe-men that they were going to search for a
bath. In fact they hurried on to Keala where the plains had been burned
off. There the natives were catching plover with baited sticks. Hiiaka
startled them with these words, “I am sorry for the king of Maui. He is
dead. You are so engrossed in catching plover and grasshoppers that you
have no time for your king.”

The people could not believe these words, but nevertheless, they re-
turned home and found that they were indeed true. Their king was dead.
They hurried to the celebrated prophet and told him that two young
women had made known to them the king’s death. When he had heard

Rice—Hawatian Legends 13

the description of the women, the prophet said that they were Hiiaka and
Wahine-omao. He sent messengers as swift as arrows shot from the bow
to overtake them.

When Hiiaka saw these messengers following her she changed herself
and her companion into feeble old women. Soon the messengers overtook
them and asked if they had seen anything of two beautiful young women.

Hiiaka answered that two such women had passed them long before.
The messengers hurried on but, overtaking no one, they returned to the
prophet and told him their experience.

The prophet knew that the old women were Hiiaka and Wahine-omao
in disguise. He said that they must be brought back before the king could
come to life. This time he did not trust their capture to messengers, but
he himself swam around the point and met them coming from the other
direction.

Hiiaka consented to return and restore the king to life. She told the
prophet to go ahead and gather all the sweet smelling herbs. This he did
in the twinkling of an eye, but Hiiaka and her friend had reached the king
and brought him to life before the prophet got there. Then the prophet
knew that the women were akua.

Inquiring whither they were bound he learned that they were on their
way to Haena to find Lohiau. The prophet ordered the king’s canoe-men
to bring out the canoe and to take the travelers to Koolau on Oahu.

After an uneventful trip of a day and a night the friends were landed
at Koolau. The canoe-men asked them where they were going and were
told that Ewa was their destination. The men answered that Ewa was
kapu for them, so they rested near the sea.

Then Hiiaka began her journey to the Nuuanu Pali. The woman in
charge of the Pali tried to delay her, but was struck down by the prowess
of the stranger.

After this there were no difficulties encountered as they made their
way to Kalihi. There they saw a great many people diving for clams.
Nearby two men were preparing a canoe for a trip to Kauai. Hiiaka told
them that she had heard many times of Kauai but had no way of going
there. The men, noticing that the speaker and her friend were young and
beautiful, generously offered them a seat in their canoe.

As the sea was rough Hiiaka wanted to help with the paddling, but
the men were strong and never became tired. They landed at Wailua and
encountered many difficulties in traveling from there to Haena.

First a certain Kupua, the demi-god of the locality, guarding the surf,
saw them coming and sent messengers to see if they walked over the ti
leaf without breaking it, which was a sign that they were supernatural

14 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

beings—akua. Hiiaka deceived them by sending Wahine-omao ahead as
she was more human and her feet tore the leaves. The messengers returned
and reported that the strangers were human beings.

Next they came upon a Kupua swollen to twice his natural size, but he
was unable to stop them.

Near Kealia they came upon a man cooking his /uaw or young taro
leaves to eat with his poi. Hiiaka by her magic power cooked the /uau
in a few minutes.

Looking into the man’s house Hiiaka saw a very sick woman whom all
the kahuna had been unable to help. Hiiaka uttered a prayer and at once
health was given back to the woman.

Having done this act of kindness, Hiiaka went on her way to Hanalei.
At the valley of Kiaiakua the akua were lying in wait to stop them. As
one tried to block their way, Hiiaka gave him a blow like a stroke of
lightning and he fell back stunned.

At the mouth of the Hanalei River they again met resistance from an
angry akua, who was struck to earth as the others had been.

Coming to Kealahula they saw Hoohila comping her hair. She, too,
tried to delay their journey by making the sea break over the cliff.
Wahine-omao threw sand into the eyes of the akua, and this difficulty
was overcome.

Near Wainiha they were treated more kindly. The great fisherman
of the place killed his favorite dog for them and then gave games in their
honor.

So the travelers were nearing their journey’s end. As they came to
the wet caves dug by Pele in her efforts to find a suitable home for herself
and Lohiau, Kilioe, the sister of Lohiau, saw them, covered with lehua
leis, and knew that they had come for her brother. Kilioe was the great
hula dancer and teacher. No one could hula in public on Kauai unless
approved by her and given the wnike, the sign which served in place of a
diploma.

But, alas, the beloved Lohiau was dead and in a mele Kilioe made
known this sad fact to Hiiaka. Hiiaka was not discouraged, for magic
power was in her hands and she set about overcoming this difficulty,
apparently the greatest of all.

As luck would have it, she saw the spirit of Lohiau flying over one
of the points nearby. He was beckoning to her. Hiiaka gave to Wahine-
omao swiftness of flight and together they chased the elusive spirit over
many a steep pali. When they came to the ladder of Nualolo, the weary

”

Wahine-omao cried, “Indeed you must love this Lohiau greatly.

Rice—Hawauan Legends 15

At last Hiiaka caught the spirit in a flower and hurried back to the
pali above the wet caves where the body of Lohiau had been laid. Then
she began her task of putting the spirit back into the body.

Kaleiapaoa was fishing and grieving over the death of his truest friend.
Looking towards the mountains he was startled to see a fire. At first he
thought it was only the spirit body of Lohiau, but as it continued to burn
he thought that someone must be attempting to steal the body of his
chief. Quickly coming ashore he silently climbed up the pali and was
greatly surprised to see two beautiful women trying to put the spirit back
into Lohiau’s body. This sight filled him with gladness and he returned
to his home, where he told his wife what was being done by the strangers.

In the meantime Hiiaka was patiently accomplishing her task. She
put the spirit back into the body through an incision in the great toe, but
she found it very difficult to get the spirit past the ankles and the knee
joints. However, after she had worked for eight days Lohiau was restored
to life. Hiiaka carried him to his home and bathed him in the sea on five
successive nights, as was the custom. At the end of that time he was
purified, so that he could again mingle with his friends.

Then for the first time in many days Hiiaka and Wahine-omao slept
very soundly. Lohiau’s sister passed by the house and, seeing the door
open, entered. She was surprised to see her brother sleeping soundly. She
beat the drum and made known to all the people that Lohiau, their chief,
was alive again. Many came, bringing gifts with grateful hearts.

Hiiaka was very anxious to start for Hawaii, as the forty days allotted
her had long since expired and she feared that Pele would be angry.

At Kealia the chief entertained the three guests with sports in which
Lohiau was very skillful. Reaching Kapaa, they met the king, who gave
them a canoe to carry them to Oahu.

After a short stay on this island, where there was much dancing and
royal feasting, the travelers left for Hawaii. As they were passing Molokai,
Hiiaka saw a chiefess standing near the shore and asked her to give them
fish. The chiefess replied, “I have no fish for you, proud slave.” These
words so angered Hiiaka that she swam ashore and killed her.

After this adventure they went on quietly until they reached Hawaii,
where they landed at Puna and then hastened on towards the home of
Pele and to a relentless fate.

When they came to the brink of the volcano, Hiiaka sent Wahine-omao
ahead to greet Pele while she and Lohiau stayed behind. ‘There in full
view of Pele and her other sisters, Hiiaka, suddenly overcome with emotion

for the man she had grown to love, threw her arms around him and
kissed him.

16 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Pele’s anger knew no bounds. She cried, “Why did she not kiss Lohiau
while they were on Kauai? She does it before my eyes to laugh at me.”

Seeking revenge, Pele sent her sisters to destroy her lover by means
of a lava flow. They put on their fire robes and went forth rather unwill-
ingly. When they came near and saw how handsome Lohiau was, pity
took hold of them and they cast only a few cinders at his feet and returned
to Pele in fear. Hiiaka knew that the falling cinders would be followed
by fire and so she told Lohiau to pray.

When Pele saw her people returning from their unaccomplished errand
she sent them back, commanding them to put aside their pity for the hand-
some man. So the five burst forth again and gradually surrounded
Lohiau. At last the rocky lava covered his body.

When Hiiaka saw what her sister had done, she was so angry that
she dug a tunnel from the volcano to the sea, through which she poured
the fire, leaving only a little in the crater. This small amount was kept
by one of her brothers under his arm.

Seeing what Hiiaka was doing, Pele became alarmed and sent Wahine-
omao to beg her to spare her sisters. Hiiaka did not heed her friend
and Pele cried, “This is a punishment sent upon me because I did not
care for Hiiaka’s friend, and I allowed her lehua trees to be burned.”

Wahine-omao again entreated Hiiaka to spare Pele, recalling to her
mind the many days of travel they had spent together. At last Hiiaka
promised to spare Pele but refused to see her again.

As soon as possible she returned to Kauai and told the faithful Kaleia-
paoa what Pele had done. This true friend of Lohiau made a solemn vow
to pull out the eyelashes of Pele and to fill her mouth with dirt.

Led by the magic power of Hiiaka, Kaleiapaoa soon reached the outer
brink of the crater and began to attack Pele with vile names. Pele answered
by urging him to come down and carry out his oath. Attempting many
times to descend and punish Pele, he was always forced back. At last
Pele allowed him to come before her, but he no longer wished to carry
out his threat. Pele had conquered him by her beauty and charm. After
he had remained in the crater four days, he was persuaded to return to
Kauai with Hiiaka as his wife.

Two brothers of Pele who had come from foreign lands, saw Lohiau’s
body lying as a stone where the lava flow had overtaken him. Pity welled
up in their hearts and they brought Lohiau to life again. One of these
brothers made his own body into a canoe and carried the unfortunate
Lohiau to Kauai, where he was put ashore at Ahukini.

Coming to Hanamaulu, Lohiau found all the houses but one closed. In
that one were two old men, one of whom recognized him and asked him to

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 17

enter. The men were making tapa which they expected to carry soon to
Kapaa, where games were being held in honor of Kaleiapaoa and his bride,
Hiiaka.

As soon as the tapa was prepared, the men, joined by Lohiau, started
for the sports. At the Wailua River discussion arose. Lohiau wanted to
swim across, but the men insisted on carrying him over on the palms of
their outstretched hands.

When they reached Waipouli, Lohiau suggested that the men carry
the tapa over a stick, so that he could be concealed between its folds. This
was done and at last they came close to Hiiaka.

Lohiau told the men to enter the kilu'! game. Lohiau promised to oli
for them in case they were struck. First the old man was struck, and
from his hiding place Lohiau sang a song that he and Hiiaka had sung
in their travels. The next night in the game the other old man was struck,
and Lohiau sang the song that he and Hiiaka had composed as they neared
the volcano.

Hiiaka knew that these were the songs that she and Lohiau had sung
together during their days of travel. She lifted up the tapa and saw again
Lohiau—the man twice restored to life from death, the lover for whom she
had dared the wrath of Pele, the mate whom she now encircled with
loving arms.

When Kaleiapaoa saw that his old friend had returned, his shame and
sorrow were so great that he hastened to the sea and threw himself into
the water to meet his death.

So, at last, Hiiaka and Lohiau were united and lived happily at Haena
for many years.

*See glossary.

18 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

THE RAINBOW PRINCESS
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

A family of Hawaiians were moving into the valley of Nualolo, on
the Napali coast. To reach this valley it was necessary to climb up a
swinging ladder, which hung over the cliff. One man was carrying a
baby girl, and as he swung on to the swaying ladder he dropped the child.
The parents, in agony, watched their baby falling but were overjoyed to
see the akua of the rainbow catch her up before she struck the water,
and carry her on the rainbow over the mountains down to Waimea valley.
In this valley, they placed her in a small cave beneath a waterfall. There
she lived, watched over by the akua, who always sent the rainbow to
care for her. There she grew, at length, into beautiful womanhood, and
every day she sat in the sunshine on the rocks above the cave with a rain-
bow above her head.

Then it happened that a prince from Waimea fell deeply in love with
the beautiful Rainbow princess, as she was called. He would hasten to
the rocks above the waterfall and try to woo her. But his efforts were all
in vain, for with a merry laugh she would dive into the water and call
to him, ‘When you can call me by name, I will come to you.”

At last, growing sick with longing for the princess, he journeyed to
Maui and Hawaii to consult the kahuna in regard to the girl’s name.
Alas, none could help him!

In despair he returned to Waimea and called on his old grandmother
who inquired the reason for his great sadness. The prince replied, “I love
the Rainbow Princess who lives in the waterfall. She only laughs at me
and tells me that when I can call her by name she will be my wife. I have
consulted all the kahuna and none can tell me her name.”

With these words the grandmother cheered the heart of the sorrowing
prince, “If you had come to me I could have told you her name. Go to
the waterfall. When the princess laughs at you, call her U-a, which means
rain.”

The prince hastened to the waterfall and when he called “U-a” the
beautiful maiden went to him. They were married and lived together
many happy years.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 19

ULUKAA, THE ROLLING ISLAND

Kaeweaoho, the king of Waipio, Hawaii, was greatly beloved by his
people because he give them a beneficent government. After he had reigned a
short time he chose two men from his people as his personal fishermen.
Fishing was one of his favorite sports. He often asked his fishermen to
allow him to go fishing with them, but they always refused to take him
because they feared some accident might befall them at sea, and their king
would be in danger.

The king showed such favoritism to his fishermen that his head steward
became very jealous and in his heart plotted injury to them. One day
when the men were away fishing the head steward left no food at their
homes. When the fishermen returned from the king’s fishing with baskets
full of fish they found no food at their homes. Being very hungry they
kept a few of the smaller fish from the king’s basket.

The next morning they went fishing as usual. They returned at night
and again found no food at their homes. This time they believed that
the king had given his order that no food be left for them. They could
not understand the king’s neglect, for they had always served him faith-
fully and had brought to him their entire catch of fish. Anger against
their lord grew in their hearts and they decided to get revenge in this
manner: The next time the king asked to go fishing with them, they would
take him and would leave him in the deep sea. They prepared their canoe.
They placed in it four paddles and two gourd bailers. Under their fishing
tackle they concealed two paddles and one gourd.

Early the next morning the young king, Kaeweaoho, came to his
fishermen and begged them to take him with them as the sea was very
smooth. They answered, “Yes, O King, today you shall go with us for the
sea is smooth and we have too often refused your request.”

They got into the canoe and paddled out until the sea hid the land.
The king often asked, “Where are your fishing grounds?”

To this question the fishermen replied, “See the white caps yonder.
There we shall find the best fishing. Where the sea drinks in the point
of Hanakaki, there lies Hina’s canoe. ‘There we shall drop anchor.”

The king thought that fish were to be found nearer land, but they
told him that only poopaa, the easiest fish to catch, were in the shallow
water. In the deep sea all the best fish lived.

When land could no longer be seen, the two fishermen began to carry
out their cruel plan. One man dropped his paddle, saying that a wave had
knocked it from his hand. Then the gourd and the other paddle were
dropped into the sea and were carried away by the waves.

20 Bernice P. Bishop Museuwm—Bulletin

The king, seeing the danger they were in, said, “I am the youngest
man here. Let me swim for the paddles, which are still close by. Then
we can go safely home.”

One of the men replied, “Do not jump into the sea. The big fish will
devour you.” But the king heeded not and was soon swimming for the
paddles. Then the fishermen took out their hidden paddles and turned the
canoe towards land.

The bewildered king called to them, “Come and save your king. If
I have done wrong I shall right it. You shall have lands. Come and get
me or I shall die.”

The fishermen paddled away as fast as they could. Then the king
looked about him and saw no signs of land. He wept bitterly, fearing that
he would never again see his parents. While the unhappy king was weep-
ing in great distress, the rainbow, the fine mist, and the red glow, all
signs that he was a high chief, hung over him.

As Kaeweaoho was swimming, Kuwahailo, Kaanaelike’s grandfather,
looked down from the sky and seeing the high chief signs hovering over
a swimmer knew that the man must be a very high chief or a king who
would make a suitable husband for his favorite granddaughter, who lived
on Ulukaa. So he decided to save the swimmer.

At once a great storm arose on the sea, and Kuwahailo moved the
rolling island close to the young king. Kaeweaoho was alarmed when he
heard the big waves breaking on the land. He thought it was the big fish
coming to devour him. Just as his strength was failing a breaker rolled
him upon the soft sand where he lay as one dead.

When life returned to him he was greatly surprised to find himself
on land. He tried to rise but was scarcely able to do so, as his limbs were
cramped from the many hours he had spent in the water. He fell back
on the warm sand and slept for many hours. At last the heat of the sun
awakened him. He stood up and saw that the land was very beautiful.
As he was looking about hunger whispered to him, “Do not tarry to admire
the landscape. Walk on until you find something to eat.” The king did
as hunger bade him and finding ripe bananas ate of them, and strength
returned to him.

After Kaeweaoho had eaten he decided to go on to see if he could find
who inhabited this beautiful land. He had not gone far before he came
upon a large taro patch, the banks of which were covered with breadfruit,
sweet potatoes, sugar-cane, and bananas. The king eagerly partook of
food and his beauty returned like the beauty of the young banana leaf.

Kaeweaoho saw no signs of any house. He wondered to whom such
a beautiful island belonged. While he was wondering, the queen of the

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 7

island, Kaanaelike, was watching him secretly, admiring his beauty and
rejoicing over the coming of such a handsome creature. She had never
seen a man before. At last her curiosity led her to speak thus to the
stranger: “I grieve to see you eating food which is poisonous, food which
only birds should eat. We of this land eat only berries.” These words
carried to Kaeweaoho the knowledge that all these fruits had not been
planted by the hand of man.

When the queen asked the stranger whence he had come, he answered,
“T have long heard of the beauties of this land. Now I hear the music
of your voice. If I speak in the language of my land you will ridicule
me. I came from the sea where a cruel wave wrecked my canoe. Give
me food, for I am hungry.”

Kaanaelike led the way to her house from which she brought out
berries for the king to eat. The king told her that he could not eat raw
food, and asked her why she did not cook the fruit. The queen replied
that cooking was unknown to her and also to her parents, who were in
the mountains gathering berries.

Kaeweaoho saw many dead trees nearby so he gathered the dry boughs
and after having made an imu he rubbed two dry sticks together as he had
seen his servants do in his far away island. He found it difficult to get
a spark of fire but at last he was successful. He then bent over the tiny
flame to strengthen it by blowing in it. Suddenly it blazed up and burnt
off his eyebrows. The first fire of the king was not a very successful one,
but he made another which proved to be a good one. After the king had
placed the food in the imw to cook, he went to fish. When he had caught
a few fish he came back and lying down beside the imu, fell asleep.

The queen found him there and believing him dead, cried, “Why did
you labor so hard? You have killed yourself, my beautiful one.”

These words awakened the king, who hurriedly uncovered his imu. He
took out the taro and after peeling it ate the first food he had ever
cooked. Busy thoughts filled his mind, thoughts of how changed his life
was. As a king he had been born to every luxury. Now he was an out-
cast working to find food to keep his body alive.

Soon he put aside these sad thoughts and called to Kaanaelike to come
and taste the cooked food. She feared it would poison her and that she
would never see her parents again, but the king told her it would make
her grow more beautiful. At last he persuaded her to try first the taro,
then the breadfruit. After a time Kaanaelike tasted the sweet potato, which
the king said would give her great strength and beauty. She was surprised
to find that no harm came to her.

22 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Kaanaelike asked the Man-from-the-Sea, as she called the king, to go
home with her. When he reached her house he found it filled with berries.
These the queen threw out, and making a bed of mats gave the stranger
a room. Thus they lived for two months. Daily he cooked food and fish
in his imu and the queen eating thereof grew more beautiful.

At the end of two months Kaanaelike’s parents sent messengers from
the mountains with packs loaded with berries. As they neared the house
they saw their queen eating the cooked food, so dropping their packs
they rushed back to the mountains crying, “The queen will be killed! The
queen will be killed!”

As soon as the queen’s parents heard these words they ordered everyone
to follow them to the seashore.

When Kaanaelike saw the messengers running back to the mountains
she spoke to Kaeweaoho in this manner: “Man-from-the-Sea, dig a hole
under my room. We will line it with mats and there you can hide so that
my parents will not kill you when they come.” This they did and she hid
the king.

When her parents came Kaanaelike ate the cooked food. At once they
and their followers began to wail, thinking that she would die. She told
her parents that she would not die. She had eaten of this food for two
months, and they could see that she was more beautiful and stronger than
before. She persuaded them to eat of the cooked food and she gave the
remainder to the followers.

Then her parents asked Kaanaelike how she had learned to cook food.
She told them that the Man-from-the-Sea, who had been very kind to her,
had taught her. Her parents said, “If these things you tell us are true the
Man-from-the-Sea must be very good.”

No longer fearing for his life, Kaanaelike removed the mats and led
forth the king, whom she said she loved and wish to marry. Her parents
told her that this could not be without the consent of her grandfather.
Kaanaelike asked where her grandfather lived, and learned that his home
was in the sky.

In order to visit her grandfather to gain his consent, Kaanaelike was
directed to a large calabash which concealed a small coconut tree. This
tree she was told to climb. Before she began to climb it her parents gave
her the sacred pa-u, or skirt, which she was to hold on her lap and no harm
would ever befall her.

No sooner had the queen climbed into the tree than it began to grow.
It grew and grew until it reached the deep blue of heaven. In the sky she
found an opening which led into the kingdom of her grandfather. She

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 23

went in, and as soon as she had left the tree it grew smaller and smaller,
until it reached its original size.

After watching the coconut tree disappear Kaanaelike saw a path which
she followed until she came to two guards keeping watch over a large stone
hollowed out like a huge pot. The guards urged this woman to depart
at once before their master came, for he spared neither man, woman, nor
child; all shared the same cruel death in the pot.

Kaanaelike did not obey them but asked for her grandfather, Kuwahailo.
The guards replied, “You are asking for our lord. He has gone to hunt
for more victims to fill his pot. He takes any person he finds, old or
young, until his pot is full. He heats a huge stone until it is red hot,
then he rolls it into the pot, and so cooks his victims. You see all about
you the bones of many victims. Therefore, be advised, you who are
young and beautiful. If you wish to live return at once by the path you
came.”

But Kaanaelike was determined to see her grandfather and asked which
way he had gone. The guards said that he had gone to the East looking
for victims to hurl into his pot. Then the granddaughter asked where their
lord slept and they answered, “It is not known to us. His home is held
sacred. It is kapu for us, his servants, to go there. We have warned
you. Now depart if you wish to live.”

Still Kaanaelike questioned them: “When does your mighty lord
return ?”

To this they answered that she would know, for the land would quake,
the trees would be bent over, and the wind would blow. First his tongue
would come with victims in its hollow. Then his body would follow.

After Kaanaelike had heard all these things she followed a path which
led to a cave. In the cave was a pile of bones of chiefs whom the king
had eaten. Nearby was a smooth stone used as a pillow by the king. The
queen was becoming very weary and so she rolled up her sacred pa-u, and
using it as a pillow, lay down on the mats to rest. Suddenly she felt the
earth quake and heard the wind blowing. Then she remembered that
these were the signs of the coming of her grandfather.

When Kuwahailo reached his-guards he called out in a loud voice, “I
smell the blood of a mortal!”

In fear the guards answered, “We have seen no one pass by. Someone
may have passed behind us. We saw no one as we were busy guarding
the pot.”

The angry king said, “If you lie to me I shall eat you both!” Then
he looked to the east, and west, and south. He saw no one. As he turned

24 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

towards his home, he cried, “The presumptuous mortal has dared to enter
my cave. He will answer for this by his death!”

Before entering his home the king unfastened his huge tongue and
hung it at the side of the cave. As soon as he stepped into the cave he
saw a woman lying on his bed. Violent anger possessed him. He tried
to seize her, but when he touched her he received a severe shock, almost
like a kick. The sacred pa-u was protecting Kaanaelike. Kuwahailo knew
that this was no ordinary mortal. He looked closely at her and saw that
she was his own granddaughter. He cried, “Arise, my child. Why did
you come to visit me without my knowledge? I have always warned your
parents to inform me when to expect visits from you. Had I known you
were coming I would have cleaned my cave.”

Kaanaelike was angry and without replying she struck the side of the
cave with such force that all the hangings and decorations fell from the
walls.

The king cried, “What an angry granddaughter I have here. See, you
have knocked from the walls the sacred bones of your ancestors.”

These words drove away anger from her heart, and Kaanaelike sat on
the sacred lap of her grandfather, who inquired what great object had
brought her to him. She told him that she had come to gain his permission
to marry the man who had come to her island from the sea.

The king was silent for a few minutes before replying, “Neither you
nor your parents brought that man to your island. I sent him there. I
saw him swimming in the sea. The signs of a high chief were hovering
over him and I knew he would be a suitable husband for you. So I rolled
Ulukaa up to him. Therefore, go back and take him as your husband.
Do not make him work for you, for I shall take your life if you do.”

Kaanaelike answered her grandfather thus: “All you say is good. I
shall obey all your commands. But I have power as well as you. If I
promise to obey you, you must likewise promise to obey me. You must
not eat any more people.” “That is only fair, my granddaughter,”
answered the king.

At once he went to his guards and told them to release the victims
from the pot, to send them home, and then to go home themselves. Then
he returned to his granddaughter, who asked where the path to her island
lay. The king took his tongue from the side of the cave and fastened it
in his mouth. Taking her sacred pa-u with her, Kaanaelike sat on the
crook of the tongue, while the giant slowly lowered her to the Rolling
Island. As soon as she was safely home the tongue disappeared.

Kaanaelike hastened to her parents to tell them the outcome of her
visit. She told them how her grandfather had rolled her island up to the

Rice—Hawaian Legends 25

man struggling in the sea, and had selected him as a husband for her
whom they must all obey.

Her parents said, “Now great happiness dwells with us. If your grand-
father had refused to allow you to marry the man from the sea, we would
have given him to your younger sister.”

The marriage of Kaanaelike and Kaeweaoho was celebrated by a great
luau.

During the years that Kaewaeoho had ruled his people on Hawaii his
fame had spread to all the islands, for he had cared tenderly for his sub-
jects and had given them a wise and just rule.

At his disappearance his bird sisters had flown over the world hunting
for him. At last, after he had been married to Kaanaelike for six months,
they found him on Ulukaa. As he lay on the sand they cast him into
deep sleep. A dream came to him. He heard a voice saying, “You are
living in peace with your beautiful wife while your people far away are
going up and down the land mourning for you. Your sacred temple has
been desecrated; your bundles of tapa have been used by evil ones; your
awa has been drunk; your sacred landing has been used; your parents
mourn so that they are no longer able to eat, and sleep comes not often to
them. O King, beloved by all, sleep now, but when you awake return to
your land for which you had such great aloha.”

When Kaeweaoho awoke he was surprised to find that he had heard
this voice in a dream. Three times the same dream came to him. He be-
came very heavy-hearted. He wanted to return to Hawaii, but he had no
canoe. Hourly this dream, like an image, haunted him. As he remembered
his aged, grief-stricken parents and his unhappy subjects, tears filled his
eyes.

When his wife noticed his sad demeanor, she cried, “O my Man-from-
the-Sea, why do your tears flow? Have my parents been unkind to you?”

To these words her husband replied, “Your parents have not been
unkind to me. I weep because I pine for my native land. On your island
I am called the Man-from-the-Sea. In my land I am a great king. The
island of Hawaii is my kingdom.”

Kaanaelike went weeping to her parents and told them that her hus-
band was the king of Hawaii, and that grief because of his treatment on
their island filled her heart.

Her parents knew that the king of Hawaii was called Kaeweaoho. They
told their daughter to ask her husband his name. If he replied “Kae-
weaoho,” she would know that he was not deceiving her.

26 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

As soon as Kaanaelike asked her husband this question he answered,
“In your land I am called the Man-from-the-Sea. In my land I am called
Kaeweaoho, King of Hawaii.”

Then Kaanaelike’s parents knew that their daughter was not deceived,
for they had heard much of the wise and just rule of this king.

Kaanaelike begged her husband not to return to Hawaii. ‘Wait until
old age dims our eyes before you leave me for your native land,” she wept.

Her husband answered, “Hawaii calls me. My people need me. [I shall
go. Ifa son is born to us call him Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off, Na-kue-maka-
pauikeahi. If a daughter is born to us you may name her as it pleases
you. My love for you is great, but I cannot remain here. I must return
to my people and my country.”

By these words the unhappy Kaanaelike knew that her husband would
leave her, and so she prepared to carry out his wishes. She ordered a
canoe to be built for him. ‘This canoe was to be built in one day, cut in
the early morning, and ready for the sea by sunset. This canoe was to be
red, with a red mast, red sails, red ropes, and the sailors were to be
dressed in red tapa.

At sunset Kaeweaoho and his sailors got into the canoe. Kaanaelike
warned them not to look back lest some dire calamity befall them on their
journey. As the canoe glided over the sea, Kaanaelike rolled her island
along close to it until she saw the waves breaking on the shores of Hawaii.
Then she rolled her island back into the sea. Kaeweaoho looked back and
saw only the vast water.

As Kaeweaoho approached his sacred landing he heard the crowd cry-
ing, “The kapu is broken. Now anyone can use the king’s landing.” Then
he knew that his dream was true.

When the people saw Kaewaeoho they at once recognized their lost
king, and with tears of joy they rushed to the sea, and, seizing the canoe,
carried it into the palace yard on their shoulders, with the king and all
the sailors in it. Before the palace they lowered the canoe. The king
gave his great aloha to all. He entered his home, and greeted his
parents and all his chiefs, whom he found living in filth and want, mourn-
ing his long absence.

Kaeweaoho issued a proclamation saying that all the sacred places
which had been desecrated should be returned to their kapu or again set
apart, and that all lands set aside for the king’s use should be reserved for
him as before. He then sent his messengers to find and bring before him
the two fishermen who had deserted him at sea.

The messengers easily found these men, for they had not heard of the
king’s return. When they were brought before the king they knew him

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 27

to be the one they had left to die in the deep sea. ‘Terror filled their
hearts.

The king spoke to them in these words, “Why did you leave me at sea
when I swam for the paddles? Were you angry with me? Had I done
you any wrong?”

The terrified men answered, “Yes, you had done us a great wrong.
Day after day, while we were fishing for you, no food was left at our
homes by your orders.”

These words greatly troubled the king. He sent for his head steward
who allotted each man’s food. When the steward came before the king
he crawled on his hands and knees. He could not reply to the king’s
questions, and so he was ordered to be put to death. The king left the
punishment of his fishermen to his subjects. They sentenced them to die
also. So the three men were executed that day.

After Kaeweaoho had departed from Ulukaa, Kaanaelike was very
troubled. She wondered what she would say to her child when it asked
for its father. After her husband had been gone three years a son was
born to the queen, whom she named Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off. When he was
two days old he could walk, and when three days old he could talk. On
the sixth day of his life he could play ke’a pua? with the large boys. That
day he said to his mother, ‘““Where is my father?”

Kaanaelike replied, “You have no father.”

Her son replied, “Yes, I must have a father. Was I not named Eye-
Brows-Burnt-Off because my father burned off his eyebrows making an
imu?”

Then Kaanaelike knew that her secret had been made known to her
son and she told him that his father was the king of Hawaii.

Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off wanted to seek his father at once. His mother
told him that he could go when the canoe returned from Hawaii. Kaanae-
like read the signs in the heavens and knew that her son would die if he
went to Hawaii. This she told him but he only replied, “If I go to seek
my father and die, it is well. If I live it is well.”

So Kaanaelike prepared the canoe for her son as she had prepared it
for her husband. As the boy entered it she cried to him, “Go and find
your father. Give him my aloha. I fear you will never see him. You
will be killed by his subjects. Do not look back. Let nothing stop you
until you reach your father.”

Then she followed the canoe with her rolling island until she could
see the sacred landing of the king.

?This game is described in the legend of the Menehune.

28 Bernice P. Bishop Musewn—Bulletin

When the people on shore saw a red canoe nearing the beach they
cried, “Kill anyone who attempts to land. No man, woman, or child shall
desecrate the king’s landing place.”

As Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off came closer to land he said to his sailors,
“Paddle no farther. I shall go ashore alone. If I am killed, return at
once to Ulukaa. If I die it is well. If I reach land safely I shall build
a fire. If the smoke blows towards the sea I live. If it blows towards
land I die.”

After he had spoken these words, the boy jumped into the sea and
swam ashore. Someone tore off his clothes, but he jumped on the heads
of the people standing close together in the crowd, and ran on them until
he reached the gate to the palace yard. There, Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off tried
to slip past the guards, who had the power of life and death over anyone
entering the yard. One kindly guard wanted to let the child pass, but
the other guard struck him as he ran by.

Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off breathlessly entered the room where his father
was sleeping. ‘Twelve kahili bearers were gently waving their kahili over
the sleeping king. As the boy sprang up and sat on his father’s lap the
priest, who had mystic powers, recognized him as the king’s son and warned
the attendants to treat him well. When the king awoke he said, “Who is
this on my lap?”

The boy answered, “I am Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off. Your wife, Kaanaelike,
sent her aloha to you. Behold, I am wounded at the hands of your
people.”

Kaeweaoho was very angry to think that anyone had laid hands on his
son, and quickly ordered any person who had harmed him to be put to
death. The unkind guard and many others were executed. At last Eye-
Brows-Burnt-Off begged his father not to kill any more.

The king then prepared a great feast for his son from Ulukaa. As
they lit the imu the smoke rose and was swept to the sea by the breeze
from the mountains. ‘Thus the paddlers knew that their master lived.

When the feast was spread and all were seated, Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off
said, “I cannot enjoy this luau. My faithful paddlers are still at sea. I
had forgotten them.”

The king sent at once for these men, who were given places at the
feast, where they were treated as honored guests by all the chiefs of
Hawaii. After the meal, they were sent to the houses they had occupied
on their former visit to Hawaii, when they had brought the king home.

When evening came, Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off told his father that at sun-
rise on the following day he would return to Ulukaa. The king urged him

Rice—Hawaian Legends no)

to stay with him but the boy answered, “If I remain you will die. My
mother has gathered all her sisters together to try you. After I am gone
you must build eleven houses for them. They will come here and each one
will pretend that she is your wife. You must send each one to the house
you have prepared for her. When the youngest sister, Keahiwela, who
is the most beautiful, comes, you will think that she is your wife. You
must tell her that even her whole body is not as beautiful as your wife’s
eyes. Kaanaelike will be the last to come ashore. If she sits on your lap
and kisses you, you will know that she is your wife, and your life will be
spared. If you do not do as I say, death will be your fate.”

Early the next morning Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off got into his canoe and
started for Ulukaa. As they neared the Rolling Island the boy saw the
eleven beautiful women. His mother was looking at them from the top
of her house. She was preparing to go to Hawaii to avenge the injuries
done her son by her husband’s subjects.

As soon as the boy stepped ashore, the beautiful women got into the
canoe. Kaanaelike was the last to enter. She moved the Rolling Island
close to Hawaii. Just at daybreak her island disappeared, and with her
sisters concealed in the canoe, the angry queen paddled toward the shore.
When the natives saw the canoe coming to the king’s sacred landing they
cried, “The canoe comes which took the prince away. A woman is paddling
thse?

After the canoe had reached the shore one of the beautiful sisters
stepped on land. ‘The people cried, “What a beautiful woman. She must
be the king’s wife. Take her to the palace.”

But the king remembering his son’s words, said, “She is not my wife.
Lead her to her house.”

When the sixth sister stepped ashore the people cried, “This is your
wife. Admit her to the palace. There are no more beautiful women in the
canoe.”

She looked so much like Kaanaelike that even the king thought she was
his wife, but his kahuna warned him, “Take her not. She is not your
wife. If you admit her you will die. The sea will cover your land.”

She was sent to her house.

When the youngest sister came, the king was certain she was his wife.
But as before his kahuna warned him to remember his son’s words. So she
was sent to her house, having first been told that her beauty could not
compare with that of Kaanaelike.

At last Kaanaelike came to the palace of her king. Her beauty was as
blinding as the sun. The people were unable to look upon her. Then
Kaeweaoho knew that she was his wife. His son had spoken truthfully,

30 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

and a great aloha for the boy filled the father’s heart. Kaanaelike sat
on her husband’s lap and kissed him, and he knew that he would live.

Kaanaelike made known her plans. She said that when the sun rose
on the following day, the king should return with her to Ulukaa. The
king agreed to this. At sunrise the king and queen paddled away from
Hawaii, which was left in the hands of Kaeweaoho’s father. The father
ruled until all the chiefs of Hawaii had died. At his own death, the king-
dom passed into the hands of twins from Kauai.

After Kaanaelike and her husband had reached Ulukaa, the queen sent
all her sisters home to their own islands except the youngest sister, Kea-
hiwela, Hot-Fire, who lived with her by the sea.

In a short time Kaanaelike saw that her husband was paying too much
attention to her beautiful sister, so she took him to live under the watchful
eye of her parents.

One day the king asked permission to go fishing. His wife prepared
his bait and fishing lines. He went to the sea and caught twelve fish.
Before going home he went to the home of his wife’s sister. He wakened
her, but she warned him to go away, or his wife with her supernatural
powers would see him. The king listened to her and departed, leaving her
seven of the fish.

Towards evening the king returned home with the other five fish.
Kaanaelike felt the fish and seeing that they were dry, asked her husband
where he had been. He replied that the sun had been very hot, and he had
walked slowly. Then his wife looked at his fishing lines and saw that
twelve fish had been caught. When Kaanaelike asked where the other fish
were Kaeweaoho answered that his canoe had capsized and he had lost all
but the five which she had.

A few days later the king asked to go to catch birds. His wife pre-
pared the gum for him, and he went through the forest putting gum on the
flowers. Instead of waiting for the birds to come he hurried to the
younger sister’s house and stayed all day with her. At sunset he went
home and when his wife asked for the birds he told her that he had had
an unlucky day. She looked at the gum and said, “Plenty of birds have
been caught but no one was there to collect them.”

The next day Kaeweaoho went again to the house of the beautiful
sister. [his time his wife followed him. When she saw her husband
and sister together, she spat between them, and fire broke out which de-
stroyed the king and spread rapidly over the island, wiping out everything
and everybody. Keahiwela turned herself into a pile of stones, so that the
fire could not destroy her. Kaanaelike put out the fire to save the life of

Rice—Hawaiuan Legends 31

her son, Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off. When the fire was out, she saw the pile
of stones and knew that her sister still lived in it.

Just at this moment the foster parents of Keahiwela, who had become
greatly alarmed over her long absence, sent their dog to find her. He was
named Kuilio-loa, My-Long-Dog. Everywhere this dog went, the country
was polluted. With one bound he landed on Ulukaa and saw that all the
people on the island had been destroyed. He returned to his master, telling
him that Keahiwela was dead. The master sent him back to Ulukaa with
power to kill Kaanaelike. He jumped back to the island with his mouth
wide open to bite Kaanaelike. Keahiwela saw him and, shaking off the
rocks that covered her, jumped into the dog’s mouth. When Kaanaelike
saw the dog with bloody teeth she took her sacred pa-u and struck him,
cutting off his tail and ears. From that day to this bob-tailed dogs have
lived on the islands. ‘This dog took Keahiwela home to her parents, and
then he jumped across to Kauai where he lived until his death.

When Eye-Brows-Burnt-Off saw all that had happened on Ulukaa, he
said to his mother, “You have brought all this trouble to the land. There
are no people left for me to rule over. I shall go to some other land
where there are people. You must live here alone to the end of your life.”

The old Hawaiians believe that Kaanaelike still lives on the Rolling
Island, Ulukaa, which can be seen, a cloud-like vision, with the other eleven
islands, on the horizon at sunrise or at sunset. At sunrise the island of
Ulukaa has a reddish tinge, which shows that it is still burning. Because
they are sacred islands, it is bad luck to point at them.

32 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

THE STONES OF KANE
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

In the beginning, a woman and her two brothers, Pohakuloa and Pohaku, .
in the form of stones, came through the water from distant lands. When
they reached the reef off Haena the sister wanted to stay there, but one of
the brothers urged her to go on, saying, “If you stay here the limu will
cover you, the opifi will cling to you, and the people coming to fish will
climb over you.”

To this the sister replied, “If you go into the mountains the birds will
light on you and the lizards will crawl over you.”

So the sister stayed in the sea where at low tide she is still to be
seen. ‘The Hawaiians cali the rock O-o-aa, the Fast-Rooted. The brothers
swam towards land. When about two hundred yards inland from the
shore one became tired and lay down to rest, and there he can be seen
to this day lying, covered with moss, among the puhala trees. He is
called Pohakuloa, Long-Stone. The sand beneath Pohakuloa was used
as a burial place for common people. The other brother went on and
began to climb up the steep mountain side. The great god, Kane, saw him
and, taking pity on him, threw him up on the top of the ridge where he is
today known as the Stone of Kane, Pohaku-o-Kane.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 33

THE MENEHUNE
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

The belief of the Hawaiians of ancient times was that there was one
great continent, stretching from Hawaii, including Samoa, Lalakoa, aad
reaching as far as New Zealand, also taking in Fiji. And there were some
lowlands in between these higher lands. All this was called by one name,
that is Ka-houpo-o-Kane, the Solar-Plexus-of-Kane (the great god), and
was also called Moana-nui-kai-oo, the Great-Engulfing-Ocean. This is the
same that is mentioned in the prayer used by the kahuna ana-ana, who
can pray to death, and who can also defend from death, when they pray
in these words to ward off the evil that is keeping the sick one down:

To You, Who are the Breath of the Eighth Night:
To You, Kane, the Yellow Edge of Night:
To You Kane, the Thunder that Rumbles at Night:
To You, Kane, Kamohoalii, Brother of Pele, Sea of Forgiveness:
To You, Ku, Kane, and all the other Gods that hold up the Heavens:
And likewise the Ku, the Goddess women that hold up the Night:
To You, Kane, Who is bristling, to Ku, and to, Lono:
To You, Lono, Who is awakening as the sun rises:
To All of You in the Night: Stand up!
Let the Night pass, and Daylight come to me, the Kahuna.
Look at our sick one: If he be dying from food eaten in the day,
Or from tapa, or from what he has said,
Or from pleasures he has had a part in,
Or from walking on the high-way,
From walking, or from sitting down,
Or from the bait that has been taken,
Or from parts of food that he has left,
Or from his evil thoughts of others,
Or from finding fault, or from evils within,
From all deaths: Deliver and forgive!
Take away all great faults, and all small faults,
Throw them all into Moana-nui-kai-oo, the great ocean!
If Ku is there, or Hina: Hold back death!
Let out the big life, the small life,
Let out the long life, for all time:
That is the life from the Gods.
This is the ending of my prayer
It is finished; Amama ua noa.

This is what they thought in regard to the land of Ka-houpo-o-Kane,
which is related in the most ancient tradition, that has been handed down
for ceauntless generations, the tradition known as “Ke Kumulipo”, “the
Tradition that comes from the Dark Ages.’’

34 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

The great flood came, Kai-a-ka-hina-alii, the Sea-that-Made-the-Chiefs-
Fall-Down, (that destroyed the chiefs), submerging all the lower lands,
leaving only specks of higher land, now known as islands, above the waters.
The lower lands were covered by Moana-nui-kai-oo. Nuu, a powerful
kahuna, saved a great many people.

After the Deluge there were three peoples: the Menehune, who were
dwarfs or pygmies; the Ke-na-mu and the Ke-na-wa. A great part of
these other peoples were destroyed by the Menehune. One of the chiefs
of the Ke-na-mu had come to Hawaii from Kahiki. The name of this
chief was Kualu-nui-kini-akua, Big-Kualu-of-the-Four-Thousand-Gods.
He had a son Kualu-nui-pauku-moku-moku, Big-Kualu-of-the-Broken-Rope,
the father of Ola, Life. They came from Kapaia-haa, otherwise called Ka-
hiki-moe, the land that is now called New Zealand. They came to the land
of Ka-ma-wae-lua-lani nei, that is now called Kauai-a-mano-ka-lani-po. That
was the land where the three peoples had their home, the Ke-na-mu, the
Ke-na-wa, and the Menehune. ‘They lived there and emigrated thence
as the people of more recent times have lived and travelled. At one time
the Menehune journeyed until they reached the land of Kahiki-ka-paia-
haa (New Zealand). ‘That is why some people believe that they came
originally from New Zealand, but that is not so. ‘They were natives of
Hawaii.

In the ancient tradition of “Kumulipo” it is told that there were a great
many men and women from Ka-houpo-o-kane who went to Kahiki-ka-paia-
haa, and in those emigrations, there was one called He-ma, the progenitor
of the Maori race. When He-ma went, at about that time, the Menehune
people went, too, from Kauai-a-mano-ka-lani-po.

At that time Ma-oli-ku-laiakea or Maori-tu-raiatea, in the New Zealand
language, was the king of the Menehune. He went with his people,
accompanied by their chief, Aliikilola, and his wife, Lepoa. ‘This was in
the time of He-ma. And from the first part of the name of the king of the
Menehune, the New Zealanders called themselves Maori. From the last
part of the same name a place in New Zealand is called Raiatea. That is
what is told in the most ancient of all traditions, called ““Ke-Kumulipo.”

When the Menehune returned to Kauai, they began to increase. The
tribe grew until there were enough grown men to form two rows, reaching
all the way from Makaweli to Wailua. They were so many, counting the
women and children, that the only fish of which each could have one to
himself, was the shrimp.

The Menehune were a small people, but they were broad and muscular
and possessed of great strength. Contrary to common belief they were
not possessed of any supernatural powers, but it was solely on account of

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 35

their tremendous strength and energy and their great numbers that they
were able to accomplish the wonderful things they did. These pygmy
people were both obedient and industrious, always obeying their leaders.
Their average height was only from two feet, six inches, to three feet,
but they were intelligent and well organized. They took no food from
other lands, but cultivated enough for themselves. As they were hard
workers, they always had plenty of food. ‘Their favorite foods were hau-
pia, a pudding made of arrow-root, sweetened with coconut milk; pala-ai,
the squash, and ko-ele-pa-lau, or sweet potato pudding. They were also
very fond of Iwau, the cooked young leaves of the taro, fern-fronds, and
other greens. They had elaborately made and carved wooden dishes and
utensils for their food.

One curious thing about the Menehune was that they never worked
in daylight, as they never wanted to be seen. It was their rule that any
enterprise they undertook had to be finished in a single night. If this
could not be done they never returned to that piece of work. Being such
a strong people, they almost always finished the task in one night. It is
not known where their houses were, but it is said that they lived in caves
and hollow logs, and as soon as it began to be daylight, they all disappeared.
One great thing that they did was to cultivate the wild taro, either on the
pali or in the swamps, for they planted anywhere they could find room for
a single plant.

On the cliffs of Kauai are still seen many paths and roads which were
built by them, and which are still called Ke-ala-pii-a-~ka-Menehune, the
Trails-of-the-Menehune. ‘These trails are still to be seen above Hanapepe,
Makaweli, Mana, Napali, Milolii, Nualolo and Hanapu. In the little
hollows on the cliffs, they planted wild taro, yams, ferns, and bananas.
No cliff was too steep for them to climb.

They also built many heiaus, including those of Elekuna, Polihale, and
Kapa-ula, near Mana, Malae at Wailua, on the Lihue side of the river, just
above the road, and Poli-ahu on the high land, between the branching of the
Wailua river and the Opai-kaa stream. All the stones for these heiaus were
brought from Makaweli. The Menehune formed two lines, and passed
the stones from man to man. They also built the heiau at Kiha-wahine
on Niihau. It is built of coral rock and is oblong in shape, with two
corners fenced in as kapu places; one for the sacrificial altar, and the other
for the kahuna, or high priest.

The Menehune hewed out two stone canoes, which were called by the
Hawaiians, Waa-o-kau-meli-eli. These canoes, covered with earth, are
still to be found at the Mana side of the Waimea Hotel.

36 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

At one time the Menehune hollowed out a huge stone, and carried it to
Waimea, where the head Menehune fisherman used it as a house. It was
called Papa-ena-ena, from his name. He sat in this house, and watched his
men fish.

It was their custom to place in the streams big stones on which to
pound their food. One of these big stones is to be seen far up the Hanalei
River. Another was carried from Mahaulepu across Kipukai to Huleia.
Still another was placed near the mountain of Maunahina in a little brook,
above Wainiha, where to this day, natives leave offerings of lehua branches
to the Kupua, or demi-god, of the locality. On this stone, Lahi and his
son lived, after Lahi had been defeated in Waimea. His story is told in
the legend of “The Bird Man.” From his life came the saying, “Tear the
bird, the water is rippling.” The explanation of this proverb is that if
anyone stepped into the brook, the ripples could be seen along its whole
course. Therefore, when the water rippled, the boy knew that someone
was wading through the stream, and said, “Tear the bird,’’ meaning, “Eat
at once,” so that they would be prepared, in case it were the enemy
approaching.

At one time the Menehune built two canoes of koa in the mountains
near Puu-ka-Pele. As they were dragging them down to the lowlands,
they were caught by a heavy rain-storm, and were forced to leave the
canoes across a little valley. ‘The storm covered the canoes with debris,
and later, a road was built across them, over which all the materials to
build the village of Waimea were hauled.

While these canoes were being placed in this valley one of the Mene-
hune broke a law, and was condemned to die. He was turned into a
stone which is still called Poha’-kina-pua’a, and can be seen on the Waimea
Canyon road, not far below Puu-ka-Pele. As the stone was being placed,
such a shout was raised that it frightened the ducks on the Kawainui pond
near Kailua, on Oahu. At Mahaulepu, on Kauai, another Menehune was
turned to stone for stealing watermelons. ‘The Menehune regarded a
thief with great contempt, and the penalty for such a crime was death by
being turned into stone.

It is believed that this happened before the Menehune left Kauai
and journeyed to New Zealand. When a son, Ola, was born to the king

of Waimea, the headman, Kualu-nui-pauku-moku-moku, hastened to the
far-lying islands of New Zealand, and brought the Menehune back to Kauai.

After their return the Menehune built the wall of the Alakoko fish
pond at Niumalu. Standing in two rows they passed the stones from hand
to hand all the way from Makaweli to Niumalu. Daylight came before

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 37

they had finished the work, and two gaps were left in the wall. These
were filled in by Chinamen in late years, and the pond is still in use.

Ola, the king, obtained the promise of the Menehune that they would
build a waterlead at Waimea, if all the people stayed in their houses, the
dogs muzzled, and the chickens shut in calabashes, so that there would be
no sound on the appointed night. ‘This was done, and the Menehune
completed the water-course before daybreak. It has stood the storms of
many years, and is still called Kiki-a-Ola, Ola’s-Water-Lead.

The Menehune also carried large flat stones from Koloa to Kalalau,
where they built a big heiau, which stands to this day.

The favorite sport of these small men was to jump off cliffs into the
sea. They carried stones from the mountains to their bathing places, where
they placed them in piles. Then, throwing a stone into the sea, the skillful
swimmer would dive after it. This was repeated until all the stones had
disappeared.

One of their bathing places was at Ninini, a little beach, surrounded by
cliffs, just inside the point where the larger Nawiliwili lighthouse now
stands. While the Menehune were carrying a large rock from Kipukai
to Ninini, half of it broke off, and fell into the Huleia River, where it is
still used as a bridge called Kipapa-o-ka-Menehune, the Causeway-of-the-
Menehune. The other half of the rock is still at Ninini.

From Ninini the swimmers went to Homai-ka-waa, Bring-the-Canoe,
the next valley beyond Kealia. While they were bathing there a very large
shark almost caught A-a-ka, one of the Menehune. They all swam ashore
to a plain still known as A-a-ka, where they discussed plans to get revenge.
Soon all the Menehune were ordered to gather morning-glory vine, of
which a large basket was made. ‘This, filled with bait, was lowered into
the sea, and the shark was caught. Then he was towed around to a reef beyond
Anahola. The odor of the shark soon brought so many land and sea birds
to feast upon the flesh that the reef was called A-li-o-ma-nu, Where-the-
Water-is-made-still-by-the-Oil-from-the-Shark, and is still known by this
name.

The Menehune never again bathed at Ho-mai-ka-waa, but they built
there the big heiau where Kawelo worshipped his shark god. The story
of Kawelo is told in the legend of that name. They also erected a pile
of stones at A-li-o-ma-nu in memory of their delivery from the shark.
This pile of stones is called Ka-hua-a-li-ko.

At Molowaa, the Dry-Canoe, stones were piled up, and a bathing place
called Uluoma was made. While the men were bathing there, the luna,
or head man, saw that one Menehune, named Maliu, was missing. He
quickly sent out a searching party. In the meantime the missing one, who

38 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

had been visiting at some Hawaiian home, saw the searchers, and began
digging at the spot where a spring came out from a coral rock. ‘There
he was found, and he explained that he had discovered this spring, where
they could all drink good water. So his life was spared. The spring was
called Ka-wai-a-Maliu, the Water-of-Maliu, and is still to be seen.

Traveling on, the Menehune moved a big stone to Kahili, below
Kilauea, which they used to dive from. At Mokuaeae, the island off the
present Kilauea lighthouse, they began to fill in the channel between the
island and the mainland. ‘They were just able to touch the bottom with a
paddle when morning dawned, and their task was left unfinished.

Near Kalihiwai a cave was dug, called Wa-ka-ulua. This became a well-
known spot for catching ulua. At Hanalei, a large narrow stone, called
Lani-ho-eho, Brushed-off-the-Heavens, was placed near the point of Pooku
by one of the little men, none of his companions being willing to help him.
At the point of Kealahula, at Lumahai, these wonderful men made a small
hill on the seashore, by cutting off part of the point. You can still see
the bare place on the ridge, where the earth was sliced off. At the base
of this small hill, the Menehune placed a large stone, which they used
as a jumping-off place. The hill is called Ma-ka-ihu-waa, the Landing-
Place-of-the-Canoes.

On the plain above the Lumahai River the Menehune made their
homes for a time. There one of the small men began to build a heiau
which he called Ka-i-li-o-o-pa-ia. As he was working, the big owl of Kane
came and sat on the stones. This bird was large enough to carry off a
man, and, naturally, it frightened away the little workman. He returned
next day, only to see the huge bird flying over the spot, croaking. He also
saw the great monster dog, Kuilio-loa, My-Long-Dog, running about the
heiau. These evil omens caused the Menehune to believe that the heiau
was polluted, so he gave up his work.

One day, as the Menehune were bathing at Lumahai, one of them
caught a large wlua. The fish tried to escape, but the little man struggled
bravely, and finally killed it. The man was so badly wounded, however,
that his blood flowed over the spot, and turned the earth and stones red.
This place is still called Ka-a-le-le, from the name of the wounded man.

Weli, a bow-legged, deep-voiced Menehune konohiki, king’s sheriff or
executor, is remembered as an agriculturist. On the plain of Lumahai he
planted breadfruit trees, which are there to this day. They were called
Na-ulu-a-Weli, after the Menehune.

The small explorers soon found their way to the head of the Lumahai
Valley, whence they crossed over to Wainiha. There they found an
immense rock, one side of which was gray, and the other black. This they

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 39

hewed out into the shape of a poi board, and placed it near the falls of the
Lumahai River. To this day, the wt, or fresh water shell-fish, come out
on the gray side in the day-time, and on the black side at night. Even

now no woman can successfully fish there unless she wears a certain lei
of shredded fi leaves or breaks off two lehua branches, crying to the

Kupua, as she throws one to the mauka side or towards the mountains,
and one to the makai side or toward the sea, “Pa-na-a-na-a, give us
luck!’ If a man fishes there, he first throws two small stones into the
water, asking for success.

The next nocturnal enterprise of these little men was to span the river
with a bridge of flat stones, but freshets have since removed all traces
of this work.

During their stay at Lumahai one of the Menehune who was skilled
in stone carving, tried to escape by climbing up the cliffs towards Waia-
leale. The konohiki sent his men to capture him. They overtook him at
about the middle of the cliff, and the usual punishment was meted out to
him—his body was turned into stone and placed on the spot where he was
captured. It is there today, a huge stone in the form of a man with a
gray body and a white head. The path the pursuers followed zigzags up
the steep pali to the stone, which is called Ma-i-na-ke-ha-u, the Man-Out-
of-Breath.

The Menehune then went on to Wainiha, where they placed a stone
in the middle of the ridge, leaving such a narrow space to pass that in
after years the Hawaiians had to hold on to the stone, and make them-
selves as small as possible in order to edge around it. So the stone be-
came known as the “Hungry Stone.” In the Wainiha River a flat stone
was placed which reaches from bank to bank, and part of which is always
above water.

Hurrying on to the top of Kilohana, the Menehune built on the plain
there a little hill about ten feet high called Po-po-pii. There they amused
themselves by rolling down its slopes. They made so much noise at this
sport that the birds at Kahuku, on Oahu, were frightened.

Ka-u-ki-u-ki, the Angry-one, a Menehune, declared that he could go
to the top of this hill and catch the legs of the moon. ‘This boast was
ridiculed, and when he was unable to carry it out, he was turned into
stone. This stone was often covered with maile and lehua branches by the
natives, so that the rain and fog would not prevent their carrying out
their plans.

In the valley of Lanihuli the Menehune lived for some time, planting
it with different varieties of plants which are still there. Several times

40 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Hawaiians tried to steal their food, and were always turned into stone on
the spot where they were overtaken.

After they had been living in this valley for some time the king found
that many of his men were marrying Hawaiian women. ‘This worried
him greatly as he was anxious to keep his race pure. At last he decided
to leave the islands. Summoning his counselors, his astrologers, and his
leading men, he told them his plans. They agreed with their king, and a
proclamation was issued calling all the Menehune together on the night
of the full moon.

On the appointed night such a crowd gathered on the plain of Ma-hi-e
that the vegetation there was trampled down, and the place, to this day,
is barren.

There, in the moonlight, the king saw all the Menehune and their first-
born sons, and he addressed them with these words, “My people, you whom
I love, I have called you together to explain my plans for leaving this
island. I desire that we keep our race distinct from others, and in order
to do this we must go to other lands. You must leave behind you, your
wives chosen from the Hawaiian race. You may take with you only your
older sons. The food we have planted in this valley is ripe. It shall be
left for your wives.”

As soon as the king had finished speaking, a man called Mo-hi-ki-a said,
“We have heard your words, O King. I have married a Hawaiian woman
and we have a son grown to manhood. I have taught him all the skill
I possess in making stone and koa canoes. He can polish them as well as
hew them out. I beg you to take him in my place. He holds in his right
hand the stone adz for making stone canoes, and in his left hand the adz
for koa canoes. I have had mighty strength. No stone was too large for
me to move. No tree was too tall for me to cut down, and make into a
canoe. My son has strength, as I have had. Take him in my place. If at
any time you need me, send a messenger for me. My son can be that
messenger. He has been taught to run.”

Having heard this request, Kii-la-mi-ki, the speaker of the Menehune,
rose and answered in this manner: “You who beg to be left behind to live
with your Hawaiian wife, listen! That woman has only lately come into
your life. The king has always been in your life. We see your first-born
there, but none of us have seen him work, and we do not know what he
can do. You say that you have taught him all you know in canoe building,
but we have never seen him work. We do not know that he can take
your place. We all feel that you must go with us.”

These words were echoed by a great chorus from the crowd: “He
shall not stay! He shall go!”

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 41

When at last the Menehune were quieted they heard the voice of the
high sheriff saying, “One word from the king, and we shall obey in every-
thing. It is only by listening to his words, and by obeying him that our
race shall be kept together. Otherwise rebellion will come. All must be
done as he says.”

Then a great stillness fell upon the assembled people. The herald of
the king rose, and cried out, “Let no word be spoken! Words are kapu.
Meha meha, be absolutely still! The heavens speak through the voice of
your king. Lie down on your faces before him!”

After seeing these signs of his people’s obedience the king rose and
said, “Listen, my people, to these words which shall come from my mouth.
I deny the request of Mo-ho-ki-a. I ask you not to leave him behind. We
shall start on our way tomorrow night. Take only what food you need for
a few days. Leave all the growing crops for the Hawaiian women you
have taken as wives, lest criticism fall upon us. Before we depart I wish
a monument to be erected to show that we have lived here.”

As soon as the people had heard these words they began to build a pile
of stones on the top of the mountain. When they had finished their work
they placed a grooved stone on top, as a monument to the Menehune king
and his leaders. Not far from it was dug a square hole, with caves in its
sides. This was the monument to the Menehune of common birth.

When these last works of their hands were completed, the little men
raised such a great shout that the fish in the pond of Nomilu, across the
island, jumped in fright, and the moi, the wary fish, left the beaches.

The rest of the night was used by the konohiki, who separated the men
into twenty divisions of sixteen thousand each. The women were divided
into eight divisions of twenty thousand each. Besides these, there were
ten thousand half-grown boys, and of girls up to the age of seventeen
there were ten thousand six hundred. Each division was placed under a
leader. The work of the first division was to clear the road of logs, and
similar obstructions. ‘That of the second was to lower the hills. The third
was to sweep the path. Another division had to carry the sleds and sleep-
ing mats, for the king. One division had charge of the food and another
of the planting. One division was composed of kahuna, soothsayers, and
astrologers. Still another was made up of story-tellers, fun-makers,
minstrels, and musicians, who furnished amusement for the king. Some of
the musicians played the nose-flute, which was one and a half spans long,
and half an inch in diameter, and made of bamboo. One end was closed,
and about two inches below, was the hole into which they breathed, and
blew out the music. About the middle of the flute was another hole which
they fingered, to make the different notes. Others blew the ti-leaf trumpets,

42 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

which were made by ripping a ti leaf part away along the middle ridge,
and rolling over the torn piece. Through this they blew, varying the
sound by fingering. Others played crude stringed instruments of pliable
black hau wood with strings of tough olo-na fiber. These, called ukeke,
they held in their mouths, and twanged the strings, with their fingers.
Still others beat drums of shark skin, stretched taut over the ends of
hollow tree trunks.

When all was arranged, orders were given for starting the following
night.

At the appointed time the Menehune set forth. Many obstructions
were found but each division did its work of cutting, clearing, and sweep-
ing the path. They also planted wild taro, yams, and other food-producing
plants all along the way. After they had climbed to the top of the moun-
tain, they encamped at a place called Kanaloa-huluhulu, the Hairy-Devil,
and sent men back to fish.

It happened that while they were resting there one of the chiefesses,
Hanakapiai, gave birth to a child. When the child was a week old the
mother died. Her body was turned into stone, and a valley was named
after her. A few days later another chiefess, Hanakeao, stepped on a
stone, which rolled down into the next valley, hurling her to death. That
valley bears the name of the unfortunate one. As these women had been
dearly loved, the king ordered a period of mourning which was to last
sixty days. During that time no sports were to be indulged in.

All the fishermen were sent back to Haena to fish. There they found
a great many small fish, so many in fact, that they could not carry all.
So they took part of the catch, and left them on the plain, near the pali.
When they returned with the remainder of the fish, they saw that the akua
had stolen all the first half, and had disappeared through a hole in the
mountain. ‘The fishermen divided into two groups, one following the
thieves into the hole, and the other began digging a cave near the supposed
outlet of the hole. In a short time a huge cave was dug, and then they
came upon the offending akua who were promptly put to death. This dry
cave is still to be seen at Haena, and the natives call it Maniniholo, after
the head fisherman of the Menehune, or Kahauna, from the smell of the
dead bodies of the akua.

When at last the sixty days of mourning were ended, the king ordered
the ilamoku, the marshal, to proclaim a big feast to be followed by sports
of many kinds.

Some of these were: spinning tops, or olo-hu, made of small gourds or
kukui nuts, or sometimes carved of wiliwili wood, boxing, wrestling, and
similar games such as wma, or kulakulai. ‘This was played by the two

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 43

opponents stretching at full length, face down, on the ground, with their
heads together, and their bodies in opposite directions. Each leaned on
his right elbow, and grasped the other’s right hand, firmly. Then each
tried to twist the other’s arm back, until the back of his opponent’s hand
touched the ground, meantime keeping his own body flat on the ground.
This game could be played with the left hand, as well as with the right.

They also played maika, a game resembling discus throwing, played
with evenly-rounded, perfectly balanced stones, from two to eight inches
across, and thicker in the middle than on the edge. On Kauai the maika
were made of black stone, but on the other islands they were generally of
sand-stone. ‘They were always highly polished. The maika were thrown
to see how far they would go, but sometimes the men would race with
the matka.

Another game they played was ke’a-pua, in which they took the straight
shafts of the sugar-cane tassels, and shot them like arrows from a whip-
like contrivance. ‘This was made of a stick about three feet long, with a
string five or six feet long, attached. The end of this string, doubled
over, was folded around the shaft, and the remainder wound around
smoothly and evenly, so as not to catch. The shaft was laid on the
ground, with the point a little raised, and then whipped off. If it was
well-balanced, it flew several hundred feet. The person whose ke’a-pua
shot furthest, won, and he kept his arrow, which was called Hia-pai-ole,
the Arrow-which-could-not-be-Beaten.

The queen’s favorite game was puhenchene. ‘This was played by placing
five piles of tapa on the ground. A little flat stone, called the noa, was
hidden in one of the piles, while the opponent watched the nimble fingers
and movements of the arm muscles of his rival. Then he had to guess
under which pile it was hidden, and point his stick at it. The queen usually
won from the king, laughing at him, thus giving the game its name, which
means “jeering.”

Another sport was the tug-of-war. When one side was about to be
beaten, others jumped in, and helped them. On the ninth and tenth nights
of their celebration the Menehune had foot-races. In these, two Mene-
hune raced at a time. The two last to race were Pakia and Luhau. These
were known to be so swift that they could run around Kauai six times in
one day. Pakia won the race, beating Luhau by three fathoms. The peo-
ple stood up and cheered when the decision was given, and picked up the
champion, and carried him on their shoulders.

The next night they were to have sled races. They were to race down
the steep hill-side of a little valley that leads into Hanakapiai. If the course
for the races was not slippery enough, they covered it with very fine rushes

44 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

to make the sleds slide easily and swiftly. The first to race were Pahuku
and Pohaha. ‘The sled of Pahuku tipped, and he was thrown off, so Po-
haha reached the goal first, and won the race. The next race was between
two women, who were noted for their skill, Kapa’i, and Mukea. Kapa’
won this race, and Mukea joined in cheering her opponent. Next came
a race between Mohihi, the queen, and Manu, a chief. Mohihi won, by
only half a length, and Manu joined in the applause. The king and all
the chiefs were very much pleased that the queen had won the race. It
was a great thing for her to beat Manu, for he was supposed to be the
champion of all the Menehune people. That was the last of the races.

Then the father of Manu came to the king, and suggested that they
make a big pile of stones at this spot, as a monument. ‘Then all the
Menehunes clapped their hands, and agreed to do so. There was great
rejoicing among them, and so they built up a huge pile of stones, which
they finished just at daybreak. Then the Menehune left that place, and
traveled on their way.

THE STORY OF OLA

As we have already been told, the king of the Ke-na-mu on Kauai-a-
mano-ka-lani-po, was K ual u-nui-pauk u-moku-moku, Big-Kualu-of-the-
Broken-Rope. While he was living in Waimea, he met and fell in love with
a beautiful princess, Kuhapuola, who had come from Peapea, above Hana-
pepe, on the Waimea side. At length, after having spent many happy days
with her, the king decided to return to his kingly duties at Kekaha. He
called the lovely girl to his side, and gave her his malo and lei palaoa, a
necklace of many braided strands of human hair, fastened by a hooked
ivory ornament. This could be worn only by high chiefs, and was one of
the signs of royalty. He told her that if a boy were born to her, she
should name him after the king’s family, but if a girl were born, she might
select the name herself.

After a time the princess gave birth to a boy, whom she called Kualu-
nui, as she had been told. As the child grew older he became very mis-
chievous and head-strong. He refused to regard the kapu of the kahuna
and was always in trouble.

At one time the people had gathered to make a kahe or fish-trap in the
Makaweli River to catch the fish which the freshet would carry down.

An order was issued that no one was to touch the kahe until the
kahuna had removed the kapu. But the boy disregarded this order and ate
of the fish that had been caught. In great anger the kahuna caught him,
and took him to Kekaha where he was tried the following day before
the king.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 45

Hearing that her son was in trouble, the princess hurried to her kahuna,
asking what she should do to save her boy. The kahuna answered, “Take
the malo and the lei palaoa of the king and six kukuwi nuts. You must walk
to Kekaha, and as you go you must be ever tossing the six nuts into the
air and catching them. If you drop one, your child will die. If you catch
all, his life will be spared.” The princess at once set out for Kekaha. Her
journey was successful, for not once did she let fall a nut.

When she came into the presence of the king, who was sitting in the
heiau of Hauola, she saw her son bound, ready to be offered as a sacrifice,
for his crime of breaking the sacred kapu. Going before the king, she
showed him his malo and lei palaoa. He at once recognized the princess
and spared the life of his son whom he called Ola, or Life, and named him
as his successor.

Upon the death of the king, Ola succeeded to the kingdom. His first
thought was for his people whose troubles he well knew. They had had
a great deal of difficulty in bringing the water from the Waimea River
down to their taro patches in the Waimea flats, as none of their flumes
had lasted.

Wishing to remove this trouble Ola consulted his kahuna, Pi, who gave
him this advice: ‘‘Establish a kapu so that no one can go out of his house
at night. Then I shall summon the Menehune to build a stone water-lead
around the point of the Waimea River so that your people will always have
an abundant water supply.”

Ola established the kapu. No man, woman, or child was to go out of
his house at night. Then Pi summoned the Menehune to come from
foreign lands and make the water-lead in one night.

Beforehand Pi had arranged the stones in a cliff, every one of the same
size and shape. From this cliff each Menehune took one stone which he
called Haawe-a-Pi, the Pack-of-Pi, and placed it in the lead. This water
course is still called Kiki-a-Ola, and it has stood the floods of many years.

When this task was finished a great feast was given at the heiaw of
Hauola. The Menehune made such a great noise that the ducks in the
pond of Kawainui, at Kailua, Oahu, were frightened.

Ola next ordered the Menehune to build a large canoe house in the
mountains. When it was finished they hewed out canoes, which they took
to the king as he asked for them. One night as two canoes were being
dragged from the mountains, they broke into two pieces and filled up the
mouth of the valley of Kawaa-haki. Debris collected around the broken
canoes until a road was made.

46 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Later, Ola sent the Menehune to build a heiau at the mouth of the
Wailua River, which was to be called Hauola, after the famous city of
refuge of his father at Kekaha.

The Menehune encamped above Haena on the flats which they called
Kanaloa-hulu-hulu. At Ola’s request they planted taro on the cliffs of
Kalalau, where it is still growing. Between Kalalau and Waimea they
built a big imu, called Kapuahi-a-Ola, and the Fire-Sacred-to-Ola.

Ola was ever thinking of improvements for his people, and his faithful
laborers, the Menehune, carried them out. Many roads were built by
them. One was a road of short sticks through the swamps of Alakai from
Waimea to the heights above Wainiha. This road is still the only path
across the otherwise impassable swamp.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 47

THE BIRD MAN
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

Lahi, or Lauhaka, as he is sometimes called, lived in Wainiha valley.
From childhood he had refused to eat any food but the meat of birds. As
he grew older the meat of small birds would not satisfy him, and so his
uncle, Kanealohi, the Slow-Man, took him to the top of Kilohana, where
the uwa’u nested. These uwa'u were about the size of chickens. They
were gray-feathered, with white breasts, with beaks like those of sea-gulls.
Daylight blinded them, and though they were great fishers, they always
returned to their nests in the mountains before dawn. ‘Their name comes
from the sound of their call or croak, ““Uwa’u.”’ While they were in the
mountains, the uncle and boy made birds’ nests, so that the uwa’u would
be well cared for.

While they were living there, a giant came who tore the nests and
tried to kill the men. ‘The boy planned to get rid of their tormentor, and
explained his plan to his uncle in these words, “I shall dig a long hole
in the mountain. You crawl into it, dragging with you, by its tail, a bird.
When the giant reaches for the bird, you draw it a little further in. When
the giant is thus caught in the hole I shall kill him.” The plan was carried
out, and the giant was put to death.

But, in the meantime, the king had heard that the boy and his uncle
were destroying the nests of the wwa'u. So there was more trouble in
store for them, for he had gathered together four hundred soldiers to do
battle with the two bird-catchers on Kilohana.

Now Lahi and his uncle had moved to the head of a very narrow valley
through which flowed a small stream. If anyone stepped into this stream
at any place in its course, the water at the source would ripple. In this
way a warning of the coming of friend or foe was always given, and if
they were eating birds, the boy would call, “Tear the bird, Kanealohi, the
water is rippling.”

One day, as they were roasting birds, the boy saw the water rippling,
and called out his warning. The uncle at first replied that no one was
coming, but looking again, he saw the dark shadows in the water. Then,
in a few minutes, they saw the king and his four hundred men advancing.
In despair, Kanealohi cast himseif over the cliff, but, as he was falling,
the boy caught him and put him behind him out of sight.

The pass was so narrow that only one man could ascend at a time.
And so the boy killed the soldiers, one by one, as they attempted to come
up, until the four hundred were thrown over the cliff. The last one to

48 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

come up was the king. He recognized the boy as his own son and begged,
“Give me life in the name of your mother!”

Lahi therefore spared his life. The king thanked him with these
words, “I will return to Waimea and there build a house for you. When
it is finished, I shall send for you to come to me.”

Returning to Waimea, the king ordered his men to dig a very deep
hole. Over it, he had them erect an oblong-shaped house with only one
entrance. Then he stretched a mat over the hole, and seated his subjects
all around the edges to hold it taut. This done, he sent for his son, whose
death he was seeking.

As the boy drew near the entrance, his father, from within the house,
called to him to enter. Suspicious, Lahi thrust his spear through the mat
and discovered the treachery. So, quickly closing the door, he set fire
to the house, and destroyed his treacherous father and all his faithless
subjects. Then Lahi became king.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 49

THE SMALL WISE BOY AND THE LITTLE FOOL
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

There were two brothers who lived on the flats at Nukole, between
Hanamaulu and the Wailoa stream. ‘Their names were Waa-waa-iki-naau-
ao, The-Wise-One, and Waa-waa-iki-na-aopo, The-Stupid-One.

One day they decided to go to Waialeale, to exploit their bird pre-
serves. In those days, each person had his special bird grounds as well
as fishing grounds. No one could trespass on their rights. As they were
starting out, The-Wise-One said to The-Stupid-One, “When we catch
the birds, every bird that has two holes in its beak belongs to me. That
is my mark. Those that have only one hole belong to you.”

So every bird that The-Stupid-One caught, he gave to his brother, for
they all had two holes in their beaks. He would say, “This is yours, it
has your mark.” So, when they started home, The-Wise-One had all the
birds, and The-Stupid-One had none.

Then The-Stupid-One went crying to his mother, saying, “All the
birds we caught today belong to my brother. They had his mark. I had
none to bring home.”

After he had explained to his mother about the marks, she comforted
him in these words, “That is all right. We will fix it so that you get all
the birds next time.”

Then she got a lot of bread-fruit gum, and told The-Stupid-One to take
it with him. When he caught a bird, he must pull all the feathers off
before he gave it to his brother. Then when they were ready to start
home, he would have a big pile of feathers. He must let The-Wise-One
go first, with the pack of birds. Then The-Stupid-One must smear the
gum all over himself, and roll in the feathers. They would stick to him,
and he would be completed covered. Then he must follow his brother
very quietly, until they got to the path that crosses the top of the hill,
Ka-ili-hina-lea. When he reached this spot, The-Stupid-One must rush
up behind his brother, crying in a loud voice, “Apaw! The akua of the
mountain is after you! He will grab you!”

The mother continued in these words, “Then your brother will look
back and see you, and be frightened. He will drop the birds, and run.
Then you can pick up the birds and bring them home. You will have them
all, and you will have only a little way to carry them.”

The-Stupid-One carried out his mother’s instructions. All happened
as she had said. So that time The-Stupid-One had the best of it in the
end.

deep sea that had eae one eye. So he tat ae

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 51

KAMAPUAA
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

Kamapuaa came to Kipukai, on the southeast coast of Kauai, in the
form of a large fish called by the Hawaiians humuhumu-a-puaa. This is
a black fish, with a long snout like that of a hog. As soon as Kamapuaa
had landed at Point Kipu-ike he changed himself into a hog, and rooted
in the sand to get a drink of water. At low tide fresh water is still to be
found at Point Kipu-ike.

After Kamapuaa had rested a while, he tried to climb a small, steep
cliff nearby, but was unable to do so. When darkness hid him, he ate all
the sweet potatoes and sugar-cane belonging to the natives. Then he
crossed over to a big rock on the side of the hill to the west, and lay
down to sleep.

When the natives wakened in the morning, they found their sugar-cane
and potatoes gone. Seeing in the fields the tracks of a large hog, they
followed them with their dogs until they came upon the hog, fast asleep.
They quickly tied his feet together with strong ropes. He was so large
that twenty men had to carry him to the village, where they prepared an
imu in which to cook him.

When the imu was red hot, the men brought a rope to strangle their
victim. Then the hog stretched himself, breaking the ropes, and walked
away as a man. The men were so astonished that they did not dare to
follow. Even in the form of a man, Kamapuaa retained something of the
hog. Although his face was very handsome, he still had stiff black bristles
down his back. However, he always wore a cape to cover the bristles.

Kamapuaa went on until he came to the hidden spring of Kemamo, over
which two kupua kept watch. Being thirsty, the stranger asked for water.
When the kupua refused to give him any, he turned himself into a hog
again, and rooted in the earth until he found a spring. Then he seized
the kupua and threw them across the valley, where they were turned into
two large rocks, which can be seen to this day. The water of this spring
was very famous for its sparkle, and in the old days, it was taken in gourds
to the other islands for special occasions.

Later, Kamapuaa found another spring, in which he lay down and
went to sleep. The water of this spring is still so bitter that no animal
will drink it, and it is still called Wai-a-ka-puaa, the Water-of-the-Pig.
While Kamapuaa was sleeping, the giant Limaloa, Long-Arm, from
Kekaha, saw the huge creature lying in the mud, and so he put his back
to a large boulder to roll it down on the hog and crush him. As the stone

52 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

came near, Kamapuaa awoke and threw a small stone under it, which
wedged the great boulder on the hillside, so that it did not fall on him.
These stones can still be pointed out on the Kipukai trail.

Then Limaloa saw that the object he was trying to kill was a man.
He made friends with Kamapuaa, and told him that on the other side
of the ridge, there were two beautiful women, whom he had been courting.
They had rejected his suit, but since Kamapuaa was so much more hand-
some, he might be successful should he attempt his fortune.

The two men crossed from Kipukai, over the gap of Kemamo. As
they were coming down the hill on the Lihue side, Kamapuaa slid on a big
rock; the groove that his hoof made, can still be seen. The friends saw the
two beautiful sisters washing their faces and combing their hair at the
two clear pools, like basins, called Ka-wai-o-ka-pakilokilo, the Waters-
where-the-Image-is-Reflected. The pools were in a large rock on the hill-
side and can still be seen at the left of where the paved trail begins.
Kamapuaa slid down the slope, and, standing where his reflection could
be seen, began to sing.

The sisters were greatly impressed by the beautiful reflection in the
water. They looked up, and seeing the handsome stranger, they fell in
love with him at first sight, and invited him to go home with them.
Kamapuaa said that he would go with them, if his akua could accompany
him. To this the sisters gladly consented. But when they saw the rejected
Limaloa, they cried, “That man is no akua. He is the one who has been
annoying us by his attentions and presents. We do not care for him.”

However, Kamapuaa would not go without his new found friend. So,
in order to have the handsome stranger, the sisters allowed Limaloa to
follow to the home of their brother, who was king of the Puna side of
Kauai. This stretched from Kipukai to Anahola. The king soon gave his
sisters to Kamapuaa in marriage.

At this time the Puna side was engaged in a battle with the Kona side,
which included all the country from Koloa to Mana. Kamapuaa would
wait in the house until all the men had gone to the battlefield. Then,
after having made all his body invisible, except his hands, which held a
club, he would follow the Puna men to battle, and strike the Kona chiefs
on the head. From the dead chiefs he would take their feather capes and
helmets. ‘Then he would return home as a hog, and dirty the floormats.
When the two beautiful sisters had gone down to the stream to wash the
mats the hog had befouled, Kamapuaa would hide the capes and helmets
under the punei, or beds, which were made with frameworks of Jau-
hala logs, covered with many finely-woven mats. Gradually the punei

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 53

grew higher and higher, for he continued stealing and hiding the capes
and helmets for days, until he had collected a huge store of them.

The king began to miss these things, which were always his perquisites
from the booty taken. But he was unable to find who was stealing them,
or where they were hidden. Finally he called his kahuna to help him
find the guilty person. The kahuna told the king to build a platform,
and then to summon all his people, for it was known that the hand which
had killed so many chiefs had one day been wounded on the thumb by a
spear. The king would stand on the platform, and order everyone to raise
his hands. Then he could easily see the wounded hand, and so find the
thief.

The king followed out the instructions of his kahuna. At a given signal
all hands were raised. There was no wounded hand to be seen. Then
the king was told that his brother-in-law, Kamapuaa, was not there. So
his house was searched, and he was found. Behold, his hand was wounded!

Upon further search, the feather capes and helmets were found. ‘The
king was very angry. He gave Kamapuaa his choice of either leaving his
home, or being put to death. Kamapuaa wisely chose the former punish-
ment. He next went to Oahu, then to Maui, and Hawaii, where he had
many adventures, but he never returned to Kauai. Limaloa returned to
Kekaha, where, it is said, that, to this day, at dawn at certain times of the
year, he can be seen at Kaunalewa, near Waiawa. Dressed in a yellow
feather cloak and helmet he comes out of the phantom houses, which can
be dimly seen near the coconut trees, and strides along with his spear.

54 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

KAWELO OF KAUAI

Kawelo, the Waving-of-the-Flag, the great opponent of Kauahoa, the
giant of Hanalei, was the son of Maihuna and Malaiakalani. He was
born in Hanamaulu, Kauai. He had two older brothers, one older sister,
and one younger brother, Kamalama. Kawelo was such a good son that
he was known as Kawelo-Lei-Makua, Kawelo-Who-Cherished-His-Parents.

The maternal grandparents of Kawelo were celebrated for their skill
in phrenology. So when still a small boy Kawelo was taken by his
parents to them, and they foretold that he would be a good soldier, a strong
man, a conqueror, a son who would bring life to their bones.

Wishing to care tenderly for such a grandson, his grandparents took
him to live with them at Wailua where lived Aikanaka, the young prince,
and Kauahoa, boys of the same age as Kawelo, with whom he played.

Kawelo developed a great appetite. He would eat the contents of an
imu, or oven, of food at one time. His grandparents grew weary of trying
to satisfy this huge appetite, and so they tried to divert the boy’s mind.
They gave him a canoe to paddle up and down the Wailua River.

As soon as Kauahoa saw Kawelo enjoying his canoe, he made a kite
and flew it. At once Kawelo asked his grandparents to make him a kite. So
the two boys flew their kites together until one day Kawelo’s caught in the
string of his friend’s and broke it, freeing the kite, which flew off and lit
at a place above Koloa, still called Hooleinapea, the Fall-of-the-Kite. The
ridge still shows the dent where the kite struck it.

Kawelo feared that Kauahoa would be angry and punish him, as Kaua-
hoa was the larger of the two, but Kauahoa said nothing about the kite,
and Kawelo decided that the young giant was afraid of him.

Aikanaka, Man-Eater,’ the prince, ruled over his two friends even as
boys. Whatever he asked them to do they did. So they grew to manhood.

In the meantime the older brothers of Kawelo went to Oahu where
Kakuhihewa was ruling. This king had among his retainers a very
strong man, the strongest wrestler in the islands. The boys very often
went surf-board-riding, and when this exercise was over, they would
wrestle with the great champion.

After these boys had been away some years, their grandparents had
a great desire to see them, so taking Kawelo with them the old people
paddled to Oahu and landed at Waikiki.

On Oahu Kawelo met and soon married Kanewahineikiaoha and in
order to provide food for himself and his wife he worked every day in the
taro patch.

*Aikanaka is used figuratively. The Hawaiians were not cannibals.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 55

One day as he was at work he heard great shouting down by the sea.
His grandparents told him that his brothers were wrestling with the king’s
strong man. When one of them was thrown down the people shouted.

At once Kawelo longed to see the sport, but his grandparents forbade
his going. So he waited until they were away and then he hurried to the
sea, where he saw his brothers surfing. He borrowed a surf-board and
joined his brothers and later followed them to the wrestling place. When
he stood up to wrestle with the strong man, his brothers tried to prevent
him by saying that he was too young, that he was not strong enough.
Kawelo did not listen to them and to everyone’s surprise he threw the
king’s great wrestler. This angered the brothers, who were ashamed of
their lack of strength, and so they hurried to their grandparents, and told
them that Kawelo had been throwing stones at them. Receiving little sym-
pathy they decided to return to Kauai.

Then Kawelo began to desire other accomplishments. First he longed
to be able to hula, which meant a training in an art far more diversified
than mere dancing. After long schooling the pupils had to pass a strict
examination before they could appear in public. But this graceful and
difficult art Kawelo could not master, so he turned his mind to other
things. His father-in-law taught him, and his wife as well, all manner of
spear throwing. Next he wanted to learn to fish well. Makuakeke, the
celebrated fisherman, became his teacher.

At dawn Kawelo awakened his teacher with these words, “Makuakeke,

awake! The sun is high. Bring the fish-hooks and the nets. Let us
fish.”

So the fisherman prepared everything. They got into a canoe and
paddled out to deep water. As they were going, the older man called out,
“Kawelo, the lei of his parents, my king fisherman of Kauai, we will fish
heres.

But Kawelo answered, “Not here. We shall go on until we reach the
point of Kaena. Hold on to the canoe.”

Then with one mighty stroke of the paddle the canoe lay off Honolulu
harbor, with two strokes it neared Puuloa, and with three it reached
Waianae. There Kawelo chewed some kukwi nuts and blew the oil over the
sea so that the water became calm and they could see the bottom. The
canoe drifted from the shallow water into the deep as the men fished
for ulua.

As it grew late Makuakeke urged Kawelo to return home, for he knew
that it was time for Uhumakaikai, the fish god, to appear and he greatly
feared this fish.

56 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

So the tired fishermen went home. After Kawelo had bathed, he
ordered his steward to bring him his evening meal. Forty calabashes of
poi, and forty lawlau, or bundles, of pig, wrapped in ti leaves and cooked
in an underground imu, or oven, were set before him, but this was not
enough to satisfy his huge appetite. The same amount was set before him
the second time, and having eaten it he lay down to sleep.

As the sun was setting, Kawelo awoke and ordered the mats to be
spread, and the pillows and bed tapas to be prepared. Before retiring he
read the signs of the heavens and learned that Haupu and Kalanipuu, two
mountain peaks near Nawiliwili Bay, were being burned up. “Alas!” he
cried, “My love for my parents is coming to me. They may be in trouble.
I fear that they are being killed.”

His wife, who did not know that her husband was able to read the
heavens, asked, ““How are you able to go to Kauai and back so soon?”

Kawelo answered, “If your parents were in trouble you would weep.
Your tears would flow. You care not for my beloved ones.”

Early the next morning Kawelo called the fisherman and paddled out
to their fishing waters. Soon Makuakeke saw the storm clouds gathering
in the sky and knew that the fish god was coming. As the huge fish swam
towards them Kawelo threw his net and caught him, Then the fish, pulling
the canoe with him, swam out to sea until the men could no longer see
their homes or the surf beating on the shore. They went so rapidly that
they soon came to Kauai, where the fish turned and swam back with them
to Waikiki. There at last the men were able to kill him.

As Kawelo jumped ashore, he saw two messengers from Kauai stand-
ing near his six soldiers, who were very skilled in throwing the spear.
Kawelo noticed that these soldiers were drawing their spears, and he
heard one of the messengers cry, “They are trying to spear Kawelo before
he is ready. If they do, our journey to Oahu will have been in vain.”

Kamalama, Kawelo’s younger brother, answered, “Watch. You will
see that the spears thrown at him will be like water.”

First two of the soldiers threw their spears in vain at Kawelo. When
they were weary, two others, more skilled, took their turns, and so on
until all had tried. But this was only a game to Kawelo.

Then Kamalama was told by his brother to bring the sharp spears
with which they could do battle. ‘Taking the celebrated spears he cried,
“Kawelo, keep your eyes wide open. If you wink your eyes once I will
spear you.”

Bracing himself, he threw the spear at Kawelo with all his might.
Kawelo dodged it, and it flew on until it came to the surf at Waikiki, so
great had been the force which sent it. Then Kamalama was told to

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 57

throw the second spear directly at the stomach of his brother. Again
Kawelo dodged it and this time it flew beyond the surf.

When the messengers from Kauai had seen Kawelo’s skill in dodging
spears, they marvelled at his strength and declared that he would be the
conqueror of the islands. After so much exercise Kawelo hurried to his
bath and then sat down to eat his forty calabashes of poi and forty
laulau of pig. As before, his hunger was not satisfied until he had been
served the same amount again. Then, calling the messengers to him, he
inquired what had brought them from Kauai.

They answered, “Kawelo, we have come to take you home to your
parents, who are in sore need. They have been driven from their homes
and have nothing to eat. You must return to fight with Ai-kanaka, the
cruel prince.”

Without replying to them, Kawelo ordered his wife to secure from her
father spears, bows and arrows used for shooting rats, and the ax that
he used for hewing out canoes. All these things he would need on Kauai.

After his wife had crossed the stream and walked beyond the coconut
trees, Kawelo told Kamalama to follow her, concealed, and to listen to the
words of her father.

When Kanewahine came to her father’s house she found that he had
gone to prepare awa for the gods. Now the building where he was work-
ing was kapu for women, so the mother approached as near as she dared
and then wailed loudly to attract his attention. Ceasing his prayers to
the gods, the father hurried to his daughter, and asked, “What great thing
has brought you here? Are you not afraid of the akua which hover
about ?”

Kanewahine answered, “I came to get the spears, the bows and arrows,
and the ax for my husband who must go to Kauai to do battle.”

Her father began to berate his son-in-law in these words: “Your hus-
band is a plover with small feet. He is a bird that runs along the beach
and is overthrown by the beating surf. He is like a banana tree without
strength ; he is like a puhala tree growing with its roots out of the ground.
He is not strong like me, your father, large from head to feet, whom
neither the Kona storms nor the wind from the mountains can harm.”

“Be careful how you speak of my husband,” warned Kanewahine. “He
will know whatever you say.”

“What wonderful ears he must have!” jeered the angry father. “He
is on the Kona side and we are at Koolau.”

His daughter replied, “My husband’s powerful god, Kalanikilo, has
heard your words and he will tell. My husband knows everything. Noth-
ing is hidden from him.”

58 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

“Tf that is the case,” said her father, “someone must be listening who
will carry my words to him. Come, my sons, and we will find the guilty
one.”

And so they searched everywhere but no one was to be found for as
soon as Kamalama had seen them coming he had hurried to tell Kawelo
all he had heard. When he began his story his brother stopped him, saying
that he knew all. This made Kamalama very angry and he cried, “If you
have such good ears why did you send me to that place where I have no
friends? I wish to eat.”

The head steward carried out forty sweet potatoes and forty laulau of
pig. While they were eating, the father-in-law with his sons arrived and
Kawelo told him all he had said.

“See! It is as I said,” cried Kanewahine, “his god is very powerful.”

“Yes,” answered the father, “I see that your husband can hear in Kona
what has been said in Koolau.”

Then Kawelo, anxious to punish his father-in-law, said that they must
try spear-throwing. His father-in-law told one of his sons to try first,
but Kawelo would not hear of this. “The teacher must first try with the
scholar,” he said. “Then it will be seen which one is stronger.”

So the man and his sons were on one side against Kawelo. His father-
in-law threw the first spear which was warded off, and flying back, hit the
thrower, knocking his down. As his father-in-law rolled over in the
sand, Kawelo cried, “My spear, Kuikaa, is stronger than yours. It has hit
your jaw. You are being punished for what you said of me. A rooster
fed in the sun is stronger than one fed in the shade. One kick from the
rooster fed in the sun will knock you down.”

Seeing her father lying on the sand, Kanewahine ran to him and,
pouring water on his head, restored him to consciousness.

After this trial of spears, Kawelo sent his brother and his wife with
two soldiers to Puuloa to beg a canoe from Kakuhihewa, the king of Oahu.
When they came before the king, Kanewahine stated their mission. The
king gladly gave them a large double canoe because he feared Kawelo
and was glad to hear that he was leaving for Kauai to do battle with
Aikanaka.

So they returned to Waikiki in the canoe and Kawelo began his prepa-
rations for leaving. As soon as all was ready they set sail and went ashore
at Waianae where they built a heiau to Kawelo’s gods. After Kawelo had
placed his gods in this heiau he asked advice from them, for he was un-
certain in his mind about this journey. The feathers on one god, Kane-i-
ka-pualena, the Yellow-Feathered-God, stood straight up, showing that he
was not afraid of the task before them. The other god, Kalanihehu, the

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 59

Scatterer-of-the-Heavens, gave no sign. But Kawelo believed he had seen
a propitious omen and at evening he left Oahu.

Before morning Kawelo saw Keaolewa, the clouds on the top of Haupu,
floating towards them like a great white bird. Soon Kalanipuu came into
sight.

These sights were not visible to the other passengers of the canoe
and Kawelo’s uncle exclaimed, “You must be telling us falsely. We have
often been on this voyage with your parents, but always one night and
half a day passed before we could see Keaolewa flying towards us like a
bird. You say you see it before dawn.”

But at daybreak all were able to see that Kawelo was speaking truth-
fully and in a short time the canoe lay off Hanamaulu, where the messengers
urged Kawelo to land so that he could see his parents and friends before
going to battle with Aikanaka. Kawelo refused to do this and ordered
Kamalama to turn the canoe towards Wailua.

As the canoe anchored at Wailua, Kawelo told his brother to feed all
the men so that they would be strong for the work before them.

The people on Nounou saw the canoe, and Aikanaka sent his messengers
to find out what sort of canoe it might be, friendly or warlike. If friendly,
the passengers were to be given food, tapas, and shelter. If warlike, the
two great generals of Aaikanaka were to give battle at once.

In the meantime Kawelo, wrapped in mats, had been placed on the
pola, the platform joining the double canoes, where he was covered with
coconut leaves. When Kamalama saw the messengers swimming out to
them, he called to Kawelo, “A man from our king is coming. He is swim-
ming towards us.”

As the messenger climbed aboard he asked, “Why have these canoes
come ?”

“To give battle,’ answered Kamalama, boldly.

“Who is the general?” inquired the man.

“T,” said Kamalama.

“Where is Kawelo?”

“He is on Oahu.”

“What is that bundle on the pola?”

“That is our food and clothing for this trip.”

The messenger, a little suspicious, stepped on the bundle, but, as it
did not move, he was deceived.

Then Kamalama asked how the king wished to give battle. He was
told to go ashore where, after they had rested, eaten, and put on their war
malo, they could begin the battle.

60 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

“But,” warned the messenger, “you cannot win. We feared only
Kawelo. Since he is not here you cannot hope for victory. You would do
well to return to Oahu. This is not a canoe fit for doing battle with Kauai.
Such a canoe must needs be a big canoe, a long canoe, and a wide canoe.”

During this conversation crowds of people had gathered on the beach
with the two head warriors. Each warrior had four hundred soldiers—
not to mention the women and children—all clamoring to begin the fight
at once.

But the messenger, mindful of his promise to Kamalama, ordered them
back while some of his men carried the enemy’s canoe up on the dry sand.

While this was going on Kawelo had secretly told his brother to loosen
the rope that bound his feet. This done, he stood up with his mighty
spear, Kuikaa, the Whizzing-Point, in his hand. Seeing him, his followers
cried out, “Kawelo is on the canoe!”

The word Kawelo aroused such great fear in the hearts of the men
who were carrying the canoe that they dropped it, killing several. At once
the soldiers of Aikanaka surrounded the canoe.

Kawelo thrust his spear on the right side of the canoe and killed a
great number. Then he turned to the left and killed many more. As soon
as the Kauai soldiers saw how great the slaughter was, they retreated to
the hill of Nounou. There they met great numbers of men hurrying to re-
enforce their friends by the sea.

After the retreat Kawelo ordered his brother to push the canoe back
into the sea where he could watch the battle. Then Kamalama arranged
the soldiers skillfully as he had been directed. Kawelo’s adopted child,
Kauluiki, Little-Rolling-Stone, led the right wing, and another adopted
child, Kalaumeki, Meki-Leaf, led the left.

Seeing that Kawelo was not on land, the soldiers of Kauai came forward
again, and engaged in furious strife. Kamalama was in the thickest of
the battle, fighting with great courage. Kauluiki retreated to the shore but
Kalaumeki kept on fighting, killing many.

When Kawelo saw how things were going, he called out in a loud
voice, “When we conquer the island, Kamalama shall have all the Kona
side of Kauai and Kalaumeki shall have all the Koolau side.”

Hearing these words, Kauluiki grieved deeply because he had retreated.
“Tt would have been better to have stayed on Oahu,” he mourned. “There
I at least had taro to eat. Here I have nothing.”

When the messenger saw that the generals and best soldiers of his
king had been killed he hurried to carry this news to Aikanaka. Kawelo
asked Kamalama to follow the messenger and when he overtook him to
scratch him with his spear, to mark him, but to let him go on his errand.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 61

Kamalama overtook the messenger before he was half way up the hill.
Tearing off his clothes, he beat him and then let him go. As the poor man
ran to his king he cried, “We have no men left. All are killed. When I
swam out to the canoe, Kamalama was the leader. Kawelo was nowhere
to be seen. When the canoe came ashore, Kawelo appeared.”

This news was a great surprise to Aikanaka because when he had heard
that messengers had been sent to Oahu for Kawelo he had called together
his bravest and most valiant warriors. Kauahoa had also been ordered
to join them on the hill of Nounou, which had been well fortified. There
provisions had been stored. The hill teemed with the celebrated soldiers
of Kauai,

As the king was listening to the report of his messenger, two of his
head soldiers, Kaiupepe, Flat-Nose, and Mano, Shark, asked if they
could go down to the sea with eight hundred soldiers and engage in battle
with the invaders. ‘They asked only for the king’s messenger as guide.
The king granted this request and they advanced to join in battle.

The fresh troops met Kamalama’s men and were slaughtered. Only the
messenger escaped. He hurried to carry the news of this disaster to his
king. “That is not a battle yonder,” he cried, “it is a fire. Kamalama can
throw his spear through ten men.”

Great anger filled the heart of Aikanaka. Two other generals boasted
of their strength and begged to be allowed to fight with their four hundred
soldiers. As they advanced, Kamalama met them. In the battle which
followed the men from Oahu showed their wonderful skill in spear throw-
ing. They could spear an ant or a fly. Easily they killed all but the two
generals. Then the hand of one of these men was speared.

But this battle had been so furious that Kamalama and Kalaumeki
were beginning to be weary, and they were being hard pressed by the
enemy. Kawelo saw this and called to them to retreat. While they were
retreating, Kawelo ordered his paddlers to paddle the canoe to the shore.
There he learned that most of the Kauai soldiers had been killed. The
rest were about to retreat.

Kawelo then angered his brother by granting more land to his step-son.
Kamalama left the battlefield, but was brought back by these flattering
words, “Why do you depart, my young brother? You are the greatest
soldier of all. You are hungry now; so your strength is waning.”

Just then reinforcements came from Nounou and the Oahu soldiers
retreated to the spot where Kawelo was standing. Seeing Walaheeikio,
one of Kauai’s most celebrated soldiers, advancing, Kawelo thus addressed
him, “If you will join my forces, I will give you my sister as your wife.”

62 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

This promise made the warrior think that Kawelo feared him. So he
replied, “It is not for you to give me a wife. I shall kill you, and Aikanaka
will offer your body as a sacrifice to his gods. I and my men will eat
cooked taro on Kauai.”

This vain boasting amused Kawelo, who warned, “Break the point off
your spear before you thrust it at Kawelo.”

“I will not have to break my spear to strike you,” laughed the soldier.
“You are as large as the end of a house. I must be an awkward animal
if I miss you.”

“You cannot hit a flying flag,” ridiculed Kawelo. “You might hit my
waving malo. Your shameful boasting will make you weep.”

The two warriors raised their spears at the same time and threw them.
Kawelo dodged the spear which just touched his malo and passed on into
the ground. With shame, Walaheeikio turned to hasten back to Nounou
but Kawelo threw his spear at his back and killed him.

So only Maomaoikio was left. Pity for the lone warrior filled Kawelo’s
heart and he offered him a wife if he would desert Aikanaka. But this
soldier answered as his companion had answered, and threw his spear at
Kawelo. Kawelo dodged it and threw his mighty spear at the king’s
faithful soldier. Then his canoe was left to drift without its paddler.

The messenger ran to Nounou and reported to Aikanaka, the boasting
of his generals and their death at the hands of Kawelo. Then the king
cried, ‘“Now a cold chill numbs my bones. The house that gave us shelter
is broken.”

A soldier, Kahakaloa, skilled in throwing and dodging spears cheered
the broken king with these words, “When did Kawelo learn to fight? We
all lived here together and he was no more skilled than others. He has
not been on Oahu very long. How can he be so skilled even though his
father-in-law has been teaching him? I have fought with his father-in-law
and neither could win from the other. How then can Kawelo defeat me?
So, O King, give me five forties of men and I shall join battle with Kawelo
and his younger brother.”

Permission was gladly given by the king and Kahakaloa advanced to
the foot of Nounou where he met Kamalama. In the battle which ensued,
his strength and valor were shown, for he pressed his rival back to the
spot where Kawelo was standing. There Kawelo angered him by calling
him names, “Lai-paa! branded, son of a slave! Ai-opala, eater of rubbish!
Dog! Ai-hemu, eater of leavings!’’ This was a great insult to a high chief
of Kauai.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 63

At length the two warriors stood ready for the encounter. Their spears
were thrown at the same time. Kawelo was struck and stunned and his
body rolled in the dust. Kahakaloa lost one ear and a little finger.

The king’s messenger urged the soldier to strike the fallen Kawelo
again, as his eyes were still open, but Kahakaloa answered, “He is killed
by one blow from a young man. I shall not strike him again or he will
go down to Milu and boast that I had to strike him twice. Now let us go
home to eat. After that we shall return and finish our enemy.”

Kamalama ran to his brother, for he believed that he had been killed.
But in a short time Kawelo sat up. His dizziness left him. He asked
where his antagonist had gone. Then he strengthened himself with food.

Kahakaloa, in the meantime, had hurried to his king, where he boasted
that he had killed the mighty Kawelo, and that he would soon go back to
the sea to put out his light forever. Hearing that his great rival was no
more, Aikanaka ordered his steward to place the choicest food before the
valiant soldier and the faithful messenger.

While this was being prepared, the king noticed that Kahakaloa had
lost a finger and he inquired how the accident had happened.

“That was a branch on the outside which was easily struck,” answered
the soldier.

“And how about your ear?”

“Oh, that was a branch on top also easily cut off,” replied the wounded
man.

After Kahakaloa had eaten the food from the calabash he placed the
empty vessel on his head as a helmet and went forth to destroy his rival.

Seeing someone coming, Kamalama called to his brother, “A bald-
headed man is advancing. I can see the sun shining on his forehead.”

But Kawelo was not deceived. He recognized his former antagonist
and planned revenge. As Kahakaloa came before him, Kawelo struck the
calabash on his head. Being broken, it fell over his eyes so that he could
not see, and he was easily killed.

Again the messenger had to carry news of defeat to his king, whose
only comment was, “How could he live, so wounded? He was only
Kawelo’s pig.”

There still remained on Nounou, Kauahoa, the strongest of all the
king’s soldiers. He was known all over the islands for his size. He it
was whom Kawelo feared most of all. However, Kawelo remembered
their boyhood days when he had broken his friend’s kite and had escaped
unpunished. If Kauahoa feared him as a boy, possibly he still did. This
thought cheered him and he planned how he could gain a victory over his
old-time opponent.

64 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Now when Kauahoa heard that Kahakaloa had fallen in the dust, he
vowed to seek revenge with his spear, a whole koa tree from Kahihikolo,
above Kilauea, so large that the birds sang in its branches while it was
being carried. The giant stripped some of the branches from this tree,
and they are growing at Kahihikolo now.

As this giant with his huge spear came down from Nounou he was so
large that he hid the sun. A cold chill numbed the bones of Kawelo. Fear
filled his brave heart. But he prepared for battle.

On his right he placed his wife with her pikoi.4 On his left he sta-
tioned Kamalama. Behind him he ordered his foster sons to wait. Thus
Kawelo stood with his mighty spear, ten fathoms long.

Kawelo knew that by skill only could he hope for victory. He decided
not to wait long. Then he called out:

I remember the days when we were young.

Swelled now is the Jim of Hanalei.

Swelled above the eyes is the cloud of morning.

In vain is the battle at the hands of children.

The great battle will follow,

As the deep sea follows the shallow water.

In vain are the clouds dispersed.

O Kauahoa, the strong one of Hanalei!

Awake, O Kamalama, the strong one of Kualoa!

Awake, Kawelo, the strong one of Waikiki!

Awake, Kaelehapuna, the strong one of Ewa!

Awake, Kalaumeki, the strong one of Waimea!

We will all gather together at noonday.

Postpone the battle, my brother. Leave me.

This is not the day for us to give an exhibition of battle,
Friend of my boyhood days, with whom I made lehua leis
At Waikaee for our lord and older brothers.

Awake, O Hanalei, the land of chill and rain,

The land where the clouds hover!

Awake O Kauahoa, the handsome one of Hanalei!

To these words the giant of Hanalei answered, “To-day we will give
battle. To-day either my spear will seek your death or your spear will
seek mine. To-day on one of us must fall the heavy sickness.”

This answer alarmed Kawelo, but he fanned his flickering courage
with the remembrance of the kite incident and replied:

Hanalei, the land of cold and wet,

Hanalei, the land where the clouds hover!

The Ukiukiu, the northerly storm, of Hanakoa,

The cliffs of Kalehuaweki are in vain.

The Jama and wiliwili are in flower.

The rain that flies beyond Mamalahoa

Is like Kauahoa, the man that Kamalama will defeat.

4See Glossary.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 65

Having spoken thus, Kawelo said to his wife, “Throw your pikoi high
as the ridge pole of Kauai is high. li we kill this giant, Kauai is ours.
We shall cover ourselves with the fine mats of Niihau, and shall eat of the
birds of Kaula.”

Placing his brother and his foster children behind him, Kawelo at
last was ready. Then, as Kauahoa threw his spear, Kawelo’s wife caught
it and drew it to one side with her pikoi, enabling her husband to dodge
it. As the giant stooped down to pick up his spear, Kawelo cut him in
two. So died the last of the strong men of Aikanaka.

That night Kawelo said to his wife, “I and my brother will go up to
the hill of Nounou. If you see a fire burning you will know that we have
conquered Kauai.”

Ascending Nounou, Kawelo called out, “Aikanaka, let us be friends.
Let us sleep together on the mats of Niihau.”

The king did not reply. His men told him that Kawelo was tired and
would soon be asleep. But they heard Kawelo asking if there were no
men left on Kauai.

Aikanaka answered that only twelve soldiers were left. Then he
begged his kahuna to let him go and meet Kawelo. They replied that a
king could not fight with a servant whose duty, it was to count cockroaches.

Kawelo heard these words, which filled him with such shame that he
started to roll down the hill. His wife threw her pikoi and kept him back,
saying, “Why should you be ashamed? If you are really a slave, kill
yourself. If you had been a slave, you would have been killed during this
battle. The roosters are kings because they sleep on the top of the house.
They waken you in the morning.”

The kahuna told Aikanaka to answer that roosters were slaves.

“Oh, no,” replied Kawelo, “you use the feathers of roosters to make
kahili to wave over your kings.”

Suddenly, a stillness fell on Nounou. Aikanaka and his men had fled
to Hanapepe. Then Kawelo built a big fire on the hill. Seeing this, his
brother and sons knew that Kauai belonged to him and so they hurried to
the hill. There Kawelo divided the island, giving Koolau to Kalaumeki,
Puna to Kaeleha, and Kona to Kamalama. The whole island was under the
supervision of Kawelo, who lived in peace with his parents at Hanamaulu.

Aikanaka was living at Hanapepe with no honor, no food, no tapa.
With his own hands he had to cultivate the taro patches. After he had
been living in this manner for some time, Kaeleha left Kapaa and came to
Hanapepe. There he met Aikanaka, who gave him food. A ‘friendship
grew between them and the former king gave his daughter in marriage
to his conqueror’s foster son.

66 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

As time went on Kaeleha grieved because he had nothing to give in
return for so much kindness. At last his shame was so great that he
decided to lessen it by telling Aikanaka that he could conquer Kawelo by
throwing stones at him. This secret brought gladness to the king’s heart
and he cried, “My bones shall live again!” So Aikanaka and Kaeleha
counseled together. The king sent his men to pile up stones near Wahiawa.

In the meantime these plans had been carried to Kawelo, who sent to
find out from Kamalama if they were true. Kamalama hurried to Wa-
hiawa, where he saw a great many people on the plains gathering and piling
up stones. While he watched, a man approached him and said that these
stones were being gathered to give battle to Kawelo, the usurper.

Kamalama sent this report to Kawelo, who was filled with anger. He
hastened to Wahiawa, where he discovered Kaeleha’s war canoes concealed
behind the great pile of stones. There, too, he saw many men armed with
stones, ready to give battle. Kawelo had only his spear and his wife’s
pikoi. He and his wife had to fight with all of Aikanaka’s men. It was
impossible for the valiant Kawelo to dodge all the stones which were flying
at him from all directions. They piled up over his head. Several times he
shook them off. At last he became weak and the stones were as a grave to
him. His wife, wailing loudly, fled.

Believing that he was dead, the men removed the stones and beat his
bruised body with sticks until they could feel no more pulse. Then mes-
sengers were sent to proclaim Aikanaka king of Kauai again.

Men carried the body of Kawelo to Koloa, where Aikanaka had built
a heiau. ‘There they laid the body and covered it with banana leaves,
planning to return in the morning to offer the sacrifice.

The heat created by the banana leaves brought warmth to the cold body,
and at midnight Kawelo returned to life. He got slowly to his feet and
walked about the enclosure waiting for daylight.

The guard heard the footsteps in the heiau and fear took hold of him,
for he believed that Kawelo’s ghost had returned to seek vengeance.
Creeping up to the wall he saw Kawelo standing and so he called, “Is
that in truth you, Kawelo? Has death departed from you?”

A voice answered, “Where is Aikanaka with his men? Where am I?”
When he heard these words, the guard knew that Kawelo was not dead.

“They are far distant,” replied the guard. “They are sleeping. At
sunrise they return to place your body on the altar and to offer you as
a sacrifice to Aikanaka’s god. It is wonderful that you live. I will help
you in any way I can, even if in so doing, death come to my bones.”

These words cheered Kawelo and he asked for his mighty spear. Then
he directed the guard in these words, “Towards morning I shall lie down.

Rice—Hawaian Legends 67

You cover me again with the banana leaves. When Aikanaka and his
friends enter the heiau whisper to me.”

So Kawelo lay concealed under the banana leaves. Aikanaka did not
come until noon and the hidden man was greatly annoyed as he was very
uncomfortable.

At last he heard the guard whisper, “Kawelo, Kawelo, awake!
Aikanaka, your treacherous son, and all their soldiers are in the heiau!”
Then pulling off the banana leaves the guard called aloud as Kawelo stood
up, “Behold! Kawelo has come to life!” Utter astonishment seized the
men. They could not believe that this was he whom they had left as dead.

Stepping towards Kaeleha, Kawelo cried, ““My son whom I fed and
cared for, why did you turn against me? ‘Today you shall pay the cost.
And you, Aikanaka, shall die today, too.”

Then Kawelo hurled his faithful spear and killed all but the guard.
To him he gave Koloa, where he should reign as high chief.

Kawelo returned to Hananiaulu and there lived in peace until the day
of his death.

68 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

THE DESTRUCTION OF THE AKUA ON NIIHAU

The people of the islands of Kauai and Niihau were accustomed to
going to one end of Niihau to fish. But it often happened that while they
were sleeping on the sand after a hard day’s fishing, the akwa would come
and devour many of the men.

At last one brave man declared that he would destroy the akua and rid
the island of this danger. So he built a long house, similar to a canoe
house, leaving only one entrance. Then he made mayy kii, or wooden
images of people, placing in the heads mottled gray and black eyes of opihi,
or mussel, shell. These images he put in the house, concealing himself
outside.

At night the akua began to come for their usual meal. Looking into
the house they saw the kii with their shining eyes. At first this surprised
them, but as the images lay very still, the akua decided that the Kauai men
slept with their eyes open, and so they entered and tried to eat the images,
with dire results. Their teeth were caught in the wood, and while they
were struggling to free them, the crafty Kauai man quickly shut the door
and set fire to the house, and all the cruel akwa were burned to death.

Thereafter Niihau became safe for fishermen, and this part of the island
still bears the name Kii.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 69

PAAKAA AND HIS SON KU-A-PAAKAA

Kua-anuanu, Cold-Back, was the head steward of Keawe-nui-a-umi,
the Great-One-in-Umi’s-Presence, son of Umi, king of Hawaii, and god of
all the winds, which he kept in a huge calabash. The king loved his stew-
ard greatly and placed great confidence in everything he did.

One day the desire to visit the other islands of the group came to Kua-
anuanu, and so as he waited on his king he said to him, “My Lord the
King, if you have any love in your heart for me you will allow me to visit
the other islands. You will not miss me, for you have many servants. If
you need me at any time send a messenger and I shall gladly return.”

When the king had heard these words he was very sad at heart for his
steward was very skilled in serving him. Nevertheless, he gave his permis-
sion and bade his servant farewell, with these words, “Aloha. May the
spirits of our ancestors keep you until we meet again.”

Kua-anuanu prepared his tapa and malo for the journey. Then getting
into his canoe, he paddled well and soon came to Lahaina, where he went
ashore under the breadfruit trees. Being a chief, he was entertained by the
chiefs in a manner befitting his station. He entered into all the sports of
the Maui chiefs.

One day when the sea was smooth, Kua-anuanu went surfing with the
other chiefs at Uo, the celebrated surfing place. There he showed his
wonderful skill. He could gracefully ride the surf board, standing or
kneeling, and come to land without the spray even touching his body.
Naturally his fame spread to all the islands.

After having spent two months on Maui, Kua-anuanu went to Oahu and
landed at Waikiki, where the high chiefs lived. When it was known that
the head servant of the king of Hawaii had come, the king of Oahu enter-
tained him in royal fashion. He also ordered his people to bring clothing,
mats, and food for the distinguished guest.

When Kua-anuanu had visited here for several weeks and had partaken
of the kindness of the king, he decided to travel on to Kauai, where he
landed at Kapaa.

Near the sea he built himself a home and there men, women, and
children flocked to see the stranger. In the midst of the crowd Kua-anuanu
saw a very beautiful woman, who was called Laamaomao, and whom he at
once longed to make his wife. LLaamaomao consented and after twenty
days they were married.

This marriage angered the parents of Laamaomao greatly, for, though
they held a high social position through their relationship to the kahuna,
nevertheless, they were very poor, and had hoped to marry their beautiful

70 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

daughter to one of the wealthy princes of the island with whom they could
live and spend their old age. Now, their daughter had married a tramp,
a stranger with nothing, and they themselves were without food.

The princes of Kauai were also angry, as they had wished to win
Laamaomao’s hand, and so the stranger from Hawaii was hated by all.

Soon, however, Kua-anuanu had planted taro, potatoes, sugar cane,
and bananas to provide food for his wife and her family. When they had
lived thus for two months, a messenger from the king of Hawaii came to
Kua-anuanu and said, “By the order of the king I come to take you home.
The servants whom you left in your place are not skilled in providing for
the king. Your lord says that you have traveled long enough.”

Hearing these words, Kua-anuanu wept bitterly because his king was
in trouble. At last he answered, “I will return with you. On this island
I have married. I have planted food for my wife and her parents. It is
not ripe yet. If I go my wife will be in great need. She will be forced to
crawl to others’ doors and beg for food. But my love for my king calls
me. These bones are his. He has the power to take my head if he so
chooses. I cannot disobey any of his commands.”

That evening Kua-anuanu told Laamaomao that he must return to his
king but she must stay on Kauai. He explained to her that he was not a
common tramp as her parents believed, but a chief and the backbone of a
king. To be known as the backbone of the king was the highest honor
a chief could attain. He talked over the probable birth of a child to them,
telling her to name a girl after her friends, but to name a boy Paakaa,
which means the skin of his king cracked with drinking azwa.

All these things made the beautiful Laamaomao weep bitterly, but she
sumbitted to her cruel fate and the next day bade her husband aloha as
he departed with the messenger.

After a time a boy was born to Laamaomao and she called him Paakaa,
as she had been commanded by the father. The happy mother thought that
now the anger of her parents would be appeased, but they refused to receive
her and called the baby the child of a servant. They could not forget the
plans they had made for their daughter to marry a chief of Kauai.

And so Laamaomao lived on alone where the pali rises from the sea at
Kapaa, and there she brought up her boy.

When Mailou, Laamaomao’s brother, who loved her dearly, saw how his
sister was being treated, he stayed with her and helped her care for her boy.
Mailou was very skillful in catching birds, as his name signifies, and in this
way he made a living for them all.

—

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 71

At one time when they were in great trouble Laamaomao sent Mailou to
her brothers and sisters begging for help. They provided for their outcast
sister without letting their parents know.

As Paakaa grew older he began to wonder where his father was, and
so one day, he asked his mother about him. The mother, not wishing to
explain to the boy the father’s going, told him that Mailou was his father.
This the child would not believe, saying, “He cannot be my father. He
is very small and I am very large.”

After many such questions Laamaomao was forced to tell Paakaa the
truth. She said to him, “Look where the sun rises. There your father lives.
We feel the wind which is sent from there by the king, the keeper of all
the winds.”

So the boy believed his mother and resolved that when he become older
he would seek his father.

Meanwhile he tried to increase his skill in all things which add to man-
hood. He became very skillful in farming, fishing, surfing, and hewing
out canoes, but he decided to become a fisherman.

When the king’s fishermen were driving the flying fish, Paakaa would
follow the fishermen and they always gave him a few fish. He complained
to his mother that he was given only a few fish while all the others received
many. She told him that this was because the fishermen considered Mailou
very lazy and did not want to help him.

Then Paakaa began to beg his mother to allow him to join the fisher-
men. She feared that he was too small and could not swim well enough.
But the boy assured his mother that he could swim as well as any of the
men. At last she promised to get her brother’s canoe for the boy.

As Paakaa watched the fishermen he noticed how difficult it was to
paddle the canoes out to the deep sea, so he tried to find a way to lessen the
labor. Day and night he dreamed. At last a thought came to him. He
found and cut two slender, straight sticks nine feet in length. Then he
took a roll of Jauhala and wove a small square mat. This finished, he tied
its ends to the sticks, thus making a sail as he had dreamed of doing, so
that his shoulders would not ache from paddling his canoe. Then the boy
went home to await his uncle’s return. Thus was the first sail made.

After Mailou had brought birds from the mountains the little family
partook of the evening meal. Then Laamaomao told her brother that on
the morning he must help lift Paakaa in his canoe into the sea. Mailou
complained, saying that he was able to supply enough birds and that they
did not need fish. Laamaomao, too, beginning again to fear for her child’s
safety, urged him to stay at home. But the boy, having the same determi-
nation which had led his mother to marry without her parent’s consent,

72 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

could not be dissuaded from his plan, and his elders reluctantly consented.

Early the next morning Mailou lifted the canoe into the water. Seeing
the strange-looking /auhala mat, he asked the boy what it was. But Paakaa
told him to wait and see. His uncle answered by saying that the fishermen
would laugh at him if he went fishing with such a strange object. So the
boy explained what it was, and setting up the mast, pushed out the boom,
The early morning breeze from the mountains filled the sail and carried
the canoe along. Paakaa steered the canoe and it glided gracefully
through the water as if it were a living thing.

Mailou was astonished. When he saw what the boy had done he called
out to him that history would remember him as the first person to sail
a canoe.

As Paakaa neared the fishermen, he concealed his sail. They were sur-
prised to see the boy and wondered why his uncle had not come with him.

The drive of the flying fish began. Paakaa’s canoe was in the middle
of the fleet. He soon saw that the men on the outside got the first fish
caught in the nets, so he paddled to the outside. The older men called
to him that his place was not there, but he went on lifting up the net and
getting many fish. When they started home the boy had eighty fish in his
canoe.

Paakaa urged the men to race to land, placing all the fish as the wager.
After much wrangling, a large canoe paddled by eight men accepted the
boy’s challenge, first placing all their fish in his canoe, for he insisted that
they might take advantage of his size and keep the fish, even though they
lost the race.

The signal to start was given and in no time the eight paddlers left
Paakaa far behind. When they saw the boy turning the bow of his boat
to the wind and arranging a mat they jeered at him and asked where his
boasted strength was.

As soon as Paakaa had hoisted his sail, he turned his canoe toward
land. The wind filled the sail and the canoe began to skim over the deep
sea. When he neared the large boat, the men began to paddle with all
their strength but the little canoe sailed quickly by them, and they heard
the boy calling, “Use more strength so that sooner you may drink the
water of Wailua. Paakaa, the first born, will eat the flying fish.”

Paakaa reached the dry sand long before the others and so the one
hundred and sixty fish in the canoe were his. He shared them with the
people who crowded around to see the strange sail, and who wondered
at his cleverness. Then rolling up the sail, and putting the fish in a bag,
Paakaa hurried home to tell his mother and uncle of his good fortune.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 73

Laamaomao’s happiness was very great and she said to her son, “I
am rewarded for my care of you. You will bring life to my bones.”
Mailou was no less happy and it was a very cheerful family which that
night enjoyed an evening meal of fish. Laamaomao did not forget her
neighbors in her good fortune and they all were given some of the boy’s
first fish.

At this time Paiea was king of Kauai. One day the desire to visit
all the islands came to him, so he sent for his kahwna and soothsayers to
learn from them the propitious time for starting on such a journey.

These wise men informed him that the time for such an undertaking
was at hand, but they advised him first to travel around his own island,
Kauai. This advice the king accepted.

Upon hearing of the king’s intended journey, his retainers at Kapaa
prepared to accompany him to Oahu, Maui and Hawaii. Paakaa’s interest
in these preparations was intense, and he begged to be allowed to go with
them. He won their consent and at last his mother’s also, though she
feared that the king might abuse her son.

When it became known that Paiea would visit his people, food and
fish in abundance were prepared for the entertainment not only of the king
but of his retainers and followers as well.

Six months were spent in traveling around Kauai. Paakaa followed
the king and his retainers, doing errands cheerfully and humbly. When
the division of food was made he was never given any, but so much was
wasted by others that he always had enough to eat. He was determined
to be so useful that the retainers would take him to the other islands.

As the time for leaving Kauai came near, Paakaa explained to his
mother how eager he was to reach Hawaii where his father lived. And
the mother wisely advised her son to go in meekness and not in pride,
willing to serve others. Thus would he come to the valley of Waipio, on
Hawaii, where his father dwelt with the king.

There, she said, “You will see two aged, white-haired men, the king
wearing a feather cloak and lei, and your father, holding a kahili. Without
fear, sit on your father’s lap, tell him that you are Paakaa, and then he
will receive you and grant you all the blessings of life, property, and honor.
At last, my child, you will come into your own as the son of the chief of
Hawaii and the backbone of the king.”

Having spoken these words Laamaomao gave Paakaa a very finely
polished calabash in a koko, or net, which she said contained the bones
of his grandmother, Loa, and also the winds which blow from Hawaii
and the winds which blow from Kaula, Bird Island. Paakaa took the cala-
bash, and in surprise heard his mother say, “In her life your grandmother

74 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

controlled the winds. Before her death she put all the winds into this
calabash and gave it to me. She told me that after her death her bones
were to be concealed in the calabash with the winds. This I was to keep
carefully until my son should need it. Now I place it in your keeping.
You will find it very useful on your journey. If becalmed, you can sum-
mon any wind you wish. If ridiculed, open the calabash and call for a
fair wind which will carry you safely to land. ‘This power to control the
winds will win you much fame with kings.”

Then Laamaomao taught Paakaa the names of all the winds and the
prayers and mele used with each. Thus was her only son prepared to go
in search of the father he had never seen.

In the meantime Paiea had collected a great crowd of high and low
chiefs, retainers, and followers. So many canoes were needed to transport
this crowd that when they put to sea the water between Kauai and Oahu
became calm. The canoes looked like a great mass of clouds.

This fleet of canoes landed at Waikiki where the king was entertained
with great pomp. After a few days Paiea went on to Molokai and Maui
and came finally to Hawaii where a landing was made at Kohala. Here
the people became alarmed upon seeing so many canoes and, believing it
to be a battle fleet, prepared to attack the enemy.

However, as soon as they recognized Paiea they sent word to their
king, who ordered messengers to conduct him to Waipio. ‘There he was
given a great welcome. The people gladly brought presents of food so
that the guests from Kauai had more than they could eat. That day the
smoke from the many imu where pigs, chickens, taro, and bananas were
cooking, obscured the sun.

This hospitality did not last. The streams which had poured in food
began to grow dry. Want came and Paiea’s followers had to hunt food
for themselves. So it always was. The first days of the stranger’s visit
were over supplied, the last days were neglected.

As the days went by and the shortage of food came, Paakaa, every-
body’s slave, was often hungry. Looking at the king and his chief advisor
the boy would greatly amuse the crowd by saying, “If I can reach those
two old men yonder I can have all I want.” For these words he was ridi-
culed. How could he ever hope to reach men so well guarded? Did he
not know that to go into the king’s presence meant death?

But Paakaa waited his opportunity. One day he put on a fresh malo
and tapa and watched for a moment when the soldiers were not looking.
In an unguarded second he passed them and ran rapidly to his father and
jumped onto his lap.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends Ths)

Among the old Hawaiians it was the law of the land that only his own
child could sit on his father’s lap. So Kua-anuanu asked the name of
this boy who had dared to break the kapu. When he heard the name,
Paakaa, he knew that this was his son, born to the beloved wife he had
left on Kauai and named by her as he had ordered. He pressed the boy
to his heart and wept bitterly for the absent mother.

Then he told the king of his marriage on Kauai. The king was de-
lighted with Paakaa and said, “You must teach your son all you know so
that if you sleep the long sleep before I do he can care for me.” Messengers
were sent to order the people to bring gifts for Paakaa, the king’s new
steward. They came with great rejoicing, carrying many presents of food
and clothing. .

When Paiea and his followers saw into what a position Paakaa had
fallen, they were afraid, for they recalled their unkind treatment of the
boy. But Paakaa was forgiving and gladly divided all his gifts among
the king and his retainers, according to the social standing of each person.

So the son of Laamaomao had come into his own. As he grew in
stature be became very handsome. In cultivation of the land, in navigation,
in fishing, in astrology, Paakaa excelled all others. This skill brought
him great favor with the king who gave him lands. Many of Paiea’s
retainers preferred to stay with him when their king returned to Kauai, and
so he became next to the highest chief on Hawaii.

In his good fortune Paakaa did not forget his mother and when Paiea
went home he sent canoes loaded with gifts to her. Many times after-
wards he sent canoe loads of presents to her, so that her days of want
were ended. In adversity Laamaomao had had no friends. In prosperity

many claimed relationship with her and attached themselves to her house-
hold.

When Paakaa had reached his twenty-fifth year his father fell ill. The
kahuna who were summoned said that nothing could be done for him.
Knowing that death was near, the faithful old chief called his son to his
side and said, ‘““My days on earth on growing few. I leave my king in
your care. Listen to his commands at all times. Care for the food which
is not eaten. Dry it and place it in calabashes. Care for the fish and the
growing awa. Care for the king’s subjects, high and low.”

After death had claimed Kua-anuanu there was great mourning in the
land. The king and all his subjects wept bitterly for him, the most beloved
of all on Hawaii. When the days of mourning were over Paakaa took his
father’s place. He was made head chamberlain, diviner, treasurer and navi-
gator. He became the izi-kwa-moo, the backbone of the king.

76 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

At this time Kahikuokamoku, the prime minister, divided the govern-
ment of the island into five sections, each section being placed under a
chief. Under this system and Paakaa’s guidance, Hawaii was at peace.
The high and low loved Paakaa dearly, as he was very just in all his
dealings. The king loved him because he had even more ability than his
father.

However, as always happens, Paakaa had enemies who tried to under-
mine him with the king. These were two men, Hookele-i-hilo, Navigator-
to-Hilo, and Hookele-i-puna, Navigator-to-Puna, skillful navigators who
could sail the seas and who could foretell weather conditions. In fact
they knew almost as much about navigation as Paakaa did, but they lacked
the calabash of winds. They wished for themselves the power and honor
that belonged to the youthful Paakaa. So at every opportunity they com-
plained and lied to the king about Paakaa and boasted of their own ability.

Little by little the king was deceived by these lies and began to turn
against his faithful servant, who never dreamed what was going on. At
last the time came when the king took away all Paakaa’s canoes and all
his land except two small lots, giving these possessions into the keeping of
the boy’s enemies. Paakaa was now only treasurer of the king and care-
taker of his houses.

Poor Paakaa was sore at heart, for he knew that he was unjustly
treated. Soon the chiefs followed the king’s example and gave him no
honor and tried to find fault with him. Then Paakaa decided to go away.
He placed some of the king’s most beautiful malo in the calabash with the
winds and set forth in his canoe.

When his enemies saw him leaving they tried to capsize his canoe,
but he escaped probable death by lashing mats to the canoe. Fortunately
a fair wind followed him and he reached Hilo safely where his cousin,
Lapakahoe, the Flash-of-the-Paddle, was living, taking charge of Paakaa’s
lands there. Paakaa explained to Lapakahoe that he had fallen into dis-
favor and was going away from Hawaii and the enemies he had un-
wittingly made. So, alone, the discouraged Paakaa paddled his canoe and
came in due time to Molokai, where a strange fate lay in wait for him.

On Molokai lived a very beautiful woman, Hikauhi, the daughter of
Hoolehua and Ilali. Now it happened that the girl’s father had promised
her hand to Palaau, the chief of that part of the island. But as soon as
she had seen Paakaa, she forgot all about her former lover and demanded
that the stranger be given to her. Palaau very generously consented, and
so they all lived in peace. Paakaa cultivated the lands well, fished skill-
fully, and brought great prosperity to his wife and her family.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 77
Ss

When a son was born to Hikauhi, Paakaa named him Ku-a-paakaa,
Standing-in-the-Place-of-Paakaa, for his father and his grandfather. ‘This
child was brought up very carefully. His father taught him all the mele
he had made for the king of Hawaii, for he believed that in time the king
would miss him and would send for him, and he wanted the boy to be
prepared. He also taught the boy the names of all the winds of the
islands as his mother, Laamaomao had taught him long before.

In the meantime things were not going very smoothly with the king of
Hawaii. At first his new servants had taken very good care of him but
soon they became careless. After Paakaa had been gone several months,
the king realized that these men were working only for themselves and
were neglecting him sorely. He was patient as long as he could be, but
at last he decided to go in search of his faithful Paakaa. Summoning his
soothsayers, his kahuna, and his diviners he asked them where to find
Paakaa. They communed with the spirits of their ancestors and learned
that Paakaa was still living, but his dwelling place was not known to them.
They urged the king to delay his departure until a large fleet of canoes had
been hewn out.

So the king ordered all his people to join the canoe cutters and to hurry
to the mountains. All those who were not able to go must prepare the
food supply. The king hoped that these preparations could be easily and
quickly made. He was doomed to disappointment.

As soon as the first tree had been cut, two birds flew upon the branches,
which was a sign that the tree was hollow. A second tree was cut, and
again it was seen to be hollow. The cutters went from tree to tree, always
with the same result.

Then the king sent for the skilled sling throwers and the net catchers
and the gum catchers but they were all unable to catch the two birds
who were, in fact, ancestors of Paakaa, and who were trying to prove the
king’s aloha for the boy.

At last from Kauai came Pikoi-a-kaalala, the Ambitious-One, the
most skilled of all in shooting the bow and arrow. He could shoot off
the head of a flower. He never missed a bird on the fly.

The king greeted Pikoi warmly and made known to him the trouble
he was having with the birds. Taking his bow and arrow, the skillful
hunter hurried to the forest where the trees were being cut down and
shot both birds. In vain he looked for the bodies of the troublesome birds.
However, with the shooting of them, all difficulty was removed and two
beautiful canoes were soon prepared for the king, and others were made
ready for his retainers.

78 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

In the meantime, on Molokai, Paakaa had heard that the king was
about to set forth to find him. ‘This news pleased Paakaa very much and
that night he dreamed that the spirit of the king came to him and told
him that he was searching for him. In his dream Paakaa told the king
that he would find him at Kaula. When he awoke and recalled his dream
Paakaa was very sorry that he had directed the king wrongly. He decided
that if his former lord passed Molokai, he would urge him to land there,
for he knew that his son would be a great help to him. He also plotted
in his heart revenge on his two enemies.

Now it happened that Paakaa’s house was too small to entertain the
king and his retainers, and so Paakaa took his son with him into the
mountains where they cut down trees to build larger houses. In a short
time they had finished six houses of pili grass, one for each division of
the island of Hawaii.

As soon as the houses were finished Paakaa and his son planted six
ridges of sweet potatoes and six of sugar-cane so that the king would
have enough to eat. The king’s delay because of the birds gave Paakaa
ample time to finish his plans for the king’s entertainment.

On the night before the king was to leave Hawaii he dreamed that
Paakaa’s spirit came to him and said that he would find him on Kaula. In
the morning all the kahuna, and paddlers, and steerers were summoned
and told the dream. They declared that Paakaa was not on Kaula. The
king dreamed again that Paakaa was on Kaula. When his kahuna still
insisted that the dream was not true, the king decided to land on each
island so that he could not miss his beloved servant.

At last the canoes set out, the single canoes leading, the double canoes
with supplies following. Next were the canoes with the head soldiers, the
women, the common soldiers. ‘Then came the six chiefs, followed last of
all by the king and his prime minister. A stately fleet whose going showed
how well the king loved Paakaa.

The first landing was made at Lahaina. There it was learned that
Paakaa did not live on Maui, so the fleet went on. When Paakaa saw the
canoes leaving Maui he called his son to go fishing with him. They got
into their canoe, Paakaa sitting in the bow with his head so bowed that
the king could not recognize him, the boy paddling. As they neared the
fishing grounds they caught the first glimpse of the king’s fleet. As the
canoes came nearer Paakaa recognized those belonging to the six chiefs
who were not real chiefs and whom he ridiculed by calling out, “You are
an under-chief. You hid behind the sugar cane and ate sugar cane. And
you also are only an eel catcher.” So he ridiculed all the chiefs in order
to arouse their anger.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends ie

Ku-a-paakaa was anxious to know when the king would pass by, and
his father told him that when the sun rose the king would come in a double
canoe. On the pola of the canoe would be seen a large house for the
king’s god, Kaili, the Snatcher; a small one for himself, and a still smaller
one for the women.

At last the king’s canoe appeared and Paakaa called out, ““As you pass
by hold up your paddle, Lapakahoe.”

These words were told to the king by his messenger and the pilots
received orders to approach Paakaa’s canoe. As they neared Paakaa,* he
told his son to ask them to come ashore as a storm was coming. He also
bade the boy ask them whom they were seeking. To this question some
one answered, “We seek Paakaa, a servant of the king.”

This answer surprised Ku-a-paakaa, who said to his father, “They say
that you are a servant. You told me you were a chief.”

Paakaa told his son to ask the question again, and this time he re-
ceived this answer from the king, “He is not a real servant. He is a
kahili bearer and my backbone.”

This answer made Ku-a-paakaa very happy and he sang a mele in
which he said that these canoes must be made from the great Hawaii of
Kane, where the sun rises from the point of Haehae bringing aloha to the
king, a friend in days of want when there is no food on the land.

The prime minister answered the boy’s mele in these words, ‘“‘Do you
not see, O boy, that these are the canoes of Ku and Lono, of Kane and
Kanaloa, and all the multitude of gods? These canoes came from Hilo,
the land of heavy rain, which makes the leaves fall from the trees. The
land where leis are made from the hala blossoms of Hapae.”

Now Ku-a-paakaa began to sing mele urging the canoes to come
ashore as the clouds brought by the winds from Ha-o and Ha-ea were
gathering on Kawainui, above Wailau, which foretold a storm.

But the king’s pilot answered, “Why should we listen to this boy? If
we go ashore the canoes will be cracked and we will take the boy’s bones
to stop the leaks.”

Paakaa told his son to reply in this manner, “No one fills the cracks
of canoes with the bones of a boy. Everyone takes a stone adz and cuts
down a tree. When the tree is felled he cuts off the branches and then
hews out the canoe. The bones of a dog or a pig are used to give polish
to the canoe.”

The king’s companions were surprised to hear the boy answer so wisely.
Thinking that he probably knew the weather signs of his own island, the
prime minister asked him to tell them.

80 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Ku-a-paakaa replied, “A storm will come. The wind will turn your
canoes around and bring you back. So far, the wind from Hawaii has
helped you. Soon an adverse wind will roughen the sea.”

Then Kua-a-paakaa recited the names of all the winds of Hawaii, and
also all the winds of Oahu and Kauai. When asked how he happened to
know all the winds he answered that all the boys knew them.

To this one of the paddlers cried out, “That is not true. Only two
people know all the winds, my cousin, Paakaa, and I. Do you know where
Paakaa is? Is he on this island?”

But the boy would not tell the hiding place of his father, saying that
he had heard that it was on Kaula.

When the prime minister asked who was in the bow of his canoe the
boy replied, “That is my father who is deaf and does not hear your
words.”

All this delay was very annoying to the paddlers who were anxious
to be off, even though their king urged them to go ashore. They vowed
that if they ever reached Oahu safely, they would return and put the
impudent boy to death.

The king was very much interested in the boy and asked his name.
“Come ashore and you shall hear my name,” was the only answer he
received.

In spite of all his efforts the boy was unable to persuade the paddlers
to land. So he tried something more powerful than words. Opening his
calabash of winds he called, “Blow winds from Kauai against them. Blow
winds of Oahu and Hawaii from the side. Blow winds of Maui and Molo-
kai behind them.”

At once the clouds arose, the heavens became dark, the thunder roared,
the lightning flashed, and the sea became very rough.

When the king saw these signs of bad weather he was very angry
with his paddlers who had told him that clear weather would prevail. He
called out, “The wind is coming, the stones are rolling, a great storm is
at hand. I urged you to listen to the boy, but you only ridiculed him. Now
the deep sea will engulf us and we shall be lost. Would that we had gone
ashore.”

No sooner had he spoken than the storm struck the first canoes, cap-
sizing some of them and the strong current carried many of the sailors
away. Soon the sea filled all the canoes. As the king’s canoes went to
the help of the smaller ones death came very near to the great king of
Hawaii. The sea washed away the food and fish and clothing. The men
and their king clung to the canoes though they were chilled to the bone

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 81

by the cold rain. Then the king in anger called for Paakaa, his beloved
servant, the only person who could take him safely on a journey.

As soon as Paakaa saw the sad plight of the king he ordered his son
to close the calabash of winds. At once the sea became calm. The sun
shone brightly. The sailors swam back to their canoes and began to bail
out the water.

The king looked about and seeing that Molokai was the only land near
them, he ordered the canoes to return to the place where the boy was
fishing.

As the canoes approached, Paakaa told his son to say that the entrance
to their harbor was very crooked. If they would enter it safely they must
follow him.

Reaching the boy the king called out, “It came to pass as you said.
The storm rose and our canoes were badly damaged. Now we have come
back to you for help.”

Remembering his father’s warning Ku-a-paakaa replied, “If you had
come into the harbor when I warned you there would have been no dan-
ger. Now the tide is high and we must go carefully or your canoes will
be cast on the rocks and you will have none with which to find Paakaa or
to return to Hawaii.”

So they followed the boy, and the first canoes safely reached the sandy
beach.

No sooner had Paakaa’s canoe touched land then he jumped ashore
and ran as quickly as possible to the house where he had stored the food,
for he hoped to hide himself there. It happened that Lapakahoe saw him
running and noticed how much he resembled Paakaa.

By evening of this day all the canoes had returned and were safely
landed. The king sat on the pola, wet and unhappy, for all his clothing
had been lost.

Seeing the king’s sad state Ku-a-paakaa hurried to his father and told
him. Paakaa sent the king’s own clothing, which he had brought with
him from Hawaii, to the unhappy king who was surprised to see clothing
which so much resembled his own. He gave the boy his wet malo which
he carried to his father. Paakaa hung it over the door, so that no one
would dare to enter the room made kapu by the king’s clothing.

Paakaa also sent to his king the tapas he had brought from Hawaii,
telling his son to say that his mother had made them and scented them
with sweet smelling herbs.

As with the malo the king thought that the tapa looked familiar and
remarked, “Only on Hawaii is this tapa made. Paakaa always took care
of my tapas. Can he be on this island?”

82 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

But the boy replied that his mother had made them in an inaccessible
valley for him, her only son and a high chief.

Ku-a-paakaa directed each of the six chiefs to the houses which had
been prepared by his father and where nothing was lacking for his comfort.

The king was waited upon by the boy whose adroitness very much
pleased him. As night fell the boy heard him say, ‘““My aloha for Paakaa
is great. At this time of evening he was wont to prepare the sweet awa
that brought happy dreams. Together we drank and then lay down to
sleep.”

These words Ku-a-paakaa told to his father, who at once sent him
to the king with the awa strainer, the prepared awa, and a large piece of
awa root. When the king ordered him to chew the awa the boy was to
pretend to do so, but instead he was to give him the prepared awa. This
would be done so quickly that the king would be greatly pleased. Then
he was to run to the sea and bring live fish for the king.

Ku-a-paakaa did all these things as he was told and the king’s admira-
tion was great, for the boy had done his work like a man. Happier than
he had been for some time, the king drank the awa and lay down to
happy dreams. All his followers, wearied by events of the day, followed
his example and soon sleep claimed them all.

As they slept, Ku-a-paakaa released some of the winds and a great
storm arose which would delay their going.

Then Paaka and his son counseled together how they could destroy the
king’s two navigators who had so unjustly taken Paakaa’s place.

After much thought Paakaa explained his plan to his son thus, “Take
this hollow log to your grandfather’s house. When the food which we have
supplied for each chief is gone we shall give each one a ridge planted
with potatoes. Ask them not to throw away any of the small potatoes.
These must be cooked and given to your grandfather who will store them
carefully away in the hollow log. He will also store away dried fish and
will fill the gourds with water. When the day for leaving comes the king
will urge you to accompany him. Consent if he allows you to take your
bundle with you. Besides the log you must take a large stone fastened to
a coil of rope. After you have passed through the channel between Oahu
and Kauai and have neared Waimea, release some stormy winds from the
calabash. ‘Then cast the stone into the sea and anchor the canoes. When
the cold winds have chilled the men, give all but my two enemies a palm
leaf to shield themselves from the rain. Also give them dried fish, potatoes,
and water. Keep doing this until the two navigators are chilled almost
to death. ‘Then cover the calabash of winds and take the king back to
Hawaii.”

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 83

The boy listened carefully to his father’s words and prepared to do as
he was told.

When the stormy month of February had passed one of the chiefs re-
ported to the king that their food was all gone. The king then summoned
Ku-a-paakaa and asked for food. The boy told the king that he had six
hills of potatoes and six hills of sugar-cane on the uplands ready for him.

“How can six hills of potatoes and six hills of sugar-cane supply my
many people?” asked the king.

The boy answered that when the potatoes and cane saw the number of
people, they would bear abundantly, and so all the people must go up into
the highlands. He told this tale so that the lazy ones would work.

The king sent only half the men to do the work. They were surprised
when they saw the fields of potatoes and sugar-cane stretching away farther
than the eye could reach. Messengers were sent for the rest of the men
and they were all soon busy digging. Ku-a-paakaa told them to take all,
big and small, for he wanted the small ones dried. “You will have eaten
all my growing food during the stormy months and I must have dried
food until I can plant some more,” he explained, wishing to keep his
father’s plan secret.

At last when all preparations were made the calabash was closed and
the sea became calm. Ku-a-paakaa ordered the chiefs to lash the canoes
together and to float them in the bay, ready to sail them when the morning
star appeared. They lay down to sleep until the king’s crier should awaken
them.

Very early Ku-a-paakaa called them saying, “Awake! Awake! It is
half way between night and day. Your weariness is gone. The morning
star is rising.”

When they realized that it was only the boy calling them, they were
very angry and refused to get up. But he kept calling them until at last
he aroused them, and the six chiefs left without their king. They had had
so little sleep that when they lay off Leahi, Diamond Head, they fell
asleep. Then the winds were sent which turned their canoes around and
drove them back to the coast of Hawaii. There they met their families
and there was great rejoicing for they had been given up as lost.

Meantime on Molokai the king and his followers slept until day dawned.
Then the king sent for Ku-a-paakaa and asked him to go with them. At
first the boy refused, saying that he must stay with his old people. At
last he consented to go if he could take his bundles with him. The king
sent two messengers for these bundles. The messengers were greatly sur-

84 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

prised when they saw a heavy stone and the hollow log as long as the
canoe.

“The king would never have consented to take your bundles if he had
seen their size. You are indeed a strange boy to call a stone and a log
bundles. We have been working for the king from childhood up and we
have never seen bundles like these,” cried one messenger.

To this complaint Ku-a-paakaa answered, “Did you not bring womer
with you? Were they not like stones which never work?”

And so the messengers carried the strange bundles to the paddlers,
who were very angry and said that the king would refuse to take them.
But the king did not interfere, and at last the bundles were loaded on the
canoe.

Then Ku-a-paakaa hurried to the hiding place of his father and told
him that everything was ready. Paakaa urged his son to remember all
that he had made known to him.

“Tam only a boy. If I am killed it is well. If I kill your enemies
then you will be avenged,” was the son’s reply to his father.

So he returned to the king and a fair wind drove the canoes gently
along. ‘The skill of the paddlers pleased the boy greatly and he asked to
hold one of the paddles but was refused.

After they had passed Oahu and lay off Waimea on Kauai, Ku-a-paakaa
opened his calabash of winds and released some stormy winds which quickly
blew the canoes out to sea. As before, the sea grew angry, and great
waves dashed against the canoes, driving them out to the deep water.
But the king was not afraid. Peace filled his mind because Ku-a-paakaa
was with him. When the king asked what to do, the boy replied, “Anchor
the canoe with my big stone which will keep us in one place, so that we
shall not be blown out of sight of land. When the storm is over we can
reach land.”

Then the bey carried out all the plans his father had so carefully made
known to him.

He gave food and water to the men. He gave them the palm leaves
to protect themselves against the wind. ‘The two enemies of his father
were given nothing. The enemies realized that death would probably
overtake them, but they patiently suffered and asked for nothing. As
Ku-a-paakaa saw them growing colder and colder, he knew that his
father would soon be avenged.

At last Hookele-i-hilo fell into the sea. The people cried, “Alas!” but
they were too busy saving themselves to grieve. Soon Hookele-i-puna
followed his friend and again the people exclaimed, “Alas!” So these
two false friends of the king died the death they had plotted for Paakaa.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 85

When Ku-a-paakaa knew that his father’s enemies were dead he cov-
ered his calabash and at once the sea became calm. The king asked him
to take the place of the dead navigators, and so the boy was in command.

The sun shone brightly and, warming up the king and his followers,
soon put them all to sleep. Then Ku-a-paakaa turned the canoe toward
Molokai and released from the calabash a fair wind which carried them
swiftly along.

At dawn the king was surprised to find the canoe lying off Hawaii.
Great excitement prevailed in the canoe and on land, for often it had
seemed that there would be no returning.

The men in the canoe were anxious to land at once. Ku-a-paakaa
knew that in the glad homecoming he would be forgotten and so, indeed,
it came to pass. Each man was welcomed by his own. The great crowd
was filled with joy to see the king again. As soon as the wailing and the
reciting of mele was ended all hurried to their homes. No one thought
of the boy who was left alone in the canoe. As he saw the smoke rising
from the imu he realized how hungry he was, and hoped that someone
would remember him. But the king thought the people were caring for
him and the people thought that he was surely with the king.

Thus it happened that Ku-a-paakaa found himself at evening alone and
forgotten. He prepared to spend the night in the canoe and to eat what
he could find in the hollow log. Great loneliness filled his heart and he
longed for his home.

For several days the boy saw no one. ‘Then he heard the head fisher-
man ordering all the men to prepare the canoes for a flying-fish drive. He
asked to be allowed to accompany them, promising to bail out the water
and not to claim any share in the fish caught. So it came about that Ku-a-
paakaa, plotting much in his heart, was taken into one of the canoes.

The fish drive was very successful. Each man was given forty fish
and started for his own landing. Ku-a-paakaa, paddling with two com-
panions, saw a larger canoe with six paddlers. He at once challenged this
canoe to a race, the fish being placed as the wager. His friends were not
eager to paddle against so many, so he told them to join the others and he
would paddle alone. He took the precaution his father had taken so many
years before of insisting that all the fish be placed in his canoe.

Then the race began. At first the eight paddlers quickly out-distanced
the one. But Ku-a-paakaa prayed to his grandmother, “Give me a large
surf so that I can reach the shore safely. Then we shall eat flying fish
together.”

86 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Looking back he saw a huge wave which carried him swiftly to shore
and landed him safely on the sand. Then he carried all the fish to the
king’s canoe where he concealed them.

The paddlers in the larger canoe feared to ride such a big surf. They
felt sure that the boy would wreck his canoe. So they waited until the
quiet water followed the big wave and then they paddled ashore. When
they saw that all the fish were gone they were very angry and challenged
the boy to another race.

Ku-a-paakaa consented to a second race, but said that he had nothing
to wager. They replied that they would wager their bones. The boy
said, “I do not want to wager my bones. I am a wanderer here. I have
no friends. If you lose the race and are killed your families and friends
will wail for you. I'll wager those two double canoes yonder.”

“But those canoes belong to the king. How can you wager them?”
they asked.

The boy replied, “The king was a passenger with me. I have cared
for the canoes for many days.”

Still they insisted that only bodies should be wagered and at last
Ku-a-paakaa consented, saying that no blame could be placed on him for
laying this wager.

They set the day of Kau, Midsummer Day, for the race. Each con-
testant was to have a canoe six fathoms long. The loser was to pay the
penalty by death in an imu.

Ku-a-paakaa, knowing that these eight fishermen had received positions
at the hands of his father’s enemies, saw his father’s complete revenge
growing nearer.

The story of the coming race spread all over the island. Eight fisher-
men had been beaten by a small unknown boy! They would again try
their luck on the day of Kau! Such was the news which reached the
king’s ears and great was his astonishment, for strange as it may seem,
he never once remembered the wonderful boy who had saved his life.

People gathered from all over Hawaii to see the race. Men, women,
and children hurried to the place of interest bringing with them pigs,
dogs, feather cloaks, tapas, and other things. A few wanted to wager on
the boy; many risked everything on the eight fishermen.

As the sun rose on the day of Kau, it saw the king’s fishermen lifting
their canoe into the water, preparing the imu and collecting the wood to
cook their victim. When everything was prepared they called Ku-a-paakaa
to begin the race.

But the boy replied, “First we must have ready two surf boards. The
ones who reach the shore first must come in on the surf board four times.”

——

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 87

The fishermen were so eager to be off that they consented. In their
excitement the length of the course was not determined upon. So they
paddled out until they could just see the tops of the houses. Ku-a-paakaa
had asked to stop before this, but they would not listen to him.

As they turned their canoes around the boy said to them, “If you had
chosen a shorter course you might have beaten me. Now [I shall win.
Already I feel pity for your families.”

The command to start was given. In their excitement the king’s fisher-
men did not paddle together as skilled paddlers. Seeing their confusion,
Ku-a-paakaa knew that he would win. He followed in the swell of their
canoe, having only to steer his canoe. When the fishermen saw him close
behind them they paddled with might and main.

“Paddle! Paddle for your lives!’ called out Ku-a-paakaa.

As the canoes neared the shore the crowd saw the king’s fishermen
ahead and a shout of joy went up from their friends. But the fishermen
were very weary. Some had dropped their paddles; some had no strength
left to lift the paddles which hung from their hands. Then the boy shot
ahead and the cry, “The boy is ahead! He is winning!” aroused anger in
the hearts of those who were supporting the king’s fishermen.

After Ku-a-paakaa had touched land, he ran for a surf board and rode
the breakers four times as had been arranged.

When the eight fishermen had brought their canoe ashore, they threw
themselves on the sand and bitterly regretted having wagered their bones.
They saw the imu ready to receive them and knew that death would soon
be their fate. A great aloha for their wives, and children, and friends
filled their hearts. They wept bitterly as they saw the unknown boy collect-
ing the rich rewards of his victory.

A messenger had hurried to the king with the news of the boy’s victory.
Then the king remembered the boy who had saved his life and had
brought him safely back to Hawaii, and so he sent his servant to conduct
the boy to him.

Ku-a-paakaa gladly hurried into the king’s presence. At once the king
recognized the boy who had saved him from a bitter death at sea and
called him to come before him. The boy, remembering the kapu, hesitated,
but the king removed the kapw and Ku-a-paakaa crawled before him. The
king embraced him and wept over him, regretting that he had forgotten
him in his happy return home.

Then the head steward was called to prepare a meal of the best food
from the king’s own table. As Ku-a-paakaa ate he told the king how he
had lived in the canoe, eating the food left from the voyage.

88 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

“Auwe, auwe! cried the king. “Unhappy man that I am to have thus
rewarded one who saved my bones and brought me home from a strange
land. You foretold that you would be left where the canoes were drawn
up and so it has come about. It is my fault and not the fault of my men.
Is it you who raced with my eight fishermen? Tell me the wager.”

Ku-a-paakaa told him that in the first race the wager had been their
fish, in the second it had been their bones. He continued, “When [ left the
shore the imu was being prepared. The men are to be thrown in when it
is red hot.”

The king wept bitterly for his men. The boy told him that this wager
was of their own choosing. He had wanted to wager canoes.

The king cried, “O boy, if you have aloha for me, spare the lives of
my eight fishermen who supply me with fish. They are very skillful and
never go out without bringing in fish.”

To this prayer the boy answered, “I do love you, but I must not spare
the lives of these men. If you wish to see Paakaa again you cannot spare
the lives of these men.”

The king replied, “Bring Paakaa to me. When I see him I shall con
sent to the death of my fishermen.”

“Do you recall the first time we met at sea?” asked the boy. “You saw
an old man sitting in the bow of my canoe. That was Paakaa. He did not
wish to return to Hawaii until his enemies were killed. I am Paakaa’s son.
My name is Ku-a-paakaa—so named from the cracks in your skin. The
tapas which I gave you when you were wet from the sea were those that
my father had carried with him from Hawaii.”

The king was filled with delight at these words, for he knew that he
would see his beloved Paakaa again. He ordered his eight fishermen
thrown into the imu. He started the boy off for Molokai at once to bring
Paakaa to him.

When Ku-a-paakaa had left Molokai with the king, his mother had
bitterly reproached his father for allowing their only child to go away
from them. She knew that death at sea would overtake her only son.
Paakaa told her not to grieve for the boy would return. He urged her to
look towards Maui and she would soon see the mat sail of a canoe. The
canoe would belong to the boy who had sent death to the two navigators
and the eight fishermen. Then they would know that all those who had
estranged him from the king were dead.

All these assurances of her son’s safety failed to lessen the mother’s
anxiety. Nevertheless, she spent hér days looking for the mat sail of a

——T

Rice—Hawaian Legends 89

canoe. At last she saw it. Father and mother were overcome with joy.
As their son stepped ashore his mother pressed him to her heart.

Paakaa heard the story of the boy’s adventures from the day he had
left Molokai until his return. When he heard the king’s command that
he return to Hawaii he asked, “What gifts did the king give you?”

“He gave me nothing,” replied Ku-a-paakaa. “He will give you boun-
tiful gifts when you return.”

“Without promised gifts there is no use in my returning,” answered
Paakaa. “Better that I stay on Molokai where I have something to call
my own.”

In vain Ku-a-paakaa urged his father to return with him to care for the
king who had lost all his servants. Paakaa said that when the king had
restored his position and lands, then only would he return.

Ku-a-paakaa stayed with his parents for three days, resting and prepar-
ing to go back to the king. When he had not returned by the evening of
the second day, the king sent his prime minister with many canoes to con-
duct Paakaa and his son back to Hawaii.

When the sun had reached its zenith on the third day, Paakaa saw the
canoes nearing the land and he knew that the king had sent for his son.

As Lapakahoe, now the prime minister, saw his cousin, Paakaa, he
threw his arms about him and they wailed together. After this greeting
the prime minister asked his old friend why he had not made _ himself
known to the king before. Paakaa replied that he had wanted to test the
king’s aloha for him and to get his revenge on those who had wronged
him.

Then he called his wife, the daughter of a chief of Molokai, whom he
had married when he had come as a stranger to the island, and introduced
her to the king’s men.

Paakaa promised to return to Hawaii if the king would restore his
lands and position. The prime minister promised all in the name of the
king, and with his canoes loaded with gifts set out for home.

When the king saw his men returning without Paakaa he was very
sad. But when he had heard Paakaa’s promise he ordered his men to
prepare a fleet of two hundred canoes to go for his beloved servant. He
kept Ku-a-paakaa with him.

As this great fleet neared Molokai, the people there thought that it
must be a fleet fishing for flying fish. But they soon realized that it had
come for Paakaa, who returned to Hawaii like a king with friends and
retainers. His king wept over him and gave him position and lands be-
fitting so faithful a servant. So Paakaa lived in peace and honor for
many years.

90 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

HOLUA-MANU
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

Manu, Bird, lived with his parents in the mountains above Waimea
valley. His greatest delight was to slide down the steep pali sides on his
sled.

This sport caused his parents a great deal of worry, for they feared
that he would meet with some accident. So they placed two immense
rocks on the path he used most. But Manu could not be stopped by this.
He jumped over the rocks, and struck the path below. However, he did
not enjoy the jar, so he climbed back, and rolled one of the rocks down
to the river, where it stands today, as large as a house.

Manu’s parents prevented his crossing the river by sending a freshet
to stop him. The freshet would start at the same moment that Manu
started to slide and it would always reach the river first.

At last, discouraged, Manu took his sled, and went to the highest pali
of the Waimea valley, where he enjoyed his sport, without interruption.
This spot is still called Ka-holua-manu, or the Slide-of-Manu.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 91

THE GIRL AND THE MO-O
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

Living at Holuamanu in the mountains above Makaweli, was a family
in which there was one child, a girl, who caused her parents much annoy-
ance by her continual crying. In a cave beneath a waterfall nearby lived
a mo-o, which looked like a huge lizard or crocodile. One day when the
child was crying as usual, her father in anger pushed her out of the
house, saying thoughtlessly, “Go to the mo-o and live with him.”

The child hurried to the cave and was welcomed by the mo-o who
gladly cared for her and carefully brought her up. On warm, sunny days
the girl and the monster would come out above the waterfall and sun
themselves. If anyone approached, the mo-o would jump over the fall
into the cave, and the girl would spring through a hole which led into it.

As the years went by the girl’s parents grew more and more anxious
to recover their child. Asking advice of the kahuna, they were told to
cover the hole above the waterfall with a net, to trap her. One day they
did as they were told. Soon the mo-o and the girl came out. The parents
approached and the mo-o safely jumped over the waterfall, but the girl
was caught in the net. Realizing that there was no escape for her, she
cried, “In my youth you drove me from you. The mo-o cared for me.
Now, why do you want me again?”

She was like a wild animal, struggling to be free. Not daring to keep
her so near the cave the parents moved to Waimea, where gradually they
tamed the girl, until she grew accustomed to her old life. She had become
very beautiful and later she was married to the prince of Waimea.

92 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

NAMAKA-O-KA-OPAE
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

There lived at Holuamanu a women whose husband had been enticed
away by another. Seeking advice, the unhappy wife went to her grand-
mother, who was a kahuna, living at the mouth of a little valley near
Holuamanu. The grandmother told her to bring two ti leaves and she
would show her how to destroy her rival.

When the girl returned her grandmother noticed that she had two
stalks of ti instead of two leaves, so she tore off the leaves she wanted
and threw the stalks away. One fell to the right of a little waterfall
nearby and one to the left where they are growing to this day.

Then the old woman gave these instructions to the girl, “Take these
leaves. Make them clean, and glossy and smooth. Place them on the
crest of the waterfall. Go below and sit perfectly still on the rocks. Wait
there until your rival comes. When she comes she will pick up a stone to
throw at you. Not seeing the glossy ti leaves, she will slip on them and
fall at your feet.”

The miserable wife quickly followed out her grandmother’s instruc-
tions and in a short time her rival was lying at her feet. Snatching a
large stone she threw it on to the woman’s stomach and killed her. Today
in the clear water of the stream is seen a rock in the shape of a woman
on whose stomach still lies the rock thrown by the angry wife.

After having killed her rival, the wife tore out the eyes from the dead
body and, wrapping them in ti leaves, she threw them into the water.
Then she followed the stream until she came to a second small waterfall
under which she saw her husband sitting. She dropped a rock on his head
which crushed in his skull and left his mouth wide open. By this time
her rival’s eyes had floated down stream. She placed the eyes in her hus-
band’s mouth, saying, “Here is your meat.”

He was also turned to stone, and this rock, lying in the stream, can
still be seen by passersby. From the ledge above, it looks like the crushed-
in skull of a man, with open mouth, and bulging eyes that glitter still as if
alive. By the Hawaiians, this rock is still called Namaka-o-ka-opae, the
Eyes-of-the-Shrimp.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 93

KANA
A LEGEND OF HAWAII

Kana was the grandson of Uli, the supernatural woman who was mar-
ried to the god Ku. Uli was born in Hilo. One of her brothers, Manua,
lived in the underworld. Another brother, Wakea, had his home in the
land where all the islands were born. They were all very high chiefs.

To Uli and Ku was born a very beautiful child whom they called
Haka-lani-leo, the Listener-to-the-Heavenly-Voice. As Haka-lani-leo grew
older, she became the most beautiful woman of her time. Her skin was
like the sun as it rises, or like the feathers of the mamo.

Haka-lani-leo married Ha’ka, King of Hilo, and to this union twelve
sons were born. Eleven of these children possessed supernatural powers.
Ten of them were ten feet tall. The eleventh son, Niheu, was much
shorter than his brothers, being only five feet in height. Great wisdom was
given to him. He could count even the hairs of his head.

These boys liked to test their strength by trying to lift a large ulua,
ten fathoms and a yard long, that lived in the pond at Waiakea. Each boy
would try to lift this fish to his shoulder. None succeeded but the small
Niheu.

The twelfth and youngest son of Haka-lani-leo, Kana, came into the
world in the form of a piece of rope and was at once thrown into the pig
pen. The spirit of this child went to his grandmother, Uli, and begged
her to save him. Uli departed at once for Hilo.

When the people saw her coming they called, “There comes the old
woman, Uli. What brings her here? She has never come when her other
grandsons were born.”

As soon as Uli reached her daughter’s home she asked, “Where is
the little stranger that has come?”

“No stranger has come. We saw only a piece of rope which we threw
into the pig pen,” someone answered. “What do you want it for?”

Uli was led to the spot where the rope had been thrown. A pig was
just about to devour this strange looking object, but Uli picked it up and
placed it in her calabash. When she reached her home she put the piece
of rope into a calabash of water, saying, “It will never do if you come
forth from the water with a pig’s snout.”

Uli watched the water closely and when she saw a snout appearing she
quickly placed the rope in another calabash of water and soon a child
appeared.

94 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

The happy grandmother placed the baby on the mats, and made a
bower of maile, ieie and lehua branches to shade it from the sun. ‘Then
Uli went to work in her garden, which was very dear to her, and in which
she was always busy.

About noon the grandmother returned and stopped the child’s crying
by food. So Uli cared for her youngest grandson for forty days. By that
time he was forty fathoms long. As he grew in stature she enlarged the
bower over him.

On the celebrated hill, Haupu, on the island of Molokai, lived Keoloewa,
the king. With him were Pepee, Crooked-One, his general; Mo-i, High-
Chief, his kahuna; Moikeha, the High-Chief-who-Objects, his astrologer;
and his three plover messengers, Kolea, or Plover; Ulili, or Sand-Piper;
and Akekeke, or Snipe.

One day the king decided that he would marry, so he sent his bird
messengers to find the most beautiful woman on earth, whose skin should
be like the rising sun. The birds flew everywhere, looking for a woman
who would answer the king’s description. They found none until they had
returned to Hilo and there they saw Haka-lani-leo, the most beautiful
woman in the world, bathing in the sea by night.

At once the birds flew back to their king and told him that they had
seen a woman whose skin was like the oo and all the other beautiful birds
of Hawaii.

Keoloewa decided that this wonderful woman should be his wife. He
ordered a double canoe prepared for the journey. The birds flew ahead
to show the way. They came to the harbor of Hilo just at dusk. There
they waited patiently until the first cock crowed, and then they heard a
sweet voice singing. ‘The canoe was drifting in the water, where this
beautiful woman usually rode the surf.

Just as Haka-lani-leo noticed the dark object, a voice called to her,
“O beautiful woman, come here and rest before you ride the surf.”

The woman swam to the canoe and getting into it was lost in admira-
tion of its decorations which were made of the feathers of beautiful birds.
It was not until the canoe was being rapidly paddled for Molokai, that
she realized that she was being carried away. Then she began to mourn
for her husband and her home at Hilo.

As the days passed and his wife did not return, Ha’ka sent his people
to hunt on land and sea for her. She had disappeared completely. No
one could find her.

Then the king called his eleven sons together and asked each one what
he should do to find their beautiful mother. He came at last to Niheu
who, absently stirring up the fire with a long stick, answered in these

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 95

words: “The sea divides Hawaii fromm Molokai, where the wife you are
weeping for is held a prisoner in the strong fortress of Haupu.”

This answer made the king angry with Niheu whom he taunted because
of his size. Niheu showed that even though he was small he was very
strong. He jumped to the top of his house and, seizing the rafters, pulled
the building down. Then he beat the ground with his stick and formed
eight valleys with precipices so high that only the koae, the huge white
tropic birds, could fly to their summits.

After he had done these things he said to his father, “Now you have
seen what strength I have. But, alas, my strength is great only on this
island. If my mother were on Hawaii I could get her for you, but she
is on Molokai.”

One day when Uli and her grandson, Kana, were working in their
garden in the mountains they heard a great shouting coming from the
seashore. Uli said that Kana’s brothers were trying to lift the large ulua.

When Kana heard what his brothers were doing he was very anxious
to test his strength with them. So he waited until his grandmother was
busy, and then, after having shortened his body, he secretly hurried to-
wards the spot where the boys were trying to lift the fish to their shoulders.

As he neared the pond of Waiakea, Kana asked the children why there
was such a great noise. They replied that the chiefs were trying to lift
the big fish, but only the smallest chief could do it.

Kana was greatly surprised that his tall brothers could not lift the
fish, and said to the children, “Those men must be very weak if they can-
not lift that fish.”

One of the children told the chiefs that an unknown boy was making
fun of their strength. He was led before them and one of the brothers
asked, “Did you say that we were weaklings because we could not carry
this fish? Try to lift the fish yourself, if such strength belongs to you.”

Kana at once jumped into the pond and turned the head of the fish
towards the deep water. As the fish swam into the sea Kana held on to
its tail and was carried to Keahua and then back to the pond again. There
he easily lifted the fish to his shoulder, and walked away with it.

When the astonished crowd saw this demonstration of strength, they
cried, “This is the strongest boy of all.”

These words angered the older chiefs, who felt that their strength had
been ridiculed in the eyes of the people, for strength was possessed by
those of high birth only, and to have a boy of unknown parentage surpass
them was a great insult.

So Niheu cried that the boy was carrying the fish, belonging to the
chiefs, to his heiau, where he would sacrifice it in gratitude for his strength.

96 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

In fact Kana’s only thought was to carry his prize home to his grand-
mother. As he passed the heiau of Niheu, Kana was seized and carried
into the heiau where he was tied to the main post. Leaving him there,
his captors carried the fish back to the pond. It had been out of water
so long that it was very weak.

As Uli was working in her fields, the thought came to her that all was
not well with her grandson, Kana. So, not finding him at home, she
hurried to her other grandchildren.

When Niheu saw her he asked, “Do you know who that boy is, who
tried to steal our fish? We have tied him up in the heiau for attempting
to carry off the chiefs’ fish.”

Uli looked at the captive and at once saw that he was Kana. Turning
to Niheu she replied, “That boy is no thief. He is your lord. You were
born as a child. He was born as a piece of rope. ‘That is the reason
you did not know your brother.”

Then Uli told Kana to walk. At once all his ropes fell off, and in his
anger he began to tear down the heiau. Uli, fearing that the boy would
entirely destroy the sacred place, ordered him to return with her to their
mountain home.

As soon as the brothers had recovered from their surprise over the
knowledge that Kana was living with their grandmother, Niheu told them
that he was going into the mountains to build canoes with which to go to
Molokai in search of his mother.

In the mountains he looked for timber suitable for his canoe. He soon
found two wiliwili trees, seven feet in diameter.

The following day he felled these trees with two mighty strokes of his
ax and commenced hewing them out. By evening he had almost finished
them, so he decided to return in the morning.

Niheu was unable to sleep that night because he was very anxious about
his canoes. As soon as daylight came, he hurried to the place where he
was building them and was greatly astonished to find them standing up
and growing again. He left them and looked for other trees suitable for
canoes.

Having found two koa trees, Niheu cut them down with two strokes
and, as on the previous day, almost finished the canoes by evening. Again
he went home for the night.

At daylight he returned to the spot where he had left his unfinished
canoes. He found these standing up and growing. The boy was very
angry and muttered to himself, “This is the work of my grandmother, Uli.
She wishes to bring my work to naught. She is a cruel woman to cast this
spell upon me. I shall kill her.”

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 97

For four days Niheu wandered here and there in the woods, hunting
for Uli’s home. At last Uli came upon him and asked: “Why have you
wandered in the forest so long?”

Niheu replied, “You will soon see why I am here. I am going to kill
you now.”

To these words of her grandson, Uli replied, “Is death the gift you
bring to me? I have done you no wrong. Why did you not come to me
and tell me that you needed canoes? I would have told you how to build
them. It is not I, but your forefathers, the first builders of canoes, who
are now in the nether world, who will not allow you to fell the trees for
canoes until they have been appeased. Kill me, if you wish, but then
you will never be able to build canoes. Spare me, come home with me,
and eat and drink. Then you shall go home and find a black pig without
any white hairs. While you are gone, I shall prepare the awa root, the
large calabash, and the grass to strain the awa. Thus with my help you
can succeed.”

These words appeased Niheu and he followed his grandmother into
her house. While he was eating, he looked about for his new found
brother, Kana, but did not see him. As soon as he was refreshed, he
hurried home and, finding the things Uli had mentioned, he brought them
back and laid them at her feet. Then Uli told him to search in the forest
until he found two lehua trees. After having felled and topped these, he
should return to her.

Niheu followed his grandmother’s instructions. Then she gave him
the awa root and the black pig, which he carried to the place where the
trees were lying. Having built an imu he killed and cooked the pig and
prepared the awa. When all was ready Niheu called his ancestors to come
and eat the food he had prepared for them. Then Niheu concealed him-
self under the branches of the trees.

Soon he saw his strange looking forefathers gathering around the table.
After they had eaten the food one of their number, Kaikupakee by name,
tried to put the tops of the trees onto the trees again. Niheu caught him
and held him, saying that he was going to kill him. Kaikupakee answered
that if he were killed Niheu’s canoe would never be finished. So he was
released and at once called out, “I will not build your canoes!”

Poor Niheu was very much discouraged, and hurried to his grand-
mother to tell her his troubles. Uli comforted the boy with these words:
“Your canoes will be finished. Take this flag to the place where the trees
lie, and with it mark out the size you wish the canoes to be.”

98 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Niheu did as Uli said, and then waited until darkness fell. Nothing
was done to the trees that night, but the following night he heard voices
saying, “Come, let us finish Niheu’s canoes.”

Then a wonderful thing happened. ‘The canoes were instantly finished
and a canoe house was built. After the ancestors had pulled the canoes
under shelter they disappeared.

Early in the morning Niheu went to see what had been done and was
greatly astonished to see everything finished. Happiness filled his heart.
Looking for food, he came upon a house which he entered. There he
saw several coils of rope. Niheu was very glad to see this rope for he
needed it to pull his canoes to the sea. He also saw two sticks bent suit-
ably for lashing his canoes together.

Just as Niheu was congratulating himself on his good luck the rope
began to uncoil and Kana stood before his astonished brother, who was
so frightened that he ran and jumped down a high pali. Wana stretched
out his arms and rescued the falling boy. Bringing him back, he asked
why he had jumped over the pallu.

Niheu replied, “I jumped over that pali because I was anxious to see
the handsome people who live down below. You caught me before I saw
them.”

To this falsehood Kana answered, “You are not speaking the truth.
You ran because you saw my big eyes looking at you.”

Niheu confessed this to be true. Then he hurried back to his grand-
mother and told her that the canoes had been finished as she had foretold.
He asked her where the grandson lived, who had carried the ulua and
whom she had called the lord of himself and his brothers, for that grand-
son must go to Molokai in search of his beautiful mother.

Uli at first did not want Niheu to take Kana away, but at last she
consented, on condition that he be well treated.

Niheu found Kana and made known his errand. Kana consented to
help his brother and explained the details of his plan. Niheu was to
arrange his brothers and their followers in a long line extending from the
mountains to the sea, with himself nearest the sea. These men must all
be strong as the canoes were to slide down their shoulders to the sea.

When Kana saw that the long line of men was arranged he pushed the
canoes with such force that they slid towards the sea like the wind, de-
stroying everything in their way. ‘The men tried to stop the canoes but
were knocked down and killed.

As the canoes were sliding by Niheu, he caught hold of the manu,
the carved prows, and tried to stop them, but was unable to do so until
he had been carried out to deep water. After he had anchored the canoes,

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 99

he swam ashore and heard the great wailing over the sudden death of his
older brothers.

Niheu hurried to Uli and Kana to tell them the sad news. Kana then
told his brother to call the astrologer and the crews for the canoes. After
everything was prepared, the people carried Kana to the sea.

Mo-i, the famous kahuna of Molokai, saw all these preparations to
rescue Haka-lani-leo going on, on Hawaii. He called the plover and said,
“Go to our lord, the King, and say that I have had a dream. If he wishes
to escape harm he must return the woman he has stolen. If he refuses to
do this, dire calamity will befall him. The crop of coconuts and taro will
fail. A-a, small lava stones, will cover the land.”

The plover flew to the entrance of the palace and made known to the
king the dream of his kahuna. ‘The king answered that no soldier was
brave enough to come to Molokai and attempt to conquer her king.

Soon after, Mo-i slept and dreamed again. The plover, seeing his lips
move, awakened him and asked why he was muttering in his sleep. Mo-t
sent the plover to warn the king to send back the woman before the wards
of Uli should come to rescue her, and to bring disaster to Molokai.

The king, in anger, sent his messenger to tell Mo-i to dream no more,
or he would be punished.

Keoloewa then called his body guard of plovers, and told them to fly
over the world to see if any soldiers were preparing for a trip to Molokai.
The plovers flew everywhere and, seeing no soldiers, all but one returned
to the king. This one plover remained on Hawaii. He flew into the house
of Uli. Then he went to Hilo and ran along the beach until he became
thirsty. After he had gone to a stream for a drink, he flew back to the
beach where he saw the tracks of a man in the sand. Each track was
a fathom long and a yard wide.

With this information the plover returned to Molokai where he found
that the king had built a big fire, to put to death the bird messengers
because they had brought no news to him. When the king heard the
report of the one plover who had stayed behind, he put out the fire and
spared the lives of the others. He believed that there was no strong man
on Hawaii as the messengers had seen none.

In the meantime Mo-i dreamed again and as before sent the plover to
the king with this message: “O King, return the woman within three days,
or the war canoes will be seen approaching our island. In my dream I
saw a figure flying above the fortress of Haupu. The head was higher
than the mountain. The eyes were as bright as the evening star.”

100 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

The king was very angry and ordered his soldiers to bring Mo-i before
him. ‘Then he sent for Moikeha, the sister of Mo-i, who could tell him if
there was any truth in the words of her brother.

When Moikeha came before the king, he told her of the frequent warn-
ings he had received from Mo-i. He said that he did not desire to return
the beautiful woman he had stolen.

After hearing the king’s message, Moikeha began her rites. She took
a large calabash full of water and covered it with tapa. While she was
doing this she heard the voice of Mo-i muttering: “Look well to what
you are doing and you will see the big eyes of a man standing in the sea.
He is coming for the woman who is held here without good cause. If
he reaches the island, all will be destroyed. He is so tall that his head
is higher than the fortress of Haupu.”

As soon as Mo-i had ceased talking, his sister began to pray. While
she prayed, a violent earthquake shook the land. When Moikeha removed
the tapa from the calabash, she and Mo-i saw a pair of eyes as bright as
the moon shining in the water. Then Moikeha knew that the dreams of
her brother were true and she warned the king to return his captive to
Hawaii.

The king would not listen to this advice and answered, “I will not re-
turn my prize. I am able to lift up my island until the fortress reaches
the clouds. No man is tall enough to overlook it then.”

Mo-i answered that the ward of Uli was able to become taller than
any fortress. In fear, the people prepared for the day when the war
canoes would reach their island. The king still listened not to the earnest
entreaties of his generals and soldiers to return Haka-lani-leo, the beautiful
woman of Hawaii.

Meanwhile, on Hawaii, Kana was making his preparations for the
journey. He told Niheu to leave behind all the soldiers and paddlers, and
to take with them only Pohaku, the Stone, a trusted companion. When
all was prepared, the people wrapped Kana in mats, using one thousand of
them to cover him. ‘Then they placed him on the pola, the frame joining
the double canoe.

As they put out to sea, the tide and the currents were against them.
Many evil akua of the sea tried to delay them. The sword-fish tried to
destroy the canoe, but Pohaku lowered himself to the side of the canoe
and the fish, striking against the stone of his body, was destroyed. This
was the last of their troubles.

Soon they lay off Molokai. The people watching for war canoes were
surprised to see a canoe with only one man paddling. A messenger was
sent to ask if this was a war or a pleasure canoe. When Niheu answered

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 101

that it was a war canoe, the king ordered war preparations to be carried
out. In a short time the fortress was filled with soldiers ready to fight for
their king.

In the meantime the canoe had landed, and Niheu had commenced to
climb up the steep cliff by the aid of his long spear. The people believed
that this small man was only a boy, but they wondered at the size of his
spear.

Haka-lani-leo, safely guarded in the fortress, heard the words of the
soldiers and, ordering them to stand aside, saw the man scaling the cliff
and recognized her son, Niheu. Bitterly she wailed for the dear husband
and strong sons from whom she had been torn.

The king gave his order to kill Niheu should he try to enter the fortress.
But when the soldiers refused to allow him to enter, he struck them down
with his spear. Then, using his spear as a bridge, he entered the fortress
and rescued his mother. Placing her on his back, he crossed again on
his spear and walked safely away.

As Mo-i saw the mother and her son going down the cliff, he called
to the plover, “Anyone who is brave enough to pull some hairs from the
head of Niheu can destroy his strength.”

One of the plovers bravely descended the hill, and pulled five hairs
from Niheu’s head. Niheu stopped to count his hairs and, finding that
five were gone, he cried out, “What slave has dared to steal some of my
hair ?”

In his anger Niheu dropped his mother and at once the soldiers seized
her and carried her back to the fortress. Poor Niheu! He had lost both
hair and mother! He was most unhappy. He sent his spear to find the
person who had stolen his five precious hairs. It soon caught the plover
and brought him, pinioned on its sharp point, to earth at Niheu’s feet.

Niheu then rolled down the cliff, breaking his arm and injuring his
leg. Weeping, he came to the canoe, and accused his brother of having
sent him on this errand because he was small.

Kana was very angry, for he knew that now they would have a great
deal of trouble in rescuing their mother again. Kana turned over in the
mats and having thus broken the ropes, stood up. The king saw that this
man was taller than his fortress, just as Mo-i had said. He ordered his
turtles to raise the fortress. As Haupu was slowly raised higher and
higher, Kana stretched his body, first his human body, then his rope body,
next his convolvulus-vine body, his banana body, and last his spider web
body.

102 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

When Niheu saw his brother in this strange form, he began to cry that
he had been killed. He called out, “Kana, come down again to Uli.”

Kana heard his brother’s words and lowered his head into Hilo while
his feet were still on Molokai. Uli knew that her grandchild was in some
trouble, and she was very angry with Niheu, who had thought more of a
few hairs of his head than of saving his beautiful mother.

Uli brought food to Kana. He ate all the food that was in the cala-
bash. He ate all the food that was in the garden,—taro, potatoes and
bananas. As Kana took this nourishment his feet on Molokai began to
grow. When Niheu saw the feet growing, he began to chop at them with
a stone.

Kana called to his grandmother, “My feet are in pain. What is the
trouble?”

Uli explained to him that Niheu was angry because he was hungry.
So Kana promised to take him a hill of sweet potatoes.

Uli also explained to Kana that he must return to Molokai and break
the backs of the turtles, so that they could not lift Haupu any higher.

Having heard these words Kana raised his head, and when the turtles
tried to lift up the fortress he crushed them to death and pressed the
mountain down to its original size. Niheu then climbed up and carried
his mother down to the canoe.

The terrified people tried to escape but were driven over the pali by
the big eyes of Kana. Only Mo-i and his sister escaped.

Kana cut Haupu off from the mainland. He gave the kingdom of
Molokai to Hookekua, the king of Kekaha. Then he sent Niheu to
Hawaii with his mother, and began his travels.

From Molokai Kana crossed to Oahu whence he soon went to Kipukai,
on Kauai. There he saw the beautiful sisters of Kaneike. He traveled
on until he reached Kalalau, where he frightened Kahuanui, Big-Founda-
tions, who was making tapa, by stretching himself until his head reached
the clouds.

Niihau was next visited by the traveler. After seeing the celebrated
mat-weaver and the interesting points he stepped back to Kauai at a place
called Ke’e, near Kalalau, which is called to this day, Kapuai-a-Kana, The-
Imprint-of-Kana’s-Foot. Wherever Kana traveled on Kauai and Niihau
he killed the akua who were destroying the people.

At last Kana returned to Hawaii, where he found all the chiefs living
happily. Niheu asked him to go around Hawaii with him. While they
were staying in Kona, Niheu heard the people complaining because their
king, Kahoalei, the Friend-of-the-Lei, made them cook food and fish for

Rice—Hawaian Legends 103

him. Niheu decided to talk with the king’s messenger when he came with
orders for the people, and so called to the man, but he ran away. Niheu
followed and catching the poor fellow broke his back.

After this little adventure Niheu returned to Hilo. There his grand-
mother greeted him with these words: “You have been up to mischief.
Your actions will bring trouble to us. Bring your brother to me before
the calamity befalls us.”

In the meantime Kahoalei had waited until midnight of the third night
for the return of his messenger. At that hour the messenger crawled
before his king, begging mercy and saying that he had been badly treated
by the grandson of Uli.

Kahoalei was very angry and cried, “I shall punish Niheu. I shall take
from Hawaii the sun, the moon, and the stars. Only where I am, shall
there be light.”

After Uli had sent Niheu to find Kana, she fastened a rope to the door
of her house and then carried the rope to the sea, so that if the threatened
darkness befell the land, she could find her way to and from the ocean.
The people, seeing this, wondered what Uli was doing.

As soon as Niheu found his brother he started for Hilo with Kana on
his back. They had gone only a short distance, when the sun was taken
from the heavens and they had to feel their way. Kana then stretched his
head about the clouds and so reached Uli’s house.

“So you have come,” said his grandmother. “I sent for you because I
knew you were the only person who could recover the sun. Go now and
find it. It is hidden under the earth. Before you go, see if there is any
light in the sky. If there is, come and tell me.”

Kana stretched his body until he reached the sky, where he found light.
When he had reported this to Uli she said, “Take your brother with you
and go up as far as your body will take you. The place that you will touch
when you bend over will be Kahiki, and there you will find a spring. If
anyone asks you your name, say ,1 am yours and Uli’s.’”

With these instructions Kana started on his wonderful journey. When
they reached the heavens, Niheu was chilled through and through, and so
was left behind to die. Kana fell to Kahiki. The two old people there
were startled by the noise of his fall, and each tried to make the other find
what had fallen near them.

At last the old woman went out and seeing a white object in the
spring tried to catch it with a stick. Failing to do this, she asked the
object what it was and was surprised to hear it answer, “I am yours and

Wilirsee

104 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Crying, “Oh my grandson!” the old woman carried Kana to her hus-
band. ‘They fed him until his strength returned and then asked him if
he had come for the sun. When he replied that such was his errand, they
gave him two guides who led the way. They sent a fire in front to show
them the way and a wind behind to help them on.

When they reached the line dividing the kingdom from the land of the
keepers of the spring, the guides left Kana, telling him to go wherever
the wind directed.

So Kana journeyed on alone until he came to the guard, Manu-a, sitting
by the king’s door. Manu-a was friendly, and, urging the stranger to sit
down by him, told him how he had to sit there, and watch the king and his
followers eat and play while the cold rain fell upon him.

Kana was greatly interested. Soon he saw how the king got his food.
He lifted a stone that covered a large hole in the sky and lowered his
hand which was quickly filled with food by the people below.

While the king and his men were eating, the guard said to Kana,
“Wait with me until they have finished. Then they will return the
dishes and what remains of the food. Prop up the stone with your foot.
They will think the hole is closed and will go back to their game. Then
we may eat.”

Kana did as he was told, and when they were alone he lowered his
hand through the hole. As he did so the people saw a large black hand
and they knew it was not the king’s hand. Someone said, “This hand
must belong to a soldier. No wonder it is fat. He sits and plays games
all day while we labor for him. Perhaps even now he is demanding more
food.”

However, Kana’s relatives recognized his hand, and filled it with food.
Manu-a told him to drop the food. ‘Then his hand was filled with water.
This Kana also dropped. They next tried birds which the guard ordered
up. These birds called out, “Kiawea,’ the call of the long-legged fish-
hawk, and the friends of the king thought that day had come. The king
told them that there were no birds there.

Kana again lowered his hand, and it was filled with stars, which he
threw into the heavens where they gave light. Then the moon was placed
in his hand. Kana put it into the blue sky, where it remained giving light.
He was next given all kinds of birds and fowl, and for the first time the
rooster broke the morning stillness by crowing.

Yet again Kana lowered his hand through the magic hole in the sky.
This time he was given the sun, which he placed in the sky, having received
its solemn promise never to disappear again. Since that day no magic
power has been able to deprive the people on earth of the great sun.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 105

When the sun rose the king hurried out to see who was interfering
with his powers. Kana was about to kill him, but was stopped by the
king’s promise to bring Niheu to life again.

As soon as Niheu was restored to life, Kana, accompanied by the king,
stretched his body and returned to the house of Uli.

This was the king’s first visit to this part of his kingdom, and so he
planned to visit all parts of it. A canoe made of white chicken feathers
carried him from place to place. So he traveled over the world for two
years, conquering all lands. At the end of that time he returned to
Hawaii and was deeply grieved to hear that the mighty Niheu and the
artful Kana had died. He established his kingdom on the island of
Hawaii, and collecting worthy ministers, ruled for many years.

KAUAI LEGENDS OF KANA

When Kana came from Oahu, wading through the sea, to Kipukai,
Kauai, the turtles were raising up the hill of Haupu. Kana was afraid
that it would reach too high, so he stretched himself up until his body was
no larger than a spider’s web. When he was tall enough, he put his foot
on top of the mountain and crushed it down. So, now, three ridges run
out from Haupu. He found his brother Niheu starving in Kipukai, and
so he said he could relieve his brother’s hunger. He lay down and stretched
his body until his head reached the place where his grandmother was living,
on the hills back of Wahiawa. Then he called to his brother to cut his
toe, and when Uli fed Kana poi, it ran through his body, and reached
Kipukai, where Niheu sucked it out. Thus he saved his brother’s life.

After Niheu had been fed, Kana found that his grandmother was
making tapa, but the sun came up and went down so fast that there was
no time for the tapa to dry. So Kana said he could make the days longer.
He ordered all the people on the western side of the island to save all the
coconut fiber and to braid it into ropes. When plenty of rope had been
made, Kana stood on the top of the hill with the ropes coiled near him, and
when the sun came up he lassoed it, and broke off some of the spokes.
To this day, when the sun comes up, you can see that some of its spokes
are shorter than the others, and those are the spokes which Kana broke.
The sun then begged him to let it go. Kana said he would if the sun
would promise to go slower, so as to make the days longer so that Uli
would have time to dry her tapa. The sun agreed, and to this day has
kept its promise. So we have to thank Kana for our long days.

106 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

KAILI-LAU-O-KEKOA
A LEGEND OF KAUAI

Kaili-lau-o-kekoa, The-Covering-of-the-Koa-Leaf, was the only daughter
of Moikeha and Hooipo, two very high chiefs of Kauai. Her parents
loved the child greatly, and gave her every care, engaging a nurse, or
kahu, to be with her always. As Kaili-lau-o-kekoa grew, her beauty
increased. After she had ridden the surf at Maka’iwa, near Waipouli, or
had played konane, a complicated game resembling chess, her cheeks
glowed like the rising sun.

One day, when her parents had gone to cultivate taro in Kapahi,
Kaili-lau-o-kekoa was alone, playing konane with her nurse. Suddenly a
strange man stood before the door. He asked the girl if she enjoyed
konane very much. When she answered that she did, he suggested that
she play a game with him. Kaili-lau-o-kekoa won the game by a score
of nine to four. She said to the stranger, “You have been defeated by the
daughter of Moikeha.”’

The man asked, “Is Moikeha still living ?”

“Yes,” answered Kaili-lau-o-kekoa. “He has gone to the taro patches
now. Moikeha loves surf-riding and my mother. He will stay on Kauai
till he dies.”

After the stranger had heard these words, he said, “I believed that he
was dead. I regret not being able to take him back to Molokai with me.
When he returns, tell him that the high chief of Molokai has been here,
and has been defeated by Moikeha’s daughter in a game. Give your father
and mother the aloha of Heaa-kekoa.”

When the chief from Molokai had spoken these words, he got into his
canoe, and started for his island.

Now, at Pihanakalani, where all good things abounded,—a legendary
spot on Kauai above the Wailua river, that cannot be found nowadays—
there lived two very high chiefs: Kaua-kahi-alii, The-Battle-of-the-Lone-
Chief, and his sister Ka-hale-lehua, The-House-of-Lehua. In this garden-
spot of Pihanakalani was the far-famed fountain of Wai-o-ke-ola, Water-of-
Life, which could restore the dead to life, and renew the youth of the
aged. Kaua-kahi-alii owned a very loud-sounding flute called Kanika’wi,
which could be heard as far away as Kapaa.

One night Kaili-lau-o-kekoa had been playing konane with her nurse
until midnight. That night, while the girl slept, the nurse heard the flute
crying, “Kaili-lau-o-kekoa, do you sleep?”

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 107

When the girl awoke in the morning her nurse told her the words she
had heard. Kaili-lau-o-kekoa was greatly excited and said, “Today we
shall sleep all day so that I may be awake at midnight, for I must hear
this voice from the hills when it calls me.”

So they slept until evening. Then they played konane to keep them-
selves awake. At midnight they heard the flute voice calling, “Kaili-
lau-o-kekoa, do you sleep in Puna? Is not the surf high?”

“T do not sleep. I shall search for you until I find you,” answered the
breathless Kaili-lau-o-kekoa.

Then she and her nurse started on their search. They climbed up the
mountain side and at daylight reached Kuamoo.

When the sister of the flute player saw these two women coming, she
sent the heavy mist and the blinding rain to delay their journey. They
found shelter in a hollow tree and when the rain had ceased they went on.
Kaili-lau-o-kekoa soon saw a house where a bright fire was burning.

As the two women approached the house of Ka-hale-lehua, the sister
of the flute-player, she took pity on them, and welcomed them. She took
off their wet clothes, and gave them each a dry pa’u. Then she prepared
a meal for her unbidden guests. She placed before them a platter of
lipoa limu, choice sea-weed, and little striped manini fish, still alive.
Kaili-lau-o-kekoa was greatly surprised to see the live fish, and said to her
nurse, “We live near the sea yet we never have live fish. This place is
far from the sea. How is it that the fish are still alive?”

Her hostess answered her by saying that she and her brother had
a fish pond near their house.

After the meal was finished Kaili-lau-o-kekoa went in search of the
flute that had called her away from home. She came to the room of
Kaua-kahi-alit and found the flute hidden in his breast. At once a great
love for this chief filled the heart of the girl, and she forgot her fond
parents and stayed with him.

When the parents of Kaili-lau-o-kekoa found that their daughter was
gone, they began to search for her. At last they came to the house where
she was living with the young chief, and carried them both to Kapaa.
There they tied the chief to a post in a house.

The first day he was given nothing to eat. On the second day a boy
passed by, and, seeing the prisoner, asked if he had been given any food
or water. When he heard that he had received none, he returned to his
parents and made known to them the chief's condition. They ordered
their son to put water in a coconut shell, and to get another one for food,

108 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

so that he could throw them to the prisoner. With these he crawled
through the rushes so that no one would see him.

The boy carried out his parents’ instructions on that day, and on many
following days. The chief began to look well again.

When the father of Kaili-lau-o-kekoa had recovered from his anger he
called his daughter to him and asked her to explain how she came to be
in the mountains. She told him that she had heard the flute calling to
her, and had wanted to make of the man who played it either a husband or
a friend.

Her parents decided to allow the kahuna to settle the matter. When
they were called together, and had heard the story they all agreed that
Kaili-lau-o-kekoa should marry the chief if he could give his genealogy.
As soon as Kaua-kahi-alii was called before them, he proved that he was a
very high chief, and so the beautiful chiefess was given to him in
marriage.

The boy who had carried food and water to the chief in prison became
his great friend and was made /Juna, or head-man, over all his lands.

Rice—Hawatian Legends 109

THE RAIN HEIAU
A LEGEND OF MOLOKAI

On Molokai there is an interesting heiau,® called Ka-imu-kalua-ua.
In a little cave opposite lived the woman Pauulea. Nearby her two broth-
ers Kaoliu and Mawe lived in the form of hills.

Pauulea made tapa in the cave and spread it out to dry. As soon as
she had spread it in the sun her brothers would send rain to wet the tapa
and tease her.

This happened many times and at last Pauulea found a way out of her
difficulty. Taking small oblong stones, she built a heiau. As the rain fell
she caught the drops in the stones and cooked them. ‘Thus she always
had fair weather to dry her tapa.

°This heiau is situated on the edge of a little valley, about a mile northwest of
the place where Mr. George Cooke now lives. Mr. Cooke has enclosed it with a
fence, so that none of the stones will be removed.

110 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

PUU KA MO-O
HOW LIZARDS CAME TO MOLOKAI

In one of the valleys of Molokai lived the most beautiful woman of
the island. It happened that every night she was visited by a man who
always left before daylight so that she was not able to discover who he
was. This suspense began to tell on her and she slowly wasted away.

In their anxiety her parents summoned a kahuna to see if he could
tell the cause of their daughter’s ill health. He made known the girl’s
secret and said that during the day this nightly visitor was a mo-o, or
monster lizard; only at night could he take a human form.

The kahuna arranged this plan to destroy the girl’s tormentor. He was
to hide in the house where the girl slept. The girl was to keep her visitor
awake as long as possible, so that when he slept he would sleep soundly.
Then when deep sleep held him the kahuna would tie white tapa rags to
his back. At daylight the man would be turned into a mo-o, and crawl off,
through the bushes, leaving his trail marked by white tapa rags.

This plan was carried out. The kahuna and his men followed the
trail of the mo-o until they came to a rocky hill still known as Puu ka
Mo-o.®
There, surrounded by stones, they saw the monster lying in the sun fast
asleep. All the people were ordered to collect wood. ‘This was placed
around the mo-o and set afire. As the heat of the fire burned the
body of the mo-o, it burst open and myriads of small mo-o were thrown
out and ran away among the bushes.

Thus was the beautiful girl saved from her nightly visitor, and thus
were the little worm-like lizards introduced into the islands. The hill is
still known as Puu ka Mo-o, the Hill-of-the-Monster-Lizard.

"Puu ka Mo-o is situated about a mile and a quarter northwest of Mr. George
Cooke’s home, Kauluwai.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 111

MANO-NIHO-KAHI
A LEGEND OF OAHU

Near the water hole in Malae-kahana, between Laie and Kahuku, lived
a man called Mano-niho-kahi, who was possessed of the power to turn
himself into a shark. Mano-niho-kahi appeared as other men except that he
always wore a tapa cloth which concealed the shark’s mouth in his back.

Whenever he saw women going to the sea to fish or to get limu he
would call out, “Are you going into the sea to fish?”

Upon hearing that they were, he would hasten in a roundabout way to
reach the sea, where he would come upon them and, biting them with his
one shark’s tooth, kill them.

This happened many times. Many women were killed by Mano-niho-
kahi. At last the chief of the region became alarmed and ordered all the
people to gather together on the plain. Standing with his kahuna, the chief
commanded all the people to disrobe. All obeyed but Mano-niho-kahi,
Shark-with-One-Tooth. So his tapa was dragged off and there on his
back was seen the shark’s mouth. He was put to death at once and there
were no more deaths among the women.

112 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

LANILOA, THE MO-O
A LEGEND OF OAHU

Laniloa is the name given to a point of land which extends into the
ocean from Laie. In ancient times this point was a mo-o, standing upright,
ready to kill the passerby.

After Kana and his brother had rescued their mother from Molokai
and had taken her back to Hawaii, Kana set out on a journey around the
islands to kill all the mo-o. In due time he reached Laie, where the
mo-o was killing many people. Kana had no difficulty in destroying this
monster. ‘Taking its head, he cut it into five pieces and threw them into
the sea, where they can be seen today as the five small islands lying off
Malae-kahana: Malualai, Keauakaluapaaa, Pulemoku, Mokuaaniwa and
Kihewamoku.

At the spot where Kana severed the head of the mo-o is a deep hole
which even to this day has never been fathomed.

Rice—Hawainan Legends 113

MANUWAHI
A LEGEND OF OAHU

At Laie lived Manuwahi, Free Gift, with his son, Ka-haku-loa, The-
Lord-of-a-Long-Land; his grandson, Kaiawa, Bitter Sea, and his great-
grandson, Kauhale-kua, The-Village-on-the-Ridge. These men were the
keepers of the akua at Laie. Manuwahi and his children were hairless
and were possessed of supernatural powers.

Manuwahi planted black and white awa far up in the mountains for the
use of the akua. Every awa root planted was given one of these names,
Kaluaka, The-Hole-That-Gives-a-Shadow; Kumumu, Blunt-Edged; Ka-
hiwa, Best-Awa, or Kumilipo, The Root-of-Unconsciousness. This was
done so than Manuwahi, when sending one of his sons for a piece of awa
could designate the exact one he wished.

When the awa was given to him, Manuwahi would prepare it, and then
summon the akua from the North, South, East, and West, as well as from
above and below, to drink of it. They prayed in this wise, before they
drank :

Gods of the Morning,
Gods of the Night,
Look at your progeny:
Grant them health,

Grant them long life;
Amama ua noa—it is free!

It happened that during this time, Kamehameha I. had come to conquer
Oahu. He had succeeded in subduing all the island except Malae-kahana,
between Laie and Kahuku. Determined to add this place to his conquests,
the king sent one of his body guard, Ka-hala-iu, In-the-Shadow-of-the-
Hala-Tree, with many of his bravest soldiers to subdue Malae-kahana.

Ka-hala-iu marched as far as Hanapepe the first day, where he spent
the night. Early the next morning he set out and meeting Manuwahi,
whom he did not recognize, asked him where the powerful kahuna of
Malae-kahana lived.

Manuwahi answered, “Pass over the river and you will see a spring
and nearby a hut with trees about it. This is his home.”

Ka-hala-iu did as he was told and had soon surrounded the hut with
his soldiers. When Manuwahi’s son came out Ka-hala-iu asked him,
“Where is your father?”

“Did you meet a bald-headed man?” asked the boy in turn.

“Yes,” replied Ka-hala-iu.

“Well, that was my father. Why did you come here?”

114 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

“IT came to kill your father by the orders of King Kamehameha,”
answered the King’s man. Deciding it would profit them nothing to kill
the son, the soldiers departed for Hanapepe by the makai side of the hill,
and failed to meet Manuwahi, who had returned to his home by the
mauka side.

The next morning the King’s body-guard again surrounded with his
soldiers the home of the kahuna. Manuwahi came out and asked, “What
are you here for? Did you come for battle?”

“Yes,” answered the fearless soldier, “We came to kill you.”

Whereupon Manuwahi called to his assistance all the akua from the
North, South, East and West as well as those from above and below.
They came at once and gave battle to the soldiers of the king. The akua
fought by biting and scratching their assailants and before long they had
killed all but Ka-hala-iu.

Ka-hala-iu cried out, “Spare my life, kahuna of the gods, and I will
stay with you.”

“What can you do if you stay with me?” asked Manuwahi.

“T will plant awa for you. I came from Hawaii, where I lived by
planting awa,” answered Ka-hala-iu. :

But Manuwahi said, “I do not need you. Go back and tell your king
that even his bravest soldiers were not able to conquer Malae-kahana.
Tell him that all but you were killed by the akua there.”

When Kamehameha had heard these words he sent Ka-hala-iu back
with another body of soldiers with orders that he must conquer Malae-
kahana.

In the meantime, Manuwahi had moved with his sons up to the cave
of Kaukana-leau, where the natives made their stone adzes. There the
King’s soldiers met them. As before, Manuwahi called all the akua to his
aid. Again the soldiers were quickly put to death and only Ka-hala-iu
was left. So Malae-kahana was not conquered.

Ka-hala-iu respected and admired Manuwahi so much that he was very
anxious to remain with him, and so he asked again to be allowed to remain
as an awa grower. Manuwahi consented this time and gave him one side
of the valley to cultivate in awa.

One day as Ka-hala-iu was preparing the side hill for its cultivation,
he noticed that on the opposite side of the valley, trees and bushes were
falling in every direction, as if a whirlwind were uprooting them. This
frightened him very much, as he could not understand the phenomenon, so
he ran in great haste to Manuwahi, and asked what it meant. Manuwahi
told him that his akua were helping in the clearing of the side hill, and

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 115

that if he wished them to help him, they would gladly do so. Ka-hala-iu
was only too happy to have help, so he called upon the akua, and in a
short time both sides of the valley were cleared, and were growing luxur-
iantly with the most beautiful azwa.

After the battle, between Ka-hala-iu and the akua for the possession
of Malae-kahana, Manu-ka, Frightener-of-Birds, one of Manuwahi’s
sons, moved to Kaneohe, where he died some time later. He was buried
makati of the present road. The natives dug a very large grave, but before
they could cover the body, the akua brought red dirt from Ewa, in a
cloud, which filled the grave, and made a red hill above it, which can be
seen to this day. There is no other red dirt in that district.

116 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

MAKUAKAUMANA
A LEGEND OF OAHU

The story of a man who was swallowed by the big
fish, and of this man’s gods, Kane and Kanaloa.

Makuakaumana was a farmer, planting awa, bananas, and sugar cane
for his gods, and taro and sweet potatoes for himself and his friends. He
and his wife lived at Kauluanui in the district of Koolau, on Oahu. They
had one child, a boy, and when this boy was twelve years old his mother
died.

After the death of his wife, Makuakaumana went alone to his farm in
the mountains, leaving his son in charge of his house. Whenever Makua
ate, or slept, or worked, he prayed to his gods, Kane and Kanaloa, but he
did not know exactly how to end his prayers, for he always omitted the
words “amama ua noa.’*

The gods had noticed Makua’s strict observance of prayer and so they
had decided to take him to live with them on Ulukoa, the land that was
hidden from the sight of man, and called the Island-Hidden-by-Kane. The
people who lived on this island were the direct descendants of Kane.
They were O-Kane, Kanaloa, Kane-of-the-Water-of-Life, Kane-of-Thun-
der, Mane-that-Breaks-the-Heaven, MKane-of-the-Rocks, Kane-of-the-Roll-
ing-Thunder, Kane-of-the-Rough-Cave, Kane-of-the-White-Cave, Kane-
that-Sleeps-in-the-Road, Kane-that-Sleeps-in-the-Water, Kane-that-Shakes-
the-Earth, Kane-of-the-Light, Kane-in-the-Break-of-Day, Kane-in-the-Twi-
light, Kane-in-the-Whirlwind, Kane-in-the-Sun, Kane-in-the-Prayers, Kane-
the-Skilful, Kane-the-Jumper, Kane-the-Brave-One, Kane-Who-Hid-the-
Island, Kane-the-Watchman, Kane-that-Ran-on-the-Cliff, and Kane-the-
Eyeball-of-the-Sun.

Each of these gods had his own tasks to perform as indicated by his
name. These gods lived in bodies of men on the beautiful land of
Ulukoa. There all food grew without cultivation. There everyone was
happy. There no weeping, no wailing, no pain, no sickness, no death was
known. There the inhabitants lived forever and when they became very
old, their bodies were changed into spirit bodies without tasting of death,
and then they become gods and lived in the clouds. From their home in
the clouds their spirits could come to earth in men’s bodies or in spirit
bodies as they preferred.

™Amama ua noa,” “The prayer is finished, or freed.” This is almost equivalent
to “Amen,” but its use antedates any Christian influence.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 117
ray

It happened that a great fish had come ashore in the bay of Kahana,
Koolau, near the village. His body was covered with stones on which grew
opihi shells and many varieties of limu. The people were walking on
his body.

As Makua was working alone on his farm, two men ran to him and
asked, “Why do you keep on working in your garden? Do you not know
that a big fish has come ashore at Kahana and that all the people are
hurrying to see it?”

Makua noticed that these men were carrying staffs. He inquired
whence they had come and how they had heard of the big fish.

They replied that they had come from Kahana.

Then Makua said, “You must be very spry to come so quickly such a
great distance. How did you know my name? You are strangers to me.
I have never seen you before.”

The strangers answered that the people in the village had told them
his name, saying that he was the only one to cultivate anything in the
mountains and that they were looking for awa, bananas and sugar cane,
for which things they were longing greatly.

Makua said, “I have plenty of awa, bananas and sugar cane, but I have
planted all these things for my gods, Kane and Kanaloa.”

Hearing these words, the strangers winked at each other and asked,
“Have you ever seen your gods?”

“No,” replied Makua, “I have never seen them, but I am told that they
are very kind-hearted and full of love for anyone that worships them.
That is why I have chosen them for my gods and planted these things for
them.”

“Tf anyone besides your gods eats these things, what will become of
him?” asked the strangers.

“No one will come and take the things I have planted for the gods-
It is not the right of anyone,” replied Makua.

“But, suppose you will allow anyone to eat of the food you have
planted for your gods, how then can trouble be avoided?’ continued the
strangers.

“By praying to my gods,’ Makua answered.

“How shall they pray?” inquired the strangers.

“Thus,” said Makua:

O, Kane, O, Kanaloa,

Here is the taro, the banana,
Here the sugar-cane, the awa,
See, we are eating it now.

Then the strangers laughed and said, “Such a short prayer will not
tire you much. It is only a few words.”

118 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

“Yes,” said Makua, “my prayer is short. No one has taught me how
to pray, so that I can make a longer prayer. But I think my gods accept
my prayers. If they do not accept them because they are short, that is no
excuse for me to cease praying. As long as I live I shall pray to my
gods. I am now half way through my life, and I have prayed at all
times. Should I stop now, all my prayers would be lost, and I should
receive no blessing from my gods.”

“What blessing do you expect to receive from your gods for your
devotion?” asked the strangers.

“T shall have enough to eat. All things will grow well on my farm
without too much hard work. All that I plant will bear abundantly for
my gods, and they in turn will grant me long life,” said Makua.

“Then why did your wife die, if the gods have power to grant long
life?’ persisted the strangers.

Hearing this question, Makua hung his head and tears dropped from
his eyes as he answered, “Because my wife died, one cannot say that the
gods have no power to grant long life. All men must go by the same
path, all from the old man to the child that cannot even creep.”

When the strangers heard this answer, they said, “You will not be
disappointed in the blessing you hope to receive from your gods, for we
see that you have great faith. Now prepare banana, awa and sugar cane
for us. Before we eat, pray to your gods so that we may hear your
prayer and commit it to memory, and so learn to worship your gods.”

Makua was filled with joy to think that these men wanted to worship
his gods. So he quickly prepared the food, and as he placed it before
them, he prayed thus:

O Kane and Kanaloa,
I am eating with my strangers
The banana and the sugar cane.

As the men ate, Makua asked them what they thought of his prayer.

They repled, “There is nothing amiss in your prayer, for we know
your great faith and your good works. We believe your gods will approve
of your prayer as we do. What would be gained by our changing the
language of your prayer?”

The strangers said that they must depart. One presented Makua with
a staff, saying, “This staff I received from my ancestors. It is a great
help in the cultivation of land. Dig a hole with it and place a plant in the
hole and it will grow very fast. A potato will grow so large that no one
will be able to carry it.”

The other stranger said, “Here is my present to you, This staff is an
heirloom from my ancestors. Its great property is to carry loads, lessen-

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 119

ing their weight. You can carry with it many rows of potatoes without
feeling their weight in the least. But I warn you that when you go to the
sea to bathe, you should tell your son the uses and values of these staffs,
so that when you are absent he will care for them, and then your gods will
never lack for food. Your son will never grow tired at work and will
never be hungry.”

Makua seemed very doubtful about the truth of these wonderful words.
He said, “You seem to have the bodies of men. Where have you
received the power to endow these staffs with the supernatural powers
you say they possess?”

One man replied, “You are right. We have no power. ‘The power
came from our ancestors. Now to dispel your doubts about the properties
of the staffs, go, and with the digging stick, dig up all the awa in the
fields in front of you. Into each hole throw a slip of awa.”

Makua quickly did as he was told. The awa came from its hole as
though it were thrown from the ground. Makua could feel no resistance
as he dug. He kept on digging and planting until half of the field was
finished and he felt no weariness.

Then Makua began to wonder how he could carry so many bundles of
awa, for one bundle was all he had been able to lift. He decided that it

would take four hundred people to carry all he had dug with this wonder-
ful staff.

But the stranger urged him to keep on, saying, “How will you know
the value of the stick? Keep on until you have dug up the whole field or
I shall take the staff from you and you will only have been helped in the
planting of the awa.”

So Makua finished the whole field. Then the strangers pulled off from
the fence much kowali or conyolvulus plant and told Makua to throw
it over the awa. Makua did as he was told, throwing the vine over the
awa root and when he had reached the other side of the field he noticed
that the vine had grown over the awa and had gathered it all into two big
piles. Makua was amazed at this and as he stood looking at the piles
and thinking that the men had done the work, one called out to him,
“Come and get my lifting stick and see if my gift is of any value.”

Makua took the staff with grave doubts. He felt it could not lift so
great a burden. But he placed the ends of the stick in the piles of azwa.
As he straightened himself to lift the load, he felt only the weight of the
staff,—none of the weight of the awa. Then he began to walk toward
the sea, but his feet hardly touched the earth and he felt almost as if he
were flying. So he lost sight of his guests and in a very short time he

120 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

found that he was near his home by the sea. As he lowered his bundle
to the ground, he saw again his two friends who asked what he thought
of their gifts.

Makua replied, “These staffs will be my parents. I came here as a
bird flies, feeling no weight and with great speed. Usually darkness falls
before I reach my home. Now it is still daylight. I thank you, and have no
longer any doubts as to their usefulness.”

The man who had given Makua the digging stick said, “You will not
see the real value of my gift until tomorrow when you return to your
farm. I warn you to care for these sticks most diligently, but do not
injure others through their power or take others’ property. You must
observe the laws of these sticks. If you do wrong with them, they will lose
their magic properties and you will return to your life of hard labor.
But if you do as I say, these staffs will retain their power and you may
bequeath them to your descendants who in turn must care for them and do
no injury to them and they too will receive a blessing from them.”

Then the strangers said that they must depart, but Makua urged them
to tarry until they had eaten. They replied that they would stay longer
when they came again, for then he would have the means of entertaining
strangers without trouble. So saying, they disappeared behind the house.
Makua followed, hoping to see in what direction they went, but they were
nowhere to be seen and he wondered about their supernatural disappearance.

Now these strangers were Makua’s gods, Kane, who had presented
the o-o, or digging stick, and Kanaloa, who had presented the auamo, or
lifting stick. They had come because they had noticed Makua’s weariness
after his hard work and also because they wanted to try his faith, after the
death of his wife.

Calling his son to him, Makua explained the power of the sticks and the
care which must be taken of them. He said that on the following day
they would go to the farm, and the boy should see how well he could
use them. Food enough for forty men to carry would be prepared and the
boy should carry it with the magic staff. This pleased the boy, for he
thought that men would wonder at his great strength.

So they ate their evening meal and retired to rest, Makua first offering
prayers to his gods. At daybreak, they hurried to the farm, where they
were astonished to see that in each hole where the awa had been planted the
previous day three big bunches were growing.

Then Makua realized for the first time that his visitors were not men
and he cried out, ““The men who came were not strangers. ‘They must
have been my gods. No man would have had power to do these things.
The strangers are none other than my gods!”

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 121

So saying, he thanked his gods for having revealed themselves to him
and then quickly set to work. He gave the o-o stick to his son, telling him
to dig in all the fields for all the food plants. In a short time the food
was thrown into bundles and was covered with the kowali vine which
quickly tied the food into two larger bundles. Taking the awamo stick and
placing its ends under the bundles, the boy lifted them as easily as his
father had done, feeling no weight. Makua laughed with joy and said,
“This is the life which my gods have granted to us, in return for my
faith in them and care of them.”

So father and son turned towards their home. In a short time the boy
with his big load was far ahead of his father, who tried to overtake him,
but could not, and the boy reached home before Makua was half way.

Reaching home, Makua as usual prepared his meal and also a meal for
his gods. Then he saw two very old men approaching and he invited them
to eat with him. Makua asked these men if they had any gods and they
replied that they had Kane-huli, or Seeking-Kane; Kane-puaa, Hog-Kane ;
Hina-puku-ai, Hina-Gatherer-of-Food; and Hina-puku-ia, Hina-Gatherer-
of-Fish.

This number of gods surprised Makua and he inquired why they had
so many gods. The old men promised to explain after they had eaten and
then Makua prayed thus, “O Kane, O Kanaloa, hear. My son, my
guests, and I will eat bananas and sugar cane, things you like.”

“Your prayer is not right,” said the old men. “We must first pray
correctly and then we shall eat. This food has been prepared for your
gods. They must first eat or some dire disaster will befall you and your
son. No harm will come to us as we are only strangers here.”

These words made Makua very angry because he thought that these
old men did not have faith in his gods, so he decided to kill them. They
could see what was passing in his mind, and when he tried to lay hold of
them, they called out, “Do not touch us, for we are old men without
strength who have only a few more days to live. Your gods do not like to
have their followers shed blood.”

Makua was filled with fear and prayed, “O Kane and Kanaloa, I have
sinned in thinking to break your laws. May the old men forgive me and
teach me to pray.”

The men forgave Makua and taught him this prayer:

O Kane and Kanaloa,

Here is the awa for You,
Here is the sugar cane,

Here is the banana.
We shall eat and drink by Your power.

122 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

You give life to me.
Do not shorten this life.
Grant me the life which does not wane,

And You shall have the kapuw.

Then they drank the three cups of awa and they ate the food which
Makua had prepared and explained that their gods were Kane-huli-honua,
the-Giver-of-Great-Lands ; Kane-puaa, the God-of-Sacrifices ; Hina-puku-ai,
who granted sufficient food, and Hina-puku-ia, who supplied the food
from the sea.

“You must worship your gods not only by prayer, but also by sacri-
fices,’ they said. ‘When offering food, ask Hina-puku-ai to carry it to
your gods, Kane and Kanaloa. If you are offering fish, call upon Hina-
puku-ia, for to her belongs the power over the fish.”

Makua was very happy to learn from these old men that he should
worship his gods by sacrifices, for he had not known this before, and the
knowledge gave him new life.

The men told him that there were many more useful things he should
add to his worship which they could not teach him, but someone might
come in the future who could teach him more.

Then they prepared to depart, and as night was at hand Makua urged
them to stay until morning, but they said that they must hurry on to see
the strange fish which had come to land. Makua asked if this fish was
good to eat and they said they did not know, as they had not seen it and
had only heard of it through others.

So these old men departed. They were very high gods, Kane-huli-
honua and Kane-puaa, and they had come to teach Makua the proper way
to pray and to sacrifice. They also wished to interest Makua in the great
fish.

When Makua awoke the next day, he told his son to remain at home
while he went to Kahana to see the big fish he had heard of. As he
came near the fish, he saw a great crowd about it. They all thought it
was dead. A man explained that the stone pali, or cliff, extending to the
sea was the fish. When it had come ashore, its tail and its back had been
seen, but now it was covered with sand and looked like a pall.

While Makua was looking at it, he heard a great noise and saw a great
crowd of men and women covered with leis coming to see the fish. When
they reached it, they climbed upon its back and jumped from it into the
water. They had been to see the fish before and had now returned to
dive from it, covered with leis as their custom was. They were enjoying
it greatly, as the fish gave them their first opportunity to dive, for up to
this time there had been no cliffs on their shore.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 123

Seeing the grand time his friends were having, Makua decided to
hurry home to prepare himself for diving.

At home he found his son looking very happy because he had been
to the farm and had found that everything which had been planted with
the o-o stick had grown rapidly and was ready to be harvested. The sugar
cane had grown so high, it had fallen over and had grown up again.

Makua told his son not to be surprised at such blessings, for they
would receive them continually, if they followed the gods’ instructions.
Then he explained all the gods had told him about the use and care of the
sticks. The boy promised to follow these instructions and Makua was very
much pleased, saying, “Blessings will follow you, my son. You will not die.
nor yet grow old.”

Makua was anxious to see for himself how the farm looked, so he
forgot for the time being about the fish, and went to the farm. There
standing by his door, he saw two very strange and beautiful men. No one
in Koolau could equal them. One held a malo-puakai, the red-dyed loin-
cloth for surfing, the other a kuina-kapa-papa’'u, the thick bed-covering of
many colors. Makua gave them his aloha, yet he was filled with fear,
for he thought that they must be great chiefs from the island of Hawaii,
for they wore the cloaks of beautiful feathers from Hawaii. Makua feared
that he would make mistakes in their presence. The strangers saw all that
was passing in his mind.

Makua had thought that he would always be able to recognize his gods,
having seen them once, but he did not know them now and took them for
chiefs.

The men asked for food. Makua told his son to bring the awa. He
quickly got it from the pile and prepared three cups of it as he was very
skillful. He also prepared three joints of cane and three bananas.

When Makua saw these things being prepared which belonged to his
gods, he cried out, “Did you pray to our gods?”

“No, I did not,’ answered the boy, “because I am very hungry. Not
since the day of my birth have I so longed for food.”

“As a punishment for this crime I must put you to death, and sacrifice
you to my gods, or the penalty will fall on me,” sadly replied Makua.

He began to prepare a big fire for the sacrifice. Meanwhile, the
strangers were watching and gave the boy power to speak.

He asked, “Will you kill me in that fire?”

“No, I shall kill you first by means of a stone adz, and then when you
are dead, I shall throw you into the fire!”

124 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

The boy cried out with a loud voice, and the stranger with the kuina-
kapa, who was Kanaloa, gave power to him to resist his father and he
asked, “In whose name will you kill me, and to whom will you sacrifice
me?”

Makua replied, “I shall kill you in the name of Hina-puku-ia, and I
shall sacrifice you to Kane and Kanaloa.”

The boy stood before his father, saying, “Aloha, will you look at my
body? What part of it is like a fish, or like food, that you sacrifice me to
Hina-puku-ia and Hina-puku-ai? Neither has power over the body of
man.”

These words troubled Makua, for he knew that his son was right, and
that he should not kill him nor throw him into the fire in the name of the
Hina. So he decided to do it without calling on them, for he was angry
that his son had disobeyed him. He tied the boy with a rope.

The strangers, seeing the boy tied, gave him power to call out, so
that his father would have compassion on him, “O Mother! I am to be
burned today in the fire, and shall go into your presence with a body
burned by fire. Why did not my father kill me while I was yet small?
He has allowed me to grow up, and now wishes to slay me. O Mother!
Come and rescue me. I am bound up. I shall be killed with an adz, and
shall be thrown into the fire. I shall die today.”

These words caused Makua to weep. He could no longer conceal his
love for his son because the boy’s prayers had recalled fond memories.
He kissed his son and said, “Alas, my son, I cannot refuse to do what I
have promised the gods in return for their wonderful gifts.”

So saying, he placed the boy on the ground and taking his stone adz,
prayed, “I am fulfilling my promise to you by sacrificing my only son.
Receive this sacrifice, and grant me in turn life which shall never cease.”

Having finished this prayer, Makua struck at his son with the adz, but
he could not strike him. ‘Three times he missed his aim, the adz falling
to the ground, each time. Failing to kill the boy, Makua untied him and
hurled his body against a great stone. Three times he did this and each
time the boy was unharmed, having no mark even upon his body. As the
angry father seized him the fourth time, Kane called out, “Makua, stop!
Do not touch the boy again. Your gods will pardon your sin. There
is a law among your gods that if a man tries three times to keep his
promise and fails, the sin will no longer be held against him. But if he
tries the fourth time, then the sin will be his own. So we command you
to take your child into the house and, before we eat, pray to your gods
for a blessing on this food, and thank them for not allowing you to kill
your only son.”

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 125

These words were like a calabash of cool water poured over Makua’s
head. They cooled all his troubled thoughts and took away the desire to
kill his son. He knew that the stranger spoke the truth and, taking his
son into the house, he said, “Aloha, my boy, you shall live. I have for-
gotten my desire to kill you. I know that I am forgiven by my gods.”

Then Makua prepared the food and as his guests sat down before it,
he prayed as the old men had taught him. Kanaloa teasingly asked who
had taught him to pray, and told him that his prayers were good. He
said the gods would try his faithfulness to them three times.

Makua asked why he was to be tried three times and Kanaloa replied,
“Because there are three worlds where men who worship the gods will live.
First, this world that we are living on; second, the world hidden from the
eyes of man, belonging to Kane-huna-moku, Hider-of-the-Island; third,
the world where Kane lives and where he takes men good enough to
become gods.”

“Where do bad people go?” asked Makua.

“First, such people go to a world where men have done neither good
nor evil and where they wait to be rescued; second, to the world where
they see joy and sorrow; third, to the world where they shall weep
because of the heat which lasts day and night,” explained Kanaloa.

“Tn what bodies shall men pass to these worlds?” inquired Makua.

“In spirit bodies,” answered Kane.

Makua realized that he would be tried three times. We have seen him
tried twice—first, on his farm, then in suffering the sacrifice of his son.
There is yet one trial for him to endure.

As the strangers left the house, one gave his malo-pua-kai to Makua,
saying, “This is my gift to you for your entertainment. Its value is that
it shall make you invisible to the eyes of man.”

The other gave Makua his sleeping tapa, saying, “This is my gift to
you. Its value is that it shall take away from your body the heat of the
sun.”

Makua was very happy to have received these new gifts. He said,
“This is the third time that I have entertained strangers. First, my gods.
Then, the old men who taught me how to pray and sacrifice to my gods.
Now these handsome men with the kapu of the chief.”

Now Makua lost all interest in going to his farm to work. He did not
have to plant as everything grew luxuriantly. He had plenty of taro,
sugar cane, and bananas. He told his son that their days of hard labor
were over, life would henceforth be easy for them. And so Makua
decided to go again to see the big fish. He tied the malo around his waist

126 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

and placed the tapa over his shoulders. As he kissed his son farewell, the
boy began to weep, saying, “I feel that you will not come back. Fear
takes hold of me. I fear this trip will separate us. Something is about
to befall you.”

The father reassured the boy with these words, “Fear not. We are not
men without gods. You have seen with your own eyes that our gods have
visited us. Have they not given us gifts? Be cheerful and await my
return.”

The boy dried his tears and put away fear.

Makua hurried to Kahana. There the people were gathered and they
were greatly surprised to see him wearing a malo and tapa. ‘They asked
him if he were cold. He replied that these were gifts from his gods who
had come to his house a few days before. So the men all made malo and
tapas for themselves and from that day began to wear them.

Then they asked Makua why he had come and he said that he might
jump off the stone pali of the fish into the sea. They thought he would
ruin his beautiful gifts in the water, but Makua said that he would swim
without them.

Then the people asked him to wait until the next day, so that they could
all join him. He consented and rested and feasted that day.

The next day they all climbed along the back of the fish as they sup-
posed it to be dead. Makua saw many ofihi, or mussels, clinging to the
stones on the fish’s back. He began to break the opihi off with a stone.
He forgot about his plan to leap into the water from the fish. He did not
notice the others in the water. Suddenly, he heard his friends calling
loudly, “Jump off and come here. The stones are falling from the pali.”

Makua then saw that the fish had moved away from the land several
fathoms. Realizing his danger, he jumped into the sea to swim back to
the land. Then the people on land saw a strange sight—the fish opened
its mouth and swallowed Makua. A great wail arose, “Makua is dead!
The great fish has swallowed him!”

The fish swam straight for the open sea, making the foam fly. When
he reached deep water, he dived down and was lost to the sight of the
anxious watchers. He swam toward the land of Kane-huna-moku, the
hidden land of Kane.

All the people believed, of course, that Makua was dead. ‘They car-
ried this news to his son who was crazed with grief. He ran down to the
seashore and hunted on each rocky point for his father’s body, thinking
that the fish might have eaten only a part of it. On one point he saw an
object, but when he had reached it, found it to be only a log. He con-
tinued to search until the shadows from the mountains warned him that

Rice—Hawaitan Legends 127

darkness was near. Then he went home, and falling exhausted by the
door, slept until late the following afternoon. At last, a voice awakened
him, calling, “Arise, sleeping boy, I can give you good news about your
father.”

Sitting up, he was very much astonished to see the handsome strangers
whom his father had recently entertained. One said, “Arise, fatherless
boy. We came to tell you not to grieve. Your father is not dead as the
people believe. He has been swallowed by the big fish and has been carried
to the beautiful island of deathless people, where he has been thrown up
on land, and where he has been received by the inhabitants and where he
will be happy.”

These words lightened the boy’s sadness, but he asked, “When will my
father return?”

The stranger replied, “We do not know when, but we have lived in
that land and know how fortunate are those who live there. There men
never die. So you should rejoice over your father’s fate. We cannot say
if he will always live there, for we departed before he had had his trials.
If he remains steadfast, and does not fail in his trial, and does not
violate any of the laws of the land, he shall remain there until the end of
the world. But should he fail, you will see him again, for he will be
quickly sent away.”

The boy asked how far away that wonderful land was, how many days
distant from the shore.

The strangers replied, “If the gods permit the land to be moved close
to the earth, it takes only an hour to reach it; but if they do not, you
may sail the ocean until you are grey-haired, and you will never see it.”

When the strangers asked for awa and food, the boy prepared it for
them and before he placed it before them, he prayed as his father had
taught him.

After having finished their meal, the strangers said to the boy, “We are
leaving you now, our young friend. Live with hope as you pray to the
powerful gods of your father, Kane and Kanaloa. We will care for you
so well that you shall not miss your father. No one shall harm you.”

Then their bodies began to grow taller and taller until their heads were
hidden in the blue sky and their feet slowly disappeared. People passing
saw this and thought that the ghosts were returning to frighten the boy,
but the boy realized that the strangers were indeed the gods of his
father, and he was filled with joy and no longer sorrowed for him.

When Makua had been swallowed by the fish, he had become uncon-
scious. He knew nothing until he was thrown up on land where he was
met by two men. Then the gods Kane-huna-moku and Kane-huli-honua

128 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

came to Makua, and the men went back to comfort his son. His new
friends took him to their home, where Makua saw many kinds of fruits
and vegetables, bananas, and sugar cane of great size. The taro grew
until it had no eyes. He also saw a beautiful, clear lake in which swam
many varieties of fish. But he saw no houses and no people and so he
asked where they were. The gods told him that the houses were inland
and he was not allowed to see anyone until he had been tried. If he did
not fail in his trial, then he would live forever and at last pass to another
world.

Makua was eager to hear the laws of the land, but his guides told him
that it was not allowed them to explain. They had the power to refuse
him entrance, and to hide the land from the heaven above and the earth
beneath.

Then Makua asked, “Should I break the law of this land through
ignorance, would I be punished?”

“No,” the men answered, “that wrong will not cling to you, but to
the one who did not explain the laws. As we draw near to the houses,
others will take charge of you, and they will have the power to explain
the laws.”

Soon Makua was surprised to see two beautiful houses before him.
Two men who looked exactly like his guides came out and greeted him,
saying, “You have been allowed to set your foot on our land. You shall
have one of these beautiful houses which you see. Everything is for you.
You will not have to fish, to build, to work. Only one thing is forbidden
here. You must not weep nor wail, no tears must fall from your eyes,
you must make no noise of sorrow.”

Makua asked why no sorrow should be there. His guides replied, “You
have no labor here and so the gods will be angry if you weep. We
remember the prayers you made when you lived in the land of death.”

Makua realized that he was speaking to gods and he wanted to kneel
before them. But before his knees touched the ground, he was told to
rise in these words, “You do not need to pray here. You have finished
your prayers on earth. Here is only joy. That is the reward of the man
who has been faithful on earth. You must first endure your trials. Then
if you do not fail, you will be received into the fellowship of the gods.”

Then the guides left Makua in charge of the new men. Their bodies
began to grow and grow until they reached the sky and they slowly
disappeared and Makua heard a voice from above saying, “We shall re-
joice to receive you when you have passed your trials.”

_. —.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 129

Makua cried out, “I am in great doubt. What must I do this day?
This voice from above has startled me and made me fearful of the trials
I must pass through.”

One of the gods answered and said, “This day we will tell you all.
You will become a god with us, if you pass the trials. If not, then you
will become a messenger and will tell to men the beauties of this land.”

These words were like a calabash of cool water thrown over Makua.
They soothed his agitated feelings and he cried, “I am no longer afraid
of the tests. I know my gods have faith in me. I am ready to endure the
trials. J have faith that I shall resist all temptations. When you are
ready, I am ready.”

These words surprised the men and they smiled, saying, ‘““We have
not the power to try you. That is given to others. But it will not harm
you to be ready at all times. You will not know when you are being tried.”

Then they took Makua into a house where he saw many delicious
looking foods which he had never seen before. There on the table was a
pig still steaming, as if it had just been taken from the oven. Makua
asked for the people of the house and was told that he would see them
after he had eaten. Gods of the same rank as Kane had prepared this
meal, Kane Nee-nee and Kane-Paina.

When Makua had finished his meal, he was taken to a beautiful seat
from where he noticed a woman and a boy enter. He again asked for
his trial, but was told as before not to be anxious, he would not know when
it would be, he should have faith that he would stand fast during his
temptation.

The woman and the boy who had entered were still in the background.
The woman was none other than the spirit of Makua’s wife. The boy
was his son whom he had left at home. He had been put to sleep in his
house and his spirit had been brought here by the gods. Both wife and
son had been told all that they should do in the presence of Makua, who
was about to be tried.

Makua heard the woman asking the boy how he had reached this land
hidden from mortals, and heard her warning him that he would be killed,
if discovered. He heard the boy’s reply that he had swum hither because
he was told that his father, who had been eaten by a big fish, had been
thrown up there.

Listening eagerly, Makua heard the boy say further, “I cannot swim
back. I have just escaped death from the cold water. My body became
stiff and if I had not been washed ashore, I should have perished.”

130 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

The woman replied, ‘“Then we must both swim across the great sea so
that you can return to live with your father.”

The boy answered, “My father is dead. A big fish swallowed him.”

His mother urged him to leave with her before he was killed by the
guards and she quickly led him out of the house.

Makua asked his guide if he might follow to see what the woman was
doing with the boy. The guard told him he might become lost and when
the time came for his trial, his examiners would grow weary looking for
him. But Makua promised not to wander far off. So he followed the
woman and boy and soon recognized them as his wife, long since dead,
and his son, whom he had left safe at home. Love for them surged up in
his heart. Tears came to his eyes, but remembering the law of the land,
he refrained from weeping. He thought that the gods had brought his
wife to life again, but he feared to speak to her, thinking he might weep,
and so he followed far behind them until he came to the beach where the
big fish had thrown him upon the sand.

There he saw his wife trying to force the boy into the sea to swim
across the water to his home. Noticing that his wife did not show affec-
tion for the boy, the father was about to interfere, but he feared he would
be recognized. So the boy was forced into the sea, and when he reached
the deep water, he cried out, “Oh, Mother, the sharks will eat me.”
Instantly, he was caught by a shark who swallowed all but his head, and
swam off with him. His wife followed the boy into the water and soon
Makua saw the big surf roll her over and over, and heard her cry out,
“Oh, Makua, my beloved husband, you are watching me die. If I die,
you will never see me again.”

Makua could endure this agony no longer, and as the waves carried
the body of his beloved one up on the sand, he lifted it onto dry land and
bathed the face. Tears rolled down his cheeks, but he still refrained from
loud cries of sorrow, as he did not want his guides to hear him. Wonder-
ing what to do with the body, he was surprised to see that there was still
life in it. Slowly, his wife grew strong and throwing her arm about his
neck, she wept bitterly. Makua then realized that he had failed in his
trial and could not live in this land of the gods,—so he led his wife
toward the beautiful house.

When they reached the spot where it had been, they were surprised to
find that it had vanished. ‘They rested under the branches of a big tree
and there fell asleep. Soon a voice calling, “Makua, where are you?”
awakened him.

Makua at first could see no one, but he was afraid because he had not
been strong enough in the temptation which had come to him. He knew

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 131

that he must return to earth, and tell his friends there about the beauties
of the hidden land and the power of the gods. As Makua looked, he saw
that his wife had disappeared and he also saw eight men all exactly alike
coming toward him, and he told them how his great love for his wife had
made him weep when he saw her in danger.

One of the men said to him, “Hear now the sentence we shall give
you. Because you have broken the laws of this land, you must be sent

back to the land where men die. When you are very old, death shall
befall you. Your body will be destroyed, but your spirit will come to us,
though you cannot become a god. Your son will become a god, and he
will rescue you from those who keep you in bondage and will rescue your
wife’s spirit, too. You and your wife will live again through the good
deeds of your son.”

Suddenly a very dazzling light shone. The eight men disappeared.
Makua saw that the heavens were open and he beheld two bodies clothed
in light and accompanied by many spirits arrayed in glorious raiment, but
with sorrowful countenances. The spirits spoke, saying, “Dust to dust,”
and then the doors of the heavens closed.

Makua realized that the people of heaven were very sad because he
had not been strong enough to resist his weakness.

He hurried into the beautiful wood, where he met the men whom he
had seen when he had been thrown upon the sand. They asked where he
was going, and Makua replied that he did not know, as there was no one
to guide him. They then told him to follow a road which led to the sea
where he would find many men and women bathing.

So Makua walked on and he saw that he was on a point of land run-
ning out into the sea where people were bathing. As he stood there, he
heard a voice calling, “Do not stand on the big fish of your gods. Do you
not see that you are standing on the scales of the fish which brought you
here?”

Then Makua feared that he would again be swallowed by the fish. The
fish seemed like a canoe leaving the beach where it had been tied. As it
sped swiftly from the land, the people called aloha. The fish swam
toward Koolau, and Makua, overcome with sleep, lay down and fell into a
deep sleep. For three days and three nights the fish carried the sleeping
man and then safely landed him on the sand at Koolau and waited near
until he was found by a man, who thought him to be a ghost, and who
ran quickly to tell his friends that he had seen Makua’s ghost.

Others hurried to the spot and heard his deep breathing. As they
wakened him, he heard them saying, ‘This is not Makua’s body. It is the
body of a spirit. We have seen him swallowed by the big fish,”

132 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Makua opened his eyes and saw a great crowd curiously watching him.
His friends took him to their home and having given him food, asked
him to tell all his experiences, and how he had come back from death.

So Makua told all that had happened to him from the moment he had
been swallowed by the fish. His friends considered him very foolish to
have broken the laws of the land that is hidden from the eyes of man.

Now we shall see what Kane and Kanaloa had been doing. They had
put the boy to sleep and had taken his spirit to the hidden land to meet
his mother. The boy slept peacefully until the shark bit his body in
two. This wakened him, and remembering his dream, he was very sad.
But he recalled the words of the gods, and was comforted by the thought
that his father was happy in the land of the blest. So he went to the
farm, where he again fell asleep and in his dreams saw his father’s return
and knew all his story. This great joy awakened him, and he was sad
to find it only a dream. So he took his carrying stick and returned home
with his burden. There he was greatly astonished to see his father sitting
before the door and wailing—he ran to him and heard his story.

Makua was now too old to work. The boy labored for him, getting
food and fish. In due time the father died and the boy, wrapping the body
in tapa, carried it to a cave near Koolaupoko and there Makua was buried.

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 133

GLOSSARY

It is the purpose of this glossary to give the meaning of the Hawaiian
words used in the text and to serve as a guide to pronunciation. The vowel
sounds in Hawaiian—with a few exceptions—are as follows:

(ah), as in father, alms.
(eh), as in obey, prey.
(ee), as in sheet, meet.
(oh), as in open, bone.
(oo), as in loot, too, fool.

co. @

Although each vowel is generally pronounced separately, the following combi-
nations are sometimes pronounced together in a single syllable:

ai, as i in quiet, or as y in fly.

au, as ow in cow.

ei, as ay in day.

iau, as yow in yowl.

oi as oy in boy.

A-a (a’-a’): Rough lava stones.

Akua (a-ku’a): The name of any supernatural being, the object of fear or wor-
ship—a god, a ghost, a demi-god, a spirit.

Aloha (a-lo’-ha): A word expressing different feelings or emotions such as: love,
affection, gratitude, kindness, pity, tenderness, compassion, grief; also the
common salutation at parting or meeting for greeting or farewell.

Apau (a-pa’u): Beware.

Auamo (au-a’-mo): A lifting or carrying stick, like a yoke; a staff or pole for
carrying a burden; [au: a handle, and amo: to carry].

Awa (a’-wa): 1. Kava (Piper methysticum), a bitter, acrid tasting plant from the
root of which an intoxicating drink is made. 2. The liquor expressed from the
root of the plant. The drinking of awa causes the skin to crack and flake off.

Day of Kau (Ka-u’): The longest day in the year, Midsummer Day.

Hala (ha’-la): The puhala or screw-pine tree (Pandanus odoratissimis) from the
dried leaves of which mats are woven. Puhala really means a group or
clump of hala trees. As they usually grow together, puhala is the word gen-
erally used.

Halemaumau (Ha’-le-mau-mau): The crater of Kilauea volecano—‘the home of
enduring fire.’ [Hale: house, home, habitation, and maumau: constant,
enduring. |

Heiau (hei’-a’u): A sacred place or temple for the worship of one or more of the
Hawaiian gods. [The three principal gods were Ku, god of the land; Lono,
god of the sea; and Kane, the supreme god.] The large public heiaus were
usually enclosed with stone walls. One of the six houses of every chief’s
regular establishment served as a private heiau. A heiau was sometimes
called an unu.

Hula (hu’-la): 1. To dance; to play an instrument and dance; to sing and
dance. 2. The dance itself. To be proficient in the art of the hula meant a
long and arduous training in the various dances, as well as a knowledge of
mele and musical instruments. The novice was subject to a number of strict
rules as to diet, habits, etc. For instance, a pupil was not allowed to eat

134 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

sugar-cane, as it might spoil the voice, nor to sit on a stone for fear of stiff-
ness. Before being allowed to perform in public, the would-be dancers had to
pass a severe examination, after which they received the wniki, the secret
sign or religious ceremony. Some of the hulas and musical instruments used
with them were: the hula-ula-uli, in which the dancers rattled small double
gourds, filled with pebbles, and trimmed with feathers; the hula-apuwal,
which was accompanied by the beating of hands on double calabashes, which
stood from two and a half to three feet high; the hula-ka-la-au, in which a
long, resounding stick was struck with other sticks, in time. A large drum
made from the hollowed trunk of a coconut tree over which a shark’s skin was
stretched was frequently used. Another dance was the hula-puili in which the
dancers were seated on the ground, holding in their hands joints of split
bamboo, which rattled as the dancers beat with them and passed them from
one to another. With all these hulas there was an accompaniment of singing
or chanting, called the oli, sometimes sung by the dancers themselves and
sometimes by others. In learning the art of the hula, each pupil had also to
learn the art of the apo, “catching” or committing to memory, which was
to repeat exactly, word for word, after hearing it only once, a mele, which
sometimes took hours to recite.

leie (i’e-i’-e): Freycinetia arnotti, a climbing shrub which has a rigid stem about
an inch in diameter, numerous climbing and aerial roots, stiff rough leaves
from one to three feet long, and a large, handsome leaf-like flower, rose and
vermillion in color. Ropes and baskets were made of the woven roots.

Imu (i’-mu): A place or oven for baking meats and vegetables underground by
means of heated stones.

Iwi-kua-moo (1’-wi-ku’-a-mo’-o): Literally, the backbone of the king; that 1s,
his chief retainer. This title was the highest honor a king could confer on a
subject.

Kahili (ka-hi’-li): A brush made of feathers tied to a long stick, used as a
symbol of royalty. The smaller kahili were waved over a king or high chief;
the large ones were carried in royal processions. They somewhat resembled
large feather-dusters.

Kahu (ka’-hu): An attendant on a person of high rank. The relation between
the kahu and his chief was very close, and permanent, and extended to the
whole family of the kahu. At the death of a chief, a specially favored kahu,
called moe-puu, was killed that his spirit might not be alone on his journey
to the next world. To be a moe-puu was esteemed a great honor.

Kahuna (ka-hu’-na): 1. A priest, one who offers sacrifice, a physician, an astrol-
oger, a sorcerer, a diviner. 2. A term applied to such persons as are masters
of their craft, trade, art, or profession. For example—kahuna kalaiwaa, head
canoe maker.

Kapu (ka’-pu) or tapu (ta’-pu): Eng. tapu, tabu, taboo: 1. A general name of
the system of religion that formerly existed in the Hawaiian islands. The
system was based on numerous restrictions or prohibitions, keeping the com-
mon people in obedience to the chiefs and priests, though many of the kapu
included all classes of people. 2. Prohibited, forbidden. 8. To set apart, to
prohibit from use, to make sacred or holy, or consecrated.

Kea-pua (ke’-a-pu’a): A game in which an arrow made of the shaft of a sugar-
cane blossom was shot or thrown from a whip-like contrivance.

Kli (ki’-i): An image or images.
Kilu (ki‘lu): A game, in which a stick, tied to a string, was swung around a
circle of people. Whoever was hit had to sing, or oli.

Koa (ko’-a): Acacia koa, a large hard-wood tree growing in the mountains.
Canoes and utensils are made from the wood, which takes a high polish and

Rice—Hawaiian Legends 135

is sometimes called Hawaiian mahogany. The leaf is silvery green and
crescent-shaped.

Koae (ko-ae’): Phaeton rubricauda or lepturus (if white); variously called the
tropic, frigate or bo’sun bird. A large white bird with two long, slender red
feathers in its tail; in one variety the two feathers are white. It makes its
nest in the cliffs.

Koko (ko’-ko): Network of braided strings used for carrying a calabash.

Konane (ko-na’-ne): A game resembling checkers or chess but more compli-
cated than checkers. It was played with pebbles, or sea-beans, on a marked
rock.

Konohiki (ko-no-hi’-ki): An overseer of the land under the chiefs—the principal
man of a village.

Koali, also kowali: The convolvulus vine, the morning glory.

Kuina-kapa (ku-i’-na-ka’-pa), or kuina kapa papa’u: A set of sleeping tapas,
generally five beaten or fastened together at one edge, answering the purpose
of bed-coverings. They were very warm. When a favored guest came to a
house, he was given a new set, and he was expected to take it with him
when he left.

Kukui (ku-ku’-i): The name of a tree, Aleurites moluccana, and also of its nut.
The nut, which was very oily, was used to burn for lights or was strung on
bamboo for torches. The tree produces a gum. In ancient times the trunks
were sometimes made into canoes, but the wood was not very durable; the
bark of the root was used in coloring canoes black. The kukui is sometimes
called the candlenut tree.

Kupua (ku’pu-a): The demi-god of a locality, beneficent or evil, as the case
might be. A localized spirit, often embodied in a rock or a tree or even in a
point of land, to be propitiated by specified offerings. A derived meaning
signifies a sorcerer.

Lama (la’ma): Mabu sandwicensis, a species of forest tree of very hard wood,
used in building houses for the gods. It has a handsome red berry.

Lauae (lau-a’e): The cabbage fern, which grows only on Kauai and has a de-
lightful fragrance. Tapa was beaten with lauae leaves to scent it (maile,
mokihana, and sandalwood were also used for this purpose).

Lauhala (lau-ha’-la): The pandanus or hala tree; more properly the leaf of the
hala tree, which, when dried, is used for weaving mats and for other pur-
poses.

Laulau: Bundles of pork wrapped in ti leaves and cooked in an imu.

Lehua (le-hu’-a) or ohia lehua: Metrosideros polymorpha, a valuable hard-
wood tree, growing on the uplands of all the islands. It bears a beautiful
blossom, generally scarlet, but some trees bear orange, yellow, or white
flowers.

Lei (lei): A wreath or garland; an ornamental headdress or necklace. Leis
are made of beads, seeds, nuts, feathers, green leaves, flowers, and other
materials.

Leilehua (le’i-le-hu’-a): A wreath of lehua blossoms. (See lei and lehua.)

Lei palaoa (le’i-pa-la’o-a): A necklace, made of many strands of braided human
hair, from which depended a carved hooklike ornament of whale or walrus
tusk, wood, or human bone, preferably that of an enemy chief. Kuoloa lands
of Oahu were always reserved by the king for his own use, because dead
whales or walrus were likely to come ashore there.

136 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Limu (li-mu): 1. An edible sea-weed. 2. A general name for every kind of
edible herb that grows in the sea.

Lipoa limu (li-po’-a li’“mu): A choice, scented, edible seaweed. It is rose pink
in color, and found only at certain seasons.

Luau (lu’-au): 1. A feast. (Paina is the better word for feast, but luau is the
modern term. 2. The young leaf of the kalo or taro. 3. Boiled taro leaves.

Luna (lu’-na): A person who is over others in office or command. Hence, an
overseer, an officer, a director, a herald or a messenger, one sent on business
by a chief, an ambassador, an executive officer of any kind.

Maile (ma’i-le): Alyxia olivaeformis, a vine with fragrant green leaves of which
wreaths are made.

Malo (ma’-lo): A strip of tapa or cloth girded about the loins of men. In for-
mer times the malo was the only garment worn by men at work.

Malo-pua-kai (ma’-lo-pu’-a-ka’i): Literally, flower of the sea. A red malo used
for surfing; made waterproof and dyed red by soaking in a mixture of kamani
oil and crushed hame or haa berries.

Mamo (ma’-mo): Drepanis pacifica, a species of bird with yellow feathers
under each wing, which were much valued for cloaks, helmets, and other
feather work.

Manu (ma’-nu): The carved prows of a canoe.

Mele (me’-le): 1. A song; the words or subject of a song, epic in character.
2. To chant or sing.

Menehune (me-ne-hu’-ne): A race of mythical dwarfs from two to three feet in
height, who were possessed of great strength; a race of pygmies who were
squat, tremendously strong, powerfully built, and very ugly of face. They
were credited with the building of many temples, roads, and other structures.
Trades among them were well systematized, every Menehune being restricted
to his own particular craft in which he was a master. It was believed that
they would work only one night on a construction and if unable to complete
the work, it was left undone.

Mo-o (mo’-o): A huge mythical lizard or monster worm.
Oli (o’-li): 1. A song, a singing; a chant, a chanting. 2. To sing; to chant.

Oo (o’-o): An instrument made of hard wood anciently used in cultivating the
ground. It was long and flattened at one end to form a digger.

O-o (0’-0): Moho nobilis. A species of bird found formerly in great numbers in
Hawaii. The yellow feathers were much valued for making cloaks, helmets,
and other articles for the chiefs.

Opae (o-pa’e): The shrimp (Macrobachium grandimanus).

Opihi (o-pi’-hi): A limpet (Helcioniscus exaratus), a species of small shell-fish
with mottled black, gray and white shell, generally found clinging to moss-
grown rocks on the sea-coast.

Pali (pa’-li): A precipice, a high cliff or cliffs, the side of a steep ravine, a steep
hill.

Pa-u (pa-u): A skirt of tapa worn by the women, or dancers—the principal
garment of Hawaiian women in former times. It generally consisted of a
number of pieces of tapa, usually five, wound around the waist, and reaching
to about the knee.

Rice-Hawatian Legends 137

Pikoi (pi-koi): A weapon used in warfare and in robbing or plundering. It
was made of a piece of hard wood about two feet long, to which was attached
a long rope, the other end of which was tied to the wielder’s wrist. When
the pikoi was thrown, the rope entangled the victim.

Pili grass (pi-li): Andropogon contortus, a long, coarse grass used in thatching
houses.

Poi: A paste-like substance, generally made of the gray root of the kalo or
taro, but is sometimes made of sweet potato or breadfruit. Poi made from
taro was the chief food of the Hawaiians.

Poi board: A board on which poi was pounded or prepared.

Pola (po’-la): The high seat or platform between the canoes of a double canoe
or a platform built across a single canoe.

Poopaa (po-o-pa’-a): ([Literally: hard heads.] An Hawaiian fish, very easy to
catch. Sometimes called oopu-kai (Cirrhitus marmoratus).

Puhala (pu-ha’-la): The pandanus; a group of hala trees.

Punei mats (pu-ne’i): The mats of a punei or bed, serving as springs and mat-
tress.

Tapa (ta’-pa) or kapa: 1. The cloth beaten from the bark of the wauki, or paper
mulberry, and other similar trees. 2. Clothes in general; a cloak or shawl.

Taro (ta-ro) or kalo: (Colocasia antiquorum vy. esculentum.) A _ well-known
starchy vegetable of the Hawaiian islands, of which there are at least thirty-
six varieties. It is a species of arum esculentum, cultivated in artificial
water-beds and also on high, mellow, upland soil. It is commonly made into
a food by baking and pounding into a hard paste. After fermenting and
slightly souring, it is diluted with water, then becoming poi.

Ti or ki: (Cordyline terminalis), a plant, growing to twelve feet in height with
long, shiny green leaves, often used in cooking and in carrying bundles of
food; sometimes also for thatching roofs.

Ukiuki (u’-ki-u’-ki): A shrub or plant, braided into a strong rope, often used to
bind the thatching of houses.

Ulua (u-lu’-a): A large Hawaiian fish of the genus Carangus,, very much prized
for eating. In the dedication of a new heiau an ulua was the preferred sacri-
fice. If one cOuld not be caught, the moo (executioner) took the first man he
met, for the sacrifice. A hook was placed in the victim’s mouth, as if he had
been a fish.

Uniki (u-ni’-ki): A secret sign; a religious ceremony for initiation.
Uwau (u-wa’u): A water fowl.
Wi (wi): Neritina granosa, a fresh water snail or shell fish.

Wiliwili (wi’-li-wi’-li): Erythrina monosperma, a large tree, the timber of
which is, for its buoyancy made into outriggers for canoes. In former times
the best surf-boards were also made of wiliwili. The tree has a handsome
flower, generally scarlet, but more rarely orange, yellow, or white.

ND.
> ie ae)

REPORY?
OF THE DIRECTOR FOR

Ig22

BY

HERBERT E. GREGORY

Bernice P. Bishop MusEuM

BULLETIN 4

HONOLULU. HAWAII

=

PUBLISHED BY THE Muskum
1923

BERNICE P. BISHOP MUSEUM

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Apert F. Jupp, President

E. Faxon Bisuop, Vice-President J. M. Dowserv, Treasurer
Henry Ho_mMes WittraM O. SmirH
Ricuarp H. Trent Witiiam WILLIAMSON, Secretary

MEMBERS OF THE STAFF

Hersert FE. Grecory, Ph.D. - - = = = — —- Director
Wititiam T. Bricwam, Sc.D. - - - - - Director Emeritus
WitiiamM H. Datt, Ph.D - - - - - - Consulting Naturalist
EcmMer D. Merritt, M.S. - - - - - - Consulting Botanist
Orto H. Swezey, M.S. - - - - = Consulting Entomologist
CrarK Wisster, Ph.D. - - - - - Consulting Anthropologist
Ropert T. AirkeN, B.S. - - - Research Associate in Ethnology
Stantey C. Batt, Ph.D. - - - - - - Curator of Collections
Horesm By He Brown, Pa - “= = - = = = —- Botanist
EvizABETH Wuist Brown, Ph.D. - - Research Associate in Botany
Epwin H. Bryan, Jr. B.S., Ph.B. - - - - Assistant Entomologist
C. Monracur Cooker, Jr., PhD. - - - - - - Malacologist
Henry EF. Crampton, Ph.D. - - - Research Associate in Zoology
CHarLtes H. EpmMonpson, Ph.D. - - - - - - - Zoologist
KENNETH P. Emory, B.S. - - - - - Assistant Ethnologist
Henry W. FowterR - - - - - - - _ Bishop Museum Fellow
Ruto H. Grerer, A.B. - - - - - Bishop Museum Fellow
BE. S. CraticHitt Hanpy, Ph.D. - - - - - - Ethnologist
WILLOWDEAN C. HANDY - =- - sagsieue in Polynesian Folkways
Evizazseta B. Hiccins - - - - - - Librarian and Editor
IN, JE AY Tiina, AASB SS Se Bishop Museum Fellow
Hans G. Horneostec SS Sees See =. (Collector
J. F. Ittincworrn, Ph.D - =. Research Acouees in Entomology
Bertua MerzceER - - - - - - - - - - - Assistant to Director
Grorces C. Munro - - - - - -_ Associate in Ornithology
Marie C. Neat, A.B. - - - - - = Assistant Malacologist
Cart Sxorrsperc, Ph.D. - - - - - - Bishop Museum Fellow
F. L. Stevens, PhD. - - - - - - Bishop Museum Fellow
Jounmi Ga STOKES 2955) =. = “ i ee soc igs enclose
Louis R. Sutrivan, M.A. - -_ Research Associate in Anthropology
Joun W. THOMPSON ee a eee epanaLon
Tuomas G. THRUM == 2 = Associate in Hawanan’ Folklore
SrePpHEN S. VisHER, Ph.D - - - - - _ Bishop Museum Fellow
LAHILAH] WEBB- - - - - - = - - = = = - Guide to Exhibits
Gerrit P. WinpER - - - - - - - - Associate in Botany
ANNASHOD 2 =) Seen a ee amton andi(Guide

lowe (Grisly S 9S 9s = ay Se el= Ss se 5 = © Jenvior

Report of the Director for 1922
WORK OF THE STAFF

The Director, Herbert E. Gregory, has given attention to the work of
field parties, to editorial supervision, and to plans for organization and de-
velopment. Brief trips were made to the islands of Lanai and Maui and
the Napali coast of Kauai was explored with a view to later study. The
month of January was spent on the Atlantic coast and in Canada in con-
ference with government officials and with scientists interested in Pacific
problems. Six weeks in August and September were given to geological
work in southern Utah; and to fulfill obligations of the co-operative agree-
ment between the Museum and Yale University, the time from September
2oth to the end of the year was devoted to classroom work at New Haven.

The Director has continued his work as Chairman of the Committee
on Pacific Investigations of the National Research Council, which is actively
engaged in perfecting international arrangements for exploration and for
conservation of marine life, and in assisting the Australian National Re-
search Council in the organization of a Pan-Pacific Scientific Congress to
be held at Melbourne and Sydney, August 13 to September 2, 1923.

In addition to public lectures and papers read before scientific socie-
ties, three articles and nine reviews have been prepared for publication and
progress has been made on a manuscript which is to form part of a volume
on the history of Hawaii.

William T. Brigham, Director Emeritus, reports progress in the prep-
aration of a series of essays on Hawaiian ethnology.

William H. Dall, Consulting Naturalist, has completed his study of
collections comprising more than twelve hundred species and varieties of
Mollusca and has submitted an extensive manuscript on the marine shell-
bearing Mollusca and Brachiopoda of Hawaii.

In connection with the work of the Philippine Bureau of Science,
Elmer D. Merrill, Consulting Botanist, has identified large collections of
plants from Samoa and Tahiti and has devoted considerable time to the
preparation of a bibliography of Polynesian botany and to a card index of
references to systematic literature. Dr. Merrill has added to the herbar-
ium about four hundred sheets of Philippine plants and assisted in the
identification of the Polynesian collections. He has generously offered to
supply the Museum with a duplicate set of his index cards.

In addition to his exacting duties as entomologist of the Hawaiian
Sugar Planters’ Experimental Station, Otto H. Swezey, Consulting Ento-
mologist, has generously given much time and thought to increasing the

6 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

value of the rapidly growing collections of insects. Much progress has
been made in working up and arranging material accumulated during the
past years. In the identification of species, the friendly assistance of Ha-
waiian entomologists has been enlisted and arrangements have been made
for reports on beetles of the genus Apterocyclus by Prof. E. C. Van Dyke
of the University of California; on Dermaptera and Orthoptera by Dr.
Morgan Hebard of the Philadelphia Academy of Science (p. 13); on
Cixiidae by W. M. Giffard; on Heteroptera by E. P. Van Duzee of the
California Academy of Sciences; on Jassidae by Prof. Hebert Osborn of
Ohio State University. Special studies have been made by Mr. Swezey on
the Hawaiian Lepidoptera.

By correspondence and personal interviews, Clark Wissler, Consult-
ing Anthropologist, has rendered important service as a sympathetic critic
of the Museum’s administrative plans, personnel, and program of work.
His desire to enlarge the usefulness of the Museum has resulted in
strengthening the helpful co-operative relations with the American Museum
of Natural History, particularly in providing the services of Louis R. Sulli-
van. (See p. II).

Robert T. Aitken, Research Associate in Ethnology, returned on
August 8 from a two years’ field trip in the Austral Islands as a member
of the Bayard Dominick Expedition. A few days were spent at Raivavae
and brief visits were made to islands in the Society and Paumotu groups.
The remainder of the time available for field work was devoted to investi-
gations on the island of Tubuai. At the end of the year his manuscript
on the ethnology of Tubuai was near completion. During October Mr.
Aitken addressed the Social Science Club and also the Natural Science
Club on the “Natives of Tubuai in the Austral Islands.”

In addition to his work as Curator of Collections, Stanley C. Ball
served as Acting Director from January 1 to February 7, and from August
12 to the end of the year. He also devoted time to plans for buildings and
equipment. Accompanied by Charles H. Edmondson, Mr. Ball made a
collecting trip to Molokai in February (p. 7), and during July and August
made an expedition to Fanning island (p. 19). An abstract of Mr. Ball’s
Annual Report is printed on page 26.

Forest B. H. Brown, Botanist, returned to Honolulu on December 16,
1922, after a period of two years spent in the Marquesas and neighboring
parts of the Pacific as a member of the Bayard Dominick Expedition.
His work has resulted in filling a conspicuous gap in the knowledge of
Pacific flora and should lead to the preparation of a standard treatise based
on his collections, which comprise 9000 sheets of material and 395 photo-
graphs. During the year a paper by Mr. Brown on “The secondary xylem

Report of the Director for 1922 7

of Hawaiian trees” (Occasional Papers, Vol. VIII, No. 6) was issued
by the Museum.

Elizabeth Wuist Brown, Research Associate in Botany, was a member
of the Marquesas party of the Bayard Dominick Expedition for the years
1920-21 and 1921-22. Her attention was given chiefly to investigation of
the cryptogamic flora.

The time of Edwin H. Bryan, Jr., Assistant Entomologist, has been
given partly to the care and study of the collections of insects and partly
to general Museum duties. Considerable progress has been made in the
preparation of a paper on Hawaiian Diptera, which includes descriptions
of all species recorded in the Territory, and also on a card catalog of the
entomological literature in Honolulu. For collecting insects trips were
made to the Napali region on Kauai and to parts of Oahu.

C. Montague Cooke, Jr., Malacologist, spent the first half of the year
at the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences in dissecting specimens
of Endodontidae and Zonitidae, preparatory to the preparation of a mono-
graph on these families. In the Museum laboratory the most important
work accomplished was the cataloging of the Wilder collection of 48,291
specimens, one of the largest and most valuable collections of Oahuan
Achatinellidae. Field trips were made to the Waianae Mountains, Oahu,
and to the islands of Kauai, Maui and Molokai. Through the efforts of
Mr. Cooke much valuable shell material has been received during the year.

Henry E. Crampton, Research Associate in Zoology, has continued
his investigation of the collections of Partula obtained in 1920 from Guam
and the Marianas Islands. The statistical analysis of the material has
been entirely completed, and substantial progress has been made in the
writing of a monograph.

Charles H. Edmondson, Zoologist, has been engaged in the classifica-
tion and arrangement of the zoological material stored in the Museum
buildings. His field work during the year included collection trips to
Molokai and Fanning islands (pp. 6, 19) and investigations of marine
fauna at Kahana Bay, Kawailoa, and Waikiki on the island of Oahu. He
has arranged for exchanges of identified material with the Australian
Museum and the Zoological Survey of India. For the identification of
Hawaiian collections, he has enlisted the generous assistance of Dr. Her-
bert L. Clark of the Museum of Comparative Anatomy, Dr. Henry A.
Pilsbry of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Science, Dr. A. A. Tread-
well of Vassar College, and also of Miss Mary J. Rathburn, Dr. Waldo L.
Schmitt, Clarence R. Shoemaker and Dr. Paul Bartsch of the National
Museum.

8 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

The work of Mr. Edmondson at the Marine Biological laboratory of
the University of Hawaii is briefly described as follows:

In October a year’s record of the daily plankton hauls over a known area on
the reef was completed and the materials collected were made available for examina-
tion. Studies of the embrynic stages and the life histories of reef organisms have
been continued. Advanced students are pursuing studies on the hermit crabs of the
Hawaiian islands and on the reaction of corals to extremes of temperature, to sun-
light, to silt, to density of water, and to other environmental factors. Records of the
growth of corals planted during 1921 were tabulated and provision was made for a
continuation of this work until the rate of growth of as many local specimens of
corals as possible has been determined. Co-operating with the Department of
Botany of the University of Hawaii and with Miss Marie Neal as graduate student
of that department, a more thorough biological investigation of the reef at Waikiki
has been undertaken. Squares are being laid out from the shore line to the edge
of the reef or as far as possible, and intensive studies of plants and animals and the
relations of plants to animals will be made within these squares.

The course of twelve semi-popular lectures on phases of marine z0o-
logy, begun in 1921, was continued.

Kenneth P. Emory, Assistant Ethnologist, spent the first half of the
year in the preparation of a manuscript on the archaeology and ethnology
of the island of Lanai. In connection with this work, field trips were made
to Kaupo and Lahaina, Maui, and to Molokai. On July 27 Mr. Emory
left Honolulu on a year’s leave of absence to pursue graduate studies at
Harvard University.

Henry W. Fowler, Ichthyologist of the Philadelphia Academy of
Science and Bishop Museum Fellow for 1922-1923, devoted his attention
to the study, identification and labeling of the Museum collection of fish,
which he reports as “embracing upwards of 12,000 specimens and forming
the most representative lot of fishes from Oceania that I know of.” <A
preliminary paper descriptive of new forms was prepared for publication
and progress made on a more comprehensive study.

3efore leaving for the mainland in August, Ruth H. Greiner, Bishop
Museum Fellow for 1921-1922, submitted manuscript on Polynesian designs
which comprises an extensive study of Hawaiian, Samoan, Tongan, and
Maori decorative elements and comparisons with art as developed in other
parts of Polynesia and in selected islands of Melanesia.

The time of E. S. Craighill Handy, Ethnologist, was given largely
to the preparation of manuscript resulting from his field work in the
Marquesas during 1920 and 1921 as a member of the Bayard Dominick
Expedition. At the close of the year his papers on ‘““The native culture

Report of the Director for 1922 9

of the Marquesas” and “Rediscoveries in Polynesia” were ready for the
press; and a manuscript entitled “An interpretative study of the religion
of the Polynesian people” was practically finished. A course of lectures
on ethnology was delivered by Mr. Handy at the University of Hawaii.

Willowdean C. Handy, Associate in Polynesian Folkways and Volun-
teer Assistant with the Bayard Dominick Expedition, completed a manu-
script on “Tattooing in the Marquesas” (p. 13) and made considerable
progress with her studies of Polynesian string figures. Her paper on “The
Marquesans: fact vs. fiction” appeared in the Yale Review for July.

Early in April Lieut. Hans G. Hornbostel began his work as Collec-
tor and has been unusually successful in obtaining anthropological material
from Guam and neighboring islands. (See p. 21 and p. 33).

Elizabeth B. Higgins, Librarian and Editor, has continued to care for
the needs of the library and to share the burden of editing mansucript,
proof reading, and of distributing publications. During the year a history
of the library has been prepared for the Museum files and progress has
been made in making a much needed inventory. Excerpts from the report
by Miss Higgins appear on pages 36-38.

Norman E. A. Hinds, Instructor in Geology, Harvard University and
Bishop Museum Fellow for 1922-23, spent six months on Kauai, continu-
ing his work of the previous year on the geology of that island. A brief
abstract of his forthcoming report appeared in the Bulletin of the Geo-
logical Society of America volume 33, number 1, 1922.

J. F. Illingworth, Research Associate in Entomology, has given gener-
ously of his time in furthering the interests of the Museum. During the
year five papers on economic phases of entomology were prepared for the
Hawaiian Entomological Society and one for the United States Department
of Agriculture. A manuscript on early references to Hawaiian entomology
was submitted to the Museum. In a report submitted to the Director,
Mr. Illingworth makes the following interesting observations:

The indications are that the Hawaiian fauna, insects as well as men, are immi-
grants from the south and west. With this idea in mind, I have taken the oppor-
tunity to make a comparative study of the insect fauna of Hawaii with that of other
parts of the Pacific. For this investigation I have used the vast amount of material
collected by me in Fiji and in Australia during four years’ residence in Queensland,
the well-known Helms collection and other materials in the Bishop Museum, the
collections of Mr. D. T. Fullaway loaned by the United States Experiment Station,
and collections made by Mr. F. Muir from countries bordering the Pacific loaned
by the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station.

A study of flies throws some interesting side lights upon the origin of man
in Hawaii. House flies have ever been closely associated with human beings. In
fact so much so that they are not found on uninhabited islands, and the United
States Exploring Expedition, in 1840, reported that flies were a sure indication of

10 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

the presence of natives on an island. I found that the common house fly of Hawaii
was not that of Europe and the United States, as formerly supposed, but a variety
of a distinctly different species, appearing along the western shores of the Pacific.
Since it is known that these flies’ will follow man, even in small boats, and since
there is evidence that house flies were in Hawaii when Captain Cook arrived, one
may fairly conclude that they came with the natives along their lines of migration.
It is interesting to note that our evidence of the migration of these insects exactly
coincides with what is now presumed to have been the line of migration of the
earliest peoples reaching the shores of the Hawaiian islands.

In addition to her routine duties, Bertha Metzger, Assistant to the
Director, has acted as critic of papers submitted for publication. Assisted
by Lahilahi Webb, Thomas G. Thrum, C. F. Gessler, and other members
of the staff, she assumed the difficult task of editing the manuscript and
reading the proof of the Hawaiian Dictionary. Miss Metzger wrote an
article, “Sayings of the South Seas,’ which was published in the Paradise
of the Pacific, December, 1922.

George C. Munro, Associate in Ornithology, has continued his success-
ful search for rare birds. He observes that the native forest birds of
Hawaii are still thriving and some of the species, at least, appear to be
increasing in number.

Marie C. Neal, Assistant Malacologist, continued her laboratory work
of preparing material for study and of arranging specimens for exchange.
Much time was given to cataloging the Wilder collection of Hawaiian land
shells. The field work of Miss Neal included collecting trips to Hawaii
and to the Waianae Mountains of Oahu. In connection with her investi-
gations, graduate work was done in the University of Hawaii.

Carl Skottsberg, Director Botanical Garden, Gothenburg, Sweden,
and Bishop Museum Fellow for 1922-23, spent four months in a study
of indigenous Hawaiian plants with reference to the general subject
of plant distribution in the Pacific. Collections of mosses, hepatics, and
lichens were made and distributed among specialists for determination.
Dr. Skottsberg prepared a memorandum on the present condition of the
herbarium and on the plans for its development.

F. L. Stephens, Professor of Botany, University of Illinois, and Bish-
op Museum Fellow for 1921-22, reports the practical completion of a manu-
script resulting from field study of fungi on the islands of Hawaii, Kauai,
Oahu, and Maui.

John F. G. Stokes, Ethnologist, returned to Honolulu in November,
after a two years’ absence in the Austral Islands as a member of the Bayard
Dominick Expedition. His particular field was the islands of Rapa,
Rurutu, and Raivavae, where the material culture and archaelogy were
studied and anthropometrical data collected. Some time was also given to

i-

Report of the Director for 1922 II

Tahiti, Rimatara, and islands in the eastern Tuamotus. Abstracts of
selected parts of the preliminary report of Mr. Stokes follow:

In Rurutu the dialect seems phonetically to be the most emasculated among
the Polynesians. The consonants ‘k,’ ‘ng, and the aspirates are lacking.

In Rapa the mortuary customs have some interesting features in connection
with the drying of bodies. The sepulchers yielded specimens of garments, one of
which, a fragment of the early Rapa dress, is in technique identical with the Maori
rain cloak. The hill forts or fortified villages, analogous to the Maori pa, show
primitive engineering features. Stone fish weirs are common and one of the old
marae (temples) remains. The clans of former times still exist, but with much
intermixture. Land is communal with the clan. The Rapa customs are interesting
on account of the absence of certain Polynesian features. It is said that there
were no tattooing, no awa drinking, no fish-poisoning, no mat-making, no feather-
work, no pigs and no dogs. Other Polynesian characteristics but slightly developed
were temples, priestcraft, veneration for chiefs, knowledge of great Polynesian
heroes, and stone platforms for houses. The original dialect retained the ‘k’ and
‘ng, but dropped the ‘h.’

Raivavae has a population of 380 and presents an appearance of great pros-
perity, in strong contrast with Rapa. The material culture has changed to a greater
extent than elsewhere in the Austral Group. The island has a special interest on
account of its archaeology. Many large stone images hewn out of red tufa remained
until the decade 1890-1900, when they were cut into building blocks for a church
structure. More than sixty images or fragments of images were found, the largest
of which stood eight and a half feet above ground. About sixty temples were noted
and it is not improbable that about one hundred of these establishments were for-
merly maintained. War retreats in the mountains were also found. The Raivavae
genealogies indicate a common origin of the chiefs of the Austral Group. In the
original dialect the Polynesian ‘k’ had been dropped, the ‘ng’ was in process of
changing to ‘n,’ and the ‘r’ was pronounced as ‘1, ‘gh,’ or ‘g’

Physical measurements of 335 people were obtained—133 in Rurutu, 113 in
Rapa, and 89 in Raivavae.

The customs of the Austral Islanders have been greatly modified through their
conversion to Christianity by native missionaries from the Society Group. The
latter, themselves Polynesians, imposed upon the people a Tahitian civilization partly
modified by the secular teachings of the white missionaries from England. In the
process, which has been under way since 1821, a complex has been formed which
makes it extremely difficult to differentiate Austral Island ethnology from that of
the Society Group. (See also Annual Report of the Director for 1921; Occ. Papers
Vol. VIII, No. 5, pp. 206-207, 1922.)

Louis R. Sullivan, Research Associate in Anthropology, in co-opera-
tion with the American Museum of Natural History, has continued his
investigations of the physical characteristics of the Pacific races. During
the year the results of his studies on Tongan somatology were published.
(See p. 13.) A manuscript on Marquesan somatology was submitted
for publication and considerable progress made on a study of Hawaiian
racial relations. A popular article, “New light on Polynesian races,’ was

12 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

prepared for the January (1923) number of Asia. In speaking of Mr.
Sullivan’s work with the Bayard Dominick Expedition, Charles B. Daven-
port, Director of the Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institute of Wash-
ington, remarks, “I feel that Sullivan’s two contributions to Polynesian
somatology have advanced the subject more in one year than all the other
researches of the past twenty-five years.”

John W. Thompson, Preparator, has modeled eighteen fishes, painted
thirteen fishes and three eels and has prepared and painted crabs and sea-
weed accessories for use in a projected marine group. The years of con-
tact which Mr. Thompson has had with the markets while selecting fishes
for the collections have placed him in a position to aid Mr. Fowler very
considerably in his studies on the fish collections. It is largely to his
credit that the Hawaiian fish fauna is so remarkably well represented in
the Museum’s preserved material, as well as in the excellent series of
models.

Thomas G. Thrum, Associate in Hawaiian Folklore, completed the
“Geographic place names” for the revision of Andrews’ Hawaiian Dic-
tionary. (See p. 25.) He also made a critical analysis of the forty-two
manuscripts in the Poepoe Collection and a translation of Kamakau’s his-
tory of Kamahemeha, which appeared originally in the Ka Nupepa Kuokoa
in 1866-1871. Progress was made in a study of the star lore of the ancient
Hawaiians, especially with reference to navigation.

Stephen S. Visher, Bishop Museum Fellow for 1921-22, returned to
his duties as Professor of Geography, University of Indiana, after a field
trip to Honolulu, Fiji, Manila, Hongkong, Shanghai, Kobe, and Tokyo.
Progress was made in the preparation of a monograph on the tropical
cyclones of the Pacific and their effects. Two Papers—‘Tropical cyclones
in Australia and the South Pacific and Indian Oceans” and “Tropical
cyclones in the Northeast Pacific between Hawaii and Mexico,” were pub-
lished in the Monthly Weather Review (Vol. 50, 1922 pp. 288-297).

In addition to her work as Guide to Exhibits and hostess to an even
larger number of visitors than in 1921, Mrs. Lahilahi Webb gave lectures
to many classes of school children. She was of invaluable service in edit-
ing the Hawaiian Dictionary and to members of the staff in their studies
of Hawaiian lore. In the exhibition halls she has been ably assisted by
Miss Anna Ho.

Gerrit P. Wilder, Associate in Botany, has added valuable specimens
to the Museum collection and continued his work of providing correct
labels for the casts of fruits in the exhibition halls. His knowledge of
the Hawaiian Bird Reservation has been utilized in planning an expedi-
tion for the coming year.

Report of the Director for 1922 13

PUBLICATIONS
During 1922 the following publications were issued:

Memoirs Vorume VIII, Numper 3. The grasses of Hawaii, by A. S. Hitchcock,
137 pages, 5 plates, 110 figures.
A description of 50 genera of native and introduced grasses.
Memoirs VotumE VIII, Numeer 4. <A contribution to Tongan somatology, by Louis
R. Sullivan, 35 pages, 4 plates, 2 figures.
Describes the physical characteristics of 225 Tongans, and discusses the
relation of Tongans to Samoans and to Melanesians.
Occastonart Papers Volume VII, Numser 14. Dermaptera and Orthoptera of Ha-
waii, by Morgan Hebard, 76 pages, 2 plates, 1 figure.
A study based on 688 specimens representing 4o of the 41 genera and all
but two of the adventive species recorded for Hawaii.
OccasionaL Papers VotumMeE VIII, Numsrr 2. Hawaiian Dromiidae, by Charles
Howard Edmondson, 10 pages, 2 plates.
Discussion of the taxonomic position, characteristics, and distribution of the
Dromiidae of Hawaiian waters. One new subspecies is described.

Occasiona, Papers VorumE VIII, Numer 3. The proverbial sayings of the Ton-
gans, by E. EF. V. Collocott and John Havea, 115 pages.
An epitome of Tongan mental reactions as expressed in 633 proverbs given
in the Tongan dialect with translation and comment in English.

OccasionaL Papers Votrumr VIII, Numser 4. Tongan astronomy and calendar, by
E. E. V. Collocott, 17 pages.

A study of the astronomy and calendar of the early Tongans, and defini-
tion of native names and phrases.

OccasionaL, Papers VotuME VIII, Numser 5. Report of the Director for 1921, by
Herbert E. Gregory, 39 pages.
Occastonat Papers VorumeE VIII, No. 6. The secondary xylem of Hawaiian trees,
by Forest Buffen Harkness Brown, 157 pages, 11 figures, 1922.
A treatise of the systematic anatomy of Hawaiian woody plants, with a
short preface on the origin of the Hawaiian flora.

BULLETIN I. Tattooing in the Marquesas, by Willowdean Chatterton Handy, 32
pages, 38 plates.

A study of the art of tattooing, the designs employed, and the nomen-
clature.

A paper on archaelogical work in Hawaii, by Gerard Fowke, pub-
lished by the Bureau of American Ethnology (Bull. 76, 1922, 21 pp., 8
plates) is a description of ancient Hawaiian structures, particularly on the
island of Molokai. The Museum accepted the opportunity of assisting
Mr. Fowke in his field investigation.

The following publications are in press:

Memoirs Vo,uME IX, Numper 1. The Moriori of Chatham Islands, by H. D.
Skinner, 1923.

Describes the material culture of Moriori of Chatham Islands.
Occastonar Papers VotumME VIII, Numper 7. New or little-known Hawaiian fishes,
by Henry W. Fowler, 20 pages, 1923.

Preliminary descriptions of new species of fish in the collections of Bishop
Museum, and a list of names of those already described elsewhere.

14 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

BULLETIN ........ The native culture in the Marquesas, by E. S. Craghill Handy,
1923.

A study of the native culture in the Marquesas based on original research
during a nine months’ residence, supplemented by knowledge derived from
printed sources and unpublished manuscripts.

A Dictionary oF THE HawatAN Lancuace, by Lorrin Andrews, Revised by Henry
H. Parker. Published for the Board of Commissioners of Public Archives.
(See p. 25.)

TasLe oF ConreNTs AND INDEx ror OccAsIoONAL Papers, VOLUME VIII.

The following papers are in the hands of the Publication Committee
or of the Editor:

The material culture of the natives of the Marquesas Islands, by Ralph Linton
Tongan Myths and Tales, by Edward Winslow Giffard

Tongan Place Names, by Edward Winslow Giffard

Polynesian design elements, by Ruth H. Greiner

Early references to Hawaiian Entomology, by J. F. Illingworth

Hawaiian legends, by William H. Rice

Papers in preparation include the following:

An archaelogical and ethnological survey of Lanai, by Kenneth P. Emory

The marine shell-bearing Mollusca and Brachipoda of the Hawaiian Islands, by
William Healey Dall

An interpretative study of the religion of the Polynesian people, by E. S. Craighill
Hand

Tongan nace. and religion, by Edward Winslow Giffard

Tongan material culture and archaeology, by W. C. McKern

Studies in Hawatian anthropology, by Louis R. Sullivan

Hawaiian fungi, by F. L. Stevens

A. statistical analysis of Partula of Guam and Marianas islands, by Henry E.
Crampton

Geology of Kauai, by Norman E. A. Hinds

A study of Hawaiian plants with reference to plant distribution in the Pacific, by
Carl Skottsberg

A study of Hawaiian fishes, by Henry W. Fowler

Flora of the Marquesas Islands, by Forest B. H. Brown

Ethnology of Tubuai, by Robert T. Aitken

A study of Hawaiian Diptera, by Edwin H. Bryan, Jr.

An ethnological survey of Rapa, by John F. G. Stokes

Report of the Director for 1922

In the Museum publications three changes have been made: (1) the
books and pamphlets heretofore listed as Miscellaneous Publications have
become Special Publications, (2) the series of Occasional papers will be
discontinued after the completion of Volume VIII, (3) a new series to be
known as Bulletins has been established. No change is contemplated in
the Memoirs.

During the year, 1894 numbers of the Memoirs were distributed, in-
cluding 30 complete sets; of Occasional Papers 3782, including 13 com-
plete sets; of Special Publications 903, including 22 complete sets of
Fauna Hawaiiensis. The regular distribution of publications at time of
issue has varied from 317 to 461.

Report of the Director for 1922 15

To the regular exchange list which now numbers 184 the following
names have been added: Academy of Science of St. Louis; Mr. Percy
S. Allen, Editor of Pacific Islands Handbook; Asia Publishing Company ;
Auckland Public Library, Art Gallery and Old Colonists’ Museum;
Australian Central Weather Bureau; Botanical Survey of South Africa;
Colorado College; Dove Marine Laboratory; Folk-Lore Society; For-
mosan Government Research Institute; Matson Navigation Company ;
Mexico Direccion de Estudios Biologices; Pacific Biological Station;
Philippine Bureau of Agriculture; Pomona College; Princeton University
Library; Royal Geographical Society; Royal Society of London; Royal
Society of Tasmania; Scripps Institution for Biological Research; So-
ciedade Brasileira de Sciencias; Transvaal Museum; Library, U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture.

The contract to print the publications of the Museum, which termi-
nated April 1, has been re-awarded to the Honolulu Star-Bulletin, Limited.

By vote of the Trustees the Museum staff has undertaken the prepara-
tion of a Handbook descriptive of the collections in the exhibition halls and
of a pamphlet containing a sketch of the history, scope, and policy of the
institution.

SPECIAL TOPICS

EXPEDITIONS

During the first ten years of the Museum activities, no systematic field
exploration appears to have been undertaken by the staff. The Trustees,
however, early recognized the desirability of building up extensive collec-
tions which might serve as basis for scientific study. Their liberal financial
support was given for a comprehensive study of the land fauna of Hawaii
(1892-1901 )—a series of investigations which resulted in the publication of
Fauna Hawaiiensis, notable alike for its scientific value and for its demon-
stration of the advantage of co-operation.

In his report for 1899 the Director expressed the hope that studies
similar to those represented by Fauna Hawaiiensis might be extended to
regions outside of the Hawaiian Islands. In response to this suggestion
provision was made in 1900 for a study of the birds and fishes of Guam
by Alvin Seale, which resulted in large additions to the Museum collec-
tions (See Report of a mission to Guam: Occ. Papers, Vol. 1, p. 17-128),
During 1902 William Alanson Bryan spent one week on the little known
Marcus Island and two days on Midway Island making collections which
led to the publication of “A monograph of Marcus Island’? (Occ. Papers
II, No. 1, p. 77-139, 1903) and “A report of a visit to Midway Island’
(Occ. Papers II, No. 4, pp. 37-45, 1906). On Mr. Seale’s return from
Guam his services were again obtained for an expedition to the South

16 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Pacific, which had for its primary purpose the collection of fishes. During
the period November 9, 1900 to September 21, 1903, visits were made by
Mr. Seale to the Society, Marquesas, Tuamotu, Gambier, Austral, New
Hebrides and Solomon island groups and 1550 specimens representing 375
species of fishes were obtained. (See Fishes of the South Pacific: Occ.
Papers, Vol. IV, No. 1, pp. 3-89, 1906).

During each year of the period 1909-1913 Charles N. Forbes, Bota-
nist, devoted approximately three consecutive months to systematic ex-
ploration on Kauai (1909), Maui (1910), Hawaii (1911), Molokai (1912),
and Lanai (1913); and in 1913 Mr. Cooke made an excursion to Palmyra
Island. With these exceptions, field work during the period 1903-1919
appears to have consisted of short trips by members of the staff for the
purpose of increasing the collections and to procure data needed in the
preparation of manuscript for publication.

In general, the records show that the collections belonging to the
Museum have been acquired chiefly by gift and purchase and that much
of the valuable material contributed by members of the staff has been
gathered incidentally and not infrequently in vacation periods and at the
expense of the collector.

It seems unlikely that materials adequate for scientific investigation
are to be continuously obtained through the methods heretofore utilized.
Gifts of valuable small collections will doubtless increase with the increase
in the number of the friends of the Museum; but most of the desirable
private collections have already found a permanent place in the halls of
scientific institutions, and miscellaneous collections resulting from brief
field trips will not serve the needs of investigators dealing with the ex-
panding problems within the scope of the activities of the Museum.
Future enlargement of the collections for study and for exhibition must
come chiefly from definitely organized fleld work by the staff, from ex-
changes, and from institutions associated with the Museum in co-operative
exploration.

With these ideas in mind the policy has been adopted of making
systematic field surveys in anthropology, botany, and zoology, under ar-
rangements which provide time and funds for the completion of the
project in hand. (See Report of the Director for 1919: Occ. Papers,
Vol. VII, No. 8, 1920.) The results have been satisfactory. During 1919
a botanical survey of east Maui and a study of the ancient asylum of
refuge at Honaunau were completed. During 1920 an ethnological survey
of Haleakela was completed, and the field work of the Bayard Dominick
Expedition began—a series of investigations which, continued through

Report of the Director for 1922 i7/

1921 and 1922, constitute doubtless the most important anthropological
study so far made in Polynesia. (See p. 21). During 1921 the land shell
fauna of Guam and Saipan were studied, the fungi of Hawaii were sys-
tematically collected and an ethnological survey of Lanai was completed—
the first such survey of any Hawaiian island. During 1922 a geological
survey of Kauai and a botanical survey of the Marquesas were completed,
an expedition was sent to Fanning Island, and remarkably large collections
were made in Guam.

Plans for 1923 include a systematic scientific survey of Johnston
Island, Wake Island and of fifteen islands and reefs lying between Niihau
and Ocean islands; an ethnological expedition to Tahiti; and a collecting
expedition to the Marianas and to the Caroline Islands. All these expedi-
tions serve not only to enlarge and to fill gaps in the collections now on
hand, but also to meet the needs of other institutions and to furnish data
for increasing the value of the Museum publications.

SuRVEY OF THE Hawattan Bird RESERVATION

Preliminary arrangements have been made for a scientific survey of
the scattered islands included within the roughly defined Hawaiian Bird
Reservation (Latitudes 22°-28°N, Longitude 161°-175° W). Conferences
with officials in Washington and at Pearl Harbor indicate the prob-
ability that the Navy Department will provide a ship for conducting re-
searches during the months of April, May, and June, 1923, under the
auspices of the United States Biological Survey and the Bishop Museum.
The position of these islands, the large differences in their topography,
shores, and surrounding waters, and the interesting zoological, botanical,
and ethnological materials so far obtained from them suggest that the pro-
posed expedition may yield important contributions to science.

Tue Wuitnty SoutH SEAS EXPEDITION

A generous gift of Mr. Harry Payne Whitney has enabled the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History to organize a zoological expedition on an
unusually comprehensive scale. Under the direction of a committee of
eminent ornithologists—Dr. Leonard C. Sanford, Dr. Frank M. Chapman
and Dr. Robert Cushman Murphy—the field party, in charge of Mr. Rollo
H. Beck, established headquarters at Papeete late in 1920. During 1921
extensive collections were made in Tahiti and other islands of the Society
group, at Christmas Island, at the Marquesas, and on several islets of the
Tuamotu group. During 1922 the schooner “France,” purchased by the
expedition, was used for continuing investigations in the Marquesas,
Austral, and Gambier island groups and at Pitcairn, Henderson, Oeno,
Elizabeth and Ducie islands.

18 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

The committee in charge of the expedition has formulated its plans
and conducted its field operations with a view solely to the advancement
of scientific research in the Pacific. To quote from the report of Dr.
Murphy:

While the expedition is primarily ornithological, no opportunity has been lost
to obtain desirable material and data in other branches of science, particularly at
the many Polynesian islands where the native peoples and fauna are rapidly dying
out or are altering materially with changing conditions. With this object in mind,
the Museum has co-operated in all possible ways with other institutions that are
carrying on research in the Pacific. The Bernice P. Bishop Museum of Honolulu,
for example, is now a center of Pacific investigations, coordinated under the ad-
ministration of Professor Herbert E. Gregory, who is serving as Director. The
Committee of the Whitney Expedition has been from the beginning in close touch
with Professor Gregory and has sought his advice on many details. The members
of the Expedition have been instructed to undertake special lines of collecting
which do not interfere with their main objects, to offer transportation whenever
possible to the field workers of the Bishop Museum and of other scientific organiza-
tions, and in general to further the cause of Pacific investigation by selecting fields
of endeavor which lead toward cooperation rather than competition. It has been
decided, for instance, to leave the ornithological investigation of the Hawaiian
islands and of certain neighboring groups, such as Midway, Johnston, Palmyra and
Washington islands, to the Bishop Museum, and to confine the efforts of the Whitney
Expedition, for the present at least, to the southerly and easterly islands of Poly-
nesia, from Samoa and the Marquesas southward and eastward to the Austral group
and Easter Island. In order that the American Museum of Natural History may
obtain a full representation of the avian fauna of the Pacific Basin, however, a com-
prehensive exchange of material has been arranged, and the Museum has already
received from Honolulu an important collection of Hawaiian birds, which gives it
a very nearly complete series of the scarce or extinct Drepanididae as well as other
interesting and peculiar birds of the archipelago.

The first two years of the Whitney South Sea Expedition indicate the
remarkable zoological and geographical results to be anticipated. More
than three thousand bird skins with representative collections of nests, eggs
and stomachs have been obtained; botanical, zoological and ethnological
material has been gathered at many islands; and a mass of geographic in-
formation has been recorded.

The collections show that the birds of the South Pacific trade wind
belt are for the most part specifically and generically distinct from those in
the southern “horse latitudes’ and that each large insular group and
even some small islets have distinctive species. Several of the species of
birds collected have been heretofore listed as extinct.

INVESTIGATIONS IN THE Society ISLANDS

Extensive researches in the Marquesas and the Austral Islands, and
reconnaissance studies in Tahiti indicate the need of fuller knowledge of

Report of the Director for 1922 19

the islands lying westward. From the Society Islands in particular more
precise information is needed of the physical characters of the people, of
the sequence of the overlapping immigrations and the cultural differences
in the native populations of various islands of the group.

To meet this need provision has been made for undertaking an ethno-
logical survey by a party consisting of E. S. Craighill Handy, Ethnologist ;
Willowdean C. Handy, Associate in Polynesian Folkways; and Miss Jane
Winne, Volunteer Assistant, who will devote her time to recording native
music. Local field assistants will be added to the party. For compara-
tive studies Mr. Handy will visit the islands of Upolu, Vavau, Haapai,
Nukuolofa, and the Maori settlements in New Zealand.

FANNING ISLAND EXPEDITION

Studies now in progress on the distribution and relationship of cer-
tain organisms have made it desirable to investigate the fauna and flora
of Fanning Island which lies in Latitude 3°-54’ North. The island lies
outside of the routes of commercial steamship lines, but is visited at inter-
vals by copra schooners and by the supply ship of the Pacific Cable Board.

With the approval of Mr. J. Milward, Pacific Manager of the Pacific
Cable Board, an invitation was received from Captain M. Menmuir to
make use of his ship, the “Tangaroa,” for transporting men and equip-
ment to Fanning Island. The invitation was gratefully accepted and
Stanley C. Ball and Charles H. Edmondson were chosen to represent the
Museum.

While on the island, Mr. Ball and Mr. Edmondson enjoyed the hos-
pitality of the Fanning Island Station of the Cable Board and of the
copra company, Fanning Island Limited. At the station, Superintendent
T. R. Blackley, Deputy Commissioner Mr. Johnson, Mr. Walker, Mr. and
Mrs. Sherlock, Mr. Kemp, Dr. Kinney, Mr. Chapman, Mr. Wood and
others rendered generous assistance. Superintendent A. R. Foster of the
copra company and his assistant, Mr. Ward, provided boats and men and
equipment. Mr. William Greig served as host and with Mr. Hugh Greig
furnished a native boat crew including the intelligent guide, Kotuku.
Their intimate knowledge of the island and of Polynesian languages and
customs was the source of valuable information regarding the names and
distribution of plants and animals.

The collections obtained at Fanning Island include marine and ter-
restrail crustaceans, mollusks, echinoderms, insects, and other invertebrates
and also skins of land and sea birds and a representative series of plants.
Many of the zoological specimens constitute new records for that part of
the Pacific.

20 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Supplementing the researches at Fanning Island, the Museum has
profited through the generosity of Mr. L. A. Thurston who, in company
with Mr. David Thaanum and Mr. Vasconcellos, conducted a survey of
Palmyra Island, lying three hundred miles northwest of Fanning Island.
Among the fishes and crabs collected are several not heretofore recorded
from the Palmyra region; some are new to science.

RECONNAISSANCE OF THE NApaAtt Coast, Kauai

The Napali district on the island of Kauai, including the valleys of
Nualolo, Awawapuhi, and Honopu, is peculiarly difficult of access. Its
seaward margin is formed by precepitious wave-cut cliffs and inland the
area is sharply dissected into box-headed canyons and “knife-edge” ridges.

Each of the three ways of access—a “hand hold” trail up the sea cliff
at Honopu, the Kamaile cliff trail, and the rope ladder at Nualolo beach
—is available only to experienced climbers.

Information obtained from Hawaiians and from the few white men
who have visited these valleys indicated that the irrigation systems, house
platforms, burial caves and other evidences of former occupation have been
undisturbed and that an unusual opportunity was afforded for a study
of ancient Hawaiian life. Arrangements were therefore made for a pre-
liminary exploration of Nualolo, Awawapuhi, Honopu and Kalalau val-
leys—a ten day’s reconnaissance—which has revealed much of interest
in archaelogy and natural history. By selecting feasible trails and recon-
structing the ancient rope ladder, the way has been prepared for a
systematic investigation of this little known region.

This exploring expedition was made possible through the skill and
enthusiastic interest of Lindsay A. Faye, Lorrin P. Thurston, Herman
Von Holt, and Ronald Von Holt.

CoLLEcTIONS From GuaM

The existence of monolithic ruins on the island of Tinian has been
known for a century, and similar objects have from time to time been
reported from Rota and from Guam, but the few sling stones and other
artifacts which have found their way to museums and the brief descrip-
tions scattered through the literature have given little indication of the
richness of those islands as fields for archealogical study. ‘Through the
generosity of Commander J. C. Thompson, of the United States Naval
Hospital, Lt. H. G. Hornbostel of the Museum staff was given the op-
portunity to undertake a systematic exploration of Guam, with a view to
obtaining information regarding an ancient people whose position in the
group of Pacific races remains to be determined. As the result of this

Report of the Director for 1922 21

work the Museum is in possession of maps, diagrams, and descriptive
notes of ancient burial grounds, house sites, fishing grounds, and caves,
and has added to its collections some 2,000 specimens, including mortars,
lamps, adzes, knives and much skeletal material. In the collection is a
burial monument with capital weighing about two and a quarter tons.

In carrying on his work Mr. Hornbostel has had the experienced
advice of Commander Thompson, and the generous co-operation of the
Navy officials who assisted in excavations and in making collections, and
assumed the responsibility of transporting the material to Honolulu.

It is planned to extend field work in this region to include the south-
ern islands of the Marianas group and parts of the Carolines.

Bayarp Dominick EXPEDITION

At the end of the year the work of the Bayard Dominick Expedition
had reached the following stage: the field work had been completed; most
of the collections, maps, manuscripts, photographs, and field notes had
been arranged for study; three papers had been published; two papers
were in press, four papers had been submitted for publication and sub-
stantial progress had been made in the preparation of six other papers.

The systematic investigation of the origin, migration, and culture of
the Polynesian peoples, which constitutes the program of the Bayard
Dominick Expedition, was made possible by a generous gift of Bayard
Dominick, Jr., of New York—funds given to Yale University and placed
by the University at the disposal of Bishop Museum. During the summer
of 1920 four field parties began their work—the first in Tonga, the second
in the Marquesas, the third in Rurutu, Raivavai, Tubuai and Rapa of
the Austral Islands, the fourth in islands of the Hawaiian group. Through
co-operative arrangements with scientists of New Zealand, physical
measurements of the Maori and a complete survey of the Moriori of
Chatham Islands form part of the program.

In formulating the plans for the expedition, it was recognized that
the origin and migrations of a people constitute a problem made up of many
diverse elements—a problem which involves contributions not only from
physical anthropology, material culture, archaeology, philology and legends,
but also from economic botany, geography and zoology. A _ profit-
able search for Polynesian origins obviously involves fundamental re-
search in two distinct fields: (1) the source of the physical racial
characteristics which have combined to make the different Polynesian
types; (2) the source of the original elements in the customs, habits and
beliefs—in a word, the culture of the Polynesians. The problem of origin

22 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

approaches solution to the extent that original physical characteristics may
be correlated with original cultural elements.

Although the results obtained by the members of the Bayard Dominick
Expedition have not as yet been subjected to critical analysis and com-
parison, some interesting general conclusions have been reached.

The Polynesian population consists of at least two basic elements
and the failure to recognize them appears to account for the wide diversity
of opinion regarding origin and affinities of the Pacific races.

Type A, which may be considered Polynesian proper, is a Caucasoid
element with physical characteristics intermediate between some Causasians
and some Mongols. It may prove to be a very primitive Causasian type
related to the earliest inhabitants of Micronesia, Melanesia, Indonesia, and
to the Aino of Japan and to some primitive Americans. It is probably
the oldest type in central and eastern Pacific and occupied all the Poly-
nesian islands. At present it is strongest in southern Polynesia.

The characteristic features of Type A are (1) tall stature, (2)
moderately long heads, (3) relatively high, narrow faces, (4) relatively
high, narrow noses, (5) straight or wavy black hair of medium texture,
(6) well-developed moustache and moderate beard on the chin, (7)
moderate amount of hair on the body and limbs, (8) light brown skin, (9)
incisor rim present occasionally, (10) femur flattened, (11) tibia flattened,
(12) ulna flattened, (13) lips above average in thickness.

Type B is the Indonesian element typically developed in the region
of the Celebes. It is a Mongoloid type but unlike the Malay, is strongly
divergent in the direction of the Negro. Hybrids of Type A and Type 5
are much more Mongoloid in appearance than is either of the parental
types. ‘Type B is strongest in northern and central Polynesia.

The essential physical characteristics of Type B are: (1) shorter
stature, (2) shorter heads, (3) low, broad faces, (4) low, broad noses,
(5) wavier hair, (6) undeveloped beard, (7) body hair rare except on
the legs, (8) darker brown skin, (9) incisor rim rare, (10), (11), (12)
femur, tibia and ulna less flattened (data meager, results inferred), (13)
lips well above the average in thickness.

Type A, Polynesian, and Type B, Indonesian, are not closely related
in a physical sense.

A third element in the Polynesian population is characterized by
extremely short heads, narrow faces, narrow noses, light skin and well
developed beard and body hair. Representatives of this element have
not been found in Polynesia in sufficient numbers to justify specific des-
cription. When studied in a region where it is well represented, this
element may prove of sufficient importance to be recognized as Type C.

Report of the Director for 1922 2B

This element has probably contributed some of the Caucasoid traits to
Polynesians.

There is a basic Polynesian culture for the present termed Culture
“A” over which has been superposed a later culture (Culture “B”).
The most important elements of Culture “A” are: (1) a rectangular
house with end posts and bed space; (2) a canoe made of five parts;
(3) a tanged adze; (4) cooking by means of heated stones in ground
ovens; (5) the use of stone pestles for pounding food; (6) the use of
wood, gourd, and coconut shell, rather than pottery, for containers; (7)
skillful woodworking and carving; (8) tattooing; (9) the making of
tapa, or bark cloth; (10) a characteristic relationship system; (11) the
custom of adopting and betrothing children; (12) systematic agriculture
and fishing, taro and potato cultures; (13) professional craftsmanship
and leadership in industry; (14) tribal government of simple patriarchal
communism; (15) preserving heads of enemies as trophies, and cannibal-
ism; (16) ancestor worship, the preservation of genealogies, and the
hiding of skeletal remains; (17) inspirational diviners; (18) a speculative
creation mythology conceived on the principle of dualism, expressed in
terms of male and female agencies. Culture “A” is distributed through-
out Polynesia, but is most clearly distinguished in New Zealand and the
Marquesas—marginal regions little affected by later influences.

As compared with Culture “A,” Culture “B” is characterized by a
higher social and religious development rather than a higher technical
development, and is dominent in northern and central Polynesia. It is
considered not as the culture of a race unrelated to the Polynesians, but
as the culture of a second migrating wave of a people closely related to
those represented by Culture “A.” In addition to the elements listed for
Culture “A,” Culture “B” is characterized by other elements among which
are: (19) the oval house; (20) wooden head rests; (21) utensils with
legs; (22) organized government; (23) a rigid social classification; (24)
complicated systems of land division and ownership; (25) great sacred-
ness of chiefs and elaborate etiquette; (26) organized dancing as a social
and religious institution; (27) organized religious ceremonial and _ priest-
hood; (28) a generation cult and seasonal rites; (29) haruspication.

It is interesting to note that the basal Polynesian physical type (Type
A) is universally distributed, but strongest in the south, and that the
original culture (Culture “A”, also universally distributed, is clearest in
the south (New Zealand) and in the east (the Marquesas). Also physical
Type B is strongest in north and central Polynesia, the same region in
which elements in Culture “B” are dominant. This demonstrated parallel-
ism of racial types and cultural stratification rests on conclusions arrived

24 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

at independently by members of the Museum staff working in widely
separated fields with no opportunity for consultation. It is regarded as a
very important contribution to the method of attack on the Polynesian
problem. Another contribution is the definition of characteristics and
elements belonging to the respective types and cultures—a prerequisite to
comparative studies.

The archaeological work of the Bayard Dominick Expedition reveals
no very ancient human habitation in the central and south Pacific.
For the Polynesian settlement the evidence serves to substantiate the con-
clusions of William Churchill, based on linguistic and cultural study. The
following dates are considered reasonable estimates: A.D. 0, the first
important Polynesian migratory movement; A.D. 600, second migration ;
and A.D. 1000, a period of great Polynesian expansion.

As regards the sources of these racial types and cultural elements
and the routes by which they came to Polynesia, the evidence in hand
indicates the region of the Malay archiperago (Indonesia) and southeast
Asia as that from which the Polynesian ancestors began their eastward
drift. There is no evidence of definite migrations to or from the Ameri-
can continents.

The Bayard Dominick Expedition is the most comprehensive investi-
gation so far made of any Pacific people; it has filled in gaps and expanded
the boundaries of the knowledge of the Polynesian race. It is believed
that the publications resulting from the two years of intensive study will
serve as a basis for intelligent criticism of the observations and theories of
previous workers and a guide for later detailed studies.

HAWAIIAN PROVERBS

The paper by E. E. Collocott, “Proverbial sayings of the Tongans”
(Occ. Papers, Vol. VIII, No. 3, 1922) has proved to be of interest not
only for its intrinsic merit, but also as a demonstration of a method of
presenting the philosophy and guiding thoughts of a people. It has
seemed, therefore, desirable to arrange for the preparation of similar
papers based on material from other groups of the Polynesian race.

For Hawaiian proverbs a nucleus exists in a manuscript by the late
Dr. N. B. Emerson, presented to the Museum by Mrs. Sarah B. Emerson.
A considerable number of proverbs has been supplied through the generous
co-operation of Mr. Theodore Kelsey and his co-workers. Other proverbs
and connundrums have been supplied by Mrs. EK. A. Nawahi, Mrs. Lahi-
lahi Webb, and Mr. Albert Judd. It is hoped that the Museum will re-
ceive contributions from many other sources.

Report of the Director for 1922 2

Stupy oF PacrFic LANGUAGES

During the days of active missionary expansion, 1820-1860, much at-
tention was given to preparing word lists and generalized grammars of
various Pacific dialects, and the theories of language relation expounded
by Max Miiller appear to have led some scholars to undertake philological
researches in the language of Polynesia, Melanesia, and Micronesia. For
Polynesia the Maori Comparative Dictionary by Tregear (1891), the
Maori Dictionary by Williams (1892), the Tongan Vocabulary and
Grammar, by Rev. Shirley Baker (1897); the Samoan Grammar and
Dictionary, by Rev. George Pratt (revised edition 1911); A Dictionary
of the Hawaiian Language, by Lorrin Andrews (1865, revised 1922) ; the
Polynesian Wanderings and Easter Island Rapanui Speech, by William
Churchill; and the dictionaries for the dialects of French Oceania, com-
piled by the Catholic fathers, are standard works. Studies by S. Percy
Smith, Sidney Ray and other contributors to the journal of the Polynesian
Society have served to elucidate many doubtful points. But increase in
the knowledge of the Polynesian and related languages has not kept
pace with researches in other branches of anthropology, and the death of
William Churchill in 1920 and of S. Percy Smith in 1922 has removed
two of the most distinguished students of Polynesian philology.

‘As anthropological work proceeds, the call becomes insistant for a
court of final appeal for spelling, meaning, and origin of words and
phrases that inclose within themselves a picture of the migrating ideas and
give significance to words which at present represent merely groups of
letters or sounds. ‘There is need for trained scholars who will devote a
lifetime of effort to fundamental researches in philology of the Polynesian
dialects.

Perhaps the first work of such a scholar would be to edit the several
dictionaries and the grammars now in manuscript form. Similar studies
could then be made of native dialects for which no adequate word lists are
in existence.

Since the inadequacy of philological research is felt by all institutions
interested in Pacific work, it is not improbable that support could be ob-
tained through some co-operative arrangement.

HaAwatiAn DiIcTIONARY

In 1913 the Legislature of the Territory of Hawaii made provision
for the “compiling, printing, binding, and publishing in book form a
Dictionary of the Hawaiian Language” to replace Andrews’ Dictionary,
which had long been out of print. Supported by legislative grants in
1913, I917, I919, amounting to $25,000, revision has been in progress

26 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

since 1915, under the direction of the Board of Commissioners of Public
Archives, who placed Rev. Henry H. Parker in charge of the work.

Early in 1921 the manuscript cards were transmitted by the Board
of Archives to the Bishop Museum, which consented to do the editorial
work necessary to prepare the volume for the press and also agreed to
furnish a list of Hawaiian geographical names with pronunciation and
definition. ‘To cover the cost of printing, the Board placed at the dis-
posal of the Museum the unexpended balance of $4,500.

As the editorial work proceeded it was found that the manuscript
was incomplete in several essential features, thus demanding an unexpected
amount of work on the part of the Museum staff and of Mr. Joseph S.
Emerson, Mr. Stephen Mahaulu, Mr. L. A. Dickey, Mr. Thomas C. White,
and Mr. Theodore Kelsey, who gave freely of their store of knowledge.

The Dictionary is substantially a reprint of the work compiled by
Mr. Lorrin Andrews in 1865. The value of the older volume has been
increased by incorporating the scholarly studies of Lorenzo Lyons, by the
addition of diacritical marks, by the elimination of irrelevant matter, and
by the rearrangement of words and definitions. The revised Dictionary is
obviously incomplete and the way is open for the preparation of a volume
that will draw material from all available sources.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF COLLECTIONS
The Curator of Collections, Stanley C. Ball, has submitted the fol-
lowing report:
ACCESSIONS 1922
ANTHROPOLOGICAL MATERIAL

Additions to the collections representing Hawaiian physical anthropology in-
clude material from Molokai, presented by Mr. F. A. Danforth; from Oahu, pre-
sented by Mrs. E. A. Fennel and by Mr. C. A. McWayne; from Kauai, collected
by Herbert E. Gregory and Gerrit P. Wilder; and from Lanai, presented by Mr.
Hector Munro. Four skulls and other bones were collected in the Austral Islands
by John F. G. Stokes and more than a hundred skeletons from Guam were col-
lected and presented to the Museum by Dr. J. C. Thompson and Hans G. Horn-
bostel.

The ethnological collections have been increased by gifts as follows: Mr.
Spencer Bickerton, stone hatchet from Australia; Captain V. A. Brisson, pestle from
Rimatara, adz from Pitcairn; Lieutenant Fish, musical bow from Guam; Mrs. W. M.
Giffard, Samoan mat; Mrs. Margaret C. Jackson, Russian harness; Mr. A. F. Judd,
portion of a Hawaiian bone ornament; Mr. Ernest Kaai, guitar from India and
Koran bible from Java; Mr. Kaemona through Mr. Lindsay Faye, stone scraper from
Kauai; The Liliuokalani Estate, 3 ancient royal kahilis taken from the Mausoleum;
Dr. H. F. Lyon, dancing wand from Solomon Islands; Mr. Joseph Marciel, 2 adz
heads from Maui; Miss Mary Y. Moore, metal vase from Java; Mr. G. C. Munro,
piece of plaster from Hawaiian oven, Lanai; Mr. William Weinrich, wooden tool
for stripping fiber, Mexico; Mrs. Lilly West, Hawaiian tobaccco pipe.

Report of the Director for 1922 27

The following persons have loaned specimens to the Museum: Mr. D. Wesley
Garber, fish net, sinker and 29 stone adz heads from Samoa; Dr. George Herbert,
helmet, 2 spears, 2 wooden bowls and a phallic stone from Hawaii; Mr. Frank
Marciel, Hawaiian adz head and polishing stone; Mr. N. G. Smith, kukui lei, brooch
and earrings; Mr. William Wagener, Hawaiian stone image.

Ethnological material purchased during 1922 includes the valuable collection of
Mrs. Victoria Buffandeau which embraces 8 feather leis, 10 kapas, 19 wooden bowls,
2 cuspidors, finger bowl, pig platter, tobacco pipe, 3 ivory leis, 2 makaloa mats,
poi pounder, net for suspending calabash (all Hawaiian), 2 Samoan mats, 12 co-
conut bowls, a poi pounder and a gourd bowl from Tahiti; from E. Block, 11 war
clubs from Samoa and Fiji, sword from Caroline Islands, 3 dishes and a bowl
from Fiji, mat dress from Samoa, 3 tapa beaters of which one is triangular in
section (locality unknown) and a piece of bark cloth from Uganda, Africa; from
the Emma Dreier Estate, a large wooden Hawaiian plate; from Mr. Maihui, net for
suspending calabash; from Mr. Nam Ja Sung, collection of Hawaiian stone imple-
ments; from Mrs. Helen Widemann, 4 Hawaiian calabashes.

Members of the staff have increased the collections as follows: R. T. Aitken,
180 specimens of native implements, tapas, baskets and materials collected in Tu-
buai and Raivavae, Austral Islands (see notes on collections); John F. G. Stokes,
a large number of artifacts collected chiefly in Rurutu, Raivavae and Rapa (re-
served for description in the 1923 Report); Kenneth P. Emory, collected on Lanai,
T. H., during 1921, 421 specimens among which may be mentioned several pieces of
wood from old houses and canoes, tapa anvil and beater, poi pounders, 5 lamps
and a pillow of stone, 19 anchors, 30 sinkers, 8 grindstones, 8 whetstones, 35 bowling
stones, 34 adz heads, 37 polishing stones, 4 stones bearing petroglyphs of great age,
33 stone hammers, stone dish, stone for cooking birds, 3 bath rubbing stones and a
stone knife. Mr. Emory also collected in 1922 on Molokai a stone hammer, 3
bowling stones, 3 sling stones, 2 adzes, a net sinker and a cowry lure.

Hans G. Hornbostel has had remarkable success in obtaining valuable specimens
illustrating the material culture of the Chamorros. The material already received
from Guam includes hundreds of sling stones, large numbers of adzes and chisels,
hammers, pestles, whetstones, several stone vessels, knives, ornaments, fishing
equipment and other artifacts, as well as specimens of the massive stone capitals
from the tops of pillars marking burial sites (see p. 21). An exploring party consist-
ing of Herbert E. Gregory, Edwin H. Bryan, Jr., of the Museum staff and Herman
Von Holt, Ronard K. Von Holt, Lindsay Faye, and Lorrin P. Thurston, volunteer
assistants, brought back from the Nepali coast of Kauai 5 poi pounders, 2 poi
boards, 6 cowry lures, 2 sinkers, adz head, stone knife, polishing stone and canoe
fragments. C. Montague Cooke and party consisting of C. M. Cooke III, Harrison
Cooke and Benjamin Oliveira secured a number of stone and shell implements on
the western end of Molokai.

By exchange the Museum has received from Baron N. Kanda of Japan a col-
lection of adzes, arrowheads, pieces of pottery, snow shoes, and 2 stone ornaments
(Magatama and Kudatama), illustrating the culture of the ancestors of the present
Japanese race, and several adzes and other artifacts from Formosa; from Mr. E.
L. Moseley a series of North American Indian relics.

BIRDS

Specimens have been added to the ornithological collection by members of the
staff as follows: Stanley C. Ball and Charles H. Edmondson, man-o’-war bird
(Fregata aquila), booby (Sula cyanops), nestling and 2 eggs of the latter, 3 terns
(Procelsterna cerulea), bristle-thighed curlew (Numenius tahitiensis), 3 warblers
(Conopoderas pistor), nest of the latter, 11 paroquets (Vini kuhli) collected on

28 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fanning Island; E. W. Giffard, 3 shearwaters (Puffinus chororhynchus) collected
in Tonga; John F. G. Stokes, rail obtained in Austral Islands.

Birds have been presented to the Museum as follows: from Mr. G. P. Cooke, Jr.,
an apapane (Himatione sanguinea) found dead on Molokai; Mr. Hung Lum Chung,
3 finches (Carpodacus mexicanus obscurus) shot at Experiment Station; Mr. H. S.
Hayward, feathers of red-tailed tropic bird and others; Mr. W. H. Smith, dark-
rumped petrel (Aestrelata phaeopygia).

INSECTS

The report of Edwin H. Bryan, Jr., Assistant Entomologist, records the acces-
sion of 8445 insects, 5140 of which came from the Hawaiian islands, a larger pro-
portion than during 1921.

Collections by members of the Museum staff include 265 specimens from Fan-
ning Island collected by Stanley C. Ball and Charles H. Edmondson, 923 specimens
collected on Kauai by Edwin H. Bryan, Jr., approximately 900 insects obtained from
the Austral Islands through John F. G. Stokes, and 298 flies collected in various
parts of Hawaii by Otto H. Swezey.

Specimens received in exchange came from the following sources: Mr. E. W.
Ferguson, 11 Australian Tabanidae; Mr. E. L. Moseley, 78 insects from Ohio; Mr.
W. S. Patton, 47 Muscidae; Mr. A. J. Turner, 67 Australian moths.

The following donations have been gratefully received: 6 specimens from Hale-
akala, Maui, given by Miss A. M. Alexander; 329 North American and Tahitian in-
sects from Charles H. Edmondson; 41 Hawaiian Diptera, and 35 Hawaiian Bruchi-
dae from the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station; 122 Hawaiian Diptera
and 39 other insects from Mr. Walter M. Giffard; 205 Australian specimens from
Mr. G. F. Hill; 70 Hawaiian insects from Mr. W. H. Meinecke; 21 North American
Drosophilidae from Mr. A. H. Sturtevant; 53 specimens collected for the Museum
on Palmyra island by Mr. L. A. Thurston; 68 Hawaiian Diptera from the University
of Hawaii.

An important collection of insects has been received from J. F. Illingworth,
partly as a gift and partly as a deposit. It embraces 1240 insects collected in Fiji
by Mr. Illingworth and determined by him with the aid of other specialists. This
collection promises to be of great value in further research in the oceanic field.

The Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station has lent to the Museum 605 in-
sects collected in Guam by Mr. David T. Fullaway.

Mr. Bryan further reports:

“Besides these accessions, as listed, considerable local material, totaling 3537
specimens, has been collected and turned in by the following members of the staff
and friends of the Museum: Stanley C. Ball, Spencer Bickerton, Edwin H. Bryan,
Jr., B. Clarke, A. G. Clarke, C. Montague Cooke, Jr., Ruth H. Greiner, Anne Gregory,
J. F. Illingworth, A. F.Judd, W. H. Meinecke, E. L. Moseley, Marie C. Neal, Otto
H. Swezey, John W. Thompson, Gerrit P. Wilder.”

PLANTS

Approximately 40,000 specimens have been added to the botanical collections
during the year. Of Hawaiian plants gifts have been received as follows: From
Mr. E. L. Caum, type specimens of Pritchardia kahanae and P. mantioides; Mr.
Henry Davis, fruit of the “Waialua” orange; Mr. A. D. Hitchcock, set of mounted
grasses; Mr. A. F. Judd, fungi from Molokai and a mounted specimen of the
fungas, Meliola juddiana Stevens; Dr. J. R. Judd, a set of ferns collected by Mrs.

Stewart Dodge in 1874; Mr. W. H. Meinecke, a specimen of silver-sword from
Hawaii.

Oy

Report of the Director for 1922 29

Hawaiian plants received from members of the staff include a large number of
rusts and other fungi collected and determined by F. L. Stevens, specimens of
Abutilon collected by Otto H. Swezey, and three plants collected on Hawaii by
Gerrit P. Wilder.

The large and important collection of approximately 28,000 specimens brought
together at the Station of the Board of Agriculture and Forestry and at the Uni-
versity of Hawaii by J. F. Rock was transferred to the Museum by arrangement
with these institutions.

From the Austral Islands, Robert T. Aitken and John F. G. Stokes, members
of the Bayard Dominick Expendition, brought back approximately 1,600 dried plants
and 120 wood samples. A. J. Eames obtained about 1,000 sheets of specimens dur-
ing his short stay in Samoa in 1920. By far the largest accession is that of 9,000
specimens of dried plants and 120 wood samples collected by Forest B. H. Brown
and Elizabeth Wuist Brown during two years of field work in the Marquesas, Tua-
motu archipelago and New Zealand.

Collections of plants procured outside of Hawaii include also several hundred
specimens collected in southern Polynesia by the Whitney South Seas Expedition
and received in exchange from the American Museum of Natural History; 80
specimens collected on Fanning Island by Stanley C. Ball and Charles H. Edmond-
son of the Bishop Museum staff; 274 plants from Borneo purchased from their
collector, Mr. A. E. D. Elmer; 300 specimens collected and donated by Mr. D.
Wesley Garber of Samoa, 390 Philippine specimens given by Mr. E. D. Merrill, and
13! Samoan plants collected and presented by Professor W. A. Setchell of the Uni-
versity of California.

SHELLS

From the report of C. Montague Cooke, Jr., Malacologist, the following notes
on accessions have been abstracted:

Exchanges have been arranged with the Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Sciences, the American Museum of Natural History and the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology. From the Philadelphia Academy specimens of Pacific zonitoids and
endodonts and paratypes of two species of tornatellids were received. From the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, 135 lots of shells were received, among them the
paratypes of species established by Pease, Gulick, and Newcomb. ‘The type speci-
mens of Planamastra prostrata and P. depressiformis found in the collection of this
Museum proved to be non-Hawaiian species. (See Nautilus, vol. XXXVI, 1922).
Mr. W. F. Clapp, Curator of Mollusca, contributed additional material.

From the American Museum 16 lots of shells were received. Probably the rarest
species acquired is the Carelia hyattiana, of which but seven specimens are known.
The one we received has been carefully compared with the type specimen in the
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and there is no doubt
that the identification is correct. Other important species from the American
Museum are Amastra petricola and pusilla. The former, as far as I know, has not
been collected since Newcomb, in 1850 or 1851, found his original lot, and as these
specimens were received by the American Museum from Newcomb, they may be
considered as paratypes. The Boston Society of Natural History gave to the
Museum a small but very valuable series of Endodontidae, which contains a single
specimen of Thaumatodon stellula from the Mayo collection.

Collections were made by Marie C. Neal on Kauai, and on Hawaii, in Kohala
district and near the Volcano House. The material from Kauai included a new
genus of operculate land shells. Collecting expeditions were made by C. Montague
Cooke, Jr., to Kauai, Maui, and to the Waianae Mountains, Oahu. Mr. Cooke
reports:

30 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

“A trip to the eastern end of the Waianae Mountains by Miss Neal and myself,
made possible by the kindness of Mr. and Mrs. Von Holt, yielded quite a large
number of shells. We were fortunate in finding specimens of Leptachatina ompha-
lodes. Only four specimens of this species had even been taken, two of which are
unfortunately lost, the remaining two coming to our Museum in the Ancey col-
lection. About 60 specimens of this extremely interesting and rare species were
collected, all of them dead; but with the clue to their habitat living specimens may
be expected to be found.”

On Kauai several new fossil beds were found, and probably one of the most
important results of the trip was the rediscovery of Carelia cochlea.

Mr. A. Gouveia has found on the island of Hawaii living examples of Amastra
pagodula, a species which had formerly been known only as a fossil.

Among the uncatalogued material in the Museum is a very small but important
collection from the Austral Islands, received through John F. G. Stokes of the
Bayard Dominick Expedition. Among the specimens is what is probably a type
species of the genus Microcystis. As a number of our Hawaiian Zonitidae were
formerly placed in this genus and later separated by Skyes into the genus Philonesia,
the relationship of our Hawaiian forms to the central Pacific genus can now be
accurately determined. Interesting specimens of Tornatellinidae were also collected
on Rapa.

The most valuable uncatalogued acquisition is the Baldwin collection obtained
by purchase. For a number of years Mr. D. D. Baldwin was an authority on Ha-
waiian shells and contributed a few papers describing a number of species. His
collection contains paratypes of nearly all his species and his identification of the
species of other authors.

Other uncatalogued material has been received from Miss A. M. Alexander
(Maui), Stanley C. Ball and Charles H. Edmondson (Molokai, Fanning Islands),
H. F. Bergman, and D. Larnach (Oahu), E. H. Bryan, Jr. (Oahu), C. M. Cooke,
Jr. (Oahu, Molokai, Kauai), F. A. Danforth (Molokai), K. P. Emory (Lanai),
D. W. Garber (Samoa), A. Gouveia (Hawaii), A. F. Judd (Oahu and Molokai),
C. $. Judd (Oahu), W. H. Meinecke (Oahu and Hawaii), M. C. Neal (Oahu and
Hawaii), Commander Picking (Wake Island), Otto Swezey (Kauai), D. Thaanum
(Palmyra), J. C. Thompson (Guam), J. W. Thompson (Oahu), E. D. Baldwin
(Oahu and Maui).

The source and the amount of the cataloged material is as follows.

1 HOW NUMBER OF NOS.
RECEIVED FROM LOCALITY RECEIVED SPECIMENS CATALOG
W. D. Wilder Estate Oahu, Molokai, Biv purchases eeseaeeeces 48,291 1,792

Lanai, Maui,
Hawaii, Niihau
C. M.Cooke, Jr. Oahu, Maui Collected > toscatss, tence 14,731 465
(L. L. Cooke, IL. Mac-
farlane, R. Von Holt,

M. Neal)
M. C. Neal, Kauai, Hawaii Collected ye-33-4.ea 2,139 89
I=. Davis, B. Metzger,
Is. Day)
©. Sorenson Hawaii By 1,285 8
I. W. Thwing Hawaii By 204 11
Museum of Compa- Kauai, Oahu, By exchange 287 135
time Zoology Maui, Molokai
Hawaii, Jamaica
D. Thaanum Oahu, Molokai By gift for naming... 179 50

Maui, Hawaii

Report of the Director for 1922 31

A. F, Judd Hawaii By gift 124 22
K. P. Emory Lanai Collected 48 14
Academy of Natural Kauai, Oahu, By exchange and
Sciences of Molokai, Hawaii, ult ceo teers 54 8
Philadelphia Rarotonga
Arthur Greenwell Hawaii By” gift 2 tees ¢ 36 9
American Museum of Kauai, Oahu, Molokai, By exchange .............: 28 17
Natural History Maui, Lanai
Boston Society of Hawaii By <gift) 7-62 tsa-sereo coe 18 5
Natural History
H. E. Gregory Hawaii Collected 18 I
Cc. S. Judd Hawaii By gift ....... Fr 9 2
L. A. Thurston Hawaii By gift for naming... 12 3
W. H. Meinecke Oahu By? gift, eccneeeesetes 3 I
L. A. Thurston or Hawaii By gift for naming... 2 A
D. Thaanum

ZOOLOGICAL MATERIAL

Charles H. Edmondson, Zoologist, reports that in connection with his work at
Kahana Bay, Kawailoa and Waikiki, Oahu, he has collected 314 specimens of crus-
taceans, 100 specimens of worms, 25 specimens of echinoderms and a number of

coelenterates and fishes.

Concerning material secured by three expeditions he writes as follows:

“In February Stanley C. Ball, and I made a short trip to Molokai, during which
zoological material was collected on land and on the reef, including insects, lizards,
crustaceans, mollusks, and echinoderms. Among the 128 specimens of marine
crustaceans are some very rare forms and some new records for this part of the
Pacific.

“Zoological collections in the Museum have been considerably increased during
the year as a result of an expedition to Palmyra Island by L. A. Thurston and
D. Thaanum of Honolulu. Approximately 190 specimens of crustaceans, some of
which are new species, about 100 specimens of echinoderms and 80 specimens of
fishes besides some specimens of lizards, worms, corals, mollusks, insects and spiders
are included in the material presented to the Museum.

“During July and August Stanley C. Ball and I made a general biological sur-
vey of Fanning Island. A considerable amount of biological material, both plants and
animals, was collected on the land in the lagoon and on the outer reef. The animal
forms taken included birds, lizards, myriapods, earthworms, crustaceans, mollusks,
echinoderms, fishes, and a few other marine organisms. Approximately 800 speci-
mens of marine crustaceans, nearly 200 specimens of echinoderms and 1000 speci-
mens of shells of marine mollusks are included in the collections from Fanning

Island.

“The lagoon at Fanning Island was dredged for bottom deposits, the material
of which has been submitted to Dr. J. A. Cushman for the determination of fora-
minifera. Much tow material was taken from the surface waters of the lagoon.
The microorganisms of this material have not yet been determined.”

Zoological specimens have been collected by members of the Museum staff as
follows: Edwin H. Bryan, Jr., shell of green turtle (Chelone mydas); C. Montague
Cooke, Jr., 9 parasitic isopods (Cymothoa) from tongue of fish; C. Montague
Cooke, Jr., C. M. Cooke, III, and Henry W. Fowler, several fishes from Laie,
Oahu: Hawaiian Electric Company, nudibranch mollusk (Doris); J. F. Illing-
worth, skin of Rattus rattus; John F. G. Stokes, rats, lizards, scorpions, and coral
from Austral Islands; O. H. Swezey, planarians from Moanalua Valley, Oahu;

32 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

John W. Thompson, crabs and sponges from Honolulu harbor and Pearl Harbor;
Gerrit P. Wilder, a crab (Charybdis erythrodactyla) and a small fish from shores
of Oahu.

John W. Thompson purchased in the Honolulu markets and presented to the
Museum 17 Hawaiian fishes and 1 from Palmyra, 5 crustaceans, and 1 echinoderm.
He has given also a piece of fossil coral and 2 mollusks from China. In behalf of
the Museum he has purchased 9 fishes and has been instrumental in obtaining others.

Donations to the zoological collections have been made as follows: Captain
V. A. Brisson, coral from Mangareva; Mr. E. M. Ehrhorn, coconut crab (Birgus
latro) from Palmyra; Kamehameha School students, 3 fishes; Mr. T. Kawaguchi,
fish from Palmyra; Mr. Orlando Lyman, porcupine fish (Diodon histrix); Com-
mander Picking, mollusk, corals, and hermit crabs from Wake Island; Mr. H. L.
Kelley, a frog-fish (Antennarius); Mr. Matsujiro Otani, a trigger fish from Pal-
myra; Mr. J. P. Ponte, crab (Dromia rumphii) caught at Waianae, Oahu; Mr.
C. A. Reeves, fish (Caranx kuhli) caught off Oahu; Mr. L. A. Thurston, crab
(Ranina serrata) from Honolulu market; Mr. Manuel Vasconcellos, large eel skin
from Palmyra; Mr. J. M. Westgate, an eel caught off Diamond Head, Oahu.

Mr. Edmondson further reports that “As a result of the exchange policy there
were added to the crustacean collection 104 specimens from the Australian Museum,
and 123 specimens from the Zoological Survey of India. The Museum recipro-
cated by presenting these institutions with collections of Hawaiian Crustacea from
our exchange material.”

Other material received in exchange includes 50 lizards, collected by the Whit-
ney South Seas Expedition, given by the American Museum of Natural History;
several skins of birds and small mammals, alcoholic specimens of amphibians and
mollusks from Eastern North America, and a piece of mammoth skin from Rus-
sia given by Mr. E. L. Mosely.

From Mr. Matsujiro Otani the Museum purchased a fine specimen of the
moon-fish (Lampris luna) caught off Waianae, Oahu.

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL

To the collections of miscellaneous material, gifts have been made by various
persons as follows:

Mr. R. W. Atkinson, rock fragments containing crystals of olivene; Mr. Arthur
Coyne, royal standard and house flag of the Hawaiian Monarchy; Mr. C. P.
Iaukea, daguerreotype of Mr. Gorham D. Gilman, 1861; Dr. E. K. Johnstone, oil
painting by Princess Kaiulani; Mr. William Wagener, boulder containing prisms
of basalt; Mr. William Weinrich, collection of fiber samples and products from
many parts of the world; Mrs. Lilly West, wooden cane; Mr. H. M. Whitney,
block and die for Hawaiian and United States 13-cent postage stamp, 1854.

By exchange the Museum received from Mr. Spencer Bickerton a Copley
medal given by the Royal Society of London to Rt. Hon. Sir J. Banks, and one
given to Captain James Cook; from Mr. E. L. Moseley, rock specimens from Ohio
and vicinity.

Eight drawings and water color paintings done by J. Webber, artist of the
last voyage of Captain James Cook (1776-80), were purchased in London. Each
illustrates an event or subject witnessed in Hawaii by Webber. Some of them are
reproduced in the atlas accompanying the account of Cook’s voyages. Three of

Report of the Director for 1922 33

them are unfinished, the sketch lines indicating perhaps that the artist had in-
tended fuller treatment. The titles of the pictures are as follows:

Young woman of the Sandwich Islands (reproduced in atlas, Bishop Museum Library)

Canoe of the Sandwich Islands, the rowers masked (reproduced in atlas)

Sandwich islander—half of face tattooed (unpublished)

Men of the Sandwich Islands dancing (one figure reproduced in atlas)

Sailing canoe, Sandwich Islands (unpublished)

Boxing match between Sandwich Islanders before Captain Cook (unpublished)

Tereboo, King of Owyhee, bringing presents to Captain Cook; (reproduced in atlas)
An offering before Captain Cook, in the Sandwich Islands; (reproduced in atlas).

NOTES ON COLLECTIONS

Attention may be drawn to the large and important collections resulting from
the Bayard Dominick Expedition. In addition to the material recorded in the
Report of the Curator of Collections for 1921, collections have been received during
1922 from Robert T. Aitken, John F. G. Stokes, Forest B. H. Brown, Elizabeth
Wuist Brown, and A. J. Eames—all members of the expedition.

The material brought back by Robert T. Aitken from Tubuai includes a sec-
tion of a house post carved with a striking design of circular and stellate figures,
some remarkable wooden planks carved in bold herringbone pattern, five wooden
bowls of characteristic oval form, baskets, hats, fans, canoe parts, fishhooks and
sandals. An instructive feature is a series showing stages in the manufacture of
sennit from coconut husk to finished product. Among the numerous stone imple-
ments are adz heads, chisels, polishing stones and food pounders. The tapa in-
dustry is illustrated by a series of tapa beaters of casuarina wood and partly pre-
pared bark of the paper mulberry (Broussonetia papyrifera). At Raivavae Mr.
Aitken obtained several adzes, tapa beaters, and 13 food pounders showing as many
different shapes of handles. In addition to ethnological material, dried specimens
of native flora including a series of wood samples were collected.

The large ethnological collections brought by John F. G. Stokes from Rurutu,
Raivavae, and Rapa must await special record in the Annual Report for 1923, but
mention may be made of approximately 1600 plant specimens and wood samples and
other natural history specimens.

The Museum has received a collection of 1000 plants obtained by A. J. Eames
in Samoa in 1920.

The largest addition to the botanical collections made by the Bayard Dominick
Expedition naturally was contributed by Forest B. H. and Elizabeth Wuist Brown,
who had devoted two years almost entirely to a study of the endemic and intro-
duced plants of the Marquesas. While en route Mr. and Mrs. Brown made col-
lections at the Tuamotus, Tahiti, Rarotonga, and New Zealand. The entire col-
lection ambraces about 9000 specimens.

The Museum has been fortunate in the interest displayed in its activities by
men in other occupations. Commander J. C. Thompson, stationed at the U. S.
Naval Hospital in Guam, has been untiring in his efforts to obtain specimens of
the native culture of the Marianas Islands. Through his influence the interest and
energy of Mr. and Mrs. H. G. Hornbostal have been enlisted. Mr. Hornbostel
became a member of the Museum staff and with the aid of Dr. Thompson and
many friends has collected an enormous amount of anthropological material from
Guam. This includes over a hundred more or less complete skeletons of a people
whose large stature is striking. Several instances of pathologic effects are evident.
Among the artifacts mention may be made of 3 large hemispherical stone capitals

34 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

which once crowned the tops of pillars in the native burial grounds. Excavations
at their feet uncovered quantities of stone and shell adzes, chisels, sling stones and
other implements. Several stone dishes are noteworthy, while many objects of more
recent origin serve to illustrate methods of by-gone times. Further contributions
from this field are anticipated with interest.

The botanical collections in the Museum have been enriched from several
sources. Mr. D. Wesley Garber, in carrying out his generous offer to procure for
the Museum such specimens and data as his duties at the Naval Hospital in Apia
will allow, has already sent in about 300 preserved plants from Samoa. From still
farther westward have come two collections that should prove valuable in tracing
the origin of the Polynesian flora. Of these, one, consisting of nearly 400 Philippine
plants, is a gift from Mr. E. D. Merrill, Director of the Bureau of Science in
Manila. The other, purchased from Mr. A. E. D. Elmer, gives our herbarium 274
representative plants from Borneo.

Supplementing the botanical collection made by members of the Bayard Domi-
nick Expedition are several large lots of specimens collected in southern Poly-
nesia by the Whitney South Seas Expedition and forwarded to the Bishop Museum
by the American Museum of Natural History in New York. After determination by
Forest B. H. Brown the names will be sent to the American Museum, which has
retained a duplicate set of the plants.

In the transfer of the J. F. Rock collection from the University of Hawaii,
the Museum became the custodian of approximately 2800 well labeled native plants.
The importance of this herbarium cannot be too strongly emphasized.

The purchase of the Victoria Buffandeau collection of ethnological material
added many old Hawaiian specimens, which are valued both for their quality and
for their association with the Kamehameha and Sumner families. Included with
these are several objects that once belonged to the royal Pomare line of Tahiti.

Attention may be called to the considerable number of zoological specimens
collected and presented by Mr. L. A. Thurston and Mr. David Thaanum. A large
proportion of these came from the little-studied island of Palmyra and its sur-
rounding waters. C. Montague Cooke, Jr. has dwelt upon the importance of the
D. D. and E. D. Baldwin collection of Hawaiian land and marine shells which was
purchased for the Museum. (See p. 30.)

EXHIBITION HALLS

While progress in the exhibition halls has not during the year reached the
stage anticipated, some encouragement has been derived from the continued op-
portunities for studying the impressions made upon visitors by the exhibits as they
are. Many have been glad on request to express their estimates of the halls as a
whole and to point out in particular those features which met their approval. A
few have been willing to explain wherein they have felt that from their stand-
point modifications would bring added comfort and ease of comprehension.

In a number of instances the experience of members of the Museum staff,
corroborated by teachers who have brought classes of students, has made evident
the desirability of changing the location of specimens so as to bring them into
closer relation to others with which they might well be associated. In this way
certain topics could be more clearly presented, not only to school classes but to
the general visitor as well. Something toward this end has already been done.

Report of the Director for 1922 35

In order to test its fitness as a background for ethnological specimens the
interior of one exhibition case in Hawaiian vestibule was painted cream buff. Be-
sides lending a warmer atmosphere to the environment this treatment promises to
provide a fortunate setting for the majority of specimens and to render less
troublesome the shadows at the tops and ends of the cases.

Among the fish models added during the year to the large series on display
may be mentioned that of the brilliant moonfish, Lampris luna. ‘The original was
caught in local waters in February. After being on exhibition at Aala Market for
several days it was brought to the Museum. Mr. Thompson’s reproduction shows
the vivid crimson of the fins and the characteristic mottling of silver. As far as
can be learned, this specimen is the second caught in Hawaii, its predecessor having
been captured about twenty-five years ago. Another notable model is that of a true
swordfish, Xiphias gladius, cast from a small specimen taken by local fishermen in
December.

The Victoria Buffandeau collection of Hawaiian and Tahitian ethnological
material described on page 27 was placed on exhibition. A representative group
of implements, weapons, vessels and other artifacts received from Guam was in-
stalled temporarily in Hawaiian Vestibule. In a nearby case the eight original
drawings of Hawaiian subjects made by J. Webber, artist on Captain Cook’s third
voyage (1776-80) have been on view. Two of the royal kahilis given by the Liliuo-
kalani Estate made an appropriate addition to the throne exhibit in the upper
gallery of Hawaiian Hall.

A special effort to entertain the members of the Pan-Pacific Commercial Con-
ference was made on the occasion of their visit in November. During the year a
number of distinguished visitors have been conducted through the Exhibition
Halls. The use of a book in which the names of visitors were recorded was dis-
continued at the beginning of the year.

ATTENDANCE

Lahilahi Webb, Guide to Exhibits, reports the attendance of 33,303 visitors to
the exhibition halls during 1922—an increase of 2,061 over 1921 and the largest in
the history of the Museum. Among the visitors were 5,156 school children, a very
satisfactory record compared with the figures for 1921 (1,625)—a result which ap-
pears to be due to the effort of the Museum and of the school authorities to make
the exhibits of greater usefulness in education.

Distributed among the races the figures for attendance are as follows: Whites
(including Portuguese) 17,899 (53.7 percent); Japanese, 6,445 (19.3 percent) ;
Hawaiians, 5,567 (16.7 percent); Chinese, 2,644 (7.9 percent); others 748 (3.2
percent), showing for each race an increase over the corresponding figures for
1921 which were respectively: 16,993; 5,696; 4,847; 2,148: and 629.

For the first time an attempt has been made to distinguish the tourist from
the local attendance, excluding school pupils. The numbers recorded, 6,365 and
21,782, are doubtless fairly approximate.

36 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN

From the report of the Librarian, Miss Elizabeth B. Higgins, the
following records have been taken:

ACCESSIONS
GIFTS

Special mention should be made of a few of the gifts. Among the manu-
scripts were the Lawson, MS, relating to the Marquesas, and the Andrews’ Compara-
tive Vocabulary of Hawaiian Words, both the gift of Mr. Arthur Alexander. A
collection of Hawaiian proverbs, compiled by Dr. Nathaniel Emerson and given by
Mrs. Emerson and her son, is an especially valuable acquisition. Through the
courtesy of Mr. R. B. Doom of Tahiti, the Museum was granted the privilege of
making a copy of the manuscript “History of the Island of Borabora” by Tati
Salmon. Among the maps were 13 advance sheets of surveys of the Hawaiian
islands, showing the position of artifacts on Hawaii, Maui, and Molokai. The gifts
of photographs include 25 views of New Zealand scenery and natives—the gift of
Dr. W. T. Brigham; 59 portraits of Honolulu residents (taken about 1870)—the
gift of Mrs. Walter Giffard; 59 portraits of about the same date—the gift of Mr.
Albert F. Judd; 14 Hawaiian photographs of ethnological interest—the gift of
Mr. Theodore Kelsey; 12 views of Wake Island—the gift of Commander Picking
of the U. S. subtender “Beaver”; 14 portraits of early residents of Hawaii—the gift
of Col. C. P. Iaukea; 48 portraits and views in an album—the gift of Mrs. L. Webb.

The gifts of pamphlets included 128 separates and papers on subjects within
the Museum field—the gift of the Director; 103 papers on entomology—the gift of
J. F. Illingworth; 8 entomological papers (author’s separates)—the gift of Mr.
Gerald Hill; 12 papers on marine zoology—the gift of Mr. James Hornell; and
22 author’s separates, papers on insects of Australia—the gift of Mr. Eustace W.
Ferguson.

The gifts of books included a complete set of the Proceedings of the Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences—the gift of the Smithsonian Institution and a glos-
sary of the Rarotongan language—gift of the Carnegie Institution.

For valuable gifts of books, pamphlets, photographs and manuscripts the
Museum is indebted to the following:

Mr. A. C. Alexander, 2 manuscripts; Argentine Republic Government, I
pamphlet; Australian Government, 5 volumes; Australian Museum, 6 volumes, 5
pamphlets, and 1 manuscript; Mr. Frank C. Baker, 8 separates; Mr. Elsdon Best, 4
separates; Bishop Estate office, 1 manuscript; Dr. W. T. Brigham, 3 pamphlets
and 25 photographs; Mr. Edwin H. Bryan, Jr., 19 pamphlets; California State
Library, 4 pamphlets; Carnegie Institution of Washington, 1 volume; Carnegie
Institution of Washington—Geophysical Laboratory, 8 pamphlets; Mr. Frederick
Chapman, 5 separates; Dr. Charles Chilton, 1 volume; Chosen Government, 1 vol-
ume; Cincinnati Museum, 1 pamphlet; Colombo Museum, 1 volume; Dr. C.
Montague Cooke, Jr., 1 separate; Czechoslovak Republic, 6 volumes and 7 pamphlets ;
Mr. Hans Damm, 1 separate; Detroit Institute of Arts, 5 pamphlets; Mr. R. B.
Doom, 1 manuscript; Dr. Charles H. Edmondson, 1 separate; Mrs. Sarah E. and
Mr. Arthur W. Emerson, 1 manuscript; Mr. Carl Elschner, 1 pamphlet; Mr. Ken-
neth P. Emory, 3 pamphlets; Mr. Johannes Felix, 2 separates; Mr. Eustace W.

Report of the Director for 1922 37

Ferguson, 22 separates; Mr. Frederic W. Goding, 3 pamphlets; Mrs. Walter M.
Giffard, 60 photographs; Mr. George K. Greene, 3 pamphlets and 1 volume; Dr.
H. E. Gregory, 128 pamphlets and 1 map; Miss Ruth Greiner, 7 maps; Hawaiian
Government, 1 pamphlet; Mr. Gerald F. Hill, 8 separates; Mr. James Hornell, 2
volumes and 12 pamphlets; Colonel C. P. laukea, 1 pamphlet, 4 manuscripts, and
14 photographs; Dr. J. F. Illingworth, 103 pamphlets, 1 book, and 1 manuscript;
Commodore A. C. James, 1 volume; Japan Imperial Earthquake Investigation
Committee, 3 pamphlets; Japan National Research Council, 6 pamphlets; Mr.
A. F. Judd, 59 photographs; Mr. C. S. Judd, 2 photographs; Mr. Theodore Kel-
sey, 14 photographs; Library of Hawaii, 1 volume; Louisiana Museum, 1 pam-
phlet; Dr. H. L. Lyon, 15 pamphlets; Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station,
3 pamphlets; Mr. M. D. Monsarrat, 2 manuscripts and 1 pamphlet; National Re-
search Council, 2 pamphlets; New Bedford Library, 1 pamphlet; New York Zoo-
logical Society, 11 pamphlets; New Zealand Government Statistician, 4 volumes;
Norwich Castle Museum, 1 pamphlet; Messrs. M. and H. H. Peach, 1 pamphlet;
Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, 2 separates; Commander Picking, 12 photographs; Portland
Society of Natural History, 1 pamphlet; Rochdale Literary Society, 1 volume;
Royal Ontario Museum, 1 pamphlet; Mr. Otto Schlagenhaufen, 1 pamphlet; Dr.
Carl Skottsberg, 7 pamphlets; Mr. W. J. Smithies, 1 photograph; Smithsonian
Institution, 11 volumes and 4 pamphlets; Mr. Thomas Thomsen, 2 pamphlets;
Mr. Stephen Taber, 1 separate; Mr. Thomas G. Thrum, 2 volumes and 1 separate;
Mr. Alfredo J. Torcelli, 1 volume; United States Geological Survey, 6 pamphlets
and 13 maps; Mr. Henry Lorenz Viereck, 1 volume; Mr. Max Weber and Dr. L. F.
deBeaufort, 1 volume; Yale University, 4 pamphlets.

EXCHANGES

In addition to the current volumes regularly received from institutions on an
exchange basis, a number of sets, more or less complete, have been received from
the institutions added to the Museum exchange list during the year and during
1921. Among these sets were 27 volumes of the Biological Bulletin of the Marine
Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole; 8 volumes of Hayata’s Icones plantarum
Formosanarum from the Formosan Government; 19 volumes of the University
Studies of the University of Nebraska; 25 volumes of the Bulletin of the Paris
Museum of Natural History—a complete set to date; 10 volumes each of the two
series of the Review of Applied Entomology—complete set; 12 early volumes from
the Vienna Natural History Museum to complete the set of Annalen; 8 volumes of
Mémoires of the Brussels Royal Museum of Natural History—a complete set; 27
volumes from The Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali de Milan; and 10 volumes
of the Journal of Zoology from Pomona College, California.

The number of serial publications to be currently received has been increased
by 23 by reascn of the new exchanges. Classified by subjects the new serials are:
geography and history 5; natural history, 7; botany, 3; zoology, 7; folk-lore, 1.
The list of new exchanges may be found on page 15.

Besides the volumes and parts received as regular exchanges from societies
and institutions, a considerable number of accessions have come in by special ex-
change—that is to say, by special arrangement for special items. For example
the Editor of Stewart’s Handbook of the Pacific Islands has sent a number of the
handbooks in return for Museum publications that he desired. Special exchanges

38 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

of this sort have also been made with Mr. Spencer Bickerton for photographs and
books relating to the Pacific, with Prof. C. A. Kofoid for zoological books, and
with Mr. Cyril Smith for a set of Wilkes Exploring Expedition. Other similar
exchanges have been made.

PURCHASES

The books acquired by purchase in 1922 have been chiefly of general reference,
maps, atlases, a gazetteer, and zoological books and pamphlets. The atlases have
been much needed. The scientific journals currently received by subscription are
22, including 13 American and 9 foreign periodicals. The subjects represented are
general science 3, anthropology and archaeology 3, botany 7, geography 2, library
science 1, zoology 6.

A summary of accessions in 1922 is shown in the following table:

Parts and
Volumes Pamphlets Photographs Maps Manuscripts
Exchange 5 leh 1453 17 25
Purchase 65 25 4
Gitte cds.c. ; 33 535 234 14
449 2013 251 29 14

LOANS AND DEPOSITS

In 1921 Mr. A. F. Judd placed on deposit at the Museum his collection
of Hawaiiana. A card index has been made of 280 of the books. These are now
available for use. Mrs. Victoria Buffandeau has placed on deposit a number of
manuscripts relating to the history of the Sumner family.

A valuable loan was received from the Carnegie Institution of Washington in
manuscripts, papers, maps, literary notes and other materials including 38 items
bequeathed to the Carnegie Institution by Mr. William Churchill. One item of this
loan is 30 boxes of cards representing the progress Mr. Churchill had made toward
the preparation of a Samoan-English Dictionary. The manuscript dictionary is
considered by the Carnegie Institution the most valuable portion of the bequest.

CIRCULATION AND USE OF BOOKS

The number of books taken out of the library for use by the members of the
staff and others has largely increased in the past two years. Several Museum
associates living on the mainland and elsewhere have had the use of books for long
periods and books have been borrowed by Honolulu libraries. In 1922 the zoo-
logical books and the accounts of voyages were most in use.

CRUSTACEA FROM
PALMYRA AND FANNING
ISLANDS

BY
CHARLES HOWARD EDMONDSON
WITH

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF CRABS FROM PatMyra ISLAND

BY Mary J. RatHBun

BERNICE P. BISHOP MUSEUM
BULLETIN 5

WITH 2 PLATES

HONOLULU, HAWAII
PUBLISHED BY THE MusEuM
1923

Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning
Islands

By
CHartes Howarp EDMONDSON

INTRODUCTION

From a geographical point of view the atolls of Palmyra and Fanning
in the north equatorial region of the Pacific Ocean belong to the same
group of islands, a group which also includes Washington and Christmas
Islands in addition to Kingman Reef. This short chain of atolls with a
northwest-southeast trend is somewhat parallel with the Hawaiian Group
but about one thousand miles south of the latter and in close proximity to
the equator.

Of the four main islands Palmyra is the most northern and western
with a position of 5° 49’ 4” N. Lat. and approximately 162° 11’ 30” W.
Long., and Christmas Island is the most eastern and also nearest the equa-
tor, being 1° 57’ N. Lat. and 157° 27’ W. Long. Fanning Island lies about
145 miles northwest of Christmas Island in latitude 3° 51’ 25”, and 66 miles
northwest of Fanning is Washington Island with Palmyra 126 miles to the
northwest of it. Kingman Reef, of coral formation and very small area
exposed above the surface of the ocean, is about 40 miles north of Palmyra.

Although Fanning Island was discovered in 1798 and Palmyra Island
in 1802 very little reliable information regarding either of them was avail-
able until recent times, and it has only been within the past few years that
efforts have been made to carry out comprehensive scientific investigations
of these typically mid-Pacific atolls.

The earliest contribution to the biology of the islands of this group was
made in 1877! based on material collected by Dr. Thomas H. Streets and
Dr. William H. Jones, surgeons in the United States Navy, during a sur-
vey of the islands of the North Pacific by the United States ship Ports-
mouth in 1873-74. This systematic report includes 13 species of plants, 13
of birds, 36 of fishes and to of crustaceans collected at Palmyra, Washing-
ton, Fanning and Christmas Islands. That a larger collection of invertebrate
fauna was made at this time is indicated by Dr. Streets when he says*
“Excepting the crustaceans, the invertebrate portion of the collection is
excluded from this bulletin.”

‘Streets, Thomas H., Contributions to the natural history of the Hawaiian and
Fanning Islands and Lower California: Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 1877.
*Op. cit., footnote, p. 7.

4 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Another publication having reference to the natural history of this group
of islands was issued by Emmanuel Rougier in 1914 under the title “Tle
Christmas, South Seas’,®? This booklet of 158 pages includes a discussion
of the topography, climate and natural resources of the island, and a con-
siderable amount of information regarding its flora and fauna.

In July 1913 a party from Honolulu, including Hon. Henry E. Cooper,
the owner of Palmyra Island, Dr. C. M. Cooke, Jr., conchologist of the
Bishop Museum, and Professor Joseph F. Rock, botanist of the College
of Hawaii, proceeded to Palmyra with the purpose in view of exploring
the atoll and investigating the fauna and flora found on and about the
numerous islets of the group.

As a result of this expedition a large amount of biological material was
collected and turned over to the Bishop Museum, and Professor Rock, in
co-operation with other botanists, published a paper entitled “Palmyra
Island with a description of its flora’. In this account brief historical
and general descriptions of Paimyra are followed by a systematic discus-
sion of the flora of the atoll. The paper is well illustrated with numerous
photographs taken by the author and is accompanied by a chart, revised
from two older ones, of the entire group of islets forming the atoll as it
was observed by members of the expedition of 1913.

In the paper by Professor Rock, which is primarily a botanical report,
some reference is also made to the animal life of Palmyra. The fauna of
the shallow water about the islands is mentioned in a very general way
and more specific, but brief, consideration is given to birds, insects and land
crustaceans.

More recently, in a publication entitled “Some shoal-water corals from
Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Kneeling Islands, and Fanning Island”’,®
T. W. Vaughan gives consideration to 26 species and 1 variety of corals
collected at Fanning Island, and points out the importance of this locality
as a connecting link in the distribution of corals between regions south of
the equator and Hawaii.

The four papers cited above are, so far as I have been able to discover,
the only ones published having direct reference to the natural history of
this group of atolls.

An additional lot of crustaceans have recently been presented to the
3ishop Museum by Dr. H. E. Lyon, botanist of the Hawaiian Sugar
Planters’ Association. These specimens, chiefly amphipods and isopods,
saved from marine algae collected by Professor Rock at Palmyra Island

* Rougier, Emmanuel, Ile Christmas, South Seas, Brioude, France, L. Watel, 1914.
“College of Hawaii, Bull. No. 4, 1916.
* Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington, vol. 9, pp. 49-234, 74 pls. and 2 figs. 1918.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 5

in 1913 and turned over to Dr. Lyon for identification, have been tenta-
tively placed in genera by Mr. Clarence R. Shoemaker of the United States
National Museum prior to a more complete determination, and are so listed
in the present paper. It is hoped that a more complete report may be made
upon these forms at some future time.

More recent collections of marine fauna were taken at Palmyra Island
by Mr. L. A. Thurston and Mr. D. Thaanum of Honolulu during the early
summer of 1922. A considerable amount of material from this expedition,
including fishes, crustaceans, echinoderms, mollusks, and other forms of
marine life was received by the Bishop Museum. ‘The crustaceans in this
lot are included in the present report.

Fanning Island was discovered by Captain Edmund Fanning in 1798°®
and, although the island has been for many years an industrial and com-
mercial center of some importance, very little has been reported about its
flora and fauna.

In July 1922 the Bishop Museum commissioned me to make a bio-
logical survey of Fanning Island with S. C. Ball, Curator of Collections.
During July and August we spent ten days on the island, making as com-
plete biological investigations and as representative collections of land and
marine flora and fauna as time permitted.

The island is of the atoll type with a lagoon about g miles in length
and approximately one-half that breadth with the long diameter in a
northwest-southeast direction. The land rim surrounding the lagoon aver-
ages about half a mile wide with a maximum elevation of less than 10
feet. The lagoon, in depth, ranges down to nearly 60 feet, although it is
very shallow over much of its area. It is well filled with coral much of
which, especially near the west shore, has apparently recently died. Plate
I, B shows a typical section of the beach of the lagoon, and Plate II. B
one of the numerous tide-flats. (See also fig. 1.)

On the outer or ocean side of the land area a narrow, rocky shelf,
doubtless one time a living coral reef, extends about the western and
southern shores. This shelf is well exposed in many places at low tide
and is more or less completely covered by thin slabs of limestone of coral
formation, worn smooth by the action of water and laid down in shingled
layers. (See Pl. II, 4). The slope from the shelf to deep water is gradual
making possible safe anchorage for ships at a considerable distance from
the shore.

‘Fanning, Edmund, Voyages Round the World, with selected sketches of voyages
to the South Seas, North and South Pacific Oceans, China, . . . , chapter 12.
New York, Collins and Hannay, 1833.

6 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

There are three breaks in the land rim which connects the lagoon with
the sea—the north and south canoe passages, both of which are very
shallow, and a much wider and deeper channel on the southwest side which
is navigable for vessels of light draft. (See Pl. I, 4). The lagoon shore
is, in most places, a narrow, sandy beach.

), NORTH PASSAGE
=o
es

ENGLISH HARBOR.
Settlement

LAGOON

RAPA PASSAGE:

FicurE 1. Outline map of Fanning Island, based on a survey by Clarence A.
Brown. ‘The length of the lagoon is approximately 9 miles.

The island is now occupied by the Fanning Island Limited—an English
copra company—and by a cable station of the Pacific Cable Board, the
station being an important relay on the cable line between Sydney and
Bamfield, B. C. Acknowledgment is hereby made of the courtesy and
generosity of the managements of these two establishments through whose
assistance the survey was made possible.

During the survey of Fanning Island general collection of plants and
animals were made on the land, the outer shore, and in the lagoon. The
paucity of seaweeds in the waters about the island was very noticeable.
A few small varieties of filamentous algae attached and free-floating seemed

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 7

to be the only representatives of the group. Both the outer shore and the
lagoon were found to be rich in invertebrate fauna, especially of the
echinoderm, molluscan and crustacean phyla and many species of each of
these were taken. This paper deals only with the crustaceans.

The surface waters of the lagoon were found to be teeming with ento-
mostracan crustaceans, larvae of mollusks, crabs, and such like which no
doubt serve as food for the numerous fishes. Determination of the species
of the tow material collected has been made only in part and few forms
from that source are included in the list which follows.

Although by no means an exhaustive one, and very limited in respect
to certain groups, the systematic record following may be considered fairly
representative of the crustacean fauna of atolls of the mid-Pacific region.
The data relative to the distribution of the species is sufficient to disclose
the very extensive range of many of the forms taken at Palmyra and Fan-
ning Islands. A similarity of the crustacean fauna of the Indian Ocean
to that of these two islands is obvious. It will also be noted that many
species are common to Fanning and Palmyra Islands and Hawaii.

The Indo-Pacific crustacean fauna has clearly extended eastward in the
Pacific as far as the Marquesas and the Tuamotus and some species have
reached Easter Island. Its influence also includes the Hawaiian Group and
a few species have apparently reached the American coast and more that
of Japan, while a few other species, having even a wider distribution, are
included in the fauna of the warmer waters of the Atlantic as well as
that of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. It is also evident, so far as our
present knowledge goes, that Palmyra and Fanning islands mark the
northern distributional limit in the mid-Pacific region of certain Indo-
Pacific species.

In addition to previous acknowledgments credit is due Drs. Mary Jf.
Rathbun and Waldo L. Schmitt of the United States National Museum
for services rendered in the identification of certain species included in this
paper. Rathbun also described two new species of crabs from Palmyra
Island. (See p. 38.) For the outline drawing of Fanning Island (fig. 1)
and for three photographs Plate I, 4, B, and Plate Il, B I am endebted to
Mr. Clarence Brown, a civil engineer of Honolulu who completed a topo-
graphical survey of the atoll in 1919.

The systematic report is based upon approximately 800 specimens col-
lected at Palmyra Island in 1913 by C. Montague Cooke, Jr. and Joseph
F. Rock; 190 specimens taken by Messrs. Lorrin Thurston and David
Thaanum at the same island in 1922, and 800 specimens collected at Fan-
ning Island by Stanley C. Ball and me in 1922.

8 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

TAXONOMY
Order DECAPODA
Suborder REPTANTIA

Tribe BRACHYURA

Family OCYPODIDAE

Ocypode ceratophthalma (Pallas).
Ocypode ceratophthalma Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, p. 345, 1900.

The species ranges from Mauritius through the Indian Ocean to India,
and in the Pacific from the Philippines and Murray Inland, Australia, east-
ward as far as the Tuamotus and northward to Hawaii. It was previously
reported by Streets from the Fanning Group. Fifteen specimens were
taken at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning Island. The species is common on
the sandy beaches facing the open ocean or lagoons.

Uca tetragonon (Herbst).
Gelasimus tetragonon Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, p. 357, 1900.

The range of the species is from Mauritius to the Red Sea, through
the Indian Ocean to Torres Straits and through the Pacific eastward to
the Society Islands and northward as far as Hawaii. Forty-seven speci-
mens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Uca annulipes (Milne Edwards).
Gelasimus annulipes Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, p. 353, 1900.

The species is widely distributed, ranging from Zanzibar through the
Indian and Pacific Oceans to the coasts of South America, Lower Cali-
fornia, and Vancouver. No records are known for Hawaii. Eight speci-
mens were collected at Palmyra and 51 from Fanning Island. It is very
common on Fanning, burrowing in the mud flats near the Cable Station
and elsewhere. Judging from the collections made at Palmyra it would
seem that this species is not so common as the preceding one on that island.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 9

Family GECARCINIDAE
Cardisoma rotundum (Quoy and Gaimard).

Cardisoma hirtipes Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 376, 1852; pl. 24,
fig. 2, 1855. 2

The species is known from Madagascar, Farquhar Atoll, and numerous
other localities in the Indian Ocean. In the Pacific it ranges from the Liu
Kiu Islands eastward to Guam, Fiji, Auckland, Tahiti, and Hawaii. Three
specimens were taken at Palmyra and 1 at Fanning Island.

Cardisoma carnifex (Herbst).
Cardisoma carnifex Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, p. 455, 1900.

The species is known from Madagascar throughout the Indian Ocean
to the Andamans and Pondicherry. Its range through the Pacific is east-
ward to the Society Islands and the Tuamotus. Streets previously reported
the species from the Fanning Group. Palmyra probably represents the
northern limit of its distribution. The species does not inhabit Hawaii.
In the Bishop Museum are 2 specimens from Palmyra and 16 from Fan-
ning Island. This burrowing land crab is very abundant on both of these
islands. Although the species functions as a scavenger it has become very
obnoxious to the human inhabitants of Fanning Island by reason of its
numbers and habits.

Family GRAPSIDAE
Grapsus grapsus tenuicrustatus (Herbst).

Grapsus maculatus var. tenwicrustatus Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1880, p. 193.

Records of the species are from Ceylon, the Bonin Islands, Marcus
Island, Guam, the Tuamotus and Hawaii. Streets recorded it from the
Fanning Group as Grapsus rudis Milne. Edwards. According to Rathbun‘
the subspecies is characteristic of the islands of the Pacific while the species
Grapsus grapsus (Linnaeus) is confined to the continental border of
America. Six specimens were taken at Palmyra and 16 at Fanning Island.

"Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23, pt. 3, p. 838, 1906.

10 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Geograpsus crinipes (Dana).
Geograpsus crinipes Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, p. 396, 1900.

The species is well known through the central and eastern sections of
the Indian Ocean, and also from the Caroline and Marshall Islands, from
Funafuti, the Tuamotus, Tahiti and northward to Hawaii and Marcus
Island. Streets previously reported it from the Fanning Group. It is
commonly found on rocky shore lines where it is associated with the pre-
ceding subspecies within the common range. Eight specimens were col-
lected at Palmyra and 7 at Fanning Island.

Pachygrapsus plicatus (Milne Edwards).

Pachygrapsus plicatus Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, p. 200.

The species is known from the southeastern coast of Africa, the Chagos
Archipelago, the Liu Kiu Islands, New Caledonia, the Caroline Islands
and eastward to the Paumotus and northward to Hawaii and Marcus
Island. One specimen was taken at Palmyra and 1 at Fanning Island.

Pachygrapsus minutus A. M. Edwards.

Pachygrapsus minutus Alcock, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal., vol. 69, p. 399, 1900.

Previous records of the species are from the Chagos and Mergui Archi-
pelagoes, New Caledonia, the Caroline Islands, Fiji and Hawaii. Twenty
specimens were taken at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning Island.

Metopograpsus messor (Forskal).

Metopograpsus messor Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, p. 397, 1900.

The species ranges from the African coast and the Red Sea through
the Indian and Pacific Oceans to Fiji, Samoa, Tahiti, and Hawaii. It is
common in Hawaii. It has also been recorded from the west shore of
Africa. Seven specimens were collected at Fanning Island.

Cyclograpsus audouinii (Milne Edwards).

Cyclograpsus audouinii Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 359, 1852;
pl 23; fig 2, 1855.
Edwards lists the species from New Guinea. Dana was in doubt about
the locality of his material as he says ‘Fiji Islands or New Zealand, prob-
ably the latter.” Stimpson records it from Port Jackson, Australia.

Two specimens were taken at Palmyra and 5 at Fanning Island.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands II

Pseudograpsus albus Stimpson.

Pseudograpsus albus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 104.

The species has previously been recorded from Japanese waters by
Stimpson, from New Caledonia by A. M. Edwards, and from the Tuamotus
by Rathbun. The “Challenger” Expedition collected the species at Fiji.

Nineteen specimens were collected at Palmyra and 12 at Fanning
Island.

Percnon planissimum (Herbst).

Leiolophus planissimum Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 69, p. 439, 1900.

The species is widely distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific area and
ranges from Japan to the coasts of California, Chili and New Zealand. It
is very common in Hawaii. In the Atlantic it ranges from the shores of
Brazil through the West Indies to Florida, the Azores, Madeira, Spain,
Portugal and to the western and southern coasts of Africa. Eight speci-
mens were taken at Palmyra and 2 at Fanning Island.

Percnon abbreviatum (Dana).
Acanthopus abbreviatus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 373, 1852;
pl. 23, fig. 11, 1855.

Previous records of the species include localities in the Indian Ocean,
Tahiti and Hawaii. It is not uncommon on the reefs of Oahu. One
specimen was collected at Fanning Island.

Family PILUMNIDAE

Carpilius convexus (Forskal).
Carpilius convexus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 80, 1808.

The species is widely distributed, ranging from the Red Sea through
the Indian and Pacific Oceans to the shores of Japan and eastward to
Hawaii and the Tuamotus. One specimen was taken at Palmyra and 1 at
Fanning Island.

Carpilius maculatus (Linnaeus).
Carpilius maculatus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 79, 1808.
The species ranges from Madagascar and Mauritius through the Indian

and Pacific Oceans to Japan and Hawaii and eastward to Tahiti and the
Tuamotus. One specimen was collected at Fanning Island.

12 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Carpilodes monticulosus A. M. Edwards.
Carpilodes monticulosus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 86, 1898.

The species is known from the Indian Ocean and ranges through the
Pacific to the Tuamotus and to Hawaii where it is very common.
One speciment was taken at Fanning Island.

Carpilodes pallidus Borradaile.
Carpilodes pallidus Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, p. 586, pl. 40, fig. 1.

Previous records are from the Chagos and Maldive Archipelagoes in
the Indian Ocean and Rotuma in the Pacific. Four specimens were col-
lected at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning Island.

Carpilodes viallantinus (A. M. Edwards).
Carpilodes viallantinus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 85, 1898.

The species ranges from Mauritius through the Indian Ocean and is
known in the Pacific from Fiji, Samoa and Hawaii. Eleven specimens
were collected at Palmyra Island.

Carpilodes cariosus Alcock.
Carpilodes cariosus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 86, 1898.

The species is recorded by Alcock from off Ceylon in 261%-34 fathoms,
and off Andamans in 10-15 fathoms. Rathbun reports it from Salomon
and Amirante Islands and other localities in the western Indian Ocean at
depths down to 80 fathoms. Borradaile records the species from the Mal-
dive Archipelago at depths from 20-40 fathoms. Calman reports it from
Christmas Island in the Indian Ocean. Two specimens collected at Pal-
myra Island, one by C. Montague Cooke in 1913 and one by Mr. L. A.
Thurston in 1922, correspond very closely both in structural features and
coloration with Alcock’s description of this species. From previously re-
ported localities, the normal habitat of the species would seem, however,
to be at somewhat greater depths than the shallow water of the reef from
which the Palmyra specimens were taken.

Liomera cinctimana (White).

Liomera cinctimana Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 88, 1898.

The species ranges from Mauritius through the Indian and Pacific
Oceans to the west coast of North America. No records are known for

Hawaii. There is one specimen in the Bishop Museum from Palmyra
Island.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 13

Platypodia eydouxi (A. M. Edwards).

Lophactaea eydouxi A. M. Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, I, p. 248,
pl. 16, fig. 2, 1865.
The species is apparently distributed from the Sulu Sea and the coast
of Japan through the Pacific to Tahiti, including Hawaii where is is com-
mon. ‘Two specimens were taken at Palmyra Island.

Platypodia digitalis Rathbun.

Platypodia digitalis Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 35, p. 38, pl. 1, fig. 6:
pl. 9, figs. 4, 4a, 1907.
Previous records of the species include the Caroline Islands and Tahiti.
One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Platypodia fissa (Henderson).

Lophactaea fissa Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zoology, Vol. 5, p. 355, pl. 36,
figs. 8, 8a, 1893.

The type is recorded from Tuticorin, Bay of Bengal, by Henderson.
Alcock® says “It appears to me possible that this, which seems to be found-
ed on a single specimen, is only an individual variation of Lophactaea
granulosa.”

After carefully comparing the specimen in the Bishop Museum with
Henderson’s description and figure, I am inclined, however, to believe that
his species is a good one. One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Lophozozymus pulchellus A. M. Edwards.

Lophozozymus pulchellus A. M. Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (4), vol. 7,
p. 273, 1867; Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. 9, p. 205, pl. 7, fig. 3,
1873.—Rathbun, Trans. Linn. Soc., (2), vol. 14, p. 214, 1910-1912.

Rathbun records the species from the Seychelles and the Chagos Archi-
pelago in the Indian Ocean. It probably occurs in many localities in the
Pacific. There are two specimens in the Bishop Museum from Hawaii.
One specimen was collected at Fanning Island.

Xantho crassimanus A. M. Edwards.

Xantho (Leptodius) crassimanus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p.
120, 1898.

Localities from which the species has previously been reported include
the Andamans, Karachi, Ceylon and Hawaii. There is a specimen in the
Bishop Museum from Australia which has a carapace 46 mm. in breadth.
Smaller specimens have frequently been taken on Waikiki reef, Oahu.
Two specimens were collected at Fanning Island.

*Journ. Assiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 103, 1898.

14 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Leptodius sanguineus (Milne Edwards).

Chlorodius sanguineus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 207, 1852;
pl. 11, figs. 11 a-d, 1855.

The species ranges from the Chagos Archipelago and the Persian Gulf
through the Indian and Pacific Oceans to the Liu Kiu Islands and east-
ward to the Tuamotus including Marcus Island and Hawaii.

It is very abundant on the reefs of Oahu, Hawaii. Eleven specimens
were collected at Palmyra and 86 at Fanning Island.

Leptodius gracilis (Dana).

Chlorodius gracilis Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 210, 1852; pl. 11,
fig. 13, 1855.

Previous records of the species include the Chagos Archipelago, Hong
Kong, Japan, the Caroline Islands, Wake Island and Hawaii. Five speci-
mens were collected at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning Island.

Leptodius nudipes (Dana).

Xantho (Leptodius) nudipes Alcock, Journ Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 121,
1898.

The species has previously been recorded from the western Indian
Ocean, from the Andamans, the Mergui Archipelago and from Hawaii.
One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Leptodius exaratus acutidens Stimpson.

Leptodius exaratus yar. acutidens Stimpson, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., vol. 49,

p. 55, pl. 6, fig. 7, 1907.

The type locality is the Liu Kiu Islands. It has frequently been taken
on Waikiki reef, Oahu. One specimen was collected at Fanning Island.

Leptodius molokaiensis Rathbun.

Leptodius molokaiensis Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23, pt. 3, p. 847,
pl. 9, fig. 1 and text-fig. 10, 1906.

Rathbun has recorded the species from off the coast of Molokai of the
Hawaiian Group, which is the type locality, and from Salomon and Amir-
ante Islands in the Indian Ocean. I have not found published reports of
the species from other localities. It has been taken, however, on Waikiki
reef, Honolulu. One specimen was collected at Palmyra and 1 at Fanning
Island. These are both large, well developed specimens with the specific
characteristics clearly marked.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 15

Etisodes electra (Herbst).
Etisodes electra Alcock, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 133, 1898.

The species is known from Mauritius, the Seychelles, the Chagos Archi-
pelago and the Red Sea eastward through the Indian Ocean, and in the
Pacific from Murray Island, Australia, to the Tuamotus and northward to
Hawaii. Five specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Actaea affinis (Dana).

Actaeodes affinis Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 197, 1852; pl. 11,
fig. 3, 1855.

The species is known from the Chagos Archipelago and the Nicobars
but is apparently not widely distributed through the Indian Ocean. In the
Pacific there are records from the Philippines, Japan, Rotuma, the Society
Islands, the Tuamotus and Hawaii. It is very common in Hawaii. Six
specimens were collected at Palmyra and 37 at Fanning Island.

Actaea rufopunctata (Milne Edwards).
Actaea rufopunctata Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 142, 1898.

The species ranges from Mauritius and the Red Sea through the Indian
and Pacific Oceans to China, Fiji, Funafuti, Tahiti, the Tuamotus and
Hawaii. It is also known from the Mediterranean, the Canaries, Madeira,
and the South Atlantic.

Two specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Actaea hirsutissima (Ruppell).
Actaea hirsutissima Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 141, 1898.

The species is distributed through the Indian Ocean and into the
Pacific to Japan, northeast Australia, Samoa, Tahiti and Hawaii. Three
specimens were taken at Palmyra Island.

Actaea ruppellii (Krauss).

Actaea ruppellu Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 144, 1898.

The species is widely distributed through the Indian Ocean and has also
been reported from the Malay Archipelago and from north and north-
east Australia. One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

16 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Actaea speciosa (Dana).
Actaea speciosa Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 143, 1898.

The species is distributed from the Persian Gulf and the Central Indian
Ocean to Ceylon and is also known from Guam, Samoa, Funafuti and
northward to Hawaii. Four specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Actaea garretti Rathbun.

Actaea garretti Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., vol. 23, pt. 3, p. 852, pl. 9,
fig. 8, 1906.

Previous records of the species are from such widely separated regions
as Mauritius, the Chagos Archipelago, Kingsmill Islands, the Society
Islands and Hawaii.

One specimen was taken at Palmyra Island.

Actaea cavipes (Dana).

Actaeodes cavipes Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 199, 1852; pl. 11,
figs. 5a and 5b, 1855.

The species is known from Mauritius and the Chagos Archipelago to
the Persian Gulf and eastward to India. Records in the Pacific include
Funafuti, Fiji, Samoa, the Society Islands and the Tuamotus. Five speci-
mens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Daira perlata (Herbst).
Daira perlata Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 155, 1898.

The species is known from Mauritius, Christmas Island, the Chagos
Archipelago and through the Indo-Pacific region to the Liu Kiu Islands
and eastward to Samoa and Tahiti. No records are known for Hawaii.
Five specimens were collected at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning Island.

Xanthias lamarckii (Milne Edwards).
Xanthodes lamarckii Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 157, 1898.

The range of the species in the Indian Ocean is from Madagascar and
Mauritius to Ceylon. Localities in the Pacific from which it has been
reported include the Philippines, Torres Straits, Funafuti, Samoa, the
Society Islands and the Tuamotus. No record is known for Hawaii.

One specimen was taken at Palmyra and 27 at Fanning Island.

&

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 17

Lioxantho tumidus Alcock.
Lioxantho tumidus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 91, 1898.

The species has been reported by Alcock from the Andamans and
Samoa. One specimen was collected at Fanning Island.

Micropanope sexlobata Rathbun.

Micropanope sexlobata Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23, pt. 3, p. 856,

pl. 9, fig. 13, 1906.
The species has been reported by Rathbun from the type locality in the
vicinity of Laysan Island. Three specimens were taken at Palmyra Island.

Chlorodiella niger (Forskal).

Chlorodiella niger Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 160, 1898.

The species ranges from Christmas Island, the Seychelles and the Red
Sea through the Indian Ocean and is also known from the Liu Kiu and
Caroline Islands, Torres Straits, Australia, Lord Howe Island, Funafuti,
Fiji, the Society Islands, the Tuamotus and northward to Hawaii and
Wake Island.

Thirty-five specimens were taken at Palmyra and 36 at Fanning Island.

Phymodius nitidus (Dana).

Pilodius nitidus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 218, 1852; pl. 12,
fig. 7, 1855.
The species has been reported from the Indian Ocean, from Samoa,
and from Hawaii where it is very common. Twelve specimens were col-
lected at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning Island.

Phymodius ungulatus (Milne Edwards).
Phymodius ungulatus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 162, 1898.
The species ranges through the Indian and Pacific Oceans from Mauri-

tius to the Tuamotus and Hawaii. Twenty-one specimens were collected
at Palmyra Island.

Chlorodopsis scabriculus (Dana).

Pilodius scabriculus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 220, 1852; pl.
12, fig. 9, 1855.
The species has been reported from Coetivy, Indian Ocean, the Bali-
bac Passage, Tahiti, the Tuamotus and Hawaii. Ten specimens were taken
at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning Island.

18 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Cymo quadrilobatus Miers.
Cymo quadrilobatus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 175, 1898.

The species is known from the Chagos Archipelago, Little Andaman,
Palk Strait and Funafuti. No records are known for Hawaii. Five speci-
mens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Cymo melanodactylus De Haan.

Cymo melanodactylus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 174, 1898.

The species is apparently widely distributed through the central and
eastern sections of the Indian Ocean and eastward to China, Japan and
the Bonin Islands. It is also known from Australia, Fiji, the Society
Islands and the Tuamotus. No records are from Hawaii. One specimen
was collected at Palmyra and 2 at Fanning Island. At Fanning the species
is associated with dead coral in the lagoon.

Cymo andreossyi (Audouin).
Cymo andreossyi Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 173, 1898.

The species has a very wide distribution through the Indian and Pacific
Oceans. In the Pacific it is known from the shores of Japan eastward to
Tahiti. No records are from Hawaii. Twenty-one specimens were col-
lected at Palmyra Island.

Pseudozius caystrus (Adams and White).

Pseudosius caystrus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 181, 1898.

The species ranges from the Red Sea through the eastern Indian Ocean
and is also known from the Philippines, Samoa, the Tuamotus and Wake
Island. It has not been recorded from Hawaii. Fifty-nine specimens were
taken at Palmyra and 74 at Fanning Island. At Fanning it is one of the
most common species under the stones in shallow water, both in the la-
goon and on the outer reef.

Pseudozius inornatus Dana.

Pseudozius inornatus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 234, 1852;
pl. 13, figs. 7a-7c, 1855.

The species has previously been reported from Hawaii. Eighty-six
specimens were taken at Fanning Island.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 19

Lydia annulipes (Milne Edwards).

Ozius (Eurupellia) annulipes Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 188,
1898.

The species is recorded by Alcock from Muscat and Samoa, and from
Hawaii by Rathbun. There is a specimen in the Bishop Museum from
Marcus Island obtained by W. A. Bryan. Stimpson reports it from the
Liu Kiu Islands. Eight specimens were taken at Palmyra and 6 at Fan-
ning Island.

Pilumnus andersoni de Man.

Pilumnus andersoni de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 22, p. 59, pl. 3, figs.
5 and 6, 1888.

The species has a very extensive range from the western Indian Ocean
to near Laysan Island in the North Pacific. Recorded localities in this
range are Minikoi, Maldive Archipelago, Karachi, Ceylon, Mergui Archi-
pelago, Gasper Strait, the Caroline Islands and Funafuti. Twelve speci-
mens were collected at Fanning Island.

Maldivia palmyrensis Rathbun (New species).°

Type locality, Palmyra Island. Collected by C. Montague Cooke Jr.
in 1913. ‘Type specimen, Bishop Museum, No. 312.

Eriphia sebana (Shaw).
Eriphia laevimana Alcock, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 214, 1898.

The species ranges from the east coast of Africa and Mauritius through
the Indian and Pacific Oceans to China and Japan, and from Australia
northward to Hawaii and eastward to the Tuamotus.

Two specimens were taken at Palmyra and 13 at Fanning Island. On
the outer reef of Fanning this species is one of the most common of the
larger crabs found in the holes in the rocks in shallow water.

Eriphia scabricula Dana.

Eriphia scabricula Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 247, 1852. pl. 14,
figs. 5a and 5b, 1855.

The species ranges through the Indian Ocean to Ceylon and the Sulu
Sea, and from Australia through the Pacific to the Society Islands and the
Tuamotus. One specimen was collected at Palmyra and 44 at Fanning
Island. ‘The species is very common at Fanning on the outer reef under
the flat stones in shallow water. It is much smaller than E. sebana.

° Described by Mary J. Rathbun on p. 38 of this Bulletin.

20 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst).
Trapezia cymodoce Alcock, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 219, 1898.

The species is widely distributed throughout the Indian and Pacific
Oceans wherever there are coral reefs, ranging northward in the Pacific
to Hawaii. With other species of the genus it is associated with living
coral. Thirty-five specimens were collected at Palmyra Island. No collec-
tions of animals associated with living coral were made at Fanning Island.
Hence there are in the Bishop Museum no representatives of Trapezia from
Fanning.

Trapezia cymodoce ferruginea (Latreille).
Trapezia ferrugineus Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 220, 1898.

The range of the species is from the Chagos Archipelago, the Sey-
chelles and the Red Sea to Ceylon and through the Pacific to Hawaii, the
Tuamotus and Easter Island. It is also known from the shores of Mexico
and Panama Bay. It is associated with living coral. One hundred and
two specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Trapezia cymodoce intermedia Miers.

Trapesia ferruginea var. intermedia Miers, Voyage of the Challenger, vol. 17,
Brachyura, p. 168, pl. 12, fig. 2, 1886.

Previous records are from the Chagos Archipelago, from off the coast
of Burma, and from Hawaii where it is very common, associated with the
corals, Pocillopora ligulata Dana, and Pocillopora meandrina var. nobilis,
Verrill. Four specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Trapezia rufopunctata (Herbst).
Trapezia rufopunctata Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 222, 1898.
The range of the species is from the Red Sea, the Amirante Islands
and the Chagos Archipelago through the Indian and Pacific Oceans to the
Tuamotus and to Hawaii. It is associated with T. ferruginea. Eight
specimens are in the Bishop Museum from Palmyra Island.

Trapezia digitalis (Latreille).
Trapezia digitalis Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 222, 1898.
Previous records of the species’ are from Mauritius, Christmas Island,
the Chagos Archipelago and the Red Sea, also from localities in the east-
ern Indian Ocean, from Palk Strait, Ceylon, Funafuti and Hawaii. It is
also known from Cape St. Lucas, Mexico and Panama Bay. In Hawaii

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 21

it is very common, being associated with corals of the genus Pocillopora.
Thirty-nine specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Tetralia glaberrima (Herbst).
Tetralia glaberrima Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 223, 1898.
The species ranges through the Indian Ocean and is known from Hong
Kong eastward through the Pacific to the Society Islands, the Tuamotus
and the Marquesas. No records are known for Hawaii. Forty-four speci-
mens were taken at Palmyra Island.

Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet.

Domecia hispida Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, p. 230, 1898.

The species is reported from the central and eastern sections of the
Indian Ocean, and from Funafuti, Tahiti, the Tuamotus and Hawaii as

far north as Laysan Island. It is also known from the West Indies. The
Bishop Museum has 33 specimens from Palmyra Island.

Lybia tesselata (Latreille).

Melia tesselata Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive Archipela-
goes, vol. 1, p. 250, fig. 49, 1903.

The species is known from Mauritius, Christmas Island, the Chagos
Archipelago and the eastern Indian Ocean. Recorded localities in the
Pacific are not numerous. Its northern limit of distribution seems to be
Hawaii where it has frequently been taken. The species usually carries
a sea anemone in one or both chelipeds. Thirteen specimens were collected
at Palmyra and 5 at Fanning Island.

Family PORTUNIDAE

Lissocarcinus orbicularis Dana.
Lissocarcinus orbicularis Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, p. 20, 1899.

The species is known from the Indian Ocean and from Fiji and Hawaii
in the Pacific. Two specimens were collected on the outer reef at Fanning
Island.

Carupa laeviuscula Heller.
Carupa laeviuscula Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, p. 26, 1899.

The range of the species is from Mauritius through the Indian Ocean,
and from Samoa northward as far as Laysan Island, and eastward to the

22 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tuamotus. It is not uncommon on Waikiki reef, Honolulu. One speci-
men was collected at Fanning Island.

Portunus pubescens (Dana).

Lupa pubescena Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 274, 1852; pl. 16,
fig. 9, 1855.
The previous records are from Hawaii where it is a fairly common
form. One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Portunus (Achelous) granulatus (A. M. Edwards).

Neptunus (Achelous) granulatus Alcock, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, p. 45,
1899.

The species is widely distributed, ranging from east Africa and the
Red Sea through the Indian and Pacific Oceans to New Caledonia and
Japan and eastward to Fiji, the Society Islands and the Tuamotus and
northward to Hawaii as far as Laysan Island. It was previously reported
by Streets from the Fanning Group.

One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island in 1922.

Charybdis (Charybdis) cookei Rathbun (new species ).1°

Type locality, Palmyra Island. Collected by C. Montague Cooke Jr.
in 1913. ‘Type specimen in the Bishop Museum, No. 983.

Thalamita edwardsi Borradaile.

Thalamita edwardsi Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1900, p. 579; Fauna
and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. 1, p. 202, 1902: Rath-
bun, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23, pt. 3, p. 873, 1906.
The species is known from the Indian Ocean, from Funafuti and from
Hawaii. It is very abundant in shallow water on the reefs of Oahu. One
specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Thalamita auauensis Rathbun.
Thalamita auauensis Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23, pt. 3, p. 847, 1906.

The previous record of the species is from Hawaii.
Seven specimens corresponding very closely to this species were taken
at Palmyra Island.

* Described by Mary J. Rathbun on page 39.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 23

Thalamita cooperi Borradaile.
Thalamita cooperi Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive Archi-
pelagoes, vol. 1, p. 206, text fig. 37, 1903.
The species has previously been recorded from the Amirante Islands,
Goidu, Hulule and Minikoi—atolls in the Indian Ocean. One specimen
was collected at Palmyra Island.

Thalamita prymna Milne Edwards.

Thalamita prymna Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., vol. 1, p. 461, 1837:
Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, p. 108, 1877

The species has been recorded from localities in the Indian Ocean, the
East Indies, the Philippines, Australia, Lord Howe Island, the Liu Kiu
Islands, Japan, Tongatabu and Palmyra, the latter locality being reported
by Streets.

The species was not taken by the expeditions of 1913 and 1922, but is
listed here in consideration of Streets’ previous record.

Assecla holothuricola Streets.

Assecla holothuricola Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, p. 111, 1877.

The type locality, as reported by Streets, is Palmyra Island where it
was taken from the digestive tract of a holothurian. No specimens were

collected by the expedition of 1913 and 1922 but the species is listed here
in consideration of Streets’ record.

Podophthalmus vigil (Fabricius).

Podophthalmus vigil Miers, Voyage of the Challenger, vol. 17, Brachyura, p. 207,
1886.

According to Miers the species is distributed throughout the Indo-
Pacific region. It was reported from the Fanning Group by Streets. No
specimens were collected by the expedition of 1913 and 1922 but the
species is listed here in consideration of Streets’ previous record.

Family INACHIDAE

Menaethius monoceros (Latreille).
Menaethius monoceros Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 64, p. 197, 1895.
The species has a wide distribution ranging from the east coast of

Africa and the Red Sea through the Indian and Pacific Oceans to New
Caledonia, northeast Australia, Lord Howe Island, Japan, Samoa, Tonga-

24 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

tabu, the Tuamotus and northward to Hawaii. One specimen was collected
at Fanning Island.

Family CALAPPIDAE

Calappa spinosissima Milne Edwards.
Calappa spinosissima Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 65, p. 144, 1896.

The previous records are from the Indian Ocean. ‘Two specimens were
collected at Palmyra Island.

Family LEUCOSIIDAE
Nucia speciosa Dana.

Nucia speciosa Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 397, 1852; pl. 25,
fig. 5, 1855.
The previous record of the species is from Hawaii. It has frequently
been taken on Waikiki reef, Honolulu.
One specimen was collected at Fanning Island.

Family HAPALOCARCINIDAE
Hapalocarcinus marsupialis Stimpson.

Hapalocarcinus marsupialus Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, p.
412, 1856-58: Calman, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 8, p. 43, 1900: Potts,
Papers from Dept. marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washing-
ton, vol. 8, p. 35, 1915.”

The species is known from the Indian Ocean, Torres Straits and gen-
erally through the Pacific northward to Hawaii where it is very abundant.
It was first described by Stimpson from Hilo, Hawaii. The female crab
forms galls on certain species of corals of the genera Pocillopora, Seria-
topora, Stylophora, Sideropora and Millepora. Calman states that coral
galls, possibly due to this species, have also been reported from the Red
Sea, Ceylon and the China Sea. Two specimens were collected at Palmyra
Island.

Tribe ANOMURA
Family PORCELLANIDAE

Petrolisthes speciosa (Dana).

Porcellana speciosa Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 417, 1852; pl. 26,

fig. 8, 1855.
The recorded range of the species seems to be from Balabac Straits
through the Pacific to Hong Kong, Japan, the Bonin Islands and eastward

“The paper by Potts includes investigations on the development, life history and
habits of this gall-forming species.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 25

to Wake Island, the Kingsmill Group and the Tuamotus. Bryan reports a
variety of the species from Marcus Island. It has also been recorded from
West Africa. No records are known for Hawaii.

Five specimens were taken at Palmyra and 70 at Fanning Island where
the species is very abundant under the stones at the shore line on the outer
reef.

Family HIPPIDAE
Remipes pacificus Dana.

Remipes pacificus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 407, 1852; pl. 25,
fig. 7 a-g, 1855.

The species has been reported from the Maldive Archipelago and Mini-
koi in the Indian Ocean and from a number of localities in the Pacific
including New Caledonia, Rotuma, Fiji, Funafuti, Samoa, Hawaii, and
from Charles Island of the Galapagos. Five specimens were collected at
Palmyra and 1 at Fanning Island.

Family COENOBITIDAE
Coenobita oliviera Owen.

Coenobita oliviera Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 470, 1852.

The localities from which the species has previously been reported in-
clude Madras, the Nicobars, Funafuti, the Society Islands, the Tuamotus
and Fanning Island, Streets recorded the species from Fanning. Bryan
collected the species at Marcus Island. No records are from Hawaii.
This large land hermit commonly inhabits the shells of species of Turbo.
Twenty-nine specimens were collected at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning
Island by the expedition of 1913 and 1922.

Coenobita brevimanus Dana.

Coenobita clypeata var. brevimanus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust.,

p. 473, 1852; pl. 30, fig. 4b, 1855.
The species is recorded by Dana from Balabac Passage. On Palmyra
and Fanning Islands it has the habits of C. oliviera, but is much less
numerous. ‘Ten specimens were collected at Palmyra and 3 at Fanning

Island.
Coenobita rugosa Milne Edwards.

Coenobita rugosa Dana, U S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 471, 1852; pl. 30,
fig. 1, 1855.

The species has a wide distribution in the Indian Ocean and is known
from the Malay Archipelago and the Sulu Sea eastward to New Caledonia,

26 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

the Bonin Islands, Rotuma, Fiji, Funafuti, Samoa and the Tuamotus. Its
range does not include Hawaii. Nineteen specimens were collected at Pal-
myra and 74 at Fanning Island. The species is the most common of all
the hermit crabs on Fanning Island where it may be found in great num-
bers on the ocean beaches just above the high tide line. It inhabits the
shells of many species of mollusks.

Family PAGURIDAE

Clibanarius corallinus (Milne Edwards).

Clibanarius corallinus Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 48,
pl. 5, fig. 1, 1905.

The species is known from the Andamans, the Nicobars, the Malay
Archipelago and ranges from the Liu Kiu Islands eastward to Wake
Island, Rotuma, Fiji, Funafuti and Tahiti. Ten specimens were taken at
Fanning Island in shallow water on the outer reef.

Calcinus herbstii de Man.

Calcinus tibicen Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 457, 1852.
Calcinus herbstii Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 53, pl. 5,
fig. 4, 1905.

Previous records of the species are from numerous localities in the
Indian Ocean, from Balabac Straits, Liu Kiu Islands, Japan, Bonin
Islands, Wake Island, Samoa, Funafuti, the Society Islands, the Tuamotus
and Hawaii. It is also known from Ecuador and the West Indies. The
species is the most common of the hermit crabs on the reefs of Oahu,
Hawaii. ‘Thirty-six specimens were collected at Fanning Island.

Calcinus elegans (Milne Edwards).

Calcinus elegans Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 458, 1852; pl. 28,
fig. 10 a-c, 1855: Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 55,
pl. 5, fig. 2, 1905.
The species has a range extending from the east coast of Africa
through the Indian and Pacific Oceans to Hawaii. One specimen was col-
lected at Palmyra and 5 at Fanning Island.

Calcinus latens Randall.

Calcinus latens, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 459, 1852; pl. 28,
fig. 11, 1855: Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod, Crust., pt. 2, fasc. 1, p. 58, pl. 5,

fig. 5, 1905.
The range of the species is from the east coast of Africa and the Red
Sea through the Indian Ocean. Records are from the Liu Kiu Islands,

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 27

and from Australia northward through the Pacific as far as Laysan
Island. Three specimens were taken at Palmyra Island.

Calcinus terrae-reginae Haswell.

Calcinus terrae-reginae Haswell, Proc. Linn, Soc. N. S. W., vol. 6, p. 760, 1881-
82; Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 57, pl. 5, fig. 7, 1905.

The previous records of the species include the Maldive Archipelago,
Minikoi, the Mergui Archipelago, and Queensland. ‘Three specimens were
collected at Palmyra Island.

Pagurus punctulatus Olivier.

Pagurus punctulatus Alcock, Cat. Indian Decapod Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 81,
pl. 8, fig. 1, 1905.

The species has a wide distribution ranging from the east coast of
Africa and the Red Sea through the Indian Ocean, and in the Pacific from
the Liu Kiu Islands and Australia to Hawaii. Four specimens were col-
lected at Palmyra Island.

Birgus latro Leach.

Birgus latro Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 474, 1852; pl. 30, figs.
5a and 5b, 1855.

The “coconut crab” ranges from Mauritius through the Indian Ocean
to the islands of the Pacific where it is widely dispersed. Among locali-
ties in the Pacific from which it has previously been reported are New
Caledonia, Guam, Fiji, Funafuti, the Tuamotus, the Marquesas, Washing-
ton, and Fanning Islands. The species does not inhabit Hawaii. Streets
reported it from the Fanning group. In addition to two specimens from
Palmyra Island there are specimens in the Bishop Museum from Guam,
the Marquesas and Fanning Island. On Fanning the species is becom-
ing depleted as it is highly prized as an article of food by the Gilbertese
laborers.

Family AXIIDAE

Axius serratifrons A. M. Edwards.

Axius serratifrons A. M. Edwards, Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, Heft iv, 3, p. 87, Taf.
Brite (0) (oy os tes 318), IRAE

The species is recorded by Edwards from Upolu, Samoa, and from
Hawaii. One specimen was collected at Fanning Island on the outer reef.

28 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin
Tribe PALINURA

Family SCYLLARIDAE

Parabacus antarcticus (Lund).

Parabacus antarcticus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 517, 1852;
pl. 32, fig. 6, 1855.

Previous records of the species include New Caledonia, the Loyalty
Islands, Samoa and Hawaii. One small specimen was collected at Palmyra
Island.

Suborder NATANTIA
Tribe CARIDES

Family CRANGONIDAE

Crangon obesomanus (Dana).

Alpheus obesomanus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 547, 1852;
pl. 34, fig. 7 a-f, 1855.

Dana records the species from Fiji. It has also been reported from
Madagascar, the Seychelles, New Britain, and the Loyalty Islands. Two
specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Crangon paradentipes (Couticre).

Alpheus paradentipes Coutiére, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive Archi-
pelagoes, vol. 2, p. 880, pl. 74, fig. 17, 1906.

The species has previously been recorded from the Maldive Archi-
pelago. One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Crangon collumianus (Stimpson).
Alpheus collumianus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 30.
The species has been recorded from the Maldive and Laccadive Archi-

pelagoes, New Caledonia, the Bonin Islands, Japan, Murray Island, and
Funafuti. Six specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Crangon macrochirus (Richters).
Alpheus macrochirus Richters, Meeresfauna Ins. Mauritius, p. 164, pl. 17, 1880.
The species is well distributed from Madagascar and Mauritius through

the Indian Ocean. There are also records from Rotuma, Tahiti and the
Gulf of California. There is one specimen in the Bishop Museum taken

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 29

at Palmyra Island which, in the opinion of Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, is prob-
ably of this species.

Crangon ventrosus (Milne Edwards).

Alpheus ventrosus Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust., vol. 2, p. 352, 1837.

This species is the most common and most widely distributed of the
genus having a general range, according to Coutiére, from Madagascar to
the Red Sea, eastward to the Philippines, through the Pacific to the So-
ciety Islands and northward to Hawaii and the Gulf of California. Twenty-
seven specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Crangon pachychirus (Stimpson).
Alpheus pachychirus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 30.

The species is known from the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,
the Liu Kiu Islands and Rotuma. Three specimens were collected at
Palmyra Island.

Crangon bucephalus (Coutiere).

Alpheus bucephalus Coutiére, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive Archi-
pelagoes, vol. 2, p. 890, pl. 78, fig. 29, 1906.

Previous records are from Mahé, Jibouti, Maldive Archipelago, Minikoi,
Balabac Straits and off Manila. One specimen was collected at Palmyra
Island.

Crangon paracrinitus (Miers).

Alpheus paracrinitus Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), vol. 8, p. 365, pl. 16,
fig. 6, 1881.

The species has been reported from Senegambia and Jibouti. Four
specimens were taken at Palmyra Island.

Crangon paracrinitus (Miers) var. near var. bengalensis (Coutiére).

Alpheus paracrinitus var. bengalensis Coutiére, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and
Laccadive Archipelagos, vol. 2, p. 901, 1906.

The var. bengalensis of Coutiére with which, according to Dr. Waldo
L. Schmitt, the Palmyra variety is a close affinity, has been recorded from
Minikoi in the Indian Ocean. One specimen was collected at Palmyra
Island.

30 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Synalpheus paroneomeris Coutic¢re.

Synalpheus paroneomeris Coutiére, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive
Archipelagoes, vol. 2, p. 872, pl. 71, fig. 7, 1906.
Previous records are from Mahé, Muscat, Jibouti, the Maldive Archi-
pelago, and Minikoi. ‘Two specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Family HIPPOLYTIDAE

Saron marmorata (Olivier).

Saron marmorata Kemp, Rec. Indian Museum, vol. 10, p. 84, 1914.

The species is widely distributed ranging from the east coast of Africa
and the Red Sea through the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean east-
ward to Tahiti and northward to Hawaii. Two specimens were taken at
Palmyra Island.

Family GNATHOPHYLLIDAE

Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson.
Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 28.

The type locality of the species is recorded at Port Jackson, Australia.
The species has also been reported from Hawaii. Two specimens were
collected at Palmyra Island in 1922.

Family HYMENOCERIDAE

Hymenocera elegans Heller. (figs. 2; 3, a-f).
Hymenocera elegans Heller, Verh. zool. botan. Ges. Wien., Br. 11, p. 25, 1861;
Sitz. Ber. Acad. Wiss. Wien., 44, 1, p. 264, pl. 3, figs. 9-14, 1861.

‘The species has been recorded from the Red Sea, which is the type
locality, and from Mauritius, Mozambique, Matema Island, and the Sey-
chelles in the Indian Ocean. It has more recently been reported by
de Man?® in material from the ‘“Siboga” Expedition. I have not had
access to de Man’s article and am in doubt as to the locality from which
the author reports the species.

Three specimens, all females, of a form which, except in certain de-
tails noted below, corresponds very closely with Heller’s description of
Hymenocera elegans, were collected at Palmyra Island in 1922. Although
there may be specific differences regarding features not mentioned in the
description of the type specimen, I am retaining the Palmyra Island form,
temporarily at least, within this species.

* (Results Explor. “Siboga” 39a3, p. 191).

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 31

Ficure 2. Camera lucida drawings of structural features of Hymenocera eleg-
gans Heller; a, lateral view of carapace and abdomen X 2; b, eye-stalk X 8; c,
mandible with rudimentary palp X 27; d, first maxilla X 15; e, second maxilla X 13;
f, first maxilliped X 16; g, second maxilliped X 16; h, second walking leg of left
side X 4; 1, second walking leg of right side X 4; 7, antennule of left side X 5.

32 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Ficure 3. Camera lucida drawings of features of Hymenocera elegans, and
telsons of Gonodactylus chiragra and Gonodactylus chiragra var. smithii; a, third
maxilliped of left side X 6; b, serrated spinule of medial border of second segment
of third maxilliped (greatly enlarged) ; c, terminal segments of first walking leg X
10; d, posterior walking leg X 6; e, dorsal surface of telson X 6; f, uropod of left
side X 5; g, telson of Gonodactylus chiragra var. smithii X 9; h, telson of Gonod-
actylus chiragra X 10.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands B32)

Heller’s description of the type specimen is sufficient and complete in
most particulars but his accompanying figures are in many respects quite
inadequate. I am, therefore, presenting more complete figures of this
remarkable form and supplementing previous descriptions by some observa-
tions on the Palmyra specimens.

In all of the specimens collected at Palmyra the rostrum has 8 teeth
on its upper border and 2 on its lower border. The mandibular palp is
rudimentary, so much so that without close scrutiny it may be overlooked.
No information is at hand regarding the mandibular palp in the type
specimen. Since the presence of this appendage is a family characteristic,
the condition of its development may possibly amount to a specific differ-
ence.

In the only specimen taken at Palmyra Island in which both of the
second walking legs are intact, the appendage on the left side of the body
is approximately one-fifth larger and longer than that on the right side.
No mention is made in any of the descriptions that I have seen, of an in-
equality in size and length of the second walking legs. More material is
necessary, I believe, to determine this inequality as a constant feature.

Heller states that the hand of the second walking leg is somewhat
shorter than the arm segment. In the Palmyra specimens the palm is
slightly longer than the merus, the length of the two segments being in
the ratio of 4:3.

The presence of a papilla on the dorsal extremity of the corneal area,
and a black pigment spot on the same side at the base of the cornea
characterize the eye in the Palmyra specimens. ‘These features, if they
are present in the type specimen, are not mentioned in the description of it.

The color of the type specimen is given as grayish-white, in preserved
condition. The Palmyra Island specimens, in alcohol, are pale yellowish-
brown. Heller reports the type specimen to be 9.5 lines in length. ‘The
largest of the three specimens taken at Palmyra Island, an ovigerous
female, measures 35 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the extremity of
the telson, with the abdomen straightened as much as possible.

Apparently the only other species of the genus known is Hymenocera
picta Dana,** collected at Raraka Island, one of the Tuamotus. Dana’s
figures were made from the living specimen which was, however, subse-
quently lost in the wreck of the “Peacock.”

The chief difference between Dana’s species and Hymenocera elegans
is, as other writers have noted, in the greater expansion of the segments
of the third maxilliped in the latter.

* Dana, James D., U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., pee, abstsyze. fall Gi), wars, |i:
a-c, 1855.

34 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Family PONTONIIDAE

Harpilius depressus Stimpson.
Harpilius depressus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 38.
The type locality is Hawaii where the species is very common. Other

records are from various localities in the eastern and western Indian
Ocean and the Red Sea. One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Coralliocaris graminea (Dana).

Oedipus gramineus Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 574, 1852; pl.
37, fig. 3, 1855.
The species ranges from Mozambique and Zanzibar through the Indian
Ocean and the Red Sea to Hong Kong and Japan, and eastward to Fiji
and Samoa. Five specimens were taken at Palmyra Island.

Coralliocaris lucina Nobili.

Coralliocaris lucina Nobili, Ann. Mus. Univ. Napoli, (n.s.), 1, No. 3, p. 5, 1901:
Kemp, Rec. Indian Museum, vol. 24, pt. 2, p. 276, 1922.

The species is apparently widely distributed in the Indian Ocean and
adjacent waters, having been recorded from Saya de Malha, the Chagos
Archipelago, the south coast of Arabia, numerous localities in the Red
Sea, the Maldive Achipelago, the Andamans, the coast of Ceylon and
Ternate. I have no information of previous records in the Pacific Ocean.
Thirty-three specimens were collected at Palmyra Island where the species
is apparently common.

Coralliocaris tridentata Miers.
Coralliocaris tridentata Miers, Zoological Collections of H. M. S. “Alert,” Crust.,

p. 294, pl. 32, fig. C, 1884.
The species has previously been recorded from the type locality,
Thursday Island. ‘Two specimens were collected at Palmyra Island.

Family PALAEMONIDAE

Palaemonella tenuipes Dana.

Palaemonella tenuipes Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 582, 1852;
pl. 38, fig. 3 a-d, 1855.

The earlier records of the species are from the Sulu Sea and Hawaii.
Borradaile and Nobili reported the species as P. tridentata, the former

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 35

from Funafuti, and the latter from New Guinea. Other records are from
the Red Sea and the Liu Kiu Islands. Seven specimens were collected
at Palmyra Island.

Tribe STENOPIDES

Family STENOPIDAE

Stenopus hispidus (Olivier).
Stenopus hispidus Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 20, pt. 2, p. 99, 1900.

The species ranges through the Indian Ocean and from the Balabac
Passage, the coasts of Borneo and the Philippines to the China Sea and
eastward to the Tuamotus and northward to Hawaii. The species also
has a wide distribution in the Atlantic ranging from the Bermudas to
the Bahamas, the Dry Tortugas and southeastward through the West
Indies as far as St. Lucia. One specimen was collected at Palmyra Island.

Tribe PENEIDES
Family SERGESTIDAE

Leucifer reynaudi Milne Edwards.

Lucifer reynaudi Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 672, 1852; pl. 45,
figs. 1 a-d, 1855.

The species has a very wide distribution, being known from numerous
localities in the tropical Atlantic, and many records from the Indian
and Pacific Oceans include the Mergui Archipelago, the Philippines, New
Hebrides, Funafuti and Fiji. Two specimens were taken in the tow from
the surface waters of the lagoon at Fanning Island.

Order STOMATOPODA
Family CHLORIDELIDAE

Pseudosquilla ciliata Miers.

Pseudosquilla ciliata Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), vol. 5, p. 108, pl. 3,
figs. 7, 8, 1880.

The species has a wide distribution in the tropical Atlantic, ranging
from the Bahamas to the Florida Keys and Porto Rico. It is also known
from Mauritius and the Red Sea through the Indian and Pacific Oceans to
Hawaii where it is a common form. One specimen was collected at
Palmyra Island.

36 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Gonodactylus chiragra (Fabricius).

Gonodactylus chiragra Kemp. Mem. Indian Museum, vol. 4, p. 155, pl. 9, fig.
107, 1913.

The species is distributed throughout the Indian Ocean and ranges in
the Pacific Ocean from Australia northward to Japan and eastward to
Tahiti. A single specimen which corresponds in its chief features with
the typical form of this species was collected at Palmyra Island by
C. Montague Cooke Jr. in 1913.

The telson is narrow, its dorsal surface marked by five prominent
carinae; median carina without a posterior spine but with well defined
anchor-flukes; submedian carinae elongate, in line with the long carinae
supporting the submedian teeth of the posterior border; intermediate car-
inae continuous throughout the length of the telson; lateral margins
carinate.

Submedian teeth of the posterior border broad and prominent, termi-
nating in small movable spines; intermediate teeth represented by rounded
points without spines at their tips; lateral notches distinct. The distal
extremity of the dactylus of the cheliped is strongly curved. Total length
of the specimen, measured from the tip of the rostral spine to the ter-
minating spines of the submedian teeth, is 30 millimeters. Figure 3, h,
represents the telson of the Palmyra Island specimen.

Gonodactylus chiragra var. smithii Pocock.

Gonodactylus smithii Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vol. 11, p. 475, pl. 20,
B, fig. 1, 1893.

Gonodactylus chiragra var. smithii, Lanchester, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and
Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. 1, p. 447, pl. 23, fig. 4 and 4a, 1903.

The localities in the Indian Ocean from which the var. smith has
been recorded include Zanzibar, Salomon, Peros, the Maldive and Mergui
Archipelagoes, the Andamans and the coasts of Burma and Ceylon.
Previous records from the Pacific Ocean include a locality north of
Australia, the Loyalty Islands and Rotuma.

Two specimens, females, having the characteristics of this variety
were collected at Palmyra Island. Both are very small, the larger being
30mm. in length. In both specimens the median carina of the telson
terminates posteriorly in a spine and the anchor-flukes are distinct. Figure
3, g, represents the features of the telson of a Palmyra specimen.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands ay

Order AMPHIPODA**

Family GAMMARIDAE
Elasmopus sp.
Eighteen specimens are in the Bishop Museum from Palmyra Island.

Order ISOPODA"

Family TANAIDAE
A Tanaid.
There is one specimen from Palmyra Island in the Bishop Museum.

Leptognatha sp.
One specimen collected at Palmyra Island is in the Bishop Museum.

Family CIROLANIDAE
Cirolana sp.

There are 50 specimens in the Bishop Museum from Palmyra Island.

“The amphipods and isopods here listed were taken from marine algae collected
at Palmyra Island by Joseph F. Rock. ‘The generic determinations were made by
Clarence R. Shoemaker to whom specimens were submitted for identification. A
more complete report may be made upon them at a later date.

38 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF CRABS
FROM PALMYRA ISLAND

By Mary J. Ratusun

Maldivia palmyrensis, sp. nov.

Type-—Female; Palmyra Island; C. M. Cooke, collector; type-speci-
men in Bishop Museum, No. 312.

Carapace transversely oval, very convex from side to side, less so from
front to back, the margin of the front visible in dorsal view. Indications
of regions almost absent. Frontal and antero-lateral regions granulate.
Front thin, edge granulate, nearly straight, outer corners rounded off, a
slight median emargination, prolonged backward in a short groove. Of
the 4 antero-lateral spinules, including that at the orbital angle, the second
and third each have smaller spinules on their outer margins.

Chelipeds very unequal; merus short, armed with a longish spine at
the distal end of the inner margin, two other, smaller, distal spines above,
a subdistal spine on the upper margin; carpus, and upper and greater
part of outer surface of manus armed with short, sharp, conical spines;
the carpus has a large spine at the inner angle, a smaller marginal spine
above and nearer the distal end. ‘The spines of the manus are seriate,
and for the most part arranged in alternating rows of large and small
spines. The fingers are similar in the two chelae, white in the preserved
specimen, bent slightly downward, their prehensile edges armed with a
few unequal teeth which meet when the fingers are closed, while the tips
cross. The roughness of the palms is continued on the dactyle in three
superior rows of spines, reaching nearly half the length in the major chela,
but more than half in the minor chela. The ambulatory legs are furnished
with fine hairs, very scanty except on the dactylus; this terminates in a
long, transparent, horny tip; besides the hairs, the segment is armed with a
number of horny bristles; of these, two long stout ones are attached side
by side over the nail and overlap the nail, reaching at least half way down
its dorsal face; a few short bristles are further back, while two longi-
tudinal rows of about four weak bristles each are on the lower or concave
side of the dactylus. The armature would be very useful in clinging to
algae or branching coelenterates.

Length of carapace of type female 3mm. width 4.3 mm.

The genus Maldivia’® contains two earlier species, M. symbiotica
Borradaile,® the type species, found on a white gorgonian in 8 fathoms

5 Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive Arch., vol. 1, part 3,
1902, p. 269.
Op. cit., p. 270, text-fig. 60.

Edmondson—Crustacea from Palmyra and Fanning Islands 39

at the Maldive Islands; and WM. gardineri Rathbun,” from Salomon Island,
western Indian Ocean. In M. symbiotica the length and width of the
carapace are subequal and the chelipeds of equal size. M. gardineri is
more nearly like the new species, having an oval carapace and unequal
chelipedes; it has, however, a more deflexed front with a slighter median
emargination; the antero-lateral margin is smoother, without spinules
between the interspaces of the four teeth; the whole outer surface of the
manus is rough, the protuberances of the major manus being bead-like
tubercles and granules, while those of the minor manus are more or less
conical, but not so sharp and spinelike as in palmyrensis; the fingers of
major chela are rough except near the tips, tubercles beadlike or slightly
pointed; the fingers of the minor chela are broader than in palmyrensis,
prehensile edges entire, immovable finger smooth and punctate. In both
of the oval species, the merus of the outer maxilliped is broader than long;
in gardineri the anterior margin is nearly straight outside the notch and
rounds into the outer margin; in palmyrensis the anterior margin is con-
vex outside the notch.

The armature of the ambulatory dactyls is similar in these two species,
indicating a habitat akin to that of the type-species.

Charybdis (Charybdis) cookei, sp. nov.
Type—Male; Palmyra Island; C. M. Cooke,-collector; type-specimen
in Bishop Museum, No. 983.

In the subgenus Charybdis (=Goniosoma Alcock)'® there are combined
the following characters: The antennal flagellum is completely excluded
from the orbital hiatus; the ridge that bounds the dorsum of the carapace
posteriorly forms a curve with the postero-lateral borders; and there is
no spine on the posterior border of the arm. Our species belongs to that
section of the subgenus which has a ridge on the cardiac region and to
that subsection which has also a ridge or two on the posterior half of the
branchial region.

The species is of small size; carapace pubescent, the three anterior
transverse ridges strong, the cardiac ridge blunter, continuous, the single
branchial ridge short, not far from, and a little in advance of, the cardiac
ridge. Of the frontal teeth, those of the median pair are narrow, arcuate;
those of the submedian pair wide, subtruncate, a little oblique, less ad-
vanced; antennal pair narrower, more triangular and still less advanced:
orbital pair least advanced, broad, obliquely triangular, tip rounded. Upper
margin of orbit with two open, triangular marginations. Five antero-

“Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, vol. 14, 1911, p. 233, pl. 19, figs. 5 and 6.
* Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, 1899, p. 49.

40 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

lateral teeth, the first three similar, the fifth smaller, the fourth the smallest,
very slender and crowded toward the third. Lobe on basal antennal seg-
ment, low, rounded. Inner suborbital angle obtuse.

Dorsal aspect of cheliped pubescent and granulate. ‘Three spines on
inner margin of merus. Inner spine of carpus strong, two spines on outer
side of anterior margin, the lower very small, one spine on outer surface.
Four spines on manus, one at articulation of carpus, two on the inner
ridge of the upper surface and one on the outer ridge, the customary
distal spine of this ridge being suppressed; three ridges on outer surface,
the upper of which is incompleted and forms the boundary of the pubes-
cent area; below it the surface is smooth; the second ridge is in line
with the space between the fingers, the lowest ridge is continued to the
extremity of the immovable finger.

The merus of the swimming leg is armed below with a strong subdistal
spine while the propodus with a row of slender spines. The sixth segment
of the male abdomen has arcuate lateral margins, the terminal segment
is equilaterally triangular. Extreme length of the carapace of type male
8.2mm., width of same between tips of last (or posterior) lateral teeth
12.2 mm.

C. longifrons (A. Milne Edwards)*® is the only other species of the
some subsection of the subgenus Charybdis, which has just five antero-
lateral teeth; it has however, six elongate frontal teeth of nearly equal
size, the wrist and the palm are each armed with five teeth, and the spine
at the lateral angle of the carapace is the longest of that series. The
species is, moreover, larger and coarser than C. cookei.

” Goniosoma longifrons A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris,
vol. 5, 1869, p. 155, pl. 7, figs. 1-5.

A

Acanthopus abbreviatus
Actaea affinis bs
cavipes
garretti
hirsutissima
rufopunctata
ruppellii
speciosa ..
Actacodes affinis .
cavipes
Alpheus bucephalus
collumianus
macrochirus ..
obeso-manus
pachychirus
parocrinitus
var. bengalensis
paradentipes
ventrosus
Amphipoda
Anomura
Assecla holothuricola
Axiidae
Axius serratifrons ....

Birgus latro
Brachyura

c

Calappa spinosissima
Calappidae
Calcinus elegans ....
herbstii
latens
terrae- reginae
Calcinus tibicen
Cardisoma carnifex
Cardisoma hirtipes .........-.----
Cardisoma rotundum ....
Carides
Carpilodes cariosus —..
monticulosus
pallidus
viallantinus
Carpilius convexus .
maculatus
Carupa laeviuscula
Coenobita brevimanus ....

Coenobita clypeata var. brevimanus....

Coenobita oliviera ...

rugosa
Coenobitidae
Charybdis
Charybdis (Charybdis) cookei ....

INDEX

Charybdis longifrons
Chloridelidae
Chlorodiella niger
Chlorodius gracilis .
Chlorodius sanguineus
Chlorodopsis scabriculus
Cirolana sp.
Cirolanidae
Clibinarius corallinus
Coralliocaris graminea
tridentata
lucina
Crangon bucephalus .-
collumianus
macrochirus ...
obesomanus
pachychirus
paracrinitus
var. near var. bengalensi
paradentipes ....
ventrosus
Crangonidae
Cyclograpsus audouinii ...
Cymo andreossyi
melanodactylus
quadrilobatus

Daria perlata
Decapoda
Domecia hispida

Elasmopus sp. ~.-.-.-.-.-----
Eriphia laevimana ....
Eriphia scabricula ....
sebana
Etisodes electra

Gammaridae
Gecarcinidae
Gelasimus annulipes

tetragonon
Geograpsus crinipes
Gnathophyllidae
Gnathophyllum fasciolatum
Goniosoma
Goniosoma longifrons
Gonodactylus chiragra

chiragra var. smithii
Gonodactylus smithti
Grapsidae
Grapsus grapsus ....
Grapsus grapsus tenuicrustatus
Grapsus maculatus var. tenuicrustatus
Grapsus rudis

42
H
Page
Hapalocarcinidae: enn ccccncncercceeceerencercennsenss 24
Hapalocarcinus marsupialus .............. 24
Harpilius Gepressus -....:..:.:-2cc-cecsesrennennss 34
lip pidae wy ce sscccseces 25
Hippolytidae ......... 30
Hymenocera elegans . 30
Hymenocera picta ..... 33
Piymenoceridae rc. acenccenenp te ereane= 30
I
Inachidae
LRP Yo faya EY) eanetere oer neerece neces eaters reese 37
L,
Leiolophus planissimum 1s
Leptodius exaratus acutidens .............. 14
Leptodius exaratus var. acutidens. 14
WeptoditisseraGilisy sccccscseceerceee ao 14
molokaiensis 14
nudipes. .......... 14
sanguineus . 14
Leucosiidae .............. 24
Liomera cinctimana 12
Lioxantho tumidus 17
Lissocarcinus orbicularis 21
Lophactaea eydouxi ........ 13
PUSS o22.. tececenene 13
IP ORUIOSG ceeresceeen 13
Lophozozymus pulchellus . 13
Leucifer reynaudi ............ 35
Lupa pubescens ..... 22
Teybia stesselatay ncscrce tc eeceecer teres 21
Tydiaannulipesp esse se eteee ree 19
M
IMaldivitay oeses cease teeter te ees a eces 38
Maldivia gardineri ... Sd) 122 %0)
Maldivia palmyrensis .. ...19, 38
Maldivia symbiotica . Ba.)
Melia tesselata .............. 21
Menaethius monoceros . 23
Metopograpsus mMeSSOr ....0.02.22.-0020 10
Micropanope sexlobata .........0c.- 17
Milleporal scassccsetomccntcei nese 24
N
Natantia vices cacen een een te 28
Neptunus (Achelous) granulatus........ 22
INitcia’SpeCisSa: s..j.-gesstee eee nee eee 24
O
Ocypode ceratophthalma ......0........00..- 8
Ocypodidae _ ......... 8
Oedipus CramMineUus ........-.-.-.---- 34
sinus (Eurupellia) annulipes .............. 19 |

Bernice P. Bishop—Museum

12
Page
Pachygrapsus minutus 20.0.0... 10
DLCALE wares tees 10
Pacttidae, prec: anteater eee eee 26
Pagurus PUnctulatys) < oc nsccccc screen 27
Palaemonella tenuipes . 34
Palaemonidae ............. 34
alimtira, © cc5-csesscscsucossenceteeteeees 28
Parabacus antarcticus ........... 28
Peneides: Sicccrecc cess 35
Percnon abbreviatum Il
planissimum ......... II
Petrolisthes speciosa . 24
Phymodius nitidus .. e;
ungulatus ...... 17
Pilodius nitidus ...... 17
Pilodius Scabriculus .........cc0cesercacnesnenencee 17
Piltammid ae \csccsscscaestsaessst ecco eee eee II
Pilumnus andersoni 19
Platypodia digitalis ... TZ
eydouxi .............. 13
FiSSA seeseceneats 13
Pocillopora _ .......... 21
Pocillopora ligulata ... 20
meandrina var. nobilis 20
Podophthalmus vigil ............2..-.:00ce0---++ 23
i 2foyeltoy ebb ab: leery ereenie Eonar ee abe 34
Porcellana speciosa 24
Porcellanidae _ ...... 24
Rortunidae tesco cee es Meo
Portunus (Achelous) granulatus ....... 22
Portunus pubescens 22
Pseudograpsus albus .. II
Pseudosquilla ciliata .... 435
Pseudozius caystrus 18
IMOPMACUS keto ecco nee 18

R
Remipes spaciicus: seca ees 25
Reptantial (.scnccceeeente ee eee 8

SS)
Saront marmOra tas concn enereereteeeeerees 30
Scyllaridae: cctnu- 28
Sergestidae 35
Seriatopora ys.ccssscrcta.n heen ee 24
SideropOra) Leseeccscsrcesvescee neeees sence eee 24
Stenopidae 35
Stenopides ............... 35
Stenopus' hispidus . 35
Stomatopoda. ........... 35
Stylophora ............. Ae 24
Synalpheus paromeomeris ...................... 30

ak
Tlanaidae) Accssccteesccccaccseensscee enero 37
Tanaid, VAY tees iGhleisacan Seer 37
‘Tetralia glaberfima 2.sseeceee 21

Thalamita auauensis
cooperi .........
edwardsi
prymna

Trapezia cymodoce
ferruginea

Trapezia cymodoce intermedia ...

Trapezia digitalis

Trapezia ferrugineus =

Trapezia ferruginea var. intermedia...

Trapezia rufopunctata

Turbo

Uca annulipes

tetragonon
x
Xanthias lamarckii 16
Xantho crassimanus .... 13
Xantho (Leptodius) crassimanus ........ 13
nudipes 14
Xanthodes lamarckii .... 16

Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin 5, Plate I.

Ammar natin eee

2 RANG DS ROT

SHORE LINES, FANNING ISLAND.

In view 4 the camera is directed northward into the lagoon, through the main
channel at English Harbor; view B shows the sandy beach of the lagoon near
English Harbor. On such beaches Ocypode ceratophthalma is common; at night
the beach is lined with myriads of burrowing land crabs, Cardisoma carnifex.
—Photographs by Clarence A. Brown.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin 5, Plate TL

Ny

SHORE LINES, FANNING ISLAND.

View A is typical of the outer shore line on the southwest side of the island.
Shingle-like stones, once living coral heads, are piled high on the beach and offer
concealment for numerous forms of marine invertebrates. The line of breakers in
the background indicates the outer rim of the rocky shelf which surrounds this part
of the island. (Photograph by Charles H. Edmondson.) In view B the camera is
directed toward the ocean near the south end of the island, across one of the
numerous sandy tide flats, on which the burrowing “fiddler crab,” Uca annulipes, is
abundant. (Photograph by Clarence A. Brown).

TONGAN
PLACE NAMES

BY
EDWARD WINSLOW GIFFORD

eee

xT

“ Bernice P. BrsHop MusEuM

a

BULLETIN 6

BAYARD DOMINICK EXPEDITION

PuBLICATION NUMBER 7

ee
nig!

(42464!
Sonal austie

Se oes
re Sa

HONOLULU, HAWAII
PUBLISHED BY THE MusEUM

1923

Epwarp Winstow GIFFORD WAS IN CHARGE OF THE
TONGAN PARTY OF THE BAYARD DoMINICK EXPEDITION,
1920-21. His ATTENTION WAS GIVEN LARGELY TO A STUDY
OF SOCIETY, RELIGION AND ETHNOGEOGRAPHY. ‘TONGAN
Priace NAMES IS PRESENTED AS A CONTRIBUTION TO THE
PROBLEM OF THE ORIGIN AND MIGRATIONS OF THE Poty-
NESIANS.

CONTENTS

Page
Trane COKE Ye 0) og cea eer ee oe ee oer ere ea Pee ee reece 3
sire pelto nea Ore bart ental liygacts erry cl gee eeee eee eek een eee ee 4
Ml OMe aril SEO ora ln Copy etl sees ene te etre nena eee oe 5
Distribution of place names in relation to Tongan history...............-..---..-- 19
SATHORN PIEKES SANA TW) ANG ee ee tea nee peter 23
INermanksmOnethe) pa Zettee es occa eee cesee ca meee ene eae ee eee 25
Gazette eta o tic in aee eee eee eee ee ee Ca ee 30

TEXT FIGURES

Figure 1. Outline map showing the villages of the Vavau group.......... 25

Figure 2. Outline map showing the villages of the island of Tongatabu 26

i

y OF.

~ ve ce
whe ie : > +

“a

Tongan Place Names

By Epwarp Wrnstow GiFForp

INTRODUCTION

One avenue of approach to the problem of the origin and migrations
of the Polynesians lies in a careful study and comparison of place names
from various parts of Polynesia. With large series of names from the
several groups of Polynesia it will be possible to put the comparison on a
firm statistical basis. Moreover, if it were found that Tonga had eighty
per cent of her place names in common with Samoa and forty per cent in
common with New Zealand, the closer connection with Samoa would be
self evident. With large series of place names in hand it will become
possible therefore to work out the ethnogeographic interrelations of each
Polynesian group with all other Polynesian groups. It is hardly necessary
to point out the value of these data in defining the movements of the
Polynesian peoples. Until the expeditions of the Bishop Museum in the
Pacific have been completed it is premature to attempt a comparison on a
statistical basis as suggested above. Consequently, the present paper pre-
sents the Tongan data without attempting a detailed comparison with
other groups of Polynesia. Tongan intrarelations alone are studied. Four
thousand seven hundred and seventy-six place names, utilized for more
than eight thousand two hundred locations, are presented. These have
been studied as to geographic distribution and frequency of occurrence in
different parts of the Tongon archipelago. One aim of this study is to
determine if possible the direction of movement within the archipelago—
that it, whether from north to south or from south to north.

Several thousand place names were obtained from the records in the
Tongan Lands Office, which were courteously put at my disposal by the
Honorable William Tungi, Minister for Lands. Mr. A. B. Wallace,
Minister for Works, gave me access to the maps showing the location of
hereditary lands in the Kingdom. The Reverend E. E. V. Collocott sent
me in 1922 a list of names from the island of Niuafoou, which corroborated
the Niuafoou list I made in Nukualofa (the capital of Tonga) and fur-
nished forty new names.

For the translation of place names I am indebted to several residents
of Tonga; namely, Mrs. May Laurence, Mr. Solomon Ata, Mr. August
Hettig, Miss Beatrice Shirley Baker, Mr. Alphonse J. Gaffney, and Mr.
William Tungi. The translations have been studied by the author with
the aid of two excellent dictionaries of the Tongan language, one compiled

4 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

by the Catholic Missionaries of the Marist Brotherhood? and the other by
the Rev. Shirley W. Baker.?

With one exception the Tongan orthography followed in this paper is
that set forth on pages I and 2 of the Dictionnaire Toga-Francais. Sixteen
symbols in all are used, of which five represent vowels and eleven con-
sonants. The vowels are a, e, 1, 0, and « and the consonants are f, h, k, l,
m, n, ng, p, s, t, and v. Ng * is used in this paper in place of the g em-
ployed in both the Dictionnaire Toga-Francais and in Baker’s Dictionary.

Raker’s Dictionary differs from the Dictionnaire Toga-Francais in using
both b and p instead of p alone; and s and j instead of s alone.

Owing to the fact that practically all of the place names presented in
this paper are drawn from government records, charts, and various Tongan
manuscripts and are recorded in varying orthographies and largely without
diacritical marks, it is impossible to consistently indicate by diacritical
marks the exact pronunciation of each word. For particulars concerning
Tongan phonetics the reader should consult the dictionaries.

THE TONGA OR FRIENDLY ISLANDS

The group named the Friendly Islands by the famous navigator Cook
lies between the parallels of 15° and 23° south latitude and between the
173rd and 176th meridians west of Greenwich.

The name Tonga as applied to the whole group is derived from the
name of the largest island of the group, generally known as Tongatabu.®

With the exception of the outlying volcanic island of Niuafoou approxi-
mately in latitude 16° S and longitude 176° W, the islands of the Tongan
archipelago lie in two parallel chains stretching from north to south. The
eastern chain is of coral formation. ‘The western chain is volcanic.

The eastern chain includes more than one hundred islands, most of
them low-lying—in fact, little more than uplifted coral reefs. ‘They are
exceedingly fertile and bear the great bulk of the Tongan population.

The western volcanic islands are not numerous. They are from south
to north: Ata (1165 feet elevation), the twin islands of Hunga Tonga
and Hunga Haapai (respectively 490 and 400 feet elevation), Tofua (1670

*Missionnaires Maristes, Dictionnaire Toga-Francais et Francais-Toga-Anglais.
Precedé d’une Grammaire et de Quelques Notes sur L’Archipel par les Missionnaires
Maristes, revu et mis en ordre par le P. A. C. s.m. Publication de l’oeuvre de Saint-
Jerome, Librairie-Editeur, Paris. Chadenat, 1890.

*An English and Tongan Vocabulary, also a Tongan and English Vocabulary,
with a list of Idiomatic Phrases; and Tongan Grammar, Auckland, N. Z., 1897.

*The spelling Tongatabu has been unfortunately adopted by official geographic
boards and gazetteers. The correct orthography is Tongatapu.

8, In the arrangement of the gazetteer, ng follows n.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 5

feet elevation), Kao (3380 feet elevation), Late (1700 feet elevation),
Fonualei (600 feet elevation), Niuatoputapu (350 feet elevation), and
Tafahi (2000 feet elevation).

Two of the coralline islands are quite elevated; Eua attains the height
of 1070 feet and Vavau the height of 670 feet.

Most of the Tonga islands fall both politically and geographically into
three divisions. From south to north they are the Tongatabu group, the
Haapai group, and the Vavau group. Geographically these groups em-
brace only the coral islands, but politically Kao and Tofua are parts of
Haapai, and Late is a part of Vavau, though all three are volcanic and lie
thirty or forty miles west of Haapai and Vavau proper.

The southernmost portion of the Haapai group is cut off from the main
portion by about ten miles of deep water. It is often dignified geographi-
cally with the term Nomuka group. It is here treated, however, as a por-
tion of Haapai.

TONGAN GEOGRAPHIC POEMS

Tongan poets are much given to the composition of verses dealing en-
tirely with Tongan geography; in fact, the feeling for the beauties of
nature is one of the marked cultural characteristics of the Tongan people.
Martin* has published two such compositions, and a number of poems
dealing with the islands of the Tongatabu, Haapai, and Vavau groups are
presented in the following pages of this paper.

“Koe Otu Motu o Haapai” is a fragment of ancient verse evidently ex-
pressing the feeling of monotony which had overcome the poet, after a long
sojourn on the small and low island of Lifuka in the Haapai group. With
the high volcanic islands of Tofua and Kao in sight to the westward his appe-
tite for wandering got the best of him. He at last obtained surcease for his
feelings by sailing to Auhangamea, a deep passage between the islands of
Uoleva and Tatafa. From thence he appears to have gone to rugged
Tofua, where he scaled the rocky hills and viewed an active volcano and
the great crater lake, which occupies the center of the island—a change,
indeed, from the gentle charms of low-lying, coconut-enshrouded Lifuka.

*Martin, John (M.D.), An account of the natives of the Tonga Islands in the
South Pacific Ocean, with an original grammar and vocabulary of their language.
Compiled and arranged from the extensive communications of Mr. William Mariner,
several years resident in those islands, 2nd ed., vol. I, p. 293; vol. 2, p. 321, Lon-
don, John Murray, 1818.

6 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Kor Oru Moru o Haapatr®

Nofo i Lifuka peau velenga,
Fakapo hoto fie eveeva.

Ne pauu taki Auhangamea.
Lofia e,

Taaki Lofia e,

Tue IsLANDS OF HaAaPal

I dwelt in Lifuka and I wished,

Oh, murder! how I wished for a change.
I mischievously lead to Auhangamea.

O volcano of Tofua!

O eradicating volcano!

Lokavailahi e. O crater lake of Tofua!

Koe Fakanaanaa oe Fanau a Ulukalala deals with the charms of Vavau
and is reminiscent of the song that Martin® reproduces. Both songs date
from the period of Mariner’s sojourn in Tonga. The Ulukalala referred to
in the heading of the following lullaby is Mariner’s patron—Finau. The
lullaby has a mournful strain running through it, for it is the evening song
of Ulukalala’s children in exile in Tongatabu. The song that Martin and
Mariner reproduce is the cheerful ebullition of a poet actually enjoying the

beauties of Vavau, not merely calling them to mind when far distant.

FAKANAANAA
Kor FAKANAANAA OE FANAU A
ULUKALALA I HOoNA FAKALE-
LEA MAI KI PEA KIA TAKAI MO
Far 1nk& Hirt o£: Tau 1 FELE-
TOA I VAVAU™

Ka malu pea tau e kakapu

The otu motulalo o Vavau.

Pea hange pe oku te folau

O kau ka viki hangofia atu.

Neu tuu he toa i Longomapu

Tepa ki he Fakafanuaamanu

Ki he utu mai ae mounga ko Talau
Moe konga vao i Pahalau.

Ohuafi langaia ehe hahau

Kuo tulekina ehe tokelau,

O tokoto hifo i Tolungahaku.
Felefata moe hala malumalu

Kalo ki Koloa moe Otufangavalu;

O mamata he loto ko Utuafu.

Hau ta tukua e Hala Ngutungutu;
Kata kalo ki Tulukingavavau

Mo sii hifonga i Anaefu
Fanongoa mei Anapupu

Sii ngala ae Utukalongalu.

[Gu AR Ysa

Tue LuLLABY OF THE CHILDREN
oF ULUKALALA IN THEIR EXILE
At PEA, IN CHARGE OF THE
Curers TAKAI AND Fark, AFTER
THE BarrLe At FELETOA IN
VAVAU.

It is calm and the mist settles

On the outer islands of Vavau.

It seems as if I were sailing

When I praise it to you.

I stand at the ironwood tree in Longomapu
And glance from Fakafanuaamanu

To where rises the mount of Talau
And the woods in Pahalau.

The smoke stirred by the dew

And tilted by the northern wind,

Lies low at Tolungahaku.

Felefata and the shady road

Leading to Koloa and Otufangavalu.
There we will see the pool Utuafu.
Come, let us leave the Cliff Road;

Let us go to Tulukingavavau

And descend into the cave Anaefu

And listen from the cave Anapupu

To the roar of the underground stream.

*From the manuscript of the Rev. Dr. J. E. Moulton, made available by the Rev.

E. E. V. Collocott and Rev. R. C. G. Page, of the Methodist Church, Nukualofa,

Tonga.
*Op. cit. vol. I, p. 293.

Translated by Miss Beatrice Shirley Baker.

*From a manuscript belonging to the late John Panuve Maatu, Noble of Ninato-

putapu.

Translated by Her Majesty Charlotte Tupou, Queen of Tonga.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 7

Fakapo kuo langa a atu,

Kuo fakalolo ki tokelau.

Kuo kapa talifaki a manu

I Tuungasika mo Luafatu,
Luamoko moe motu ko Kitu.
Sii falo ae mounga ko Vou
Kuo tafitonga ehe malu.
Uoisouke! naa koha mala,
Hoto ofa ki Vavau kuo langa,
He fonua ne ngali katoanga.
Nae taha pe ki ai e tala

The lautele moe folivaka;

Mo hono lelei fai evaanga.
Kapau ha Haafuluhao hena taha
Pea hau mua o fanongo he taanga.
Viki ka to lulunga.

Alo i tua Hunga

Ka ko Totokafonua.

Te tuu i Tautao mamata ki Taula
Mo sii siale o Muomua.

Ha mau ko e i ikai a matatua;
Ko loto ke tuku a Tongatapu
Moe mata hangale kau alu,
Koeuhi ke lelu ai sioku ofa,

Ki he liku i Matuanua.

Sii manu siu e ene nga

Koe mohe ape e ki Likua;

Kae a ki he Fonongatoa

O sio hifo he Toalofa

Ki he mapuna hake ae laa

Ihe hake anga o Lepuha.

Kau hake he ki Maluhola

Kau hifo ki Finekahoafa

O toli he vao kulukona

Ke omi ke fiuhekina e taha,
Maama teunga fakaniua,

Ke ngangatu ho tau po hiva.

Oh! the bonito have come and departed,
And have gone to the north.

The birds are hovering

In Tuungasika and Luafatu,

In Luamoko and the island of Kitu.
The expanse of the hills of Vou

Is cleared by the calmness.

Alas! it may be bad luck,

But my love for Vavau is unbearable,
For the land of feasting and joy.
Vavau is the one place that is discussed
In shooting and sailing;

Its beauties are for pleasure trips.

If one of you came from Haafuluhao
Approach and listen to the song.
Praise will be too for the west.

I paddle around the back of Hunga
And to Totokafonua.

I stand on Tauta and look to Taula

And to the gardenia of Muomua.
This poet is not well informed;

He may have left Tongatapu

And the hangale trees and gone,

Just to weary my love,

To the liku of Matuanua.

The fishing bird is crying

And is going to rest at Likua;

But it will awaken to fly to Fonongatoa
And look down to Toalofa

To the rising of the sun

At the ascending place of Lepuha.

Ill turn up here to Maluhola

And descend to Finekahoafa

To pick flowers at the kulukona woods
And bring them for someone to plait,
To decorate us for the fakaniua dance,
To perfume us in our night singing.

The six poems on the following pages were composed by men now
dead. Two of the poems are by Tufui. Koe Ngaahi Motu o Tongatapu

deals with the islands of the Tongatabu group and Koe Taanga eni a Tufui
treats specifically of the weather shore, or liku, of Tongatabu island. Koe
Taanga eni a Futa likewise deals with the weather shore of Tonga-
tabu. The poet Falepapalangi is responsible for two poems: a chant
which deals with Lifuka island in the Haapai group, and a chant which
describes a trip in which both the Tongatabu and the Vavau groups are
visited. The sixth poem is anonymous. Although it bears the title “Koe
Fa” (The Pandanus) comparatively little of it actually deals with that
tree and its fruit; most of the verses deal with features of the natural
scenery.

8 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Kor Ncaaut Moru o ToNGATABU:
Kor LAvEoro—Kor Fatu £
Turut 8

Ke fanongo mai, e kanokanona,
Kau lave motu pe te ke iloa;

Ki homautolu Fangalongonoa.

Ne fua i Onevai he totoka;

Koe motu lelei ia o Tonga,

Lataanga oe fakahakonoa.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Mokotuu ena, mo Velitoa;

Hange ha vakatou kuo hola,

Ae tomohopo a Malinoa

Oka tuu matahavili a Tonga.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Velitoahihifo mo Monuafe,

Ngata mei Tanoa mo Feleave;

Naa ita i loto oe punake,

He oku vikia ae mata hangale,

Kau foki pe au ki Hahake.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Ko Ata koe motua fonua,

Mo Eueiki pea mo Eua;

Nae fusi e Maui ki olunga.

Ko Kalau, e motu ngali niua,

Ne fekei ai ae ongo otua.
Ta koe fingota e fiemua,
Kuo tuku hono ngeesi i uta,
Ka ka alu o heke telefua.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !
Ko Lotuma mo Folokolupe,
Ko Lekiafaitau nofo ne:
Tangaloa e tuu makehe pe,
Ko Puleniafi mo Ongolate.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

8 From Koe Makasini a Koliji, vol. 3, p. 9, 1876.

Shirley Baker.

Tue Is_taAnps or ToncATABU: THE
Wonprr-CHant—TuHe Com-
POSITION OF ‘TUFUI

Listen, oh, alto singers,

I will sing of the islands and see if you

know them;

Yonder the beach of Fangalongonoa.

It was made by Onevai to be calm;

That is the best island of Tonga,

The place allures for a pleasure trip.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Mokotuu there, and Velitoa;

Like a vessel that has absconded,

The falling and rising of Malinoa
When Tonga stands facing the wind.
When blows the south wind,

He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Velitoa-west and Monuafe,

Ending with Tanoa and Feleave;

Lest becomes angry the mind of the poet,

Because is praised the bud of the hangale

tree,9

I will return to the east country.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Ata is the oldest land

And Eueiki and Eua;

Was pulled up by Maui.

Kalau, an island appearing to have plenty

of coconuts,

Quarrelled over by two gods.

Why it was a shellfish and cunning,

And left its empty shell on shore,

While it went and crawled naked.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Lotuma and Folokolupe,

Lekiafaitau stands here:

There stands Tangaloa sliding,

Puleniafi and Ongolate.

When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Translated by Miss Beatrice

9 Hangale tree here symbolizes the Hihifo (west) district of Tongatabu, along

the beaches of which it grows.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 9

Nuku, Hee, Lili, pea mo Nuku;

Nae hola ki ai ae nofo hu,

Oka mohe hake e Fakatupu,

Ki he hoko oe toenga umu.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a!

Ko Pangaimotu mo Makahaa,
Tuu mai ae motu ko Fafa,
Nae fai ai e ta maka,

O uta ki Langi Taetaea,

Moe otu langi fua o Mua.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Niuut, ho ke fakaofoofo!
Nae tala hono hingoa i he fono
Pea mao ai e lea ki loto,
“Oku ia ae niu fuongongoo”
Ta oku ikai ha foi ngono.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Oneata fetaki mo Manima.
Kau aa keu mohe ki Fasia,
O mamata he lafoi oe ika.

Oku alu kovi, koe malaia!
Ta koe inasi pe ia.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Kuo puli ai a Ngaunoho:
Pe ha esi pe muitolotolo.

Nukunukumotu mo Fuumilo;

Kohai e aa moe ungako?
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Utuloa, pe ha esi pe ha motu;
Nukunave pea Motu Foou;
Ne lelei fakafuonounou.

Koe vaka e ka alu ki motu,

Ki Mounu ki he taumafa fonu.

Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Nuku, Hee, Lili, and to Nuku;

Fled there the suer for pardon,

When the Creator went to sleep above,

At the joining of the remnant of food.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

The islands Pangaimotu and Makahaa,

And stands forward the island of Fafa,

The cutting of stone was done there,

And taken (the stones) to the royal tomb
Taetaea,

And all the row of royal tombs at Mua.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Niuui, you are beautiful!
Your name was told at the proclamation
And penetrated the words into the mind,
“There are there coconuts of large size.”
But there are not even young coconuts.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Oneata is hand in hand with Manima
While I ford to go and sleep at Fasia,
And watch the throwing of the net for
the fish.
If it goes wrong, it is accursed!
But that is the portion.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Which causes Ngaunoho to disappear:

And only the mound at the promontory

is seen.

Nukunukumotu and Fuumilo;

Who will ford with the spiny ungako?”
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Utuloa, is it a mound or is it an island;

Nukunave and the New Island;

Which was only nice a short time.

There is a vessel that will go to the island,

To the reef Mounu for the chief's turtle.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

** A small marine sessile animal with sharp spines dangerous to human feet.

10 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Ko Motutala mo Mataaho;
Haangakafa ne mei ngalo;
Talakite feangai mo Moho;
Nae tuu ai ae toa ongo,
Nae holo ai pe e ao.

Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Ko Niumotuu mo Nukulave,

Pea tolu aki Vaomaile.

E motu ko Fanakavaaotua,

Nae tuu pe i he loto kouta.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Tongomotu pea mo Ngofonua!

Namolimu e tuu potu ki uta;

Nae tuu ai e hamatefua,

Nae uli o tai Muomua.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a!

Muikuku feangai mo Nahafu.

E motu lelei ko Moungatapu;

Nae nofo ai Putufakatau,

Ko siono motu to i he hau.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Ko Nuku mo Kanatea taeofa;

Nae nofo ai Mapafietoa.

Naa ne taui Tui Lalotonga,

Ne ikai tali mai ka ka hola.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Lau ai moe motu ko Pakola,

Nae tuu pe ikai iloa,

I he muivai o Veitoloa,

Koe nofoanga oe Tui Tonga.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Fakimamana te mau tala

Koeuhi pe hono hingoa—

Ka kuo ikai hono tuunga.

Nae tuu i Atele he puna,

Ne holoki i he tau otua.

Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Motutala and Mataaho;

Haangakafa was nearly forgotten,

Talakite opposite to Moho;

There stood the casuarina tree that listened,

Over which the clouds passed in quick

succession.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Niumotuu and Nukulave,

And Vaomaile makes a third.

The island of Fanakavaaotua,

Which stood in the middle of the mangroves.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Tongomotu and Ngofonua!

Namolimu stands nearest the shore;

There stood there a small sailing canoe,

Which sailed and struck Muomua.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Muikuku which stands opposite Nahafu.

A delightful island is Moungatapu;

There dwelt there Putufakatau,

His poor island given to him by the ruler.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !

He-he-i-a-he-he-a!

Nuku and Kanatea the unkind;

There dwelt there Mapafietoa.

He fought Tui Lalotonga,

Who did not wait for him but fled.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Counting in the island of Pakola,

Which stood, then disappeared,

At the end of the water of Veitoloa,

The dwelling place of the Tui Tonga.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Fakimamana we will mention

Because of its name—

Why it has no place.

It stood at Atele then flew away,

Then was thrown down in the war of

the gods.
When blows the south wind,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !

Gifford

Vakangotoika, Vakautangu,

Nae tuu i he fanga i Pahu.
Ke fanongo mai ho mau,
Koe ngataanga ia oe motu.

Ka ikai taui pea ke hu.
Angi ae matangi tonga,
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la !
He-he-i-a-he-he-a !
Korg FAKAMATALA
Koe mea ki Niuui: oku lau nae fai
ae tufa oe ngaahi motu o Tongatapu,
pea i he fanongo e he eiki e taha ki he
hingoa Niuui naa ne mahalo koe lau ki
he niu oku i ai, o ne kalanga leva
“Ooku ia.’ Ka i heene alu ki ai ke
vakai hono tofia kuo to, ta oku ikai ha
fuu niu e taha e tuu ai.

“Kanatea taeofa.” Nae ui pehe koe
nofo ai ae otua tahi ko Tui Lalotonga,
aia naa ne faa keina ae kakai (naa ko
ha fuu tenifa). Pea nae ai ha eiki
nae nofo i Nuku, ko Mapafietoa hono
hingoa: pea nae mole ha taha i heene
fanau koe ngaue kovi a Tui Lalotonga.
Pea mamahi ai a Mapa, o ne talatau
ki he faahikehe—ka ai hano toa ke ne
hau ke na fai. Pea fakamata e Mapa
mo hono kakai honau tao, pea nau
alu hifo ki tahi; he naa nau pehe kuo
pau ke tali he koe otua pea talaehat
te ne foi. Ka nae ikai iloa ai ae faa-
hikehe; pea ita a Mapafietoa o ne aa
mo hono kakai ki Havelu o nau tutu
hono fale nae tuu ai.

Kor TAANGA ENI A TuFuUr?

1. Ke fanongo mai e lau loto na
Kau lave au ki he Tuatonga.

Ki hoo mautolu liku he totoka
Ta vikia hono tokalinoa.

Tongan Place Names 11

The vessel that sank the fish and the vessel
loaded with yams,

That stood at the beach of Pahu.

Listen to me you,

These are all the islands.

If not contested, then sue for pardon.11
When blows the south wind
He-a-e-i-a-ho-la!

He-he-i-a-he-he-a !
THe EXPLANATION

As regards Niuui: it is said, when
the islands of Tongatabu were portioned
out, and when a certain chief heard the
name Niuui, he thought that it referred
to the coconuts that were there, and he
shouted, “I will have it.” When he went
to see his inheritance he found that there
was not a single coconut tree standing
there.

“Kanatea the unkind.” It was called by
that name because there dwelt there a
god of the sea, Tui Lalotonga, who always
ate the people (perhaps it was a shark).
There dwelt at Nuku a chief by the name
of Mapafietoa, and one of his children was
lost through the fault of Tui Lalotonga.
And Mapa was much grieved and he told
the god, if he had any warrior to send him
to fight. And Mapa and his people sharp-
ened their spears, and they went down to
the sea, and they thought that Tui Lalo-
tonga was sure to accept the challenge
because he was a god; and who could
say that he would be overcome. But the
god was not found there, and Mapafietoa
was angry and he forded with his people
to Havelu and burnt the god’s' house that
stood there.

A CHAN’ By TUFUI

1. Listen you who sing bass
While I chant to you about the weather
shore of Tonga.
When our weather shore is calm
We will praise its floating jelly-fish.

4'The expression means: if another poet cannot outdo this composition then let

him sue for pardon.

“From manuscript in the possession of Mrs. Rachel Tonga, Pangai, Lifuka.
Translated by Miss Beatrice Shirley Baker.

12 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

2. Ete viki ka fua mei he Toa, 2.

Haangongo pea moe Tanoa,
Hufangalupe ke mou iloa;

Koe mea lelei ia o Tonga;
Hola anga e lupe a Tangaloa.

3. Utuvetevete koe vai pango 3:

Utufia ehe folau aalo;
Ko Vaiangahele nofo kau fano.
Fakaofa e hafu ae hingano.

4. Ko Tukutukunga mo Anatetea, 4.

Ko Fakamalunga siutafea.
Kau ta kamakama he telea

He telia e matangi kuo hema.

5. Koe Moa pea mo makatefua: 5.

Kapakau mate tuu ki lulunga,
Ne lavea he tolo mei Eua.
Makatangi pea moe loto na,
Ko Fakahakengaatu ta tukua.

6. Fakapotu moe Lotoautongi 6.

Ki siono vai fakahaaloli;

Ta tukua mo hono hingoa kovi;
Foilulu pea mo Maloloi.

7. Touhuni mo Makasialetafa wr

Tuu ai o mamata ki moana.
Ene melo e folau tafaanga;

Ko atu ni kuo tuku tafatafa.

8. Ngalu fanifo maka lomia 8.

Feangai moe otu maka hiva;
Fasi mei lalo Talaahoia.

Ta fanifoa kata evehia.

9. Makatautau mo Puhamomala, 9.

Ko Kahana pea mo Halakakala,
Ko Nuanga moe Halafakatafa,
Ne uta kiai e kau tangata.

10. Ko Keviki mo Faihavamotua, 10.

Tafe ki moana e vai mapuna,
Fasi he maahi ufi toofua;
Ko Utufufu ta fakalanua.

13 The northwest wind makes it calm on
and boat racing are possible.

My praising will start from Toa,

Haangongo and Tanoa,

Sanctuary of the Pigeon be it known
to you;

These are the nice things of Tonga;

Fled there the pigeon of Tangaloa.

Utuvetevete the unlucky water

Baled out by the paddling canoes;

Vaiangahele stay while I go.

Was pitiful the dropping of the
hingano flowers.

To Tukutukunga and the Whitish cave,

To Fakamalunga where the boat race
is held.

There I'll catch rock crabs in the
crevices

For the wind is from the northwest.”

The Fowl and all the stones:

The dead wing stands on the west side,
Wounded by (Maui’s) throw from Eua.
Makatangi and the deep sea,
Fakahakengaatu we go and leave.

Fakapotu and Lotoautongi

Whose water is scattered with Joli
shellfish ;

We two will leave it and its bad name;

Foilulu and Maloloi.

Touhuni and the Rock of the Siale-
tafa

Stand there and look to the ocean.

It is brown with the fleet of fishing
canoes ;

The bonitos are jumping at their sides.

The surf plays on the rock submerged

Opposite to the row of nine stones;

The breakers roll from below Tala-
ahoia.

We will swim in the surf then go for
a walk.

Makatautau and Puhamomala,
Kahana and Halakakala,
Nuanga and Halafakatafa,
The favorite places of men.

Keviki and Faikavamotua,

Flow to the ocean the running waters,

Break and roar the waves as they run;

At Utufufu we two will rinse off the
salt water.

the southern shore, so that crab fishing

II.

12.

13:

14.

15.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 13

Anafale pea mo Otaongo,
Vaitafe nofo ne ka ma o
Matalave e muitolotolo
Hake ai ki Vakatauoho.

Ko Makaakiu pea mo Latai,
Hoto ofa he Fakaaungalahi;

Ko Nuha mo Nuha fakafeangai.
Ta hakea Tafulava ki uta ni.

Koe Niu hono vai kaukau.
Ko Fakamoui nofo kau alu
Ko Taanga moe Tufu fakalanu

Moe toa malele ki hakau.

Mahumei moe Koloneulo,
Hoto ofa ki Anafeleoko;
Talotunu ene fasi paolo
Moe maka ko Lefiopopoto.

Tufunua hono vai fakakata,

Fakahafu™ ai Tui Haatala;

Ene lupe ne fokotuu he maka
Ne iloa ehe vaka tuku kafa.

Negata ai e viki matafanga;
Ka manatu e pea mate taha.

Kor TAANGA ENI A Fuad

. Ke fanongo mai e loto matala,

Kau lave au ki he otu fanga,
Ki hoo mautolu liku fakalata;
Naa viki kehea mai e taha.

. Ete viki ka fua he Likutapu,

Anahulu ena mo Tukuatu,

Fotumoko feangai moe Ngalu,
Holaanga o Hina mo Sinilau.

. Nukumalolo ka ko Laulea

Feangai moe Pupuamatea;
Fasi mei lalo a Fakaleleva.
Ta fanifoa ka tau hakea.

Il.

12.

14.

ng,

Anafale and Otaongo,

O stream stay while we two go

To Matalave at the end of the
promontory

And ascend the shore at Vakatauoho.

The Rock of the Plover and the water
of Latai,

My love to the surf Fakaaungalahi;

Nuha and Nuha face each other.

We will go by Tafulava to the shore.

. Niu is his bathing water.

Fakamoui, remain while I go

To Taanga and the Tufu stream of
bathing water

And the casuarina tree that bends to
the reef.

The surf Mahumei and Koloneulo,
My love to the Sheltering Cave;

The wave Talotunu breaks and creeps
And the rock Lefiopopoto.

Tufunua and its waters that make one
laugh,
Tui Haatala submerged his head there;

His pigeon was placed on a stone

And was found by a vessel putting
down the fishing net.

That ends the praising of the sea shore;

If anyone remembers it all he will die.

A Cuan? By Fura

. Listen you with intelligent minds,

While I sing of the sea shore,
Of our weather shore that entices;
Lest some one else should praise it first.

. My praise will be for the Sacred

Weather Shore,

The Illuminated Cave there and
Tukuatu,

Fotumoko which is opposite Ngalu,

The place to which Hina and Sinilau
fled.

. Nukumalolo now called Famous

Is opposite the deadly whirlpool Pupua ;
With breakers below stands Fakaleleva.
Let us play in the surf, then go ashore.

“Fakahafu is the act of lying on the back in the water, submerging the head,
and bringing it up quickly, so that all the hair lies straight back.

*From manuscript in the possession of Mrs. Rachel Tonga, Pangai, Lifuka.
Translated by Miss Beatrice Shirley Baker.

14

“NI

10.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

. Fakaulunafa moe Toaleka;

Ko loto Houma e mea koena.

Ene va e fanifo hekea.

. Ko Veingangana moe Lotoua;

Tuu ai e vai hingoa hua.

Ko Anaholia hau ta tukua;
Ta hakea Hikutavake ki uta.

. Anaafitu mo Anaumata,

Ngukula e vai o Siufanga,
Feangai mo Finekahoamapa,
Paki ae siale he matanga.

. Touhuni ena mo Fuemotu;

Koe Fanakava ia o Pulotu.
Umuifi pea mo Anapulou.

. Ko Vale mo Halaika motua

Tuu ai o mamata ki Eua;
Manu koe Katafa a siene puna
Ko atu ka tuku atu ki fanua.

. Fangapeka ena moe Toa

Feangai moe Hinganoleka,
Moe esi o Sisihalaika ;

He niu i Mataimanuka.

Likisia mo Makamakauuli,
Ko Tau moe vai koe Huni,
Fakafeangai mo kau Haumi
Fine tou siale ene uufi.

. Houtolu moe Avatafaanga

Tuu ai o mamata ki moana;

Ko atu ni kuo tuku tafatafa.

. Makaahoia mo Fangafukave,

Tua liku Tonga, ene valevale.
Nai manu o Kalau kuo ake;

Fakaofa e paki ae siale.

. Makatautau mo Siuatama,

Feangai mo Taukolokivaka,
Ko Hule moe vai ko Lakanga
Moe tolotolo i Faleaata.

10.

Die

13.

. Fakaulunafa and Toaleka;

That is the middle of Houma over
there.
They laugh when the surf player slips.

. Veingangana and Lotoua;

Stands the water called by a laughable
name.

The Cave of Desire let us put away;

We two will ascend by Hikutavake to
the land.

. The Winding Cave and the Cave of

the Rainbow,
Ngukula by the water of Siufanga,
Opposite Finekahoamapa,
Where are plucked the gardenias be-
cause of their withering.

. Touhuni is there and Fuemotu;

It is the Fanakava of Pulotu.
Umuifi and the Covered Cave.

. Vale and the old Fish Road

Stand there and look towards Eua;
See the bird Katafa in its flight
And the bonitos leaping for the shore.

. Flying-fox Beach there and Toa

Opposite to Hinganoleka,

And the mound called the Girdle of
the Fish Road;

The coconuts at Mataimanuka.

Likisia and Makamakauuli,

Tau and the Water called Huni,

Opposite to the Haumi

The woman plucking the gardenias
that cover the tree.

Houtolu and Avatafaanga

Stand there and look towards the
ocean ;

The bonitos have scattered.

. Makaahoia and Fangafukave,

Weather shore of Tonga, thou arousest
desire.

The fishing birds of Kalau have re-
turned;

Pitiable is the plucking of the gar-
denias.

The Hanging Rock and Siuatama,
Opposite to Taukolokivaka,

And Hule and the water called Lakanga
And the cape at Faleaata.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 15

14. Kepeliki ena mo Neiafu, 14. Kepeliki there and Neiafu,

Tuulanga uta fasi ke maau. Where the waves of the shore break
and roll in succession.

He telia e matangi tokelau, When the north wind blows,

Fakaofa e hingano ene hafu. Pitiful is the dropping of the hingano
flowers.

15. Ko Ovaka pea mo Feauaki, 15. Ovaka and Feauaki,

Nukunamo e Hifonga moe Api; Nukunamo at Hifonga and Api;

Ko Loutokoto ka fasi maahi At Loutokoto where the waves break

Ta fanifoa kata hake mai. We two will play in the surf, then go
ashore.

16. Anafungavai nofo ne, 16. Cave at the top of the water, stay

while we go,

Anafale mo Finetapate And Anafale and Finetapate

Makapapa moe ulu siale. And Makapapa and the row of
gardenias

Hake ai ki Ngutuofafine. Let us go up to the place called
Ngutuofafine.
17. Laka mei Eua mo fanga lahi, 17. Passing from Eua and the big beach,
Tufu mangamanga ko siono vai: Brackish and spread open its water:
Kau kefu ene hake taulaki. Yellowish as though one had washed
his head with clay.

Neiloa he vaka tuku meai. The vessel found the meai fish.

Ngata ai e viki matatahi. That is the end of my praising the sea
shore.

Ka manatu e pea ke mahaki. If you remember it all you will die.

A Cuant Azout LirukKa—By FALEPAPALANGI 76

Hoto ofa talai ki he matangi, My love tell to the wind,

He mea koa he hua o hai Which will spread it and fasten

A etau nonofo he fonua ni. Our dwelling in this land.

Sani mai e fanga ko Keitahi, Beautiful is the beach at Keitahi,

Moe ongo o Tausisii vakai. Where the tidings of Tausisii are heard.

Kohai koa kei lata ai? Who still wishes to stay there?

Ke hange koe otu Haapai: See the group of Haapai islands:

Ka havili pea fengalomaki, When stormy they are hidden from view,

Ka malu pea fekitengaki; When calm they are in sight of each other ;

Tau vakaia siene fetaki Then we see them going hand in hand

Hange ha hua feilongaki. Like friends who have met.

Amusia Lofia 1 Vailahi, Envious of Tofua’s volcano at the Big
Lake,

Nae tulekina ene ohu afi. Who pushes out her smoke.

Pea tau mohe lulunga ki ai, We will sleep to the west of it,

Tau ki Paluki ki he Kasivaki, Anchor at Paluki at the Kasivaki beach,

Mohe kia Loupua ki Pangai. And next night sleep at Loupua in Pangai.

Hengihengi pea felangaaki Early in the morning we'll go about, and
see

Ae fefine oka tangitangi The woman when she plucks the opening
bud,

From the Reverend Dr. J. E. Moulton’s manuscript, made available by Rev. E.
E. V. Collocott and Rey. R. C. G. Page, of the Methodist Church, Nukualofa, Tonga.
Translated by Miss Beatrice Shirley Baker.

16 Bernice P. Bishop

Toli ae siale oka mapaki.
Tui pea tau kahoa ki tahi.

O mamata he vaka papalangi
Pea moe taulanga tongiaki.

Ka funga Toku leva e matangi,

Pea fanongoa mei lotoa
Kuo peaua e loto fanga,
Fakanamuli kuo kaina.

Te tuu i Alaimuitoa

Pea ulu alo mai e pua

I he funga vai i Velitoa.
Hange ha kumi oku folofola
Ae tuu ae Tongoleleka.

Oka teitei to e laa

Pea hama e niu i Lifuka.

Oka taulomaki e tonga
Tepa he mounga o Tofua
Mo tokona Kao kuo kaina.

A CHant—By

Matangi ke tua Koloa
Ke ke haha he taulanga vaka.

Hau ta vikia Nukualofa.
Ke ta hake i Tongataeapa
O fehui ki he otu lotoa,

“Koefe nai Onemalama?”
Nae ai e fa tuutaha

He esi o Pua mo Fefinea,
He vai ko Finenaakakala.
He lotolo ae ngingie uta,

Nga ae manu koe toloa.
Oka langaia he faikava,

Hau ta tukua veitata;
Ka ta hake 1 tukunga tokelau,
Fale tuuloto mo vakahahau,

Moe vai ika tokua ne tanu.
Puli ange ha mea iate au,

He ko sii viki a sii Vavau?
Oka tonga e matangi kau alu

Museum—Bulletin

And the blown gardenias which are falling.

Threads she the flower garlands for us
when we go to sea.

Let us have a look at the European vessel

And the double sailing canoe at the
anchorage.

While the north wind blows from the isle
of Toku,

There is heard from the chief’s enclosure

The roar of the waves on the beach,

Which is peopled with strangers.

Let us stand at the beach Alaimuitoa

When blows the wind

Over the top of the well at Velitoa.

Like a piece of black tapa spread out

Lies the beach of Tongoleleka.

When the sun is nearly setting

Stand out like the masts of vessels the
coconuts of Lifuka.

When the south wind blows

The mountains of Tofua are seen

And the summit of Kao seems peopled.

FALEPAPALANCI 27

O wind, blow from the back of Koloa
island

So that you may make rough the anchor-
age.

Come, we will praise Nukualofa.

We will land at Tongataeapa

And ask at the different enclosures,

“Oh, where is Onemalama?”

There was there a pandanus standing alone

Near the mounds of Pua and Fefinea,

By the pool of Finenaakakala.

Where the ngingie plant grows on the
bank,

There cries the wild bird called duck.

When preparation is started for the kava
party,

Come, we two will go together;

We will go up to the north end,

To the house standing in the middle and
to the vessel of mist,

And to the fish pond that was buried, it is
said.

Is there anything that is forgotten by me,

When I praise slightly poor Vavau?

When the wind blows from the south, to

Vavau I go

e “From the Reverend Dr. J. E. Moulton’s manuscript, made available by Rev. E.
E. V. Collocott and Rey. R. C. G. Page, of the Methodist Church, Nukualofa, Tonga.
Translated by Miss Beatrice Shirley Baker.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 17

Ofakahahano mei Anamanu
Mahina hala ni ene kakau,
Huhulu he otu lotoa tapu.
Hoko ki Vavau foki mai mua,

Naa ngalo a Veimusieua
Toa tuu loto api ko Napua

Pea moe Vaokahikaiuta.
Kuo puli ai hono atamai.
Ko Malaealoa ki tahi;
Faitoka ko Faletuipapai.
Tuu mei uta Pulepulekai.—
Kuo puputuu sioku loto,
He ikai ha mea kei ilo.
He sia ko Tupouveiongo
Felemaka i hono fakalalo.
Pea mo nonofo a ka ma o,
He kuou ofa ki Mataloko
Ngalulahi mo Sisilouango.
Neu tuu he Tatauoalo

O mamata ki Falefilimoto.
Va ae fine touhingano

I he liku o Haafuluhao.
Kuo tuku ai sioku loto,
Kae hau pe a foi sino,
Tangi loimata hono fakapo;
Ala he taealoalo,

He mamahi he tae fienofo.

Kor Fa 38
1. Fuhi fa malama i Anamanu
Ngangana he toli e he peau.
Fuhi fa malama i Mataloko

Ufia taufia e he ngongo.
Fuhi fa malama i Keitahi

Ngangana he toli e he matangi.

2. Sia ko Kafoa alu i Talau,
Ko eku tatau eni kau alu.
Ka ilonga ha ikai teu hau,
Kuo kelekele aki Tongatapu.

3. Tuha pe pipi tongi lolo hea

Mo siete tauaalo tafea.

And admire, from the cave Anamanu,

The road of the moon swimming in the sea,

Lighting up the row of sacred enclosures.

After visiting Vavau, I'll return [to Ton-
gatabu],

Lest you forget Veimusieua

And the casuarina tree that stands in the
tract Napua

And Vaokahikaiuta.

The poet has lost there his mind.

The cemetery Malaealoa is near the sea;

Therein the tomb called Faletuipapai.

Stands inland the tract Pulepulekai.

My mind is confused,

Not knowing anything more.

There stands the mount Tupouveiongo

With Felemaka intervening.

You remain while we two go,

For I have a longing to see Mataloko

And Ngalulahi and Sisilouango.

I stood on the summit of Tatauoalo

And looked towards’ Falefilimoto.

Laughed the women plucking flowers

On the weather shore of Haafuluhao.

My soul was left there,

While only my body came,

Crying tear drops at the parting;

Oh, dear, that it should be so,

The grief of not being able to stay.

THe PANDANUS

1. The cluster of pandanus fruit glitters at
the Bird Cave
Fallen off through the plucking of the
waves
The cluster of pandanus fruit glitters at
Mataloko
Hiding the (nesting) noddy tern.
The cluster of pandanus fruit glitters at
Keitahi
Fallen off through the plucking of the
wind.
2. Mount Kafoa goes with Mount Talau,
I remark upon it then go.
Should it happen that I do not return
It is because I have become the soil of
Tongatabu.
3. Like the carved pipi flower and the hea
oil
Is my poor chant that is carried away by
the stream.

18 From Koe Makasini a Koliji, vol. 2, pp. 54, 55, 95, 1875.

18

10.

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

. Keitahi mo Falefilimoto,

Langa siu e folau aalo.

. Fine taumelo hake ki Matoto,

Ko siene mata mahina hopo.

. Fine tangi loi i Utumalama

Hukena he tokelau lafalafa.

. Ka ko Tuniloa ene tafe

I lalo he matanga o Tele.

. Oneone o Fangamofuike,

Nae tongione nai fefine.

. E fefine kumi ho lelei koe,

He oku to vale i he too fohe:
Ha mea e ao ai ho loto
He oku te uli taengaholo.

Tui e he taukei o omai.
Toli e he sola moe vulangi,
Tui e he taukei o omai.
Talaange ki he manu launoa,
Tui e he taukei o omai.
Ke oua naa kovi ho loto na,
I hoo fanongo i ha talanoa.

He nae ikai teu mahaloa
Ha foou oku ou vosa loa;

Koe ongoongo pe ia ae sola,
Moe taukei oe liku Tonga.

Hoo fie fetau ki Maluhola

Ka ta eveeva ki Fonongatoa,
O tufi he heamapo i Holonga.

Ka pouli ta mohe i Feletoa,
O vala ha fifua silopa.
Mate ofa he tuinga falahola,

Nae hui o tuku he kaliloa:

Tata Otaongo pe ko Polopola

I hano ngatuvai e ange moona.

Anga ae fefine o tua fonua,

Ka mamata leva ki ha fano na
Kuo au manoa he tuula.

Ko lupe ni kuo pakakaua;
Tuu leva o tali ke ne heua.

“I

co

4. Keitahi and Falefilimoto,

Originated a rowing race.

. Woman full grown climbed to Matoto,
To watch the moon rise.

. Woman pretending to cry at Utumalama
Was blown flat by the north wind.

. But it was Tuniloa flowing by
Below the cliff of Tele.

. The sand of the beach Fangamofuike,
Perhaps the woman was making marks
on the sand.

9. O woman seek your own good,

As I do not know how to use an oar:
Do anything that will satisfy your mind
Because I am steering without making

headway.
10. Threaded by an expert and_ then
brought.
Plucked by a stranger and one not
accustomed,

Threaded by an expert then brought.
Tell the bird that talks nonsense,
Threaded by an expert and then

brought.

Do not be bad minded,

When you hear any reports.

I did not think

I would appear again to speak of the
past;

That was the report of a stranger,

One familiar with the weather shore of
Tonga.

Oh how I would like to meet you at
Maluhola

Let us two go for a walk to Fonongatoa,

And collect the vain-boasting hea flower
at Holonga.

When it is dark we will sleep at Feletoa,

And have girdles of the si leaves.

Oh how I love the garland of falahola
flowers,

Which was taken off and left by the
long pillow:

Cover Otaongo or Polopola

With its pigment and give it to her.

The way of the woman is back to the
land

When she once sees extended the

String that ties the bird to the roost.

The pigeon evades the boundary fence;

Stand and receive because it is caught.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names

Koe lau ape, tokua, e uha.
Mea hake mua oku fetuua,
Pea oku i langi e Aloua,

Pea oku tafitonga e afua:

Matangi ke funga Alakifonua,

Pea talolo he funga Eua.

Ka hoko o hema pea toki uha.

Koe mala eni o ha po uha;
Fai ai e afe fakamalua,

A ena ape oku manatua.

11. He nai manu oe pale,

Ake mai kuo vale.
Nai manu oe kaho,
Ake mai kuo aho.

. Liku Tonga, liku tapu,

Laulea moe ngalu.
13.

Kae toatoa toe tua pe.

Oku tangi e tua ke tau he toa:

1g

13.

19

It is said, by some, it will rain.

Please observe it is starry,

And the star Aloua stands in the sky,

When the wind is from the south it
will be fine:

The wind is from the direction of
Alakifonua,

And it dies away on the top of Eua.

When it is from the left then it will
rain.

The misfortune of a rainy night;

When it comes, the turning aside for
shelter,

Which perhaps you remember.

Strayed perhaps the bird of the prize,
Revived it was silly.

Perhaps the bird of the reed,
Revived when it was day

. Weather shore of Tonga, the sacred

weather shore,
Much talked of and its surf.

The commoner cries to fight to be a
brave:

And if a brave falls he becomes a
commoner.

DISTRIBUTION OF PLACE NAMES IN RELATION TO TONGAN HISTORY

The 4776 place names recorded for the kingdom of Tonga are dis-
tributed between the five island groups: Tongatabu, Haapai, Vavau, Niua-
foou, and Niuatoputapu. Of the total 4776 names, 3922 are limited to single

island groups and 854 are common to two or more groups.

The total

number of names in each group is governed in large measure by the size

of the groups, a large area naturally having more names than a small one.
In Table 1 the number of names peculiar to each group and the number

shared with other groups are

shown:

TABLE I.—NAMES IN EACH GROUP

Niuafoou
Niuatoputapu

Peculiar

Shared Total
703 2264
541 1610
573 1513
167 419

92 192

Table 2 shows the percentage of names in each group peculiar to the
group and the percentage of names shared with other groups.

20 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

TABLE 2.—PERCENTAGE OF PECULIAR AND SHARED NAMES IN EACH GROUP

Peculiar Shared
Dongatabu, weer ee 69 31
aa pat: foe fest a ee 66 34
Wava so serene ee 62 38
Niuafoou ........ . 60 40

Niuatoputapu 52 48

The variation in percentage of peculiar names shown in Table 2 may
in some measure be correlated with the political importance of the several
groups. The Tongatabu group, with its relatively large land masses, has
always been, so far as known, the political center of gravity of the king-
dom, a condition which might well be instrumental in developing a wealth
of peculiar place names.

Table 3 shows the total number of names in common for each two
groups. ‘The most striking feature of this table is the relatively small
number of names which Vavau and Haapai have in common, considering
that they are adjacent groups. This becomes especially apparent by con-
trast if one examines the figures of Table 1: Vavau shares 97 out of
remote Niuafoou’s 167 shared names, but only 168 out of neighboring
Haapai’s 541 shared names. ‘The situation is made clearer in Tables
4 and 5.

TABLE 3.—NUMBER OF NAMES IN COMMON BETWEEN EACH TWO GROUPS

Tongatabu. Haapai Vavau Niuafoou

Tongatabu .

Haapai 425

Wavaltee ce . 446 168

Niuafoou ....... i 129 gl 07
Niuatoputapi ci...2ccecsssssass: 59 53 62 27

Table 4 shows the number of names in common between each two
groups, expressed in percentages of the number of shared names in each
of the groups. This table should be read downward, the name at the
head of each column being that of the group under consideration: Thus,
Vavau has 77 per cent of its shared names in common with Tongatabu,
but Tongatabu has only 63 per cent of its shared names in common with
Vavau.

TABLE 4.—PERCENTAGE OF NAMES SHARED BY EACH TWO GROUPS

Tongatabu Haapai Vavau Niuafoou Niuatoputapu

Tongatabu ............ 7 77 73 64
Haapai ; 29 54 57
Vavau ..... : 31 58 67
Niuafoou 16 16 29

Niuatoputapu 9 10 16

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 21

Table 5 is based on the same principle as Table 4, but the total of
names in each group is taken as the basis instead of shared names. Like
Table 4, Table 5 should be read downward, the name at the head of each
column being that of the group under consideration. Thus, Vavau has
29 per cent of all its names in common with Tongatabu, but Tongatabu
has only 19 per cent of its names in common with Vavau.

TABLE 5.—PERCENTAGE OF NAMES COMMON TO EACH TWO GROUPS ON BASIS
OF TOTAL NAMES OF EACH GROUP
Tongatabu Haapai Vavau Niuafoou Niuatoputapu

Plongatabiy ese. 26 29 29 30
eiaapaiie issn ee 18 II 21 27
Wavat HO) 10 23 32
Ninafooul 2 5 5 6 14

Niuatoputapu_ ...... 2 3 4 6

Table 6 presents the average percentage indexes of the interrelations of
the island groups. The upper diagonal half of the table employs the per-
centages presented in Table 4 based on shared names only. The lowe1
diagonal half of the table employs the percentages presented in table 5
based on all names in each group. The so-called average percentage index
is the average of the two percentages of relationship for each two groups.
Thus, in Table 4, Tongatabu has 60 per cent of its shared names in com-
mon with Haapai; Haapai has 78 per cent of its shared names in common
with Tongatabu; the average percentage index for the two groups, based
on shared names, is therefore 60 plus 78, divided by 2, or 609, which is
the figure entered in Table 6. It would appear that the average percentage
indexes based on all names in each group express more nearly the relation
which subsists between each two groups than do the percentage indexes
based on shared names, since the percentage of shared names varies in
each group (see Table 2), whereas the percentage of total names in each
group is always 100.

TABLE 6.—AVERAGE PERCENTAGE INDEXES OF INTERRELATIONS OF ISLAND
GROUPS

Tongatabu Haapai Vavau Niuafoou Niuatoputapu
BASED ON SHARED NAMES

24 10.5 ee ae i
17 13 14.5 3 22.5
16 15 18 TOM toe eae
BASED ON ALL NAMES
Whether we base the indexes of group interrelations upon the per-
centage of shared names or upon the percentage of all names, certain

significant breaks in our series of figures appear.

22 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Table 6 reveals the fact that Vavau is more closely tied to Tongatabu
than is Haapai, whether the index is considered as based on total names
or on shared names only. The index differences are not large, being two
in the first instance and one in the second. They would seem to indicate
that intercourse between Tongatabu and Vavau has been fully as great
or slightly greater than between Tongatabu and Haapai. The names ex-
clusively shared by Tongatabu and Vavau total 212, by Tongatabu and
Haapai 193; whereas the names exclusively shared by these three groups
total only 132. Perhaps the explanation of this lies in the supreme poli-
tical position of Tongatabu, from which the emissaries of the Tui Tonga
were continually going forth to the other groups to collect tribute and to
carry out many other missions. On the other hand the fact must not be
overlooked that the high index figures which connect Haapai, Vavau, and
Niuafoou most closely with Tongatabu are to some extent due to the
great number of place names in Tongatabu (2264) increasing the chances
for a high percentage of shared names. ‘The only group that fails in this
regard is Niuatoputapu, which by both reckonings (in Table 6) has most
in common with Vavau; Tongatabu runs a close second—only two index
units below Vavau—whether it is considered from the standpoint of all
names or shared names only. Apparently the propinquity of Niuatoputapu
and Vavau may be adduced as the explanation.

While speaking of Niuatoputapu in relation to Vavau, it might be well
to note the aloofness that appears to exist between Niuatoputapu and Niu-
afoou shown in Table 6 by the two lowest index figures, 10 and 22.5.
Apparently the two Niuas were concerned more with Vavau, Haapai, and
Tongatabu than with each other. ‘This again would seem likely to be
correlated with the larger population and greater political importance of
the three main groups of the archipelago. Of the three main groups
Tongatabu and Vayau have more in common with the outlying Niuas than
has Haapai.

The position of centrally located Haapai is anomalous. It has been
already noted that she has less in common with Tongatabu than has Vavau.
Just above it has been noted that she has less in common with the two
Niuas than have Tongatabu and Vavau. Now comes the third negative
correlation and by far the most significant of all: Her lack of relation-
ship with the remote Niuas is quite eclipsed by the aloofness she displays
towards her northern neighbor Vavau. Whether the indexes based on all
names is used or that on shared names only, the situation is the same and
glaringly apparent—in both Haapai has relatively less in common with
Vavau than with the other four groups of the kingdom, thus violating
expectancy based on the law of chanre and expectancy based on geo-

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 23

graphic propinquity. Actually Haapai and Vavau have only 86 names ex-
clusively in common, while Haapai and Tongatabu have 193, and Tonga-
tabu and Vavau 212. The evidence seems to point to some disturbing
historical factor, perhaps intermittent hostility such as was rife between
Haapai and Vavau during Mariner’s sojourn in Tonga.

The situation revealed by the distribution of Tongan place names is
roughly shown by the accompanying diagram which is based on the
assumption that the principal diffusion has been from the large groups
to the small ones. Numerous minor diffusions have doubtless taken
place, many of them being reciprocated—that is, for example, not only
have names flowed outward from Tongatabu, but they have likewise flowed
inward to Tongatabu.

Niuatoputapu
Niuafoou PoP

‘Tonga

The diagram, and in fact this whole discussion, tacitly assumes a pri-
macy for Tongatabu, not only politically, but also in length of period of
human occupation. In regard to this last point I should like to state that
kitchen middens several feet in depth are to be found in a number of
places in the Tongatabu group. With the exception of a thin surface of
blackened soil with scattered shell, which I observed on Euakafa island in
the Vavau group, I failed to find either in Haapai or Vavau any evidences
of prolonged occupancy comparable with those in Tongatabu. Of course,
the Tongatabu shell heaps may be interpreted as indicating a denser popu-
lation, but it would be rash to entirely cast aside the theory of longer
occupancy. Quite likely the magnitude of the shell heaps is due to both
factors, longer occupancy and denser population.

SAMOAN PLACE NAMES IN TONGA

Five hundred and sixteen place names mentioned by Kramer’? have
been examined for Tongan parallels. One hundred and one of the Samoan

19 Kramer, Augustin, Die Samoa-Inseln, Stuttgart, 1902, 1903.

24 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

names, or nearly twenty per cent, are employed in Tonga, being distributed
among the five groups as follows: ‘Tongatabu 71, Vavau 47, Haapai 40,
Niuafoou 15, and Niuatoputapu 9.

The order of frequency of Samoan names in Tonga is very nearly the
order of frequency of Tongan names. (See Table 1.) Again Haapai is
out of accord with expectancy. Haapai has 1610 names against Vavau’s
1513, yet Vavau has 47 names in common with Samoa against Haapai’s
40. A full gazetteer of Samoan place names would probably maintain the
proportions revealed by the present sample. Here, perhaps, is another
clue to the anomalous position of Haapai in reference to the rest of Tonga.
Tongatabu and Vavau have absorbed more Samoan place names than
Haapai, or conversely, perhaps, Samoa has borrowed more names from
Tongatabu and Vavau, than from Haapai.

The high proportion of Samoan names found in Tongatabu is probably
due in some measure to the large number of place names (2264) in Tonga-
tabu, increasing the chances for Samoan parallels. On the other hand
there are some Tongatabuans with Samoan blood in their veins. Even
the line of Tui Kanokupolu chiefs now supreme in Tonga, sprang from a
Samoan woman, the mother of Ngata the first Tui Kanokupolu, who was
probably appointed about 1610. It is this line of rulers, half Samoan in
origin, who today hold the throne of Tonga, Her Majesty Queen Char-
lotte Tupou being the 21st Tui Kanokupolu. It seems clear therefore that
the high percentage of Samoan names in Tongatabu, more than a tenth
of those listed for Samoa by Kramer, is due to something more than the
operation of the law of chance.

It is worthy of note in this connection that of names shared exclusively
by Samoa and one Tongan group, Tongatabu and Samoa have 27, Haapai
and Samoa 7, Vavau and Samoa 7. In other words, of the 71 names
common to Samoa and Tongatabu, 27 are shared by Samoa and Tongatabu
to the exclusion of other Tongan groups. This is very likely correlated
with the direct infusion of Samoan blood into the population of Tongatabu-

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 25

REMARKS ON THE GAZETTEER

In compiling the list of Tongan place names, the following information,
when available, is recorded: (1) the feature to which the name is ap-
plied; (2) the group of islands in which the feature occurs; (3) the
island on which the place is located; (4) the village near which it is
located; (5) the name of the landlord; (6) the meaning of the name;
and (7) miscellaneous data.

Fab

Matamoaka

ey
Oy

.e)

Ficure 1.—Outline map showing the villages of the Vavau group.

8 Ox.

In the Gazetteer the largest number of names are of tracts (api) and
village tracts (apikolo) and were obtained from the Tongan land office
records. ‘The tracts are the farm lands of the population, and each tract
listed is today held by a Tongan tenant. Most of the tract names seem
to be ancient. Not so the village tract names, many of which are of for-
eign countries; for village life in Tonga is only a century and a quarter
old, the population formerly dwelling scattered over the land. Civil war,

im

Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bullet

26

pray

Jhqeyesuoy, JO purjst ay} jo sosvypA oy} Surmoys dew jnQ—z ayno14

opyoy
nyjowDony
D/AUDY
WISDDY
vfvcpofuann7
AuinDs odn oy “Lf
PHY YDY DFUojOH et ba) -
YL
DbvojowDyp3D} °
pyodoy {UNNONION Dojey
NISDjOy
00
of OHV LY
DY2/PYON,
B »Bunoyoy SUSSTASIDAIN i
No0OfD/2/
VLVANOG, NLOWIVON Vd
ony) WIND o
27/2}0/07
‘ DYyOJNNDY
0)
oy ate st DyauD,

viv?

omanoge MINYy yolh

ean

U3} 0SU07

Jt Dfunyany

OVVHYXVW

ADIN)

o/o/DD
punyopudury y suiayDog,
Duwnoy
oBucyy aren em
OY/3}DDLY y ary
Deg many
NDD/DY
ARN Déopoy "ER,
lst DndD
DOF MY DnugfopDy nynunynNY NIH92L
nyenoy PPS, Dewy /SDy
lose)
o/ojoympD,
Dyo/Dryny ' vofo ee YO} yn,
es
YHOPH
iyodny yay
TY DION,
AyDIDDY
vO10dg
AV3d HV &
VAVINLO

WLWLY \

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 2h

convenience in attending frequent church services, and the copra trade are
probably the chief factors responsible for the growth of the villages and
for the degeneration of agriculture. ‘Today the Tongan resides in a village
from which he makes the necessary excursions to his farm. Anciently he re-
sided on the farm (api) and there were no villages. Needless to say, the
extent of cultivated land is much diminished.

Too much faith should not be placed in the meanings of place names
listed. The average Tongan appears to give no more thought to the mean-
ing of his place names than we do. If asked what a name means, it is
an even chance he will not know. The meanings of almost all place names
in this paper were worked out by Tongan scholars, European and native.
These meanings have all been studied by the author and modified where
it seemed necessary. Nevertheless, some meanings are undoubtedly forced,
and, what is more, it sometimes happens that a name is open to more than
one interpretation.

Even with these short-comings in mind it is apparent that the meanings
of names fall roughly into two great classes, descriptive and commemo-
rative. The former refer to some feature of the locality, the latter to some
event, usually trivial enough. ‘There are also names of foreign places.
Undoubtedly when comparison with other regions is made these will
increase many fold. Apparently some names express in sarcasm or
irony the injured feelings of the tenant of the tract, for it must be re-
membered that land is not owned by the rank and file of the population.
It is leased from the government and from the nobility, there being in all
some thirty such landlords. The rentals paid today in coin replace the
ancient tribute of produce paid to the lords of the land.

The name of the landlord has been recorded for every tract; the
absence of a personal name signifies that the government is the landlord.

So far as Tonga alone is concerned, the names of the landlords appear
of slight significance in solving the problem of Tongan origins. Here and
there a place name appears definitely associated with a landlord, as the
place name Haatalafale with the landlord Tui Pelehake. I believe, how-
ever, that the recording of the landlord names will prove exceedingly
valuable when comparisons are made with other parts of Oceania.

In the gazetteer the several occurrences of a single name are listed
from the Tongatabu group in the south to Niuafoou in the north. Roughly
the order of listing the occurrences on several islands in a group, or near
several villages on an island, is from south to north and from west to east.
The reason for selecting the southern or Tongatabu group as the start-
ing point is the fact that it seems always to have been the political and
cultural center of the Tongan kingdom. The names of the five groups of

28 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

the Tongan archipelago are represented throughout the gazetteer by the
following abbreviations in parentheses: (T) Tongatabu; (H) Haapai;
(V) Vavau; (NT) Niuatoputapu; (NF) Niuafoou.

The Tongan and scientific names of Tongan birds have been derived
from two papers, one by Finsch and Hartlaub,?° the other by Graffe.?*
I. H. Burkill’s Flora of Vavau® gives the Tongan as well as the scientific
names of a dozen Vavau plants. To a slight degree the scientific names
of Samoan plants and animals were utilized for their apparent Tongan
equivalents where the native names in the two archipelagoes were similar.
Such a proceeding, however, is unsound and has not been carried far by
the author. The few names utilized were derived from Pratt®* and from
Kramer.** The location of villages on the island of Tongatabu and on
the islands of the Vavau group is shown on the maps (fig. 1 and fig. 2).

No charts were available for showing the position of the villages on
the island of Niuafoou, namely: Mua, Tongamamao, Sapaata, Mataaho,
Fataulua, Angaha, Ahau, and Petani; nor for those on the island of Niua-
toputapu, namely: Vaipoa, Hihifo, Matavai, and Falehau.

For the location of islands, reefs, channels, hills, and other geographic
features within the Tongan Archipelago, standard atlases, British Admir-
alty charts, and the following charts issued by the Hydrographic Office of
the United States Navy may be consulted:

No. 1500, Pacific Ocean, scale 3/16 in=1° of longitude. Shows the entire kingdom
of Tonga, from Ata (Pylstaart) island in the south to Niuafoou in the north.
No. 2021, Fiji Islands to Samoa Islands, scale 2 9/16 in==1° of longitude. Shows
the entire kingdom of Tonga except the southernmost island, Ata (Pylstaart).
No. 2016, Tonga, or Friendly Islands, scale 1/8 in.=1 nautical mile. Shows the en-
tire kingdom of Tonga, except the northern islands: Niuafoou, Niuatoputapu, and
Tafahi.

No. 2013. Tongatabu, scale 2 in.=1 nautical mile. Shows the northern half of Tonga-
tabu and the northern islands of the Tongatabu group including Eueiki. Eua and
Kalau islands are not shown.

No. 2010, Nukualofa Anchorage and Nomuka Harbor, scale 4 in=1 nautical mile;
Eua Island, 1 in.=1 nautical mile; Falcon Island, 114/16 in—=r nautical mile. De-
tails of Tongatabu harbor and of Nomuka (in Haapai) and neighboring islands are
also shown. The village of Kolomaile on Eua island is designated as Haatua.

No. 2006, Namuka group, scaue 1 in. 1 nautical mile. Shows the southernmost por-
tion of the modern province of Haapai; namely, Nomuka and adjacent islands.

No. 2008, Haapai group, southern portion, scale I in.=1 nautical mile. Shows the

* Finsch, O. and Hartlaub, G.: Zur Ornithologie der Tonga-Inseln, Journ. fiir
Ornith., pp. 119-140, 1870.

“ Graffe, Edward. Ornithologische Mittheilungen aus Central Polynesien, I. Die
Vogelwelt der Tonga-Inseln, Journ. fiir Ornith., pp. 401-420, 1870.

* Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 35, pp. 20-65, 190I.

*Pratt’s Grammar and Dictionary of the Samoan Language, 4th ed., Lon-
don Missionary Society, Malua, Samoa, rort.

* Kramer, Augustin, Die Samoa Inseln, Stuttgart, 1902, 1903.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 29

islands of the central portion of the modern province of Haapai. The four villages
of Lifuka Island are shown. On Uiha island, the southerly town is Felemea; the

northerly, Uiha. :
No. 2007, Haapai group, northern portion, scale 1 in—=r nautical mile. Shows the

northern third of the modern province of Haapai, including the islands of Foa and
Haano. From south to north the villages on Foa are: Fangaleounga (shown as
Fongingonga on the chart), Fotua (shown as Alaki Fonua), Lotofoa, and Faleloa.
From south to north the villages of Haano are: Fakakakai (spelled Fakakai on the
chart), Pukotala (spelled Bukutala), Haano, and Muitoa.

No. 2012, Vavau group, scale 1 in.=1 nautical mile. Shows geographic details and
the location of some villages.

No. 2009, Lifuka Island Anchorage, scale 4 3/16 inches=1 nautical mile. A large
scale map of Lifuka Island, Haapai.

No. 1983, Neiafu Harbor and approaches; Ofolanga Island and anchorage, scale
5 14/16 inches=1 nautical mile. A large scale map of Ofolanga Island, Haapai, and
Neiafu harbor, Vavau group.

Star names not already listed by Collocott®® are included in the
gazetteer.

* Collocott, E. E. V., Tongan astronomy and calendar: B. P. Bishop Mus., Occ.
paper, vol. 8, pp. 158-162, 1922.

30 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

GAZETTEER OF TONGA

Aa. To ford. Island (V). Tract near Vakataumai, village on Kapa island (V).

Aali. Transparent, visible in the water. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord.

Afa. A hurricane. Village on Tongatabu island (T).

Afaiva. An enclosure for amusements [a, enclosure; faiva, amusement]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Site of the Nukualofa Club.
Named by the Rev. S. W. Baker.

Afala. A mat fence [a, fence; fala, mat]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Afamoana. An ocean storm [afa, storm; moana, ocean]. Tract on Nomuka is-
land (H).

Afeafemua. To wrap or coil around the body formerly [afeafe, to wrap or coil
around the body; mau, formerly]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Afeihau. To turn aside in arriving [afe, to turn aside; i, in; hau, to arrive].
Tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Afekaeso. To turn aside for to flirt [afe, to turn aside; kae, for; so, to flirt].
Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Afenoa. To turn aside at random [afe, to turn aside; noa, random]. Tract on
Hunga island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, land-
lord.

Afikitauhi. A protected enclosure of fig trees [a, enclosure; fiki, fig tree; tauhi,
to protect]. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Afinemata. An enclosure for maidens [a, enclosure; fine, women; mata, raw,
green, unripe]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Afitu. Seven fences [a, fence; fitu, seven]. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Makave village on Vavau island—Tui Afitu, land-
lord.

Afo. A fish line. Island (V).

Afonua. A village enclosure [a, enclosure; fonua, village]. Tract near Haakame,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Afoteau. One hundred spools of sinnet cord [afo, a small rope; teau, one hun-
dred]. Group of mounds in Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Name
derived from one mound on which stood the house of Fasiapule, half brother of
Tui Tonga Tuitatui. This house is said to have had one hundred spools of
sinnet used in its construction.

Afungalu. The spray rising from waves dashing upon the rocks [afu, the spray
or mist of the sea when breaking upon the rocks; ngalu, waves]. Reef (H).

Ahamatalo. Cemetery in Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Ahanga. A ford or shallow strait between two islands. Ford between Uoleva
and Lifuka islands (H). Also ford between Lifuka and Foa islands (H) and
ford between Pangaimotu and Vavau islands (V).

Ahau. The enclosure of the reigning chief [a, enclosure; hau, reigning chief].
Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also village on Tongatabu
island and tracts near villages on Tongatabu island: near Ahau, Houma—
Vaea, landlord, Nukualofa, Folaha, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Tatakamotonga
—Tungi, landlord, Talafoou—Lauaki, landlord, Lolotelie, Afa, and Niutoua.
Tract on Nomuka island (H), also inlet and former village on Nomuka island.
Tract in Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Tract and district near Pangai,
village on Lifuka island. Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).
Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Tract near Taoa, village on
Vavau island (V). Tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, land-

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 31

lord. Tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island. Tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V). Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)
—Maatu, landlord. Tract on Tafahi island (NT). Village on Niuafoou island
(NF). Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ahauano. Marshy enclosure of the reigning chief [a, enclosure; hau, reigning
chief; ano, marsh]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord. Tract near Fue, village on Vavau island (V).

Ahaulahi. Large enclosure of the reigning chief [a, enclosure; hau, reigning
chief; lahi, large]. Tract near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).
Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ahea. Hedge of hea trees [a, hedge or fence; hea, a tree (probably Parinarium
insularum)]. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ahila. Fence looking askance or, perhaps, watchful fence [a, fence; hila, to look
askance]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Tract on Niuafoou island. (NF).

Ahivao. A grove of sandalwood trees [ahi, sandalwood; vao, grove, wood, bush].
Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island.

Ahoa. To meet a companion [a, to meet; hoa, a companion]. Tract near Ohonua,
village on Hua island (T). Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island—
Tui Haateiho, landlord. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Ahoahoveka. Bright and shining rail or fish [ahoaho, bright, shining (as the
moon in a clear night); veka, the rail (Rallus pectoralis) also the name of a
fish]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.
Tract near Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai, landlord.

Ahoaunga. Day of agreeing to meet at a specified time and place [aho, day;
aunga, to agree to meet at a specified time and place]. Tract near Fahefa,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord. Tract near Puke, village
on Tongatabu island—Fohe, landlord.

Ahoeva. Day of walking about [aho, day; eva, to walk about]. Tract near Fa-
taulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ahofakasiu. Day of preparing to fish [aho, day; fakasiu, to prepare to fish].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island. The site of the Tui Tonga’s
house. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Tract in Mataika,
village on Vavau island (V).

Ahofanifo. Day of surf bathing [aho, day; fanifo, surf bathing]. Tract near
Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island—Ahomee, landlord.

Ahofatu. Day of plaiting [aho, day; fatu, to plait]. Tract near Maufanga, village
on Tongatabu island—Fakafanua, landlord.

Ahohiva. Day of song [aho, day; hiva, song]. Tract near Kolonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Ahoika. Day of catching an abundance of fish [aho, day; ika, fish]. Tract near
Holopeka, village on Lifuka island—Tui Afitu, landlord. Tract near Faleloa,
village on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord.

Ahokai. Day of eating [aho, day; kai, to eat]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord. .

Ahokaiika. Day of eating fish [aho, day; kai, to eat; ika, fish]. Tract in Kano-
kupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Tract on Eueiki island (T). Tract on
Moungaone island (H). Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).
Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Ahokaimoa. Day of eating chicken [aho, day; kai, to eat; moa, chicken]. Tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Ahokata. Day of laughing [aho, day; kata, to laugh]. Tract near Kolonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village

Og Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island
(V). Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.
Also tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF). Also tract near
Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ahokava. Day of kava [aho, day; kava, a beverage, also the plant, Piper methy-
sticum, from which the beverage is made]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Aholafo. Day of casting the net [aho, day; lafo, to cast the net]. Tract on Haa-
feva island (H) —Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Aholea. Day of speaking [aho, day; lea, to speak]. Tract near Ngaakau, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Aholiko. Day of fishing with the liko net [aho, day; liko, a kind of fishing net].
Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Ahomahu. Day of abundance [aho, day; mahu, abundance]. Tract near Otea,
village on Kapa island (V).

Ahomalae. Day of the green [aho, day; malae, green, place of assembly]. Tract
near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Ahomalanga. Day of preaching [aho, day; malanga, to preach]. Tract near Tata-
kamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Ahomatakimoana. Day of looking towards the ocean [aho, day; mata, to be seen;
ki, towards; moana, ocean], a great fishing day when people from many places
assembled to watch the fishers. Cemetery on Lifuka island (H).

Ahomatanga. Day of peeling or excoriating [aho, day; matanga, to be peeled or
excoriated]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract on Moungaone island (H).

Ahomatavaka. Day of viewing vessels [aho, day; mata, to be seen; vaka, ves-
sel]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ahomohe. Day of sleeping [aho, day; mohe, to sleep]. Tract near Kolonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Ahomoli. Day of moving [aho, day; moli, to move]. Tract near Fotua, village
on Foa island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa (H). Also tract
in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Ahopani. Day of anointing the head [aho, day; pani, to anoint the head]. Tract
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ahopanilolo. Day of anointing the head with oil [aho, day; pani, to anoint the
head; lolo, oil]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Tract
near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Ahosi. Enclosure for horses [a, enclosure; hosi, horse]. Tract in Nukualofa and
Pea, villages on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Ahotalakoloa. Day of telling of wealth [aho, day; tala, to tell; koloa, wealth].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Ahotalanoa. Day of conversing [aho, day; talanoa, to converse]. Tract near
Fanongahina, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Ahotauhoi. Day of reaching Hoi [aho, day; tau, to reach; Hoi, a village in Ton-
gatabu]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord. Also tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord.

Ahotefa. Day of caressing [aho, day; tefa, caressing manner]. Tract near Pan-
gai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Ahoteme. Day of bustling [aho, day; teme, abbreviation of tateme, to bustle].
Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 33

Ahotokelau. Day of the north [aho, day; tokelau, north]. Tract near Pea, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)
—Fulivai, landlord.

Ahoua. Day of warding off [aho, day; ua, to ward off]. Tract on Lape island (V).

Ahovalea. Day of the game valea [aho, day; valea, a game]. Tract near Malapo,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Ahovali. Day of painting [aho, day; vali, to paint]. Tract near Feletoa, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near Leimatua, village on
Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Ahovalu. Day of scraping [aho, day; valu, to scrape]. Tract near Folaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Ahovanilolo. Day of oily flattery [aho, day; vani, flattery; lolo, oily]. Tract near
Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF)

Ai. A tree and its fruit, vernacularly called almond by English-speaking residents
of Tonga. Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatapu island (T). Also tract
near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—
Ulukalala, landlord.

Aiau. To place thatch [ai, to place; au, thatch]. Tract near Fakakakai, village
on Haano island (H).

Aikasipi. An ai tree covered with a sipi vine [ai, a tree; sipi, the vine from
which the flat beans called paanga are obtained; ka, meaning uncertain].
Tree near Mt. Talau on Vavau island (V).

Ainiaku. To surround with earth thrown with the hands [ai, to surround; ni,
this; aku, to throw up loose earth with the hands]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Aiva. To place two objects at a distance from one another [ai, to place; va, the
distance between two given objects]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Aka. Root of a tree. Rock near Kao and Tofua islands (H).

Akaho. Enclosure of reeds [a, enclosure; kaho, reed]. Tract on Okoa island (V).
Also tracts near Houma, Haakio, Taanea—Vahai, landlord, Tafeuni, and Haa-
laufuli, villages on Vavau island (V).

Akaimaile. Root of the myrtle shrub [aka, root; i, of; maile, a shrub vernac-
ularly called myrtle by English-speaking residents of Tonga]. Tract near
Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Akamau. Moving root [aka, root; mau, to move]. Tract in Leimatua, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Akamaulalo. Lower Akamau [akamau, see preceding name; lalo, below, down,
beneath]. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Akana. Enclosure of a certain kind of marine plant [a, enclosure; kana, a ma-
rine plant used in polishing wood]. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Folaha, village on Tongatapu
island (T). Also tract near Lolotelie, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Leimatua, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Akauika. Fish club [akau, club; ika, fish]. Tract near Utungake, village on
Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Akauveli. Itch-producing tree [akau, tree; veli, to itch]. Tract near Kolomaile,
village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

34 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Akava. Enclosure of kava shrubs [a, enclosure; kava, the shrub, Piper methy-
sticum]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near
Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Akihekai. To be awake for the food [a, to be awake; kihe, to the; kai, food].
Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Ako. To teach. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Akumi. Enclosure of black tapa [a, enclosure; kumi, black tapa]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Alafia. Suitable. Tract on Tofua island (H).

Alafola. Suitable to spread out [ala, suitable; fola, to spread out]. Tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Alafolau. Boat shed. Tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee,
landlord. Tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Alafolo. Suitable to swallow [ala, suitable; folo, to swallow]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Alahi. Large enclosure [a, enclosure; lahi, large]. Tract near Toula, village on
Vavau island (V).

Alaimuitoa. To sit carelessly at Muitoa [alai, to sit carelessly and in improper
places; muitoa, a place name, which see]. Beach on Lifuka island (H). Tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Alaivakataha. To sit carelessly in one boat [alai, to sit carelessly; vaka, boat;
taha, one]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Alaki. To angle with small hooks for [ala, to angle with small hooks; ki, for].
Alaki is said to be an abbreviation of the name Alakifonua; at least such is
the case so far as the village of Alaki on Tongatabu island is concerned.
Fonua means land; hence the full name would mean “to angle with small
hooks for land.” Perhaps the name refers to the mythical fishing of the Maui,
whereby Tongatabu island was hauled to the surface. Island (T). Also village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Maafu, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Cemetery on eastern side of Lifuka. The cemetery is said to
have been once owned by Tui Pelehake. Reputed to be named after the vil-
large of Alaki on Tongatabu island.

Alakifonua. Full name of village of Alaki on Tongatabu island (T). For meaning
and origin, see Alaki. Also village on Foa island (H), otherwise known as
Fotua.

Alakipeau. To angle with small hooks in the waves [ala, to angle with small
hooks; ki, in; peau, waves]. Island (T).

Alakisiale. Suitable for. gardenias [ala, suitable; ki, for; siale, gardenia]. Tract
near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Alalae. To touch the forehead [ala, to touch; lae, forehead]. Tract near Utulau,
village on Tongatapu island (T).

Alaloa. Suitable red pigment, used for smearing over the body [ala, suitable; loa,
red pigment, used for smearing over the body]. Tract near Lakepa, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord. Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Alaoo. To angle with small hooks for oo fish [ala, to angle with small hooks; oo,
a species of fish]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Alatonu. To angle with small hooks for tonu fish [ala, to angle with small
hooks; tonu, a species of fish]. Tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu
island (V).

Alatuka. To touch standing suddenly [ala, to touch; tuka, to stand on a sudden].

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 35

Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Aleakula. Conversation about the kula bird [alea, conversation; kula, a small
bird with red feathers, apparently not a Tongan species]. Tract near Koloa,
village on Koloa island (V).

Alefa. Hunger. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa (H). Also tract near Faka-
kakai, village on Haano island (H).

Aleipata. Pull hard for the gravelly beach [alei, (?); pata, rough sand]. Beach
on Haano island (H). Only the stem pata seems to occur in modern Tongan.
It means rough sand or gravel. In Samoan pata means coarse, in reference
to sand. In Samoan alei means to drive, to chase. It is used as an entreaty
to persons pulling in a boat against the wind to make haste: Push the boat,
drive her, fight the wind. Hence the whole name may mean “pull hard for
the gravelly beach.” Tongan mythology attributes to the name a Samoan
origin. The beach is reputed to be the place where the bonito, brought from
Samoa, first appeared in Tonga. The name was given to commemorate the
putative Samoan origin of the fish. The meaning of Aleipata also reflects an
incident in the story of the coming of the bonito, in which a human hero urges
a nearly exhausted Fijian attendant to continue his efforts to swim to the
shore.

Aleipata. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Tuane-
kivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Alele. Enclosure of sugar cane [a, enclosure; lele, a kind of sugar caneJ. Tract
near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also
tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also
tract near Vakataumai, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V). Also district on Niuafoou island (NF).

Alepea. Arabia. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Site of the stone government office
building. Also tract in Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Aleva. To be awake at once [a, to be awake; leva, at once]. Tract near Ma-
kave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Alinonga. Peaceful baldness [ali, baldness; nonga, peaceful]. Island (V).

Alio. To carry ali fish [ali, a transparent fish of the genus Rhomboidichthys, o,
to carry]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Alo. Height. Name of summit of Mt. Talau on Vavau island (V).

Alofaki. To sit in a row. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Alofi. Kava ring. Tract near Vaotuu, village near Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Alofia. To overtake. Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Alofitai. Circular kava ring [alofi, kava ring; tai, circular]. Tract near Ohonua,
village on Eua island (T).

Alofitaoa. Kava ring surrounded by spears [alofi, kava ring; tao, spear; a, to
surround]. Tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, land-
lord.

Aloloa. Long fence [a, fence; loloa, long]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Alomaloaa. Fine height (the grave mound) of indolence [alo, height; malo, fine;
aa, indolence]. Cemetery on Tongatabu island (T). Perhaps a euphemism
for the graveyard. Cemetery of the family of the chief Lomu.

Alomanukia. Reviled child of rank [alo, child of rank; manukia, to revile]. Tract
near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Aloofa. Compassion, mercy. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

36 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Aloua. Two children of rank [alo, child of rank; ua, two]. Stars. Alternative
meaning is “two paddling in a boat,” alo (to paddle), ua two). Identity of
stars not ascertained. -

Alovalu. Eight children of rank, or eight paddling in a boat [alo, child of rank,
to paddle; valu, eight]. Stars.

Alu. A creeping plant, used in making superior baskets. Tract near Lotofoa,
village on Foa island (H).

Aluavale. The going of a fool [alu, to go; a, of; vale, fool]. Tract near Havelu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord.

Alulalo. To go down [alu, to go; lalo, down]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fuli-
vai, landlord.

Alumoeika. To go with fish [alu, to go; moe, and the; ika, fish]. Tract near
Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Alumoeufi. To go with yams [alu, to go; moe, and the; ufi, yam]. Tract in
Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)

Aluotaka. To go and see [alu, to go; o, and; taka, to see]. Tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Alupua. To go to the pua tree [alu, to go; pua, a tree (perhaps Hernandia pel-
tata)]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Amaeki. Withered hedge wishing to be noticed [a, hedge; mae, withered; ki,
wishing to be noticed]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord. Possibly this name is a misspelling of Amaleki.

Amaile. Enclosure of myrtle shrubs [a, enclosure; maile, a shrub (vernacularly
called myrtle by English-speaking residents of Tonga)]. Tract in Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhe-
toka, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Amaleki. Biblical name—Amalek. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord.

Amanakinoa. Worthless expectation [amanaki, expectation; noa, worthless].
Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Amanave. To bind flambeaux [ama, flambeau (used by fishermen); nave (prob-
ably a misspelling of navei, to bind)]. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Amatuku. A rope on port side of a vessel [ama, port side of vessel; tuku, a rope
in a vessel]. Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Amoa. Enclosure for chickens [a, enclosure; moa, chicken]. Tract near Koulo,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Amoli. Enclosure of orange trees [a, enclosure; moli, orange trees]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ana. Cave, den, cabin, any snug place. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Tract near Pangai, village on
Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).
Also tract near Kei, village on Vavau island (V).

Anaafitu. Winding cave, literally, “cave of seven fences or enclosures” [ana, cave;
a, fence or enclosure; fitu, seven]. Cave on weather shore of Tongatabu
island (T).

Anaefu. Dusty cave [ana, cave; efu, dust]. Cave on Vavau island (V).

Anafakaata. Cave of taking aim [ana, cave; fakaata, to take aim]. Cave near
Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Anafale. Cave like a house [ana, cave; fale, house]. Cave and beach on
weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 37

Anafata. Cave of the loft [ana, cave; fata, loft]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord.

Anafeleoko. Cave used as food storehouse [ana, cave; feleoko, house where the
fruits of the earth are stored]. Cave on Tongatabu island (T). On weather
shore.

Anafoitava. Cave of the single tava tree [ana, cave; foi, a single one; tava, a
tree (Pometia pinnata)]. Tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Anafungavai. Cave at the surface of the water [ana, cave; funga, surface; vai,
water]. Cave on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

‘Anaholta. Cave of earnest desire to meet [ana, cave; holi, earnest desire; a, to
meet]. Cave on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Anaholo. Comfortable cave [ana, cave; holo, comfortable]. Tract near Tuaneki-
vale, village on Vavau island (V).

Anahololalo. Lower comfortable cave [ana, cave; holo, comfortable; lalo, below].
Tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Anahui. Cave of bones [ana, cave; hui, bone]. Cave on Nomuka island (H).
Anahui contains human bones. Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Anahulu. Cave of dried leaves [ana, cave; hulu, dead and dried leaves]. Cave
near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T). The cave is so dark that a
light is required. Bundles of dry coconut leaves are brought to burn as a
torch. Also tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord.

Anakava. Cave of kava [ana, cave; kava, a shrub (Piper methysticum) and the
beverage made from its root]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord.

Anakilikili. Cave of small pebbles [ana, cave; kilikili, small pebbles]. Tract near
Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Anakumetekava. Cave of the kava bowl [ana, cave; kumete, bowl; kava, kava].
Cave near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Analahi. Large cave [ana, cave; lahi, large]. Cave on Eua island (T). On north-
east shore.

Analei. Cave of the whale’s tooth [ana, cave; lei, whale’s tooth]. Tract near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Anamanu. Cave of birds [ana, cave; manu, birds]. Tract near Pea, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also cave on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haa-
laufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Anamanutauhia. Cave of birds (or other animals) that are to be attended to
[ana, cave; manu, animals, birds; tauhia, to be attended to]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Anamatangi. Cave of the wind [ana, cave; matangi, wind]. Tract near Haalau-
fuli, village on Vavau island (V).

Anamate. Cave of death [ana, cave; mate, death]. Tract near Fatumu, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Anameana. Cave of things feared [ana, cave; mea, things; na, fear]. Well on
Tongatabu island (T). Near a place called Tongia, in eastern Tongatabu.
Anamoana. Ocean cave [ana, cave; moana, ocean]. Tract near Veitongo, village

on Tongatabu island (T).

Anana. Cave of fear [ana, cave; na, fear]. Place near Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T). On Maufanga shore of great lagoon.

Anangongo. Cave of noddy terns [ana, cave; ngongo, noddy terns (Anous stoli-
dus and Micranous)]. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maa-
fu, landlord.

38 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Anaotua. Cave of the god [ana, cave; otua, god]. Cave near Toula, village on
Vavau island (V).

Anapekapeka. Cave of the swifts [ana, cave; pekapeka, swift (Callocalia spo-
diopyga)]. Cave near Nakolo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Inhabited by
swifts, vernacularly called swallows by English-speaking residents of Tonga.
Also cave on Kapa island (V). The famous Swallows’ Cave, visited by tourists.

Anapoutaha. Cave of one pillar [ana, cave; pou, pillar; taha, one]. Cave near
Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). A stalactite and a stalagmite in
the cave have united, forming a single pillar.

Anapu. Cave of bad words [ana, cave; pu, bad word]. Tract on Ovaka island
(V).

Anapulou. Veiled cave [ana, cave; pulou, to veil or cover the face]. Cave on
Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Anapupu. Cave of long-continued sound [ana, cave; pupu, long-continued sound].
Cave on Vavau island (V). In this cave can be heard the roar of the under-
ground stream Utukalongalu.

Anapusi. Cat cave [ana, cave; pusi, cat]. Cave near Maufanga, village on Tong-
atabu island (T).

Anasisilea. Cave of speaking commands [ana, cave; sisi, to command; lea, to
speak]. Tract on Ofu island (V).

Anasisipa. Cave of the sound of commands [ana, cave; sisi, to command; pa,
sound]. Tract on Ofu island (V).

Anatatangi. Cave of tinkling [ana, cave; tatangi, to tinkle]. Cemetery near
Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Anatelea. Cave of the dreary passage [ana, cave; telea, dreary passage] Cave
on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Anatofa. Cave of sleep [ana, cave; tofa, sleep (used only to chiefs)]. Tract near
Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Anatuli. Cave of the deaf [ana, cave; tuli, deaf]. Cave near Ohonua, village on
Eua island (T).

Anauha. Cave of the rain [ana, cave; uha, rain]. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Anaumata. Cave of the rainbow [ana, cave; umata, rainbow]. Cave on Tonga-
tabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Anaupa. Cave of the resounding report [ana, cave; u, to sound; pa, a report].
Tract near Lolotelie, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ano. Lake, pool, marsh. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Ahau, Fatai, in Nukualofa, near Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, Folaha, and
Lolotelie. Also tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract on Niniva island (H). Also tract on Ofo-
langa island (H). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord; also tract, district and old village near Lotofoa, village on Foa
island (H). Also district near Fotua, village on Foa island (H). Also tract
near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also
tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Vakataumai,
village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island
(V). Also lake near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near
Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Anoapi. Marshy tract [ano, marsh; api, tract]. Tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Anoava. Lake of the ava fish [ano, lake; ava, a fish resembling the salmon].
Lake on Nomuka island (H). The ava fish is said to be peculiar to the lake,
which is named after it.

Anohaamea. Pool of Haamea [ano, pool; Haamea, a district in the vicinity of
Fatai, central Tongatabu]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 39

Anomate. Pool of death [ano, pool; mate, death]. Tract near Tuanuku, village
on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Anopepe. Marsh of the butterfly [ano, marsh; pepe, butterfly]. Marsh on Eua
island (T). A small body of water and marsh in a deep impression in the
uplands.

Anovai. Watery marsh [ano, marsh; vai, water]. Tract near Haatafu, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H).

Angaaetamasii. The manner of a little boy [anga, manner; ae, of a; tamasii,
little boy]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord.

Angaaiaho. The manner of the day in that place [anga, manner; ai, in that place;
aho, day]. Tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa,
landlord.

Angaangamofai. A species of shark. Rock between Kolomaile and Tufuvai, vil-
lages on Eua island (T). The rock is said to resemble the fish in shape. It is
described by Eua informants as having the head of a stingray (fai) and the
tail of a shark (anga). The rock is inland, near the mound Lefelefevalu.

Angaha. Appearance of the shark [anga, shark; ha, appearance]. Tract near
Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract
near Haveluliku, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Fuaamotu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Angaifo. Taste of shark [anga, shark; ifo, taste]. Tract on Moungaone island
(H).

Anganofo. Submission. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—
Niukapu, landlord.

Angiangi. To spring up, as a breeze. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Angihoa. To superintend a hoa game [angi, to superintend; hoa, a kind of game].
Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Angina. To be carried away with the wind. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near
Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Angitoa. To come from the casuarina tree [angi, to come from; toa, tree, ver-
naculary called ironwood by English-speaking residents of Tonga (Casuarina
equisetifolia)]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu
Haalaufuli, landlord.

Ango. Turmeric plant (Curcuma longa). Place on Tongatabu island (T). In
central part. Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Angoi. A spot on which the foot is placed in certain games. Tract near Utu-
lau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Aofatu. The folding cloud [ao, cloud; fatu, to fold]. Tract near Maufanga, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Aofi. Covering. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Aokai. To beg food. Tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Veikune, landlord. Also tract on Hueiki island (T). Also tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Aoko. To chase the ko bird [ao, to chase; ko, a bird (probably Pachycephala
jacquinoti)]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also

40 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Aomotu. Broken cloud [ao, cloud; motu, broken]. Tract near Falevai, village on
Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.
Apaapa. Tui Tonga’s kava ring. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Apakula. To venerate the kula bird [apa, to venerate; kula, a kind of bird, ap-
parently not Tongan]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Malapo—Pangia, landlord, Holonga, Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord, Navutoka—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Api. Tract, home, plantation. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather
shore. Also tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune,
landlord.

Apia. Surrounded home [api, home; a, to surround]; or perhaps named for
Apia, Samoa. Tract in Hautu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also
tract in Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Apifihi. Bushy tract [api, tract; fihi, bushy]. Tract near Malapo, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Apifoou. New home [api, home; foou, new]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): in Hautu, near Fahefa—Veehala, landlord, Fatai, Haakame, Fano-
ngahina—Lasike, landlord, Pea—Lavaka, Indlord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and
Nukuleka. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also
tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Also tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Li-
fuka island (H). Also tracts in and near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai,
landlord. Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): in Neiafu, near Toula,
Utui—Ahomee, landlord, and Mataika. Also tract near Matavai, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Apikafa. Home of sinnet cordage [api, home; kafa, sinnet cordage]. Tract near
Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Apikakai. Crowded home [api, home; kakai, crowded]. Former village on north-
western part of Kao island (H).

Apikakala. Home of sweet-scented flowers [api, home; kakala, sweet-scented
flowers]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord. Also tract near Lolotelie, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Apilahi. Large tract [api, tract; lahi, large]. Tract near Masilamea, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H). Also
tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V)—Motuapuaka, landlord.
Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Neiafu, Mataika, and
Feletoa. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Apilata. Home of the lata shrub [api, home; lata, a shrub]. Tract near Ha-
velu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord.

Apimamao. Distant home [api, home; mamao, distant]. Tract near Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Apimua. Old home [api, home; mua, aforetime, formerly]. Tract near Fotua,
village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Apisii. Small home [api, home; sii, small]. Tract near Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V).

Apitahi. Home near the sea [api, home; tahi, sea]. Tract near Petani, village
on Niuafoou island (NE).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 41

Apitaki. Bartered home [api, home; taki, to barter]. Tracts near villages on
Tongatabu island (T): near Houma—vVaea, landlord, Haateiho—Tui Haateiho,
landlord, Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord, Folaha, and Nukuleka—Pangia, land-
lord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near
Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Apitalatala. Home or tract with thorny, prickly undergrowth [api, home; talatala,
thorny, prickly]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Apitamaikiia. Home possessed of children [api, home; tamaiki, children; i,
with; a, belonging to]. Tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)
Veikune, landlord.

Apivao. Home in the woods (bush) [api, home; vao, woods, bush]. Tract near
Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract
near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract near
Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near
Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Apivaolalo. The lower home in the woods [api, home; vao, woods; lalo, below].
Tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Apo. To burn lights in the night with one very ill or one dead. Tract on Ofu
island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Aponima. To feast five times following the reception of something valuable
[apo, to feast upon the reception of something valuable; nima, five]. Tract
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Apopo. Rotten fence [a, fence; popo, rotten]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Asiale. Enclosure of gardenias [a, enclosure; siale, gardenia]. Tract in Fa-
hefa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Asiu. A shrub (Cucumis acidus). Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, land-

Ata. A shadow. Island. Pylstaart, the southernmost Tongan island, eleva-
tion 1165 feet. Also tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Mo-
tuapuaka, landlord. Also tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ata. Space, room. Island (T). On reef lying north of Tongatabu.

Ataatahau. Approaching twilight [ataata, twilight; hau, to come, to arrive].
Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also
tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also
tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Atafau. Space in which to gather things in bundles [ata, space, room; fau, to
gather in bundles]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Atafolo. To swallow a shadow [ata, shadow; folo, to swallow]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Atalama. Shining reflection [ata, to reflect as a mirror; lama, to shine, the re-
flection or light from a distance]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island
(V).

Atalanga. To erect, or to originate, space [ata, space; langa, to erect, to origi-
nate]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). The reputed home of
Maui Atalanga, the deity who thrust up the sky, which, mythology says, once
lay so close over the earth that human beings could not walk upright.

Atalao. Perhaps a misspelling of Ataloa, which means “space without bounds.”
Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Atamaiotua. Mind of god [atamai, mind; otua, god]. Tract near Mua, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Atata. Shadow of the curved end of a Tongan house [ata, shadow; ta, curved
end of a Tongan house]. Island (T). Also tract near Kolovai, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

42 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Atatuka. Shadow suddenly cast [ata, shadow; tuka, to stand on a sudden].
Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Atavahea. Shadow as a dividing fence [ata, shadow; vahe, to divide; a, fence].
Well on Tongatabu island (T).

Ataveha. Tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ate. A species of long grass. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Pangia, landlord.

Atele. A planed fence [a, fence; tele, to plane]. Tract near Kolonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Atonu. Straight fence [a, fence; tonu, straight]. Tract on Niuatoputapu island
(NT).

Atoto. Enclosure of toto trees [a, enclosure; toto, a kind of tree]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Atua. Enclosure of tua yams [a, enclosure; tua, a kind of yam]. Tract near
Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract
near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract
near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Atualo. A species of bonito. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)
—Ulukalala, landlord.

Atulau. To fling leaves [atu, to fling, lau, leaves]. Tract near Navutoka, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Atulaua. Bonito to be counted [atu, bonito (Thynnus pelamys); laua, to be
counted]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Atumata. Face of the bonito [atu, bonito; mata, face]. Tract near Tokomololo,

village on Tongatabu island (T).

Atupauna. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Atutunu. Broiled bonito [atu, bonito; tunu, broiled]. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Auauha. Corruption. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord.

Auehau. To come flowing rapidly by [au, to flow rapidly, as the current; e, by;
hau, to come]. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Auha. Destroyed, extinct. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Auhangamea. Panting to destroy things [auha, destroyed; nga, to pant; mea,
things; perhaps referring to the heaving of the billows from the open ocean].
Strait between Tatafa and Uoleva islands (H).

Auhatoto. Appearance of blood flowing [au, to flow; ha, appearance; toto, blood].
Tract near Lavengatonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ava. An opening, a crevice, a passage for vessels. Tract near Haalaufuli, village
on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island
(NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Avaelangi. Passage to the sky [ava, passage; e, by; langi, sky]. Tract near
Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Avafonuaika. Fish-land strait [ava, strait, passage; fonua, land; ika, fish].
Strait near Fonuaika island (H). Passage into Haapai group from the south.

Avafonuaunga. Passage of the land of the unga shellfish [ava, passage; fonua,
land; unga, a kind of shellfish]. Strait (V). Passage into Vavau group from
southeast.

Avaiki. Small passage or opening [ava, passage or opening; iki, small]. Tract
on Moungaone island (H).

Avakeaua. Passage of the two bread-fruit trees [ava, passage; kea, a kind of
bread-fruit tree; ua, two]. Islet (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 43

Avalanga. Erected passage [ava, passage; langa, to erect]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H) —Malupo, landlord.

Avalau. Noisy enclosure [a, enclosure; valau, noise]. Tract near Maufanga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on Ovaka
island (V). Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Avalimumoto. Passage of budding seaweed [ava, passage; limu, seaweed; moto,
to bud]. Passage between reefs, leading to Pangai, Lifuka island (H).

Avalu. Eight enclosures [a, enclosure; valu, eight]. Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Avalua. Vomiting passage [ava, passage; lua, to vomit; (perhaps in reference
to a swift current)]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Avamatamataveka. Passage resembling a veka fish [ava, passage; matamata, to
resemble; veka, a kind of fish]. A passage south of the Uonuku islands (H).

Avamatanukupule. Passage along the edge of Nukupule [ava, passage; mata,
edge; Nukupule, name of an island]. Passage between the reef Hakaulahi and
Lofanga island (H).

Avamuikuku. Passage of holding fast the buttocks with the hands [ava, passage;
mui, buttocks; kuku, to hold fast in the hands]. An approach to Lifuka island
(H) past the reef called Muikuku. Mythology says that here a goddess held
her buttocks to prevent the extrusion of two yams, which she had swallowed
in Samoa and was transporting to Tonga to plant.

Avamutu. Passage that has been cut across [ava, passage; mutu, to cut or tear
across]. Passage between reefs, to Hihifo, Lifuka island (H).

Avaniu. Hollow coconut [ava, hollow; niu, coconut]. Tract on Fonoifua island
(H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Avaomalau. Passage of the malau bird [ava, passage; 0, of; malau, a bird pecu-
liar to Niuafoou (Megapodius burnabyi)]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fotofili, landlord.

Avapulepulekai. Passage of the biting pulepule shellfish [ava, passage; pulepule,
a kind of shellfish; kai, to bite]. Strait (V). Southwestern approach to
Vavau harbor.

Avapupu. Crowded passage, perhaps referring to rocks in the channel [ava,
passage; pupu, a crowd of persons]. Strait to south of Lekeleka island (H).
Avatafaanga. Passage for fishing canoes [ava, passage; tafaanga, fishing canoe].

Passage on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Avatai. Row of crevices [ava, crevice; tai, a row]. Tract near Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V).

Avatauaifi. Passage of restless curling waves [ava, passage; tauoi, restless; fi,
to curl]. Strait between Fotuhaa and Fatuinanangi islands (H).

Avatonga. South passage [ava, passage; tonga, south]. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). Formerly called Fota; on the lagoon.

Avatongo. Crevice with preparation for turning the hair red [ava, crevice; tongo,
preparation for turning the hair red]. Cemetery near Otea, village on Kapa
island (V). On the tract called Houmakalae.

Avatupu. Growing passage [ava, passage; tupu, to grow]. An approach between
reefs on the west side of Lifuka island (H).

Avaui. The opening which calls [ava, opening; ui, to call]. Temple near Taka-
kamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). A temple of the god Taliai Tupou.

44 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Avavahaafonua. Passage between lands [ava, passage; vahaa, short distance
between islands; fonua, land]. Strait between Luangahu and Hakauata islands
(H).

Aveta. To be deprived of a row of bananas [ave, to deprive of; ta, row of
bananas]. Tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord.

Avokaia. Avocadoes (alligator pears) in abundance [avoka, avocado; ia, to
abound]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ee. Name of a fish. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Efeso. Biblical name Ephesus. Tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord.

Elesi. English proper name Elsie. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Eli. The word may be keli with the k dropped as in Samoan, in which case its
probable meaning is “ditch.” Tract on Okoa island (V). Also tract near
Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani,
landlord.

Elili. Certain of the species of the genus Turbo, univalve shells. Tract on
Lofanga island (H).

Elimi. Biblical name Elim. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Eneio. Two persons to go and report something with the design of causing
laughter [enei, to report anything with the design of causing laughter; o, to
go, applied to two or more]. Beach near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island
(V).

Esia. The handle of any tool. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).
Also district on Niuafoou island (NF).

Esiomoheofo. Mound of the chief wife of the Tui Tonga [esi, artificial mound;
o, of; moheofo, chief wife of the Tui Tonga]. Mound near Pangai, village on
Eua island (T). On weather side, east of the village of Pangai. The mound
is said to have been made by the people of Eua for the first moheofo who
resided in Eua and who is said to have chosen Eua as a residence because of
the cooler dwelling sites offered by the hills and valleys of the island in
contrast to flat Tongatabu. It is probable that the moheofo referred to is the
historic Tupoumoheofo, the wife of Tui Tonga Pau of Captain Cook’s time.

Eua. Belonging to the corner of an axe [eu, corner of an axe; a, belonging to].
Island (T). The name probably alludes to the mythical origin of Eua, which
is said to have been formed of the dust from the grindstone of the god Tanga-
loa Tufunga, which was poured down from the sky. Tract near Lapaha, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Makaunga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Manuka,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Euakafa. Coconut-fiber rope of Eua [eua, see above; kafa, cordage made from
the fibers of the coconut husk]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)
—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also island (V). Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Eueiki. Little Eua [eue, equals eua with vowel changed, name of large island of
Tongatabu group; iki, little, small]. Island (T). Also tract near Kolonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also island (V). Tract near
Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Eveeva. To walk at pleasure. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, land-
lord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 45

Fa. Pandanus. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, land-
lord. Also tract near Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Faaangahihi. The habit of frequently speaking evil of others [faa, frequently;
anga, habit; hihi, to speak evil of others]. Tract near Ngaunoho, village on
Utungake island (V).

Faafefine. A woman industrious in agriculture [faa, industrious in agriculture;
fefine, woman]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Faakape. Industrious in kape growing [faa, industrious in agriculture; kape, an
edible plant (Arum costatum)]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau
island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau
island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Faakofe. Industrious in bamboo growing [faa, industrious in agriculture; kofe,
bamboo]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Faalofani. To be constantly on loving terms [faa, constant; lofani, loving terms].
This meaning, vouched for by two Tongan informants, cannot be verified by
the dictionaries. Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Faatoto. Frequent bleeding [faa, frequent; toto, to bleed]. Well near Koulo,
village on Lifuka island (H). The water hole of the god Tangakina.

Faelemotaeaonga. Brought forth but useless [faele, to bring forth; mo, and;
taeaonga, useless]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Fafa. To feel the way. Island (T). An island of the chain stretching along
the northern face of Tongatabu island. Perhaps the name of the island refers
to its position. It is the westernmost of the chain connected by reefs. Tau
island is at the other extremity of the chain. Also tract near Vaini, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Fafao. To stretch. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord.

Fafasi. To break as waves in succession. Tract near Nukunuku, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Fafine. Women. Tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Fafini. The name is from an Admiralty chart and is probably a misspelling of
“fafine,’ which means “women.” Islet near Vavau island (V). An islet in
east central part of the Vavau group.

Fahamofaha. Yam and yam [fata, a kind of yam; mo, and]. Reefs or rocks near
or on Uoleva island (H).

Fahefa. Split grass [fa, split; hefa, a kind of grass]. Village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Fangalecunga, village on Foa island (H)—Niu-
kapu, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fahilelaa. Split by the sun [fahi, to split; le, an archaic word equivalent to
e, by; laa, sun]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Fahina. The white pandanus [fa, pandanus; hina, white]. Tract on Nomuka
island (H). Also tract on Oloua island (V).

Faia. To go to meet someone and execute a command [faia, to execute; a, to
meet]. Landing on Tofua island (H). The name probably refers to the
Samoan Faia’s being sent by Tui Tofua to the chief of Tofua island with
instructions how to receive the sharks. So named because here Faia, a Sa-

46 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

moan companion of Tui Tofua, a chief’s son who became a shark, landed after
refusing to make the metamorphosis of his leader and companions. See also
the place name Vaivaia.

Faiafa. The act of exaggeration [fai, to do; afa, to wish to astonish others with
what is of daily occurrence]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, land-
lord.

Faiafo. To put one course or range of thatch on a Tongan house [fai, to do;
afo, one course or range of thatch on a Tongan house]. Tract near Utulau,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Faiahomohe. To sleep during the day [fai, to do; aho, day; mohe, to sleep].
Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Faiana. To perform in a cave [fai, to perform; ana, cave]. Tract near Kalaau,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also sea cave on Eua island (T). Also
tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Faiapu. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Faiapuuta. The inland Faiapu [uta, inland]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Faifai. To become evident. Tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Faifaifiu. Fatigue becoming evident [faifai, to become evident; fiu, fatigue].
Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Faifekau. One who executes commands, a missionary, a delegate. Tract on Tu-
ngua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)
—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Faifononga. To do a journey [fai, to do; fononga, a journey]. Tract near Ho-
longa, village on Vavau island (V).

Faihau. Performance of the reigning prince [fai, performance; hau, reigning
prince]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Faihava. Completed passage [fai, to do, to perform, to execute; hava, passage,
according to one Tongan informant. The dictionaries give ava]. Tract near
Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord. Also tract on
Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also the northern point of Ofolanga
island (H). Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract on Taunga island (V)
—Akauola, landlord. Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also
strait near Vavau island (V). Also northwestern approach to Vavau harbor.

Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Faihavafoa. Completed fractured passage [fai, to do, to perform, to discharge,
to execute; hava, passage; foa, to fracture]. Inlet of lagoon in Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Faihavahili. Completed terminal passage [fai, to do, to perform, to discharge,
to execute; hava, passage; hili, the end or termination]. Tract near Nuku-
hitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Faihavamotua. Completed old passage [fai, to do, to perform, to discharge, to
execute; hava, passage; motua, old]. Place on the weather shore of Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Faihavamusie. Completed grassy passage [fai, to do, to perform, to discharge, to
execute; hava, passage; musie, grass]. Tract in Folaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Faihavata. Completed hewn passage [fai, to do, to perform, to discharge, to
execute; hava, passage; ta, to hew]. Inlet of lagoon in Tongatabu island (T).

Faihavatoto. Completed bloody passage [fai ,to do, to perform, to discharge, to
execute; hava, passage; toto, blood]. Tract near Siesia, village on Nukunuku-
motu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 47

Faihavaumea. Completed clayey passage [fai, to do, to perform, to discharge,
to execute; hava, passage; umea, clay]. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau
island (V).

Faihonge. In the grip of famine [fai, performance, execution; honge, famine].
Tract near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Faiipa. To do it on the shield. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Faikakai. A food preparation of softened breadfruit cooked with coconut oil,
or of kape (Arum costatum) cooked with coconut oil. Tract near Nukua-
lofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Faikuku. To do with clenched fist [fai, to do; kuku, to clench the fist]. Tract
near Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Failautohi. To do with schools [fai, to do; lautohi, school]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Matuku, island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.
Also district near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Failelei. To do good [fai, to do; lelei, good]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Failo. To do with ants [fai, to do; lo, the ant]. Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Failolo. To do with oil [fai, to do; lolo, oil]. Tract near Vaini, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Failoto. Performed with the mind [fai, to perform; loto, the mind]. Former
village on Foa island (H). Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—
Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Failotu. To say prayers [fai, to do; lotu, prayer]. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Failuia. It has sufficient taro leaves [fai, sufficient; lu, taro leaves; ia, it]. Tract
near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also
tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Failupe. Sufficient pigeons [fai, sufficient; lupe, the fruit pigeon (Carpophaga
pacifica]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Faimanako. To do what one likes [fai, to do; manako, to like]. Tract on Atata
island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Faimata. To prepare uncooked food [fai, to do; mata, uncooked]. Tract on Eue-
iki island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Faimolau. To work and talk at the same time [fai, to do; mo, and; lau, to talk].
Tract in Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Fainafui. To do repeatedly [fai, to do; nafui, to repeat]. Tract near Makaunga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fainapiu. Pineapple (according to two Tongan informants). Tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fainiaku. To make this by throwing up loose earth with the hands [fai, to do;
ni, this; aku, to throw up loose earth with the hands]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fainoa. To be mistaken. Tract near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Faioa. To be awake and doing [fai, to do, to perform; o, and; a, to be awake].
Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatapu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.
Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near

48 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also island (V).
Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Ho-
longa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract on Oloua island (V). Also
tract near Sapaata, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Faingaa. To persevere in being awake [fainga, to do with perseverance; a, to be
awake]. Stone near Toula, village on Vavau island (V). One of two stones
formerly standing at village of Toula. One stone has been destroyed. The
two stones were believed to be the incarnation of the deities Sisi and Faingaa.

Faioalalo. Lower Faioa [(see preceding); lalo, below]. Tract near Hihifo, vil-
lage on Lifuka island (H).

Faioauta. Inland Faioa [uta, inland]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island
(BH).

Faiohomohe. The eating of supper [fai, performance, execution; ohomohe, sup-
per]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, land-
lord.

Faipa. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).

Faitavale. To work without order [fai, to work; tavale, without order]. Tract
near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Faite. The ancient sitting posture of Tongan women, which consisted of sitting
with both legs partially under the body and flexed at the knees to either the
right or the left. Beach and tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Lauaki, landlord. The beach at Talafoou (new tidings) is called
Faite because here a woman sat in faite fashion when conveying news of the
murder of the Tui Tonga Takalaua to his children. I have one record of the
place name as Talafaite instead of Faite. The stem tala means “to tell’;
hence the full meaning would be “to tell while sitting in faite fashion.”

Faitoakalali. To scrape the bark of the casuarina tree and use it with water to
dye the hair a reddish color [fai, to do; toa, casuarina tree; kalali, to scratch].
Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Faitokalahi. Large burying ground [faitoka, burying ground; lahi, large]. Tract
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on
Foa island (H).

Faitokolahi. The performance or work of a multitude of people [fai, performance;
tokolahi, multitude]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Faituunga. To make a foundation [fai, to do, to perform, to execute; tuunga, a
foundation]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalau-
fuli, landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Faiulu. Ten stingrays [fai, stingray; ulu, ten]. Tract near Tefisi, village on
Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Faivavale. Slimy stingray [fai, stingray; vavale, slimy] Tract near Pangai, vil-
lage on Lifuka island (H).

Fakaaala. Anything which looks best at a distance. Tract near Haalalo, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakaahotaha. To do a thing on one certain day [fakaaho, to do on certain days;
taha, one]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

Fakaahuahu. To cause a great smoke, as a signal. Tract between Kolomaile and
Tufuvai, villages on Bua island (T). On this tract is situate the mound Pona-
hiva and near it is the present race course. Perhaps the name refers to the
great fire built upon the death of the Tui Tonga Tuitatui in Eua. The Tui
Tonga’s half brother Fasiapule, returning to Tongatabu island from Fiji, saw
the fire and realizing that it must herald an event of importance, proceeded
forthwith to Eua, where he learned of his brother’s death.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 49

Fakaamu. A wish, longing desire; to wish, to desire. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fakaamumei. To desire breadfruit [fakaamu, to desire; mei, breadfruit]. Anchor-
age at northern end of Lifuka island (H). At the anchorage Fakaamumei,
mythology says the goddess Fehuluni, travelling from Samoa to Tonga, desired
breadfruit; hence the name. Also tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Fakaamunoa. Trivial desire [fakaamu, desire; noa, trivial]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fakaamuvaka. To wish for a boat [fakaamu, to wish; vaka, boat]. Tract near
Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fakaanu. To be in the water. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord.

Fakaangatonu. To criticize correctly [fakaanga, to criticize; tonu, correct]. Tract
near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fakaangiangi. To hang or place anything in the wind to dry. Tract on Haafeva
island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fakaata. To take aim. Tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Lauaki, landlord.

Fakaatumahina. The disappearance of the moon [fakaatu, to cease for a time;
mahina, moon]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord.

Fakaaungalahi. To arrange a large gathering of people at a specified time and
place [faka, to cause; aunga, to agree to meet at a specified time and place;
lahi, large]. Place on weather shore of Tongatabu island (T), where there is
surf.

Fakaeteete. To walk softly, without noise. Tract near Houma, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Fakafafa. To sling on a stick and carry over the shoulder. One of two huge
upright monoliths on Tafahi island (NT). These two monoliths are
compared by native informants to the two uprights of the trilithon on Tongatabu
island. Like that trilithon the Tafahi monoliths are said to have been the
burden of Maui; hence the name Fakafafa.

Fakafai. To cause to do. District near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Fakafaifekau. Like one who executes commands [faka, like; faifekau, one who
executes commands]. District on Lofanga island (H).

Fakafanua. Like the sea coast in contrast to the depths of the sea [faka, like;
fanua, the sea coast in contrast to the depths of the sea]. Tract near Nuku-
nuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Fakafanuaamanu. Flock of birds so large as to resemble the sea coast [faka,
like; fanua, the sea coast in contrast to the depths of the sea; a, of; manu,
birds]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, land-
lord. Also hillside near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakafefaahi. Two parties, one opposing the other in play, work, or war. Two
Tongan informants vouch for this meaning, which cannot be verified by the
dictionaries. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, land-
lord.

Fakafihi. To confuse, to entangle. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakafiu. Tiresome, wearisome. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Fakafua. To fructify. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakafuenga. To deal out in proportion. This meaning, from a single Tongan
informant, remains unverified. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)

50 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

—Vahai, landlord. Also tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vaea, landlord.

Fakahake. To remove things out of the water to the shore. Tract near Utun-
gake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Ngau-
noho, village on Utungake island (V).

Fakahakengaatu. Landing place of the bonito [fakahake, to land; atu, bonito].
Cliff on the weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Fakahalu. To order others to seek fish. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fakahavili. To sit in a strong wind [havili, strong wind, gale, blast]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kalaau, Nukunuku—Tui Vakano,
landlord, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Haalalo, and Hofoa. Also tract on Oua
island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract
near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Feletoa, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Fakaheka. To load a vessel. Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Fakahekeheke. To deceive by flattery. Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu
island (V).

Fakahiku. To make an end [faka, to make; hiku, end]. Tract near Malapo,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract in Navu-
toka, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa
island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract near Utui, village on Vavau island
(V)—Veikune, landlord.

Fakahingu. The top is like a fish tail [faka, to make, resembling; hingu, like a
tail]. This meaning is from a single Tongan informant and remains unsub-
stantiated. Island (H). A small island 65 feet high.

Fakahivili. To make a point. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fakahoko. Application. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).

Fakahokonoa. Random application [fakahoko, application; noa, random]. Tract
near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Fakahotaho. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

Fakahualolo. To tack and lower the sail in strong wind [fakahua, to tack about
in sailing; lolo, to lower the sail in strong wind]. Tract near Hautu, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakailoika. To discover fish [fakailo, to discover; ika, fish]. Tracts near Malapo
and Lapaha, villages on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract
near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakakakai. Peopled, inhabited. Village on Haano island (H).

Fakakolo. Like a fortress [faka, like, resembling; kolo, fortress]. Tract near
Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakakovi. Calumny, aspersion, detraction. Tract in Ngaunoho, village on
Vavau island (V).

Fakalaa. Exposed to the sun. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Haavakatolo—Ahomee, landlord, Hautu, Longoteme—Veikune, landlord,
Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord, and Niutoua. Also tract near Siesia, village on
Nukunukumotu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract
near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fakalalo. An intercessor. Tract near Lolotelie, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakalanua. To dye (according to two Tongan informants) [fakalanu, rinse; a,
liquid]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakalauta. To arrange in order. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Lasike, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 51

Fakalava. To lie longways. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Haveluliku, village on Tongatabu island
(T). ;

Fakalavalalo. Lower Fakalava [see fakalava; lalo, below, down]. Tract near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fakalavelave. To do at a venture. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Fakalelenga. A canoe entrance on a reef. Tract in Feletoa, village on Vavau
island (V).

Fakaleleva. To go in a straight line. A sea cliff near Fatumu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Fakalofa. To swing round by the arm, Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuato-
putapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Fakalongo. To be quiet. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fakalotu. To convert. Beach on the weather side of Tongatabu island (T).

Fakamaangi. To come from modesty [fakama, modesty; angi, to come from].
Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord. Also tract
near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord. Also
tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fakamafua. A bush or shrub used to decoy and take pigeons. Place on or near
Mt. Kafoa on Vavau island (V).

Fakamahalo. To deceive one’s self. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—
Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)
—Vahai, landlord.

Fakamalama. To cause to flame. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fakamalunga. The sheltering place [fakamalu, to screen, to shade]. Place on
the weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Fakamangi. To expose to a breeze. Tract near Longoteme, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord.

Fakamango. To make dry. Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Fakamanusi. To cause to be crushed. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fakamata. To sharpen. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Fakamatemaite. To subside. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island
(CEE

Fakamau. To establish. Tract near Fue, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakamelino. To perpetuate peace. Tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu
island (V).

Fakamenimani. Well near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Falemohokoi. House of the mohokoi tree [fale, house; mohokoi, (Cananga odo-
rata) a tree with very fragrant flowers]. Cemetery near Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Fakamokou. To do it properly. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord.

Fakamotu. To cut off, to terminate. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)
—Malupo, landlord.

Fakamoui. To heal. Place on the weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Fakamua. To act the gentleman. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

5Z Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fakamuila. Like the end of a sail [faka, like; mui, end; la, sail]. Tract near
Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakanonga. To make sheltered [faka, to make; nonga, sheltered]. Tracts near
Haakame and Nukualofa, villages on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakaofoofa. Beautiful. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakaongomai. To await the bringing of commands [fakaongo, to await com-
mands; mai, to bring]. Tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Fakaope. To drive or pitch on the mark in certain games. Tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Fakaosifau. To finish fastening up the hair [fakaosi, to finish; fau, to fasten up
the hair]. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Fakaosikato. To finish a basket [fakaosi, to finish; kato, a basket]. Tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Fakapaia. To put upright. Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, land-

lord.

Fakapale. Like a prize [faka, like; pale, prize]. Tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Fakapele. To make a pet [faka, to make; pele, a pet]. Tract on Hueiki island
CD):

Fakapenau. To be begrudged. This meaning was given by a single Tongan in-
formant and remains unsubstantiated. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa
island (V).

Fakapotu. To divide into spaces. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa
island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Fakasiasi. Like a church [faka, like; siasi, church]. Tract near Haateiho, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fakatafa. To go aside. Tract near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fakatafenga. The draining place [faketafe, to drain]. Tract on Tungua ‘island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fakatangata. Manly. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakataualofa. To try to show mercy [fakatau, to try; aloofa, to show mercy].
Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Fakateepuaka. To prepare the pandanus and paongo leaves for weaving mats;
literally, to make like pig droppings [faka, to make like; tee, dung of animals;
puaka, pig]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Fakatefaahi. To run canoes and be able to lift or carry them [fakate, to run
canoes; faahi, to be able to lift or carry]. Tract near Pea, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Fakatefua. To assemble together. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka,
landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Fakatehaalai. Part of an army from Alai (a place). Tract in Lotofoa, village
on Foa island (H).

Fakatoafa. To cultivate what was once waste land. Tract near Matamaka, vil-
lage on Nuapapu island (V).

Fakatofu. To cease blowing; to die away, as the wind. Tract near Felemea,
village on Uiha island (H). ’.

Fakatokoua. Like a brother (or sister) [faka, like; tokoua, man’s brother,
woman’s sister]. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Maafu, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 53

Fakatolotu. To cause to come over to pray [fakato, to cause to come over;
lotu, to pray]. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakatonga. According to Tongan fashion. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Fakatouesiafi. Both to bring fire [fakatou, both; esiafi, to bring fire]. Tract
near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

Fakatoumamana. Both to be in love [fakatou, both; mamana, to be in love].
Tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Fakatouongo. Both to feel [fakatou, both; ongo, to feel]. Tract near Mua, vill-
age on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fakatoutoa. Both courageous [fakatou, both; toa, courageous]. Part of the sea
near Nomuka island (H) where rough water is frequently encountered.

Fakatouuta. Both inland [fakatou, both; uta, inland]. Tract near Pangai, village
on Lifuka island (H).

Fakatuafonu. To expect turtle [fakatua, to expect; fonu, turtle]. Tract in
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fakatupu. To beget, to engender, to originate, to create. Tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Fakatuva. To heap in a confused mass. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fakauamuli. The rolling stern of a vessel at sea [fakaua, to roll as a vessel at
sea; muli, abbreviation of taumuli, stern; or perhaps an archaic form of mui,
the end, the hind part]. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Fakaula. Clever, dexterous. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Fakaulunafa. Drum used in the war custom of carrying slain enemies and placing
them in order before the house of a god [fakaulu, the above custom; nafa,
drum]. Tract on Tongatabu island (T). On southeast shore. Also tract near
Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau
island (V).

Fakauta. Choice. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord. Also tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V). Also
tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Malupo, landlord.

Fakautuutu. To increase, to grow. Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tan-
gipa, landlord.

Fakavamofafine. To sport or play with women [fakava, to sport, to play; mo,
with; fafine, women]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—
Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Fakavaua. Two playing [fakava, to play; ua, two]. Tract on Niuafoou island
(NF)—Tuita, landlord.

Fakaveleatenge. To desire death; to provoke punishment. Tract near Pea, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakavelinga. The place of lessening sail by drawing up the lower part [faka-
veli, to lessen the sail by drawing up the lower part]. Tract near Lolotelie,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fakikava. To break off kava [faki, to break off; kava, kava]. Tract near Fale-
hau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Fakimamana. To rely upon a lover [faki, to rely upon; mamana, lover]. Tract
near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Fakosi. To feel and cut with scissors [fa, to feel after anything; kosi, to cut
with scissors]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Falafalaata. Shadow of the falafala yam [falafala, a kind of yam; ata, shadow].
Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Falafuka. Mat banner [fala, mat; fuka, banner]. Tract on Ofu island (V).

54 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Falafuta. A mat which is boasted about [fala, mat; futa, to boast]. Tract near
Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Falaita. Displeasing mat [fala, mat; ita, displeasure]. Tract near Kolovai, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Falaleu. Ripe pandanus [fala, pandanus; leu, ripe]. Tract in Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V). Said to be an Uvean name bestowed by Uvean exiles.

Falanise. France. Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Falase. A Tongan dance (meke) in which sticks are used. Tract near Toko-
mololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord. Also tract on Haa-
feva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract on Lofanga island (H).

Falauli. A dirty mat [fala, mat; uli, dirty]. Tract near Falevai, village on
Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Faleaata. Plenty of space [falea, plentiful; ata, space]. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). On the weather shore.

Faleaka. House rooted in the earth [fale, house; aka, to take root in the earth].
Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Falealili. House of anger [fale, house; a, of; lili, anger]. Tract on Kotu island.

Falealupo. Many lupo fish [falea, many; lupo, a small fish]. Tract near Hou-
ma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Falefa. Many pandanus trees [fale, house, but here in the sense of numerous,
thus forming shelter like a house; fa, pandanus]. Tract on Fonoifua island
(H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Falefata. Carried house [fale, house; fata, to carry]. Tract on Ofu island (V)
—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island
(V)—Veikune, landlord.

Falefau. House of hibiscus wood [fale, house; fau, a tree, Hibiscus tiliaceus].
Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kanokupolu, Kolovai—Ata,
landlord, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, Vaini—Maafu, landlord. Also tract
near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. Also tract
near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Falefilimoto. House that chooses the buds [fale, house; fili, to choose; moto,
buds]. Sea cliff on Vavau island (V).

Falefoou. New house [fale, house; foou, new]. Tract in Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Falefusi. Banana house [fale, house; fusi, generic term for all bananas]. Tract
on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Falehau. House of the ruler [fale, house; hau, reigning chief]. Tract near Puko-
tala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Faleholisi. Reeded house [fale, house; holisi, to reed a house]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Falekaho. Reed house [fale, house; kaho, reed]. Tract near Lotofoa, village on
Foa island (H).

Falekai. Dining room. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
The site of the premier’s office.

Falekofe. Bamboo house [fale, house; kofe, bamboo]. Tracts near villages on
Tongatabu island (T): near Foui—Vahai, landlord, Malapo, Lapaha—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract in
Utungake, village on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V).

Falekolonga. The house of awaiting the coming of [fale, house; kolonga, to
await the coming of]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.
Also landing on or near Mt. Kafoa, Vavau island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 55

Falelahi. Large house [fale, house; lahi, large]. Tract near Kolovai, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Holopeka, village on
Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also
tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Falelalava. House bound with sennit cord [fale, house; lalava, to bind with sen-
nit cord]. Tracts near Taoa and Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Faleloa. Dark house [fale, house; loa, darkness]. Village on Foa island (H).

Falelofia. Covered house [fale, house; lofia, to cover, to overspread]. Tract on
Oua island (H).

Faieloto. Center house [fale, house; loto, center]. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)
—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Falemamange. House of mamange shrub [fale, house; mamange, a shrub]. Tract
near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Falematangi. Windy house [fale, house; matangi, wind]. Tract near Havelu-
liku, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lavengatonga, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Falemee. Dance house [fale, house; mee, dance]. Tract near Haano, village on
Haano island (H).

Falemei. House of breadfruit wood [fale, house; mei, breadfruit]. Tract in
Pea, village cn Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Niutoua, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also anchorage at Haano island (H). Also tract
near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Sapaata, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Falemilo. House of milo wood [fale, house; milo, a tree (Thespesia populnea) ].
Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Faleniu. House of coconut wood [fale, house; niu, coconut]. Tract near Kano-
kupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Havelu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Faleolo. House of ensnaring [fale, house; olo, to ensnare]. Tract on Ovaka
island (V).

Faleone. House of sand [fale, house; one, sand]. Tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Faleono. Six houses [fale, house; ono, six]. Village on Vavau island (V).

Faleosinilau. House of Sinilau [fale, house; 0, of; Sinilau, a god]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Falepiu. House of fan-palm wood [fale, house; piu, fan-palm (Pritchardia paci-
fica)!. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Falesiale. House of gardenias [fale, house; siale, gardenia]. Tract near Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H). So named because of many gardenias growing
there. :

Falesiu. Place to wait the return of the fisherman. Tract near Petani, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Faletaa. House of the taa fish [fale, house; taa, a fish]. Tract on Ofolanga
island (H).

Faletakafalu. House of takafalu wood [fale, house; takafalu, a tree]. Tract near
Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Faletanu. Concealed house [fale, house; tanu, to conceal]. Tract near Ahau,
village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Faletapu. Consecrated house [fale, house; tapu, consecrated]. Tract near Fuaa-
motu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near
Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract and

56 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

former village near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract in Holonga,
village on Vavau island (V).

Faletoa. House of casuarina wood [fale, house; toa, casuarina tree (Casuarina
equisetifolia){. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract
near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Faletolu. Three houses [fale, house; tolu, three]. Tract near Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Faletongo. House of mangrove wood [fale, house; tongo, mangrove]. Tract near
Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract
near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Faletoonga. House of rites [fale, house; toonga, rites]. Tract near Lapaha,
village on Torfgatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. The site of the temple
of the god Pulotu Katoa.

Faletuipapai. Houses laid out in order [fale, house; tui, placed; papai, laid out
in order]. The vault, in which is buried King Josiah Tupou (Aleamotua), in
the cemetery Malaealoa near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Faleua. Two houses [fale, house; ua, two]. Tract near Haakili, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ata, landlord.

Faleuhi. House of uhi shrubs [fale, house; uhi, a strong smelling shrub, (Evo-
dia hortensis)]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Faleuli. Dirty house [fale, house; uli, dirty]. Tract near Malapo, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangia, landlord.

Falevai. Water house [fale, house; vai, water]. Tract near Longoteme, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord. Also village on Kapa island (V).

Falevaitahi. Falevai near the sea [falevai, see above; tahi, sea]. Tract near
Falevai, village on Kapa island (V).

Falialiki. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Faliki. Flooring. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Falili. Powerful. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Faliua. To wipe the hind parts of two infants [fali, to wipe the hind parts of an
infant; ua, two]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Faloehau. To enlarge the kingdom [falo, to stretch out; e, by; hau, conquerer].
Tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Faluha. Something that is in abundance. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Falulele. Something that goes quickly. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Famokai. To reach for food and eat it [fa, to feel after anything; mo, and; kai,
to eat]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Famotu. Broken pandanus tree [fa, pandanus tree; motu, broken]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Famotufale. Broken pandanus house [fa, pandanus; motu, broken; fale, house].
Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fanakava. Mast of kava [fana, mast of a vessel]. Tract near Teekiu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord. Also sanctuary of the god
Finautauiku near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord. Also tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa

Gifforda—Tongan Place Names 57

island (H). Also tract and sanctuary of the god Hikuleo near Haano, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Matavai, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

Fanakavaootua. Mast of kava of the god [fanakava, see preceding; 0, of; otua,
god]. Islet (T). This islet is in the middle of mangroves; probably in lagoon
of Tongatabu island.

Fanamatu. To shoot matu fish [fana, to shoot; matu, a species of fish]. Tract
on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fanonga. Hearing. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also
tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fanongaai. Perhaps fanongoai, to hear there [fanongo, to hear; ai, there]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fanongahina. A good anchorage. Village on Tongatabu island (T).
Fanualai. Land of the lai fish [fanua, land; lai, a species of fish]. Island (V).

Fanuatapu. Sacred land [fanua, land; tapu, sacred]. Island (V).

Fanga. A landing place. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Fangaangapuaka. Where pigs are fed [fangaanga, feeding place; puaka, pig].
Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Fangaata. Reflection of land in the water [fanga, sea shore; ata, reflection].
Fortress on Eua island (T). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also hill on Kapa island (V).

Fangaeva. Sea shore suitable for walking about [fanga, shore; eva, to walk
about]. Tract and district near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune,
landlord.

Fangafanga. To be near. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fangafeatu. Stream. Streamlet near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fangafuana. Sea shore that is high. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fangafukave. A landing place that is far away. Beach on Tongatabu island (T).
On weather shore. Also tract on Oloua island (V).

Fangahahau. A misty landing place [fanga, landing place; hahau, mist]. Tract
near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fangaheaki. Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Fangahina. Mouth of a gourd [fanga, mouth or opening; hina, gourd]. Tract near
Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fangahiva. Nine landing places [fanga, landing place; hiva, nine]. Tract near
Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Fangakaka. Landing place where climbing is necessary [fanga, landing place;
kaka, to climb]. Tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Fangakakau. Landing place where swimming is necessary [fanga, landing place;
kakau, to swim]. Narrow strait running east and west and connecting eastern
and western bays of Tongatabu lagoon. These bays are on some maps desig-
nated as Bay of Mua and Bay of Pea respectively.

Fangakima. Overmatched landing place [fanga, landing place; kima, to be over-
matched]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract
near Vakataumai, village on Kapa island (V).

Fangakimo. Landing place in the glare of the sun as seen in very hot weather
[fanga, landing place; kimo, glare of sun as seen in very hot weather]. Tract
on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

58 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fangakoka. Landing place with koka trees [fanga, landing place; koka, a tree
(Bischoffia javanica)]. Tract on Ofu or Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, land-
lord.

Fangalahi. Great landing place [fanga, landing place; lahi, great]. Tract near
Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Veitongo, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hoi, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Siesia, village on Nukunukumotu island (T). Also tract on
Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Kapa island (V).

Fangalekileki. Landing place at which there are lekileki trees [fanga, landing
place; lekileki, a species of tree]. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fangalele. The sugar cane mouth of a basket trap [fanga, the mouth of a basket
trap; lele, a kind of sugar cane]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fangaleounga. Landing place of the sound of crying [fanga, landing place; leo,
sound; unga, to cry]. Village on Foa island (H).

Fangaleoungalalo. Lower Fangaleounga [lalo, below, down, beneath]. Tract near
Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Fangaleoungauta. Inland Fangaleounga [uta, inland]. Tract near Longomapu,
village on Vavau island (V)—vVeikune, landlord.

Fangalepa. Landing place at which there are lepa trees [fanga, landing place;
lepa, a species of tree]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Feletoa, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Fangaliki. Small landing place [fanga, landing place; liki, abbreviation of liki-
liki, small divisions of land]. Tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also
inlet on Vavau island (V). On north side of Vavau harbor.

Fangaliku. Landing place on the weather shore [fanga, landing place; liku,
weather shore]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haan-
gana, landlord.

Fangaloa. Dark landing place [fanga, landing place; loa, darkness preceding a
squall]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa
island (H).

Fangalongonoa. Naturally peaceful landing place [fanga, landing place; longo,
peaceful; noa, undesigned]. Beach near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island

Fangaloto. Deep anchorage (landing place) [fanga, landing place; loto, deep].
Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tefisi,
village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Fangamata. Boundry landing place [fanga, landing place; mata, boundary].
Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fangamato. Cliff landing place [fanga, landing place; mata, edge or boundary of
a high perpendicular rock]. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fangamea. Landing place of property [fanga, landing place; mea, property].
Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fangamu. Many butterflies [fanga, sign of the plural, used generally of irra-
tional creatures; mu, a species of butterfly]. Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Fanganei. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fanganeki. Landing place that is near. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Fanganiu. Landing place where there are many coconut trees [fanga, landing
place; niu, coconut]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also
tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 59

Fanganono. Many winged white ants [fanga, sign of the plural, used generally
of irrational creatures; nono, winged white ant]. Tract in Pangai, village
on Lifuka island (H). Now called Haato.

Fanganonu. Landing place where there are many nonu trees [fanga, landing
place; nonu, a tree (Morinda citrifolia)]. Tract in Pangai, village on Li-
fuka island (H).

Fanganuku. Town landing place [fanga, landing place; nuku, a stem found in
neither Tongan dictionary, but doubtless equivalent with Samoan nu’uj. Tract
near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Fanganukuuta. Inland Fanganuku [see preceding; uta, inland]. Tract near Tu-
anekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Fangangana. Well known landing place [fanga, landing place; ngana, to spread
abroad, as a name]. Tract near Tofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fangaoa. Landing place of the basket for fish [fanga, landing place; oa, a
basket for fish]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Holeva, village on Koloa island (V).

Fangaoneone. Sandy landing place [fanga, landing place; oneone, sand]. Tract
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract
near Hoi, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fangapeka. Landing place of flying foxes [fanga, landing place; peka, flying fox
(Pteropus keraudrenii) J. Place (T). On the weather shore.

Fangapou. Landing place of the post [fanga, landing place; pou, post]. Tract
and district on Nomuka island (H).

Fangapua. Landing place at which there are pua trees [fanga, landing place;
pua, a kind of tree (Hernandia peltata)]. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa
island (H).

Fangasiale. Landing place where there are gardenias [fanga, landing place;
siale, gardenia]. Tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Fangasii. Small landing place [fanga, landing place; sii, small]. Tract near
Siesia, village on Nukunukumotu island (T). Also tract on Ovaka island (V).

Fangasito. Landing place where si shrubs are planted [fanga, landing place; si,
a plant (Cordyline terminalis); to, the act of planting]. Islet (V).

Fangasitotauhi. Protected landing place where si shrubs are planted [fangasito,
see preceding; tauhi, protected]. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island
(V).

Fangataki. Landing place of leading boats [fanga, landing place; taki, to lead].
Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. The Tamaha’s house
faced the sea at this place. When one passed in a boat he had to get over-
board and lead it until past the house.

Fangatepatauhi. Protected landing place to which one looks across [fanga, land-
ing place; tepa, to look across; tauhi, protected]. Tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V).

Fangatoaki. Unwilling landing place [fanga, landing place; toaki, unwilling]
Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fangatokai. Landing place to windward [fanga, landing place; tokai, right ahead
(in reference to the wind)]. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)
—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fangatumau. Landing place which stands fast [fanga, landing place; tumau, to
stand fast (in Samoan)]. Tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near
Vaimalo and Taoa.

60 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fangatuoua. Landing place of the very fine mats from Samoa [fanga, landing
place; tuoua, the very fine mats from Samoa]. Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fangaua. Two landing places [fanga, landing place; ua, two]. Tract near Kano-
kupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fangauta. Landlocked anchorage (or landing place) [fanga, landing place; uta,
inland]. Inner arms of Tongatabu lagoon (T).

Fangauvea. Uvean landing place [fanga, landing place; uvea, Uvea or Wallis
island]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord.

Fangavahe. Divided landing place [fanga, landing place; vahe, to separate].
Cave near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T). In hill Hufangalupe.

Fangavale. Foolish landing place [fanga, landing place; vale, foolish]. Tract
near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tataka-
motonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Fangavehi. Desired landing place [fanga, landing place; vehi, to desire]. Tract
near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fangavei. Landing place where there is a streamlet [fanga, landing place; vei,
streamlet]. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fangiatu. Tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, land-
lord.

Fanguna. To awaken. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Ahomee, landlord.

Fao. Naked, fruitless (applied to coconut trees). Tract near Fahefa, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Faokula. Red nails [fao, nails; kula, red]. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau
island (V).

Fape. Pandanus only [fa, pandanus; pe, only]. Tract near Lotofoa, village on
Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Tract on Ovaka island (V). Tract
near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on
Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Fapeuta. Inland Fape [uta, inland] Tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)
—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Fasi. To break. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—vVahai, land-
lord. Also tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (V). Also tract
near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract
near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Fasia. A bight. Tract near Siesia, village on Nukunukumotu island (T). Also
tract on Oua island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, land-
lord.

Fasiaa. To ford a bay or bight on the shore [fasia, bay or bight on the shore;
aa, to ford]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Fasialimu. The bay of seaweed [fasia, bay or bight; limu, seaweed]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fasiapule. To cheat, to outdo. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also stone near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). In the cemetery Langi Taetaea.

Fasiatea. The shallow bay [fasia, bay or bight; tea, whitish]. Tract near Mau-
fanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fasii. Narrow. District on Lofanga island (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 61

Fasikiato. Broken outrigger sticks [fasi, to break; kiato, sticks extending from
the canoe to which the outrigger is fastened]. Mound near Tufuvai, village
on Eua island (T). On hill above the mound Lefelefevalu, between Tufuvai
and Kolomaile. See Lefelefevalu and Ponahiva.

Fasiloka. Rough breaking waves [fasi, to break; loka, rough, wavy, full of
waves]. Tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fasipou. Broken post [fasi, to break; pou, post]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village
on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Fasitou. Broken tou tree [fasi, to break; tou, a tree (Cordia aspera)]. Tract
near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).

Fata. Bier, loft. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord. Also southwesternmost promontory of Vavau island (V).

Fatafata. The chest. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maatfu,
landlord.

Fatai. A climbing plant. Tract near Masilamea, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.
Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fatailalo. Lower Fatai [see preceding; lalo, below, beneath, under]. Tract near
Fatai, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fatailoto. Middle Fatai [see preceding; loto, middle]. Tract in Fatai, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Fataiuta. Inland Fatai [see preceding; uta, inland]. Tract near Fatai, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Fatakalapu. Or Fatukalapu. Rock (NT). Said to be one of two rocks rather
distant from Niuatoputapu; the home of the god Fatuulu. The other rock is
Fatukau.

Fatamasi. Loft of masi wood [fata, loft; masi, a tree]. Tract near Utulau, vill-
age on Tongatabu island (T).

Fataulua. To carry an ulua [fata, to carry; ulua, a large fish]. Tract near
Haatoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Nukunuku, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Muitoa,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Fatongi. Carved pandanus fruit [fa, pandanus; tongi, to carve]. Tract near
Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fatu. To commence plaiting mats. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract
near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fatuauho. Thick kava made from the small roots of the plant [fatu, thick; a,
of; uho, root of the kava plant]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Vahai, landlord.

Fatufala. To prepare tapa and a fine mat in a parcel as at present. Beach on
Tongatabu island (T). In lagoon. Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau
island (V).

Fatuinanangi. Island (H).

Fatukaeafe. To complain although turning aside [fatu, to complain; kae, al-
though; afe, to turn aside]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Vahai, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

62 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fatukau. Rock (NT). Said to be one of two rocks rather distant from Niua-
toputapu; the home of the god Fatuulu. The other rock is Fatakalapu.

Fatulele. To commence plaiting mats of sugar cane [fatu, to commence plaiting
mats; lele, a kind of sugar cane]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Ma--
lupo, landlord.

Fatuli. To lash together the rafters of a Tongan house [fatu, to tie the rafters
of a Tongan house; li, to lash together]. Tract near Hoi, village on Tongatabu
island (H).

Fatuloa. To besmear the abdomen [fatu, abdomen; loa, to besmear the body].
Tract near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near Ta-
fahi, village on Tafahi island (NT).

Fatumahua. Biliousness [fatu, the abdomen; mahua, to be spilt]. Tract near
Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fatumalua. To murmur but to cringe [fatu, to murmur; malua, to cringe]. Tract
on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Fatumanga. To fold that which is spreading [fatu, to fold; manga, spreading].
Island (V).

Fatumu. Rotten pandanus [fa, pandanus; tumu, rotten]. Village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Fatungakoa. Murmuring foam [fatunga, to murmur; koa, foam. In reference to
inability of attackers to capture gate]. Fortress gate near Feletoa, village on
Vavau island (V). The eastern gateway of the fortress of Feletoa.

Fatuulu. To enter the abdomen [fatu, abdomen; ulu, to enter]. Rock on Niua-
toputapu island (NT). Rock sacred to the god Fatuulu.

Fatuvale. Fond of the stomach, i. e. epicurean [fatu, abdomen; vale, fondness].
Tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also
tract near Ngaakau, village on Vavau island (V)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fau. A tree, Hibiscus tiliaceus. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Nukualofa, Teekiu—Motuapuaka, landlord; Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, land-
lord; Houma—vVaea, landlord; Haalalo, Tofoa, Folaha, Holonga, Tatakamo-
tonga—Tungi, landlord, and Hamula—Pangia, landlord. Tract on Ofu island
(V). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Tuanuku—Uluka-
lala, landlord, Leimatua—Tui Peleheke, landlord, and Utui.

Fauapu. Or Fauopu. Tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Fauaua. To build two fences [fau, to build; a, fence; ua, two]. Tract near Ma-
kave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Fauiava. To repair a boat in a passage [fau, to repair; i, in; ava, passage, chan-
nel]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufull,
landlord.

Faulo. Bursting into flame [fa, burst; ulo, flame]. Tract near Haatafu, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Faumaka. To build with stone [fau, to build, maka, stone]. Tract near Lotofoa,
village on Foa island (H).

Faumakauta. Inland Faumaka [faumaka, see preceding; uta, stone]. Tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island.

Faumotu. Broken fau tree [fau, a tree; motu, broken]. Tract in Ngaunoho,
village on Utungake island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 63

Fautapu. Sacred fau tree [fau, a tree; tapu, sacred]. Place on Eua island (T).
At this place tradition says Fasiapule put down the dead body of his half
brother Tui Tonga Tuitatui and tied it with fau fiber to make it easier to
carry. Because of its application to the dead Tui Tonga’s body it became the
sacred fau. See also Holotapu, Motutapu, and Moungatapu.

Fauvaka. To build a boat [fau, to build; vaka, boat]. Tract near Manuka, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fave. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Favela. Burned pandanus [fa, pandanus; vela, to burn]. Tract near Mataika,
village on Vavau island (V).

Feaomoevaka. To guard a boat [feao, to guard; moe, and; vaka, boat]. Tract
near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Feauaki. Meeting place. Pool and beach on Tongatabu island (T). On weather
shore.

Feauhihoa. To strive for the mastery in pairs [feauhi, to strive for the mastery;
hoa, pair]. Tract near Siesia, village on Nukunukumotu island (T).

Feavaki. Full of holes. Tract near Manuka, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Feavasi. Anything which has many holes. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa
island (H)—Tuita, landlord.

Fefe. To die (referring to the king). Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau isl-
and (V).

Fefinea. Full of women [fefine, women]. Mound on Tongatabu island (T).

Fehi. To open oysters. Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fehiahekai. To hate because eaten [fehia, to hate; he, because; kai, to eat].
Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Fehiakaeafe. Hating, but nevertheless, turning aside; [fehia, to hate; kae, but,
nevertheless; afe, to turn aside]. Tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island
(H).

Feifai. Name of a tree. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Feilo. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract
near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract
near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Feiloasi. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Feiloehau. The hunger of the ruler [fe, wish; ilo, to eat (applied to chiefs);
hau, ruler]. Tract on Ofu island (V).

Feilofeilo. Wishing to know. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Vaea, landlord.

Feingaamoa. Earnest desire for a chicken [feinga, earnest desire; a, of, belong-
ing to; maa, chicken]. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).

Feingaeitu. To desire earnestly a half [feinga, to desire earnestly; eitu, a half].
Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Feingafono. To earnestly desire the food eaten at a kava drinking [feinga, to
earnestly desire; fono, food eaten at a kava drinking]. Tract near Foui, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract near Hofoa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Feingahili. To earnestly desire the preparation of arrowroot [feinga, to desire
earnestly; hili, the preparation of arrowroot]. Tract near Holonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Feingakotone. To earnestly desire a kotone tree [feinga, to earnestly desire;
kotone, a kind of tree]. Green near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Where festivals of the Tui Tonga were held.

64 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Feingatau. Battle field. Tract in Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Feitamamua. First pregnancy [feitama, a state of pregnancy; mua, first]. Tract
near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Feke. Octopus. Tract on Niniva island (H). Also tract on Lofanga island (H).
Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Fekei. To quarrel, to debate, to contend. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tracts near villages on Vavau island
(V): near Neiafu, Tuanekivale, and Holonga.

Feketua. Octopus from the deep sea [feke, octopus; tua, the outside of any-
thing]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, land-
lord.

Fekika. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Kolovai—Ata, landlord; Foui—Vahai, landlord; Teekiu—Motuapuaka, landlord;
Matafonua—Tui Vakano, landlord; Haakame, Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord;
Fatumu, Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Nuapapu, village on
Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Kei, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Fekita. To kiss. Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, land-
lord.

Fekitaki. To meet. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu
Haalaufuli, landlord.

Felaiaki. Probably felaikiaki, to break up each other’s property. Tract on No-
muka island (H).

Felatani. To live agreeably with each other. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Feleakau. Scattered trees [fele, to be scattered; akau, tree]. Tract on Haafeva
island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Feleave. To deprive of and scatter [fele, to be scattered; ave, to deprive of].
Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Felefao. Scattered nails [fele, to be scattered; fao, nails]. Tract near Houma,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Felefata. Anything scattered on the rafters of a house [fele, to be scattered
about; fata, rafters of a house]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka,
landlord. Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Felefonu. Scattered turtles [fele, to be scattered; fonu, turtle]. Tract near Vaini,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord. Also well near Vaini vil-
lage (T). On the tract Hafekivaka. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Felefonua. Scattered land [fele, to be scattered; fonua, land]. Tract near Tonga-
mamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Feleholisi. A badly reeded house [fele, to lay in a confused manner; holisi, the
reeding of a house]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Felehunga. Stones formed from sand, scattered here and there [fele, to be
scattered; hunga, sand formed into stones]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha

island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Felekaho. Scattered reeds [fele, to be scattered; kaho, the reed]. Tract on Oua
island (H).

Felekaka. Scattered coconut membrane [fele, to be scattered; kaka, a thin mem-
braneous substance found round the young coconut]. Tract near Hamula.
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Felekie. Scattered mats [fele, to be scattered; kie, mat]. Tract near Pangai,
village on Eua island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 65

Felekofe. Scattered bamboo [fele, to be scattered; kofe. bamboo]. Tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Felekolonga. Scattered to bide the coming of [fele, to be scattered; kolonga, to
bide the coming of. Scattered mounds (fide Miss B. S. Baker)]. Tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Felelei. To run (two or more). Tract and former village near Lotofoa, village
on Foa island (H).

Feleleimoeveka. Running with the rail [felelei, to run (two or more); moe, and
the; veka, rail (Rallus pectoralis)]. Road near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu
island (T); so called because there the hero Muni followed a rail.

Felemaka. Scattered stones [fe!le, to be scattered; maka, stone]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). On south slope of Mt. Zion.

Felemea. Scattered property [fele, to be scattered; mea, property]. Village on
Uiha island (H).

Felemei. Scattered breadfruit trees [fele, to be scattered; mei, breadfruit].
Tract in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Utungake, village
on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Tafeuni, village on
Vavau island (V).

Felemoataane. Scattered roosters [fele, to be scattered; moataane, rooster].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Felengataea. Hedge of scattered ngatae trees [fele, to be scattered; ngatae, a
tree( Erythrina indica); a, hedge]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatopu-
tapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Felengesi. Scattered ngesi trees [fele, to be scattered; ngesi, a hardwood tree].
Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Felepata. Scattered gravel [fele, to be scattered; pata, gravel]. Tract on Haa-
feva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Felepule. Scattered cowries [fele, to be scattered; pule, cowry]. Tract and green
near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tracts near villages on
Tongatabu island (T): near Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia, land-
lord; Navutoka—Tungi, landlord, and Manuka. Also tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Felepunga. Scattered large pieces of coral [fele, to be scattered; punga, a large
piece of coral]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Feletoa. Scattered ironwood trees [fele, to be scattered; toa, ironwood (Casua-
rina equisetifolia)]. Tract near Hautu, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.
Also tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.
Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract and
cemetery near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—
Maatu, landlord.

Feletongo. Scattered mangroves [fele, to be scattered; tongo, mangrove tree].
Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.
Also Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Feleuhi. Scattered uhi shrubs [fele, to be scattered; uhi, a strong smelling
shrub (Evodia hortensis)]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Feleunga. Scattered hermit crabs [fele, to be scattered; unga, the hermit crab].
Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

66 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Felevainga. Scattered sports [fele, to be scattered; vainga, sport, play]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Felevaka. Scattered sailing vessels [fele, to be scattered; vaka, a sailing vessel].
Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Feleveinga, Place of scattered streamlets [fele, to be scattered; vei, water].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Feleveve. Scattered with rubbish [fele, to be scattered; veve, rubbish]. Tract
near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Felivai. Rapidly running water [feli, to succeed in rapid order; vai, water].
Inlet on Nomuka island (H).

Fengaitu. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Fepaki. To jostle, to jar, to clash. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fuli-
vai, landlord. Also tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tui-
ta, landlord. Also tract near Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai,
landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

Fesimai. To break towards me [fesii, to break; mai, towards (used before pro-
nouns of the first person)]. Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Fetaanu. A kind of sugar cane. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Vaea, landlord.

Fetalaakilalo. Lower Fetalaaki [fetalaaki, to tell, to make known from one to
another; lalo, below, beneath, down]. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa
island (V).

Fetalaakiuta. Inland Fetalaaki [see preceding; uta, inland]. Tract near Otea,
village on Kapa island (V).

Fetangihi. To cry or weep together. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu
island CR):

Fetoa. Name of reputed Fijian origin. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Talafoou, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord. Also village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fetoko. Abbreviation of fetokiaki, to push a canoe to and fro with long rods.
Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract on Ofu island (V)—
Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract on Oloua island (V).

Fetokopunga. To push along a canoe over coral with a long rod [fetoko, see
preceding; punga, a large piece of coral]. Tract (H).

Fetuu. A star. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Fetuuaho. Morning Star [fetuu, star; aho, day]. Star.

Feuki. To seek. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Feuku. To dive. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Lakepa, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuketoka, landlord.
Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Feumasi. To kiss each other. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Feutaki. To hold mutually. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Ata, landlord.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 67

Fiehua. Desiring to turn up the earth [fie, to desire; hua, to turn up the earth].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Premises of the god
Finautauiku; see Fanakava. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near
Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Fieilo. Inquisitiveness. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Fiekaia. Hunger. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Fifihaha. To braid and beat, applied to plaiting rope [fifi, to braid; haha, to
beat]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Fihaki. To pluck and plait fatai creepers [fi, to plait; haki, the act of plucking
fatai creeps]. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haan-
gana, landlord. Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulu-
kalala, landlord.

Filiaki. To choose beforehand. Tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island
(V)—Veikune, landlord.

Filiki. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Filimoimaka. To choose to escort a stone [fili, to choose; moi, to escort; maka,
stone]. A large circular coral slab forming part of wall at Fonuamotu, near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Filimomama. To choose for the world [fili, to choose; mo, for; mama, world].
Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Filofioha. Twisted appearance [filofilo, to twist, as thread; ha, appearance].
Tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

Finau Patches. Named after Finau Ulukalala. After the steamer “Taveuni” was
wrecked at Finau Patches, Finau came with the schooner “Banui’ and salv-
aged the cargo. Reefs (V).

Fineeva. Woman walking about [fine, woman; eva, to walk about]. Tract near
Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Finefakauha. Woman exposed to the rain [fine, woman; fakauha, to expose to
the rain]. A large stone on the tract Makafakianga, south of Felemea, village
on Uiha island (H).

Finefekai. Ferocious woman [fine, woman; fekai, ferocious]. Tract in Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Site of Smith’s ice cream parlor.
So named by Wellington Ngu.

Finehika. Woman with straight hair [fine, woman; hika, straight, stiff on end
(applied to the hair)]. Tract near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island
(BH).

Fineifa. Lean woman [fine, woman; ifa, to contract or draw in the belly]. Tract
near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Fineitaloi. A woman who pretends to be angry [fine, woman; ita, angry; loi,
lie]. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Finekahoamapa. Woman having on a garland of scented mapa fruit [fine, woman;
kahoa, necklace; mapa, the name of a tree and its fruit]. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). On weather shore.

Finekata. A laughing woman [fine, woman; kata, laugh]. Tract near Ngaunoho,
village on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau
island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also lagoon near Makave, village on Vavau
island (V).

Finelalau. A woman who pinches [fine, woman; lalau, to pinch]. Tract near
Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Finelangatotoa. Woman in bloody pain of child-birth [fine, woman; langa, the
pain of child-birth; totoa, bloody]. Islet (H).

68 Bernice P. Bishop Musewn—Bulletin

Finelaufusi. A woman who talks about bananas [fine, woman; lau, to talk; fusi,
banana]. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Finelaukau. A stylish woman [fine, woman; laukau, stylish]. Tract near Vei-
tongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Finemataanga. Woman with a sagacious countenance [fine, woman; mata, count-
tenance; anga, sagacious]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
CER

Finemataki. Spying woman [fine, woman; mataki, to spy]. Tract near Kolovai,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Finemotuananivi. Old woman who acts fondly [fine, woman; motua, old; nanivi,
to act fondly]. Tract near Kalaau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Finemui. Young woman [fine, woman; mui, unripe, immature]. Tract near
Houma, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Tuuhetoka, village on
Haafeva island (H).

Finemuna. A woman who acts the fool [fine, woman; muna, to act as one in-
sane]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Finenaakakala. A woman who ceased crying when given a garland of scented
flowers [fine, woman; naa, to hush; kakala, a garland of scented flowers].
Well on Tongatabu island (T).

Finenavuenga. Woman with head dressed with turmeric [fine, woman; navu, to
dress the head for cleaning; enga, turmeric]. Place on Vavau island (V). On
or near Mt. Kafoa.

Fineofamai. A woman who loves me [fine, woman; ofa, love; mai, towards (used
before pronouns of the first person)]. Tract near Napua, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Finepani. Anointed woman [fine, woman; pani, to anoint the head]. Tract near
Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Finepanilalo. Lower Finepani [see preceding; lalo, below, down, beneath]. Tract
on Ovaka island (V).

Finetai. A thrashed woman [fine, woman; tai, to strike, to beat]. Tract near
Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Finetala. A woman who tells [fine, woman; tala, to report, to tell]. Tract near
Fulivai, village on Hunga island (V).

Finetalifolau. A woman who receives voyagers [fine, woman; tali, to receive;
folau, voyagers]. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Finetangiloi. A woman who pretends to weep [fine, woman; tangi, to weep; loi,
to lie]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Finetapate. Splashing woman [fine, woman; tapate, to splash]. Beach on Tonga-
tabu island (T). On weather shore.

Finetofusi. Running woman [fine, woman; tofusi, to run]. Tract on Uiha island
(H). Premises of the god Taufamangumoetoto.

Fineupepe. Woman who shelters the butterfly [fine, woman; u, to shelter; pepe,
butterfly]. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Faka-
fanua, landlord.

Finevalapililolo. Woman’s garment saturated with oil [fine, woman; vala, gar-
ment; pililolo, saturated with oil]. Pigeon mound on Uoleva island (H).
Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Finevalienga. Woman smeared with turmeric [fine, woman; vali, to smear; enga,
turmeric]. Pool on Vavau island (V). Near Mt. Kafoa.

Finevasia. Woman who acts the sycophant [fine, woman; vasia, to act the syco-
phant]. Tract near Hoi, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 69

Fisi. A flower. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island. Also tract
near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fisiata. To bloom in the air [fisi, to bloom; ata, the air]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fisiate. Flower of the ate grass [fisi, flower; ate, a long grass]. Tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Fisiatea. Whitish flower [fisi, flower; a, of; tea, whitish]. Tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fisikailapu. Fijian who eats and flatters [fisi, Fijian; kai, to eat; lapu, to flatter].
Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Fisikuohele. Ensnared Fijian [fisi, Fijian; kuo, sign of the past tense; hele, to
ensnare]. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fisilalo. To bloom below [fisi, to bloom; lalo, below]. Tracts near villages on
Tongatabu island (T): near Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Haveluliku, and
Fatumu. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fisiloto. To bloom in the center [fisi, to bloom; loto, center]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fiuhemasiva. To grow weary because of poverty [fiu, to grow weary; he, be-
cause; masiva, poverty]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Fiuhonge. To grow weary of famine [fiu, to grow weary; honge, famine]. Tract
near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Fiupeaalu. To eat enough and go [fiu, to eat enough; pea, and; alu, to go]. Tract
near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Foa. A fracture, a flaw, a crack. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also island (H). Also tract near Vakataumai, village on Kapa island
(V).

Foaangamaka. Quarry; literally, the place of breaking stone. Tract near Koloua,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Foavaka. Vessel breaker [foa, to fracture, to crack, to make an opening; vaka,
vessel; said to refer to a rock in a boat passage]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Foeata. Earliest dawn. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Foelifuka. Tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Fofoa. To crack into several pieces. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, land-
lord. Island (V).

Foiata. Island (V). A round shadow.

Foifakamoana. A coward because of the ocean [foi, a coward; faka, to cause;
moana, ocean]. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord.

Foihefa. Seeds of the hefa grass [foi, seeds; hefa, a kind of grass]. Tract near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near
Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Foikaio. To eat a single o fish [foi, a single one; kai, to eat; 0, a kind of fish
(more correctly spelt 00)]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord.

~,

70 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Foikau. Fruit of the kau tree [foi, fruit; kau, a fruit tree]. Tracts near villages
on Tongatabu island (T): in and near Pea—Lavaka, landlord, Alaki—
Tui Pelehake, landlord, Tatakamotonga,—Tungi, landlord, and Niutoua. Also
tract on Fetoa island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka,
landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Also tract near Holeva, village on Koloa island (V).

Foilehau. Tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Foiloki. A single room [foi, a single one; loki, room]. Tract near Haakio, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Foilulu. A single owl [foi, a single one; lulu, the owl (Strix delicatula)]. Tract
on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Foimata. A single eye [foi, a single one; mata, eye]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Foimoa. An egg. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V).

Foipipi. The fruit of the pipi tree [foi, fruit; pipi, a tree]. Tract near Nngau-
noho, village on Utungake island (V)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Fokaavavau. Tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune,
landlord.

Fokiangapaea. The place from which a friendless person turned back [fokianga,
the place from which one turned back; paea, a friendless person]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Fokitautau. To turn back and hang [foki, to turn back; tatau, to hang]. Tract
near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Fokolulu. To lie in sickness (a deprecating term in speaking to a superior).
Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Fokotoa. To kill everyone. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island
GY):

Fola. To spread out. Tract in Utui, village on Vavau island (V).

Folaha. Spread out appearance [fola, to spread out; ha, appearance or to ap-
pear in sight]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Folahanga. To spread out a span length [fola, to spread out; hanga, a span
length, ie. of the hand]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord.

Folamei. Scattered breadfruit [fola, to spread out; mei, breafruit]. Tract near
Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Foleva. To wash clothes at once [fo, to wash clothes; leva, at once]. Tract
near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Folo. To swallow. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Folofola. The speech of the Tui Tonga. Tract near Havelu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord.

Folokoheku. The swallowing of a proud and lazy person [folo, to swallow; ko,
a prefix used before proper names; heku, a proud and lazy person]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Folokolupe. The swallowing of a pigeon [folo, to swallow; ko, a prefix used be-
fore proper nouns; lupe, pigeon (Carpophaga pacifica)]. Islet (T).

Folokotoa. To swallow the whole mass [folo, to swallow; kotoa, the whole mass].
Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the lagoon.

Folukaehau. To go then return. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 71

Fomalo. The process of dyeing. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Vaea, landlord.

Fonoi. To advise. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Fonoifua. To advise everyone [fonoi, to advise; fua, everyone]. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukuhitulu, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord,
and Makaunga—Pangia, landlord. Also island (H). Also tract on Fotuhaa
island (H). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu,
landlord.

Fonoimuka. The people that go first. Island (H).

_Fononga. A journey. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Fonongaai. To travel there [fononga, to travel; ai, there]. ‘Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fonongahihifo. To travel west [fononga, to travel; hihifo, west]. Tract near
Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fonongatoa. Courageous traveller [fononga, traveller; toa, courageous]. Place
on Vavau island (V).

Fonua. Land. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haan-
gana, landlord.

Fonuaeiki. The land of chiefs [fonua, land; eiki, chief]. Tract near Nukua-
lofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fonuafisi. The land of flowers [fonua, land; fisi, flower]. Tract near Holopeka,
village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Fonuafoou. The new land [fonua, land; foou, new]. Tract near Haateiho, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Haano, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Makave,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Fonuafusi. The land of bananas [fonua, land; fusi, the generic term for all
bananas]. Tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, land-
lord.

Fonuafuu. The large land [fonua, land; fuu, large]. Island (V).

Fonuahao. The pleasing land [fonua, land; hao, pleasing]. Tract near Houma,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island
(V).

Fonuakula. The red land [fonua, land; kula, red]. Tract near Lapaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Felemea, village on
Uiha island (H).

Fonuaika. The land of fish [fonua, land; ika, fish]. Island (H).

Fonualai. The land of the lai fish [fonua, land; lai, the name of a fish]. Island
(V).

Fonualava. The land of fish bait [fonua, land; lava, a bait for fish]. Tract and
district near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Fonualei. The land of ivory [fonua, land; lei, ivory]. Tract near Houma, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Taoa, village on Va-
vau island (V). Also volcanic island, 600 ft. high, between Vavau and Niua-

toputapu.

Fonuamalu. The mild land, i. e. in regard to wind [fonua, land; malu, mild (ap-
plied to the wind)]. Tract on Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Fonuamau. The possessed land [fonua, land; mau, to possess]. Tract near Kolo-
vai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Foui,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

72 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fonuamoa. The land of chickens [fonua, land; moa, chicken]. Tract near Nukua-
lofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fonuamotu. Separate land [fonua, land; motu, separated or apart from]. Tract
on BHueiki, island (T). Also tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fonuangongo. The land of the noddy tern [fonua, land; ngongo, noddy tern].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fonuaoneone. Sandy land [fonua, land; oneone, sand]. Tract near Lavenga-
tonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (V).

Fonuatapu. The sacred land [fonua, land; tapu, sacred]. Tract near Foui, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract near Maufanga, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fonuauliuli. The black land [fonua, land; uliuli, black]. Tract near Kolovai, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Fonuaunga. The land of hermit crabs [fonua, land; unga, hermit crab]. Island
(V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fonumouha. Turtle and rain [fonu, turtle; mo, and; uha, rain]. Tract near Ha-
mula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fongato. To set false hair [fonga, false hair;to, to set]. Tract near Tuaneki-
vale, village on Vavau island (V).

Fongava. To laugh about false hair [fonga, false hair; va, to laugh and make a
noise]. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Fonginongo. Perhaps the misspelling of Fangaleounga. Name taken from Admir-
alty chart. Village on Foa island (H).

Fongoloa. The long landing place [fongo, landing place (?); loa, abbreviation of
loloa, long]. Tract near Haatoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
and landing in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract near
Fue, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haakio, village on Vavau
island (V). :

Fongolongo. The quiet landing place [fongo, landing place (?); longo, quiet].
Tract on Uiha island (H). Site of the house of Toke the eel god; the house
was called Hakaumama.

Fongotofe. The landing place of pearl oyster [fongo, landing place (?); tofe, the
pearl oyster]. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala,
landlord. Also tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Fongotongo. The landing place amongst the mangrove trees [fongo, landing
place (?); tongo, mangrove tree]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island
GY)):

Fongotupu. The fruitful landing place [fongo, landing place (?); tupu, to grow,
to sprout]. Tract on Oua island (H).

Fongoulu. The bushy landing place [fongo, landing place (?); ulu, bushy]. Tract
near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Foofoou. New. Tract on Niuafoou island.

Fota. Massage. Place on Tongatabu island (T). Now called Avatonga. On
lagoon.

Fotu. Kava or some other thing taken as a present and introduction to a per-
son. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fotua. The name of a fish. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also
village on Foa island (H). Also called Alakifonua. It is in the hereditary
land of the Tui Pelehake which is called Haatalafale. Also tract on Okoa
island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 73

Fotuaangakovi. Ill-natured fotua fish [fotua, a fish; angakovi, ill-natured]. Tract
near Kei, village on Vavau island(V).

Fotuafae. Mother of fotua fish [fotua, a fish; fae, mother]. Tract near Lakepa,

Fotuafehia. To detest the fotua fish [fotua, a fish; fehia, to detest]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Fotuafeiloaki. The appearance of knowing each other [fotu, to appear; a, of;
feiloaki, to know each other]. Tract near Utungake, village on Utungake
island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Fotuaika. The appearance of fish |fotua, to appear; a, of; ika, fish]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fotuaikamamaha. The appearance of fish at ebb tide [fotu, to appear; a, of;
ika, fish; mamaha, ebb tide]. Sunken reef (V).

Fotuaikamoana. The appearance of fish in the ocean [fotu, to appear; a, of;
ika, fish; moana, ocean]. Sunken reef (V).

Fotuakaloanga. The appearance of the place of avoiding danger [fotu, to appear;
a, of; kalo, to avoid danger; anga, place]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Fotuakamui. To appear like an immature root [fotu, to appear; aka, root; mui,
immature]. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fotuakava. The appearance of kava [fotu, to appear; a, of; kava]. Tract near
Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai, landlord.

Fotuamaka. The appearance of stone [fotu, to appear; a, of; maka, stone]. Tract
near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H).

Fotuamaumau. The appearance of destruction [fotu, to appear; a, of; maumau,
destruction}. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord.

Fotuamei. The appearance of breadfruit [fotu, to appear; a, of; mei, breadfruit].
Tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Fotuamua. The appearance of a chiefly attendant (mua) [fotu, to appear; a,
of; mua, an individual of rank intermediate between a chief and an attendant.
or, in other words, a high-class attendant]. Tract near Fatai, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H): the
portion of the tract Levenga occupied by the house of the god Haelefeke.

Fotuangakovi. The appearance of wickedness [fotu, to appear; a, of; angakovi,
wickedness}. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, land-
lord.

Fotuapauu. The appearance of mischief [fotu, to appear; a, of; pauu, mischief].

Fotuatama. The appearance of a child [fotu, to appear; a, of; tama, child].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Fotuavakatefua. The appearance of assembled vessels [fotu, to appear; a, of;
vaka, vessels; tefua, to be assembled]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhe-
toka, landlord.

Fotuhaa. To appear large [fotu, to appear; haa, large]. Island (H). Also tract
on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Fotuhamumu. The appearance of carelessness [fotu, to appear; hamumu, to do
anything without paying due attention, to be agitated]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fotuika. The appearance of fish [fotu, to appear; ika, fish]. Tract near Longo-
mapu, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord. Also tract near Utui,
village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Fotula. To go without anyone knowing. Islet (V).

74 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fotulelea. To appear driven by the wind [fotu, to appear; lelea, to be driven by
the wind]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Fotuloua. A kind of tree. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Named
after a large tree behind which Taufaahau (King George I. Tupou) and Peter
VI took shelter when conversing with the inmates of the beleaguered fortress
of Otea.

Fotumoe. Tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Fotumoeumu. To appear with basket of cooked food [fotu, to appear; moe, and
the; umu, basket of cooked food]. Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fohe, landlord.

Fotumoko. The appearance of the gecko [fotu, to appear; moko, gecko]. Tract
on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore of the eastern district
(Hahake).

Fotunoa. To appear worthless [fotu, to appear; noa, worthless]. Tract near
Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Fotungofua. To appear free or unprohibited [fotu, to appear; ngofua, free, un-
prohibited]. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano,
landlord.

Fotuvale. To appear foolish [fotu, to appear; vale, foolish]. Tract near Kapa,
village on Kapa island (V).

Foua. To go anywhere. Island (H).

Fouheki. To go and push out [fou, to go; heki, to push out]. Place near Fatai,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Foui. The name of a tree. Village on Tongatabu (T). Also tracts near villages
on Tongatabu island (T): near Utulau, Malapo— Luani, landlord, Kolonga—
Nuku, landlord, and Haasini.

Fuaa. Jealousy. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Fuaamotu. Produce of an island [fua, produce; a, of; motu, island]. See fuamotu.
Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (V). Also tract near Utungake,
village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tafahi, village on Tafahi island
(NT).

Fuafonua. To measure land [fua, to measure; fonua, land]. Tract on Hueiki
island (T).

Fuai. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fuaihaakupu. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Fualu. Clapping while walking [fu, to clap hands; alu, to go]. Tract in Pea,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Pea, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also
tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also
district near Haano, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near Holonga,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tongamamao, village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Fuamei. To bear breadfruit [fua, to bear; mei, breadfruit]. Tract near Haalau-
fuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Fuamotu. To measure an island [fua, to measure; motu, island]. Usually spelled
Fuaamotu. Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (V).

Fuamui. To bear unripe fruit [fua, to bear; mui, unripe]. Tract near Houma,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Fuatalatau. To carry a war tale [fua, to carry; tale, tale; tau, war]. Tract near
Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 75

Fuatangaua. Two lengths of tapa [futanga, a length of tapa; ua, two]. Tract
near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Fue. A vine. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also village on
Vavau island (V). Part of Neiafu.

Fueafonua. Vine of the land [fue, vine; a, of; fonua, land]. Tract near Haa-
teiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Fuemea. Brown vine [fue, vine; mea, brown]. Tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Fuemotu. Broken vine [fue, vine; motu, broken]. Place on Tongatabu island (T).
On the weather shore. A place in Pulotu, the land of the gods, bears the same
name. It is spoken of as the Fanakava of Pulotu. The Fanakava on earth
is at Lapaha, Tongatabu, and was a sanctuary for mortals. The Fanakava of
Pulotu is a sanctuary for the gods.

Fuetahi. Sea vine [fue, vine; tahi, sea]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Fufutau. To swell out. Well. In a portion of Pulotu, the land of the gods,
known as Pulotu Tuumau.

Fuhu. Name of a shellfish. Southwestern extremity of Foa island (H). Also
abandoned village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Holonga, village on
Vavau island (V).

Fuhua. Full of shellfish called fuhu. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Fui. To hit with anything. Tract on Nukunukumotu island (T).

Fuia. Afraid, terrified. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)
—Maatu, landlord.

Fuiono. Tract near Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. Also tract near
Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Fuipa. A streamlet used for wetting fish hooks. Tract near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Fukave. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Veitongo, Kolonga
—Nuku, landlord, and Niutoua. Also island (T).

Fukofuka. Name of a tree. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fukota. Tract near Houma, village on Eua island (T).

Fulanga. Tract near Tofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Manuka, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fuleheu. The name of a bird (Ptilotis carunculata). Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fulivai. Beach on Vavau island (V). Near Mt. Kafoa.

Fulo. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, land-
lord.

Funa. To moult. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract
near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract on
Oua island (H). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fungaamoamo. Unequal surface [funga, surface; amoamo, unequal]. Tract near
Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Fungaana. Top of a cave [funga, top; ana, cave]. Tract near Vaotuu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)
—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Niuatopu-
tapu island (NT). Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou (NF).

76 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Fungaeua. The top of Eua [funga, top; eua, an island of the Tongatabu group]
Tract on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau
island (V)—Malupo, landlord.

Fungafiefia. The height of joy [funga, top; fiefia, joy]. Tract in Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Fungafonua. The top of the land [funga, top; fonua, land]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Fungahouma. The top of a breezy place. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau
island (V).

Fungaka. The top where the gods were treated with contempt [funga, top; ka,
to treat the gods with contempt]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Fungakupolu. Top of Upolu [funga, top; kupolu, Upolu island, Samoa]. Tract
near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fungalei. The top of a whale’s tooth [funga, top; lei, whale’s tooth]. Tract
near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Kotu island (H).

Fungalekileki. The top of the lekileki tree [funga, top; lekileki, a tree]. Tract
near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Fungalelealo. The leaning of trees on top of one another after a hurricane
[funga, top; lele, to run; alo, utmost degree (applied to the wind in a hurri-
cane)]. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Fungalepolo. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalau-
fuli, landlord.

Fungaloho. The surface of testicles [funga, surface; loho, testicles]. Hill on
Nomuka island (H). The god Folautaofi was reputed to have lived in a cave
in this hill.

Fungaloto. The surface of deep water [funga, surface; loto, deep]. Tract near
Matavai, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). A landing place at which
landing could only be accomplished at high water, hence the name.

Fungamisi. The top place of dreams |funga, top; misi, dream]. Tract in
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Site of Catholic church.

Fungamoala. The top of the moala yam [funga, top; moala, a kind of a yam].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fungamokotu. The top of an immovable stone [funga, top; mokotu, immovable
stone]. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Fungaovava. The top of the ovava tree [funga, top; ovava, a tree]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Fungasi. The top of the si shrub [funga, top; si, a shrub]. Tract near Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa
island (H).

Fungasia. The top of the mound [funga, top; sia, artificial mound]. Hill near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Mt. Zion. Also tract on Nomuka
island (H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord. Also tract near
Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Fungataoa. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haa-
teiho, landlord.

Fungateiko. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, land-
lord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 7

Fungatofua. The top of Tofua island [funga, top; tofua, a volcanic island of the
Haapai group.] Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Fungatufu. The surface of the brackish pool [funga, surface; tufu, brackish
water]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). A bathing place at
the shore in the village tract of Lelea—three basin-like pools of sea water.

Fungatufuhu. The surface where brackish water enters [funga, surface; tufu,
brackish water; hu, to enter]. Reef on Vavau island (V).

Fungatuutuu. The surface that is cut in pieces [funga, surface; tuutuu, to cut
in pieces]. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Fungauvea. The top of Wallis island [funga, top; uvea, Uvea, Uea, or Wallis
island]. Tract near Makaunga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki,
landlord.

Fungavai. The surface of the water [funga, surface; vai, water]. Tract near
Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on
Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Tuita, landlord.

Fuofuanga. Pumice. Tract in Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also a beach in the Hihifo district, Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Fangaleounga, village on
Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Fuono. A vine. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Fusimomoho. Ripe bananas [fusi, banana; momoho, ripe]. Tract on Oloua
island (V).

Fusipala. Rotten bananas [fusi, banana; pala, rotten]. Tract near Holonga, vil-
lag on Vavau island (V).

Futu. A kind of tree. Tract near Kalaau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also district on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Tuita, landlord.

Futukovuna. A large futu tree in Mua (Lapaha and Tatakamotonga), Tongatabu
island (T).

Futuna. The island of Futuna. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Haakame, Utulau, and Niutoua. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Fuumaka. Great rock [fuu, great; maka, rock]. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Fuumilo. Great milo tree [fuu, great; milo, a kind of tree]. Well near Mau-
fanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also islet in mouth of lagoon, Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Haaatumahanga. Family of the bonito twins [haa, family; atu, bonito; mahanga,
twins], Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord,

Haaeiki. Family of chiefs [haa, family; eiki, chief]. Tract near Fuaamotu, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Haafaana. That family of gardeners there [haa, family; faa, gardener; na, that
there]. Tract on Eueiki island (T).

Haafahenga. Probably Haafakahenga. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island
(H)—Tuita, landlord.

Haafaka. Family like [haa, family; faka, like]. Name probably incomplete.
Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island.

Haafakaafe. Hospitable family [haa, family; fakaafe, to turn aside a traveller
in order to refresh]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

78 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Haafakahenga. Family like the paroquet [haa, family; faka, like; henga, paro-
quet (Domicella fringillacea)], Tract near Tufuvai, village on Eua island (T).
Said to be the name of a mountain in Wallis island. Also tract near Alaki,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also district and tract near Faleloa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord.

Haafakalaki. Family (of chiefs) that unnecessarily shows its authority [haa,
family; fakalakilaki, to exhibit, to make a show of]. Tract near Falehau, vil-
lage on Ntuatoputapu island (NT).

Haafakanapa. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
cemetery near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H). Dedicated to or con-
nected with the god Uluenga.

Haafama. Industrious family [haa, family; fama, labor]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Haafata. Family of bearers [haa, family; fata, to carry]. Tract near Lolotelie,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Fotua, village on Foa island
(H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Haafatue, Tract on Hueiki island (T).

Haafaua. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Haafeilo. Hungry family [haa, family; feilo, hungry (applied to chiefs only)].
Tract and district near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haafeilotoo. Family hungry for too shellfish [haa, family; feilo, hungry (applied
to chiefs only); too, a kind of shellfish)]. District near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Haafetuku. Family of carriers [haa, family; fetuku, to carry, to remove]. Tract
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haafeunu. Family of weavers [haa, family; feunu, to join in plaiting or weav-
ing]. Tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haafeva, The place of a big chief. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord, Also tract near Talasiu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also island (H).

Haafiatonga, Family desiring to be Tongan [haa, family; fia, probably misspell-
ing of fie, to desire; tonga, Tongan]. Tract near Masilamea, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). This tract was probably occupied by Samoans or Fijians,
hence the name.

Haafisiuta. Family of inland Fijians [haa, family; fisi, Fijian; uta, inland].
Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Haafoe. District on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haafota. Family of masseurs [haa, family; fota, to massage]. Tract on Nomuka
island (H).

Haafotaliku. Weather shore of Haafota [haafota (see preceding); liku, weather
shore]. Southeastern point of Nomuka island (H).

Haafoukula. Family of bead trimmers [haa, family; foukula, to trim with beads].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haafua. Family of jelly-fish catchers [haa, family; fua, to catch the jelly-fish].
Tract near, Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Haafuesia. Family of carriers [haa, family; fuesia, to carry, to take in the arms].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Haafuipeka. Family of the flock of flying foxes [haa, family; fuifui, flock; peka,
flying fox]. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 79

Haafuluhao. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
The Vavau group is called Haafuluhao; sometimes exclusive of Koloa island.
Also spelt Haafuluhau.

Haafune. Family of the breadfruit core [haa, family; fune, breadfruit core].
The tract was so named because the man who lived on it used to make the
breadfruit pudding (faikakai) for the Ata chiefs, Tract near Kolovai, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord, Also tract near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Haafusia. Family of pullers [haa, family; fusia, to pull]. Tract near Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Haahafu. The family that drifted before the wind [haa, family; hafu, to drift
before the wind]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Ko-
loua, Nukualofa, and Niutoua.

Haahavea. Family of the strong chief. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano
island (H).

Haaheka. Family of sitters [haa, family; heka, to sit on anything]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Haahenga. Family of the paroquet [haa, family; henga, paroquet (Domicella
fringillacea)]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Haahio. Family on Ahio, a chief [haa, family; ahio, chief's name]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haahoko. Family of those who succeed [haa, family; hoko, to succeed, i. e. to
follow]. District on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haahonge. Family of famine [haa, family; honge, famine]. Tract near Fuaa-
motu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Nei-
afu, village on Vavau island (V).

Haahou. Qualmish family [haa, family; hou, qualmish]. Tract near Mangia,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Houma, village on Vavau island
(V).

Haahuai. Family that spills [haa, family; huai, to spill]. Tract near Alaki, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Haahuaki. Family of pilots [haa, family; huaki, to pilot a vessel in a passage].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Kanoku-
polu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haaila. Family with a mark on the body [haa, family; ila, mark on the body].
Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haakaho. Family of reeds [haa, family; kaho, reeds]. Tract near Ahau, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Haakale. Family of fast runners [haa, family; kale, to run fast]. Tract near
Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Haakalua. Family of the flapping sail [haa, family; kalua, the flapping of the
sail]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Veitongo, Vaini—
Maafu, landlord; Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord; Lapaha—Pangia, landlord;
Hoi, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Fangaleounga, village
on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. Also tracts near villages on Vavau
island (V): near Tefisi—Luani, landlord; Neiafu, Leimatua—Fotu, landlord, and
Holonga.

Haakalualuo. Family of many hollows [haa, family; kalualuo, many hollows].
Place on Vavau island (V). Near Mt, Kafoa, where there are two small hills
said to have been two gods, Lotu and Toka, who were changed to this form.

Haakame. Village and tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haa-
kame and Kolonga—Nuku, landlord.

Haakamelalo. Lower Haakame [lalo, lower]. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

80 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Haakaulu. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord.

Haakauulu. Family of ten heads [haa, family; kauulu, ten heads]. Tract near
Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Alaki, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Haakea. Family of the long breadfruit [haa, family; kea, the long kind of bread-
fruit]. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.
Also tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haakeifonu. Family still (entitled to the) turtle [haa, family; kei, still, yet;
fonu, turtle]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Turtles are always regarded as the chief's, regardless of who
captures them.

Haakeifuna. Family still moulting [haa, family; kei, still; funa, to moult]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tefisi, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Haakele. Muddy family [haa, family; kele, muddy]. Tract near Kolonga, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Haakeli. Family of diggers [haa, family; keli, to dig]. Tract near Fatumu, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Haakili. Skin family [haa, family; kili, skin]. Tract near Koloua, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Adjoining Ahau.
Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haakio. Family that chirps like a chicken [haa, family; kio, to chirp as a
chicken]. Village on Vavau island (V). Also tract in Haakio, village on
Vavau island (V).

Haakiolalo. Lower Haakio [lalo, lower]. Tract near Haakio, village on Vavau
island (V). :

Haakoka. Family that prints tapa [haa, family; koka, to print tapa]. Tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also district on Lifuka island (H). Also district near Utui, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)
Veikune, landlord. Also village on Vavau island (V). Part of Utui.

Haakokolo. Family of the rumbling noise in the stomach [haa, family; kokolo,
rumbling noise in the stomach]. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(A).

Haakole. Begging family [haa, family; kole, to beg]. Tract near Longomapu,
village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Haakolo. Town family [haa, family; kolo, town]. Tract near Haatoa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Haakolokolo. Family that boils things [haa, family; kolokolo, to boil] Tract on
Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Haakolotoma. Family of the conceited town [haa, family; kolo, town; toma, con-
ceited, vain]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haavaka-
tolo—Ahomee, landlord; Foui—Vahai, landlord, and Teekiu—Motuapuaka, land-
lord.

Haakulu. Family of the kulu tree [haa, family; kulu, tree]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Haakuma. Rat family [haa, family; kuma, rat]. Tract near Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Haakumi. Family of seekers [haa, family; kumi, to seek]. Tract near Kolonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Haakupo. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 81

Haakupu. Family of speakers [haa, family; kupu, speech]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale,
village on Vavau island (V).

Haalai. Family of the lai fish (haa, family; lai, a kind of fish]. Tract near
Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Haalakiu. Family of the snipe sail [haa, family; la, sail; kiu, snipe]. Tract near
Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haalako. Family of wanderers [haa, family; lako, to go, to wander]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Foui—Vahai, landlord; Haateiho
—Tui Haateiho, landlord, and Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord.

Haalakoi. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haalakovaka. Family wandering in boats [haa, family; lako, to go, to wander;
vaka, vessel]. Tract and district near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).
Haalalo. Lower family [haa, family; lalo, below, down, beneath]. Village and
tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Lapaha—Pangia, landlord,
and Lototelie. Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Neiafu—

Fulivai, landlord; Haakio, and Tafeuni.

Haalangovaka. Family that contends with one who has conquered another [haa,
family; langovaka, to contend with one who has conquered another]. Tract
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haalata. Family at home in a place [haa, family; lata, at home in a place].
Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also district and tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa
island (H).

Haalato. Family of fullness [haa, family; lato, full]. Tract near Petani, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haalaufuli. Family of counters all [haa, family; lau, to count; fuli, all]. Village
on Vavau island (V).

Haalausi. Family of the lausi yam [haa, family; lausi, a long yam known by that
name]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haalefo. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Haaleiosi. Family of finished ivory [haa, family; lei, ivory; osi, to be finished].
Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haaliha. Family of nits [haa, family; liha, nit]. Tract near Masilamea, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Haalihau. Ancient family [haa, family; lihau, ancient; or perhaps family of
Lihau, the fourth Tui Tonga]. Tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Haalino. Family of stringing leaves upon a rope for taking fish [haa, family;
linoaki, to string leaves upon a rope for taking fish]. Tract near Faleloa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord.

Haaloau. Family of the famished [haa, family; loau, famished; or family of
Loau, a famous ancient chief]. Tract and district near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also cemetery on Lifuka island (H). On weather shore.

Haaloausi. Family of the painted buttocks [haa, family; loa, to paint with color;
usi, the rear part of a person]. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Haaloka. Family of quarrel [haa, family; loka, rough, wavy]. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Pea—Lavaka, landlord, Folaha, and Niu-
toua.

Haalokafisi. Family filliped by the rough waves [haa, family; loka, rough, wavy;
fisi, to fillip]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

82 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm-—Bulletin

Haaloke. Family dashed about by the waves [haa, family; lokeia, to be dashed
about by the waves]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Pangia, landlord.

Haalota. Family that exhorts [haa, family; lotaki, to exhort]. District on Lifuka
island (H).

Haaloto. Middle family [haa, family; loto, middle]. Tract near villages on Ton-
gatabu island (T): near Nukualofa, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord; Nukuleka—
Pangia, landlord; Makaunga—Pangia, landlord, and Talafoou—Lauaki, land-
lord. Also tract on Fotuhaa island (H). Also tract on Okoa island (V). Also
tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Makave—Tui Afitu, landlord;
Houma, and Haakio. Also tract near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Haalotoa. Family in the enclosure [haa, family; lotoa, enclosure]. Tract near
Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haalotouta. Inland Haaloto [uta, inland]. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Haalouango. Family of the ginger leaf [haa, family; lou, leaf; ango, ginger].
Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haalousi. Family of the si leaf [haa, family; lou, leaf; si, a plant]. Tract near
Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haaluma. Family of scoffers [haa, family; luma, to scoff]. A former village
south of Kolomaile, on Eua island (T), abandoned in Christian times, its inhab-
itants now living in Ohonua. Also tract near Tufuvai, village on Bua island (T).
Also tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Lapaha,
Village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haalupo. Family of the king fish [haa, family; lupo, king fish]. Tract near
Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haaluukau. Probably Haatuukau. Tract near Houma, village on Vavyau island
(V).

Haamahe. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano,
landlord. Also tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki,
landlord. Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord. Also tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).
Also tract near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Feletoa, village on Va-
vau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)
—Maatu, landlord.

Haamako. Family smeared from head to foot with black pigment [haa, family;
mako, to be smeared from head to foot with black pigment]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Haamalo. Family that wins in games [haa, family; malo, a winner in games].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haamaloiliku. Haamalo on the weather shore [liku, weather shore]. Tract near
Hoi, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haamango. Family of Mango [haa, family; mango, an island of the Haapai
group]. Tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Tafeuni, Taanea—
Vahai, landlord, and Haalaufuli.

Haamatangi. Family of the wind [haa, family; matangi, wind]. Tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haamate. Family of death [haa, family; mate, death]. Tract near Veitongo,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 83

Haamatua. Family of elderly people [haa, family; matua, elderly people].
Former village on Tofua island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Haamaui. Family of Maui the demigod; or living family; [haa, family; maui,
alive, well, convalescent, applied to several]. Tract near Kolonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Haamautau. Family of war prisoners [haa, family; mau, to obtain, to possess;
tau, war]. Tract near Sapaata, village on Niuafoou island (NF). Also tract
near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haamea. Family that attends to [haa, family; mea, to attend to]. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Hua island (T). Also tract and district near Fatai, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu
Haalaufuli, landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Haameneuli. Family that obeys the call of nature [haa, family; meneuli, to obey
the call of nature]. Tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Nuku, landlord. Former name of village of Niutoua on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Haamoa. Family of the chicken [haa, family; moa, chicken] or perhaps killing
like fowls [haa (or haha), to strike; moa, chicken]. Probably in most cases
the tracts are named for Samoa, Haamoa being the Tongan name for that
country. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Lakepa—
Lasike, landlord, and Hamula—Pangia, landlord. Also tract on Oua island (H).
Also cliff on Fotuhaa island (H). So named because a Samoan jumped from
it and was killed and became a stone, which is now pointed out. Also tract
near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. Also tract
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haamoana. Family of the ocean [haa, family; moana, ocean]. Tract near Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haamofuta. Family that assumed a proud and daring gait [haa, family; mofuta,
to assume a proud and daring gait], Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haamoko. Family of the gecko [haa, family; moko, gecko]. Tract and fortress
gate near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.
Gate on southeast-by-east side of fortress of Hule. Also tract near Maufanga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Haamolo, Family of stampers [haa, family; moloki, to stamp, to tread], Tract
near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho.

Haamololalo. Lower Haamolo [lalo, lower]. Tract near Haateiho, village on
Tongatapu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Haamololiku. Haamolo on the weather shore [liku, weather shore]. Tract near
Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Haamomoe. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Haamongaamaui, Burden of Maui [haamonga, a burden carried on the shoulders,
suspended from each end of a stick; a, of; maui, the demigod]. Trilithon
near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haamotuavae. Family of the big toe [haa, family; motuavae, big toe]. Tract
on Uoleva island (H). Also tract and district near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H).

8&4 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Haamotuku, Family of the heron [haa, family; motuku, heron]. Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Houma—Vaea, landlord, Lapaha—
Pangia, landlord, Makaunga—Pangia, landlord, Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, and
Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract and district near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).
Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Neiafu, Tafeuni, and
Taanea—Vahai, landlord.

Haamotukulalo. Lower Haamotuku [lalo, lower]. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Haamuni. Family of Muni [haa, family; muni, a Tongan hero]. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Holonga, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Pangia, landlord. Also tract and district near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Uluka-
lala, landlord.

Haaniumea. Family of the brown coconuts [haa, family; niumea, brown coco-
nut]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Hamula,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haano. Family of borrowers [haa, family; no, to borrow]. Tracts near villages
on Tongatabu island (T): near Fahefa—Veehala, landlord, Nukualofa, and
Longoteme—Veikune, landlord. Also island (H). Also village on Haano
island (H). Also tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Haanofa. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haanofu. Family of the nofu fish [haa, family; nofu, a kind of fish]. Tract near
Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract
near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Haanonu. Family of the nonu tree [haa, family; nonu, a tree]. Tract near
Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Haanosii. Little Haano [sii, little]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Haanukutoka. Family of the conquered town [haa, family; nuku, town; toka,
conquered]. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake,
landlord.

Haangafa. The working family [haa, family; ngafa, a portion of work]. Tract
near Hautu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hihifo, village
on Lifuka island (H).

Haangana. The well known family [haa, family; ngana, to spread abroad, as a
name], or family of Nganatatafu, a former chief of Haano island and brother
of the 20th Tui Tonga Tatafueikimeimua. Tract near Ohonua, village on
Bua island (T). Also tract near Kolovai village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata,
landlord. Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also district near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also district on Haano island (H).

Haanganauta. Inland Haangana [uta, inland]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Haango. Family of the ginger plant [haa, family; ango, ginger]. Tract on No-
muka island (H).

Haangolo. Family that speaks through the nose [haa, family; ngolo, to speak
through the nose]. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Haangolotau. Family of unrest [haa, family; ngolotau, unrest]. Tracts in and

near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 85

Haangongo. Family of the noddy tern [haa, family; ngongo, noddy tern]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Malapo, Lapaha—Pangia, land-
lord, and Lavengatonga. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).
Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu.

Haao. The moving family [haa, family; 0, to go (applied to two or more)].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Haaola. Successful family [haa, family; ola, to succeed]. Tract near Kolonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also district on Nomuka
island (H).

Haaolatafanga, Family at home at the landing place [haa, family; o, of; lata, at
home in a place; fanga, landing place]. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. 4

Haapai. Family of the coalescing fingers or toes [haa, family; pai, fingers or
toes growing together, or a twisted foot]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Ahau, Matahau, Tofoa, Nukualofa, and Malapo—Luani, land-
lord. The central island group of the Tongan archipelago. Anciently the name
seems to have been applied specifically to the islands of Uoleva, Lifuka, Foa,
Nukunamu, and Haano, all of which are united by reefs; hence, perhaps the
name meaning coalescing fingers or toes. Also tract near Uiha, village on
Uiba island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Utungake, village on
Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Sapaata, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Haapaifoou. New Haapai [foou, new]. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Haapaihonge. Famished Haapai [honge, famine, scarcity of food]. Tract near
Holeva, village on Koloa island (V); perhaps so named from the coming of
Haapai people to beg food.

Haapaiuta. Inland Haapai [uta, inland]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Haapau. Confident family [haa, family; pau, confident]. Tract near Utulau,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haapaulalo. Lower Haapau [lalo, lower]. Tract near Houma, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Haapauloto. Center of Haapau [loto, center]. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Haapauuta. Inland Haapau [uta, inland]. Tract near Houma, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Haapeka. Family of the flying fox [haa, family; peka, flying fox]. Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Matahau, Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, land-
lord, and Nukualofa.

Haapekauta. Inland Haapeka [uta, inland]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fusitua, landlord.

Haapele. Family of favorites [haa, family; pele, favorite]. Tract near Pea,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Haapuesia. Family first at making nets [haa, family; pue, to be first; sia, to
make nets]. District near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haapulou. Family that veils the face [haa, family; pulou, to veil the face]. Tract
near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also
tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Haapunga. Family of the coral [haa, family; punga, coral]. So named appar-
ently because here the hero Pungalotohoa threw and broke coconut trees in
a contest with the hero Muni. The punga (coral) in the place name would
seem to be a short rendering of the hero’s name. Tract near Tokomololo,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

86 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Haasiale. Family of the single gardenia [haa, family; siale, single gardenia].
Tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Vei-
tongo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Feletoa, village on
Vavau island (V).

Haasikiuli. Family that sits on its heels in filth [haa, family; siki, to sit on the
heels; uli, filth]. Tract near Pangai, village on Eua island (T).

Haasimi. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haasina. Family of the long wedge for splitting kava [haa, family; sina, long
wedge for splitting kava]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Haasini. Family that became satiated [haa, family; sini, to be satiated], Tract
near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haatafu. Family that fans the fire [haa, family; tafu, to fan the fire]. Village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Haatafuuta. Inland Haatafu [uta, inland]. Tract near Haatafu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ata, landlord.

Haatakaifanga. Family that goes about on the shore [haa, family; taka, to go
about; i, on; fanga, shore]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Haatakala. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haatakalaua. Family of the Tui Tonga Takalaua [haa, family; takalaua, the
twenty-third Tui Tonga]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tungi, landlord. Also district on Tongatabu island (T). Another name for
Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haatalafale. Family conversing in the house [haa, family; tala, to converse;
fale, house]. Said to refer to high chiefs sitting in house while commoners
work outside. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pele-
hake, landlord. Also district near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui
Pelehake, landlord. Also district near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)
—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Haatalamohavea. Family that converses with Havea [haa, family; tala, to con-
verse; mo, with; Havea, a personal name]. Tracts near villages on Tonga-
tabu island (T): near Nukualofa, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, and Vaini
—Maafu, landlord.

Haatalauli. Family of dirty talk [haa, family; tala, to talk; uli, dirty].~ Tract
near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Okoa island (V).

Haatamani, Family of this youth [haa, family; tama, youth; ni, this]. Tract
near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord, Also
district near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Haatamanu. Family of the tamanu tree [haa, family; tamanu, a tree, Calophyl-
lum burmanni]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord.

Haataongo. Family that feels blows [haa, family; ta, a blow; ongo, to feel].
Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord.

Haatapu. Sacred family [haa, family; tapu, sacred]. Tract on Nomuka island
(A).

Haatatafu. Family that strikes fire [haa, family; tatafu, to strike fire]. Perhaps
refers to the twentieth Tui Tonga, Tatafueikimeimua. Tracts near villages
on Tongatabu island (T): near Haakame, Folaha, and Alaki—Tui Pelehake,
landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 87

Haatau. Family of war [haa, family; tau, war]. Tract near Kolovai, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also district near Kolovai, village on
Tongatabu island (T). In this district is situated the tract Lakepa belonging
to Lasike. Also tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ahomee, landlord.

Haataua. Family that builds two canoes at a time [haa, family; taua, to build
two canoes at a time]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Haataukiuta. Family that fights inland [haa, family; tau, to fight; ki, in; uta,
inland]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee,
landlord,

Haatavake. Family of the tropic bird [haa, family; tavake, tropic bird (Phae-
thon aethereus)]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haatea. Whitish family [haa, family; tea, whitish, light in color]. Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord,
Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Talasiu—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract on
Nomuka island (H). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near
Houma, Tuanekivale, and Leimatua—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Haatealiku. Haatea on the weather shore [liku, weather shore]. Tract near
Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Haateiho. Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). Also village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Belonged to the god Pulotu Katoa, Also tract near Felemea, village on
Uiha island (H). Also district near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Haatelie. Family of the “almond” tree [haa, family; telie, a tree, vernacularly
called “almond” by English-speaking residents of Tonga]. Tract near Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haatengetenga. Family of the tengetenga bird [haa, family; tengetenga, a bird].
Tract near Mua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Mua is the combined vil-
lages of Lapaha and Tatakamotonga. Also tract near Vaimalo, village on
Vavau island (V).

Haateolo. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake,
landlord,

Haato. Absent family [haa, family; to, to be absent]. Tract in Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H). Formerly called Fanganono.

Haatoa. Courageous family [haa, family; toa, courageous]. Village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Adjoins Matahau.

Haatofi. Family that cuts into small pieces [haa, family; tofi, to cut into small
pieces]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haatoho. Family that pulls, or drags along something [haa, family; toho, to
pull or drag along]. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Maafu, landlord.

Haatoi. Family that keeps out of sight [haa, family; toi, to keep out of sight].
Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.
Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haatoka. Conquered family [haa, family; toka, conquered]. Tracts in and
near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord. Also tract
near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Haatoke. Family that cuts the whale [haa, family; toke, to cut the whale].
Tract near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Haatolopa. Family that throws the fish hook [haa, family; tolo, to throw; pa,
fish hook]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

88 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Haatolu. Family of three [haa, family; tolu, three]. Tract near Holonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Haatoto. Family that stoops in walking [haa, family; toto, to stoop in walking].
Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haatou. Family of the tou tree [haa, family; tou, a tree]. Tract near Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Haatouli. Family that fell in filth [haa, family; to, to fall; uli, filth]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukualofa, Veitongo, and Vaini
—Maafu, landlord.

Haatoumanga. Family of the spreading tou tree [haa, family; tou, a tree;
manga, spreading]. District near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haatoutai. Family of sailing masters [haa, family; toutai, sailing master].
Tract near Lakepa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Haatouuta. Inland Haatou [uta, inland]. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Haatua. Family of commoners [haa, family; tua, commoner]. Village on Eua
island (T). Also called Kolomaile. Also tract near Matafonua, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord, Also tract near Nukuleka, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Haatuamapuhanga. Family of commoners who whistle and look [haa, family;
tua, commoner; mapu, to whistle; hanga, to look at]. Tract near Ohonua,
village on Eua island (T).

Haatuele. Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Haatufunga. Undertaker. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—-Pangia, landlord.

Haatufungaliku. Haatufunga at the weather shore [liku, weather shore]. Tract
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Haatui. Family of kings [haa, family; tui, king]. Tract and district near Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Haatukau. Family of the handle for the fishing rod [haa, family; tukau, a handle
for the fishing rod]. Haatukau near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Haatuku. Family that dyes [ haa, family; tuku, to dye]. Tract near Houma,
village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Haatuna. Family of the eel [haa, family; tuna, eel]. Tract near Matahau, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Haatupoi. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord,

Haatuukau. A watch; one who has charge of a chief’s wife. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord, Mau-
fanga—Fakafanua, landlord, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Lapaha, Have:
luliku, Lavengatonga, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Vavau
island (V). Between Haakio and Faleono. Also tract near Tongamamao,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haatuunga. Family of the foundation [haa, family; tuunga, a foundation]. Tract
near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also district
near Fotua, village on Foa island (H).

Haatuungahihifo. Western Haatuunga [hihifo, western]. Tract near Haatoa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 89

Haauluakimata. Family of the first eye [haa, family; uluaki, first; mata, eye;
or family of the Tui Tonga Uluakimata]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Haaungi. Family that defends [haa, family; ungi, to defend]. Tract near Nuku-
nuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Haautu. Family that fetches or carries [haa, family; utu, to fetch, to carry].
Tract near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, land-
lord. =

Haauvea. Family of Wallis island [haa, family; uvea, Wallis island]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukualofa, Maufanga—Faka-
fanua, landlord, and Fetoa,

Haavaekalo. Family of the foot that avoids danger [haa, family; vae, foot; kalo,
to avoid danger]. The spelling Haavaekolo was also obtained. Tract near
Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haavaeoua. Family of the foot that desists [haa, family; vae, foot; oua, to de-
sist]. The spelling Haavaeoma was also obtained. Tract near Mua, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haavaha. Family of the space at sea [haa, family; vaha, space at sea]. Tract
and district near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haavahe. Family that apportions [haa, family; vahe, to apportion]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haavai. Family that dissolves [haa, family; vai, to dissolve]. Tract in
Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island (H).

Haavaka. Family of sailing boats [haa, family; vaka, sailing boat]. Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukualofa, Vaini—Maafu, landlord,
and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau
island (V).

Haavakafuhu. Family of sailing vessel that carries fist fighters [haa, family;
vaka, sailing vessel; fuhu, to fight with the fists]; or family of Vakafuhu, the
25th Tui Tonga. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatapu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract near Mangia, village on Vavau island (V).

Haavakamei. Family of the breadfruit boat [haa, family; vaka, boat; mei, bread-
fruit]. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Haavakaotua. Family of the god’s boat [haa, family; vaka, boat; otua, god].
Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Haavakatolo. Family of the vessel that discharged a portion of her cargo at
sea for safety [haa, family; vaka, vessel; tolo, to discharge a portion of the
cargo at sea for the safety of the vessel]. Village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Lakepa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.
Also tract on Oua island (H).

Haavakatoto. Family of the boat of blood [haa, family; vaka, boat; toto, blood].
Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Haeangakia. To tear the throat open. Tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Haeia. An eccentric person. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Hafaana. The road to the cave. Tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Hafaanga. Silly idiots. Tract on Mango island (H).

90 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Hafekivaka. To carry suspended by a string from the neck or shoulder to a
boat [hafe, to carry suspended by a string from the neck or shoulder; ki, to;
vaka, boat]. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, land-
lord.

Hafeofafine. Women’s menstruous cloths [hafe, a menstruous cloth; o, of; fafine,
women]. Trees on Vavau island (V). Two hehea trees, one on each side of
the road called Halakavakava on or near Mt. Kafoa.

Hahafu. To fall in drops. Tract near Koloua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hahaia. To appear. Tract in Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Site
of the Catholic church and formerly of the house of the god Tui Haafakafanua.

Hahake. Eastern division of Tongatabu island. Apparently restricted sometimes
to northeastern portion as indicated in the following: ‘Then he transferred to
Hahake” from Fuaamotu in the southeastern portion. The term is applied to
the eastern portion of any island. I have heard it used for eastern part of
Fotuhaa island, Haapai group.

Hahamolofia. Probably hahamalofia, scarce. A place seen by the divine plover
(Tangaloa Atulongolongo) from Eua in the days of creation and upon which
it stood, originating the saying: ‘When the tide is low plovers have a founda-
tion.”

Haila. To appear spotted [ha, to appear; ila, a mark, a spot]. Tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Haimale. To bind in the male game [hai, to bind; male, a game]. Tract near
Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Haka. A hole cut into the trunk of a tree, for holding water. Tract near Lei-
matua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Hakangavalu. Boiling place of the valu fish [haka, to boil; anga, place; valu, a
fish]. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Hakatuu. To move the hands as in dancing while standing [haka, to move the
hands as in dancing; tuu, to stand]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua,
landlord.

Hakau. A submerged reef near land. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Hakauata. Reflected reef [hakau, reef; ata, to reflect as a mirror]. Island (H).

Hakaueihiho. Reef that is sacred. Reef near Niniva island (H).

Hakaufaha. Reef where fish are driven into a net trap [hakau, reef; faha, to
drive fish into a net trap]. Reef west of the southern end of Lifuka island (H).

Hakaufakaositoume. Reef where torches are finished, that is used up [hakau,
reef; fakaosi, to finish; toume, the cover of the coconut branch as it fruits
from the tree, used when dry as a torch]. Probably night fishing was done at
this reef. Reef west of the southern end of Foa island (H).

Hakaufatumanono. Reef where the sail is furled and well tied [hakau, reef;
fatu, to furl; manonoo, to be well tied or roped]. Reef in southern part
of Haapai group.

Hakaufisi. Reef of flowers [hakau, reef; fisi, flower]. Reef northwest of
the Nomuka group in southern Haapai. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord.

Hakaufusi. Reef of bananas [hakau, reef; fusi, generic term for bananas]. Reef
in southern part of Vavau group.

Hakaufusipala. Reef of rotten bananas [hakau, reef; fusi, generic term for ba-
nanas; pala, rotten]. Reef off west coast of Lifuka island (H).

Hakauhomaulu. A high reef. Reef partly surrounding Niniva island (H).

Hakauiki. Small reef [hakau, reef; iki, small]. Reef near Niniva island (H).

Hakaukopau, Reef that can be seen at any time [hakau, reef; kopau, that which
is certain]. Reef west of Kotu island (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 91

Hakaulahi. Large reef [hakau, reef; lahi, large]. Reef near Miama island (H).

Hakaulalo. The reef beneath the water, that is, not visible [hakau, reef; lalo,
below, beneath]. Reef on west side of Lifuka island (H).

Hakauloa. Long reef [hakau, reef; loa, long]. Reef west of Lifuka island (H).

Hakaumalie. Pleasing reef [hakau, reef; malie, pleasing]. Tract near Veitongo,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hakaumama. Reef of the world [hakau, reef; mama, world]. God-house on Uiha
island (H). House of the eel god Toke, situated on the tract Fongolongo.
Hakaumamao. Distant reef [hakau, reef; mamao, distant]. Large reef north of
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island

(H). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Hakaumamo. Reef of the mamo fish [hakau, reef; mamo, a fisn]. Tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Hakaumataleingale. Reef off west side of Lifuka island (H).

Hakaumateialona. Mateialona reef [hakau, reef; mateialona, former name of
the governor of Haapai, now called Tupoutoa]. Reef near Lifuka island (A).

Hakaumuikuku. Reef of holding the hind part fast in the hand [hakau, reef;
mui, the hind part; kuku, to hold fast in the hand]. Reef west of the north
end of Lifuka island (H). The name has a mythical origin. When
the twin goddesses Topukulu and Nafanua came swimming from Samoa,
they were both in the state of pregnancy. When they came to this place,
Topukulu felt labor pains and took hold of herself to restrain the birth
of the child. Another tale attributes the name to the goddess Fehuluni, who
similarly prevented the escape from her body of a stolen yam which she was
bringing to Tonga. See also Ufimoufi and Muikuku.

Hakaupooi. Pooi reef [hakau, reef; pooi, a preparation of food]. Reef off west
side of Lifuka island (H).

Hakausela. Sarah reef [hakau, reef; sela, Sarah, the late wife of Tupoutoa, the
governor of Haapai]. Reef on west side of Lifuka island (H).

Hakautapu. Sacred reef [hakau, reef; tapu, sacred]. Reef off northwestern point
of Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua,
landlord. Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord. Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Hakautofua. Reef where yams are baked whole [hakau, reef; tofua, to bake
yams whole]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Hakautuaniu. Reef like the back of a coconut leaf [hakau, reef; tua, back; niu,
coconut]. Reef off west side of Lifuka island (H).

Hakauvana. Sea urchin reef [hakau, reef; vana, sea urchin]. Reef on west side
of Lifuka island (H).

Hakauvonu. Reef on west side of Lifuka island (H).

Hakavalu. Eight holes cut in tree trunks to hold water [haka, hole cut in tree
trunk to hold water; valu, eight]. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island
(V)—Luani, landlord.

Hakea. Stranded. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Hakefangota. To ascend after gathering shellfish [hake, to ascend; fangota, to
gather shellfish]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ahomee, landlord.

Hakonoa. Worthless offspring [hako, offspring; noa, worthless]. Tract near
Haatalafale, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Hakula. Sword fish. Place on Tofua island (H).

Hala. Road. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

92 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Halaakava. Road of kava [hala, road; a, of; kava, kava]. Tract on Mango
island (H).

Halaakuku. Road of the kuku shellfish [hala, road; a, of; kuku, a shellfish].
Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Halaatuvaka. Road towards the vessel [hala, road; atu, towards; vaka, vessel].
Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Halaei. The chief's road. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord.

Halaevalu. Eight roads [hala, road; e, limiting adjective used before numerals;
valu, eight]. Pigeon mound near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Halafakafoohake. A broad flat road [hala, road; fakafoohake, to turn the face
or front of anything upwards]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island
(V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Halafakalafa. The flattened road [hala, road; fakalafalafa, to make flat, to flat-
ten]. Beach on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Halafakalava. The road which lies longways [hala, road; fakalava, to lie long-
ways]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Halafakatafa. Road which lies to one side [hala, road; fakatafa, to lie on the
side]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Halafata. Road of the bier [hala, road; fata, bier]. Tract near Petani, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Halafatai. Road of the fatai shrub [hala, road; fatai, a shrub]. Tract on Haa-
feva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Halafetoho. Road where something is dragged along by several people [hala,
road; fetoho, to drag along, by several]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Halafoa. The fractured road [hala, road; foa, to fracture]. Tract near Ohonua,
village on Eua island (T).

Halafoou. The new road [hala, road; foou, new]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Halafua. The measured road [hala, road; fua, to measure]. Tract near Lei-
matua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Halahenima. To miss because of the hand [hala, to miss; he, because; nima,
hand]). Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Halahinima. The hands appearing large [ha, to appear; lahi, large; nima, hand].
Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Halahu. The road of worship [hala, road; hu, to worship]. Tract on Eua island
(T). A tract in the southern part of Eua which belonged to the famous
diviner (tongafisi) Hama. He lived on a spot, called Matakiata, within the
tract.

Halaika. The fish road [hala, road; ika, fish]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Hamula, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Halaikamotua. Old fish road [hala, road; ika, fish; motua, old]. Tract on Ton-
gatabu island (T). On weather shore opposite Bua island.

Halaitalaki. The road by which reports are spread [hala, road; i, by; talaki, to
spread abroad]. Trast near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Halaivai. The road in the water [hala, road; i, in; vai, water]. Tract near
Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 93

Halakafa. The road where the coconut trees (suitable for kafa making) grow
[hala, road; kafa, cordage made from the coconut husk], Tract near Fuaa-
motu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Halakaho. The road where reeds grow [hala, road; kaho, reed]. Tract near
Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Halakakala. The road where sweet-scented flowers grow [hala, road; kakala, any
and every sweet flower]. Tract on Hueiki island (T). Also tract near Niu-
toua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also reef off east coast of Tongatabu
island (T). The name of the reef refers to the people having on garlands at
the fishing entertainment. Also tract on Oua island (H).

Halakaloaa. Road of the kaloaa shellfish [hala, road; kaloaa, a kind of shellfish].
Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Halakau. The road through a grove of trees [hala, road; kau, stem, stalk].
Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.
Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Halakavakava. Bridge road [halafakakavakava, bridge]. Road on Vavau island
(V). On or near Mt. Kafoa.

Halakelemea, A dun-colored muddy road [hala, road; kele, muddy; mea, a dun
color], Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord,

Halakeli. A dug road [hala, road; keli, to dig]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Halaleva. To miss accidentally [hala, to miss; leva, accidentally]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Halali. The road lashed together [hala, road; li, to lash together]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Halaliku. Weather shore road [hala, road; liku, weather shore]. The road which
skirts the southern and eastern shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Halaloto. Center road [hala, road; loto, center]. The central east-west road of
Tongatabu island (T).

Halalupe. Pigeon road [hala, road; lupe, pigeon]. Natural bridge near Vaini,
village on Tongatabu island (T),. On south coast.

Halamakamaka. A stony road [hala, road; makamaka, stony] Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Halamanu. An animal track [hala, road; manu, animal]. Tract near Maufanga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Halamate. Road of death [hala, road; mate, death]. Tract near Folaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also road running the length of Uoleva island (H).

Halamotua. The old road [hala, road; motua, old]. Road on Vavau island (V),
Formerly called Halanukonuka,

Halamutu, Damaged road [hala, road; mutu, maimed, to cut across the warp].
Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Halaniu. An avenue of coconuts [hala, road; niu, coconut]. Tract near Houma,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Halanukonuka. Road of the sweet-scented shrub [hala, road; nukonuka, a shrub].
Road on Vavau island (V). This road is today called Halamotua.

Halangama, Shy animal road [halanga, the road of animals; ma, bashful,
modest]. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord,

Halangutungutu, Road of holes and openings [hala, road; ngutungutu, holes,
openings]. Road on Vavau island (V). The road along edge of cliffs on
northwest coast.

Halaohikuleo. Road of Hikuleo [hala, road; 0, of; hikuleo, the god of Pulotu,
the homeland of the gods]. The name is applied to a deep hole or crevasse
on Koloa island (V), through which Maui is reputed to have brought fire from
Lolofonua (Underworld).

94 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Halapaini. An avenue of pine trees [hala, road; paini, Norfolk Island pine, of
which considerable numbers are growing in Nukualofa]. Tract in Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Halapaku, Crust road [hala, road; paku, crust]. Tract near Mua, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Halapeka, Road where flying foxes abound [hala, road; peka, flying fox], Tract
on Eueiki island (T).

Halapuleanga. Government road [hala, road; puleanga, government]. Tract
near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Halasiale, Avenue of gardenias [hala, road; siale, gardenia], Tract near Leima-
tua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Halasialetafa. Road of the sialetafa shrub [hala, road; sialetafa, a shrub]. Tract
on Tongatabu island (T).

Halatamatama. Road of the tamatama shrub [hala, road; tamatama, a shrub],
Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Halatanu. The concealed road [hala, road; tanu, to conceal]. Tract near Haatoa,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Halatausia. The road that extended to the mound [hala, road; tau, to extend to;
sia, an artificial mound]. Road on Vavau island (V).

Halatauvaka. Road that extends to the vessels [hala, road; tau, to extend to;
vaka, vessel]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu,
landlord.

Halatoa. Casuarina road [hala, road; toa, casuarina tree], Tract near Ohonua,
village on Bua island (T). Also tract on Ofu island (V).

Halatofa. The made road [hala, road; tofa, to make, as a road]. Tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Halatoi. Road of the toi trees [hala, road; toi, a tree], Tract near Vaini, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Halatongo. Road of mangroves [hala, road; tongo, mangrove tree]. Tract near
Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Halatuituia. Road of conception [hala, road; tuituia, conception]. A pandanus
tree on the weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Halaumea, Road of clay [hala, road; umea, clay]. Tract near Tuanekivale, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Halaunga. Road of the hermit crab [hala, road; unga, hermit crab], Tract on
Eueiki island (T).

Halauta. Inland road [hala, road; uta, inland]. Tract near Makave, village on
Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord, Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fotofili, landlord. |

Halavaka. Road for boats [hala, road; vaka, boat]. Tract near Kolovai, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Halei. The appearance of ivory [ha, appearance; lei, ivory]. Tract on Bueiki
island (T), Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord,

Halele. To appear to run [ha, to appear; lele, to run]. Tract on Ofu island (V)
—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Halofiuta, Inland hunger [halofia, hunger; uta, inland]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Halongalalo. The place that is below. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Hamula. The appearance of the mula shellfish [ha, appearance; mula, a shell-
fish.] Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Okoa island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 95

Hamulafoou, New Hamula [foou, new]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Hamulaloto. Center of Hamula [loto, center]. Tract near Hamula, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord,

Hanoma, Tract on Kotu island (H).

Hanuatoma. To complain of vanity [hanu, to complain; a, of; toma, vanity].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Hanuvale. Foolish complaining [hanu, to complain; vale, foolish]. Tract near
Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Hangahake, To face upwards [hanga, to face; hake, upwards]. Tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Hangahifo. To face downwards [hanga, to face; hifo, downwards]. Tract near
Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Hangai. [Hangahangai, right opposite]. Tract near Tokomolo, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord. Also tract in Otea, village on Kapa
island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu
Haalaufuli, landlord. ‘

Hangaitokolau. Right opposite the north [hangai, right opposite; tokelau, north].
Cemetery near Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H). Graveyard of the mata-
pule (attendant) family of Veahaki,

Hangakikapa. Facing towards Kapa island [hanga, to face; ki, towards; kapa,
an island of the Vavau group]. Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu
island (V). b

Hangakilangi. Facing the sky [hanga, to face; ki, towards; langi, sky]. Tract
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Hangakimoala. Facing toward Moala [hanga, to face; ki, towards]. Tract near
Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). \

Hangakinukueli. Facing towards Nukueli [hanga, to face; ki, towards]. Tract
near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Hangale. Name of a tree. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Tui Vakano, landlord, Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island
(V)—Malupo, landlord, Also tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island
(V)—Veikune, landlord,

Hangamalie. Free from stones, free from obstructions, Tract near Lotofoa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H).

Hango. To be strewed about. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)
—Fotofili, landlord,

Haola. To be constantly occupied. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island
(V).

Hapae. Crooked or lame in the feet, Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau
island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Hauafu, Coming of the spray of the sea when breaking upon the rocks [hau,
to come; afu, the spray of the sea, when breaking upon the rocks]. Tract
near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Haualo, Exposed to the wind. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)
—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Hauatangata. The coming of man [hau, to come; a, of; tangata, man]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Nakolo,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord. Also tract on Hunga island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Haue. To act without restraint. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island
(V)—Veikune, landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island
(V).

96 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Haueva, To come and walk about [hau, to come; eva, to walk about]. Tract
near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T), Also tract near Matafonua,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Haufakatefisi. Anyone coming to top part of a roof [hau, to come; fakatefisi,
top part of roof], Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haufekai, Ferocious conqueror [hau, conqueror; fekai, ferocious]. Tract near
Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Haufolau, To arrive from a voyage [hau, to arrive; folau, voyage]. Tract on
Fotuhaa island (H). Also tract and district near Ngaunoho, village on Utu-
ngake island (V).

Haufoou. New conqueror [hau, conqueror; foou, new]. Tract near Vaipoa, vil-
lage on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Haufua. To come with produce [hau, to come; fua, produce]. Tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Haukaenofo. To come for to dwell [hau, to come; kae, for; nofo, to dwell].
Tract on Oua island (H).

Haukamakama, The coming of the rock crab [hau, to come; kamakama, a rock
crab]. Tract near Tongamamao, villgae on Niuafoou island (NF).

Haukinima. To possess by the work of one’s hands, Tracts near villages on
Tongatabu island (T): near Neiafu, Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord, Pea,
Holonga, and Hoi. Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Als».
tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract on Taunga
island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V):
near Tuanuku—Ulukalala, landlord, Tefisi—Luani, landlord, Taoa, and Lei-
matua. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord. Also tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord. Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Haukoloa, Wealthy conqueror [hau, conqueror; koloa, wealthy]. Tract near
Holeva, village on Koloa island (V).

Haukotoa. All conquerors [hau, conqueror; kotoa, all]. Tract near Utulau, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Haukovi, Bad conqueror [hau, conqueror; kovi, bad], Tract on Lofanga island
(A).

Haulahi, Great conqueror [hau, conqueror; lahi, great]. Tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Haulakoi, Come quickly. Tract and district near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract and district near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Hauleva, Come at once [hau, to come; leva, at once]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Haulohi. Lying conqueror [hau, conqueror; lohi, to lie]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Hauloto, To arrive in the middle [hau, to arrive; loto, middle]. Tract near
Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T), Also tract near Felemea, village on
Uiha island (H), Also tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H), Also
tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Haumalie, Pleasing reigning prince [hau, reigning prince; malie, pleasing].
Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Haumalu. Mild reigning prince [hau, reigning prince; malu, mild]. Tract in
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Haumau. To come to possess [hau, to come; mau, to possess]. Tract near
Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Haumi. One kind of banana. Tract on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Haunafo, To come to stay, Tract near Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)—
Vahai, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 97

Haunafu, To come and go, Tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Veikune, landlord.

Haunui. Routing conqueror [hau, conqueror; nuiki, to rout], Tract near Ohonua,
village on Hua island (T).

Haunguia. He is a ruler of strength [hau, ruler; ngu, strength; ia, he]. Tract
and district near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H),

Hauofa. Loving ruler [hau, ruler; ofa, loving]. Tract near Haakio, village on
Vavau island (V).

Haupe. To come alone. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Haupeavale, A ruler and ignorant [hau, ruler; pea, and; vale, ignorant]. Tract
near Fue, village on Vavau island (V).

Hauta, To appear on the shore [ha, to appear; uta, shore]. Tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord,

Hautamua, First to appear at the shore [ha, to appear; uta, shore; mua, first],
Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Hautu. Appearing like a cliff [ha, to appear; utu, perpendicular, like the weather
shore of Vavau]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai,
landlord. Also village on Tongatabu island (T), Adjoining Fahefa. Also
tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Hautu—Tui Vakano, land-
lord, Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Vaini—Maafu,
landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract
on Moungaone island (H). Also tract near Toula, village on Vavau island
(V). Also tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Hauuta, Inland ruler [hau, ruler; uta, inland], Tract near Foui, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Hauvaka, To come by boat [hau, to come; vaka, boat]. Tract near Houma, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord, Also tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Leimatua, village on
Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Hauvakaatua. The arriving boat of commoners [hau, to arrive; vaka, boat; a,
of; tua, commoner]. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Hauvea. The appearance of Wallis island [ha, appearance; uvea, Wallis island].
Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Hava. A passage or channel. One of two rocks at Palalafa in lagoon of Tonga-
tabu island (T), the other rock being called Ila. Both are said to be trans-
formed women.

Havaiki. A small passage [hava, passage; iki, small]. Some informants said
that it was the Tongan rendering of Samoan Savaii and that the places were
really named after the island of Savaii. See Avaiki for another spelling. This
word is of course the Tongan rendering of Maori Hawaiki and Hawaiian
Hawaii. To the Tongans it does not stand for any original homeland. Tract
near Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island
(H). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. Also
tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract on Moungaone
island (H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord. Also tract near
Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Havale. To appear foolish [ha, to appear; vale, foolish]. Tract near Fakakakai,
village on Haano island (H).

Havelu, The place of a chief. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Neiafu, Kalaau, Hautu, Veitongo, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Tatakamotonga—
Tungi, landlord, Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, Niutoua, Haveluliku, and Fatumu,
and village on Tongatabu island. Also tract on Oua island (H). Also tract on

98 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Pukotala, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord, Also tract near Kapa,
village on Kapa island (V). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V):
near Tuanuku—Ulukalala, landlord, Longomapu—Veikune, landlord, Neiafu,
Utui—Veikune, landlord, Haalaufuli—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord, and Leimatua
—Fotu, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)
—Maatu, landlord.

Havelulalo. Lower Havelu [lalo, below, beneath]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Haveluliku. Havelu at the weather shore [liku, weather shore]. Place on Tonga-
tabu island (T). A place in the Hihifo district where stood the koka tree
under which sat the Tui Kanokupolu when invested with office. Also village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Haveluloto, Havelu in the center [loto, center (referring in this case to the
central part of the island]), Village on Tongatabu island (T), This village
is more generally known as Havelu.

Havelutahi. Havelu by the sea [tahi, sea] Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Haveluuta. Inland Havelu [uta, inland], Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Haviki. To appear to boast [ha, to appear; viki, to boast], Tract near Maufanga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Havila. Tract near Niutoua, village cn Tongatabu island (T).

Havili. A gale, a blast. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Hea. The name of a tree, the fruit of which supplies one of the ingredients used
in printing tapa, Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Ahau
—Lasike, landlord, Tokomololo, Talasiu—-Tui Lakepa, landlord, and Lolotelie,
Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalau-
fuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Heake, To be convalescent there [he, there; ake, to be convalescent], Tract
near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Hee. Grasshopper. Tract near Houma, village on Eua island (T).

Hefau. The fau tree [he, the; fau, a tree (Hibiscus)]. Tract near Leimatua,
village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Hefue. The fue vine [he, the; fue, a vine] Tract near Leimatua, village on
Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Hehaku. The haku fish [he, the; haku, a kind of fish]. Tract near Leimatua,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord,

Hehea. Name of a tree, Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord, Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).
Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H). Also tracts near villages
on Vavau island (V): near Neiafu, Makave—Tui Afitu, landlord, and Haakio.

Heheu. To ward off there [he, there; heu, to ward off] Fortress on Eua island
(T), The fortress is in a strong position, one side being protected by a cliff,

Hehoo, Tract on Kotu island (H).

Hehopo. To err and eat to satiety [he, to err; hopo, to eat to satiety]. Tract on
Tofua island (H).

Hehuni. The huni tree [he, the; huni, a tree], Tract near Leimatua, village on
Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 99

Heifi. The Tahitian chestnut tree [he, the; ifi, Tahitian chestnut]. Tract near
Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Heilala. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Longoteme, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, Lave-
ngatonga, Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Holopeka, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—
Ulukalala, landlord. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Hekau. The handle [he, the; kau, handle], Tract on Kotu island (H). Also
tract near Houma, village on Vavau island (V).

Hekea, To slide, to slip. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Also
tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Hekeanga, A sliding place [hekea, to slide, to slip; nga, place]. Tract near
Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Heketa. To move on the posteriors and strike [heke, to move on the posteri-
ors; ta, to strike]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T)
The seat of the early Tui Tonga. Perhaps connected with the eleventh Tui
Tonga, Tuitatui, whose name means “king who strikes the knee,” in reference
to his custom, from fear of assassination, of striking with a stick anyone who
came too close to him in the kava ring.

Hekutemotu. A proud and lazy person almost broken [heku, a proud and lazy
person; te, almost; motu, broken], Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua,
landlord.

Helanoa. Weary for nothing [hela, weary; noa, nothing]. Tract near Holonga,
village on Vavau island (V).

Helangi. The sky [he, the; langi, sky]. Tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Helei. To ensnare, Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Helemonga. To cut the throat [hele, to cut; monga, throat]. Tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hemei. The breadfruit [he, the; mei, breadfruit], Tract near Leimatua, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Hemoheatu, The cohabiting of bonitos [he, the; mohe, to cohabit; atu, bonito],
Tract in Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hepu. The rear, Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, land-
lord.

Hesi. The si plant [he, the; si, a plant]. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha
island (H). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu,
landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Heto. The sugar cane [he, the; to, sugar cane]. Tract near Nuapapu, village on
Nuapapu island (V).

Hetou. The tou tree [he, the; tou, a tree]. Tract near Tuanekivale, village on
Vavau island (V).

Heukalae. To decoy gallinules [heu, to decoy; kalae, gallinule (Porphyrio viti-
ensis)]. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maatfu,
landlord. Also tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka,
landlord, Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H),

Heuli. To ward off and lash together [heu, to ward off; li, to lash together].
Tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Heumolafo. To catch birds on the wing by casting the net [heu, to catch birds
on the wing; mo, with; lafo, to cast the net]. Tract near Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Hifofoou. A new descent [hifo, to descend; foou, new]. Tract near Fatumu,
village on Tongatabu island (T). ‘

Hifonga, The descending place. Tract on Tongatabu island (T), On the
weather shore.

100 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Hifongakaka, To climb a landing place [hifonga, landing place; kaka, to climb].
Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Hihifo. The West. District on Tongatabu island (T). Composing the western
third of Tongatabu. Also district on Nomuka island (H). Also village on
Lifuka island (H). Also district on Vavau island (V). Composing the western
part of Vavau island. Also village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Hikihoko, To remove and arrive at [hiki, to remove; hoko, to arrive at]. Tract
near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract
near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also
tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord,
Also tract in Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Hikiilangi. To lift in the sky [hiki, to lift; i, in; langi, sky], Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord,

Hikuaki, With an end [hiku, end; aki, with], Tract near Pangai, village on
Pangaimotu island (V).

Hikuano. The end of a marsh [hiku, end; ano, marsh], Tract on Nomuka
island (H), Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Hikuatea. End of the whitish enclosure [hiku, end; a, enclosure; tea, whitish].

- The spelling Hikuateu was also obtained. Tract near Fataulua, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Hikufononga. The end of a journey [hiku, end; fononga, journey], Tract near
Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T), Also tract on Hunga island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Hikuhau, End of a large bone needle [hiku, end; hau, a large bone needle].
Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord,
Hikuika, The tail of a fish [hiku, end; ika, fish], Tract near Ngaunoho, vil-
lage on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau

island (V).

Hikulangi. The end of the sky [hiku, end; langi, sky]. Tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Hikulata. The point of the lata shrub [hiku, the point of a thing; lata, shrub].
Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hikumoko. The tail of the gecko [hiku, end; moko, gecko]. Tract near Mataika,
village on Vavau island (V).

Hikunise. To make an end. Place on Tongatabu island (T). Land in central
Tongatabu where hero Muni is said to have thrown coconuts and other trees
in a contest with the hero Pungalotohoa, Probably near Malapo.

Hikuniu, The point of a coconut tree; the point of the coconut tree [hiku,
point, end; niu, coconut tree]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Pea—Lavaka, landlord, and Fatumu, Also tract
on Kotu island (H), Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island—Luani,
landlord.

Hikunonofo. The end of dwelling together [hiku, end; nonofo, to dwell to-
gether]. Tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Hikuone. Sandy point [hiku, point; one, sand]. Tract near Ohonua, village on
Eua island (T).

Hikupapa. The tail of the papa fish [hiku, end; papa, a kind of a fish]. Tract
near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Hikutamoli. To strike the end of the orange tree [hiku, end; ta, to strike;
moli, orange]. Peninsula or isthmus on Utungake island (V). The north
end of Utungake island or else the isthmus connecting the north end with
main island,

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 101

Hikutavake. Tail of the tropic bird [hiku, tail; tavake, tropic bird (Phaethon
aethereus)]. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hikutemotu, Point of the floating island [hiku, point; te, to float; motu, island],
Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Hilakivai. To look askant towards the water [hila, to look askant; ki, towards;
vai, water]. Tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hilavale. To look askant and foolish [hila, to look askant; vale, foolish]. Tract
near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Hilinga. A place or platform on which things are laid. Tract near Fataulua, vil-
lage on Niuafoou island (NF).

Hina. Gray, or perhaps in this case the name of the goddess Hina. Tract on
Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also headland on Hunga island (V).
On west coast coast,

Hinave. Taken by Hina [hina, a goddess; ave, to take]. Tract near Kolovai,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord, Also tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Hingafua. To stumble while carrying [hinga, to stumble; fua, to carry]. Tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Hingano, Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Houma—Vaea, landlord, Puke—Fohe, landlord, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, land-
lord. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island, Also tract near Mata-
maka, village on Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on
Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V).

Hinganoleka. Dwarf hingano tree [leka, short, stumpy]. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). On weather shore,

Hiva, To sing. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ahomee, landlord.

Hivaalulu. Song of the owl [hiva, song; a, of; lulu, owl (Strix delicatula) ].
Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Hoaheu, A pair of men warding off blows in club fight [hoa, pair; heu, to ward
off blows in club fight, fetaaki]. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also well near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H). This well belonged to the Tui Tonga and was dug by
the people for the chiefs to bathe in, While the chiefs bathed in the pool
a pair of men engaged in a club fight to the death on the edge of the well
for the amusement of the bathing chiefs. Hence, the name Hoaheu.

Hoata. Yellow, ripe, mellow. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island
(NF). Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Hofoa, Broken winded [ho, winded; foa, broken]. Tract near Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hofoauta. The inland Hofoa [uta, inland]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Hofonu. Full breath [ho, breath; fonu, full]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Hofuele. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hohohohotalo, Taro cooked in coconut milk [hohohoho, to cook in coconut milk;
talo, taro]. Tract in Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Hohomo. Name of a fish. Tract on Kotu island (H).

Hohuma. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Hoi. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Pea—
Lavaka, landlord, Tofoa, Nukualofa, and Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, Also vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T), Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haate-
iho, landlord,

102 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Hoifua, Agreeable, comfortable, favorable. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord,

Hoiuta. Inland Hoi [uta, inland]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord.

Hokaanganiu. To take off the husk of the coconut [hokaanga, to take off the
husk of the coconut; niu, coconut], Tract near Ohonua, village on Bua (T).

Hokafa. Small cross timber of pandanus wood [hoka, small cross timber in Ton-
gan house; fa, pandanus]. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Hokihoki. To plant anything close together, Tract near Lapaha, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Talasiu, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T)—Tui Lukepa, landlord. Also tract near Haano, village on
Haano (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord,

Hokomopulotu. Near to Pulotu [hoko, near; mo, and; pulotu, the land of the
gods and of departed chiefs], Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, land-
lord.

Hokonga. The place arrived at [hoko, to arrive at; nga, place], Tract near Fa-
levai, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau
island (V).

Hokongatolu. Three places arrived at [hoko, to arrive at; nga, place; tolu,
three]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord,

Hokula. The anchorage. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Lavengatonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also former village on Tofua island (H). Also tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H). This tract belonged to family of King George I.
A water hole there bore same name and was a chiefly bathing place, cared for
by chiefs’ retainers. Also tract on Moungaone island (H). Also tract on
Ofolanga island (H). ‘

Holaafa. To abscond and exaggerate [hola, to abscond; afa, to wish to astonish
others with what is of daily occurrence]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Holaakuku. The absconding of the kuku shellfish [hola, to abscond; a, of; kuku,
a shellfish]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Holaalupe. The absconding of the pigeon [hola, to abscond; a, of; lupe, pigeon].
Tract on Hueiki island (T).

Holaapo. To abscond by night [hola, to abscond; a, of; po, night]. Tract near
Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord, Also tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord, Also tract near
Fotua, village on Foa island (H). 4

Holaasi. Absconded but penetrated [hola, to abscond; asi, to penetrate]. Tract
on Eueiki island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Ma-
lupo, landlord,

Holaatengetenga. The absconding of the tengetenga birl [hola, to abscond; a,
of; tengetenga, a bird], Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Lavaka, landlord.

Holaavaka. The absconding of the vessel [hola, to abscond; a, of; vaka, vessel].
Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Holafa. Flattened out. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (T)—Malupo,
landlord.

Holani. Holland. Tract in Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Holeiatofa. To be beloved, Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Holeva. To breathe quickly [ho, to breathe; leva, quickly]. Tract near Mau-
fanga, village on Tongatabu island (T), The northeast point of Tongatabu,
adjacent to Nukunukumotu. There Ulukalala has a house, Also tract near

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 103

Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T), Also tract near Pangai, village
on Lifuka island (H). Also tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.
Also village on Koloa island (V). Also tract on Kapa island (V). Also tract
near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tracts near villages on
Vavau island (V): near Tafeuni, Feletoa, and Holonga.

Holo. Comfortable, refreshing. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).
Also tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Pea—Lavaka, land-
lord; Malapo—Pangia, landlord; Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord; Kolonga—
Nuku, landlord, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord, Also tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord, Also tract near Leimatua,
village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Holoangiangi. To dry with a piece of tapa [holo, to dry; angiangi, a piece of
tapa]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord, Also
tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Holohau. To move in quick succession and arrive [holo, to move in quick suc-
cession; hau, to arrive]. Cemetery near Makave, village on Vavau island (V).

Holohiufi. To fall with the yam [holo, to fall; i, with; ufi, yam]. Probably so
named from the myth which states that the material of this hill, together with
the first yam, was poured down from heaven. A hill on shore east of Mau-
fanga village on Tongatabu island (T); also called Popua hill on account of
surrounding tract Popua.

Holoiafu. To rub off the spray [holoi, to rub off; afu, spray]. Tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract near Petani,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Holoianga, The place of demolition [holoi, to demolish; anga, place]. Tract near
Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Holokakala. The scented towel [holo, towel; kakala, sweet smelling flowers].
Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Holonga. A row. Tracts in and near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.
Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Lofanga island (H).
Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V). Also village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Holongalalo, Lower Holonga [lalo, below, beneath], Tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V), Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Holongauta. Inland Holonga [uta, inland], Tract near Niuafoou island (NF).

Holoosi. Lettting a chain or rope run out to the end. Tract on Ofolanga island
(H).

Holopeka. Flying foxes passing by [holo, to move in quick succession; peka,
flying fox]. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also village on
Lifuka island (H). Also hill near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Holotaeafe. Passing by in quick succession without turning [holo, to pass by in
quick succession; tae, without; afe, to turn]. Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—
Tui Afitu, landlord.

Holotapu. Sacred towel [holo, towel; tapu, sacred]. Place on Bua island (T).
At this place a tapa towel fell from the head of the corpse of Tui Tonga Tui-
tatui as it was being carried by his half-brother Fasiapule, Hence the name.
See also Fautapu, Motutapu, and Moungatapu,

Homatau. Your fish hook [ho, your; matau, fish hook]. Northeast promontory of
Nomuka island (H). The name is probably a misspelling of Houmatau.

Honge. Famine. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Hongea, To be short of food. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tangatabu island.
(T)—Ata, landlord, Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

104 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Hongone. Something small. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatapu island
(by

Hopa, A kind of banana, Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou (NF).

Hopokanga. The time for jumping or coming forward. Tract near Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V).

Hopomofokai. To leap with the lizard [hopo, to leap; mo, with; fokai, a large
lizard]. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord,
Hoponoa. To jump at random [hopo, to jump; noa, random]. Tract near Niu-

toua, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Hositau. A stallion, Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Hotaane. Your chiefly marriage [ho, your; taane, marriage of a chief]. Tract
in Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hotaputoo. Forbidden to you to touch [ho, thy, thine; tapu, forbidden; too,
touch, take]. Tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V).

Hoti. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Houa. To send, to command on an errand. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Houkai. Inclining to vomit food [hou, inclined to vomit; kai, food]. Tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Houlei, Rough ivory [hou, rough; lei, ivory], Tract near Lotofoa, village on
Foa island (H).

Houma. Point of land. Village on Eua (T). Also tracts near villages on
Tongatabu island (T): near Haatafu, Houma, and Lapaha—Pangia, landlord.
Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Kotu island (H). Also
tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Fetoa isl-
and (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract
on Niniva (H), Also tract on Lofanga (H). Also tract near Muitoa, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on Ofolanga island
(A). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tract near
Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract on Lape island (V). Also tract
near Houma, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).
Also village on Vavau island (V).

Houmaake. Point of land of the ake tree [houma, point of land; ake, a tree],
Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord, Also
tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Houmafahefa. Point of land of the pandanus and the hefa grass [houma, point
of land; fa, pandanus; hefa, a grass]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord, Also fortress gate near Matafonua,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, land-
lord.

Houmafakalele, Point of land where they amuse by flying birds [houma, point
of land; fakalele, to amuse by flying birds]. Tract near Fetoa, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord. Also tract near Hamula, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Utungake, village
on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also promontory on Vavau island
(V). On northwest coast,

Houmafalevai. Point of land of Falevai [houma, point of land], Tract near
Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Houmafeifai. Point of land of the feifai tree [houma, point of land; feifai, a
tree]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.
Houmafisi, Point of land of flowers [houma, point of land; fisi, flower]. Tract

near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 105

Houmahuni. Point of land of the huni tree [houma, point of land; huni, a
tree with sweet-smelling flowers]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka,
landlord,

Houmakalae, Point of land of the gallinule [houma, point of land; kalae, gal-
linule]. Part of beach at Alakifonua (Alaki), Tongatabu island (T), where
body of murdered Tui Tonga Havea was cast ashore. There a gallinule (kalae)
pecked the face of the corpse; hence the name. Also tract near Otea, village
on Kapa island (V).

Houmakaniki, Tract on Lofanga island (H),.

Houmakeviki, Point of land of the keviki crab [houma, point of land; keviki, a
kind of crab]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord,

Houmakiutaki. Point of land to which the plover leads [houma, point of land;
kiu, plover; taki, to lead], Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island
(V).

Houmakotu. Point of land of Kotu [houma, point of land; kotu, an island in the
western part of the Haapai group]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract and district near Fakakakai, village on Haano island
(BH).

Houmalalo. Low point of land [houma, point of land; lalo, below, down be-
neath]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Houmaloto. Middle point of land [houma, point of land; loto, middle]. Tract
on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Houmaniu,. Point of land of coconut trees [houma, point of land; niu, coconut
tree], Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tract, prom-
ontory, and anchorage near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Houmangala, Point of land of crying [houma, point of land; ngala, to cry]. Tract
on Nomuka island (H).

Houmangalu. Point of land where the waves break [houma, point of land;
ngalu, waves], Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Houmapolo, Point of land of the chili pepper [houma, point of land; polo, chili
pepper]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Houmapua, Point of land of the pua tree [houma, point of land; pua, a tree].
Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Houmatahi. Point of land in the sea [houma, point of land; tahi, sea]. Tract
near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Houmataki, Point of land that leads [houma, point of land; taki, to lead], Tract
near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Houmatala. Point of land of the white tern [houma, point of land; tala, white
tern (Gygis)]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord, Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Houmataniu, Point of land of the hewn coconut trees [houma, point of land;
ta, to hew; niu, coconut tree]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord, Also tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Houmatofua. Point of land where the yams are baked whole [houma, point of
land; tofua, to bake yams whole]. Tract and district near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H), Also tract and district near Haano, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Houmatoka. Point of land aground [houma, point of land; toka, aground].
Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

106 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Houmatoloa, Point of land of the duck [houma, point of land; toloa, duck
(Anas superciliosa)], Promontory on Tongatabu island (T). The southern-
most point of Tongatabu island, also called Cook point. Also place on Tonga-
tabu island (T). In the great lagoon,

Houmatua. The back of the point of land [houma, point of land; tua, back].
Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Houmauta. Inland point of land [houma, point of land; uta, inland]. Tract near
Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Utui, village on
Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord.

Houmautu, Point of land of the utu fish [houma, point of land; utu, a fish].
Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Houmautulau. Point of land of gathering leaves [houma, point of land; utu,
to gather; lau, leaves]. Tract on Lofanga island (H), Also tract and district
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Houmauvea. Point of land of Wallis island [houma, point of land; uvea, Wal-
lis island]. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T), Also tract
near Manuka, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Houmelei, Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Houmeleilalo. Lower Houmelei [lalo, below, beneath], Tract near Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V).

Houtolu. The three qualmish ones [hou, qualmish; tolu, three], Tract near
Lavengatonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Houvale, The fool who is qualmish [hou, qualmish; vale, fool]. Tract near
Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Huafisi. Fijian jest [hua, a jest; fisi, Fijian], Tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Huakamakama. To turn up the sand in seeking the shellfish kamakama [hua,
to turn up the earth; kamakama, a shellfish]. Tract on Oua island (H). Also
tract on Niuafoou island. (NF).

Huakava. To dig up kava [hua, to uproot; kava, kava]. Tract near Kolomaile,
village on Eua island (T), Also tract near Manuka, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku,
landlord, Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord,

Hualeva. To tack a vessel quickly [hua, to tack, as a vessel; leva, quickly].
Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hualilo. Concealed joke [hua, a joke; lilo, concealed]. Tract on Okoa island
(V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Huanafu. A repeated jest [hua, a jest; nafui, to repeat]. Tract near Longo-
teme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord,

Huanga. An entrance, threshold, access. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Huapuaka, Rooting of pigs [hua, to root; puaka, pig]. Tract near Fotua, village
on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord,

Huatafa, To taste of a preparation of food [hua, a preparation of food; tafa,
to taste of]. Tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract near Falehau, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Huatatau. A similar joke [hua, a joke; tatau, similar]. Tract on Moungaone
island (H).

Hufa. Four sacrifices [hu, sacrifice; fa, four]. Tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V). Also tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Hufanga, A refuge, a shelter. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 107

Hufangalupe. Refuge of the pigeons [hufanga, refuge; lupe, pigeon]. Place on
Tongatabu island (T), On the weather shore, Also hill near Vaini, village
on Tongatabu island (T). A hill on the shore of the great lagoon, where it
is said pigeons were released to fly to Eua island,

Hui, A bone. Tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).
Huifouu. [Hui, bone], Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Huihui, Thorny. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, land-
lord, Also tract near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Huihuilalo, Lower Huihui [lalo, below, beneath], Tract near Leimatua, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Hula. Bulged, distended. Tracts in and near Matahau, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Hulaavale. The carrying of an insane person [hula, to carry anything large or
bulky; a, of; vale, an insane person]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Hulahaapai. Pigs of a certain size from Haapai [hula, a term used for the sec-
ond largest size in pigs; haapai, the central group of islands in the Tongan
archipelago]. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Hule. [Ohule, a shellfish]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.
Also fortress near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano,
landlord. Captured and destroyed by Taufaahau (later King George I. Tupou)
in 1837,

Hulufe. A fern, Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Huluipaongo. Dry leaves of the paongo tree [hulu, dry leaf which is sometimes
usad as substitute for banana leaf in making cigarette; paongo, a tree].
Cemetery on Lifuka island (H). Situated near southwest extremity of Lifuka.
The cemetery is a high mound and is evidently the one described in Cook’s
Voyages, Everyman’s Edition, page 269. It is the graveyard of the family of
Matauvave. Bearers of this title were the Tui Tonga’s governors and agents
(matapule) in Haapai, An extant tale relates that the mound was formed by
the throwing ashore of red clay by a multitude of people who were washing
their heads with red clay in the nearby sea.

Hulumasi, Dry leaf of the masi tree [hulu, dead and dried leaf; masi, a tree].
Tract on Lape island (V).

Huni. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Houma—Vaea, landlord, Utulau, and Nukualofa. Also tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Hunivai. Huni tree near the water [huni, a tree; vai, water]. Tract on Taunga
island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Hunivao. Bush huni tree [huni, a tree; vao, bush, woods]. Tract on Taunga
island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Hunga. Turned towards, Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Ahau, Foui, Matahau, and Nukualofa. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract on Fotuhaa island (H). Also island (V).
Also tract and hill on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near
Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Hungaapato. Turned towards the Muscovy duck [hunga, turned towards; pato,
Muscovy duck]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Hungahaapai. Turned towards Haapai [hunga, turned towards; haapai, the
central group of the Tongan archipelago]. An island of western volcanic
chain lying northwest of Tongatabu.

108 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Hungalau. Turned towards the conversation [hunga, turned towards; lau, con-
versation]. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, land-
lord,

Hungalulu. Turned towards the sugar cane [hunga, turned towards; lulu, a kind
of sugar cane]. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili,
landlord,

Hunganga, The place turned towards [hunga, turned towards; nga, place].
Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord,
Also fortress gate near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T). South-
west-by-south gate of fortress of Hule. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Hungatonga. Turned towards Tongatabu [hunga, turned towards; Tonga, Tonga-
tabu island]. An island of western volcanic chain, lying northwest of Tong-
atabu island.

Hutau. Suing for mercy in war [hu, the Tongan act of suing for mercy; tau,
war]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.
Ifiholo. Refreshing shade of the “chestnut” tree [ifi, ‘“chestnut” tree (Inocarpus
edulis); holo, refreshing], Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu

island (T). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

li, The pain or sensation of hunger, Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau
island (V)—Malupo, landlord,

Ikakula, Red fish [ika, fish; kula, red]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ikalahi. Large fish [ika, fish; lahi, large]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau
island (V).

Ikapongipongi. Morning fish [ika, fish; pongipongi, morning]. Tract near Nuku-
nuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord, Also tract
near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Utui, village on
Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord, Also tract near Mataika, village on
Vavau island (V).

lla. A mark, a spot on the body. One of the two rocks at a place called
Palalafa, in the lagoon of Tongatabu island (T). The other rock is called
Hava. Mythology states that they were once two women who were trans-
formed into stones.

lotopia. Utopia. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Isileli. Biblical name—Israel. Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Isipite. Egypt. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai
—Ata, landlord, Matafonua—Tui Vakano, landlord, Fatai, and Haateiho—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Itaitongo. Displeasure with the mangrove trees [ita, displeasure; i, with; tongo,
mangrove (Rhizophora)]. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island
CEs

Italoi. Angry liar [ita, anger; loi, liar]. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Iteni. Eden. Two tracts in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

lui. In the ui coconut [i, in; ui, the name of one kind of coconut]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Kafae, A fisherman utters this word when a shark is caught, as a sign that the
shark is ready to be killed. Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T).

Kafakala. A coconut for chiefs. Tract near Kotongo, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Gifford—T ongan. Place Names 109

Kafoa. Hill on Vavau island (V). One tale states that the mount of Kafoa is
named for a man Kafoa from Tongatabu. Talau, another mount of Vavau
island, ‘is said to be similarly named.

Kahala. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Kahana. Spouting water. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Lavaka, landlord. Also place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore,

Kahifehifa. A kind of coral. Island (V). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Kahinoa, To make a scratching noise at random [kahi, to make a scratching
noise; noa, random]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)
—Maatu, landlord.

Kaho, The reed. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord,
Also lookout cliff on Tofua island (H). Also tract on Fotuhaa, island (H).

Kahopapalangi. European reed [kaho, reed; papalangi, European]. Tract in
Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaiafi. To eat fire [kai, to eat; afi, fire]. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Kaiana. To eat in a cave [kai, to eat; ana, cave]. Tract near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Kaiasi. To go to a feast with the intention of getting food for a chief. Tract
near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaiavale, The eating of a fool [kai, to eat; a, of; vale, fool]. District near
Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Kaifisi. To depend upon others for food, Tract near Haatafu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Nuapapu, vil-
lage on Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island
(V).

Kaifokotuu. Hoarded food [kai, food; fokotuu, the act of hoarding]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Kaifuiuta. To eat in the bush. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kaihaahele. To steal a knife [kaihaa, to steal; hele, knife], Tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Kaiheke. To eat and move on the posteriors [kai, to eat; heke, to move on the
posteriors]. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, land-
lord.

Kaikaimoui. One who survives from sickness after eating food. Tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Kaikaipeahola. An animal which eats and escapes [kaikai, to eat (applied to
animals); pea, and; hola, to abscond]. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau
island (V).

Kaikeiaho. To eat during the day [kai, to eat; kei, during; aho, day]. Tract
near Kalaau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaikevai. To masticate the food properly in the mouth [kai, to eat; ke, to;
vai, water]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haan-
gana, landlord.

Kaikeviki. To eat keviki shellfish [kai, to eat; keviki, a shellfish]. Tract near
Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Kailaveaki, To eat and break one stick by the aid of another [kai, to eat;
laveaki, to break one stick by the aid of another]. Tract near Hihifo, village
on Lifuka island (H).

110 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Kailimu. To eat seaweed [kai, to eat; limu, seaweed]. Tract near Holeva, vil-
lage on Koloa island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island
(V).

Kailimuuta. Inland Kailimu [uta, inland], Tract near Tuanekivale, village on
Vavau island (V).

Kailotu, To eat and pray [kai, to eat; lotu, to pray]. Tract near Vaipoa, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Kaimai. The call of the fisherman when out fishing [kai, to eat; mai, to,
towards]. Tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu,
landlord,

Kaimofisi, To eat shrimps [kai, to eat; mofisi, the shrimp], Tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Kaingafoou. A new relative [kainga, a relative; foou, new]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord. a

Kaingahonge. Relatives who are short of food-stuff [kainga, relative; honge,
scarcity of food]. Tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Kaingalava, Completed relation [kainga, relation; lava, completed]. Said of a
couple united in marriage. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island
(U0)

Kaingamasiva, Poor relations [kainga, relation; masiva, poor], Tract near
Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Kaingamomua. Related with a mua or high-class attendant [kainga, related;
mo, with; mua, a high-class attendant or matapule]. Tract in Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H). The premises of the matapule Moungatonga,

Kaioho, The food of travellers or voyagers [kai, food; oho, the food of travellers
or voyagers]. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Maafu, landlord.

Kaipeahela. Eating but weary [kai, to eat; pea, but; hela, weary]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Kaipeahele. To eat and to cut [kai, to eat; pea, and; hele, to cut], Tract near
Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangai-
motu island (V).

Kaipeatala. To eat and tell [kai, to eat; pea, and; tala, to tell]. Tract near
Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord, Also tract
near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Kaipeatepi To eat and then walk [kai, to eat; pea, and; tepi, to walk]. Tract
near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord,

Kaipo, To eat on the sly. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Kaipolilo. To eat hidden food on the sly [kaipo, to eat on the sly; lilo, hidden).
Tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Kaipongilongi. To eat in the morning, Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo,
landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Kaipongipongi. To eat in the morning [kai, to eat; pongipongi, morning]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaisike. To eat while sitting on one’s heels [kai, eat; siki, to sit on the heels].
Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kaitaetala,. To eat without telling [kai, to eat; tae, without; tala, to tell].
Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Kaiteatata. To eat without clearing away the leavings [kai, to eat; tae, without;
tata, to collect up]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Kaitaetau. Unworthy food [kai, food; taetau, unworthy]. Tract on Haafeva
island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord,

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 111

Kaitangi. To eat while crying [kai, to eat; tangi, to cry]. Tract in Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaitauhala. To eat something at the wrong season [kai, to eat; tau, season;
hala, wrong]. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kaitavale. To eat anything and everything [kai, to eat; tavale, to eat anything
and everything]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Kaiuaamate. To be consumed gradually for the second time by death [kai, to
consume gradually; ua, second; a, of; mate, death], Tract on Niuafoou island
(NF)—Tuita, landlord.

Kaiutu, To eat the utu fish [kai, to eat; utu, a fish]. “Tract near Tafeuni, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Kaka. Deceit, perfidy, imposition. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord,

Kakafanga. The name of a tree. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu
island (T). :

Kakala, Any and every sweet flower. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island
(V)—Luani, landlord,

Kakataki. To. persevere. Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Kakatuuua, Two perching parrots [kaka, parrot (Platycerus tabuensis); tuu,
to stand; ua, two]. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Faka-
tulolo, landlord,

Kakautaumai, Swimmers reaching the shore [kakau, to swim; taumai, to ar-
rive, to land]. Place on Kapa island (V).

Kakiola. Probably kakeola, to return triumphant. Tract near Falehau, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Kalaau. Old people dying hard [kala, to die hard; au, old people]. Village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract near Ma-
taika, village on Vavau island (V).

Kalae, The gallinule (Porphyrio vitiensis). Tract near Tuanuku, village on
Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kalaka. Name of a tree. Tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Vei-
kune, landlord.

Kalamihi, Name of a small crab. Tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau
island (V).

Kalao. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Kalape. To die hard alone [kala, to die hard; pe, alone], also said to be the
name of a Fijian village. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Kalau. Name of an insect. Island (T). South of Eua island. Also tract near
Ohonua, village on Hua island (T). Also tract near Houma, village on ‘Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord. Alse island (V). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Kale. To run fast, Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Kaleala. To run fast and touch [kale, to run fast; ala, to touch]. Tract near
Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Kalifonia. A reef off Hihifo district, Tongatabu island (T), where a three-masted
ship from California was wrecked. Also tract near Malapo, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Kalileka. Short wooden head rest [kali, wooden head rest; leka, short]. Tract
on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

112 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Kalipa. First quarter of the moon. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island
CVa:

Kalisi. To eject phlegm from the throat with force [ka, to force phlegm from
the throat; lisi, to throw with force]. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau
island (V)—Luani, landlord,

Kaloafu. To avoid danger by entering the ocean spray [kalo, to avoid danger;
afu, the spray or mist of the sea when breaking upon the rocks]. One of two
rocks on coast of Hihifo district, Tongatabu island (T). The other rock is
Teuhie. The name Kaloafu appears to refer to the fleeing of two people,
Kaloafu and Teuhie, from a pursuing eel. They fled into the sea and became
rocks.

Kaloaleva, When the wind does not change its position for sometime. Tract
near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Kalou. To vociferate. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kalu, To cut or clean off all excrescence and dirt. Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Kamata, The tasting of any food. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord,

Kamea. Although attending to [ka, although; mea, to attend to ]. Tracts in and
near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kanaaho, Day of cleaning or rubbing canoes with the soft stone kana found on
the seashore [kana, a soft stone on the seashore, used for rubbing canoes;
aho, day]. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, land-
lord.

Kanakana, Eating. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Vaini
—Maafu, landlord, Lavengatonga, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord,

Kanali. Canal. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pele-
hake, landlord.

Kanatea, To rub until whitish [kanai, to rub; tea, whitish]. Island (T)—Vei-
kune, landlord. Situated in lagoon of Tongatabu.

Kanivatu. A mythical island in Pulotu, where dwelt an enormous bird called
Kanivatu.

Kanokano, Fleshy. Tract on Haano island (H).

Kanokupolu. Flesh of Upolu [kano, flesh; kupolu, Upolu island, Samoa]. Vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). It is now counted as the southern portion of
Neiafu, which it adjoins.

Kanome. Well near Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Kanume. Name of a nut tree, Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangia, landlord.

Kanumi. Although creased [ka, although; numi, to crease]. Tract near Faka-
kakai, village on Haano island (H).

Kao, K(oe)ao, the cloud, Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Fakafanua, landlord, Also island (H). A lofty island in the western vol-
eanic chain, 3380 feet high. Also tract on Kotu island (H).

Kapa, The corners and edges of anything, Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Lapaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord, Also island (V).

Kapaatamai. Child trying to crawl to meet his father [kapa, to try to crawl;
a, to meet; tamai, father]. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H),

Kapakatai. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord,

Kapala. The corners and edges of a sail [kapa, the corners and edges of any-
thing; la, a sail]. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu,
landlord, Also tract in Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 113

Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near
Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kapangu. The edge of the ngu yam [kapa, edge; ngu, a kind of yam] Tract
near Magxave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord,

Kape. An edible plant (Arum costatum). Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract in Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Kapeta. Carpenter. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). The

first carpentering school instituted in Tonga was at Kapeta.

Katafanga. The beach of laughing [kata, to laugh; fanga, beach]. Tract on
Lofanga island (H). Also tract on Lifuka island (H). Also island (V).

Katakataita. To smile, though angry... Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord,

Katanoa. To laugh for nothing [kata, to laugh; noa, random] ‘Tract near La-
paha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Kataui, A calling laugh [kata, a laugh; ui, a call], Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Katoa. The whole. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Katoanga. A feast. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Katoangakai. A gathering for the purpose of eating [katoanga, a feast; kai, to
eat]. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Katoangakava. A feast at which kava is served [katoanga, a feast; kava, a
beverage]. Tract near Tofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Katolika, Catholic. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T),

Katotava, Basket of tava fruit [kato, basket; tava, a tree and its fruit (Pome-
tia pinnata)]. Tracts in and near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Kau. The stem, Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haalalo,
Tofoa, Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord, Nukualofa, Maufanga—Fakamanua, land-
lord, Talafoou—Lauaki, landlord, and Manuka. Also tract on Tofua island (H).
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord, Also
tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H), Also tract near Fotua, village
on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Lotofoa, village
on Foa island (H). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also
tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Neiafu—Lauaki, landlord,
Mataika, Houma, and Haalaufuli.

Kauaipe. Always interfering [kau, to interfere; aipe, always]. Tract near Utui,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord.

Kaualiki, Chiefs (said to be of foreign origin) [apparently, kau, sign of tha
plural; aliki, Tongan rendering of ariki, the word for chief in certain other
Polynesian dialects]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Kauasi. Spies [kau, sign of the plural; asiasi, a spy]. Tract in Ahau, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaufotutata. Stems appearing as the cover of a house [kau, stems, stalks; fotu,
to appear; tata, a covering for the top of the thatch of a house]. Perhaps
refers to a blind in which the pigeon catchers hid. Pigeon mound near
Utungake, village on Utungake island (V).

Kauhakilelei. To persevere in a pleasant manner [kauhaki, to persevere; lelei,
pleasant]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord,

Kauhala, Roadside, Tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also tracts near villages on
Vavau island (V): near Tuanuku—Ulukalala, landlord, Leimatua—Tui Pele-
hake, landlord, and Leimatua—Fotu, landlord.

114 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Kauhalahahake, Eastern roadside [kauhala, roadside; hakake, eastern], District
near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kauhalahihifo, Western roadside [kauhala, roadside; hihifo, western]. District
near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF),

Kauhalalalo. Lower roadside [kauhala, roadside; lalo, below, down, beneath].
Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haavakatolo—Ahomee,
landlord, Matafonua—Tui Vakano, landlord, Veitongo, and Nakolo—Luani,
landlord. Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord.

Kauhalatahi, Sea roadside [kauhala, roadside; tahi, sea]. Tract near Haateiho,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Kauhalauta. Inland roadside [kauhala, roadside; uta, inland]. Tract near
Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract
near Masilamea, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also district on Moungaone
island (H).

Kauika. Twenty fishes [kau, twenty; ika, fish]. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Kauiki. Small stems [kau, stem; iki, small]. Tract near Lakepa, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Kauiloli, A shell fish, Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaukia, Concerning the neck [kau, to concern; kia, the neck], Tract near
Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Kaukiola. Concerned about success [kau, to concern; ki, about; ola, success].
Tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Kaulaea. The confused ones [kau, sign of the plural, applying generally to ra-
tional beings; [laea, to feel confused]. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Kaulau, Talkers [kau, sign of the plural, applying generally to rational beings;
lau, to talk]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord,

Kauluolahi. Twenty large holes [kau, twenty; luo, hole; lahi, large]. Tract on
Kao island (H).

Kaumalo. Winners [kau, sign of the plural, applying generally to rational be-
ings; malo, winner], Tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord,

Kaumango. Mango stem [kau, stem; mango, a tree and its fruit]. Tract near
Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai, landlord,

Kaunaka. The handle of a net, Tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Kaunga. Associate, fellow. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Kaungalalo. Lower Kaunga [kaunga, associate, fellow; lalo, below, beneath].
Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T),

Kaungamalie, Pleasing associate [kaunga, associate, fellow; malie, pleasing].
Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Kaungatamaki. Bruised associate [kaunga, associate, fellow; tamaki, bruised].
Tract near Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T),

Kaungauta, Inland Kaunga [kaunga, associate, fellow; uta, inland]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T),

Kaunonou. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli,
landlord.

Kauola, The successful ones [kau, sign of the plural, applying generally to ra-
tional beings; ola, success]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 115

Kauolatahi. Kauola by the sea [kauola (see above); tahi, sea]. Tract near
Tui Haateiho, village on Tungua island (H).

Kaupua. The stem of the pua tree [kau, stem; pua, a tree with sweet-smelling
flowers]. Hill near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kaute. Hibiscus. Tract in Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Kauvai. A bank or shore [kau, bank; vai, water]. Tract near Nukualofa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also district near Longoteme, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord,

Kava. The shrub (Piper methysticum), Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Haavakatolo—Ahomee, landlord, Nukualofa, and Veitongo.
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord, Also
tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract on Okoa island (V).

Kavaefiafi, Afternoon kava [kava, a beverage; efiafi, afternoon]; cf. “afternoon
tea.” Tract on Eueiki island (T).

Kavaehe. By the kava [kava, a shrub; ehe, by the]. Tract near Ahau, village
on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord,

Kavafai. To make kava [kava, a beverage; fai, to do]. Tract near Tafeuni, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Kavafakaua. To drink kava twice [kava, a beverage; fakaua, to repeat]. Tract
near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also inlet on
Tongatabu island (T). On the north coast. Also tract on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Kavafakava, To play at kava-drinking [kava, a beverage; fakava, to play].
Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kavainu. To drink kava [kava, a beverage; inu, to drink], Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Kavali. To throw kava root [kava, a shrub whose dried roots are used for a
beverage; li, to throw, to toss], Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)
—Malupo, landlord.

Kavapapalangi, Any European spiritous drink. Tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V).

Kavauhi. A native drink made of leaves of the uhi shrub. Tract on Moungaone
island (H).

Kavaui. A kind of kava. Tract in Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Dwelling place of Totohoumafisi, the priest of the god Taliai
Tupou,

Kaveinga. The constellation Libra. Stars.

Kaviki. For boasting [ka, for; viki, boasting]. Tract near Felemea, village on
Uiha island (H). Also tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).
Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, land-
lord.

Kea. A kind of breadfruit. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Kalaau, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Haakame, Haalalo,
Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Hoi—Pangia, landlord,
and Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord. Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Fue,
Haalaufuli—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord, and Holonga.

Keaekehe, The quarrel of another [ke, quarrel; ae, of; kehe, another], Tract
near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Keafata, Breadfruit carrying [kea, breadfruit; fata, to carry], Tract near Nuku-
hitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

116 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Keafatu. A kind of breadfruit. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island
(BH).

Keatala. A kind of breadfruit that has many little spikes on the surface of the
fruit. Tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Keatufoha. To give a son [ke, to; atu, give; foha, son]. Tract near Hihifo, vil-
lage on Lifuka island (H).

Kefikana, A rocky island, Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Fohe, landlord.

Kehenga Another, different. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kei, Yet, whilst, during, now. Tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangai, landlord, Also tract near Nakolo, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tunanekivale, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Keihema, Yet left-handed [kei, yet; hema, left-handed] Tract near Afa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Keila. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Keinanga. To eat, Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord,

Keinangamofae, To eat with mother [keinanga, to eat; mo, with; fae, mother].
Tree on Vavau island (V). A large toi tree on or near Mt. Kafoa.

Keitahi, Yet in the sea [kei, yet; tahi, sea]. Place on Tongatabu island (T).
In Hihifo, the western district of Tongatabu island. Also tract near Veitongo,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Keiuta, Yet inland [kei, yet; uta, inland], Tract near Fuaamotu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Kekai, Food quarrel [ke, quarrel, strife; kai, food]. Tract near Kolovai, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Kekitahi. Quarrel at sea [ke, quarrel; ki, at; tahi, sea], Tract near Taanea,
village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai, landlord.

Kele. Muddy. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Lauaki, landlord. Also tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Kelefatu. Thick mud [kele, muddy; fatu, thick, applied to liquids]. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Kelefesia. Broken earth; perhaps referring to tilted strata visible in the cliffs
of the island of Kelefesia. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also island (H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).
Also tract near Mangia, village on Vavau island (V).

Kelekelemeifisi. Earth from Fiji [kelekele, earth; mei, from; fisi, Fiji]. Ceme-
tery near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). A burial mound built
of earth said to have been brought from Fiji.

Kelekelenoa. Worthless soil [kelekele, soil; noa, worthless]. Tract near Puko-
tala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord,

Kelekia. Tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, land-
lord,

Keleuli, Filthy mud [kele, muddy; uli, filthy]. Tract near Teekiu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract near Houma, village
on Vavau island (V),

Keli, To dig. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H), Also tract near
Faleloa, village on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Falehau,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 117

Kelingamaka. Where stone is dug [keli, dig; nga, place; maka, stone]. Tract
near Tofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Kelingaoneone. Where sand is dug. [keli, to dig; nga, place; oneone, sand].
Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Kemealalo. To quarrel over things below [ke, to quarrel; mea, things; lalo, be-
low]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kemeauta. To quarrel over things inland [ke, to quarrel; mea, things; uta, in-
land]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kenutu. The motion of a dying ground dove [kenu, the motion of one dying;
tu, a ground dove (Phlogoenas stairi)], Tract on Okoa island (V). Also tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Leimatua, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord. Also island (V).

Kepeliki. Place near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T). On northwest
weather shore. Also tract in Falevai, village on Kapa island (V).

Keseni, Tract near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Kesio. To quarrel and stare [ke, to quarrel; sio, to stare]. Tract on Oua island
(BH).

Kete. The belly. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Kevihi, Probably keviki. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore,

Keviki. Name of a crab. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano (H).

Kevikitahi. A sea crab [keviki, a crab; tahi, sea]. Tract on Tungua island (H)
Tui Haateiho, landlord,

Kevikiuta, A land crab [keviki, crab; uta, land]. Tract on Tungua island (H)
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Kia, The neck. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kiato, Sticks extending from the canoe to which the outrigger is fastened. Island
(V).

Kiatosii. Little Kiato [kiato, (see above); sii, little], Tract on Okoa island (V).

Kikatenofo. Squeal and I will stay. A large pandanus tree on or near Mt. Kafoa,
Vavau island (V).

Kikiaveka. Squeaking call of the rail [kiki, to squeak; a, of; veka, rail (Rallus
pectoralis]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Kikiloi. To look from side to side, kikilo. God-house near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Kili. The bark of trees; skin. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Kiliilae. The skin of the forehead [kili, skin; lae, forehead]. Tract near Pan-
gai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Kilikili, Small black pebbles used to decorate graves. Spot near Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V). Location of a beacon.

Kilikilitefua. Assembled small stones [kilikili, small stones; tefua, assembled].
Stonewall near Makave, village on Vavau island (V).

Kilikoki, Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kilokilo. To look from side to side. Tract near Fotua, village on Foa island
(H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Kinekina, To be thoroughly tired. Islet (H). Exact location uncertain.

Kiokio. Name of a fish, Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ata, landlord,

Kisu. A toast in drinking. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Kite. To appear. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

118 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin
é

Kitekihaamoa. Rock on Hua island (T). A great rock “like an axe” said former-
ly to have stood in Eua. The name means “visible to Samoa.” The Samoans
were displeased at the visibility of this rock from Samoa. They therefore
came and burnt it, and it fell down in strata from which it was easy for the
people to secure pieces from which to make axes. Previous to this stone axes
had not been made in Eua. The base of this rock is said to be visible on the
weather shore. The Tongan name for the rock, which is hard, is toamakahunu.
It is described as similar to rock from Tofua and Kao, two volcanic islands,
and is said to be of various colors: black, white, yellow, and red.

Kito, Island (H).

Kitu, Island (V).

Kiu. The plover (Charadrius fulvus), Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Kiumoeveka. Plover and rail [kiu, plover, (Charadrius fulvus); moe, and; veka,
rail (Rallus pectoralis)]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kiutaki. To lead in running [kiu, to run; taki, to lead]. Tract near Pangai,
village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Kivikivi. The name of a shellfish, Tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)
—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Koahokaimoa. The day of eating chicken [ko, prefix; aho, day; kai, to eat; moa,
chicken]. Rock (T). Formerly in entrance of lagoon of Tongatabu island,
on west side of Nukunukumotu island.

Koakele. Muddy foam [koa, froth, foam; kele, muddy], Tract near Leimatua,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Koane. Corn, grain. Tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Koefa. The pandanus [koe, the; fa, pandanus]. Tract near Houma, village on
Vavau island (V).

Koekoli. The koli tree [koe, the; koli, a tree]. Tract near Haakio, village on
Vavau island (V).

Koemei. The breadfruit [koe, the; mei, breadfruit]. Tract near Haalaufuli, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Koesi. The si shrub [koe, the; si, a shrub]. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau
(V).

Koetou. The tou tree [koe, the; tou, a kind of tree]. Tract in Lotofoa, village
on Foa island (H).

Kofakahaangatoma. The place where she showed off [ko, the; fakahaanga,
place; toma, to show off]. Place (H). A place in the Ahanga ford from
Lifuka to Uoleva where the daughter of Matauvave, the Tui Tonga’s steward
in Haapai, slipped and hurt herself. Hence the name.

Kofateleasii. Where there is a small dreary passage [kofaa, where; telea, dreary
passage; sii, small]. Tract on Kao island (H).

Kofe. Bamboo. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Haa-
teiho—Tui Haateiho, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Hamula—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haa-
laufuli, landlord.

Kofinekahoamanu. The woman with a necklace for toothache [ko, the; fine,
woman; kahoa, necklace; manu, toothache]. Rock (T). Rock formerly in
entrance to lagoon of Tongatabu, on west side of Nukunukumotu island.

Kofutoo. To wrap and carry in the hand [kofu, to wrap; too, to carry in the
hand]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Kohekoli. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Kohi. To seratch. Place on Hua island(T), where mythology says Maui thrust
a stick into the ground.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 119

Koka. Name of a tree (Bischoffia javanica). Tract near Haatafu, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island
(lab).

Kokafa. Split koka tree [koka, a tree; fa, split]. Tract in Kolomaile, village
on Hua island (T).

Kolau. That rumor [ko, that; lau, rumor or talk]. Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Koleatofa. To beg of chiefs to remain and sleep [kole, to beg; a, of; tofa, to
remain and sleep (used of chiefs)]. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Koli. A small tree which bears a red fruit with a strong but pleasant odor;
used for head dress or neck ornament. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, Makaunga—Pangia, landlord,
and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kolikoli. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V)—Lauaki, landlord.

Kolo. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukuhitulu, Ho
longa, Manuka, and Haasini. Also tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord
Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Tofua island (H). On central eastern
side. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also island
(H). Near Haafeva island. Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract
near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract
on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near Mataaho, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Koloa. Goods, treasure. Village on Koloa island (V). Also island (V).

Koloafisi. Village of Fijians [kolo, village; a, of; fisi, Fijians]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Koloahaamoa. Village of Samoans [kolo, village; a, of; haamoa, Samoans].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Koloakava. A village full of kava [kolo, village; a, of; kava, kava]. Tract
near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Koloalupe. Village where pigeons are numerous [kola, village; a, of; lupe, pig-
eon (Carpophaga pacifica)]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Koloamua. A village of chiefly attendants [kolo, village; a, of; mua, chiefly at-
tendant]. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haa-
teiho, landlord.

Koloatangata. Village of men [kolo, village; a, of; tangata, man]. Tract near

» Lolotelie, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Koloatofua. Village of roasting yams whole [kolo, village; a, of; tofua, to roast
yams whole]. Tract near Houma, village on Hua island (T). Also tract and
district near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Koloatongo. Village of the mangroves [kolo, village; a, of; tongo, mangrove].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. See Kolotongo.

Koloatoume. Village of the fibrous cover of the young coconut branch [kolo,
village; a, of; toume, the fibrous cover of the coconut branch as it fruits from
the tree]. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, land-
lord.

Koloatu. Bonito village [kolo, village; atu, bonito]. Tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Koloauvea. Village of Wallis islanders [kolo, village; a, of; uvea, Uvean, Wal-
lis islander]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord.

120 Bernice P. Bishop Musewm—Bulletin

Kolofoou. New village [kolo, village; foou, new]. Village on Tongatabu island
(T). Eastern portion of Nukualofa island.

Kolohotua. A town behind you [kolo, town; ho, you; tua, back]. Tract on
Moungaone island (H).

Koloi. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Koloipola. Village with the platted coconut leaves [kolo, village; i, with; pola,
the coconut leaf platted for thatch, and other purposes]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Koloivai. Village by the water [kolo, village; i, by; vai, water]. Tract on
Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Kolokakala. Flower village [kolo, village; kakala, flowers]. A nickname for
Tatakamotonga and Lapaha, Tongatabu island (T), current some years ago on
account of abundance of flowers there.

Kolokimuli. Village among foreigners [kolo, village; ki, among; muli, foreign-
ers]. Said to be a new name bestowed by the Premier of Tonga upon the
site of his residence. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune,
landlord. Also district in Tongatabu island (T)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Mua,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kolokinima. Village for five [kolo, village; ki, for; nima, five]. Tract near
Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Kolokitonga. Village for Tongans, i.e., people from Tongatabu [kolo, village;
‘ki, for; tonga, Tongatabu]. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Kolokula. Red village [kolo, village; kula, red]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Kolomaile. Myrtle village [kolo, village; maile, myrtle]. Former village on
Pylstaart island (T). Also village on Eua island (T); named after Kolo-
maile on Pylstaart island; also called Haatua. Also tract on Ovaka island
(V).

Kolomo. Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Kolomotua. Old town [kolo, town; motua, old]. District near Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). The western portion of Nukualofa.
The tracts which have gone to make up Kolomotua are Haavaka, Haahio,
Haamea, Haaloto, Haavakaotua, Haasini, Haatelie, Haafakaafe. Also tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. ‘Tract near Kapa, village on
Kapa island. Also tracts in and near Falevai, village on Kapa island
(V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract on Oloua island (V). Also tract near
Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kolonea. Colony. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Koloneulo, Village which blazed [kolo, village; ne, sign of the past tense; ulo, to
blaze]. Waves on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Koloni. This village [kolo, village; ni, this]. Tract near Pangai, village on
Pangaimotu island (V).

Kolonukunuku. Fortress near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kolonga. A house used in connection with pigeon snaring. Tract in Kanokupolu,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kolongahau. Village of arrows [kolo, village; ngahau, arrow]. Tract near Fanga-
leounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Koloopelehake. Fortress of the Tui Pelehake, a chief. Fortress on Tongatabu
island (T). A ditch and fortress wall extending across Tongatabu island,
eutting off Hihifo from rest of island. Built by Tui Pelehake against inroads
of Vahai, a Hihifo chief.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 121

Kolopelu. Village of the banana-leaf drinking cups [kolo, village; pelu, a drink-
ing cup made from a banana leaf]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Kolotahi. Sea village [kolo, village; tahi, sea]. Tract and islet near Vaimalo,
village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Kolotau. War village [kolo, village or fortress; tau, war]. Tract on Ovaka
island (V). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tract
near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Koloteekiu. Fortress of Teekiu [kolo, fortress; teekiu, snipe excrement]. Fort-
ress near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kolotofua. Village where they bake the yams whole [kolo, village; tofua, to bake
yams whole]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Kolotoka. Submissive village [kolo, village; toka, submissive]. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Kolotolu. Three villages [kolo, village; tolu, three]. Tract near Vaipoa, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Kolotongo. Mangrove village [kolo, village; tongo, mangrove]. Tract near Ka
nokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Haateiho, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. See Koloatongo.

Koloua. Two villages [kolo, village; ua, two]. Village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in
Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kolouta. Inland village [kolo, village; uta, inland]. Tract near Lapaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also promontory on Vavau
island (V). In landlocked harbor; faces island of Kolotahi.

Koloutakape. Village of the kape shore [kolo, village; uta, shore; kape, a plant].
Cliff on Eua island (T). So named because here a man named Tuutaki skill-
fully spread kape (Arum costatum) leaves so as to hide the edge of the
precipice. Then by appearing to jump aimlessly about himself, he decoyed his
wife’s relatives over the cliff. For sequel, see Veefefe, Utukape.

Kolovai. Water village [kolo, village; vai, water]. Village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract and fortress near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Motuapuaka, landlord.

Kolukalu. Jelly fish. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V)—Lauaki,
landlord.

Komo. To suck. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Konga. A piece, a plot, a fragment. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Havelu, Nukualofa, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on
Nukunukumotu island (T). Also tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Kongaapi. Piece of a tract [konga, piece; api, tract]. Tract near Lotofoa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H).

Kongalota. Probably Kongaloto, middle part [konga, part; loto, middle]. Island
(BH).

Kopoka. The castration [ko, the; poka, to castrate]. Tract near Kolomaile,
village on Eua island (T).

Kotakotaata. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Kotekote. To speak a foreign tongue. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tonga-
tabu (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Kotofalefo. Collection of wash houses [koto, collection; fale, house; fo, to wash
clothes]. See next name; one is a misspelling. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord.

122 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Kotofalefu. A basket filled with small pandanus fruit [koto, a basket filled with
anything; fa, pandanus; lefu, smallest]. See preceding name. Tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Kotomaka. Basket of stones [koto, basket; maka, stone]. Hill on Nomuka island
(BH).

Kotone. A tree. See Feingakotone. Green in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Kotoni. Probably Kotone. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kotongasia. Mound at the place of pruning shrubs [koto, to prune shrubs; nga,
place; sia, artificial mound]. Tract on Kotu island (H).

Kotongo. A bird cage made of mangrove branches. Tract near Hautu, village on
Tongatabu island. Also village on Tongatabu island (T).

Kotu. Island (H).

Koulau. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Koulo. Village and tract on Lifuka island (H).

Kovikeu. One who is ugly and deformed. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Kovilaukau. Bad but proud [kovi, bad; laukau, proud]. Tract near Longoteme,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord.

Kovituketuke. A woman who is bad, yet speaks amorously of gentlemen [kovi,
bad; tuketuke, to speak amorously of gentlemen]. Tract near Vaini, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Kukuvalu. Eight kuku shellfish [kuku, a kind of shellfish; valu, eight]. Tract
near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also
tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lotofoa,
village on Foa island (H).

Kulavaitupu. Red well water [kula, red; vaitupu, well water]. Tract near
Lakepa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Kulipulu. Bulldog [kuli, dog; pulu, bull]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Kulitokai. Name of the posts of the chief’s cabin in a Tongan double boat,
kalia. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Kulo. A pot. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Tract
near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Makave, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also island (V). Also tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Kulufotu. Appearing with kulu trees [kulu, a tree; fotu, to appear]. Pigeon
mound on Uoleva island (H).

Kulukave. Stems of fruit of kulu tree [kulu, a tree; kave stem or stalk of fruit].
Place on Eua island (T). Also cemetery on Lifuka island (H). Between
Pangai and Holopeka.

Kulukulu. A fruit dove (Ptilinopus porphyraceus) ‘Tract near Haatoa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Kumakula. Red rat [kuma, rat; kula, red]. Tract near Koloua, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Kupolu. Tongan rendering of Samoan Upolu. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Kupulau. A loquacious speech [kupu, speech; lau, loquacious]. Tract near
Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Laa. The sun. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Laafi. Steamer. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 123

Laalaakalae. A forest clearing frequented by gallinules [laalaa, clearing in a
forest; kalae, gallinule (Porphyrio vitiensis)]. Tract on Taunga island (V)—
Akauola, landlord. Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)
—Fotu, landlord.

Laalupe. When the sun is high above the land, about 8 am. Tract on Kotu
island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Laefefeka. To have no shame [lae, forehead; fefeka, hard]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Lafangafanga. To spread out the sail. Tract near Haakili, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Lafi. To hide. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lafimoetala. To get into a corner and tell [lafi, to get into a corner; moe, and;
tala, to tell]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord.

Lafoou. A new sail [la, sail; foou, new]. Part of Haakio, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—
Maatu, landlord. Also tract near Faletanu, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fusitua, landlord.

Lahakau. Tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on
Lofanga island (H). Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Uluka-
lala, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lahea. Tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Lahi Passage. [Lahi, large]. Strait (T). Approach to Tongatabu harbor past
Malinoa Island.

Lahiki. The sail of the double boat, kalia. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Laiatea. Pineapple. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Laike. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, land-
lord.

Laita. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, land-
lord.

Laitai. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Laivana. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lakaia. To step over. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Lakakau. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord.

Lakanga. The place in which to pass or hand a thing. Water on Tongatabu
island (T). On the weather shore.

Lakatau. The passing of a season [laka, to pass; tau, season]. Tract near
Afa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lakepa. Tongan rendering of Fijian Lakemba. Tract on Eua island (T)—
Lasike, landlord. Also tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Haatafu, Neiafu—Lasike, landlord, Ahau—Lasike, landlord, Kolovai—Ata, land-
lord. (Named by two Fijians who settled there in time of present Ata’s great
grandfather), Kalaau—Lasike, landlord, Nukualofa, Tatakamotonga—Tungi,
landlord, Navutoka—Lasike, landlord. Village on Tongatabu island. Also tract
on Nomuka island (H)—Lasike, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Ngaakau, village on Vavau island (V)—Fakafanua,
landlord.

Lakifue. Cemetery and tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Pangaimotu island (T). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island island (H). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

124 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Lala. Deserted. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu,
landlord.

Lalafine. Deserted of women [lala, deserted; fine, women]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Lalalolomei Bank. A submerged reef in southern part of Vavau group.

Lalapu. Flattery, adulation, cant. Tract near Lavengatonga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Lalatalaaki. A kind of mat used by chiefs. Tract near Utulau, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Lalo. Below, down, beneath. Tract near Masilamea, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract in Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Houma, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract
near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lalolalo. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Lalomai. To bring below [lalo, below; mai, to bring]. Tract near Fotua, vil-
lage on Foa island (H).

Lalona. Below yonder. An island of the chain called Otutolu, in the south-
eastern part of Haapai. Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Lalosia. Below an artificial mound [lalo, below; sia, an artificial mound]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lalosiale. Below the gardenia [lalo, below; siale, gardenia]. Tract near Ma-
taaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lalotava. Beneath the tava tree [lalo, beneath; tava, a fruit tree (Pometia pin-
nata)]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lalotonga. Below Tonga, as though Tonga might be a hill and the place so
named Lalotonga be at the foot of the hill. Tongan rendering of Rarotonga.
Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Lalufe. Tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Lamaketi. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongtabu island (T).

Lamisi. Dream sail [la, sail; misi, dream]. Tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Lanau. Their sail [la, sail; nau, their]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhe-
toka, landlord.

Lanoa. Worthless sail [la, sail; noa, worthless]. Tract near Fakakakai, village
on Haano island (H).

Langafoou. A new erection [langa, erection; foou, new]. Tract on Nomuka
island (H).

Langaiha. To build or erect somewhere [langa, to erect; iha, somewhere]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Langakali. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Haavakatolo—Ahomee, landlord, Houma—vVaea, land-
lord, Hofoa, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, Longoteme—Veikune, landlord,
and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. House of the Tui Kanokupolu at Tatakamo-
tonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island (H).
Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Holopeka,
village on Lifuka island (H). Also cemetery on Lifuka island (H). Also tract
near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract
on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tract near Utungake, village on
Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Utulei, village on Pa-
ngaimotu island (V). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V); near
Tefisi—Luani, landlord, Neiafu, and Holonga. Also islet (V). Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract
on Tafahi island (NT).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 125

Langalangafehi. To originate the opening of oysters [langalanga, to originate,
to set on foot; fehi, to open oysters]. Royal tomb near Lapaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Langamaikuoaho. To have been in labor and brought forth in the day [langa,
to be in labor; mai, to bring; kuo, sign of the past tense; aho, day]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langamue. ‘Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Langapeniha. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Langapeuta. Turning up the soil alone inland [langa, to turn up the soil;
pe, alone; uta, inland]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Langataku. To originate a name [langa, to originate; taku, to designate]. Tract
near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Langiatea. Whitish tomb [langi, royal tomb; a, of; tea, whitish]. Tomb on
Nomuka island (H).

Langifaapite, [Langi, royal tomb]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Langifalepulemaalo. [Langi, royal tomb; fale, house; pule, to rule; alo, child
of rank]. Tomb of the Tui Haatakalaua. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Langifaletoonga. Royal tomb of the house of fine mats [langi, royal tomb;
fale, house; toonga, fine mats]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Langifaletuipapai. Royal tomb of houses spread out in order like beads on a
string [langi, royal tomb; fale, house; tui, to string as beads; papai, to spread
out in order]. Tomb of the Tui Haatakalaua. Tomb near Lapaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Langifanakavakilangi. Royal tomb of seeking protection in heaven [langi, royal
tomb; fanakava, to seek protection; ki, in; langi, the sky]. Another name is
Langituofefafa. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langifangaloto. Royal tomb of the central landing place [langi, royal tomb;
fanga, landing place; loto, center]. Tomb near Fetoa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Langifoki. The turned-back sky [langi, sky; foki, to turn back]. Tract near
Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langifolokomanu. Royal tomb of swallowing the animal [langi, royal tomb;
ko, prefix; manu, animal]. At Mataliku on the outskirts of the village of Pea,
Tongatabu island (T).

Langifoou. New royal tomb [langi, royal tomb; foou, new]. Tomb near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langiheketa. Royal tomb of moving on the posteriors and striking [langi, royal
tomb; heke, to move on the posteriors; ta, to strike]. Tomb near Niutoua,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langikatoa. The whole royal tomb [langi, royal tomb; katoa, whole]. Tomb
near Lapaha (?) village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langikoolonamu. Royal tomb of the place of ensnaring the mosquito [langi,
royal tomb; ko, prefix before place names; olo, to ensnare; namu, mosquito].
Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langilau. The counted skies [langi, sky; lau, to count]; perhaps in reference
to then ten skies of Tongan mythology. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Langileka. Short royal tomb [langi, royal tomb; leka, short]. Tomb near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). In this tomb is buried the female
Tui Tonga Sinaitakalailangileka.

126 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Langilili. Angry royal tomb [langi, royal tomb; lili, to be angry]. Tomb near
Lapaha (?), village on Tongatabu island (T). Burial place of Alusa.

Langiloamanu. Royal tomb of the red pigment smeared over the body of an
animal [langi, royal tomb; loa, red pigment for smearing over the body;
manu, animal]. Tomb near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T): tomb of the Tui
Haatakalaua. Also tomb on Tungua island (H).

Langimakamaka. Stony royal tomb [langi, royal tomb; makamaka, stony]. Tomb
near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T). On the tracts Haavaka
and Makamaka.

Langimaluatonga. Royal tomb of cringeing to Tonga [langi, royal tomb; malua,
to cringe; tonga, Tongatabu]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Langimatamoana. Royal tomb to be seen from the ocean [langi, royal tomb;
mata, to be seen; moana, ocean]. Also called Langitalangaholova. Tomb
near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T). The tract on which it stands is
Talangaholova, which the informant said took its name from the tomb. It is
very near the tract Tufumahina.

Langimau. Firm tomb [langi, royal tomb; mau, firm]. Tomb near Lapaha, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Langimoelaa. The sky and the sun [langi, sky; moe, and the; laa, sun]. Tract
near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langimounga. Mountainous royal tomb [langi, royal tomb; mounga, mountain-
ous]. Tomb on Tungua island (T).

Langimoungalafa. Royal tomb of the flat-topped mountain [langi, royal tomb;
mounga, mountain; lafalafa, flat]. Tomb near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Langinamoala. Royal tomb of the suitable bay enclosed with a reef [langi, royal
tomb; namo, bay enclosed with a reef; ala, suitable]. Tomb near Lapaha?,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langinukulau. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langiolomaloaa. Royal tomb of rubbing the winner of the fording [langi, royal
tomb; olo, to rub; malo, winner of a game; aa, to ford]. Tomb near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langiolovehi. Also called Siavakapuna and Olovehifakasia. Tomb near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H). Tomb of Tuita.

Langiotalafaiva. Tomb of Talafaiva, wife of Tui Tonga Telea. Tomb on Bua-
kafa island (V).

Langipaepaeotelea. Terraced royal tomb of Telea [langi, royal tomb; paepae, to
lay stones as dams or sills; 0, of; telea, the twenty-ninth Tui Tonga]. Tomb
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langipangai. Tomb near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Langipuipui. Screened royal tomb [langi, royal tomb; puipui, to screen]. Tomb
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langisiapua. Royal tomb of the mound of the pua tree [langi, royal tomb; sia,
artificial mound; pua, a tree]. Tomb on Tungua island (H).

Langitaetaea. Inaccessible tomb [langi, royal tomb; taetaea, inaccessible]. Tomb
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langitamatou. Royal tomb of the child of tou wood [langi, royal tomb; tama,
child; tou, a tree]. Tomb near Makaunga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langitau. Extending to the sky [langi, sky; tau, to extend to]. Island (V).

Langitauatonga. Royal tomb of the war of Tongatabu [langi, royal tomb; tau,
war; a, of; tonga, Tongatabu]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 127

Langitauhakeleva. Royal tomb of reaching and ascending quickly [langi, royal
tomb; tau, to reach; hake, to ascend; leva, quickly]. Tomb near Lapaha?,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langitauhala. Royal tomb of the Tamatauhala, an individual higher in rank
than the Tamaha [langi, royal tomb; tauhala, short for Tamatauhala]. Tomb
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langitofaua. Royal tomb with the two sleepers [langi, royal tomb; tofa, to
sleep; ua, two]. Tomb near Lapaha?, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langitongamanatu. Royal tomb of anxious Tonga [langi, royal tomb; tonga,
Tongatabu; manatu, anxious]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Burial place of the Tui Lakepa.

Langitoo. Taking the sky [langi, sky; too, to take]; applied to the Tui Tonga
when he has his hair cut. Tract on Lape island (V). Also tract on Nua-
papu island (V).

Langituitonga. Royal tomb of the king of Tonga [langi, royal tomb; tui, king;
tonga; Tongatabu]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Langituofefafa. Royal tomb of jerking and carrying on the back [langi, royal
tomb; tuo, to jerk; fefafa, to carry on the back]. Tomb near Lapaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Herein is buried the Tui Tonga Tui Pulotu I. On
his back is buried, face downward, his brother Tokemoana; hence the name
tuofefafa, to carry on the back. The last Tui Tonga, Laufilitonga, is also
buried in this tomb. The tomb is also called Langifanakavakilangi.

Langituoteau. Royal tomb one hundred times [langi, royal tomb; tuo, times;
teau, one hundred]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Burial place of the Tui Tonga Tui Pulotu II.

Langonga. The boat dock. Anchorage near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Lapaha. The appearance of assassination [lapa, to assassinate; ha, appearance].
The equivalent of Fijian lambasa. Village on Tongabu island (T). A heilda
tree in Lapaha bears this name, which was bestowed upon it by certain chiefs.
The village where the Tui Tonga resided. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Lapata. To strike and assassinate [lapa, to assassinate; ta, to strike]. Tract
in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Lape. Applied to wrestling when one throws his opponent by the aid of his
legs; to bless, to render prosperous. Tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haa-
teiho, landlord. Also island (V).

Lasea. A kind of white clay. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Lata. A shrub. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Latai. Fond of the place. Pool on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Latakofe. Bamboo shrub [lata, a shrub; kofe, bamboo]. Tract near Haava-
katolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract near
Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Late. Floating sail [la, sail; te, to float, to sit on the surface of the water];
perhaps descriptive of the appearance of Late island, a volcanic cone visible
to the west of Vavau. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Nukualofa, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Haveluliku, and Fuaamotu—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Ofolanga island (H). Also tract on Okoa island

128 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

(V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near
Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also island (V).
Also tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Latemohamula. Late and Hamula. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Latoeke. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lau. Leafy. Tract and road near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Tofua island (H).

Laua. Two sails [la, sail; ua, two]. Tract near Vakataumai, village on Kapa
island (V).

Laufa. The leaf of the pandanus [lau, leaf; fa, pandanus]. Tract near Longo-
teme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord. Also tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island. (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Laufika. To count figures [lau, to count; fika, figures]. Tract near Tuanekivale,
village on Vavau island (V).

Lauhihila. Shining hairs [lau, hair; hihila, to shine]. Tract near Kolonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Lauhoi. Leaf of the climbing hoi plant [lau, leaf; hoi, a plant]. Tract near
Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Laukau. Pride, vanity. Tract near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Nomuka island (H).

Laukula. Red leaf [lau, leaf; kula, red]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai,
landlord. Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, land-
lord.

Laulaupehele. Denying an uncertain assertion made earlier. This tract also bears
the modern name of Paunieono. Tract on Nukumukumotu island (T).

Laulea. Famous, much talked of. Formerly called Nukumalolo. Tract near
Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Matuku island (H)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Lauleauta. Inland Laulea [uta, inland]. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Lauliki. Small pieces of land [lau, a leaf, a pinch; likiliki, small divisions of
land]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, land-
lord. Also tract near Sapaata, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Laulupe. To talk of pigeon [lau, to talk; lupe, pigeon]; metaphorically to talk
of a beautiful woman. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).

Laumatangi. To speak of the wind [lau, to speak; matangi, wind]. Tract on
Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord. :

Laumihi. To speak sobbingly [lau, to speak; mihi, to sob]. Tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Mui-
toa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Laupani. To speak of anointing [lau, to speak; pani, to anoint]. Tract near
Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract on Haa-
feva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli,
landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Laupe. To say anything without grounds or purpose. Tract on Nomuka island
(H). Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haa-
laufuli, landlord.

Lautala. To speak and tell [lau, to speak; tala, to tell]. Tract near Houma,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Pea, vil-

Gifford—T ongan. Place Names 129

lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract near Lotofoa,
village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).
Also island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—
Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Lautu. Furled sail [la, sail; utu, to gather in]. Tract near Vaotuu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Lauua. Two leaves [lau, leaf; ua, two]. Tracts near villages on Vavau island
(V): near Tuanuku—Ulukalala, landlord, Longomapu—Veikune, landlord, and
Neiafu.

Lavaaho. Shark bait [lava, a bait for fish; aho, a kind of shark]. Tract near
Lakepa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord. Also tract near
Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Lavaki. A traitor. Tract on Eueiki island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on
Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Lavakiuta. Inland Lavaki [uta, inland]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau
island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Lavatoko. To accomplish preparations on a large scale [lava, to accomplish;
toko, to make preparations on a large scale]. Tract near Lapaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Lavatuutolu. To conquer three appearing as spirits [lava, to conquer; tuu, to
appear as a spirit; tolu, three]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Laveamata. To bite the face [lavea, to bite; mata, face]. Tract near Haakio,
village on Vavau island (V).

Lavelave. To keep to leeward in steering a boat. Tract near Haateiho, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Lavenga. The part where anything has struck or touched. Tract near Otea,
village on Kapa island (V). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Lavengahau. The striking of an arrow [lave, to strike the mark; ngahau, ar-
row]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tract
near Ngaakau, village on Vavau island (V).

Lavengatonga. The place struck against by Tonga, in the sense of relied upon
for food [lavenga, any part or place struck against; tonga, Tongatabu]. Village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Lavilavi. A brown pig with black or dark stripes. Tract near Ngaunoho, vil-
lage on Utungake island (V).

Leaaekane. Sound of the can [lea, sound; ae, of the; kane, can, bucket]. Tract
in Falevai, village on Kapa island (V).

Leaaemotuku. Voice of the heron [lea, voice; ae, of the; motuku, heron (Ardea
sacra)]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Leaaepuloka. The squeak of the pulley [lea, voice, sound; ae, of the; puloka,
pulley]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Leaaetohi. The word of the book [lea, speech, language; ae, of the; tohi, book].
Tract in Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Leaafuiva. The call of the flycatcher [lea, speech; a, of; fuiva, an insectivorous
bird (Myiolestes heinei)]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Leaatevolo. The speech of the devil [lea, speech; a, of; tevolo, devil] Tract
in Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lefelefevalu. A mound 21 feet high, on western side of Eua island (T), between
Kolomaile and Tufuvai. Reputed to have been the home of chiefly virgin
(taupoou), or to be the virgin herself now transformed into a mound, as are

130 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

her admirers Ponahiva and Fasikiato, The name Lefelefevalu is said to refer
to the lady having eight (valu) privates.

Lefiopopoto. Butterflies reconciled after a quarrel [lefio, butterfly; popoto, to
be reconciled after a quarrel]. Rock on Tongatabu island (T). On weather
shore.

Lefoe. Steering a boat off the wind. Tract near Lavengatonga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Leha. The title of the Tui Tonga’s carpenter. Tract near Haano, village on
Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Lei. Whale’s tooth, ivory. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Leimatua. A game with the hands in which whale’s teeth are used [lei whale’s
tooth; matua, a game with the hands]. Tract in Hautu, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord. Also village on Vavau island (V).

Leitafe. Ivory dropping [lei, ivory, whale’s tooth; tafe, to drop, to pour]. Tract
near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Leka. Short. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haa-
teiho, landlord. Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Leke. A private room. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—
Ulukalala, landlord.

Lekefanga. A landing place in a bay. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island
(V).

Lekeleka. Short private room [leke, private room; leka, short]. Tract near
Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (H). Also tract
near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on
Foa island (H). Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also
tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Makave, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also island (V).

Lekileki. Name of a tree. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract on Ofu island (V).

Lekutu. To drive lice [le, to drive; kutu, louse]. Tract near Vaotuu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Faleloa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H).

Lele. A kind of sugar cane. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Lelea. Driven by the wind. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).
Leleaina. Red-eyed from laughing [lelea, red, sore, applied to the eyes; a, of;
ina, to laugh]. Tract near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).
Lelealulu. The run of the owl [lele, run; a, of; lulu, owl]. Tract near Nuku-
nuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on

Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Leleifakamuli. Pleasant to act as a stranger [lelei, pleasant; fakamuli, to act
as a stranger]. Tract near Sapaata, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Leleikovi. Good and bad [lelei, good; kovi, bad]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Leleipouli. To run in the darkness [lele, to run; i, in; pouli, darkness]. Tract
on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Lelenga. Jeopardy. Cliff on Eua island (T). A cliff in Eua over which Maui
Kisikisi cast his great digging stick into the sea after making the Matala-
ngaamaui. The digging stick struck the edge of the cliff making a deep groove
and carrying the earth with it into the sea. Also tract near Vaotuu, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Fuaamotu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract néar Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Lemani. Lemon. Tract in Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 131

Leoleo. A guard, watchman, sentinel. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Haavakatolo, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Lepa. A hole or pit made to contain water; a cistern; a tree. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Foui—Vahai, landlord, Kalaau, and
Folaha. Also tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also
tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Also tract on Moungaone island (H). Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also
tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also
tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract
near Kei, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tafahi, village on
Tafahi island (NT).

Letteo. A rock near Haafeva island (H), 12 feet high. Shown on Admiralty chart.

Leuleukefu. Yellow old coverlet of tapa [leuleu, old coverlet of tapa; kefu,
yellow]. Stone near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Stood in the
gateway of the Tui Tonga’s premises. See Levulevukefu, another spelling.

Leulumoenga. To pass through with turmeric [le, to drive; ulu, to pass through,
as anything thrown or darted; mo, with; enga, turmeric]. Tract near Tata-
kamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Leuo. The ripeness and softness of the tava fruit. Tract on Niuafoou island
(NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Leva. Forthwith, at once, quickly, accidentally. Cf. Rewa, Fiji. Tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord.

Levatai. Sharp to the taste immediately [leva, immediately; tai, tart, sharp to
the taste]. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Faka-
fanua, landlord.

Leveleva. Applied when speech making: to end a long speech. Inlet on Tonga-
tabu island (T). On north coast.

Levuka. Fijian Levuka. Tract in Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Levenga. To endeavor, to persevere. Tract and district near Fakakakai, village
on Haano island (H).

Levuka. Fijian Levuka. Tract in Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Levulevukefu. A small kind of yellow mat [levulevu, a small kind of mat;
kefu, yellow]. Stone near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). An up-
right cylindrical stone, anciently called Tokomatupa. See also Leuleukefu,
another rendering of the name.

Lifuka. To lash together the hair in imitation of the Fijians [li, to lash to-
gether; fuka, to dress the hair in imitation of the Fijians]. Tracts in and
near Hautu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also inlet on Tongatabu
island (T). In the lagoon. Also island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H).

Liha. A nit. Tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord.

Likisia. Thrown to the mound [li, thrown; ki, to; sia, mound]. Cave on Tonga-
tabu island (T). On weather shore.

Liku. The weather shore; that part of an island least frequented by canoes
owing to its rocky shores. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Haatafu, Haateiho—Tui Haateiho, landlord, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, and
Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract on
Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tract near Kapa, village on
Kapa island (V). Also tract near Vakataumai, village on Kapa island (V).
Also tract on Hunga island—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, vil-
lage on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou
island (V)—Fotofili, landlord.

132 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Likualofa. Weather shore of the frigate bird [liku, weather shore; a, of; lofa,
frigate bird (Fregata aquila)]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Likuhanga. Facing the weather shore [liku, weather shore; hanga, to face].
Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Likuhangavale. Weather shore facing the wrong way. Shore on Uiha island (H).

Likuhunga. Weather shore with small elevations [liku, weather shore; hunga,
small elevation]. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Fakafanua, landlord.

Likulea. The speaking weather shore [liku, weather shore; lea, to speak]. Tract
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Likuloa. Long weather shore [liku, weather shore; loa, short for loloa, long].
Tract near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Likuloto. Deep or high weather shore [liku, weather shore; loto, deep]. Tract
near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also
tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Likumotu. Broken weather shore [liku, weather shore; motu, broken]. Tract
on Ovaka island (V).

Likungaohaa, Brushwood weather shore [liku, weather shore; ngaohaa, brush-
wood]. Tract on Vavau island (V).

Likuone. Sandy weather shore [liku, weather shore; oneone, sand]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haakili, Nukualofa, and Kolonga
—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord. Also bay (V).

Likupeka. Weather shore of the flying foxes [liku, weather shore; peka, flying
fox]. Tract on Fetoa island (H).

Likutapu. Sacred weather shore [liku, weather shore; tapu, sacred]. Shore on
Tongatabu island (T). Also shcre on Uiha island (H). A Tui Tonga is said
to be buried here, hence the name.

Likutefisi. Weather shore of the floating flower [liku, weather shore; te, to
float; fisi, flower]. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani,
landlord.

Likutoafa. Desert weather shore [liku, weather shore; toafa, desert, wilderness].
Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Likutoe. Groaning weather shore [liku, weather shore; toe, to groan, perhaps
in reference to surf.] Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—
Fotu, landlord.

Likutoloa. Weather shore of ducks [liku, weather shore; toloa, duck (Anas
superciliosa)]. Tracts in and near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—
Ulukalala, landlord.

Likutonga. Southern weather shore [liku, weather shore; tonga, the south].
Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.
Also shore on Tongatabu island.

Likutuahi. Weather shore of the tuahi shellfish [liku, weather shore; tuahi, a
kind of a shellfish]. Tract on Okoa island (V).

Limu. Seaweed. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala,
landlord. Also tract near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also island (H). Also tract
on Oloua island (V). Also tract near Holeva, village on Koloa island (V).

Liofau. Probably Liufau. To twist the fiber strainer when making kava for chiefs
by the milolua method of straining. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lipaiapi. Remnant in the tract [lipa, remnant; i, in; api, tract]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 133

Liuangakaualihi. A place where the whistling birds return [liu, to return; anga,
habit, position, where anything takes place; kau, plural; aliki, a whistling
sound]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Loa. Name of a plant, the fruit of which was used as a cosmetic to tint the face
a red color before going to war. Tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Loafa. To besmear the body with pandanus juice(?) [loa, to besmear the body;
fa, pandanus]. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Loamanu. Tomb near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord. Also four
royal tombs of the Tui Haatakalaua near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T). The names of three were ascertained: Langifalepulemaalo, Langifale-
tuipapai, Langiloamanu.

Loanoa. To besmear the body at random [loa, to besmear the body; noa, ran-
dom]. Tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V).

Lofanitani. This frigate bird stained [lofa, frigate bird (Fregata aquila); ni,
this; tani, to be stained]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Lofanga. Many landing places [lo, many; fanga, landing place]. Island (H).
Also tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Mua, vil-
lage on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lofia. A volcano. Volcano on Tofua island (H).

Lohifo. Many offered in sacrifice [lo, many; hifo, to offer in sacrifice]. Tract
near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord. Also
tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Loholohoa. To beat with the thick stem of the branch on which coconuts grow.
Tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Loiamoeake. Surfeited in eating and convalescent [loia, surfeited; moe, and;
ake, convalescent]. Tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Loka. A rough or tempestuous sea. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Lokavailahi. Rough large water [loka, rough; vai, water; lahi, large]. Crater
lake on Tofua island (H).

Lokea. Under the shade of the breadfruit tree [lo, short of lolo in the shade;
kea, a species of breadfruit]. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island
(H)—Fakakakai, landlord.

Lokiai. A room made of ai wood [loki, room; ai, name of a tree which bears
small nuts]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lokifue. A room of fue vine [loki room; fue, a climbing plant]. Tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Lokilau. A room full of leaves [loki, room; lau, leaves]. Tract on Ovaka
island (V).

Loko. Very, in a great degree. Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu
island (V). This tract consists of an islet.

Lokofa. To feel after anything as one blind, very carefully [loko, very, in great
degree; fa, to feel after anything, as one blind feels his way]. Tract and
eave near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). A cave with running
water, in which the mullet were supposed to have been imprisoned, on Nuku,
an islet in the great lagoon of Tongatabu near Nukuhitulu. This stream is
said to connect with another called Lokupo. Compare myth concerning im-
prisoned mullet”.

- * Gifford, E. W., Tongan Myths and Tales: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Bul. 8, 1923.

134 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Lokoka. With the koka bark; in reference to its use as a coloring matter for
tapa [lo, with; koka, a tree]. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island
(A).

Lokupo. Preparing to catch [loku, to prepare; po, to catch]. Tract near Pan-
gai, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Houma, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Supposed to be a stream near Folaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T), where the mullet breed, connecting with Lokofa, an underground
stream. Also tract on Lofanga island (H).

Lolevenga. With endeavor {lo, with; levenga, to endeavor]. Tract near Kolo-
maile, village on Bua island (T).

Lolo. Oil. Island (V). A small island just south of Kenutu and united to Ke-
nutu at low tide.

Loloa. Long, tall; perhaps in reference to the timber. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). The place from which timber for first Christian church was
obtained. Also tract on Ovaka island (V).

Loloaavave. Long of speed [loloa, long; a, of; vave, speedy]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Loloano. Shade near a swamp [lolo, shade; ano, swamp]. Tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Lolofa. In the shade of the pandanus [lolo, in the shade; fa, pandanus]. Tract
on Oua island (H). Also tract in Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).
Also tracts in and near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlora.

Lolofao. In the shade of the naked and fruitless coconut tree [lolo, in the shade;
fao, naked and fruitless (applied to the coconut tree)]. Tract near Pukotala,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Lolofau. In the shade of the fau tree [lolo, in the shade; fau, a tree]. Tract
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Lolofautauhi. In the shade of the protected fau tree [lolo, in the shade; fau,
name of a tree; tauhi, to protect]. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Lolofehi. In the shade of the fehi tree [lolo, in the shade; fehi, a hardwood
tree]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, land-
lord.

Lolofekika. In the shade of the fekika tree [lolo, in the shade; fekika, a tree
(EBugenia malaccensis)]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Lolofetau. In the shade of the fetau tree [lolo, in the shade; fetau, a tree
(Calophyllum inophyllum]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also beach on Uoleva island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Lolofoa. Wasted oil [lolo, oil; foa, to break, to crack]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lolofokolulu. Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lolofonua. [Lolo, to descend suddenly; fonua, land]. Underworld. The entrance
to the Underworld is said to be a hole in the island of Koloa, Vavau group.
Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Kei, village on Vavau island (V).

Lolofusi. In the shade of the banana tree [lolo, in the shade; fusi, the generic
term for all bananas]. Tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H). Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island
(H). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 135

Lolofutu. In the shade of the futu tree [lolo, in the shade; futu, a tree (Bar-
ringtonia speciosa)]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Haateiho—Tui Haateiho, landlord, Niutoua, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord.
Also tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka
island (H). Also place on Nomuka island (H); apparently a landing place
on west side. Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Tract
near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract
on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lolohahau. Oil of the hahau fish [lolo, oil; hahau, a fish]. Tract near Vaotuu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Lolohea. In the shade of the hea tree [lolo, in the shade; hea, a tree]. Tract
on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Faleloa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Kapa, village on
Kapa island (V).

Lolohina. In the shade of the gourd plant [lolo, in the shade; hina, gourd
plant]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lolohingano. In the shade of the hingano tree [lolo, in the shade; hingano, a
tree]. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near
Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—
Akauola, landlord. Also tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).

Lolohonotuia. Well near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lolohouma. In the shade of the point of land [lolo, in the shade; houma, point
of land]. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lolohu. To take up or reach anything with a forked stick. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Loloifi. In the shade of the ifi tree [lolo, in the shade; ifi, Tahitian chestnut
tree]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukunuku—Tui
Vakano, landlord, Houma —Vaea, landlord, Haakame, Utulau, Pea—
Lavaka, landlord, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, Malapo— Pangia, land-
lord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Afa. Also tract on Kotu island (H).
Also tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Haano, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Falevai, vil-
lage on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract near Matamaka,
village on Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Utungake, village on Utu-
ngake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Utulei, village on Pangai-
motu island (V). Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Falehau, vil-
lage on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near Matavai, village on Niu-
atoputapu island (NT).

Lolokau. In the shade of the kau tree [lolo, in the shade; kau, a tree]. Tract
on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Okoa island
(V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Lolokava. In the shade of the kava shrub [lolo, in the shade; kava, the shrub
(Piper methysticum)]. Tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)
—Veikune, landlord.

Lolokea. In the shade of a kind of breadfruit tree [lolo, in the shade; kea, a
kind of breadfruit tree]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Malapo, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, and
Lapaha—Pangia, landlord. Also tract on Oua island (H). Also tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village
on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Faleloa,
village on Foa island (H). Also tracts near villages on Haano island (H):

136 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

near Pukotala, Haano, Muitoa—Tui Haangana, landlord of the three. Also
tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Otea, village
on Kapa island (V). Also tract on Lape island (V). Also tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island
(V).

Lolokia. Oil for the neck [lolo, oil; kia, neck]. Tract near Tongamamao, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Loloko. A piece of land. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Hoi, Navutoka—Tungi, landlord, and Ko-
longa—Nuku, landlord. Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near
Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on
Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Lolokoka. In the shade of the koka tree [lolo, in the shade; koka, a tree
Bischoffia javanica)]. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Lasike, landlord. Also tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Lolokoli. In the shade of the koli tree [lolo, in the shade; koli, a tree]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near
Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Lololepa. In the shade of the lepa tree [lolo, in the shade; lepa, a tree]. Tract
on Mango island (H).

Lolomangele. In the shade of the mangele tree [lolo, in the shade; mangele, a
tree]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Lolomango. In the shade of a mango tree [lolo, in the shade; mango, the
mango tree]. Tract in Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
in Falevai, village on Kapa island (V).

Lolomapa. In the shade of the mapa tree [lolo, in the shade; mapa, a tree].
Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lolomasi. In the shade of the masi tree [lofo, in the shade; masi, a tree].
Tract near Masilamea, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lolomei. In the shade of the breadfruit tree [lolo, in the shade; mei, bread-
fruit tree]. Tract in Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract in Falevai, village on Kapa island (V). Also tracts in villages on
Vavau island (V): Neiafu, Utui, and Tuanekivale.

Lolomilo. In the shade of the milo tree [lolo, in the shade; milo, a tree (Thes-
pesia populnea)]. Tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village
on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Lolomoli. In the shade of the orange tree [lolo, in the shade; moli, orange tree].
Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Lolonimoi. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord.

Loloniu, In the shade of the coconut tree [lolo, in the shade; niu, coconut tree];
Tracts in and near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Hautu, in Houma,
Hofoa, Maufanga, and near Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near
Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 137

Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui
Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Lolongatae. In the shade of the ngatae tree [lolo, in the shade; ngatae, a tree
(Brythrina indica)]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vahai, landlord. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Lolongatata. In the shade of the ngatata tree [lolo, in the shade; ngatata, a
tree]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Loloovava. In the shade of the ovava tree [lolo, in the shade; ovava, a tree].
Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Moungaone island (H).
Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Lolopaongo. In the shade of the paongo tree [lolo, in the shade; paongo, a tree].
Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Foui—Vahai, landlord,
Pea—Lavaka, landlord, and Nukualofa. Also tract near Faleloa, village on
Foa island (H). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fuilivai, landlord. Also
tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tafeuni, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Lolopaongolalo. Lower Lolopaongo [lalo, below, beneath]. Tract near Pea, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Lolopaongoloto. Central Lolopaongo [loto, center, middle]. Tract near Pea, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Lolopata. In the shade of the pata tree [lolo, in the shade; pata, a tree]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Lolopipi. In the shade of the pipi tree [lolo, in the shade; pipi, a tree]. Tract
near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord. Also tract and
district near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord. Also
tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Lolopua. In the shade of the pua tree [lolo, in the shade; pua, a tree]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Fahefa—Veehala, landlord, Houma
—Vaea, landlord, Nukualofa, Folaha, and Fatumu. Also tract on Fetoa island
(H). Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Also tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract in
Falevai, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lake-
pa, landlord. Also tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee,
landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract
near Petani, village on Niafoou island (NF).

Lolopuko. In the shade of the puko tree [lolo, in the shade; puko, a tree].
Tract on Mango island (H). Also tract on Fotuhaa island (H). Also tract
near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Fotua, village
on Foa island (H).

Lolosi. In the shade of the si plant [lolo, in the shade; si, a plant]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lolosia. In the shade of the mound [lolo, in the shade; sia, a mound]. Tract
near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Lolosiale. In the shade of the gardenia [lolo, in the shade; siale, gardenia].
Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Lolotaane. Oil prepared for a chief’s wedding [lolo, oil; taane, the marriage of
a chief]. Tract near Koloua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

138 Bernice P. Bishop Museuwm—Bulletin

Lolotamanu. In the shade of the tamanu tree [lolo, in the shade; tamanu, a
tree (Calophyllum burmanni)]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka,
landlord.

Lolotava. In the shade of the tava tree [lolo, in the shade; tava, a tree (Pome-
tia pinnata)]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Ahau,
Foui—Vahai, landlord, Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Nukunuku, Nukualofa,
Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Navutoka—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on
Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H)—
Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).
Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Tuanuku—Ulukalala, land-
lord, Neiafu, and Leimatua—Fotu, landlord. Also tract near Matavai, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatopu-
tapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Lolotavalau. In the shade of the leafy tava tree [lolo, in the shade; tava, a
tree; lau, leaves]. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Lolotelea. To descend suddenly a dreary passage [lolo, to descend suddenly;
telea, a dreary passage]. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Lolotelie. In the shade of the telie tree [lolo, in the shade; telie, a tree].
Village near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Fakakakai, village on
Haano island (H).

Loloto. Deep. Island (H). Said to be a small island which constitutes a tract,
near Kotu island.

Lolotoa. In the shade of the casuarina tree [lolo, in the shade; toa, casuarina
(Casuarina equisetifolia)]. Tract in Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Lolotoi. In the shade of the toi tree [lolo, in the shade; toi, a tree (Alphitonia
excelsa)]. Tract near Tafahi, village on Tafahi island (NT).

Lolotoliku. Deep at the weather shore [loloto, deep; liku, weather shore]. Tract
on Kotu island (H).

Lolotonga. Tongan oil [lolo, oil; tonga, Tangan]. Tract near Kapa, village on
Kapa island (V).

Lolotuavao. In the shade of some trees at the edge of the bush [lolo, in the
shade; tua, the outside of anything; vao, bush]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Lolotuitui. Candlenut oil [lolo, oil; tuitui, candlenut tree]. Tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract near Tafeuni,
village on Vavau island (V).

Lolovavau. Oil of Vavau [lolo, oil; vavau, Vavau]. Tract near Feletoa, village
on Vavau island (V).

Lolovi. In the shade of the vi tree [lolo, in the shade; vi, a tree (Spondias
dulcis)]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord. Also tract near Makaunga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract on Mango island (H). Also tract on Nomuka island (H).
Also tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on
Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near Matamaka, village on
Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).
Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Taoa, Neiafu, Mataika,
and Feletoa.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 139

Loma. Rome; a half-caste. Fortress on Bua island (T). On level ground between
the villages of Kolomaile and Pangai. Also tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Lomasi. A Tongan basket. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Lomi. To push and keep under. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Lomoloma. A kind of rope used in the old double canoe. Inlet on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Name on U.S. Chart 2013 for inlet called Leveleva on Tongan
Government chart of Tongatabu. Also tract on Moungaone island (H). Also
tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Lomoluma. Mockery. Tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Fielakepa, landlord.

Loniu. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Longalangafehi. Raised sleeping place built of fehi wood [longa, sleeping place;
langa, to erect; fehi, a hardwood]. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Longalupe. The presence of pigeons and yet one cannot see or hear them.
Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. See
Longolupe.

Longana. That sleeping place [longa, sleeping place; na, that]. Tract near
Koloua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Longia. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Longoa. Silent. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Longcakau. The silence of the woods. Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangia, landlord.

Longoata. The approach of dawn. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord. ‘

Lengofanguna. Hard to awaken. Tract on Hueiki island (T).

Longoki. Impudent silence [longo, silence; ki, impudent]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Longolongo. Tree fern. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also
tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Vaotuu—Tui Vakano,
landlord, Haakame, Nukualofa, Maufanga (also cemetery)—Fakafanua, land-
lord, and Folaha. Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Longolongoeiki. Chiefly tree fern [longolongo, tree fern; eiki, chief]. Tract
near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Toula, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Longolongokava. Foretokening the bringing of kava [longolongo, foretokening;
kava, kava (the root)]. Tract in Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Longolongotau. Foretokening war [longolongo, foretokening; tau, war]. Tract
near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Longolupe. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu,
landlord. See Longalupe.

Longomapu. To break the silence with whistling [longo, silence; mapu, to
whistle]. Village on Vavau island (V).

Longomoeloto. To be angry and yet not to show it. Tract near Nukualofa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

140 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Longonafa. The drum used to a kind of old war dance called meetuupaki. Tract
on Bueiki island (T). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Longonoa. Dead silence. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord. Also tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract
on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Longoteme. Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island
(H). Also district near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Longovaka. A boat expected. Tract on Eueiki island (T). Also tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Makave,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near Sapaata,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Lopa. To fasten the mast of a canoe. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lopaola. A string of red ola beads worn round the neck. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V).

Loto. Center. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Lotoa. An enclosure. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tracts in and near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract near Felemea, village on
Uiha island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu island
(V). Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tracts near
villages on Vavau island (V): near Neiafu, Haalaufuli—Afu Haalaufuli,
landlord, and Tuanekivale. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Lotoaniu. Enclosure of coconut trees [lotoa, enclosure; niu, coconut tree].
Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord.

Lotoapi. The central part of a tract [loto, center; api, tract]. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Matafonua—Tui Vakano, landlord, Haaka-
me, and Pea—Lavaka, landlord.

Lotoautongi. Beach on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Lotofoa. Broken center [loto, center; foa, to break]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract and village on Foa island
(A).

Lotohaano. Center of Haano [loto, center or middle; haano, island in the Haa-
pai group]. Another name for Haano village on Haano island (H).

Lotoholo. Refreshing center [loto, center; holo, refreshing]. Tract near Lei-
matua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Lotoi. Used as an adjective to denote the state of one’s conscience. Tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Lotokakai. Populous center [loto, center; kakai, populous]. Tract on Taunga,
island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Lotokeli. Center of a trench [loto, center; keli, trench]. Tract near Malapo,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Lotokino. Center of a rubbish-strewn piece of ground [loto, center; kino, rub-
bish-strewn]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Lotolotoua. Double-minded, fickle. Tract in Fahefa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). —

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 141

Lotolua. From Maori Rotorua. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Lotomoi. Weak-minded. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Lotongakau. The middle of the entrails [loto, middle; ngakau, entrails]. Tract
near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Lotosii. Little minded, mean [loto, mind; sii, little]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lototama. To scrape in the center [loto, center; tama, to scrape]. Tract near
Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Lototo. Honest. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also
tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Lototonga. The center of Tonga [loto, center; tonga, probably the entire king-
dom is meant]. Tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Lotoua. Two-minded. Tract on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Lotouiha. The center of Uiha [loto, center; uiha, an island of the Haapai group].
Tract on Mango island (H). Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island
(H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.
Also tract near Mangia, village on Vavau island (V).

Lotovao. The center of the bush [loto, center; vao, bush]. Tract near Foui,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Lotovavau. The center of Vavau [loto, center; vavau, Vavau island]. Tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Lotovavaulalo. Lower Lotovavau [lalo, below, beneath]. Tract near Leimatua,
village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Lotovavauuta. Inland Lotovavau [uta, inland]. Tract near Leimatua, village on
Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Lotuleva. To pray immediately [lotu, to pray; leva, immediately]. Tract near
Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Lotuma. Rotuma, Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata,
landlord. Also place on Tongatabu island (T); on weather shore, appar-
ently between Fuaamotu and Vaini. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord. Also island (V).

Lotuuha. To pray for rain [lotu, to pray; uha, rain]. Tract near Fotua, village
on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Loufekika. The leaf of the fekika tree [lou, leaf; fekika, a tree (Eugenia mal-
accensis]. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, land-
lord.

Loukailave. A term used by fishermen when a fish is hooked but is entangled
in the rocks. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Loulouvehi. Encouragement. Tract on Haateva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Loumangele. Leaf of the mangele tree [lou, leaf; mangele, a tree]. Tract near
Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Loumeile. The leaf of the meile yam [lou, leaf; meile, a kind of yam]. Tract
near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also
tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Loumeileuta. Inland Loumeile [uta, inland]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Loupata. A kind of tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Niutoua, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also
tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tracts in and near Neiafu, village on Vavau island.

142 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Loupua. The leaf of the pua tree [lou, leaf; pua, a tree]. Tract on Nomuka
island (H). Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Loutoko. Name of a kind of breadfruit. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Veitongo, Fatumu, and Fuaa-
motu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island
(V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haa-
laufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Loutokoto. Leaves lying down [lou, leaves; tokoto, to lie down]; in reference
to a gale blowing the plaintain leaves to the ground. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). On weather shore.

Lua. A submerged reef (T). Also a reef near Nomuka island (H).

Luaafuleheu. Submerged reef of the fuleheu bird [lua, submerged reef; a, of;
fuleheu, a bird (Ptilotis carunculata]. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola,
landlord. Also island (V).

Luaaleingongo. A reef where the whales and noddy terns abound [lua, sub-

merged reef; a, of; lei, whale’s tooth; ngongo, noddy tern]. Reef (H). Near
Nomuka.

Luaanga. Submerged reef of the sharks [lua, submerged reef; anga, shark].
Reef (H). Near Nomuka.

Luaangaanga. Reef of the corpse [lua, submerged reef; angaanga, corpse].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Luaatofuaa. Vomit of whales [lua, vomit; a, of; tofuaa, whale]. Islet (V).
Sandbar or coral bank, two feet high, in southwestern part of Vavau group.

Luafahalolo. Reef of driving fish down into a net trap suddenly [lua, submerged
reef; faha, to drive fish into a net trap; lolo, to descend suddenly]. Reef
(H). Near Lofanga.

Luafakatele. Reef where trawling is performed [lua, sunken reef; fakatele, to
fish by trawling]. Reef (H). Near Lofanga.

Luafasi. A reef with breakers on it. Near Mangoiki (H). Also reef north
of the Otutolu islands in southeastern Haapai.

Luafatu. The murmuring reef [lua, submerged reef; fatu, to murmur]. Tract
on Lape island (V). Also island (V).

Luafitu. Seven reefs [lua, submerged reef; fitu, seven]. Reef (H). In the
Nomuka region.

Luahiapo. Paper mulberry reef [lua, submerged reef; hiapo, paper mulberry
tree]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also island (V).

Luahingano. Reef of the hingano tree [lua, sunken reef; hingano, a tree].
Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Luahoko. Sunken reef next another [lua, sunken reef; hoko, next, nearest in
place]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (H).

Luakafa. Reef of coconut cordage [lua, sunken reef; kafa, the cordage made
from the fibers of the coconut husk]. Island (H). Near Nomuka.

Luakapa. The edge of a reef [lua, sunken reef; kapa, edge]. Island (V).

Lualafalafa. Broad reef [lua, sunken reef; lafalafa, broad]. Reef (H). Off
west side of Haano island.

Lualahi. Great sunken reef [lua, sunken reef; lahi, great]. Reef (H). West
of northern end of Lifuka island.

Lualelau. Reef (H). In southern part of Haapai.

Lualoli. A reef where the loli shellfish abounds [lua, sunken reef; loli, a shell-
fish]. Islet (V).

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 143

Luamaiti. The mighty reef [lua, sunken reef; maiti, mighty]. Reef (H). Near
Lofanga island.

Luamatavai. Sunken reef with a spring [lua, sunken reef; matavai, spring,
fountain]. Reef (H). Off west side of Lifuka island.

Luameamea. The brown reef [lua, sunken reef; meamea, brown]. Reef (H).
In the Nomuka region.

Luamoko. Reef of the gecko [lua, sunken reef; moko, gecko]. Tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also island (V).

Luamotu. Broken reef [lua, sunken reef; motu, broken]. Tract near Nukunuku,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Luanafi. Reef (H). Off west side of Lifuka island.

Luanamo. Sunken reef enclosing a bay [lua, sunken reef; namo, a bay en-
closed by a reef]. Tract on Qua island (H).

Luanamu. Mosquito reef [lua, sunken reef; namu mosquito]. Island (H).

Luangahu. Reef of the ngahu tree [lua, sunken reef; ngahu, a tree]. Tract
near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka (H).
Also tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord. Also
island (H).

Luaofa. Reef of love [lua, sunken reef; ofa, love]. Island (V).

Luapuki. Reef (H). Near Lofanga island.

Luasaneti. Reef (H). West of Lifuka island.

Luasii. Little reef [lua, submerged reef; sii, little]. Reef (H). West of the
north end of Lifuka island.

Luatafito. Island (V).

Luatula. Bald reef [lua, sunken reef; tula, bald]. Reef (H). On west side of
Lifuka island.

Luaui. The calling reef [lua, sunken reef; ui, to call]. Island (V).

Luauivaha. The calling reef far at sea [lua, sunken reef; ui, to call; vaha,
space at sea]. Island (V).

Luavaila. The chattering reef [lua, sunken reef; vailau, to chatter away] Reef
(H). A submerged reef between Nomuka and Nomukeiki islands.

Luavalu. Reef of the valu fish [lua, sunken reef; valu, a fish]. Tract on
Hunga island (V).

Luavika. Victoria reef [lua sunken reef; vika, Victoria]. Reef (H). Off west
side of Lifuka island.

Luhe. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Luloloi. The leaf of the taro cooked with coconut milk. Tract on Hunga island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Lulukaho. Reeding of kaho reed [lulu, reeding; kaho, reed]. Fence near Tata-
kamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). It surrounded Langakali, the
house of the Tui Kanokupolu.

Lumoluma. Addicted to mockery. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord.

Lumu. Probably luma (mockery). Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island
(BH).

Lungolungo. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Luo. A hole. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Neiafu, Ha-
velu—Fielakepa, landlord, Nukualofa, and Veitongo. Also tract on Nomuka
island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract
on Fotuhaa island (H). Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Fa-

144 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

leloa, village on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Kapa, vil-
lagé om Kapa island (V). Also tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu
island (V). Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also
tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). Also tracts near villages on
Vavau island (V): near Taoa, Neiafu, Makave—Tui Afitu, landlord, Mataika,
Houma, Tafeuni, and Haalaufuli—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord. Tract near Vai-
poa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract near
Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Luohaka. A hole cut in the trunk of a tree for holding rain water. Tract near
Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Luoivai. A water hole. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Luokitoki. Hole for the toki shellfish [luo, hole; ki, for; toki, shellfish]. Tract
near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Luolahi. A large hole [luo, hole; lahi, large]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fusitua, landlord.

Luoluovehi. [Luoluo, full of holes or pits]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Luotahi. Sea hole [luo, hole; tahi, sea]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Luotakulalo. To designate a hole below [luo, hole; taku, to designate; lalo,
below]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Luovao. A hole in the bush [luo, hole; vao, bush, woods]. Tract near Pangai,
village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Luovi. Hole in a vi tree [luo, hole; vi, a tree (Spondias! dulcis)]. Tract near
Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Lupe. The pigeon (Carpophaga pacifica). Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Lupeakaungalia. Suitable tree for pigeons [lupe, pigeon; aku, tree; ngali, suit-
able]. Tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Lupemu. A pigeon calling to its mate. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Lusia. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract in Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau
island (V).

Lutu. To cause a sound by striking in the water. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Lutueki. The plunge of the white tern after fish in the sea [lutu, to cause a
sound by striking in the water; ekiaki, white tern (Gygis alba)]. Island (H).

Maaeatanu. Ashamed of the burial [ma, to be ashamed; ae, the; a, of; tanu,
burial]. Stream on Eua (?) island (T). A stream of water said to have origi-
nated from water dripping from wet mat worn by Tui Haatala, a disembodied
human spirit, when he hung it on a tree.

Maafu. The burning of a god-house. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, land-
lord.

Maakeake. Capable of convalescing [ma, capable of; akeake, convalescent].
Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Maalaala. Cleared of weeds and rubbish. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Maalafoha. Plantation of large yams [maala, plantation of yams; foha, large,
applied to yams]. Tract near Mangia, village on Vavau island (V).

Maalaleva. A garden forthwith [maala, garden; leva, forthwith]. Tract near
Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Maalamua. A garden formerly [maala, garden; mua, formerly]. Tract near
Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 145

Maalinoa. To fit across at random [maali, to flit across; noa, random]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Maanaha. Southwestern point of Ofolanga island (H).

Maanungatu. Anything floating and moving [maanu, to float; ngatu, to be on the
move]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, land-
lord.

Maananga. Well known. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T)
In district of Haamea. (See Bishop Mus. Occ. Papers, vol. vim, p. 100, 1922.)
Maanuvalu. Swimming of the valu fish [maanu, to swim; valu, a fish]. Tract

near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Maangaatu. A mouthful of bonito [maanga, mouthful; atu, bonito]. Tract on
Fotuhaa island (H).

Maangaika. Mouthful of fish [maanga, mouthful; ika, fish]. Tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Maangalua. Disgorged mouthful [maanga, mouthful; lua, to disgorge]. Tract
near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Maangi. To be ashamed to superintend [ma, to be ashamed; angi, to super-
intend]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Maangimoui. To be ashamed to superintend the living [ma, to be ashamed;
angi, to superintend; moui, to live]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Maapuapu. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Maasi. Ashamed to pass through [ma, to be ashamed; asi, to pass through].
Tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Utui,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord.

Maataane. For a chief’s marriage [maa, for; taane, a chief's marriage]. Tract
near Otea, village on Kapa island (V).

Maea. Rope. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Maeahalafa. Four-ply rope [maea, rope; hala, strand; fa, four]. Tract near
Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Mafakituu, To be separated standing [mafaki, to be separated; tuu, to stand].
Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Mafana. Warm. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also island (V).

Mafelo. Yellow bread [ma, bread; felo, yellow]. District on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Mafue. To lie scattered and in confusion. Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui
Afitu, landlord.

Mafusi. A very taut string. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, land-
lord.

Maha. Empty, devoid. Tract near Tufuvai, village on Eua island (T).

Mahafa. Devoid of pandanus trees [maha, devoid; fa, pandanus tree]. Beach
near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mahakiosiatu. A past sickness [mahaki, illness, sickness; osiatu, finished, done].
Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Mahamaha. Act of emptying. Tract near Koloua, village on Tongatabu island
(409)

Mahei. A euphemism for war, said to mean literally flowers in bloom. Tract
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract
near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Mahifoou. New acidity [mahi, acidity; foou, new]. Tract on Tungua island (H)
—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

146 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Mahina. Moon. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord.

Mahinaea. Moon appearing plainly [mahina, moon; ea, to appear plainly]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mahinaefiafi. When the moon rises in the afternoon [mahina, moon; efiafi, after-
noon]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mahinafekite. A clear moonlight night [mahina, moon; fekite, to have the view
clearly definite]. Tract and district on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa,
landlord.

Mahinafoou. The new moon [mahina, moon; foou, new]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Mahinaheu. Month of catching birds on the wing [mahina, month; heu, to catch
birds on the wing]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Mahinamahu. A fruitful month [mahina, month; mahu, fertile, fruitful]. Tract
near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tract near
Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Mahinatauhi. A protected month [mahina, month; tauhi, to protect]. Tract near
Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Mahu. Fertile, fruitful. Tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Mahualoka. The waves rolling in with thunder [mahu, a thundering noise; a,
of; loka, a furious sea]. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Maafu, landlord.

Mahualoto. Abundance of the center [mahu, abundance; a, of; loto, center].
Tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Mahufua. Bearing abundantly [mahu, abundance; fua, to bear]. Tract near Hi-
hifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Mahulahi. Great abundance [mahu, abundance; lahi, great]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Mahuleva. Immediate abundance [mahu, abundance; leva, immediate, forth-
with]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also
tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tract
near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Mahuloto. Deep abundance [mahu, abundance; loto, deep]. Tract near Taoa,
village on Vavau island (V).

Mahuma. Abundance of bread [mahu, abundance; ma, bread]. Tract near Pu-
kotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Mahumei. Abundance of breadfruit [mahu, abundance; mei, bread]. Waves on
Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore. Also tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Mataika, village on
Vavau island (V).

Mahumeifutu. Abundance from the futu trees [mahu, abundance; mei, from;
futu, tree (Barringtonia speciosa)]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Mahumeitahi. Abundance from the sea [mahu, abundance; mei, from; tahi,
sea]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Mahupeavale. Abundance and folly [mahu, abundance; pea, and; vale, folly].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Mahuufi. Abundance of yams [mahu, abundance; ufi, yam]. Tract near Haa-
teiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract
near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 147

Mahuufilei. Abundance of ufilei yams [mahu, abundance; ufilei, a small kind of
yam]. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.
Also tract near Houma, village on Vavau island (V).

Mai. To bring. Reef near Nomuka island (H).

Maifi. A humming noise. Tract near Nakolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Luani, landlord.

Maiki. A crack, a tear. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Maile. Myrtle shrub. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Haavakatolo—Ahomee, landlord, Foui, Haalalo, Folaha, Vaini—Maafu, land-
lord, and Kanokupolu. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—
Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island
(H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Mailefihi. Bushy [maile, myrtle; fihi, bushy]. Tract in Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Maima. To bring bread [mai, to bring; ma, bread]. Tract near Makave, village
on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Maitofua. To bring whole baked yams [mai, to bring; tofua, to bake yams
whole]. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, land-
lord.

Maiva. To bring something a distance [mai, to bring; va, the space or distance
between two given objects]. Tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Maka. Rock, stone. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.
Also tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Falevai,
village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract near Pangai,
village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Utui, village on Vavau
island (V)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract in Tuanekivale, village on Vavau
island (V). |

Makaahoia. Rock overtaken by the day [maka, rock; ahoia, to be overtaken by
the day]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Makaakiu. Rock of the plover [maka, rock; a, of; kiu, plover (Charadrius ful-
vus)]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Makaakuli. Rock of the dog [maka, rock; a, of; kuli, dog]. Tract near Faleloa,
village on Foa island (H).

Makaanga. Stony place [maka, stone; anga, place]. Tract near Mua, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Makaapai. The upheld stone [maka, stone; apai, to uphold]. Tract on Mango
island (H).

Makaapeito. Oven stones [maka, stone; a, of; peito, kiichen]. Tract on Niua-
toputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Makafaitoka. Cemetry stones [maka, stone; faitoka, cemetery]. Tract near
Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Makafakianga. Rock of the plucking place [maka, rock; faki, to pluck; anga,
place]. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Makafale. House stones [maka, stone; fale, house]. Tract near Hihifo, village
on Lifuka island (H). Also tract on Ovaka island (V).

Makafisianga. Stones of the flower place [maka, stone; fisi, flower; anga, place].
Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Makahaa. Large rock [maka, rock; haa, large]. Island (T).

Makahakalukuanganavu. Place of lime mixing [maka, stone; haka, to boil any-
thing;luku, old; navu, a preparation of lime for cleaning the head]. A stone
in the royal tomb Langitaetaea, near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

148 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Makahoko. A joining stone [maka, stone; hoko, to join]. Tract on Fetoa
island (H).

Makahokovalu. Eight joined stones [maka, stone; hoko, to join; valu, eight].
Tomb or mound on Uiha island (H). On tract Likutapu; reputed to have
been built by twenty-ninth Tui Tonga, Telea.

Makahopa. Banana rock [maka, rock; hopa, banana]. Tract near Vaotuu, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Makahunu. Stones for the oven. Stone in the royal tomb Langifoou, near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Makai. The name of a tree. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Makakehe. Different rock [maka, rock; kehe, different]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Makakiva. A small stone cave [maka, stone; kiva, a small cave]. Tract on
Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Makakopau. Stone named Pau [maka, stone; ko, prefix; pau, a personal name].
A large stone, apparently in the royal tomb Langitofaua, near Lapaha (?), vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Makalafalafa. A flat stone [maka, stone; lafalafa, flat]. Tract on Hunga island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Makalolongo. The rock of sharks in a shoal [maka, rock; lolongo, sharks in a
shoal]. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Makaluani. Stone of Luani [maka, stone; luani, title of a chief]. A large stone
apparently in the royal tomb Langitofaua, near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Makamaka. Stony, rocky. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord.

Makamataele. A fish stone [maka, stone; mataele, a fish]. More likely, stone
of Mataele, a chief. Stone in Langitofaua near Lapaha (?), village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Makaoo. Deep rock [maka, rock; oo, deep]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
(V).

Makaooa. Rocks that are near together. A great rock said to stand between
the islands of Eua and Kalau (T) and to mark the road to Pulotu, the land
of the departed.

Makaotea. Stone of whitish color [maka, stone; 0, of; tea, whitish, light in
color]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

Makapapa. A flat bed of stones [maka, stone; papa, a flat bed of stones].
Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord. Also
place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore. Also tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Makapasi. Stone of hand clapping [maka, stone; pasi, to clap hands]. Tract
near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Makapau. Stone of Pau [maka, stone; pau, a person’s name, probably Pau, the
thirty-sixth Tui Tonga]. A stone in the royal tomb Langituoteau, near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Makapulepule. Spotted rock [maka, rock; pulepule, spotted]. Rock (H). In
Ahanga passage between Lifuka and Foa islands.

Makasiale. Gardenia rock [maka, rock; siale, gardenia]. Tract on Taunga
island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Makasialetafa. Rock of the sialetafa shrub [maka, rock; sialetafa, a shrub with
white flowers]. Rock on weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 149

Makasiliva. A silver stone [maka, stone; siliva, silver]. Tract near Maufanga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Makasio. A shell fish. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Makatangi. Crying rock [maka, rock; tangi, to cry]. Reef on Tongatabu
island (T). On weather shore.

Makatanoa. The rock of forwarning [maka, rock; tanoa, to forewarn]. Stone on
Vavau island (V). On side of road near mound Tofaki, on or near Mt.
Kafoa.

Makatapunimatapa. Sealed with a stone door [maka, stone; tapuni, to close,
to seal; matapa, door]. Cemetery on Late island (V).

Makatata. Covered stone [maka, stone; tata, to cover]. Tract near Fangale-
ounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Makatautau. Hanging stone [maka, stone; tautau, to hang]. Beach on Tongatabu
island (T). On the weather shore.

Makatefua. Assembled stones [maka, stone; tefua, to assemble]. Stones on the
weather shore of Tongatabu island (T). Mythology states that these stones
were thrown by Maui at the great bird Moa as it flew from Eua island.

Makateka. A rolling stone [maka, stone; teka, to roll]. Tract on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Makatemate. Shame of death at hands of a friend among the enemy. Puko
tree near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Makatoa. Courageous stone [maka, stone; toa, courageous]. Tract near Ahau,
village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Makatuituiohu. Stone of Tuituiohu [maka, stone; tuituiohu, a chief]. A stone
in the royal tomb Langimau, near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Makatukia. Soft stone [maka, stone; tukia, soft]. Tract near Hamula, village

on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Makatukinga. A stone where anything is beaten [maka, stone; tuki, to strike,
to drub; nga, place]. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vaea, landlord.

Makatuu. Steady, immovable, firm. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Makatuutolu. Three stones standing together [maka, stone; tuu, to stand; tolu,
three]. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.
Makau. Lazy, indolent. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Makauli. A dirty rock [maka, rock; uli, dirty]. Tract near Petani, village on

Niaufoou island (NF).

Makaunga. The sheltering rock [maka, rock; unga, to be sheltered]. Tract
near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki,
landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Makavaeatangitau. Stone of Vaea Tangitau [maka, stone; vaea, a chief; tangi,
to cry for; tau, war or fighting]. Stone near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T). A huge stone, evidently part of a royal tomb, perhaps of Langi-
tamatou, which it follows in an informant’s list of royal tombs.

Makave. To swing high; anyone who passes at a great distance. Tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa
island (H). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui
Afitu, landlord. Also village (V).

Makavelu. Probably misspelling of Makavelo, the throwing stone [maka, stone;
velo, to throw]. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fotofili, landlord.

150 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Makavuna. Vuna’s stone [maka, stone; vuna, a chief]. Stone near Lapaha?,
village on Tongatabu island (T). In the royal tomb Langitofaua.

Makefa. Tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Makiapa. The spelling Makiapo was also recorded. Tract near Taoa, village
on Vavau island (V).

Makonakatekata. Perhaps Makonakatakata; satisfied with food and smiling
[makona, satisfied with food; katakata, to smile]. Tract near Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V). : 4

Makonaufi. Satisfied with yam as food [makona, satisfied with food; ufi, yam].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Mala. Foolishness. Island (V).

Malae. A green. Tract near Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau
island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Malaealoa. Green of darkness [malae, green; a, of; loa, darkness]. Graveyard
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Malaeamoho. The green of the moho rail [malae, a green; a, of; moho, a rail
(Ortygometra tabuensis)]. Swamp on Foa island (H).

Malaekilikili. Cemetery of small black stones [Malae, graveyard or cemetery;
kilikili, small stones used for decoration on individual graves], Tract on Haano
island (H).

Malaekimoana. Green towards the ocean [malae, green; ki, towards; moana,
ocean]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Malaekula. The red green [malae, a green; kula, red]. Green near Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T). The green was formerly called Malae. In
1886 a celebration was held there called katoangakula (red festival). From
that the green received its present name. Kings George I and II are buried in
this malae. It is also called Pangaifoou.

Malaenga. Where people assemble. Tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Malaetoli. A green where flowers are plucked [malae, a green; toli, the gather-
ing of flowers for garlands]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Malafakalava. A shark lying longways [mala, a kind of shark; fakalava, to lie
longways]. Islet (V). Near Mala island.

Malahiva. Nine misfortunes [mala, misfortune; hiva, nine]. Tract on Haafeva
island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Malaia. Abandoned. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Malakilikili. To tread on small black volcanic stones [mala, to tread upon;
kilikili, small volcanic stones, usually used for decoration of graves]. Tract
on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Malalahi. Great misfortune [mala, misfortune; lahi, great] Tract near Ngau-
noho, village on Utungake island (V).

Malama. Shining. "Water hole near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).
It is in Fonuamotu section of Lapaha and formerly served as bath of the
Tui Haatakalaua. Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Malamakauaki. [Malama, to shine; kauaki, to make up a party]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Malamatalanga. Brightness conversed over [malama, brightness; talanga, to
converse over]. Tract near Pangai, village on Eua island (T).

Malangafao. Applied to a feast when people get up to fill their baskets with
food. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Malapo. Night foolishness [mala, foolishness; po, night]. Village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 151

Malapule. The governing evil (death) [mala, evil; pule, to govern]. Tract near
Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Malata. A main shark struck [mala, a kind of shark; ta, to strike]. Tract on
Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Feletoa, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Malavelato. Perhaps Malaveloto; to be fixed in ‘the mind [malave, to be fixed
or fastened; loto, the mind]. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Maleatuli. A followed track [malea, a track, footmarks; tuli, to chase, to pur-
sue]. Tract near Ahau, viliage on Tongatabu island (T).

Malekini. Name of a kind of yam. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Malekosi. Name of a tree. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vahai, landlord.

Malele. To incline to, to lean. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island
(V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Malelenga. The shallow passage. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Malepone. Melbourne. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Malielaungutu. To be pleased with the talk of the mouth [malie, to be pleased;
lau, talk; ngutu, mouth]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Malietala. To tell pleasingly [malie, pleasing; tala, to tell]. Tract near Fakaka-
kai, village on Haano island (H).

Malifu. Quickened. Streamlet on Tongatabu island (T). Near Mua (Tataka-
motonga and Lapaha).

Malila. Old tobacco leaf. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Malimali. To smile. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord. Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Malimaliloto. To smile in the mind [malimali, to smile; loto, the mind]. Stream
near Pangai, village on Eua island (T). A small, clear, mirror-like stream
said to have belonged to the god Tui Haafakafanua. A man named Vainuku,
who dwelt beside it, was made very handsome by the god. Near Vainuku’s
house was a mirror (haka), a receptacle containing water from the stream.
The mirror was named Kataii.

Malinoa. Unsettled, not fixed, here and there and everywhere. Tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (T). In the poem
on page 8, “the falling and rising of Malinoa when Tonga stands facing the
wind” refers to the island as seen rrom the deck of a vessel when the rising
and falling waves alternately reveal and hide the island from view.

Malisa. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Maloa. Many winners of games. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Malofafa. An old thing. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Maloku. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract and
district near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Holopeka,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Malolo. The name of a tree. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Veehala, landlord. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord. Also tract on Tofua island (H).

Maloloi. Resting, quiescent. Tract on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Malu. Mild, milder applied to the wind. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

152 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Maluauma. To cringe and bend the shoulders [malua, to cringe; uma, the
shoulder]. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Maluhola. Moving shadow [malu, shadow; hola, to move away]. Tract
in Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Tract near Fue, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract and woods near Leimatua, village on Vavau island
(V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Malui. Protection, shelter. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Malulaungatu. To relax hold on tapa pinched or held with the fingers [malu, to
let go, to relax; lau, to pinch with the fingers; ngatu, tapa]. Tract near
Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Malumeimua. What a ceremonial attendant (matapule) says to one who carves
pork when he wishes the back cut in two equal portions. Tract near Haatafu,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mamafufu. A hiding sea mouse [mama, sea mouse; fufu, to hide]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mamaha. Shallow. Pocket at southern end of lagoon, Nomuka island (H).

Mamahi. Pain. Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Mamaleva. Light at once [mama, light; leva, at once]. Tract near Tataka-
motonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Mamanamauaho. To possess a lover by day [mamana, lover; mau, to possess;
aho, day]. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Mamatataemaukava. To see unobtainable kava [mamata, to see; taemau, not
obtainable; kava, the shrub (Piper methysticum)]. A heilala tree on or near
Mt. Kafoa, Vavau island (V). This tree stands on the Halakavakava or
Bridge road.

Mamoe. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Mamomoko. Cold bread [ma, bread; momoko, cold]. Tract near Leimatua, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Manafalava. Tract near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Manahau. Mana of the reigning prince [mana, mana; hau, reigning prince, con-
queror]. Northwest-by-west gate of the fortress Hule, near Matafonua, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Manahia. Sinful supernatural (object) [mana, supernatural; hia, sinful]. Rock
on Eua island (T). A great smooth round rock (apparently pillar-shaped)
standing in Bua on the edge of a cliff. Nobody can climb it now, as it is
too smooth; but tradition says that former generations used to race up and
down it. The name is used proverbially of anything large.

Manaiange. To cause something to happen to another [manai, to cause some-
thing to happen to another; ange, towards]. Tract on Uiha (?) island (H),
belonging to the god Kafoiaatu who was incarnate in the kulukulu fruit
dove (Ptilinopus porphyraceus).

Manaka. Former village on central part of Tofua island (H).

Manakotala. To like the white tern [manako, to like; tala, the white tern
(Gygis alba)]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Manakovaka. To like a vessel [manako, to like; vaka, the general name for
all vessels that sail]. Tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee,
landlord.

Manamanaika. Fish in squally weather [manamana, squally; ika, fish]. Tract
near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Manamate. To bewitch to death [mana, to bewitch; mate, death]. Tract near
Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 153

Manamoui. Living mana [mana, mana; moui, to live]. Tract on Ovaka island
(V).

Manaui. A tree. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
an ovava tree in the Tui Tonga’s green (malae), at Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Nuku, landlord.

Manavanga. A place where all is swallowed up. Channel near Tongatabu
island (T). One of the channels leading from the open sea to Mua (Lapaha
and Tatakamotonga) on the shore of the great lagoon.

Manavaotatau. Resemblance of bush mana [mana, mana; vao, bush; tatau, re-
semblance]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Mania. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Manikolo. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H). Here resided the concu-
bines of Havea, the priest of the god Uluenga. Also tract near Haano, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Tract near Koloa, village on
Koloa island (V). Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Manima. Island (T). Also tract on Moungaone island (H). Also tract on
Ovaka island (V).

Manini. Name of a fish. Tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Angaha,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Maninita. To strike manini fish [manini, a fish; ta, to strike]. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Houma—Vaea, landlord, Havelu—Fie-
lakepa, landlord, and Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near
Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. Also tract near
Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Mangia, village
on Vavau island (V). Also island (V).

Manioke. Manioc. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Manono. ‘Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata,
landlord, Matafonua—Tui Vakano, landlord, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Hofoa,
Longoteme—Veikune, landlord, and Vaini—Maafu, landlord. Also tract on
Ovaka island (V). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also
tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord. Also tract
near Sapaata, village on Niuafoou island (NF). Also tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Manonofeke. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). This is said to
be a former “village” site, apparently long uninhabited. A passageway through
the reef here is called Manonofeke, where octopus (feke) was caught for the
chiefs.

Manonofoou. New Manono [foou, new]. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Manu. Animal. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haan-
gana, landlord. Also tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Manuanua. To be full of worms. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Manuasike. Sike shellfish full of worms [manua, to be full of worms; sike, a
shellfish]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

Manuka. To kill, to murder (applied to chiefs). Village on Tongatabu island
(T).

154 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Manukatele. To murder a chief with a razor [manuka, to murder (applied to
chiefs); tele, a razor]. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui
Afitu, landlord.

Manukiokioliku. Weather shore where the birds call [manu, bird; kiokio, the
chirping of a chicken; liku, weather shore]. Tract near Otea, village on
Kapa island (V).

Manumanua. To be full of worms. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Manutunu. Broiled animal [manu, aninyal; tunu, to broil]. Tract near Mataaho,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Manutuufanga. The beach where the birds stand [manu, bird; tuu, to stand;
fanga, beach]. Beach on Vavau island (V). Near Mt. Kafoa.

Manuvae. An animal divided longways [manu, animal; vae, to divide longways].
Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Also tract on Tafahi island (NT).

Manuvainga. Playful animal [manu, animal; vainga, playful]. Tract near Mau-
fanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Mangafakinanga. Branch of the tree that was leaned against [manga, branch
of tree; faki, to lean against]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu
island (T). A rest mound (esi) reputed to have been built here by Tuitatui,
the eleventh Tui Tonga. It is located 100-150 yards northwest of the great
trilithon.

Mangahalafa. A road branching off in four directions [manga, branch; hala,
road; fa, four]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract
near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Mangahalatolu. A road branching off in three directions [manga, branch; hala,
road; tolu, three]. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Mangaia. The branch. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T),
now occupied by Seventh Day Adventist church. Some years ago it was occu-
pied by people from Mangaia, Cook islands; hence the name.

Mangele. Name of a tree, mangaele. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord,
Fatai, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, and Kolonga—Nuku,
landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract
near Fotua, village on Foa island (H). Also tract on Ovaka island (V).

Mangia. To scorch. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Also village and streamlet on Vavau island (V). Also tracts near Mangia
and Haakio, villages on Vavau island (V).

Mangiauta. Inland Mangia [uta, inland]. Tract near Mangia, village on Vavau
island (V).

Mangiavai. Mangia by the water [vai, water]. Tract near Mangia, village on
Vavau island (V).

Mangisi. Food prepared for strangers or persons just arrived. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Mango. Island (H).

Mangoiki. Little Mango [iki, little]. Island (H).

Maofanga. One spelling of Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Maolunga. High, elevated. Tracts in and near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): Haatafu, Kanokupolu, Foui—Vahai, landlord, Fahefa, Matahau, Houma—
Vaea, landlord, Hofoa, and Nukuleka.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 155

Maopoopo. Shut, compact, close. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatopu-
tapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Mapa. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Haakili, Napua, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Haakame, Maufanga, and Folaha.
Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near
Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Mapafisi. Flowering mapa tree [mapa, a tree; fisi, to flower]. Tract near
Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Mapelumoelau. One who bows and speaks at the same time [mapelu, to bend,
to bow; moe, and; lau, to speak, to talk]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Mapitoa. Tract in Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Mapo. Vain boasting. Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Mapuateiua. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Mapuatonga. To whistle of Tonga [mapu, to whistle; a, of; tonga, Tonga].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also
tract near Makaunga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—~Pangia, landlord.

Mapuhanga. To whistle and to face [mapu, to whistle; hanga, to face]. Tract
near Kolomaile, village on Hua island (T). Also tract near Haano, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Toula, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Mapula. To whistle up the sail [mapu, to whistle; la, sail]. Tract near Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Masei. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Masi. Name of a tree. Tract near Houma, village on Eua island (T). Also
north gate of fortress Koloteekiu, near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukuhitulu,
Hamula—Pangia, landlord, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on
Kotu island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract in Falevai, village on Kapa island (V).

Masia. Tract in Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V).

Masika. To flash along. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Masikona. A kind of tree. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Masila. Bamboo used as a fishing rod. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Masilamea. To attend to the bamboo fishing rod [masila, a bamboo used as a
fishing rod; mea, to attend to]. Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also graveyard on Lifuka
island (H). On weather shore. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V)—Lauaki, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island
(V).

Masivaleva. Immediate poverty [masiva, poverty; leva, immediate]. Tract near
Kalaau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mataaho. Eye of day [mata, eye; aho, day]. Island in great lagoon of Tonga-
tabu island (T). So named in connection with the neighboring island of
Talakite. Talakite means “white tern saw” in reference to the discovery of the
sleeping pair. Tangaloa Eitumatupua and Ilaheva, by the white tern. This oc-
curred after day had dawned, so the name Mataaho was applied to the second

156 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

island and refers to the sun, the “eye of day.” Also tract on Nomuka island
(H). Said to be a new name in Nomuka, after a king’s place in Uiha island.
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Mataangavaka. A point where boats are sighted [mataanga, a view point; vaka,
boat]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Mataano. Edge of a marsh [mata, edge; ano, marsh]. Tract near Havelu, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord. Also tract near Manuka, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Mataau. Old war club [mata, a war club; au, old]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).
Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Matafele. Scattered mesh ]mata, mesh; fele, to be scattered]. Tract in
Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Matafonua. Coast. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also village on Tongatabu island (T).

Matafota. Massaged appearance [mata, appearance; fota, to massage]. A place
in the sea between Eua and Tongatabu noted for its roughness.

Matafulia. Countenance covered over with rings burnt in the skin [mata, coun-
tenance; fulia, to be covered over with rings burnt in the skin.] Tract near
Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Matahau. Eyes of the ruler [mata, eyes; hau, the reigning prince]. Tract near
Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). Also village and tracts near villages
on Tougatabu island (T): near Hofoa, Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord, Lapaha
—Pangia, landlord, Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, Fatumu, Haasini, and Fuaamotu
—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.
Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Matahauuta. Inland Matahau [uta, inland]. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Matahila. Eyes looking askant [mata, eyes; hila, to look askant]. Tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Matahina. White edge [mata, edge; hina, white]. Tract near Lolotelie, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau
island (V). Also rock between Vavau and Niue islands.

Matahiva. Nine eyes [mata, eyes; hiva, nine]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.
A well or spring on this tract was sacred to the gods Tonu and Lahe.

Matahoata. Yellow face [mata, face; hoata, yellow]. Tract near Nukuleka, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Matahunga. Face turned towards [mata, face; hunga, turned towards]. Prom-
ontory on Hunga island (V). Eastern end of island.

Mataifisi. To be seen in flower [mata, to be seen; i, in; fisi, to flower]. Tract
on Lofanga island (H).

Mataika. Fish eyes [mata, eyes; ika, fish]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also village on Vavau island (V).

Mataila. Obstinate. Tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motu-
apuaka, landlord.

Mataimanuka. A clever one murdered [matai, a clever one; manuka, to murder,
applied to chiefs]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Mataitao. Clever in baking [matai, clever; tao, to bake] Tract on Nomuka
island (H). Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, land-
lord.

Matakalai. Hill on Nomuka island (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 157

Matakehe. Different, strange in appearance. Tract near Utulau, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Matakiano. To spy in a marsh [mataki, to spy; ano, a marsh]. Tract on No-
muka island (H).

Matakiata. To be seen at dawn [mata, to be seen; ki, at; ata, dawn]. Place
on Eua island (T). The place where the diviner (tongafisi) Hama lived.
within the tract Halahu. From this place he is reputed to have made ob-
servations which led to the discovery of Ata (Pylstaart) island, the most
southerly land of the Tongan archipelago. Also tract in Folaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Matakiena. That traitor [mataki, traitor; ena, that]. Tract near Nukualofa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Matakieua. The edge towards Eua [mata, edge; ki, towards; eua, the island
of Eua]. Place on southeastern shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Matakifisi. The edge towards Fiji [mata, edge; ki, towards; fisi, Fiji]. Tract
near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract on
Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Matakifoa. The edge towards Foa [mata, edge; ki, towards; foa, Foa island].
Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Matakifotola. The edge towards Fotola [mata, edge; ki, towards]. Tract near

Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Matakifotula. The edge towards Fotula [mata, edge; ki, towards]. Tract in
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Matakihaamoa. The edge towards Samoa [mata, edge; ki, towards; haamoa,
Samoa]. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Matakihunga. The edge towards Hunga [mata, edge; ki, towards; hunga, Hunga
island, Vavau group]. Tract on Hunga island (V). Also tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Matakilangi. The edge towards the sky [mata, edge; ki, towards; langi, sky].
Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Matakilaotala. The edge towards Laotala [mata, edge; ki, towards]. Tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Matakilikili. Boundary of black pebbles [mata, boundary; kilikili, small black
pebbles used to decorate graves]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Haatafu, Kolovai—Ata, landlord, and Malapo—Luani, landlord.

Matakimango. Edge towards Mango [mata, edge; ki, towards; mango, Mango
island, Haapai group]. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Veehala, landlord. Also tract on Tungua island (H).

Matakimoana. Edge towards the ocean [mata, edge; ki, towards; moana, ocean].
Tract_on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Matakiniua. Edge towards Niua [mata, edge; ki, towards; niua, Niuatoputapu
island]. Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also northern-
most headland of Vavau island (V).

Matakiofu. Edge towards Ofu [mata, edge; ki, towards; ofu, Ofu island, Vavau
group]. Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract on
Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Matakiono. Edge towards Ono [mata, edge; ki, towards; ono, a tract in Vavau
island]. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Matakitau. War spy [mataki, spy; tau, war]. Fortress on Eua island (T). A
fortified elevation more than 1000 feet above sea level, on southeastern part
of Eua; said to have been fortified by hero Tuutaki.

158 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Matakitonga. Edge towards Tonga [mata, edge; ki, towards; tonga, Tongatabu
island]. Tract on Hueiki island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also
tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Matakiuiha. Edge towards Uiha [mata, edge; ki, towards; uiha, Uiha island,
Haapai group]. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili,
landlord.

Matakiuvea. Edge towards Wallis island [mata, edge; ki, towards; uvea, Wallis
island]. Tract on Tafahi island (NT).

Matakivaha. Edge towards the open sea [mata, edge; ki, towards; vaha, space
at sea]. Tract on Moungaone island (H). Also tract on Ovaka island (V).

Matalaa. Sun face [mata, face; laa, sun]. Tract near Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Muitoa, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Utungake, village on
Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui
Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V)—Lau-
aki, landlord. Also tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Matalanga. The spot where the earth is raised for digging and setting the yams.
Tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. The
name is also applied to perpendicular holes or caves in the coral bed rock
near Utungake.

Matalangaamaui. Maui’s spot where the earth is raised for digging and setting
the yams [matalanga (see preceding; maui, the demigod]. A large hole near
Haatua (Kolomaile), village on Eua island (T), reputed to have been made
by Maui Kisikisi in anger thrusting his digging stick into the ground and
working it back and forth, thereby threatening to upset the entire island.

Matalave. To hit the face [mata, face; lave, to hit]. Tract near Utulau, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract in Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V).

Matalei. Ivory face [mata, face; lei, ivory]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Matalekeleka. Abscessed face [mata, face; lekeleka, abscessed]. Tract near
Nukuhitulu, village on Tonga island (T).

Matalekutu. Edge of Lekutu [mata, edge]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Matalika. To be seen advancing [mata, to be seen; lika, to be advancing]. Tract
near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Mataliki. To appear in sight, used of many. Tract near Haakili, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Mataliku. Tract outside of the village of Pea, opposite Tokomololo, on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Ngaa-
kau, village on Vavau island (V)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Matalito. Soft face [mata, face; litolito, soft, tender]. Tract near Tuanekivale,
village on Vavau island (V).

Mataloko. A lookout cliff. Tract on Eueiki island (T).

Matalolongo. Quick face [mata, face; lolongo, quick, not loquacious]. Tract
near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Matalupe. Pigeon face [mata, face; lupe, pigeon (Carpophaga pacifica)]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hamula,

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 159

village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Fanga-
leounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Matamaka. Rock face [mata, face; maka, rock]. Tract and hill on Nomuka
island (H). Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord. Also village on Nuapapu island (V).

Matamango. Edge of Mango island [mata, edge]. Tract on Mango island (H).

Matamataveka. Appearance of the rail [matamata, appearance; veka, rail (Ral-
lus pectoralis)]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Matamila. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord.

Matamoana. Facing the ocean [mata, face; moana, ocean]. Tracts near villages
on Tongatabu island (T): near Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Pea (tomb,
see Langimatamoana), Folaha, Nukuhitulu, Longoteme—Veikune, land-
lord, and Kolonga—Nuku, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also
tract on Oua island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract in Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract in Utungake,
village on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuato-
putapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Matamoanauta. Inland Matamoana [uta, inland]. Tract near Hamula, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Matanikolo. The gates or entrances into a fort. Place on Lifuka island (H).

Matanuku. The land’s edge [mata, edge; nuku, land]. Tract near Lakepa, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Matanga. An observatory. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Matangaika. An observatory for sighting fish [matanga, observatory; ika, fish].
Tract near Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Matangasia. A mound observatory [matanga, observatory; sia, mound]. Tract
near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Matangasiu. An observatory for viewing a race with paddling canoes [matanga,
observatory; siu, a race with paddling canoes]. Tract near Kalaau, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Matangatele. A smoothed-off observatory [matanga, observatory; tele, to smooth
off]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Matangavaka. Observatory for sighting vessels [matanga, observatory; vaka,
vessel]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord. Also a large stone, said to have been set up at Haakalua or Akana,
Vavau island (V).

Matangavao. Bush observatory [matanga, observatory; vao, bush]. Tract near
Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T). j

Matangi. Wind. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Matangihaamui. Wind of Haamui [matangi, wind]. Tract near Petani, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Matangihaamuilalo. Lower Matangihaamui [lalo, lower]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF). :

Matangileomoe. A gentle breeze. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Lolotelie, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Matangimalie. Pleasing wind [matangi, wind; malie, pleasing]. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

160 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Matanginiu. Coconut wind [matangi, wind; niu, coconut]. Tract near Maufanga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Matangipumai. Wind that blows this way [matangi, wind; pu, to blow; mai,
here, this way.] Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vee-
hala, landlord.

Matangitautaha. One wind [matangi, wind; tautaha, one, single, alone]. Tract
on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Matangitonga. South wind [matangi, wind; tonga, south]. Promontory on
Nomuka island (H).

Mataolokae. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Matapihu. A small shellfish. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Matapoko. Eyes sunk deep in the head. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island (H).

Matapopua. To look at the blowholes [mata, to look; popua, blowhole, whence
surf issues as spray]. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Matapule. A chief's ceremonial attendant. Tract near Houma, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Matasiu. To view a canoe race [mata, to be seen; siu, a race with paddling
canoes]. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Matasiva. Shame-faced [mata, face; siva, to be ashamed]. Tract in Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Matatavahi. View of the tavahi tree [mata, view; tavahi, a tree, (Rhus taiten-
sis)]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Matatoa. View of the casuarina tree [mata, view; toa, casuarina tree]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island. Also tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Fetoa island (H). Also tract
near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also island (V). Also tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Matatoafa. Edge of the wilderness [mata, edge; toafa, wilderness, desert].
tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Matatolu. Three eyes [mata, eyes; tolu, three]. Place on Eua island (T) where
myth says Maui thrust into the rock a three-pronged spear. A spring is there.
Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Matau. A fish hook. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Matauli. A dirty face [mata, face; uli, dirty]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Mataumea. Clay boundary [mata, boundary; umea, clay]. Tract near Hamula,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Matautu. Perpendicular boundary [mata, boundary; utu, perpendicular]. Tract
near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract
on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V).

Matautuliki. Little perpendicular boundary [mata, boundary; utu, perpendicular;
liki, little]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
headland on Vavau island (V).

Matavai. A spring, a fountain. Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island
(V). Also village and tracts near villages on Niuatoputapu island (NT): near
Falehau and Matavai.

Matavaka. View of a vessel [mata, view; vaka, vessel]. Tract near Utungake
Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Matavale. Foolish face [mata, face; vale, foolish]. Tract near Haalalo, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 161

Mataveve. View of rubbish [mata, view; veve, rubbish]. Tract near Kolovyai,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Matekifanga. To die near a landing place [mate, to die; ki, to; fanga, a land-
ing place]. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pele-
hake, landlord.

Mateloi. To pretend to die [mate, to die; loi, to lie]. Tract near Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V). is

Matenoa. To die for nothing (applied when one works for nothing) [mate, to
die; noa, for nothing]. Tract in Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mateolo. To allure to death [mate, death; olo, to allure]. Tract near Houma,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Matofa. Marked out; beaten, as a path. Tract near Hofoa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Ovaka island (V).

Matoto. To be ashamed of blood [ma, to be ashamed; toto, blood]. Tract near
Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Fuaamotu, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Pukotala, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Matamaka,
village on Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on
Vavau island (V).

Matu. Name of a fish. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Matuanua. Old rainbow [matua, old; nuanua, rainbow]. Said to be a Samoan
word. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord. Also place on Vavau island (V). Part of the weather shore. Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Matuata. To frequent the circular end of a Tongan house [matua, to frequent;
ta, the circular end of a Tongan house]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Matuku. To subside, to sink, to grow less. Tract on Kotu island (H). Island
(H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tracts in and
near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H), named to commemorate capture of
fortress Velata by Taufaahau (afterwards King George I).

Matutuana. Those old people. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Mauavale. To cease being foolish [maua, to cease; vale, foolish]. Tract near
Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Maufanga. To possess landing places [mau, to possess; fanga, landing place].
Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also
tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). An early name for
the portion of modern Nukualofa which was alone the original Nukualofa.
Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Mua, village on Niu-
afoou island (NF). Also district on Niuafoou island (NF).

Maui. Alive, well, convalescent; applied to several. Tract on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Maukuomate. Unwavering but dead [mau, unwavering; kuo, sign of past tense;
mate, dead]. A beach on Haano island (H) where tradition says the Fijian
companion of the younger brother of the 20th Tui Tonga Tatafueikimeimua
expired after a very hard swim, from the island of Ofolanga. See Maumate.

Mauleva. To receive immediately [mau, to receive; leva, immediately]. Tract
near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Mauluhanga. To swim under water and look at [maulu, to swim under water;
hanga, to look at]. Tract near Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

162 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Maumamahi. To possess grief [mau, to possess; mamahi, grief]. Tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Maumate. Obtained dead [mau, to obtain; mate, dead]. See Maukuomate. Beach
on Haano island (H).

Maumautaimi. Waste of time [maumau, waste; taimi, time]. Tract on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Maungafala. The source of mats [maunga, the place for the obtaining of any-
thing; fala, mat]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Nuku, landlord.

Maungakoloa. Source of wealth [maunga, source; koloa, wealth]. Tract near
Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also
tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract
on Okoa island (V). Also tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).
Said also to have been the original name of Koloa island. Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Maungasai. Source of good [maunga, source; sai, good]. Tract near Falehau,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Maungatai. Source of small dust bags [maunga, source; tai, a small dust bag].
Tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Maungaui. Source of the ui coconut [maunga, source; ui, a kind of coconut].
Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also southwestern district of
Pangaimotu island (V).

Maungavai. Source of water [maunga, source; vai, water]. Tract near Kolonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Makave,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Mauoi. Tract in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mavaetangi. To separate weeping [mauvae, to separate; tangi, to cry]. Tract
near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Maveu. Confusion. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vee-
hala, landlord.

Meahunga.. Hunga property [mea, property]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord.

Meakaifua. To produce food [meakai, food; fua, to produce]. Tract on Fotu-
haa island (H).

Mealau. Things to discuss [mea, things; lau, to discuss]. Tract near Mata-
hau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Leimatua, village on
Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Meama. A shameful thing [mea, thing; ma, shameful]. Tract near Puke, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord. Also island (H). Also tract on
Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Meamelie. A sweet thing [mea, thing; melie, sweet]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H).

Meemee. Glad, joyful. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also
tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also
tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Meetehe. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Mehekavale. To envy foolishly [meheka, to envy; vale, foolish]. Tract near
Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 163

Mehekifata. To keep moving. Tract on Tungua, island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord. Uncertain which spelling of the place is correct, this or the follow-
ing.

Mehekifatu. To keep moving. See preceding. Tract on Tungua island (H)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Mehekihoa. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Mei. Breadfruit. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Meihina. White breadfruit [mei, breadfruit; hina, white]. Tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Meimotu. Broken breadfruit [mei, breadfruit; motu, broken]. Tract near Houma,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau
island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Meimui. Last breadfruit [mei, breadfruit; mui, last]. Tract near Lotofoa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H).

Meisuka. Sugar breadfruit [mei, breadfruit; suka, sugar]. Tract in Folaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Meitea. Whitish breadfruit [mei, breadfruit; tea, white]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Meitenga. Seeded breadfruit [mei, breadfruit; tenga, seed]. Tract near Angaha,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Meleka. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Meleke. America. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Toko-
mololo—Maafu, landlord, Lolotelie, and Nakolo—Luani, landlord. Also tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Utungake, vil-
lage on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V).

Melie. Sweet. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ahomee, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord. i

Melieafonua. Sweetness of the land [melie, sweetness; a, of; fonua, land].
Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Meliemoeahi. Sweet with sandalwood [melie, sweet; moe, with; ahi, sandal-
wood. Tract near Houma, village on Vavau island (V).

Melietoe. Sweet again [melie, sweet; toe, again]. Tract on Kotu island (H).

Melifu. Tract on Eueiki island (T).

Melino. Peace. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Melo. Brown. Tract near Holonga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Menouti. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Mesimasi. Partially dry. Place near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Site of an ancient village.

Mesimasilalo. Lower Mesimasi [lalo, lower]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Mesimasiuta. Inland Mesimasi [uta, inland]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Metevae. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Miama. Island (H).

Milimilinga. Where anything is rubbed. [milimili, to rub; nga, place]. Tract
near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

164 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Milo. Name of a tree. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also
tract near Fanongahina, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.
Also house site near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). In Fonuamotu
section of Lapaha; belonged to a ceremonial attendant (matapule) of the Tui
Haatakalaua. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also
tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tract near Tafeuni,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau
island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Milomilo. To twist round and round. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Misikaimisi. Misi bird eating misi bird [misi, a bird (Aplonis tabuensis) ;
kai, to eat]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu,
landlord.

Misileva. To dream at once [misi, to dream; leva, at once]. Tract near Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Misinale. Missionary. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Miuvalu. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Moa. Fowl. Waves on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore at the
place called Toloa, where the mythical gigantic fowl, with one wing broken
by Maui, came ashore, the waves representing the fowl. Where only a part
of a wave breaks it is said to be the uninjured wing of the fowl; the part
which does not break is said to be the injured wing. The “broken wing” is
to the westward.

Moahengi. Wild fowl [moa, fowl; hengi, wild]. Beach on Uiha island (H).

Moainuku. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Moakaivao. Chickens eating in the bush [moa, chicken; kai, to eat; vao, bush].
Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Moaleva. Dry at once [moa, dry; leva, at once]. Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Moalinoa. Chickens tossed at random [moa, chicken; li, to toss; noa, at random].

Moana. Ocean. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord.

Moataane. A rooster. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Faka-
tulolo, landlord.

Moatao. Baked chicken [moa, chicken; tao, to be baked]. A mound where
pigeons were cooked, at Tukutonga, east of Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Moenga. Bed. See Mohenga. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)
—Ulukalala, landlord.

Mofue. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.
Also tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, land-
lord.

Mohe. Sleep. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord.

Mohekihahake. To sleep in the east [mohe, to sleep; ki, in; hahake, east].
Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Mohekihoa. Sleeping mate. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord.

Mohekiliku. To sleep at the weather shore [mohe, to sleep; ki, at; liku, weather
shore]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Mohekimotu. To sleep in an island [mohe, to sleep; ki, in; motu, island].
Tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 165

Mohemate. Death sleep [mohe, to sleep; mate, death]. Tract near Haasini, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract
near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Mohemohe. Name of a tree. Two tracts on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai and
Tui Lakepa, landlords.

Mohenga. Bed. See Moenga. Sleeping place of mortal woman Ilaheva and the
god Tangaloa Hitumatupua who was father of the first Tui Tonga. Place on
Tongatabu island (T).

Mohepongia. Fainting sleep [mohe, sleep; pongia, to faint]. Tract near Loto-
foa, village on Foa island (H).

Mohetoi. To sleep out of sight [mohe, to sleep; toi, to keep out of sight].
Tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Mohetoto. To congeal the blood [mohe, to congeal; toto, blood]. Tract on Niu-
afoou island (NF).

Moho. The rail (Ortygometra tabuensis). Place on Tongatabu island (T). On
the lagoon.

Mohokoi. Name of a trée. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Pangai,
village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island
(V): near Neiafu, Mangia, and Tuanekivale.

Mohukai. Plentiful food [mohu, plentiful; kai, food]. Tract near Puke, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord.

Mohuloto. Abundant in the center [mohu, abundant; loto, center]. Tracts near
village on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Havelu—
Fielakepa, landlord, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and
Nukuleka—Pangia, landlord.

Mohuufi. Abundant yams [mohu, abundant; ufi, yam]. Tract near Faleloa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Faleloa, village on
Foa island (H).

Moka. Bent. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Moko. Gecko. A level plateau near the top of Eua island (T). Named for a
great gecko god who dwelt there. He was slain by Maui Kisikisi, who found
him sleeping with his mouth open and who noosed and pulled out his tongue
with a piece of paper mulberry bark.

Mokohunu. Sea slug. Islet (T). In lagoon of Tongatabu island.

Mokoi. Cold. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Mokotau. A fighting gecko [moko, gecko; tau, to fight]. Rock near Tongatabu
island (T). Just west of Onevai island.

Mokotu. Tract on Lofanga island (H) Also tract near Muitoa, village on
Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou
island (NF). Also tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Mokotuu. Standing gecko [moko, gecko; tuu, to stand]. Tract near Longoteme,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord.

Mola. Without cause. Tract on Fetoa island (H).

Molaea. To appear plainly without cause [mola, without cause; ea, to appear
plainly]. Tract in Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Moli. Orange. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Ahau,
Lakepa—Lasike, landlord, Utulau, Haateiho—Tui Haateiho, landlord, Nuku-
alofa, Veitongo, Nukuhitulu, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, and Fuaamotu
—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Haafeva
island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)
Afu Haalaufuli, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

166 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Molianga. Orange place [moli, orange; anga, place]. Tract on Taunga island
(V)—Akauola, landlord.

Molikofietui. Orange tree of the pretender to the kingship [moli, orange; ko,
prefix; fie, desiring, wish; tui, king]. Orange tree near Feletoa, village on
Vavau island (V).

Molimohea. Orange slipped in [moli, orange; mohea, to be slipped in]. Tract
in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Molipeli. The mandarin orange. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Molituuua. Double-growing orange trees [moli, orange; tuu, to stand; ua, two].
Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Molo. To tread. District near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Mololo. To be stamped upon. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Momi. Fallen in, indented. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Ma-
lupo, landlord.

Monoi. A tree. Tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Monotapu. Sacred calking [mono, calking for a canoe; tapu, sacred]. Cemetery
near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Monu. Felicity. Reef (T). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Monuafe. A thousand blessings [monu, blessing; afe, thousand]. Tract near
Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord. Also tract near
Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also island near
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Ofu island (V). Also tract on Oloua
island (V).

Moota. Name of a tree. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Pangia, landlord.

Mosimosi. A light shower. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Moso. One of two very smooth islets close to Matalanga, Utungake island (V),
the second being Niumano. They are said to be the transformed sons of
Maui. The larger is not more than 30 feet in diameter. See also Mosolahi
and Mososii.

Mosolahi. Large Moso [lahi, large]. One of two rocks (the other being Moso-
sii) reputed to be the transformed sons of one of the Maui, who resided at
Ngaunoho, Utungake island (V) and who is said to have killed and cast
into the sea nearby, his sons Mosolahi and Mososii. See Niumano and Moso.

Mosomaka. Rock of Moso [maka, rock.] A rock on Moungaone island (H)
in which dwelt the gods Pusipapanga and Moso.

Mososii. Little Moso [sii, little]. .One of two rocks (the other being Mosolahi)
reputed to be the transformed sons of one of the Maui, who resided at
Ngaunoho, Utungake island (V), and who is said to have killed and cast into
the sea nearby, his sons Mosolahi and Mososii.

Mote. Said to be a Fijian word meaning sleep. Tract near Lotofoa, village on
Foa island (H). Also tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also
Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Motehangahifo. That one’ should bend down or look downwards. Tract near
Masilamea, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Motelolo. Name of a tree. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)
—Fotu, landlord.

Motololo. The flower buds for perfuming oil [moto, bud; lolo, oil]. Tract near
Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 167

Mototo. A fish. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord.

Motu. Broken. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near
Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Motuahala. Old road [motua, old; hala, road]. Tract near Otea, village on
Kapa island (V). Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Motuakolo. Old village [motua, old; kolo, village]. Tract near villages on
Tongatabu island (T): near Utulaw, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, and Fuaamotu—
Tungi, landlord.

Motuamoa. A hen. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tui Vakano, landlord.

Motuava. Island in a passage [motu, island; ava, passage]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NT)—Fotofili, landlord.

Motuavae. The big toe. District on Lofanga island (H).

Motufoou. New island [motu, island; foou, new]. Tract on Tongatabu island
CE):

Motuha. Island in sight [motu, island; ha, in sight]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Motuku. The heron (Ardea sacra). Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Motulalo. Lower island [motu, island; lalo, lower]. Tract near Vaotuu, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Fatumu,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Motuliki. A small island [motu, island; liki, small]. Tract near Kolonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Petani, vil-
lage on Niuafoou island (NF).

Motulikiuta. Inland Motuliki [uta, inland]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Motuloto. Central island [motu, island; loto, center, middle.] Island in lagoon
of Nomuka island (H).

Motunukupule. Island of Nukupule [motu, island]. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Motuokiu. Island of the plover [motu, island; 0, of; kiu, plover]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Motuotala. Island of the white tern [motu, island; 0, of; tala, white tern
(Gygis alba). Islet (H). Exact location uncertain.

Motupuuala. Island in lagoon of Nomuka island (H).

Motutafisi. The filliped island [motu, island; tafisi, to fillip]. Island in lagoon
of Nomuka island (H).

Motutala. White tern island [motu, island; tala, white tern (Gygis alba). Islet
in great lagoon of Tongatabu island (T).

Motutapu. Sacred island [motu, island; tapu, sacred] Island (T). So named
because here rested Fasiapule when transporting from Eua to Tongatabu the
body of his dead half-brother the eleventh Tui Tonga, Tuitatui. See also
Fautapu, Holotapu, Moungatapu. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niu-
kapu, landlord.

Moulongo. Excessive silence [mou, a prefix to denote excess; longo, quiet,
silent]. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Moume. Islet near Tongatabu island (T). In great lagoon, near Fonuamotu,
Lapaha.

Mounu. Bait. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake,
landlord. Also rock near Tongatabu island (T). In great lagoon. Also pier
near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). An artificial, rough, elongate,
insular pier of stones in front of the peninsular Nukukausiala and extending
longitudinally out from it. Separated from Nukukausiala by a narrow channel

168 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

only a few feet wide. Legend attributes its origin to the ashes thrown out
of the oven of the great vessel Lomipeau from Wallis island. Also island (V).

Mounga. Mountain. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also
tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village
on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V):
near Tuanuku—Malupo, landlord, Neiafu, and Leimatua—Fotu, landlord. Also
tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Moungaafu. Hot mountain [mounga, mountain; afu, hot]. Tract on Hueiki island
(T).

Moungalafa. Flat mountain [mounga, mountain; lafalafa, flat]. Tract near
Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract
near Afa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tuanuku, village
on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also hill on Vavau island (V).
Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Moungalenga. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Moungaloto. Central mountain [mounga, mountain; loto, center, middle]. Tract
near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Tefisi, village on
Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tract near Angaha, village on Niu-
afoou island (NF).

Moungaone. Sandy mountain [mounga, mountain; one, sand]. Tract near
Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also island
(H).

Moungatapu. Sacred mountain [mounga, mountain; tapu, sacred]. Island on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. So called because here rested Fasia-
pule while engaged in transporting from Eua to Tongatabu the body of his
half-brother, the eleventh Tui Tonga, Tuitatui. See also Fautapu, Holotapu,
Moututapu. In great lagoon.

Mua. The combined villages of Lapaha (the former residence of the Tui Tonga)
and Tatakamotonga. Also applied to Eastern district, or Wahehahake, of
Tongatabu island (T). Also place on Late island (V). Also village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Muaatanofo. Tract in Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Muafale. In front of the house [mua, in front of; fale, house]. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Muafonua. In front of the land [mua, in front of; fonua, land]. Tract near
Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V). Also tracts in and near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Muafoou. New Mua [foou, new]. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Muahaapai. In front of Haapai [mua, in front of; haapai, the central islands of
the Tongan archipelago]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord.

Mualuvai. First to wash with water [mua, first, luvai, to wash with water].
Tract on HBueiki island (T).

Muamokai. To be first there to eat [mua, first; mo, and; kai, to eat]. Tract
near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Muanuku. In front of the island [mua, in front of; nuku, island]. Tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Muiesi. The end of the mound [mui, the end; esi, an artificial mound]. Tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Muifaifunga. Higher end of the stingray [mui, end; fai, stingray; funga, higher].
Hill on Kapa island (V).

Muifaitunga. Destitute end of the stingray [mui, end; fai, stingray; tunga,
destitute]. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 169

Muifakafafa. The end where one feels one’s way [mui, end; fakafafa, to feel
one’s way]. Reef off west side of Lifuka island (H).

Muifonua. A point of land. Northernmost point of central Tongatabu island (T).
Tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Otea, village
on Kapa island (V). Also tract on Ofu island (V). Also tract on Oloua
island (V).

Muifuiva. Tail of the fuiva bird [mui, tail; fuiva, a bird (Myiolestes heinei) ].
Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also islet (H). Close
to Nomuka and Nomukeiki.

Muihaalauisi. Promontory on or islet near Tongatabu island (T). Apparently
in the great lagoon.

Muihala. The end of the road [mui, end; hala, road]. Tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Muihatafa. Waterhole. In central (?) Tongatabu island (T).

Muihelu. The end of the comb [mui, end; helu, comb]. Tract near Talafoou,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

Muihoea. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also headiand on
Vavau island (V).

Muihopohoponga. The jumping-place end [mui, end; hopohopo, to jump, to leap;
nga, place]. Eastern point of Tongatabu island (T).

Muihouma. The end of the point of land [mui, end; houma, point of land]. Tract
on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Muikeu. End part of ‘the keu yam [mui, end part; keu, name of yam]. Tract
near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Muikilekila. The end (of the land) that is hoed in patches [mui, end; kilekila,
hoed in patches, shaven in patches]. Promontory on Pangaimotu island (V).

Muikuku. See Hakaumuikuku. Place, on Tongatabu island (T), opposite
Nahafu in great lagoon. Also reer and promontory on Lifuka island (H).

Muilimu. End of the seaweed [mui, end; limu seaweed]. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). On lagoon.

Muimafuke. Open end [mui, end; mafuke, open]. Tract on Oua island (H).

Muimaka. End of the rock [mui, end; maka, rock]. Tract on Ofu island (V).

Muisia. End of the mound [mui, end; sia, artificial mound]. Tract on Matuku
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Muitafuni. Headland on Pangaimotu island (V).

Muitala. Obedience. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Muitalau. End of Mt. Talau [mui, end; talau, name of a hill]. Tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also island (V). :

Muitatau. Resemblance end [mui, end; tatau, resemblance]. Headland on
Vavau island (V).

Muitele. Shaved end [mui, end; tele, to shave, to smooth off]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Muitoa. The end of the casuarina tree [mui, end; toa, casuarina]. Tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also village on Haano island (H).
Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu
island (V). Also tract near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Muitoulo. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.
Also promontory on Vavau island (V).

Muituliutu. End of the chasing cliff [mui, end; tuli, to chase; utu, cliff]. Tract
near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Malupo, landlord.

Muivai. The end of the water [mui, end; vai, water]. Tract near Vaipoa, vil-
lage on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Mukuhiva. Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Muli. A foreigner. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

170 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Muliafanini. A “grave” at bottom of Bay of Mua (part of great lagoon). Tongatabu
island (T), between Moungatapu and Nahafu, reputed to be the burial place of
the shark Tenifatea an incarnation of the god Taufaitahi.

Mulikeu. Yam of the foreigner [muli, foreigner; keu, yam]. Tract near Lei-
matua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Muliolo. An ensnaring foreigner [muli, foreigner; olo, to ensnare]. Tract on
Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)
—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Muliutu. Foreigners gathering in [muli, foreigner; utu, to gather in]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Munia. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Munita. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Munoa. To be unacquainted with what is going on. Tract near Utui, village on
Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Muomua. To precede, to lead. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Hamula, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also island (V).

Musie. One kind of grass. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Talafoou—Lauaki, landlord, Navutoka—Tungi, landlord, and Fuaamotu—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Haano, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Musiekena. Dry grass [musie, a kind of grass; kena, dry]. Tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Musiekenatahi. Dry grass by the sea [musie, grass; kena, dry; tahi, sea].
Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Musielalo. Lower Musie [lalo, lower]. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Musieuta. Inland Musie [uta, inland]. Tract near Nayutoka, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Muti. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, land-
lord. Said to be named after a lawyer named Moody.

Naakelaunoa. You talk at random [naake, you; lau, to talk; noa, random]. Tract
near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Nafanua. One of two rocks near Eua(?) which mythology says were originally
twin goddesses. Topukulu is the second rock.

Nafualu. Dyeing the alu plants for basket making [nafu, to dye; alu, name of a
creeping plant]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Vaotuu—
Tui Vakano, landlord, Nukualofa, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, and Lapaha
—Pangia, landlord. Also tract and district near Lotofoa, village on Foa island
(AH).

Nafunoa. To throw things about in a careless manner. Tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Nahafu. A place in bay of Mua, near Fuipa, Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Nahakalau. A speech that was made with gesticulations [na,it was; haka, gestic-
ulation; lau, rumor, talk]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Pangia, landlord. Also tract (of the god Tangakina) near Koulo, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Nahau. It came [na, it was; hau, to come]. Tract near Folaha, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha (H)—Malupo, land-
lord. Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 171

Also tract near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Nahave. It was destroyed [na, it was; havei, to destroy]. Tract near Fatumu,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nahoki. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Nahua. It was a joke [na, it was; hua, a joke, a jest]. Tract on Matuku (H)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Naikolokolo. To scrape together broken food and boil it [nai, to scrape together
as broken food; kolokolo, to boil]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord.

Naitahi. It was in the sea [na, it was; i, in; tahi, sea]. Tract near Haano, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Naitahiti. It was in Tahiti [na, it was; i, in; tahiti, Tahiti]. Tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Naitasili. To collect and hold up lights from different canoes at sea in the dark
[nai, to collect; tasili, to hold up lights from different canoes at sea in the
dark]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, land-
lord.

Naitaupa. Tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Naitohotoho. Collected and raped [nai, to collect; tohotoho, to rape]. Place near
Nukunuku (?), village on Tongatabu island (T).

Naitopotopo. Said to be a Fijian name. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Naivaka. To collect vessels [nai, to collect; vaka, vessel]. Tract near Haateiho,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Nakalavou. See Nakolovou. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Nakapasi. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Nakau. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Holonga,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Nakaukilangi. To do with the sky. Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Nakelo. Water hole on eastern slope of Veiongo (Mt. Zion), Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Nakolo. Village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nakolovou. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). See Nakalavou.

Nakoteihaapai. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nakulukilangi. Tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Burial place
of the Tui Lakepa.

Nalilo. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Nalofa. Said to be a contraction of the word Nukualofa. District near Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Naloto. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract in Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Nalulu. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Namai. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Namalata. We two were attached. Place on Hua? island (T).

Namo. A bay enclosed with a reef. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island
(V.)

Namoli. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, land-
lord.

Namolimu. Seaweed bay [namo, a bay enclosed with a reef; limu, seaweed].
Place (T).

172 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Namuahi. To smell of sandalwood [namu, to smell; ahi, sandalwood]. Tract on
Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Namuape. Only mosquitoes [namua, abounding in mosquitoes; pe, only]. Tract
near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Namuika. To smell of fish [namu, to smell; ika, fish]. Tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Namuka. Another spelling of Nomuka, island (H).

Namukatukii. [Namuka, strikes; tuki, to strike]. Tract near Alaki, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Namukea. To smell of breadfruit [namu, to smell; kea, one kind of breadfruit].
Tract near Vaipoa, village near Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.
Namukeiki. Littke Namuka [namuke, modification of namuka; iki, little]. Tract

near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Namuma. To smell of Tongan bread [namu, to smell; ma, Tongan bread]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Namuveka. To smell of veka fish [namu, to smell; veka, a fish]. Tract near
Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Nana. To begrudge, nanai. Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Nanavea. Far away. Tract near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe,
landlord.

Naneva. The nude. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Nangingi. Tract in Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nanivi. To act fondly. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Nanuma. A person who can speak the language but is shy [nanu, speaking; ma,
shy]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Nanumea. To say something [nanu, to say; mea, something]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Napau. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Napaupau. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano,
landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Naponono. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Napua. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord. Also tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Napuatahi. Napua by the sea [tahi, sea]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haa-
teiho, landlord.

Napuloa. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Napusi. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukunuku—Tui
Vakano, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Hoi.

Nasi. To be on the lookout. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).
Also tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatapu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Nasifoou. New Nasi [nasi (see preceding); foou, new]. Tract near Ohonua, vil-
lage on Eua island (T).

Nasiuta. Inland Nasi [uta, inland]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island
(D):

Natula. Nature. Tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nautaake. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Nautu. Fear to carry [na, fear; utu, to carry]. Tract near Falevai, village on
Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fuli-
vai, landlord.

Navai. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord. Also tract in Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Navange. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 173

Navea. Tract in Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Navosa. The speech. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Navua. Full of lime [navu, lime]. Tract on Tongatabu island (T). An early
name for the original village of Nukualofa.

Navutoka. A sediment of lime for cleaning the head [navu, a preparation of lime
for cleaning the head; toka, sediment]. Village on Tongatabu island (T).

Neau. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Neheu. To stir. Tract near Tufuvai, village on Eua island (T).

Neiafu. Village and tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haakili,
Napua, and Kolonga—Nuku, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also
tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near
Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Village on Vavau island (V), the capital
of the Vavau group.

Neiafutahi. Neiafu by the sea [tahi, sea]. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Nekesi. To prompt, to incite, nekesia. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haatei-
ho, landlord.

Neukini. New Guinea. Tract on Fetoa island (H).

Niato. Tract near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Nimatamaki. Bruised hands [nima, hand; tamaki, bruised]. Tract near Fuaa-
motu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Niniva. To rub the head with the finger ends and laugh and make a noise [nini,
to rub the head with the finger ends; va, to laugh and make a noise]. Tract
near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord. Also tract
near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (H). Also tract
on Lofanga island (H).

Niu. The coconut. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Foui—
Vahai, landlord, Masilamea, and Nukuhitulu. Also tract near Pukotala, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Fue, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Niua. A great number of coconut trees. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Haatoa, Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord, Houma—Vaea, landlord,
Pea—Lavaka, landlord, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, and Navutoka—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Also tract and district near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract
near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on
Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—
Fotu, landlord.

Niuaemoa. Coconut for the fowls [niu, coconut; ae, the; moa, fowl]. Tract near
Koloua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Niuafoou. New Niua [foou, new]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Fotuhaa,
island (H). Also island (NF). Also tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Niuafoousiisii. Poor little Niuafoou [sii, poor; siisiiange, little, smaller, or less].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Niualalo. Lower Niua [lalo, below, beneath]. Tract near Navutoka, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

174 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Niuangohe. Niua treats kindly [ngohe, to treat kindly]. Tract near Vaipoa, vil-
lage on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Niuapai. Coconut rafters [niu, coconut; apai, certain rafters in a Tongan house].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Niuatoputapu. Sacred Niua [toputapu, sacred]. Island (NT). Niuatoputapu is
called such by its inhabitants as well as by other Tongans. An old boat song
(tauaalo) of Niuatoputapu refers to the sanctity of the island:

Koau e Niua teke vaka;

I am by Niua which resists vessels;

Tala ki Tonga ke tapu e vaha

Tell Tonga the sea is forbidden (to her).

Niuatovo. The coconuts belonging to Tovo [niu, coconuts; a, belonging to; tovo,
a personal name]. Tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Niuaunofo. Sojourning coconuts [niu, coconut; aunofo, to sojourn]. The north-
western point of Tongatabu island (T), also called Van Diemen point. On
this promontory there are some coconut trees called Niuaunofo. It is
reported that a man from Vavau planted them, but after a time returned
to Vavau, bidding farewell to the coconut trees in the words: ‘“Nofoa
aunofo. (You remain sojourners.)” At this place two men caught a
big fish and took it well inland; then left it on the ground whilst they went to
look for something. They returned in time to see the fish making its way to
the sea, and it flopped over the bank into the water and escaped.

Niue. Coconuts there. Tracts near villages on Foa island (H): near Fangale-
ounga—Niukapu, landlord, Lotofoa, Faleloa, and Faleloa—Tuita, landlord.
Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract on Lape
island (V). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near
Sapaata, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Niufakau. Screening coconuts [niu, coconut; fakau, to screen]. Tract near Haa-
lalo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Niufakaua. Waving coconut trees [niu, coconut tree; fakaua, to roll as a vessel
at sea]. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Niuhakau. Reef coconut [niu, coconut; hakau, reef]. Tract on Ofu island (V).—
Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Niukafa. Name of a kind of coconut. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Tokomololo—Maafu, landlord, and Talafoou
—Lauaki, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Niukasa. Newcastle. Tract in Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Niukelekele. Name of a kind of coconut. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusi-
tua, landlord.

Niukelekelelalo. Lower Niukelekele. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua,
landlord.

Niukini. To cut coconut trees [niu, coconut; kini, to strike]. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Matahau, Houma—Vaea, landlord, and
Folaha. Also tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Mataika,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou
island (NF). Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Niukula. Name of a kind of coconut. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island
(H). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Niulafo. The thrown coconuts [niu, coconut; lafo, thrown]. Tract near Teekiu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Niulahi. Name of a kind of coconut. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Teekiu—Motuapuaka, landlord, Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord,

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 175

Houma—Vaea, landlord, Haakame, Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord, and Tataka-
motonga—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Holopeka,
village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Fa-
kakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akau-
ola, landlord. Also tract near Kapa. village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near
Holeva, village on Koloa island (V). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island
(V): near Vaimalo, Neiafu—Lauaki, landlord, Neiafu, Makave—Tui Afitu, land-
lord, Tafeuni, and Holonga. Also tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island
(NF). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Niulakita. The small size matured coconut for drinking. Tract near Tefisi, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Niulalo. Name of a kind of coconut. Tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract near
Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). A place in the Vavau group where the
Tui Tonga Fuanunuiava resided in Mariner’s time.

Niuleka. Name of a kind of coconut. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Houma—Vaea, landlord, and Kolonga—Nuku,
landlord. Also tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract on Lape
island (V). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Niuleleva. The long coconut tree [niu, coconut tree; leleva, long]. Tract near
Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Holonga, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T). Also tract near Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)
Lauaki, landlord. Also tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Niuloa. Name of a kind of coconut. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract on Mango island (H). Also tract
near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF). Also tract near Fataulua, vil-
lage on Niuafoou island (NF).

Niulolo. Name of a kind of coconut. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, land-
lord.

Niuloloa. Name of a kind of coconut. Tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord.

Niulototauhi. Protected center of the coconut [niu, coconut; loto, center; tauhi,
to protect]. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Niumalu. Soft coconut [niu, coconut; malu, soft]. Tract near Nukunuku, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Niumano. Ten thousand coconuts [niu, coconut; mano, ten thousand]. One of
two very smooth islets close to Matalanga, Utungake island (V), said to be two
transformed sons of Maui. The second is named Moso. The larger is not more
than 30 feet in diameter. See also Mosolahi and Mososii.

Niumangaua. Name of a kind of coconut which has two branches. Tract near
Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Niumata. Green coconut [niu, coconut; mata, green, unripe]. Tract near Haa-
kame, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Koloua, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Niumate. Dead coconut [niu, coconut; mate, dead]. Tract near Houma, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Niumatuku. Coconuts growing less [niu, coconut; matuku, to grow less]. Tract
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

176 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Niumoetolu. Tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune,
landlord.

Niumotu. Broken coconut tree [niu, coconut tree; motu, broken]. Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Foui—Vahai,
landlord, Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Lakepa—Lasike, landlord, Kolonga—
Nuku, landlord, Hamula—Pangia, landlord, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord.
Also tract on Tofua island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Otea,
village on Kapa island (V). Also tract on Ofu island (V).

Niumotuu. Old coconut. Place on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Niumotuuta. Inland Niumotu [uta, inland]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Niumui. Young coconut. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Haatafu, Haakili, Ahau—Lasike, landlord, Foui—Vahai, landlord, Kalaau, Fa-
hefa—Veehala, landlord, Masilamea, Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Nukunuku
—Tui Vakano, landlord, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Pea—Lavaka, landlord, Hofoa,
Nukualofa, Veitongo, Longoteme—Veikune, landlord, Hoi, Kolonga—Nuku, land-
lord, Lavengatonga, and Haasini. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract
on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village
on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.
Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Pukotala,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Falevai,
village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract on Okoa, island
(V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near
Neiafu, Haalaufuli—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord, Leimatua—Tui Pelehake, land-
lord, and Holonga. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Niupuui. Tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Niusila. Sailyard of coconut wood [niu, coconut; sila, sailyard]. Tract near Haa-
kame, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Folaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Niutao. Coconut tree standing like a spear [niu, coconut; tao, spear]. Tract
near Makaunga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau
island (V).

Niutauua. A pair of coconuts [niu, coconut; tauua, a pair]. Tract near Fotua,
village on Foa island (H).

Niutea. Whitish coconut [niu, coconut; tea, whitish]. Tract near Neiafu, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Niutoloa. A kind of coconut. Tract on Kotu island (H).

Niutoua. Coconut like a rope to climb by [niu, coconut; toua, a rope to climb
by]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also village on
Tongatabu island (T). Formerly called Haameneuli.

Niutupu. Growing coconut [niu, coconut; tupu, to grow]. Tract near Niutoua,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Niutupuuta. Inland Niutupu [uta, inland]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Niutuu. Standing coconut [niu, coconut; tuu, to stand]. Tract near Holonga,
village on Vavau island (V).

Niutuuono. Six standing coconut trees [niu, coconut tree; tuu, to stand; ono,
six]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 177

Niutuutaha. One coconut standing [niu, coconut; tuu, to stand; taha, one]. Tract
near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Niutuutapa. Standing coconut glittering in the sun [niu, coconut; tuu, to stand;
tapa, to glitter in the sun]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V).
—Ulukalala, landlord.

Niutuuua. Two standing coconuts [niu, coconut; tuu, to stand; ua, two]. Tract
in Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Niuualu. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Niuui. A kind of coconut [niu, coconut; ui, the name of one kind of coconut].
Islet (T). Also district and tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).
Niuutu. Perpendicular coconut [niu, coconut; utu, perpendicular]. Tract near

Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Niuvai. A kind of coconut. Tract near Houma, village on Hua island (T). Also
tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Fuaamotu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Moungaone
island (H). Also tract on Ofolanga island (H). Tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu (NT)—
Maatu, landlord.

Niuvalu. A kind of coconut. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Haatafu, Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Haavakatolo—Ahomee, landlord, and Ko-
longa—Nuku, landlord. Also tract on Oloua island (V).

Niuvela. Burnt coconut [niu, coconut; vela, to burn]. Tract near Hamula, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Noa. Worthless. Tract near Kanokupolu, village near Tongatabu island (T).

Nofa. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nofoakauvaka. The seat of a boat crew [nofoa, seat; kauvaka, crew of a vessel].
Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract
on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Nofoata. To dwell free [nofo, to dwell; ata, free]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)
—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Nofoatoa. A seat of casuarina wood [nofoa, seat; toa, casuarina]. Tract near
Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Nofopule. To abide and govern [nofo, to abide; pule, to govern]. Tract near
Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Nokotu. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Nomuanga. Place of food made for infants [nomu, food made for infants; anga,
place]. Islet (H). Exact location uncertain.

Nomuka. To grow well. Sometimes spelt Namuka. Island (H).

Nomukeiki. Little Nomuka [nomuke, modification of word nomuka); iki, little].
Tract near Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (H). Some
tales attribute the name to two individuals, a man Nomu and a woman Iki.
Certain versions also state that they were Samoans. This type of derivation of
place names is quite common in Samoa, e. g., Tutu and Ila, two individuals
whose names combined make Tutuila. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Nonu. Name of a tree. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Tungi, landlord.

Noosia. To be strangled. Tract near Ohonua, village on Hua island (T).

Note. To borrow (a canoe) and float [no, to borrow; te, to float]. Tract near
Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Nua. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

178 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Nualei. District near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Nuanga. Beach on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore. Also tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Nuapapu. Island (V). Also village on Nuapapu island (V). West, in his “Ten
Years in South-Central Polynesia,” calls this island Niuapapu.

Nuapuli. Island (V).

Nuhakau. To extract the stem of an arrow from the body [nuha, to extract a
piece of an arrow from the body; kau, the stem]. Tract on either Ofu or
Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Nuhamonuha. Equal and equal [nuha, equal; mo, and]. Two stones on the
weather shore of Tongatabu island (T), said to face each other.

Nuifonua. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Nukonuka. Name of a tree. Tract near Holonga, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Nuku. The land. Tract on Nukunukumotu island (T). Also islet near Nuku-
hitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). In the great lagoon. Also island (T).
Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also two islands (H).
Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, land-
lord. Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.
Also island (V). Also tract on Okoa island (V).

Nukualefa. Land of famine [nuku, land; a, of; lefa, famine]. Tract near Nukua-
lofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). An early name for the original village
of Nukualofa.

Nukualofa. Land of love [nuku, land; a, of; ofa or lofa, love]. Village and dis-
trict on Tongatabu island (T). Capital of Tongan kingdom. The original
village of Nukualofa formerly bore successively the names Maufanga, Navua,
Nukualefa, and Nukualofa. The name Nukualofa is said to have been given
by Samoans who made war on Tonga. Another version is that it was so
named by shipwrecked Samoans who were given food there. Nukualofa was
originally just a little bit of ground opposite to Goodwin’s house. There was a
boat anchorage there.

Nukuate. The land of the long grass [nuku, land; ate, name of a long grass].
Tract on Hueiki island (T).

Nukuatea. Desert land [nuku, land; atea, desert]. Tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V). Also tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fotofili, landlord.

Nukuea. Land that appears plainly [nuku, land; ea, to appear plainly]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract near
Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Nukufaiau. Land arrived at [nuku, land; fai, to do, to perform; au, to arrive at].
Island (H).

Nukufeheaki. The land of going astray on both sides [nuku, land; feheaki, to
go astray on both sides]. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Nukufetau. Land of the fetau tree [nuku, land; fetau, a tree]. Tract near Angaha,
village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord. Also tract near Petani,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Nukufotu. The land in sight [nuku, land; fotu, to appear in sight]. Tract on
Otea, village on Kapa island (V).

Nukuha. The land in sight [nuku, land; ha, to appear in sight]. Tract near Ko-
longa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Nukuhake. The ascending land [nuku, land; hake, ascend]. Tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 179

Nukuhefa. The land of the hefa grass [nuku, land; hefa, a kind of grass]. Tract
near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near
Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nukuhefala. Land of the mat sail of hefa grass [nuku, land; hefa, a kind of
grass; la, mat sail]. Tract near Hamula, village near Tongatabu island (T)—
Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli,
village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Nukuhitulu. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract and district near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Nukuhua. The upturned land [nuku, land; hua, to root or turn up the earth].
Apparently an islet or promontory in the lagoon on Tongatabu island (T).

Nukukausiala. A small peninsula bounded by artificial stone walls, in Fonuamotu
section of Lapaha village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nukulahanga. Islet (V).

Nukulai. The land of the lai fish [nuku, land; lai, a kind of a fish]. Island (H).

Nukulave. The land to starboard [nuku, land; lave, starboard]. Place on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Nukulei. The land of ivory [nuku, land; lei, ivory]. Tract near Haakame, village
an Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord.

Nukuleka. The short land [nuku, land; leka, short]. Village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also
tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Nukulilo. The hidden land [nuku, land; lilo, hidden]. Tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Nukuloa. The long land [nuku, land; loa, long]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village
on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Nukulopa. Land of fastening the mast of the canoe [nuku, land; lopa, to fasten
the mast of the canoe]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Nukululi. The disgusting land [nuku, land; luli, disgusting]. Tract on Mounga-
one island (H).

Nukuluve. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Nukumaanu. The floating land [nuku, land; maanu, to float]. Place and green
on Tongatabu island (T). In Hihifo district. People formerly lived there.
Also tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Nukumalolo. The quiescent land [nuku, land; malolo, quiescent]. Tract near
Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Now called Laulea. Also tract near
Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also promontory at the southeastern point
of Vavau island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Nukumotu. The broken land [nuku, land; motu, broken]. Tract on Okoa island
(V).

Nukunamo. Land in the bay [nuku, land; namo, a bay enclosed with a reef].
Tract near Fanongahina, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.
Also tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lei-
matua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Tract on Niuato-
putapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Nukunamu. The land of mosquitoes [nuku, land; namu, mosquito]. Island (H).

Nukunave. Place (T).

180 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Nukunima. Five lands [nuku, land; nima, five]. Tract near Kolonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Nukunimauta. Inland Nukunima [uta, inland]. Tract near Kolonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Nukunonu. The land of the nonu tree [nuku, land; nonu, a tree]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lavengatonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract
near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Nukunuku. The land within land [nuku, land]. Village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, land-
lord.

Nukunukumotu. The island Nukunuku [motu, island]. Island (T).

Nukuofo. The land of surprise [nuku, land; ofo, surprise]. Tract near Tuaneki-
vale, village on Vavau island (V).

Nukuokai. The land of food [nuku, land; 0, of; kai, food]. Tract near Veitongo,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Nukuola. The land of success [nuku, land; ola, success]. Tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract on Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)
—Malupo, landlord.

Nukuolaloto. Central Nukuola [loto, center, middle]. Tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Nukuolatahi. Nukuola by the sea [tahi, sea]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Nukuolauta. Inland Nukuola [uta, inland]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Nukupuku. The dwarf land [nuku, land; puku, dwarf]. Tract near Fuaamotu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Nukupule. Cowry land [nuku, land; pule, cowry]. Tract near Pangai, village
on Lifuka island (H). Also island (H).

Nukutaakinoa. The worthless torn-up land [nuku, land; taaki, to tear up; noa,
worthless]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Nukutapa. The land that glitters in the sun [nuku, land; tapa, to glitter in the
sun]. Tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Nukutapu. The sacred land [nuku, land; tapu, sacred]. Tract near Folaha, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Nukutasi. The land unsuitable in size [nuku, land; tasi, small, unsuitable in
size]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Nukutavake, The land of the tropic bird [nuku, land; tavake, tropic bird (Phae-
thon aethereus)]. Sand cay, in the Otutolu islands in the eastern part of the
Nomuka group, in southern Haapai.

Nukutolufofonu. The three lands full of water [nuku, land; tolu, three; fofonu,
full of water]. Islet (H). Exact location uncertain.

Nukutolumamaha. The three lands empty [nuku, land; tolu, three; mamaha,
empty]. Islet (H). Exact location uncertain.

Nukutula. The uncovered land [nuku, land; tula, uncovered]. Island (H).

Nukutuli. The chased land [nuku, land; tuli, to chase]. Tract near Hamula,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract on Moungaone
island (H). Tract of the gods Moso and Pusipapanga. Also tract near Tonga-
mamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Nukutulu. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (T)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 181

Nukutupu. The growing land [nuku, land; tupu, to increase]. Tract near Puko-
tala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Nukuvai. The land of water [nuku, land; vai, water]. Tract near Fuaamotu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Nunukava. To assemble together for kava [nunu, to assemble; kava, the bever-
age]. Tract near Houma, village on Eua island (T).

Nusila. To rub a sail in the hands [nusi, to rub in the hands; as washing
clothes; la, sail]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Uluka-
lala, landlord.

Nuumasia. Land of masi trees [nuu, land; masi, a tree]. Tract in Tua-
nuku, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Nuusafeo. Land of the coral [nuu, land; sa, of the; feo, coral]. Said to be a
Samoan word. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maa-
tu, landlord.

Nuuseilala. Land of the heilala tree [nuu, land; seilala, heilala tree]. Said to
be a Samoan word. Cemetery near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H), on
the tract Talaivai. Tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V)—
Motuapuaka, landlord.

Nuusila. Land of the sailyard [nuu, land; sila, sailyard]. Tract near Nukunuku,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva
island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka
island (H).

Ngaakau. Entrails, garbage. Village on Vavau island (V).

Ngaakulu. Group of kulu trees [nga, group; a, of; kulu, a kind of tree, apparently
the same as Samoan ulu, breadfruit tree]. Tract near Lapaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Ngaangehina. Gourd family [ngaange, family; hina, gourd]. This meaning, given
me by a single informant, remains unsubstantiated. Tract near Vaini, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Ngafa. A portion of work. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Ngafeso. Tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Ngahe. A kind of tree. Tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).

Ngahi. To work. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ngahi Hakaufatafehi. Reef of the loft of fehi wood [ngahi, sign of the plural;
hakau, sunken reef or rock; fata, a loft; fehi, a tree called vesi in Fijian].
A cluster of reefs on the west side of Lifuka island (H). A number of reefs
near Lifuka are named for Tongans of high rank who reside or have recently
resided on Lifuka. Apparently the present name was given in honor of Fata-
fehi, the father of the late King George II. Tupou. These names appear to be
recent and may have been bestowed by the British officers who made the hydro-
graphic survey of the archipelago. I have taken the names from the Ad-
miralty charts and not from native Tongan records.

Ngahi Hakaulevaleva. The long reefs [ngahi, sign of the plural; hakau, reef;
levaleva, long, according to one Tongan informant, whose opinion remains un-
substantiated]. A cluster of reefs on west side of Lifuka island (H).

Ngalakihaamoa. To cry for Samoa [ngala, to cry; ki, for; haamoa, Samoa]. Tract
on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Ngaloa. Long forgotten [ngalo, to forget]. The meaning “long forgotten,”
given me by a Tongan informant, remains in part unverified; ngalo means “to
forget,’ but a does not mean “long.” Perhaps a is to be regarded as an
abbreviation of loa (some time past), the lo of ngalo and the lo of loa being

182 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

fused into a single syllable. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, land-
lord.

Ngaluolua. Full of broken or separate reefs. A reef in the southern portion of the ©
Nomuka group (H).

Nganangana. Impudence. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Ngasini. The plaintive cry of a young child thoroughly tired [nga, the plaintive
ery of a young child; sini, thoroughly tired]. Tract near Pukotala, village on
Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Ngatae. A tree, Erythrina indica. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Ngataepu. To cut up sugar cane [ngata, name of one kind of sugar cane; epu, to
cut up weeds]. Tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fiela-
kepa, landlord.

Ngatamasii. The plaintive cry of a little boy [nga, the plaintive cry of a young
child; tamasii, a little boy]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, land-
lord.

Ngau. To chew the juice out of anything. A peninsula on the southern end of
Taunga island (V), which is connected with the main island by a low, narrow,
sandy isthmus—Akauola is landlord.

Ngaunoho. Panting for a spouse [nga, to pant; unoho, spouse]. Tract near Nu-
kualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Siesia, village on
Nukunukumotu island (T). Also village on Utungake island (V). Also tract
near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Ngauto. To eat sugar cane. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—
Tui Afitu, landlord.

Ngeesiapi. Empty home [ngeesi, empty; api, home]. Tract near Kolovai, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Hamula, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Leimatua, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Ngeesitoo. The shell of the too shell fish [ngeesi, shell; too, a shell fish]. Tract
near Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord.

Ngeesituitui. Empty candle nut [ngeesi, empty; tuitui, the candle nut tree and
its fruit]. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Ngeleia. To cough badly, yet be restored to health [nge, to cough; leia, alive,
restored]. Tract, district, and fortress near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pele-
hake, landlord.

Ngeleianofa. For ngeleia see the preceding. A Tongan informant states that
the word nofa refers to the courage displayed by the warriors of Taufaahau’s
(later King George I. Tupou) who captured the fortress of Ngeleia. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ngesi. A tree of very hard wood. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Ngingie. A shrub, Portulaca quadrifida. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V)

Ngofe. Name of a plant. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—
Ulukalala, landlord.

Ngofonua. Land of stone [ngo, stone; fonua, land]. This meaning from a single
Tongan informant remains unverified. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also island in lagoon of Tongatabu island (T).

Ngole. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Ngolulotu. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, land-
lord.

Ngolupoko. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 183

Ngonekai. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Ngonengone. To speak in a low voice. Tract near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fiela-
kepa, landlord.

Ngukula. Red yam [ngu, a kind of yam; kula, red]. Place on Tongatabu island
(T). On the weather shore.

Nguluhoko. To flow with a murmuring noise [ngulu, to make a murmuring noise;
hoko, to flow as the tide]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Ma-
lupo, landlord.

Ngutanga. To strain the large gut [ngu, to strain; tanga, the large gut]. Tract
on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Ngutungutu. Openings, holes. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—
Luani, landlord.

Ngutuofafine. The mouths of the women [ngutu, mouth; 0, of; fafine, women].
Tract near Nakolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Oa. A closely woven basket. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Fue, village on Vavau island (V).

Ofa. Love. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ofaihonge. Love in time of famine [ofa, love; i, in; honge, famine]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, Jandlord. Also tract near Makave,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Ofala. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Ofamai. To bring love [ofa, love; mai, to bring]. Tract near Koloa, village on
Koloa island (V).

Ofamoui. Living love [ofa, love; moui, to live, living]. Tract on Oloua island
(V).

Ofenoa. To bend by force at random [ofe, to bend by force; noa, at random].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Ofilei. Proximity of ivory [ofi, near at hand; lei, ivory]. A place within the
ancient hereditary lands of Hama of the “clan” of Haatakalaua, on Eua island
(T). Perhaps identical with tracts near Ohonua and Houma, villages on Hua
island (T).

Ofolanga. Erected wonder [ofo, wonder, marvel; langa, to erect]. Tract near
Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord. Also island (H).
Ofongamoa. The place of surprising chickens [ofo, to be surprised; nga, place;

moa, chicken]. Tract near Masilamea, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ofoumu. To restore an oven [ofo, to revive afresh; umu, oven]. Tract near
Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract
near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Ofu. Stale. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, land-
lord. Also island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Ohevai. To go because of water [o, to go, applied to two or more; he, because;
vai, water]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Ohi. The name given to the banana trees that have grown up from the roots
of former trees. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—
Ata, landlord, Haalalo, Nukuhitulu, and Folaha.

Ohoangataha. To rush upon unanimously [oho, to rush upon; angataha, unani-
mous]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Tuita, landlord.

Oholei. Provisions of ivory [oho, provisions; lei, ivory] Tract near Haatoa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ohomohe. Supper. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

184 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Ohonua. Provisions consisting of not too much and not too little [oho, provisions;
nua, not to much and not too little]. Village on Eua island (T). Also tract
near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Ohotofe. Provisions of pearl oyster [oho, provisions; tofe, pearl oyster]. Tract
near Lolotelie, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Oikanga. Still a little left. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Okeha. The coral used for metalling roads. Tract near Haateiho, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Okoa. Not fatigued. Tract on Lofanga island (H). Also island (V).

Ola. To gnaw. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V).

Olata. To go and be at home in a place [o, to go; lata, at home in a place].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Olesi. Papaya or papaw. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T).
—Maafu, landlord.

Olo. To coo. Tract near Hoi, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Sapaata, village on Niuafoou island (NF). Also tract near Ahau, village on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Oloalu. Ensnared in the creeping plant alu [olo, to ensnare; alu, a creeping
plant, used in making superior baskets]. Tract near Lakepa, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Oloeitu. To rub a side [olo, to rub; eitu, a side, a half]. Tract near Mataika,
village on Vavau island (V).

Olohahau. A pigeon cooing in the dewy mist at daybreak [olo, to coo; hahau,
mist, dew]. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Va-
kano, landlord.

Olohau. To sharpen the tattoo instrument [olo, to sharpen; hau, the instrument
used in tattooing]. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu,
landlord. Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Olohoa. To tempt a companion [olo, to tempt; hoa, companion]. Tract near
Otea, village on Kapa island (V).

Oloiafu. To rub the paper mulberry saplings [oloi, to rub; afu, the shoot or
sapling of the paper mulberry tree]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Oloiholo. To ensnare in a towel [olo, to ensnare; i, in; holo, towel]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Olokalau. Ensnared in Kalau [olo, to ensnare; kalau, an island near Eua in the
Tongatabu group]; in reference to a hermit crab which lost its shell and
found it in Kalau. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vee-
hala, landlord.

Ololika. To sharpen and to be advancing [olo, to sharpen; lika, to be advancing].
Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ololiki. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Ololua. To brush a sunken reef [olo, to brush, to rub; lua, a sunken reef]. Tracts
in and near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.
Olomaana. To ensnare for him [olo, to ensnare; maana, for him]. Tract near

Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Olomanu. To ensnare animals [olo, to ensnare; manu, animals]. Tract near
Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Olomoana. Ensnared in the ocean [olo, to ensnare; moana, ocean]. Tract near
Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Oloni. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano,
landlord.

Olonga. A shrub. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Oloolo. The bush or uncultivated land of the back part of an island. Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haakame, Nukualofa, and

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 185

Niutoua. Also tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V)—Lauaki, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Olopeka. Tn ensnare flying foxes [olo, to ensnare; peka, flying fox]. Tract near
Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tuanuku, village
on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V).

Olopuke. To scrub the deck of a canoe [olo, to scrub; puke, the deck of a
canoe]. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Olotaane. To tempt at the marriage of a chief [olo, to tempt; taane, the mar-
riage of a chief]. Tract near Koloua, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Tract
on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Uiha island (H), belonging to a god.
Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Olotahi. To ensnare in the sea [olo, to ensnare; tahi, sea]. Tract near Haa-
kame, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Olotalu. To brush a lock of hair [olo, to brush; talu, a lock of hair]. Tract
near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Olotau. To sharpen weapons for war [olo, to sharpen; tau, war]. Tract near
Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). The tract where the famous trili-
thon stands.

Olotele. To rub or brush and smooth off [olo, to rub, to brush; tele, to smooth
off]. Tracts, mound, and house near and in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T). The Tui Tonga’s residence. Also tract near Niutoua, village on
Tongatabu island (T), where resided the eleventh Tui Tonga, Tuitatui, on the
tract Heketa.

Olotongaki. To persist in flattering or courting, but unsuccessfully. Tract near
Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Olotula. To rub until bald [olo, to rub; tula, bald]. Tract near Vaipoa, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Olotutuki. To ensnare and strike [olo, to ensnare; tutuki, to strike]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Oloua. To ensnare two [olo, to ensnare; ua, two]. Island (V).

Olovaha. The space between the two hulls of the double sailing vessel. Part of
the sea near Haano island (H).

Olovale. To allure an insane person folo, to allure; vale, an insane person].
Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Olovalu. To ensnare valu fish [olo, to ensnare; valu, a fish]. Tract near Lakepa,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Olovehi. To allure gladly [olo, to allure; vehi, glad]. Tract near Tatakamotonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island
(V). Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract
on Oloua island (V). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—
Tui Afitu, landlord.

Olovehifakasia. Tomb of the chief Tuita and his family, also called Langiolovehi
and Siavakapuna, near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Olunga. Pillow. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the great lagoon.

One. Sand. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Matahau, Toko-
mololo—Maafu, landlord, Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord, and Talafoou—Lauaki,
landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract
near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tract near
Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

186 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Otuvai. A row of wells [otu, row; vai, well]. Tract near Fakakakai, village on
Haano island (H).

Qua. To desist, to cease, to give over, Island (H). Beach on Nomuka
island (H), also called Talikioua. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano
island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haa-
ngana, landlord.

‘Ouakoa. To desist on account of foam [oua, to desist; koa, foam]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Onea. Surrounded by sand [one, sand; a, to surround]. Tract near Nuapapu,
village on Nuapapu island (V). =

Oneata. Spacious sand flats [one, sand; ata, spacious]. Island (T). Also tract
on Fotuhaa island (H).

Onelahi. Sand in abundance [one, sand; lahi, abundance]. Tract near Angaha,
village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Onemaha. Barren sand [one, sand; maha, empty, devoid]. Tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Onemalae. Sand of the green [one, sand; malae, a green]. Tract near Mataika,
village on Vavau island (V).

Onemalama. Shining sand [one, sand; malama, to shine]. Tract on Tongatabu
island (T).

Onemato. Well near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). This is the pool,
referred to by Mariner, in which Finau bathed on his way to assassinate Tupou
Niua (see p. 145 of vol. 1 of Mariner, 1817 edition). It is said to have belonged
to the Tui Tonga, and people from all over Haapai joined in digging it. The
name Onemato dates from certain fighting at Velata, Lifuka, between
Taufaahau (afterwards King George I.) and Laufilitonga (afterwards 39th
Tui Tonga). Taufaahau having first postponed fighting because of lack
of guns, went to Tonga and thence to Eua, where he obtained a gun from
Kaufana, a chief. This gun was first used near the pool Onemato; hence the
name of the pool [one, gunpowder; mato, edge of precipice, referring to pre-
cipitous character of Eua, whence the gun was brought]. When Taufaahau’s
troops were asked whence they secured the gun, they replied, “From the mato.”

Oneone. Sand. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, land-
lord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Oneonelalo. Sand below [oneone, sand; lalo, below]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Oneoneloa. Long strip of sand [oneone, sand; loa, long]. Islet (H). Exact lo-
cation uncertain.

Onetale. Sand on top and earth beneath. Tract on Lape island (V). Also tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Bay
on the east coast of Vavau island (V).

Oneonetolu. Three kinds of sand [oneone, sand; tolu, three]. Tract on Oloua
island (V).

Oneui. Sand where the ui coconut grows [one, sand; ui, a kind of coconut]. Tract
near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Onevai. Watery sand [one, sand; vai, water]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also island (T). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, land-
lord. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord. Also tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, land-
lord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Onevao. Fallow sand [one, sand; vao, fallow]. Island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 187

Ono. Name of a fish. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tur
Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)
—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Onoiki. A small ono fish [ono, a fish; iki, small]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village near Lifuka island (H).

Ongea. To faint from hunger. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).
Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Ongokai. To hear and eat [ongo, to hear; kai, to eat]. Tract near Haano, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Ongolei. A pair of whale’s teeth [ongo, a pair; lei, whale’s teeth]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Pangai,.
village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Ongoongo. Renowned, celebrated. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island
(V)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Ongoongohau. To make known to the ruler [ongoongo, to make known; hau,
ruler]. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Ongoongomahu. To report abundance [ongoongo, to report; mahu, abundance].
Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Opulu. To go slowly. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Osikanga. Finished being seasick (a term used of chiefs). Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Osikatesio. To finish while I look [osi, finish; kate, I; sio, look]. Tract near
Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Osiosi. To be consumed. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Ota. Raw, not cooked. Tract on Kotu island (H). Also island (V).

Otaongo. A couple eating raw food [ota, to eat raw food; ongo, a couple]. Beach
on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Otea. Deserted. Village on Kapa island (V).

Oto. A shellfish. The name is spelt Ota on chart. Island (V).

Otualea. To speak of a god [otua, god; lea, to speak]. Tract near Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Lauaki, landlord.

Otufanga. A row of landing places [otu, a row or line; fanga, landing place].
Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Otufangavalu. Row of eight landing places [otu, row; fanga, landing place;
valu, eight. Place in eastern part of Vavau island or Vavau group.

Otukie. A row of mats [otu row; kie, mat]. Tract near Vaini, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Otukopo. Reef (T).

Otulepakena. A row of dry water holes [otu, row; lepa, water hole; kena, dry]
Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Otumakahiva. Row of nine stones [otu, row; maka, stone; hiva, nine]. Tract on
Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Otumapa. A row of mapa trees [otu, row; mapa, a tree]. Tract in Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Utungake, village on Utungake
island (V). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Otumuomua. The leading row [otu, row; muomua, to lead]. The central por-
tion of the Nomuka group comprising the principal islands Nomuka, Mango,
and Fonoifua (H).

Otutolu. A row of three [otu, row; tolu, three]. Tract near Vaotuu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also the group of islands form-
ing the eastern fringe of the Nomuka group (H).

188 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Ouoiki. Little Oua [ouo, modification of oua, the name of an island; iki, little].
Cf, Eueiki. Tract on Fetoa island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—
Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Ovaka. To go by boat [o, to go; vaka, boat]. Place on Tongatabu island (T).
On the weather shore. Also island (V).

Ovalau. Island (V).

Ovava. Name of a tree, Ficus prolixa. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Nuapapu, village
on Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)
—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Ovavake. Tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)—vVeikune, land-
lord.

Pa. A fence. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haa-
teiho, landlord.

Paano. Leased barrenness [paa, barrenness; no, to lease]. Probably a misspell-
ing of Haano in translation of manuscript concerning spread of Wesleyanism.
Tract on Haano island (H).

Paanga. A flat bean that is pitched in gambling. Tract near Tokomololo, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Paea. Destitute. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H). Also tract on Moungaone island
(H).

Paeapau. Confident pauper [paea, pauper; pau, confident]. Tract near Leimatua,
village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Paeapauu. Roguish pauper [paea, pauper; pauu, roguish]. Tract near Teekiu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Paenga. A pitching gambling place. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Paepae. To lay logs or stones as dams or sills. Tract near Nukuleka, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village
on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Paepaeotuihaafakafanua. Terraced cemetery of Tui Haafakafanua [paepae, to
lay logs or stones as dams or sills; 0, of] Cemetery on Pangaimotu island (T).

Paepaeua. Two terraced mounds [paepae, to lay logs or stones as dams or sills;
ua, two]. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Pafua. To strike the whole surface. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(H).

Pahalau. Leaves of the paha shrub [paha, a shrub; lau, leaf]. Woods on Vavau
island (V). Near Mt. Talau.

Pahia. To loathe. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
Jord.

Pahihi. Split, riven. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also
tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Pahu. A hollow tree set in water, as a filter. Tract in Nukualofa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Houma, village on Vavau
island (V).

Pahulelu. To beat soundly and forget [pahu, to beat soundly; lelu, to forget].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Paipa. Stunted tree fence [pai, trees stunted in growth; pa, fence]. Tract on
Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Paka. A crab. Tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—TFielakepa,
landlord

Pakangamatangi. Windy crab place [paka, crab; nga, place; matangi, windy].
Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 189

Pakatea. Whitich crab [paka, crab; tea, whitish]. Tract near Mua, village on
Niuafoou islaud (NF).

Pako. A kind of grass. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Ata, landlora. Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Fakafanua, landlord. Also beach on Lofanga island (H). Also tracts near
villages on Vavau island (V): near Mangia, Haakio, and Holonga. Also tract
near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near Mua,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Pakola. Enemy or stranger; Baker gives the meaning as, “Die, you wretches,”
said to be a Fijian word. Islet in lagoon near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T). An ancient poem mentions this as an island which “stood, then
disappeared.”

Pakuimei. Crust of a baked breadfruit [paku, crust; i, of; mei, breadfruit].
Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Pukuku. Dried in the soil. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Haveluliku, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Pakulaa. Hot crust [paku, crust; laa, hot]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Pakulea. To arrive and talk [paku, to arrive; lea, to talk]. Tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Palalafa. The mid rib of the coconut leaf. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Palalaua. The disease pala the subject of talk [pala, a disease; laua, to be the
subject of talk]. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Palataisi. Paradise. Tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Palau. Sound of talking [pa, sound; lau, to talk]. District and tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Palea. Full of forked spears. Tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Vei-
kune, landlord. Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Paleaooniulala. Crown of clouds of the deserted coconuts [pale, crown; 0a,
cloud; o, of; niu, coconut; lala, deserted]. Valley on Vavau island (V). Also
called Palenavu; near Mt. Kafoa.

Paleasinilau. Frontlet or crown of Sinilau [pale, frontlet or crown; a, of; sini-
lau, a god]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, land-
lord.

Palele. To strike and run [pa, to strike; lele, to run]. Tract near Houma, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island
(V).

Paleleuta. Inland Palele [uta, inland]. Tract near Haakio, village on Vavau
island (V).

Palemai. To go towards a place as one weak and friendless [pale, to go as one
weak and friendless; mai, to, towards]. Tract near Sapaata, village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Palenavu. The crown of lime [pale, crown; navu, a preparation of lime for clean-
ing the hair]. Valley on Vavau island (V). Also called Paleaooniulala; near
Mt. Kafoa.

Palenavuotalo. The crown of lime of taro [palenavu (see preceding); 0, of; talo,
taro]. Shrubs on Vavau island (V). A row of gardenias standing inland from
the beach Manutuufanga, near Mt. Kafoa. So named because of the white
flowers.

190 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Palengaingo. A place of warding off displeasure [pale, to ward off; nga, place;
ingo, displeasure]. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Palepa. A large pool of stagnant water. Tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—
Maatu, landlord.

Palesi. Paris. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Palote. Ballot. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Paloto. To strike the center [pa, to strike; loto, center]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Paluki. Beach on Lifuka island (H).

Pamaka. High rocks. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Panama. Panama. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Pangai. A gathering place, or meeting place. Village and fortress on Eua island
(T). The former name of Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also part
of the same village of Kolovai. Also green near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Taufaahau was made Tui Kanokupolu on this green, where
stood the koka tree under which the Tui Kanokupolu was invested with office.
Also tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): in Nukualofa, near
Maufanga, Folaha, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, land-
lord; also enclosure near Tatakamotonga, in which stood Langakali, the
house of the Tui Kanokupolu, where the Tui Kanokupolu Tukuaho was
assassinated in 1799; Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, Fa-
tumu, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also district and tract on Nomuka
island (H). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord. Also district and tract near Hihifo; district, tract and cemetery near
Pangai; also tract near Koulo, villages on Lifuka island (H). Also village on
Lifuka island (H), the capital of Haapai. Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa
island (H). Also district near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also
village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord. Also tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). Also tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Leimatua, village
on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Pangaifoou. New Pangai [foou, new]. Cemetery near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). The modern royal cemetery; before utilization as a
cemetery the site was called Malaekula.

Pangaihihifo. Western Pangai [hihifo, west]. Tract near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H). The leased tract of the late chief Tuita.

Pangailalo. Lower Pangai [lalo, below, beneath]. Tract near Kolovai, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Pangailiku. Pangai on the weather shore [liku, weather shore]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Pangaimotu. Pangai island [motu, island]. Island (T). Also island (V).

Paonga. A place where the game of lofa was played. Tract near Haveluliku,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Paongo. Name of a tree. Tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Vai-
poa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Tracts near vil-
lages on Niuafoou island (NF): near Mua and Tongamamao and tract with
Fotofili as landlord.

Papa. The name of a fish. Tract near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island

(NT).

Papalangi. Foreigner. Tract near Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haa-

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 191

teiho, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also
tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract on Ofu island
(V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island
(V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Papalaloa. Long timber on which tapa is printed [papa, a long hollow piece of
wood on which tapa is printed; loloa, long]. Tract near Fataulua, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Papatai. To beat the sand level as a child does when playing on the beach
[papa, plain, even as a road much trodden; tai, to beat, to strike]. Tract near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Tuanekivale,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Papatea. Whitish papa fish [papa, a fish; tea, whitish]. Tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Papekinoa. To strike the one who has nothing [pa, to strike; pe, only; ki, to;
noa, nothing. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Papiete. Papeete, Tahiti. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract
near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Pasipasi. To have become incapable of exciting interest; to weary by the same
thing over and over again. Tract on Lape island (V). Tracts near Matamaka
and Nuapapu, villages on Nuapapu island (V).

Patapata. Rough. Tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Patavale. Foolish (to select?) gravel [pata, gravel; vale, foolish]. Tract near
Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Patepate. A name given to small inferior yams. Tract in Lapaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Pato. The Muscovy duck. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Pau. Confident, fixed, determined, certain, definite. Tract near Folaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (V).

Paumoleva. Mbau and Rewa, two Fijian towns [pau, Mbau; mo, and; leva,
Rewa]. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Paunieono. Six pounds [pauni, pound; e, by; ono, six]. A modern name com-
memorating theft of six-pound tin of beef from store, by lessee of this tract.
Tract on Nukunukumotu island (T). The ancient name was Laulaupehele.

Paunofo. Certain of dwelling [pau, certain; nofo, to dwell]. Tract near Hihifo,
village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano
island (H).

Pauteni. Name of a tree. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Vaea, landlord.

Pauu. Mischief. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Pava. The house or holy place (potu tapu) of the god Ngaoaa, located on the
tract Tave near Holopeka?, village on Lifuka island (H).

Pavaka. Shield of a canoe [pa, shield; vaka, canoe]. Tract near Nukunuku,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near La-
paha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Pavilioni. Pavilion. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Pea. Bear, A fortified village on Tongotabu island (T), so named by the chief
Takai to signify the strength of the fortress.”

Peapea. Island (H).

Peesisio. Conquered ones (with) girdles going [pee, conquered one; sisi, girdle
made of leaves and flowers; o, to go (applied to two or more)]. Tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

* Pea is mentioned in John Martin, An Account of the Natives of the Tonga
Islands, 2nd. ed., vol. 1, p. 112, London, John Murray, 1818.

192 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Peitolahi. Large cook hause [peito, kitchen, cook house; lahi, large]. Tract
near Holeva, village on Koloa island (V).

Peka. Flying fox. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Peku. Blunt. Terminus on shore of great lagoon of road from Nukualofa water-
front (near Burns Philp Company's wharf) to lagoon shore, Tongatabu island
(T).

Pelehake. Rising favorite [pele, favorite, pet, darling; hake, to ascend]. Tract
near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also
cemetery near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Apparently con-
nected with the Langitaetaea. Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island
(H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Pelu. A drinking cup made from a banana leaf. Tract near Fangaleounga, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Pemuefe. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Tuita, landlord.

Pena. To mend fishing nets. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).
Penepena. To dress the head with a preparation for the purpose of cleaning it
(applied to chiefs only). Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).
Penievalu. Eight pence [peni, penny; a, by; valu, eight]. Tract near Foui, vil-

lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Penuito. The pith of the sugar cane [penu, pith; i, in; to, sugar cane]. Tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Pepea. Full of butterflies. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—
Tui Afitu, landlord.

Petani. Bethany. Tract near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Fakakakai, vil-
lage on Haano island (H). Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island
(V). Also village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Peteli. Bethlehem, abbreviated. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)
Tui Haangana, landlord.

Petelihema. Bethlehem. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Peukai. To prevent eating [peua, to prevent; kai, to eat]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Piha. A part of the ceremony at a chief’s wedding. Tract near Veitongo, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also the eastern passage into Tongatabu harbor.
Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Pikingapala. Rotten sticky place [piki, to stick to; nga, place; pala, rotten].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Pikopiko. Misrepresentation. Tract near Haalalo, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Pili. A small lizard. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tui Vakano, landlord.

Pilimokaupua. Conquered lizard of the pua tree [pili, lizard; mokau, conquered;
pua, a tree]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Pipi. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord, Talafoou—Lauaki, landlord, and Kolonga—Nuku,
landlord.

Pipiko. Weary, tired. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Pipilotoi. A pipi tree that stands in center [pipi, name of a tree; lotoi, center,
middle]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V).

Pitoopapuni. Navel of Papuni [pito, navel; 0, of; papuni, a Tui Tonga’s son].
It is likely that his umbilical cord was buried in this mound, following the
usual custom. Mound located on the northeastern promontory of Fofoa island,
opposite Hunga island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 193

Piu. Name of a tree with large leaves which are used as umbrellas. Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Mau-
fanga—Fakafanua, landlord, and Talafoou—Lauaki, landlord. Also tract on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Poatalefusi. Port Refuge [poata, port; lefusi, refuge]. Anchorage at Vavau
island (V).

Pofala. Caught with a mat [po, caught; fala, mat]. Tract near Tuuhetoka, vil-
lage on Haafeva island (H).

Poha. The forehead. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord. Also district on the border of hereditary lands of Nuku and
Tungi in northeastern Tongatabu (T).

Pohalalo. Lower Poha [lalo, below, beneath]. Tract near Kolonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Pohiva. A night of singing [po, night; hiva, to sing]. Tract near Holonga, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Pohua. Laughable night [po, night; hua, laughable]. Tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Poi. Preparation of food. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Pokale. Night of running fast [po, night; kale, to run fast]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Pokitau. Night (of going) to war [po, night; ki, to; tau, war]. Spring or
streamlet on Tongatabu island (T). Near Mua (Lapaha and Tatakamotonga).

Pokoua. Two openings [poko, opening, aperture; ua, two]. Tract near Havelu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord.

Polataane. Coconut leaves platted for the marriage of a chief [pola, coconut
leaves platted; taane, marriage of a chief]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H)—
Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).
Also western gate of fortress at Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Polepole. To boast. Tract near Kolovai, village near Tongatabu island (T)—
Ata, landlord.

Polo. The chili pepper plant. Tract near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Poloa. Night of squally darkness [po, night; loa, darkness preceding a squall].
Island (T).

Polonga. A war prisoner. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Layaka, landlord. Also fortress in Hihifo district, Tongatabu island (T)—
Vahai, landlord.

Polotani. Stained mat [polo, mat used to sit on; tani, stained]. Tract on Niua-
toputapu island (NT).

Pomanga. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Ponahiva. Nine privates [pona, privates; hiva, nine]. A mound on hill above
the mound Lefelefevalu, in the tract Fakaahuahu, near the present race course,
between Tufuvai and Kolomaile, villages on Eua island (T). The mound is
said to be one of the transformed nocturnal lovers (manaia) of Lefelefevalu,
once a woman. Daylight overtook Ponahiva and his companion Fasikiato in
their nocturnal wooing and they and the lady were transformed into mounds.
See Lefelefevalu and Fasikiato.

Ponepe. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V). This name was given
by a man from an island of this name, said to be somewhere in the Tokelau
or Marquesas groups. The man was well known all over Tonga as Tiki (Dick)

194 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Ponepe; he died a few years ago. It seems likely to me that Ponape in the
Carolines was more probably the home of this individual.

Ponilaula. Probably Penilaula: Ben Fleet [peni, Ben, Benjamin; laula, fleet].
Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ponono. Catching nono insects [po, to catch; nono, name of an insect]. Tract
on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Popoakinoa. To send a message for nothing [popoaki, to send a message; noa,
for nothing]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Popoakuoa. Loose rotten earth thrown up with the hands [popo, rotten; aku,
to throw up loose earth with the hands]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Popoloto. Rotten inside [popo, rotten; loto, inside]. Tract near Fuaamotu, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Popua. To catch seaweed [po, to catch; pua, seaweed]. Tract on Eua island
(T). Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Utulau, Nukualofa,
Maufanga, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Manuka, Fuaamotu—Tungi, land-
lord. Also hill on Tongatabu island (T), east of Maufanga; the hill is called
Cook’s hill. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also
tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, vil-
lage on Lifukaisland (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V).
Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Tracts near Neiafu
and Toula, villages on Vavau island (V).

Popuaholoiufi. Popua of the knocked down yams [holoi, to knock down; ufi,
yam]. The name evidently refers to the mythical sending down of yams from
the sky. (See story of the first Tui Tonga”). Tract near Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Popualalo. Lower Popua [lalo, lower]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island
(T).

Popuatahi. Popua by the sea [tahi, sea]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Popuauta. Inland Popua [uta, inland]. Tract near Houma, village on Eua island
Ch):

Posi. To hiss in anger. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Potaele. Night of bathing [po, night; taele, to bathe]. Tract near Vaipoa, vil-
lage on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Potauhi. An undergrowth of uhi shrub [pota, undergrowth; uhi, a shrub]. Tract
near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Poteki. To seize and cause to start in fright [po, to seize; teki, to start, as in
fright]. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Poto. A shellfish. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Potoi. Real clever. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—
Maatu, landlord.

Potokoma. Bay of Poto shellfish [poto, a shellfish; komaki, a bay]. Tract near
Haasini, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Potokouna. Wisdom in commanding [poto, wisdom; kouna, to command]. Tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Potuhala. Wrong place [potu, place; hala, wrong]. Tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V).

Potuvela. Hot place [potu, place; vela, hot]. Tract near Angaha, village on

Niuafoou island (NF).

28 Gifford, E. W. Tongan myths and tales: B. P. Bishop Mus. Bul. 8, 1923.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 195

Pouhiva. Nine posts [pou, post; hiva, nine]. Tract near Nukuleka, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Poukula. Red post [pou, post; kula, red]. Tract on Tongatabu island (T). In
Hihifo district. Also tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also
tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Poukulalalo. Lower red post [pou, post; kula, red; lalo, lower]. Tract near
Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Poukulauta. Inland red post [pou, post; kula, red; uta, inland]. Tracts near
Kanokupolu and Kalaau, villages on Tongatabu island (T).

Pouli. Darkness. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku,
landlord.

Poulikaeeva. Dark but walking about [pouli, dark; kae, but; eva, to walk
about]. A large tree at the mound Otumakavalu, on or near Mt. Kafoa on
Vavau island (V).

Poulipeakovi. Dark and bad [pouli, dark; pea, and; kovi, bad]. Tract near
Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Pouma. To rely on the native bread in time of famine [poupou, to support, to
strengthen; ma, bread]. Tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract on Hunga island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Poumanga. Forked post [pou, post; manga, forked]. Tract on Fotuhaa island
(BH).

Poungatae. Post of ngatae wood [pou, post; ngatae, a tree]. Tract near Fele-
toa, village on Vavau island (V).

Pouono. Six posts [pou, six; ono, post]. Green near Maufanga, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T). Also tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Also cemetery and meeting house in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Poupe. Posts only [pou, post; pe, only]. Tract near Leimatua, village on Va-
vau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Pousini. Refuge place for offenders [poupou, support, succor; sini, thoroughly
tired]. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.
Also tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.
Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli land-
lord. Also Islet (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Pousiniuta. The inland Pousini [uta, inland]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on
Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Poutaha. One post [pou, post; taha, one]. Tract near Nukuleka, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Poutolu. Three posts [pou, post; tolu, three]. Tract near Longoteme, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord.

Poutuu. Standing post [pou, post; tuu, standing]. Tract near Pangai, village
on Lifuka island (H).

Pouvalu. Hight posts [pou, post; valu, eight]. Tract near Haateiho, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also the name of a house of
the Tui Tonga’s.

Povalu. Hight nights [po, night; valu, eight]. A place where much fighting took
place, near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Pua. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Houma—Vaea, landlord, Puke—Fohe, landlord, Nukualofa, and Hamula—Pangia,
landlord. Also mound on Tongatabu island (T). Also tracts near Pangai and
Koulo, villages on Lifuka (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island
(H). Also tracts in and near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).
Also tract on Olou island (V). Also tract on Okoa island (V). Also tract in
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V).

196 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Puakalahi. Large pig [puaka, pig; lahi, large]. Tract near Kolonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Puakatea. Whitish pig [puaka, pig; tea, whitish]. Tract on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Pualiki. Small pua tree [pua, a tree; liki, small]. Tract near Vaipoa, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Pualoto. Central pua tree [pua, a tree; loto, central]. Tract near Fahefa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Pualoutoko, A place where pua trees and loutoko breadfruit grow together [pua,
a tree; loutoko, a kind of breadfruit]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Puatokia. Ravished pua tree [pua, a tree; tokia, to ravish]. Tract near Haateiho,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Vei-
tongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Pue. To win, to be first. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Puha. A box. Tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, land-
lord.

Puhaava. Open box [puha, box; ava, open]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Puhamomala. Heat and evil [puha, heat; mo, and; mala, evil]. Beach on Tonga-
tabu island (T). On weather shore.

Puhao. Box of [puha, box; 0, of, belonging to]. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Puki Rock. [Puhi, to spit]. Rock near Ofolanga island (H).

Puhoiatu. The brain pan of the bonito [puho, brain pan of fish; i, in; atu, bo-
nito]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Pui. To give orders. Tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Fakafanua, landlord.

Pukatefua. Tract near Lapaha. village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord.

Puke. The outworks of a fortress. Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Pukefeo. To grasp coral [puke, to grasp; feo, coral]. Reef on west side of
Lifuka island (H).

Puketefua. Assembled yam hillocks [puke, the hillock or mound in which the
yam is planted; tefua, to be assembled together]. Tract near Tongamamao,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Pukitua. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Puko. Name of a tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Foui—Vahai, landlord, Houma—Vaea, landlord, and Niutoua. Also tract
on Nomuka island (H). Atso tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island
(V). Also tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Pukolea. Talking puko tree [puko, a tree; lea, to talk]. A mythical tree of
Pulotu, the world of the departed.

Pukota. Row of puko bananas [puko, a variety of the banana; ta, a row of
bananas]. Tract near Houma, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near
Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Pukotala. Puko tree where matters are spoken of [puko, a tree; tala, to speak
of]. Tract on Haano island (H). Also village on Haano island (H). Also
district near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H).

Pukotatanoa. The puko tree like a large kava bowl [puko, a tree; tatanoa, a
large kava bowl]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Pukotefua. Assembled puko trees [puko, a tree; tafua, to assemble]. Tract near
Haveluliku, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 197

Pukotuutaha. One standing puko tree [puko, a tree; tuu, to stand; taha, one].
Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Pukovili The name of a tree. Tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Pule. A cowry. Tract near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract
near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Pulefanga. To govern the landing place [pule, to govern; fanga, landing place].
Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Puleia. That which is governed [pule, to govern]. Tract near Haatafu, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Puleieia. To be governed by himself [pulei, to be governed; e, by; ia, himself].
Village on Ofolanga island (H).

Pulekoleva. Governor forthwith [pule, governor; ko, prefix; leva, forthwith].
Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Pulemoui. Governor of life [pule, governor; moui, life]. A tract on Uiha island
(H), that formerly belonged to a deity.

Puleniafi. In charge of the fire [puleni, in charge of; afi, fire]. Place (T).

Pulepuleinu. Pulepule shellfish drinking [pulepule, a shellfish; inu, to drink].
Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Pulepulekai. Pulepule shellfish eating [pu/epule, a shellfish; kai, to eat]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Ngaunoho,
village on Utungake island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Foto-
fili, landlord.

Pulesi. A cowry tossed or thrown along [pule, cowry; si, to toss or throw along].
Tract on Fetoa island (H).

Puletahi. Sea cowry [pule, cowry; tahi, sea]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Pulimokau. Hidden and conquered [puli, hidden; mokau, conquered]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Pulinitu. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V).

Pulotu. The land of the departed and home of certain of the gods. Tract near
Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near La-
paha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Koloa, village on
Koloa island (V).

Pulotuakaaka. Rooty Pulotu [akaaka, rooty, full of roots]. A place in Pulotu,
the land of the departed, evidently in the “interior,” as Pulotutuumau is at
the entrance.

Pulotutuumau. Steadfast Pulotu [tuumau, steadfast]. A place in Pulotu, the
land of the departed, at which vessels from the world of mortals first arrive.
Pulu. Husk of the coconut. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)

—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Pulupulu. The gummy substance from the banana. Tract near Nukualofa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Pumalili. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Pumeitahi. Tract near Haatoa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Puna. A leap, a bound. Streamlet near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.
Also tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, land-
lord. Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Named after the
streamlet Puna, near Pea, Tongatabu, the original home of Tevita Uasi, the
holder of this tract. The older name of the tract is Moka. Also tract near
Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

198 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Punalei. To rebound like ivory [puna, to rebound; lei, ivory]. Tract on Haa-
feva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract on Fotuhaa island (H). Also
tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Punalofia. To leap and overspread [puna, to leap; lofia, to overspread]. Tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also
tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF). Obtained also as Pu-
naolofia.

Punga. A large piece of coral. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui
Afitu, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Pupu. To ooze out. Tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Pupuamatea. Deadly whirlpool [pupua, whirlpool; matea, deadly]. Whirlpool
near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T). This is a hole in reef where
there is bad backwash and suction.

Putoni. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Putuputua. Things near together. Island (H).

Putuu. Close, near together. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Veehala, landlord.

Sa. Rafters of a house. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Sahaamo. Forbidden to carry a burden on the shoulders [sa, forbidden in Sa-
moan; haamo, to carry on the shoulders]. Tract near Mangia, village on
Vavau island (V).

Sailo. Tract near Haasini, village near Tongatabu island (T).

Saina. China. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Saione. Zion. Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Saipalusi. Cyprus. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Salani. This hood [sala, hood; ni, this]. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Sale. Tracts near Tuanekivale and Holonga, villages on Vavau island (V).

Salelei. To be beautiful. Said to be a Samoan word. Tract near Tatakamo-
tonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Sali. To cut or dig out copra from the coconut shell. Tract near Kolonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Salolongo. Tract on Mango island (H).

Salono. Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Samo. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Sanafesi. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Sano. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Sapaata. Sparta. Tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
in Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Saualalo. The small pieces of mulberry bark for tapa. Said to be a Samoan
word. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Sauniatu. To give in reward [sauni, to reward; atu, to give]. Tract in Hautu,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Savaieke. To deceive. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka,
landlord. Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Savelu. A fowl without feathers. Tract near Tongamamao, village near Niua-
foou island (NF).

Seilala. Heilala tree. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Seliko. Jericho. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Okoa island (V).

Selila. A place or an offshore rock on the west side of Haano island (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 199

Selusalema. Jerusalem. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fotofili, landlord.

Sene. A big bowl. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Hautu,
Matafonua—Tui Vakano, landlord, and Nukualofa.

Setane. Satan. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Sevia. Serbia. Tract in Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Si. Name of a shrub. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Foui—Vahai, landlord, Houma—vVaea, landlord, Toko-
mololo, Pea—Lavaka, landlord, Nukualofa, Nukuhitulu, and Kolonga—Nuku,
landlord. Also tract near Tunauku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Sia. Artificial mound. Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). Also
tract on Eueiki island (T). Also tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Ahau, Houma—Vaea, landlord, Utulau, Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord,
Nukuhitulu, Folaha, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, Nukuleka—Pangia, landlord,
and Fatumu. Also tract on Oua island (H). Also tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also
tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tracts near vil-
lages on Vavau island (V): near Taoa, Neiafu, Mataika, and Tuanekivale.
Also tract near Matavai, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tracts
near Angaha and Fataulua, villages on Niuafoou island (NF).

Siaafafine. Mound of the women [sia, mound; a, of; fafine, women]. A mound
on Nomuka island (H), where a chief woman and other women used to as-
semble. Men catching pigeons at other mounds brought them already cooked
to the chief woman. Said also to have been used for pigeon catching.

Siaalongo. Good and peaceful [siaa, good; longo, peaceful]. Tract near Tefisi,
village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Siaamoko. Mound of the gecko [sia, mound; a, of; moko, gecko]. Tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Siaatevolo. Mound of the devil [sia, mound; a, of; tevolo, devil]. Tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Siaaukamea. Mound of iron [sia, mound; a, of; ukamea, iron]. Mound on No-
muka island (H).

Siafaletaha. Mound with one house [sia, mound; fale, house; taha, one]. Tract
near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Siafau. Mound of the fau tree [sia, mound; fau, a tree]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Siafokimoana. A mound used in determining the distance from shore when out
in ocean fishing [sia, mound; foki, to turn back; moana, ocean]. A mound on
Nomuka island (H), located on promontory affording a view of the ocean.

Siafoou. New mound [sia, mound; foou, new]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Siahaamo. Mound (the earth for which was) carried on the shoulders [sia,
mound; haamo, to carry on the shoulders suspended from each end of a stick].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract
near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Siahiemo. The mound of licking semen [sia, mound; hi, semen; emo, to lick].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

200 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Siahinefaitehina. Mound of girl that has many sisters and girl cousins [sia,
mound; hine, girl; fai, many; tehina, sisters]. Mound on Tatafa island (H).
Sacred to the pigeon-god Foliakiipulotu.

Siaine. China banana. Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). Also
tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Siakanume. Mound of the kanume trees [sia, mound; kanume, a tree]. A mound
on Nomuka island (H), serving as a chief’s resting place; said also to have
been used for pigeon-catching.

Siakape. Mound where kape is grown [sia, mound; kape, (Arum costatum) ].
Pigeon mound on Uoleva island (H).

Siakokafoa. Mound of the fractured koka tree [sia, mound; koka, a tree; foa, to
fracture]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Siakotoloke. Pigeon mound on Haano island (H).

Siakoveiongo. The mound called Veiongo [sia, mound; ko, a prefix; veiongo,
(name of hill: see Veiongo). Mt. Zion, Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(a):

Sialaka. The mound that is passed [sia, mound; laka, to pass by]. Tract on
Fotuhaa island (H).

Siale. Gardenia. Tract near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Foui—
Vahai, landlord, Fahefa—Veehala, landlord, Haalalo, Haateiho—Tui Haateiho,
landlord, Tatakamotonga, Talafoou—Lauaki, landlord, Navutoka—Tungi, land-
lord, Hamula—Pangia, landlord, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord. Also tract on Niua-
toputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Sialehola. Deserted gardenia [siale, gardenia; hola, to desert]. Tract near Hihi-
fo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Sialetafa. A shrub. A tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract on Ofu island (V).

Sialongoakau. The quiet mound of trees [sia, mound; longo, quiet; akau, tree].
Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T).

Siamafuauta. Shore mound of rising ground formed for the purpose of bounding
rods along in the game called sika [sia, mound; mafua, a rising ground form-
ed for the purpose of bounding rods along in the game called sika; uta, shore].
Mound near Holeva, a point of land east of Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T). For other spellings see Siamofuauta and Siumafuauta.

Siamaka. Mound of stone [sia, mound; maka, stone]. Pigeon mound on Uoleva
island (H). Said to be built entirely of stone.

Siamamataatu. Mound from which bonitos were looked for [sia, mound; mama-
ta, to see; atu, bonito]. Pigeon mound on Uoleva island (H).

Siamane. Germany. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Siamaue. The shaken mound [sia, mound; mauei, to be shaken]. Tract on Niua-
foou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Siamoana. Ocean mound [sia, mound; moana, ocean]. Mound near Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Siamofuauta. The mound of the lady Mofuauta [sia, mound]. A stone-walled
moundlike structure built by the Tui Tonga Pau and named for his sister
Mofuauta, or Siamofuauta as her name appears in the genealogies. Near
Holeva, a point of land east of Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).
For other spellings see Siamafuauta and Siumafuauta.

Siaotumakavalu. Mound of the row of eight stones [sia, mound; otu, row; maka,
stone; valu, eight. Pigeon mound on or near Mt. Kafoa on Vavau island (V).

Siatanu. The concealed mound [sia, mound; tanu, to conceal]. Tract near Haa-
tafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 201

Siatengaimapa. Mound of the seed of the mapa [sia, mound; tengai, seed; mapa,
a plant]. Pigeon mound on Nomuka island (H).

Siatoloke. Pigeon mound on Uoleva island (H).

Siavakapuna. Mound of the leaping vessel [sia, mound; vaka, vessel; puna, to
leap]. Tomb of the chief Tuita and his family, near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). It is also called Langiolovehi and Olovehifakasia.

Siesia. Small mound. Village, mound, and tract on Nukunukumotu island
(T). In this mound is buried the umbilical cord of Mafitoutai, a woman of rank.

Sifa. The mother-of-pearl] shell. Tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near
Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Sifisifi. Name of a fish, the John Dory. Tract near Lavengatonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Siikaeha. Small but visible [sii, small; kae, but; ha, visible]. Tract near Fuaa-
motu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract in
Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Matavai, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).
Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Siikaepa. Small but reported [sii, small; kae, but; pa, to be reported]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Siimuaa. Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Sikaaveka. The flying of the rail [sika, to fly; a, of; veka, the rail (Rallus
pectoralis)]. Tract on Haafeva island (H).

Sikeanga. A place where people sit on their heels [sikesike, to sit on the heels;
anga, place]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Sikite. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Sikiviu. Name of a bird, Lalage terat. Tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord. Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Sikoa. Full of excrescences. Tract on Fetoa island (H).

Sikoangaveka. Place of excrescence of the rail [siko, excrescence; anga, place;
veka, rail (Rallus pectoralis) }.

Sikula. The red si plant [si, a snrub; kula, red]. Tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pele-
hake, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Sila. Sailyard. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalau-
fuli, landlord.

Silaa. Turned towards the sun [si, to turn towards; laa, sun]. Tract near Tala-
foou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord. Also tract near Fale-
loa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Silekatahi. Sileka plant near the sea [tahi, sea]. Tract on Matuku island (H)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Silekauta. Inland sileka plant [uta, inland]. Tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Silika. Silk. Tract on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Silikitaku. To fish with a hand net and call the fish [sili, to fish with a hand
net; ki, unto; taku, to call by, to designate]. Tract near Fotua, village on
Foa island (H).

Siliva. To fish with a hand net and laugh and make a noise [sili, to fish with
a hand net; va, to laugh and make a noise]. Tract near Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Lapaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Vakataumai, vil-

202 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

lage on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island
(NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Simata. To hit the eye. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Simeika. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Simelo. Ripe si [si, a shrub; melo, ripe]. Tract near Manuka, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Simua. The first si plant [si, a shrub; mua, first]. Tract on Fonoifua island
(H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Sinoa. To throw anything away for nothing [si, to toss; noa, for nothing, ran-
dom]. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Sinoieiki. Chiefs in blood [sino, body; i, in; eiki, chief]. District in eastern
part of Hihifo, district on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Kolovai, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Sio. Name of a shellfish. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Maafu, landlord. Also tract near Hoi, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Siofele. Scattered sio shellfish [sio, shellfish; fele, to be scattered]. Tract

in Fatai, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Siofile. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Sionoa. To look for nothing [sio, to look; noa, for nothing]. Tract near Utulau,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Sipaila. The end of a sail [sipai, end; la, sail]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)
—Fusitua, landlord.

Sipangai. To throw to Pangai [si, to throw; pangai, meeting place of chief].
Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also place on weather shore of
Eua island (T), and within the hereditary lands formerly belonging to Hama
of the “clan” of Haa Takalaua.

Sipi. The noise by which it is known the party has killed an enemy. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Sisi. A dress for working in, made from the leaves of the si plant. One of two
stones formerly standing at the village of Toula, Vavau island (T). The stones
were believed to be the deities Sisi and Faingaa. One stone has been de-
stroyed.

Sisia. Covered with leaf dresses. Tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tracts near Kapa and Vakataumai, villages on Kapa island (V). Island (V).
Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Sisialuo. Hole covered with leaf dresses [sisia, covered with leaf dresses; luo,
hole]. Tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V).

Sisifa. To glide, to shoot along. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Sisihalaika. Leaf dress of the fish road [sisi, a dress of leaves; hala, road; ika,
fish]. Mound on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Sitake. To crack a young coconut for drinking, sitaki. Tract near Houma, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Siuatama. To seek sharks belonging to boys [siu, to seek sharks; a, belonging
to; tama, boy]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore. Also
beach on Tofua island (H). The name refers to the youths of Tofua island
who were transformed into sharks.29 Also tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Siufanga. Canoe-racing beach [siu, to race with paddling canoes; fanga, beach].
Beach on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Siulangapo. To set out to seek sharks in the night [siu, to seek sharks; langa,
to set in motion; po, night]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vahai, landlord.

29 ( p. cit.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 203

Siumafuauta. To seek sharks in a shoal of small fish near the shore [siu, to
seek sharks; mafua, a shoal of small fish; uta, shore]. Mound near Holeva,
a point of land east of Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). For other
spellings of name of mound see Siamafuauta and Siamofuauta.

Siumalu. To seek sharks when the wind is mild [siu, to seek sharks; malu,
mild (applied to the wind)]. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Ata, landlord. Also district and beach on Lofanga island (H).

Siumu. To seek mu fish [siu, to seek sharks; mu, a kind of fish]. Tract near
Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Siuvakatele. A race with smoothed canoes [siu, a race with paddling canoes;
vaka, canoe; tele, to smooth off, to plane, to shave]. Tract near Kolovyai, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Sivesiva. A Tongan dance. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Soa. To feast and be awake [so, to feast; a, to be awake]. Tract near Haakame,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Sofata. To feast in a litter [so, to feast; fata, a bier, a litter]. Tract near Ko-
loa, village on Koloa island (V).

Sokisoki. A spiny fish. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).

Solo. To loiter. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Solosolo. Said to be a Samoan word. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Sonau. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Sopi. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Soso. A good many. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Nuku, landlord.

Sotoma. Said to be a Biblical name. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island
(V).

Supaata. Perhaps a misspelling of Sapata. Tract in Fuaamotu, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Suva. Suva, the capital of Fiji. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island
(V).

Suvilolo. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, land-
lord.

Taaemaka. To hew the stone [ta, to hew; ae, the; maka, stone]. A path across
the ford between Uoleva and Lifuka islands (H).

Taaloalofa. To beckon at sea in a loving manner [taalo, to beckon at sea; a, of;
lofa, love]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Taamaunau. Perhaps Taamaumau. Destructive taa fish [taa, the name of a fish;
maumau, destructive]. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Taanea. A town of warriors. Village on Vavau island (V).

Taanevale. Foolish marriage of a chief [taane, marriage of a chief; vale, fool-
ish]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano,
landlord.

Taanga. Wood cut down. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also
place on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Taangakiki. The place of getting meat and fish for eating purposes [ta, the act
of getting; anga, place; kiki, term used of meat or anything eaten with vege-
tables]. Tract and district near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Taangaloa. Long pieces of wood being cut [taanga, to cut wood; loa, long].
Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Taangamotu. Broken cut-down wood [taanga, wood cut down; motu, broken.]
Tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

204 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Taanganiu. The cutting down of coconut trees [taanga, the cutting down of
wood; niu, coconut tree]. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Nuku, landlord.

Taangapolata. The cutting down of banana trees [taanga, the cutting down of
wood; polata, the stem of the banana plant]. Tract near Taoa, village on
Vavau island (V). Also a place at Haakalualuo, near Mr. Kafoa, Vavau island
(V). Here two gods, Lotu and Toka, who were afterwards transformed into
little hills, cut banana stems with which to swim. The element they tried to
swim in was not the sea, as they thought, but mist, and when they kicked out
to swim they hit the ground. When day came they rushed forth and became
two small hills.

Taasokiki. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Taeamanaki. Not anticipated. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, land-
lord.

Taefaetua. Without a commoner mother [tae, without; fae, mother; tua, com-
moner]. See next name which may be the correct rendering. Tract near
Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Taefaitua. Not doing anything outside [tae, not; fai, to do; tua, outside]. See
preceding name which may be the correct rendering. Tract near Haano, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Taehaloto. Not appearing inside [tae, not; ha, to appear; leto, inside]. Tract
near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also
tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Taeiloa. Unknown. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili,
landlord.

Taemangai. Unable to walk. Tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Taemangoi. Unsubdued, unconquered. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Taemauapi. Not obtainable tract [taemau, not obtainable; api, tract]. District
on Lofanga island (H).

Taepau. Undetermined. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Taepu. Not blowing or puffing. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Taetoua. Being without someone who makes the kava beverage. Tract in
Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Taeufiufi. Uncovered. Tract near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Tafaakilangi. The horizon. Tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Tafaata. To taste of freedom [tafa, to taste of; ata, free, disengaged]. Name
said to have been given by Kinikinilau, the lover of the daughter of the Tui
Kanokupolu Atamataila. Tract on Nukunukumotu island (T).

Tafahi. To strike and split [ta, to strike; fahi, to split]. Tract in Mau-
fanga, village of Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lakepa, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also village on Tafahi island (NT). Also
island named Boscawen (NT). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tafahilau. Talkative Tafahi [lau, talkative]. Tract near Tafahi, village on Tafahi
island (NT).

Tafaitua. To gash the back [tafai, to gash; tua, back]. Tract on Fotuhaa island
(H). Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Tafakihalamaka. To cut to the stone road [tafa, to cut; ki, to; hala, road; maka,
stone]. Tract in Koloua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 205

Tafameitahi. Applied to fish when brought from the sea already dressed for
cooking [tafa, to carve; mei, from; tahi, sea]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Tafamounga. To cut the mountain [tafa, to cut; mounga, mountain]. Tract
in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Tafanga. Cleared; free from trees. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Tafangafanga. A spot free from trees. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Houma—Vaea, landlord, Utulau, Hofoa, Veitongo, Holonga, and Ko-
longa—Nuku, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.
Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near
Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on
Ovaka island (V). Also rtacts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Neiafu,
Houma, and Haalaufuli—Afu Haalaufuli, Indlord. Also tract near Falehau,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near Mataaho, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Tafasia. To cut the mound [tafa, to cut; sia, artificial mound]. Tract near Mau-
fanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Tafatafaakilangi. The horizon. Tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V)
—Fulivai, landlord.

Tafatahia. The meeting place of the land and sea [tafa, to cut, to carve; tahi,
sea]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Tafato. To cut sugar cane [tafa, to cut; to, sugar cane]. Tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputabu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tafatolu. Three gashes [tafa, a gash; tolu, three]. Tract near Otea, village on
Kapa island (V).

Tafea. To be carried away by the stream. Tract near Fangaleounga, village
on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Tafekitahi. To flow to the sea [tafe, to flow; ki, to; tahi, sea]. Tract on Ovaka
island (V).

Tafengatoto. Flowing place of blood [tafe, to flow; nga, place; toto, blood].
Cemetery near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Near Neiafutahi.

Tafengauha. Flowing place of rain [tafe, to flow; nga, place; uha, rain]. Tract
near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract
near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Tafeta. To flow and beat against [tafe, to flow; ta, to beat]. Tract near La-
paha, village on Tongatabu island—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tafetafe. To flow gently. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Tafeuni. To drop and to collect together [tafe, to drop; uni, to collect together].
Tract in Hofoa, village on Tengatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract on Oua island
(H). Also village on Vavau island (V).

Tafoto. To strike with something barbed [ta, to strike; foto, barbed]. Tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tafua. A canoe made by hollowing out a single tree. Tract near Lapaha, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Falevai, vil-
lage on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Tafuamasi. A dugout canoe made of masi tree [tafua, dugout canoe; masi,
name of a tree]. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala,
landlord.

Tafue. To blow strong and boisterous. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

206 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tafulava. A burrow or hole for fish bait [tafu, a burrow, a hole; lava, a bait for
fish]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Tafumasii. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Tafuna. A pile of kava. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)
Maatu, landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Tafungofunga. High, hilly, uneven. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Veehala, landlord. Also tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord. Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord. Also tract near Houma, village on Vavau island (V).

Tafutau. To stir up war [tafu, to fan up a fire; tau, war]. Tract near Kapa,
village on Kapa island (V).

Tahaaho. One day [taha, one; aho, day]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Tahamoona. One for him [taha, one; moona, for him]. Tract near Haano, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Tahatala. One told [taha, one; tala, to tell]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Tahaua. One, two: twelve [taha, one; ua, two], Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tahisi. A kind of ailment caused by the devil. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Tahonga. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Taianga. Dusty place [tai, to powder, to dust; anga, place]. Tract near Utulei,
village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Taifisi. Fijian dust bag [tai, a small dust bag; fisi, Fijian]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Taihonge. Small dust bag used in time of famine [tai, a small dust bag; honge,
famine]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Taimuisei. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tainamu. To strike mosquitoes [tai, to strike; namu, mosquito]. Tract on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract on Moungaone island (H).

Taioi. To strike and pulverize [tai, to strike; oi, to pulverize]. Tract near Haa-
tafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Taitai. Hungry, brakish. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Taitunga. To cut a joint in cane [tai, to cut; tunga, the joint in cane]. Tract
on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Takaamoatoa. The going about and doing of a courageous fowl [taka, to go
about and do; a, of; moa, fowl; toa, courageous]. District near Tuanuku, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Malupo, landlord.

Takahala. To go about in the road [taka, to go about; hala, road]. Tract near
Manuka, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Takahilipakisi. Cemetery on Nomuka island (H). Within present village limits.

Takaifanga. To go about in a landing place [taka, to go about; i, in; fanga,
landing place]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai,
landlord.

Takaka. To go about and treat the gods with contempt [taka, to go about and
do; ka, to treat the gods with contempt]. Tract near Tuanekivale, village on
Vavau island (V).

Takakonifatongia. To go about limping at one’s compulsory work [taka, to go
about and do; koni, to limp, to hobble; fatongia, compulsion, work done for
the government]. Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Takala. Name of a tree. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 207

Takalongo. To go about quietly [taka, to go about; longo, quiet]. Tract near
Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Takamoehiva. To walk about singing [taka, to go about; moe, and; hiva, to
sing]. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.
Takamokuihaa. To live with another “clan” and ignore one’s own [taka, to
live; mo, and; kui, blind; haa, “clan’]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha

island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Takamuafoou. A stranger having forward ways [takamua, forward ways, being
familiar; foou, new]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Takangafohe. A paddle attendant of a chief [takanga, attendant of a chief; fohe,

a paddle]. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Takangamaukava. The chief’s attendant who obtains kava [takanga, attendant
of a chief; mau, to obtain; kava, the plant, (Piper methysticum)] Tract near
Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Utulei, village on
Pangaimotu island (V).

Takape. To be short or destitute of clothing. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Takapeleva. To be destitute of clothing at once [takape, to be destitute of cloth-
ing; leva, at once]. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Faka-
tulolo, landlord.

Takapu. To marry into and become master of the family. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Takatakapauu. To walk about mischievously [takataka, to walk about; pauu,
mischievous]. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Takatuapaka. To evade and absent oneself from chiefs [takatua, to absent one-
self from chiefs; paka, to evade]. Tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island
(V).

Takatupu. To witness growth [taka, to witness; tupu, growth]. Tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Takaunove. Fijian Thakaunove. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.
Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Takenu. To throw dirt in every direction. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa
island (H).

Takitaki. To hang suspended. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on Oloua island (V).

Takitonu. To lead straight [taki, to lead; tonu, straight]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Takohali. To get into the family but to be of no importance. Tract on Fotuhaa
island (H).

Takolo. To strike a fortress [ta, to strike; kolo, a fortress]. Tract near Ma-
taaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Takoto. To lie down (two or more). Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Takua. To call by, to designate. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord.

Takuilau. To designate in talking [taku, to designate; i, in; lau, to talk]. A
sand mound of cemetery (faitoka) type in which were buried excised portions
of Tui Tonga’s anatomy; in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
site of house of female Tui Tonga, in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Now occupied by a convent.

Takupolu. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord

208 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tala. To tell. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Talaa. Undecided. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Talaafefine. To tell of a woman [tala, to tell; a, of; fefine, woman]. Tract near
Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Talaahoia. To tell at daybreak [tala, to tell; ahoia, at daybreak]. If young men
had a kava party with girls and kept it up until daybreak and were then re-
ported to their parents, the act of reporting would be talaahoia. Reef(?) on
Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Talaalaukau. To tell of vanity [tala, to tell; a, of; laukau, vanity]. Tract near
Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V)—Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract
near Houma, village on Vavau island (V).

Talaamaumau. To tell of destruction [tala, to tell; a, of; maumau, destruction].
Tract on Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau
island (V).

Talaamohi. To tell of the mohi shellfish [tale, to tell; a, of; mohi, a shellfish].
Place on Eua? island (T).

Talaatama. To tell of a child [tala, to tell; a, of; tama, child]. Tracts in
and near Tofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Afa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord. Also tract near Holeva, village on Koloa island (V). Also tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Talaatefa. To tell of a loving and caressing manner [tala, to tell; a, of; tefa, a
loving and caressing manner]. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka,
landlord.

Talaavale. To tell of a fool [tala, to tell; a, of; vale, fool]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Talafaiva. A casuarina tree which grew at the tomb of Talafaiva, the wife of
Telea, the twenty-ninth Tui Tonga, on Euakafa island (V).

Talafoou. To tell something new [tala, to tell; foou, new]. Tract near Ohonua,
village on Eua island (T). Also village on Tongatabu island (T). So named
because here a woman informed the sons of Takalaua (the twenty-third Tui
Tonga) of their father’s assassination.

Talahele. To contradict. Tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talahifo. To speak to your inferiors. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island
(V).

Talahoka. To speak to the point. Tract near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Talahu. To tell of begging forgiveness [tala, to tell; hu, to beg forgiveness].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Talahuo. To tell of weeding [tala, to tell; huo, to clear away weeds]. Tract
near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Talaihau. To make known to the ruler [talai, to make known; hau, reigning
prince]. Tract near Houma, village on Vavau island (V).

Talaihe. To tell in there [tala, to tell; i, in; he, there]. Tract near Fuaamotu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Talaihonge. To report famine [talai, to report; honge, famine]. Tract near Puko-
tala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Talaivai. To report water [talai, to report; vai, water]. Well near Hihifo, vil-
lage on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(A).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 209

Talakaipau. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, land
lord.

Talakakave. Spreading report [tala, report; kakave, to spread]. Tract near
Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Talakeikapa. To forewarn, to premonish. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa
island (V).

Talakeimamao. To tell while distant [tala, to tell; kei, while; mamao, distant].
Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord,

Talaki. One kind of fishing net. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Talakihaamoa. To report to Samoa [talaki, to report; haamoa, Samoa]. Tract
near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Talakimua. To report to Mua [talaki, to report; mua, the combined villages
of Lapaha and Tatakamotonga]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Talakite. White tern saw [tala, white tern (Gygis alba); kite, to see at a dis-
tance]. So named because here a white tern cried out when it saw the god
Tangaloa Hitumatupua sleeping with the woman Ilaheva. Island, probably in
the great lagoon of Tongatabu island (T).

Talakitonga. To report to Tongatabu [talaki, to report; tonga, Tongatabu].
Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord,
Malapo—Pangia, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Niutoua. Also tract
on Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.. Also tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Talalelei. A pleasant answer [tala, answer; lelei, pleasant]. Tract on Niuato-
putapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Talaleva. An immediate answer [tala, answer; leva, immediate]. Tract near
Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Talalo. A valley. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka,
landlord

Talalupe. To tell of pigeons [tala, to tell; lupe, pigeon]. Tract near Veitongo,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talamaumau. To tell of destruction [tala, to tell; maumau, destruction]. Tract
on Hueiki island (T).

Talamohavea. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord. Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Talanoa. Conversation. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Maafu, landlord.

Talangaholova. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T). The royal
tomb Langimatamoana stands on this tract.

Talangaia. To converse over. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Talangataa. Disobedient. Tract near Holonga, village on Tongatabu isiand (T).

Talaomai. An answer brought [tala, answer; omai, to bring]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Talapata. To speak of gravel [tala, to speak of; pata, gravel]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Talapauu. To speak of mischief [tala, to speak of; pauu, mischief]. Tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Talapo. A night answer [tala, answer; po, night]. Tract on Okoa island (V).

Talapou. To speak of a post [tala, to speak of; pou, post]. Tract near Pangai,
village near Lifuka island (H).

Talasii. Small thorn [tala, thorn; sii, small]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village
on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

210 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Talasinga. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake,
landlord.

Talasiu. To speak of seeking sharks [tala, to speak of; siu, to seek sharks].
Village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talatafaiva. To tell to begin the dance [tala, to tell; ta, to begin, to start, to
strike; faiva, dance]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Talatala. Thorny, prickly. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Nukualofa, Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord, and Fuaamotu—Tungi, landlord.

Talatalafaiva. To tell of the dance [talatala, to tell of; faiva, dance]. Tract
near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract
near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord. Also tract near
Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Peleheke, landlord.

Talatalafanifo. To tell of the surf game [talatala, to tell of; fanifo, a game in
the surf]. Tract near Tafahi, village on Tafahi island (NT).

Talatalaika. To tell of fish [talatala, to tell of; ika, fish]. Tract near Fuaamotu,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Talatalakai. To tell of food [talatala, to tell of; kai, food]. Tract near Haavaka-
tolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Talatalakava. To tell of kava [talatala, to tell of; kava, kava]. Tract near
Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Faleloa, village on
Foa island (H). Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Talatatau. A similar answer [tala, answer; tatau, similar]. Tract on Tofua
island (H).

Talatau. To tell of war [tala, to tell; tau, war]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Talatefa. To tell in a loving and caressing manner [tala, to tell; tefa, a loving
and caressing manner]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Talatonu. Correct answer [tala, answer; tonu, correct]. Tract near Vaimalo,
village on Vavau island (V).

Talatuku. Parting advice. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Talatupu. To speak of growth [tala to speak of; tupu, growth]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Talau. To praise oneself. Tract near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract near Nukunuku, village on Tgngatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu
Haalaufuli, landlord. Also hill (V).

Talaufanga. The landing place of Talau [fanga, landing place]. Tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Talauufi. To praise one’s yams [talau, to praise oneself; ufi, yam]. Tract near
Puke, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talavaka. To speak of a vessel [tala, to speak of; vaka, vessel]. Tract near
Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Talengingie. To insist on one’s importance. Tract near Pangai, village on
Pangaimotu island (V).

Taliahoi. When wrestling one of the wrestlers would express himself “hoi”
when he is unable to overthrow his opponent [talia, to be hit or hindered by
something; hoi, an expression, desire]. Tract on Kotu island (H).

Talifaka. To lift up in the wrestling match and throw. Tract on Hunga island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Talifakaauve. To accept without complaint. Tract on Hunga island (V)—
Fulivai, landlord.

Gifford—T ongan Place Names 211

Talifekau. To minister. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Talifolau. Food prepared for voyagers [tali, food prepared for visitors; folau,
voyager]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Talihau. Food prepared for visiting ruler [tali, food prepared for visitors; hau,
ruler, reigning prince]. Tract in Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Holeva, village on Koloa island (V).

Talihea. To wait for the hea dance [tali, to wait for; hea, a dance]. Tract near
Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Talihoi. To receive with desire [tali, to receive; hoi, desire]. Tract on Hueiki
island (T). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haa-
laufuli, landlord.

Talihonge. To prepare food for visitors against famine [tali, to prepare food
for visitors; honge, famine]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Talikai. To wait for food [tali, to wait for; kai, food]. Tract near Haavaka-
tolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord. Also tract near
Mataika, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—
Fotofili, landlord.

Talikava. To wait for kava [tali, to wait for; kava, the beverage]. Tract near
Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Fotua, village on Foa
island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Talikavenga. To wait for a burden [tali, to wait for; kavenga, a burden]. Tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V)—Lauaki, landlord.

Taliki. To prepare food for [tali, to prepare food for; ki, for]. Tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract near
Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Talikialuma. To prepare food for visitors in mockery [tali, to prepare food for
visitors; ki, in; luma, mockery]. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Talikifisi. To wait for a Fijian [taliki, to wait for; fisi, Fijian]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Talikihaapai. To wait for Haapai [taliki, to wait for]. Tract near Kanokupolu,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also beach on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Talikihakau. To prepare food for visitors to the reef [tali, to prepare food for
visitors; ki, to; hakau, reef]. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Lasike, landlord.

Talikilangi. To wait upon the clouds (applied to swamps and places only full
when it rains). Tract near Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talikimotu. To prepare food for visitors to an island [tali, to prepare food for
visitors; ki, to; motu, island]. Tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Talikiofu. To wait for the Ofu people [taliki, to wait for; ofu, an island of the
Vavau group]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Talikioua. To wait for Oua people [taliki, to wait for; oua, an island of the
Haapai group]. Beach on Nomuka island (H). Also called Oua.

Talikitahi. To wait for the sea [taliki, to wait for; tahi, sea]. Tract near Holeva,
village on Koloa island (V). Also tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island
(V).

Talikitai. To wait for a small dust bag [taliki, to wait for; tai, a small dust
bag]. Tract in Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talikitalu. To wait for a lock of hair [taliki, to wait for; talu, a lock of hair].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

212 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Talikitonga. To wait for people from Tongatabu [taliki, to wait for; tonga,
Tongatabu island]. Tract near Lakepa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike,
landlord. Also tract on Tofua island (H). Also tract near Matamaka, village on
Nuapapu island (V).

Talikiuiha. To wait for people from Uiha [taliki, to wait for; uiha, an island
of the Haapai group]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vahai, landlord.

Talikiuvea. To wait for people from Wallis island [taliki, to wait for; uvea,
Wallis island]. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala,
landlord.

Talilongo. To receive quietly [tali, to receive; longo, quiet]. Tract on Fotuhaa
island (H).

Talilupe. To receive pigeons [tali, to receive; lupe, pigeon (Carpophaga paci-
fica)]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talimahu. To receive abundance [tali, to receive; mahu, abundance}. Tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Talimalama. To wait for the break of day [tali, to wait for; malama, bright-
ness, shining]. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu,
landlord.

Talimelama. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Talimelie. To wait for sweetness [tali, to wait for; malie, sweetness]. Tract
near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Tafeuni, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Taliniva. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Talinoa. To wait for nothing [tali, to wait for; noa, nothing]. Tract on Kotu
island (H).

Talipatu. To wait for the sound of feet [tali, to wait for; patu, the sound of
the feet in walking]. Tract near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)
—Pangia, landlord.

Talipe. Only food prepared for visitors [tali, food prepared for visitors; pe,
only]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talisiu. To wait for a race with paddling canoes [tali, to wait for; siu, a race
with paddling canoes]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Talitalipauu. To be in readiness for mischief [talitali, to be in readiness; pauu,
mischief]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Talitoka. To wait for sleep [tali, to wait for; toka, sleep]. Tract near Masila-
mea, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Talitomo. To wait for something to project [tali, to wait for; tomo, to project].
Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Talitonu. To wait for tonu fish [tali, to wait for; tonu, a kind of fish]. Tract
near Hautu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Taliua. To receive two [tali, to receive; ua, two]. Tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V).

Talivaka. To wait for a vessel [tali, to wait for; vaka, vessel]. Tract on Lo-
fanga island (H). Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).
Talivale. To wait for a fool [tali, to wait for; vale, a fool]. Tract on Niuafoou

island (NF).

Taloko. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Talokua. To strike the lokua fish [ta, to strike; lokua, a fish]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Haano, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Taloolakepa. Taro of Lakepa [talo, taro; 0, of]. A casuarina tree at the top of
the promontory Tuutataafafine, Mt. Kafoa, on Vavau island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 213

Talotatau. Resemblance to taro [talo, taro; tatau, resemblance]. Tract on Kotu
island (H).

Talotunu. Roasted taro [talo, taro; tunu, to roast]. Waves on Tongatabu island
(T). On the weather shore.

Talukua. Foolish lock of hair [talu, a lock of hair; kua, foolish]. Tracts in
and near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on Ovaka
island (V).

Talumi. A canoe. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea,
landlord.

Tama. A child. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Tamakumimai. A boy bringing two sheets of black tapa [tama, boy; kumi, two
sheets of black tapa; mai, to bring]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Tamamualoto. Child first in the center [tama, child; mua, first; loto, center].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Tamanu. The name of a tree (Calophyllum burmanni), Tract near Taoa, village
on Vavau island (V).

Tamasi. To hew the masi tree [ta, to hew; masi, a tree]. Tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tamataipele. Boy strikes a pet [tama, boy; tai, to strike; pele, pet]. Tract near
Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Tamatangikai. Child crying for food [tama, child; tangi, to cry; kai, food].
Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tamataua. To strike with two points [ta, to strike; mata, edge; ua, two]. A
place on Eua island (T) connected with the hero Tuutaki. Two holes are
said to be there where the two points of a double-headed spear entered the
ground.

Tamateuteu. A child made ready [tama, child; teuteu, to make ready]. Tract
near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Tamatuumee. Boy who is about to perform dances [tama, boy; tuu, to stand;
mee, a dance]. Tract on Lifuka island (H).

Tamatou. Child of tou wood [tama, child; tou, a tree]. The royal tomb Langi-
tamatou near Makaunga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tamole. A shrub. Tract in Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V).

Tanafa. The name of a fish. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord.

Tanaki. To collect. Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Tanakitae. To collect excrement [tanaki, to collect; tae, excrement]. Tract near
Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Tanoa. To forewarn. Islet (T). Also place on Tongatabu island (T). On the
weather shore. Also island (H). Near Nomuka island.

Tanuamoa. To bury a chicken [tanua, to bury; moa, chicken. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tanumaapa. To bury the dead by numbers and to venerate them [tanuma, to
bury the dead by numbers; apa, to venerate]. Tract near Tufuvai, village on
Eua island (T). Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord.

Tanumafili. To bury the enemy dead by numbers [tanuma, to bury the dead by
numbers; fili, enemy]. Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Tanumahuhu. To bury the bleeding dead by numbers [tanuma, to bury the dead
by numbers; huhu, to bleed]. Tract near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

214 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tanumapopo. To bury the dead by numbers when rotten [tanuma, to bury the
dead by numbers; popo, rotten]. Inlet of great lagoon on either side of which
are the rocks Ila and Hava, on Tongatabu island (T).

Tanga. The large gut. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tangalahi. Large large gut [tanga, large gut; lahi large]. Tract near Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tangaloa. Long large gut [tanga, large gut; loa, long]. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). Also the name of a god. Also tract near Nuapapu, village on
Nuapapu island (V).

Tangamoliuku. A sack of shaddocks [tanga, sack; moliuku, one kind of shad-
dock]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tangatahaamea. The man Haamea [tangata, man; haamea, name of son of
present Ulukalala, for whom this rest mound (esi) was built]. Mound near
Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Tangatasito. The conqueror in the wrestling match. Island (V).

Tangatavale. Foolish man [tangata, man; vale, foolish]. Tract near Tongama-
mao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tangatumau. To beat tapa always [ta, to beat; ngatu, tapa; mau, always]. Tract
near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Tangatuona. The man who has overthrown all wrestlers. Tract near Pangai,
village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Tangavale. A fool's gut [tanga, large gut; vale, fool]. Tract on Hunga island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Tangavei. A place of obtaining water [tanga, place; vei, water]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tangiatu. To cry for something. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Tangiatua. The complaining of commoners [tangi, complaining; a, of; tua, com-
moners]. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalau-
fuli, landlord.

Tangifoki. Crying likewise [tangi, to cry; foki, likewise]. Tract on Hunga
island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract in Makave, village on Vavau island
(V).

Tangimafili. To cry and roll about [tangi, to cry; mafili, to roll about]. Tract
on Ovaka island (V).

Tangimamao. To cry from the distance [tangi, to cry; mamao, distance]. Tract
near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract
near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Tangimea. To cry for property [tangi, to cry; mea, property]. Tract on Nomuka
island (H).

Tangimusu. The cry of surrender [tangi, a cry; musu, to surrender]. Tract
near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Tangitangi. Flowers partially open. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tangitonima. To fall on hands while crying [tangi, to cry; to, to fall; nima,
hand], Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Taoa. Abundance of spears [tao, spear]. Tract near Pea, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H). On this
tract was situated the god-house of the deity Hikuleo. Also tract near Muitoa,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Fale-
vai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract near Tuanuku,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord. Also village on Vavau
island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 215

Taokave. A superior kind of coconut. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau
island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Tapakilate. To glitter in the sun in Late [tapa, to glitter in the sun; ki, in;
late, a volcanic island west of Vavau]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai,
landlord.

Tapakofe. The edge of the bamboo [tapa, edge; kofe, bamboo]. Tract near
Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Tapana. To strike and stunt [ta, to strike; pana, to stunt]. Tract near Utu-
ngake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. A deity is supposed
to have lived in this island and to have stolen a child from a woman. He
struck the child on the head, which act stopped the child’s growth. Also
tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). Also island (V).

Tapanga. Place which glitters in the sun [tapa, to glitter in the sun; nga, place].
Tract near Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune, landlord.

Tapatalu. Dwarf, pigmy. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Tapatapa. To glitter. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani,
landlord.

Tapatapaao. Edge of the clouds [tapatapa, edge; ao, cloud]. The second high-
est peak of the island of Eua (T).

Tapeakita. To talk bad of oneself. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island
(A).

Tapoua. Two tapo fishing nets [tapo, a certain kind of fishing net; ua, two].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tapueli. Forbidden to dig [tapu, forbidden; eli, to dig]. Tract near Felemea,
village on Uiha island (H).

Tapufolau. Forbidden to sail [tapu, forbidden; folau, to sail]. Tract near Houma,
village on Vavau island (V).

Tapuhia. Forbidden to sin [tapu, forbidden; hia, to sin]. Tract near Kolomaile,
village on Eua island (T). Also tracts in and near Folaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Tapuili. Consecrated (or reserved) for reproduction [tapu, consecrated; _ ili,
what is kept or reserved for reproduction]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tapukaisi. Forbidden to eat si plant [tapu, forbidden; kai, to eat; si, a shrub].
Tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Tapukalanga. Forbidden to shout [tapu, forbidden; kalanga, to shout]. Tract
near Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Tapukitea. Evening star.

Taputau. Forbidden to fight [tapu, forbidden; tau, to fight]. Tract in Pea,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Taputooa. Forbidden to be opened [tapu, forbidden; tooa, to be opened]. Tract
near Haatafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tapuvao. Bush prohibition [tapu, prohibition; vao, bush]. Tract near Nukua-
lofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tasamenia. Tasmania. Tract near Fetoa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tata. Near, not distant. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Tataatefa. To rub in a loving and caressing manner [tata, to rub; a, of; tefa,
a loving and caressing manner]. Tract on Haafevya island (H)—Tuuhetoka,
landlord.

Tatafa. To pass along with speed. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)
—Malupo, landlord. Also island (H).

Tatafoou. A new covering for the top of the thatch of a house [tata, a covering
for the top of the thatch of a house; foou, new]. Tract near Fotua, village
on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

216 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tatakamotonga. Unsettled for Tongatabu [tataka, unsettled; mo, for; tonga,
Tongatabu]. Tracts near Kanokupolu and Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka
island (H).

Tatauoalo. Resemblance of the height [tatau, resemblance; o, of; alo, height].
Flat top of Mt. Talau on Vavau island (V).

Tau. War. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua,
landlord. Also place on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore. Also
island (T).

Taua. To build two canoes at the same time. Tract near Kolovai, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H).

Tauafe. War turned aside [tau, war; afe, to turn aside]. Tract on Hunga island
(V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Tauafu. Hot season [tau, season; afu, hot]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Tui
Lakepa, landlord.

Tauakaihaa. The fighting of thieves [tau, fighting; a, of; kaihaa, thief]. Tract
near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Tauakipulu. To build two canoes at the same time for caulking with pulu gum
[taua, to build two canoes at the same time; ki, for; pulu, a kind of gum,
used as pitch in caulking canoes]. Tract in Pangai, village on Lifuka island
(H). Site of the residence of the governor of Haapai.

Taualoto. War of the minds [tau, war; a, of; loto, mind]. One of two great
stones erected on Tafahi island (NT).

Tauaolalo. Repeated fight below [tau, fight; ao, to repeat; lalo, below]. Tract
on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Tauataina. Liberty. Tract in Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Taufa. A squall. Tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Taufoou. New year [tau, year; foou, new]. Tract near Mataaho, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Taufu. To besprinkle, taufui. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)
—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Tauhi. To protect. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu,
landlord.

Tauki. Joyous, merry. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.
Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract near Koloa,
village on Koloa island (V).

Taukifetoa. Joyous in Fetoa [tauki, joyous; fetoa, an island in Haapai]. Tract
on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Taukihaafeva. Joyous in Haafeva [tauki, joyous; haafeva, an island of the Haa-
pai group]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu,
landlord.

Taukihunga. Joyous in Hunga [tauki, joyous]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Taukiuvea. Joyous in Wallis island [tauki, joyous; uvea, Wallis island]. Tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Taukolokivaka. War desired against a vessel [tau, war; kolo, to desire; ki,
against; vaka, vessel]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Taukotofa. Appointed season [tau, season; kotofa, to appoint]. Gate near Fele-
toa, village on Vavau island (V). Northern gate of Feletoa fortress.

Taula. Anchor. Tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V). Also
island (V).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 2A7

Taulalahi. A large anchor [taula, anchor; lahi, large]. Tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Taumalala. To reach the embers [tau, to reach; malala, embers]. Tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Taumanga. To reach the branch of a road [tau, to reach; manga, branch of a
road]. Tract on Mango island (H).

Taumatuku. Subsiding war [tau, war; matuku, to subside]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Taumualoto. To sail towards the center [taumua, to sail towards; loto, center].
Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Taunga. A roost of flying foxes. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord. Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V). Also
island (V).

Taungafisi. Cooked food reserved for Fijians [taunga, cooked food reserved for
eating at another time; fisi, Fijian]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haatei-
ho, landlord.

Taungaloka. A rough, wavy anchorage [taunga, anchorage; loka, rough, wavy].
Tract on Kotu island (H).

Taungalua. Anchorage of the sunken reef [taunga, anchorage; lua, sunken reef].
The spelling Taungahua was also obtained. Tract near Mua, village on Niua-
foou island (NF).

Taungapeka. Flying-fox roost [taunga, a roost of flying foxes; peka, flying-fox].
Tract near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord. Also
tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also
tract near Lavengatonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Taungasisi. A row of leaf girdles [taunga, a row; sisi, leaf and flower girdle].
Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Masilamea, Nukualofa,
and Nukuleka. Also tract on Nomuxa island (H). Also tract near Vakataumai,
village on Kapa island (V).

Taungaulupoko. A row of skulls. [taunga, row; ulupoko, skull]. Tract near
Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Taupasi. A number of people clapping hands. Tract near Ngaunoho, village on
Utungake island (V).

Taupotu. The nearest and farthest. Tract near Falehau, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—
Maatu, landlord.

Taupuvao. Let us make a hole in the canoe to let the water out. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tauta. To touch. Tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also island
(V).

Tava. Name of a fruit tree (Pometia pinnata), Tract near Tofoa village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).
Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli,
landlord.

Tavae. To trip up the heels. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Tavahaka. Boiled tava fruit [tava, a fruit; haka, to boil anything]. Tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract
near Nukuleka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Tavahi. Name of a tree (Rhus taitensis). Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Nukualofa, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia,
landlord, and Nukuleka—Pangia, landlord.

Tavakai. Eaten tava fruit [tava, a fruit; kai, to eat]. Tract near Fatumu, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

218 Bernice P. Bishop Museuwm—Butlletin

Tavake. The tropic bird (Phaethon aethereus). Tract on Ovaka island (V).

Tavakefaiana. Tropic bird makes a burrow [tavake, tropic bird (Phaethon
aethereus); fai, to do; ana, burrow]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau
island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Tavaketoto. Red-tailed tropic bird (Phaethon rubricaudus); [tavake, tropic bird;
toto, red]. Tract in Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tavalau. Leafy tava tree [tava, a tree; lau, leaf]. Tract near Utungake, vil-
lage on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord. Also tract near Koloa, village
on Koloa island (V).

Tavale. To act without thought. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Tavalo. A shellfish. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Tavalu. To strike eight times [ta, to strike; valu, eight]. Tract near Malapo,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Tavao. To hew bush [ta, to hew; vao, bush]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).
Also tracts near Fataulua and Mataaho, villages on Niuafoou island. Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Tavaolalo. Lower Tavao [lalo, lower]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili,
landlord.

Tavatuutolu. Three standing tava trees [tava, a tree; tuu, to stand; tolu, three].
Tracts in and near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tave. The wind. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H). Pava, the god-house or
holy place, potu tapu, of the god Ngaoaa, was on this tract. Also village and
tract on Fonoifua island (H). Also cliff on Vavau island (V). Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tavili. To wag, as the tail of a dog. Tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island
(BH).

Tavuki. Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana.

Teango. Floating ginger plant [te, to float; ango, ginger]. Tract near Mataaho,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Teaupa. Hundred fish hooks [teau, hundred; pa, fish hook]. Tract on Tungua
island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also island (H).

Teefeo. The small fish caught in the coral [tee, excrement; feo, coral]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Teekalae. The excrement of the gallinule [tee, excrement; kalae, gallinule (Por-
phyrio vitiensis)]. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea,
landlord. Also tract near Afa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, land-
lord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.
Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near Fale-
hau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Teekehe. Different excrement [tee, excrement; kehe, different]. Tract on
Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Teekiu. Plover excrement [tee, excrement; kiu plover (Charadrius fulvus)]. Vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on
Foa island (H).

Teemanu. The excrement of animals [tee, excrement; manu, animal]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Teemoa. Chicken excrement [tee, excrement; moa, chicken]. A peak, the highest
point of Eua island (T), first seen when approaching it from Haapai. This was
the home of a great mythical fowl which lived in a cave. The mountain is its
excrement. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 219

Teepulu. Bull excrement [tee, excrement; pulu, bull]. Tract near Hofoa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Teeveka. Rail excrement [tee, excrement; veka, rail (Rallus pectoralis)]. A
fortified elevation, on the north side of the Vaitaki and opposite Utulifuka, on
Eua island (T). Also tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract on Nomuka island (H).

Tefa. A loving and caressing manner. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Ton-
gatabu island (T). Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tefaia. A loving and caressing manner. Tract near Lakepa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Lasike, landlord.

Tefao. Floating naked coconut trunks [te, to float; fao, naked and fruitless
applied to the coconut tree]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).
Tefia. Floating. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Tefisi. Floating flower [te, to float; fisi, flower]. Tracts near villages on Tonga-
tabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Masilamea, Haalalo, Longoteme—
Veikune, landlord, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord,
Talasiu—Tui Lakepa, landlord, Nukuleka—Pangia, landlord, Afa, and Fuaamo-
tu—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Ma-
lupo, landlord. Also tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—
Niukapu, landlord. Also tract and district near Fakakakai, village on Haano
island (H). Also district on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tracts near
villages on Vavau island (V): near Tefisi—Luani, landlord, Utui—Ahomee, land-
lord, and Leimatua—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Tangipa, landlord.

Tefitohala. The entrance into a path, tefitoihala. Tract on Kotu island (H).
Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Tefitoi. The original. Tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord.

Tefitomaka. Stone root [tefito, root; maka, stone]. Tract near Ohonua, village
on Eua island (T). Also rock south of Foelifuka island (V).

Tehea. The floating hea tree [te, to float; hea, a tree]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Teiakiai. Weak. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, land-
lord.

Teiapaa. Narrow. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Teieke. To almost inquire into [tei, almost; eke, to inquire into]. Tract near
Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Teimoono. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H).

Teisina. Almost wedged [tei, almost; sina, to wedge]. Tract near Utulei, village
on Pangaimotu island (V). Also hill on Kapa island (V).

Teka. To roll. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Tekea. To push out. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Tekeialei. The pushing out of ivory [tekei, to push out; a, of; lei, ivory]. Tract
near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Tekenakilangi. The pushing place for the sky [teke, to push out; na, place; ki,
for; langi, sky]. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). The spot
where mythology says Maui Atalanga raised the sky to its present height.

Teketua. To push out and drive against [teke, to push out; tua, to drive
against]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Aho-
mee, landlord. Also tract near Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Tungi, landlord.

Tekeua. Two pushing out [teke, to push out; ua, two]. Tract near Pea, vil
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

220 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tekita. To strut and strike [teki, to strut; ta, to strike]. Tract near Napua,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Telaivana. [Tela, the flat of the shark’s head; i, in; vana, the sea urchin].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Telau. Hundred; an old form of teau. Tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Tele. Smoothed off. Tract on Moungaone island (H).

Teleauta. A valley. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Teleiloa. Not known. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Fatumu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Teleka. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Teleki. On the way to [tele, on the way; ki, to]. Tract near Lapaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also well near Hihifo, village
on Lifuka island (H). Named after land in Vavau belonging to Malupo. Dug
for King George I. The name is said to be based on the stem tele, meaning:
“Are you going shooting?” asked of a man who might be passing with bow
and arrows. If a chief passes with his warriors and you ask where he is
going he will reply: “Teleki” and then point with his hand in the direction
he is going, not wanting to divulge his real destination. The well is named
after this use of the word. Also promontory on Vavau island (V).

Telekitonga. On the way to Tongatabu [teleki, on the way to; tonga, Tongatabu
island]. One of the Otutolu islands (H).

Telekivavau. On the way to Vavau [teleki, on the way to; vavau, Vavau island].
One of the Otutolu islands (H).

Telie. “Almond” tree. Tract near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Puke
—Fohe, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Hoi. Also tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Telikitahi. To follow to the sea [teli, to follow; ki, to; tahi, sea]. Tract on
Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Telio. Buried. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—
Ata, landlord, Fatai, and Kolonga—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Lotofoa,
village on Foa island (H).

Teliolalo. Lower Telio [lalo, lower]. Tract near Fatai, village on Tongatabu (T).

Teliteliuli, One who is ever following another. Tract near Hihifo, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Tengetange. Affliction (applied to chiefs), tengitange. Tract near Kanokupolu,
village near Tongatabu island (T).

Tengilaho. Probably tengailaho; testicles: [teng (a)i, seed; laho, scotum]. Hill
on Nomuka island (H).

Teongo. Star. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tepa. To look askant. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Teufolau. Preparation for a voyage [teu, preparation; folau, voyage]. Tract
near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Teuhie. One of two rocks on coast of Hihifo district, on Tongatabu island (T).
The other rock is Kaloafu. Mythology makes them transformed human beings.

Teumoa. To prepare chicken [teu, to prepare; moa, chicken]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Teungofua. Free qualification [teu, qualification; ngofua, free]. Tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Teuteuakovi. Preparation of vice [teuteu, preparation; a, of; kovi, vice]. Tract
near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Teuteukai. To prepare food [teuteu, to prepare; kai, food]. Tract on Fotuhaa
island (H). Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H).

Teutulau. Tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, land-
lord. Also tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 221

Tikite. Ticket. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui
Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Utulei, village on Pangaimotu island (V).
Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Tisaleholo. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Toa. Casuarina tree (Casuarina equiseifolia), Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Foui—Vahai, landlord, Fahefa—Veehala, landlord. Toko-
mololo—Maafu, landlord, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, Lapaha—Pangia,
landlord, Makaunga—Pangia, landlord, Lolotelie, and Afa. Also tract near
Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on
Moungaone island (H). Also tract on Ofolanga island (H). Also tract near
Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tract near Utui,
village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord.

Toafa. A plain. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Tracts near
villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Kalaau, Mata-
hau, Koloua, Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord, Nukualofa, Maufanga—Fakafanua,
landlord, Veitongo, Folaha, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Lapaha
—Pangia, landlord, Hoi, and Talafoou—Lauaki, landlord. Also tract on
Nomuka island (H). Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Fotua, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract on Taunga island
(V)—Akauola, landlord. Tracts near villages on Kapa island (V): near Kapa,
Falevai—Fakatulolo, landlord, and Otea. Also tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui
Lakepa, landlord. Also tract on Oloua island (V). Also tract near Koloa, village on
Koloa island (V). Also tracts near villages on Vavau island (V): near Tefisi
—Luani, landlord, Vaimalo, Taoa, Neiafu, and Feletoa. Also tract near Fale-
hau, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tracts near Fataulua and Mua,
villages on Niuafoou island (NF).

Toafakifokai. Plain of the large lizard [toafa, plain; ki, for; fokai, a large
lizard]. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.
Toafalahi. Great plain [toafa, plain; lahi, great]. Tract near Haateiho, village

on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Toafalala. Desert plain [toafa, plain; lala, desert]. Tract near Pea, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Toafaloto. Middle plain [toafa, plain; loto, middle]. Tract near Tefisi, village
on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Toafaoava. Plain of the opening [toafa, plain; o, of; ava, opening]. Tract near
Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Toai. To plant the ai tree [to, to plant; ai, a tree]. Tract near Felemea, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H).

Toaleka. Short casuarina tree [toa, casuarina tree; leka, short]. Place on Ton-
gatabu island (T). On southeastern coast. Also tract near Pangai, village on
Pangaimotu island (V).

Toalofa. Spreading casuarina tree [toa, casuarina tree; lofa, spreading]. Place
(V).

Toalofi. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Toamotu. Broken casuarina tree [toa, casuarina tree; motu, broken]. A stone-
walled fortress on Late island (V).

Toatuutolu. Three casuarina trees standing together [toa, casuarina tree; tuu,
to stand; tolu, three]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalau-
fuli, landlord.

Toavela. A burnt casuarina tree [toa, casuarina tree; vela, to burn]. Tract on
Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

222 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tofaki. Deep. A rest mound, esi, on or near Mt. Kafoa and close to the water
called Finevalienga, on Vavau island (V).

Tofalefo. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Tofanga. To arrive suddenly, as a vessel. Island (H).

Tofe. The pearl oyster. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).
Tofeki. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Tofeloa. The name of a shellfish. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island
(V)—Luani, landlord.

Tofi. To cut in small pieces. Tract near Lavengatonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Tofia. An inheritance, a patrimony. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Fangaleounga, village on
Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Tofiafoou. A new inheritance [tofia, inheritance; foou, new]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tofiauta. An inland inheritance [tofia, inheritance; uta, inland]. Tract near
Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Tofoa. To seek for witchcraft. Tract near Pangai, village on Eua island (T).
Also village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—
Tui Haangana, landlord. Also waterhole on Koloa island (V), near which,
mythology says, Maui Atalanga shoved up the sky. Also tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V). Site of a sanctuary, hufanga.

Tofoauta. The inland Tofoa [uta, inland]. Tract near Tofoa, village on Tonga-
gatabu island (T).

Tofonga. An unusual place [tofo, out of the ordinary order; nga, place]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tofua. To bake the yams whole. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.
Also island (H). Also tract on Kotu island (H). Also tract on Haafeva
island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on
Haano island (H).

Tofusi. To run. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the great lagoon.

Tohonga. The mark in the road where anything has been dragged. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Tohongamata. Mark in the road where a war club has been dragged [tohonga,
the mark in the road where anything has been dragged; mata, a war club].
Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Toi. A tree (Alphitonia excelsa). Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Ahau—Lasike, landlord, Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Foui—Vahai, landlord,
Hofoa, and Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Leimatua, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Toiao. Cloud hidden [toi, to hide; ao, cloud]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Toipeka. Drop of blood of the flying-fox [toi, a drop; peka, flying-fox]. Tract
near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T). So named because here the
eleventh Tui Tonga Tuitatui raped his virgin sister, the female Tui Tonga
Latutama, after she had climbed up on to a platform with him to see a
fleet of vessels which he falsely said was approaching. An attendant of Latu-
tama’s standing below inquired what the blood was she saw trickling down.
Tuitatui replied: “It is from a flying-fox.” Hence the name Toipeka. Also
written Toiipeka.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 223

Toka. To sleep. Tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu island (V). Also
tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Tokaaloto. Submissive of mind [toka, submissive; a, of; loto, mind]. Tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Tokaangatutua. Paper mulberry bark sleeping place of chiefs [tokaanga, the
sleeping place of chiefs; tutu, paper mulberry bark]. Tract near Lapaha, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Tokaaninua. To exist in the same state as Niua [toka, to exist in a given state;
a, of; niua, Niuatoputapu island]. Tract in Neiafu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.
Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract
near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Tokaavavau. To exist in the same state as Vavau [toka, to exist in a given
state; a, of; vavau, Vavau island]. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Tokahaapai. To sleep in Haapai [toka, to sleep]. Tract near Haano, village on
Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Tokaki. To take to a place. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Tokalahi. Abundant sediment [toka, sediment; lahi, abundant]. Tract near
Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Tokalili. Angry sleep [toka, sleep; lili, angry]. Tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Tokalo. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Tokaloto. To sleep in the center [toka, to sleep; loto, center]. District on
Nomuka island (H). Also district near Haano, village on Haano island (H).

Tokamokaihaa. To sleep with a thief [toka, to sleep; mo, with; kaihaa, a thief].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tokanga. A patch of ground often planted to yams. Tract near Tefisi, village
on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord. Also tract near Mataika, village on
Vavau island (V).

Tokangahahau. Dewy patch of ground often planted to yams [tokanga, patch
of ground often planted to yams; hahau, dew]. Tract near Ahau, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Tokaonoaho. Conquered in former times [toka, conquered; onoaho, former times].
Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Tokatekefua. To sleep naked [toka, to sleep; tekefua, naked]. Tract on Oua
island (H).

Tokatufa. To apportion articles bespoken at a festival [toka, to bespeak a par-
ticular article at any festival; tufa, to portion out]. Tract near Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Tokautu. To bespeak an utu fish at a festival [toka, to bespeak a particular
article at a festival; utu, a fish]. Tract in Hihifo, village on Lifuka island
(H). Also tract and district near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Tokavalu. To bespeak eight articles at a festival [toka, to bespeak an article
at a festival; valu, eight]. Tract near Lofanga island (H). Also tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Tokavevili. A rock south of Nomukeiki island (H).

Tokelau. North. Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kanokupolu, Haavakatolo—
Ahomee, landlord, Teekiu—Motuapuaka, landlord, and Nukuleka—Pangia, lJand-
lord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract on Fetoa island
(H). Also tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also district

224 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

and tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha
island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract
near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract near Ofolanga island (H).
Also tracts near villages on Kapa island (V): near Kapa, Falevai—Fakatulolo,
landlord, and Otea. Also tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). Also
tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Tokelauhala. North road [tokelau, north; hala, road]. Tract near Kapa, village
on Kapa island (V).

Tokemoana. Ocean eel [toke, the sea eel; moana, ocean]. Southern gate of
fortress of Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Toketeke. Pushed-out eel [toke, sea eel; teke, to push out]. Tract near Fahefa,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Toketoke. To cut up. Islet near northwestern point of Tongatabu island (T).
Also tracts near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, and Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord,
villages on Tongatabu island (T).

Toki. The name of a shellfish. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H). Also tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha village (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tokiai. Toki shellfish there [toki, a shellfish; ai, there]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tokiao. Axe seeking suitable trees in a forest [toki, axe; ao, to seek suitable
trees in a forest]. Tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H).

Tokilangi. Sky axe [toki, axe; langi, sky]. Tract near Hautu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Tokiloto. Center for toki shellfish [toki, a shellfish; loto, center]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Tokolo. Sugar cane grown in a village [to, sugar cane; kolo, village]. Tract
near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also tract near
Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V). Also tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Tokolu. To fall while strutting with a large dress of tapa [to, to fall; kolu, to
strut with a large dress of tapa]. Place on Pangaimotu island (V).

Tokomatupa. An upright, roughly cylindrical coral stone which formerly stood
in center of gateway to the Tui Tonga’s enclosure; now standing beside the
main street in Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Modern name Leyu-
levukefu.

Tokomea. Brown rods for pushing along canoes in shallow water [toko, long
rods used for pushing along canoes in shallow water; mea, brown]. Place on
Vavau island (V).

Tokomeauta. Inland Tokomea [uta, inland]. Tract near Alaki, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Tokomololo. To descend with long rods [toko, long rods used for pushing boat;
mo, with; lolo, to descend suddenly]. Village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tokonakao. A peak, summit of Kao island (H), 3380 feet elevation.

Tokotoka. Aground. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Pangia, landlord.

Tokotokautu. Aground against a perpendicular cliff [tokotoka, ground; utu, per-
pendicular cliff]. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Toku. A kind of knife made from the common turtle shell. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Utulei, village
on Pangaimotu island (V). Also tract in Falevai, village on Kapa island
(V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V). Also island
north of Vavau island (V). Also tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa,

landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 225

Tokulu. To crouch. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata,
landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also island
(H).

Tolimoto. To pluck buds [toli, to pluck; moto, bud]. Tract near Taoa, village
on Vavau island (V).

Tolo. The name of a fish. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Toloa. Duck, (Anas superciliosa). Tract on Eueiki island (T). Also district on
Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. In southeastern part. Also tract near
Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract on
Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—
Ulukalala, landlord.

Toloafanguna. To wake the duck. Plain on Vavau island (VY).

Toloafisi. Fijian duck [toloa, duck; fisi, Fijian]. Tract near Haavakatolo, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Toloamaui. The throws of Maui [tolo, a throw; a, of; maui, the demigod].
Stones on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore. Reputed to have
been thrown by Maui Kisikisi at the gigantic moa as it flew from Eua island.

Toloatonga. Tongan duck [toloa, duck; tonga, Tongan]. Tracts near Nukua-
lofa and Folaha, villages on Tongatabu island (T).

Toloea. Tolo fish appearing plainly [tolo, a kind of fish; ea, to appear plainly].
Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.
Toloke. To throw in a quarrel [tolo, to throw; ke, a quarrel]. Tract near Haa-
kili, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Hamula, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifu-
ka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near Fangaleounga, village on
Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord. Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also pigeon mound near Muitoa, village
on Haano island (H). Also tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also
tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalaufuli,
village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord. Also tract near Fatau-

lua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tolongia. Thrown at. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Tolopona. The water where the nineteenth Tui Tonga, Havea I., was murdered
while swimming. Water near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tolu. Three. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Tolumalu. Three relaxed [tolu, three; malu, to relax, to let go]. Tract near
Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Tolungafata. Three panting with a bier [tolu, three; nga, to pant; fata, bier].
Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Tolungahaku. Three panting with the gar fish [tolu, three; nga, to pant; haku,
the gar fish]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord.

Tolungamaka. Three panting with a rock [tolu, three; nga, to pant; maka, rock].
Place on Kao island (H).

Tolungohua. Tract near Matavai, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Tolungouta. Inland Tolungo [uta, inland]. Tract near Haano, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Toma. Vanity. Tract near Kolovai, village Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, land-
lord. Also tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee,
landlord, Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Malupo,
landlord. Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord. Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord.

226 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tomafoou. New Toma [foou, new]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tono. A kind of grass. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Haavakatolo—Ahomee, landlord, Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, and Holonga.
Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Tonoa. Fruitless. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord.

Tonone. Tract on Mango island (H).

Tonotono. A kind of creeper. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Tonua. Many tonu fish. Tract near Lavengatonga, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also
tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Tonuahau. Freedom from error of the ruler [tonu, free from error; a, of; hau,
ruler]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Tonualei. Tract near Matamaka, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Tonuma. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Tonumangatoke. Eel buried for a time [tonumanga, anything buried for a time;
toke, sea eel]. Tract in Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tonumea. Buried by clay [tonu, bury; mea, clay]. The name is sometimes
spelt Tonumeia. Island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island
(H). Also tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord. Also tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)—Veikune,
landlord.

Tonumeitonga. Tonu fish from Tonga [tonu, a fish; mei, from]. Tract near
Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Tonungu. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tonga. South. Kingdom. Island (T). The name of the island usually called
Tongatabu to differentiate it from the kingdom as a whole. Tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Haakili, Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Haavaka-
tolo—Ahomee, landlord, and Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract on Oloua
island (V). Also tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Tongaeiki. Chiefly Tonga [eiki, chief]. Another name for Tongatabu island
GL).

Tongafaki. To rely upon Tonga [faki, to rely upon]. Tract near Kolovai, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Tongahiva. Nine Tongas [hiva, nine]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on
Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord

Tongaiveuki. Tonga in confusion [i, in; veuki, confusion]. Tract at Mua
(Tatakamotonga and Lapaha) on Tongatabu island (T).

Tongalahi. Great Tonga [lani, great]. Another name for Tongatabu island (T).
Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tongalefu. Smallest Tonga [lefu, smallest]. Tract near Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Tongaleva. Tonga forthwith [leva, forthwith]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Tongaloto. Middle Tonga [loto, middle]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui
Haateiho, landlord.

Tongamalu. Mild Tonga [malu, mild]. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 227

Tongamamao. Distant Tonga [mamao, distant]. Tract on Tungua island (H)
—Tui Haateiho, landlord. In mythology, a land created by the primordial
deities Piki and Kele, for their offspring. Also tract near Felemea, village on
Uiha island (H). Also village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tongamanatu. Anxious Tonga [manatu, anxious]. Tract near Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tomb near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Burial place of the Tui Lakepa. See Langitongamanatu.

Tongamopulotu. Tonga and Pulotu. Sanctuary near Makave, village on Vavau
island (V).

Tongamovavau. Tonga and Vavau. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Tongaoi. Originating Tonga [oi, to originate, to set going]. Tract near Fahefa,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord.

Tongatabu, Sacred Tonga [tabu, sacred]. Also called simply Tonga. Island
Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Tongataeapa. Tonga without veneration [tae, without; apa, to venerate]. Tracts
in and near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tongatafe. The flowing Tonga [tafe, to flow]. Tract near Makave, village on
(T). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Tongatoto. Blood of Tonga [toto, blood]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Tongatuai. Slow Tonga [tuai, slow]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tongi. To carve or engrave. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)
—Ulukalala, landlord.

Tongia. To relieve for a time. Place in eastern Tongatabu (T).

Tongiatulanga. To set about carving the bonito [tongi, to carve; atu, bonito;
langa, to set in motion]. House of the Tui Kanokupolu in the green (malae)
near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tongofe. Tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tongolei. A tree. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord.

Tongoleleka. Ebbing tide mangrove [tongo, mangrove; leleka, ebbing tide]. Vil-
lage near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). An earlier name for present
village of Hihifo, though probably originally referring to only a part of it.

Tongoloa. Long mangrove tree [tongo, mangrove tree; loa, long]. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tongololoto. Mangrove tree in deep water [tongo, mangrove; loloto, deep].
Place on Tongatabu island (T). On great lagoon.

Tongomotu. Broken mangrove tree [tongo, mangrove tree; motu, broken]. Place
on Tongatabu island (T).

Tongotongo. A kind of si shrub. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Tookau. To take by the stalk [too, to take; kau, stalk]. Tract near Holopeka,
village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Toomaiu. [Toomai, to pass it here.] Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano
island (H).

Toone. To fall in the sands [to, to fall; one, sands]. Tract near Fetoa, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Topa. A sore mouth. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Topuili. Tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Also tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

228 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Topukulu. One of two rocks near Hua (?) island (T), which mythology says
were originally twin goddesses. The other rock is called Nafanua. Also tract
on Nomuka island (H).

Tosio. [Tosi, to peck, no nibble). Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Totai. A mythical island in Pulotu, the realm of the departed.

Toto. The name of a tree. Tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Veikune, landlord. Also district on Nomuka island (H). Also tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Haa-
laufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Totoangaloto. Central bleeding place [toto, to bleed; anga, place; loto, center].
Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Totoe. To groan, to mourn. Tract on EKueiki island (T).

Totoea. Toto tree appearing plainly [toto, a tree; ea, to appear plainly]. Tract
near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Pukotala,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Totoka. To sink as sediment. Tract on Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Totokafonua. Land sediment [totoka, sediment; fonua, land]. Tract on Ovaka
island (V).

Totokavalu. Scraped sediment [totoka, sediment; valu, to scrape]. Tract near
Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Totototo. Bloody. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Tou. Name of a tree and its berries which are used as a paste. Tract near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Holonga, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Toufale. Houses built close together. Tract near Haasini, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Touheki. A tree. Tract near Napua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Touhuni. Name of a tree. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also place on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore. Also tract on
Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Touiaafutuna. The rock from which the primeval gods were born.

Toukailave. To hit the fruit trees when loaded with fruit [toukai, the time for
fruit trees bearing; lave, to hit]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Toula. To fall in the ula dance [to, to fall; ula, a dance]. Village on Vavau
island (V).

Toulavaka. Time for making boat sail [tou, time for; la, sail; vaka, boat]. Tract
near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Toulolohi. Time to be overwhelmed [tou, time; lolohi, to be overwhelmed].
Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Toulu. Full of leaves. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—
Vaea, landlord. Also tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Toumata. A shade for the eyes. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Toumau. Extreme firmness. Tract near Houma, village on Eua island (T).

Toumotua. Old tou tree [tou, a tree; motua, old]. Tract on Moungaone island
(A).

Toumua. Beside the road. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Pangai village on Lifuka island (H).

Toumuaua. Having two sides. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Veehala, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 229

Toungalei. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, land-
lord.

Toungatafe. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, land-
lord.

Touone. Very sandy. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukuhitulu, Holonga, and Fatumu.
Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Fakaka-
kai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near Pukotala, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on Ovaka island (V). Also
tract on Taunga island, (V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tract in Otea,
village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau
island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—
Maatu, landlord. Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Touonehesi. Mixed earth and sand. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord.

Toutai. Fisherman or sailor. Tract near Alaki, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Toutaiaeveka. To fish for the veka fish [toutai, to fish; ae, the; veka, a fish].
Tract on Oua island (H).

Toutupu. Growing generation. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island
(V)—Fotu, landlord.

Toutuu. A large plantation of yams, belonging to several. Tract near Pangai,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Tua. One kind of yam. Tract near Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Kotu island (H).

Tuaa. Outside of the fence. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Neiafu, Foui—Vahai, landlord, Haakame, and Niutoua. Also tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Kapa, village on
Kapa island (V). Also tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).
Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Tuita, landlord.

Tuaamotu. Outside of the broken fence [tua, outside; a, fence; motu, broken].
Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuaeitu. A Tongan feast. A casuarina tree on Mataaho island (T).

Tuafonua. The exterior of the land [tua, exterior; fonua, land]. Tract on
Eueiki island (T). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island
(NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tuafuahau. A commoner who assumes importance on account of living with a
chief [tua, commoner; fuahau, to assume importance on account of living with
a chief]. Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, land-
lord. Also tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuafutu. Outside of the futu grove [tua, outside; futu, a tree]. Tracts near
villages on Lifuka island (H): near Hihifo, Pangai, and Holopeka—Tui Afitu,
landlord.

Tuahakau. Outside of the reef [tua, outside; hakau, reef]. Tract near Kapa,
village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island
(V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Tuahalakaho. Path behind the reed clump [tua, behind; hala, path; kaho, reed].
A hole, entrance to the Underworld, in Koloa island (V); called Halahikuleo
by modern Tongans.

Tuahavaiki. Outside of the small passage [tua, outside; hava, passage; iki,
small]. Tract near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Tuahiloto. Central tuahi shellfish [tuahi, shellfish; loto, center, middle]. Tract
near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

230 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tuaholo. To push about. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H).

Tuahunga. The back part of Hunga island [tua, the back part; hunga, name of
an island]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract
near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V).

Tuakatakilangi. Commoner enduring the royal tomb [tua, commoner; kataki, to
endure; langi, royal tomb]; apparently in reference to the interment alive of
commoners in royal tombs. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Tuakilaumea. Fish gills breeding sickness [tuaki, breeding sickness; laumea, fish
gills]. A narrow, vertical walled canyon, in places more than one hundred
feet deep in south central part of Eua island (T), not far from the villages
Pangai and Kolomaile. A stream flows through the canyon. The ridge to
the west of the canyon is called Uai.

Tuakiutu. Sickness bred by the utu fish [tuaki, breeding sickness; utu, a fish].
Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Tuakivakasiu. A boat which is behind in a boat race [tua, outside; ki, to; vaka,
boat; siu, a boat race]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island
CD);

Tuakoilelei. Suitable. Tract near Vaimalo, village on Vavau island (V).

Tuakolo. Near village, beside town. Tract in Nukualofa, village on To-
ngatabu island (T). Also tract in Navutoka, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract on Nomuka Island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village
on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Faleloa, village
on Foa island (H). Also tract in Toula, village on Vavau island (V).
Also tract near Mataika, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Tualaueiki. A commoner pretending to be a chief [tua, commoner; lau, to talk;
eiki, chief]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on
Atata island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Tualauiki. A narrow margin outside [tua, outside; lauiki, a narrow margin].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Tualaukau. A vain commoner [tua, commoner; laukau, vain]. Tract near Fuaa-
motu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Tualauta. Uniform exterior [tua, exterior; lauta, uniform]. Tract near Mua,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tualehola. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tualekiifi. Tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V). Also tract
near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Tuali. Name of a shellfish. Tract near Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Tualiku. The weather shore exterior [tua, exterior; liku, weather shore]. Tract
on Fotuhaa island (H).

Tualikutonga. The exterior weather shore of Tonga [tua, exterior; liku, weath-
er shore; tonga, Tongatabu island]. Part of the weather shore on Tongatabu
island (T). Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalau-
fuli, landlord.

Tuamalo. A commoner who wins the game [tua, a commoner; malo, a winner in
games]. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haanagana,
landlord.

Tuamana. A bewitched commoner [tua, commoner; mana, to bewitch]. Tract
in Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V).

Tuamaolu. Tract near Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana,
landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 231

Tuamasia. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Tuamatatoho. A fishing place: exterior of the dragged mesh [tua, exterior; mata,
mesh; toho, to drag along]. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Vaea, landlord.

Tuamaumau. Destroying commoner [tua, commoner; maumau, to destroy]. Tract
near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tuamoukau. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, land-
lord.

Tuanakinoa. To depend on nothing [tuanaki, to depend on; noa, nothing]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tuanekivale. Village on Vavau island (V).

Tuanuku. Back of the land [tua, back; nuku, land]. District in southern part
of Kua island (T). Also tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also
tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on
Nomuka island (H), tract of the goddess Fehuluni. Also tract near Fotua, vil-
lage on Foa island (H). Also village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Fa-
taulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tuapauu. Mischievous commoner [tua, commoner; pauu, mischievous]. Tract
near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord.

Tuapeukai. A person of inferior rank who interferes to prevent the preparing
of food for a chief. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tuapoloa. The back of Poloa island [tua, back]. Tract near Fahefa, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord. Also tract near Vaotuu, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Tuatala. A talking commoner [tua, commoner; tala, to converse]. Tract near
Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Tuatalahumaki. A talking commoner who pushes through [tua, commoner; tala,
to talk; humaki, to push through]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Tuatalatau. A commoner talking of war [tua, commoner; tala, to talk; tau,
war]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuatango. Commoner who visits a woman under cover of night [tua, commoner;
tango, to visit a woman under cover of night]. Tract near Mataaho, village
on Niuafoou island (NF). Also recorded as Tuatangi.

Tuataono. A commoner who struck six [tua, commoner; ta, to strike; ono, six.]
Tract near Neiafu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuatekalo. A commoner who is always evading his rank [tua, commoner; te,
always; kalo, to evade]. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island
(NF).

Tuatele. Back of a razor [tua, back; tele, razor]. Tract near Mataaho, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tuatoi. Behind the toi tree [tua, behind; toi, a tree (Alphitonia excelsa)]. Tract
on Hua island (T).

Tuatoma. A vain commoner [tua, commoner; toma, vain]. Tract near Houma,
village on Eua island (T).

Tuatonga. The back part of Tonga [tua, back; tonga, Tongatabu island]. Coast
on the weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Tuauha. Rain outside [tua, outside; uha, rain]. Tract near Tafahi, village on
Tafahi island (NT).

Tuautu. Perpendicular back [tua, back; utu, perpendicular]. Tract near Hautu,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuavahai. Commoner who separates by getting between the parties [tua, com-
moner; vahai, to separate by getting between the parties]. Tract near Tala-
foou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

232 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

Tuavale. Foolish commoner [tua, commoner; vale, foolish]. Tract on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Tuavao. Back of the bush [tua, back; vao, the bush]. Tract near Matafonua,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Kano-
kupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Koulo, village on
Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Vakataumai, village on Kapa island (V).
Also tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also tracts near villages on
Vavau island (V): near Neiafu—Lauaki, landlord, Tuanekivale, and Feletoa.

Tuavavau. The back of Vavau [tua, back]. Mound near Utungake, village on
Utungake island (V).

Tueia. Anything applauded and cheered. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (Y). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu,
landlord.

Tufa. To divide, to allot, to distribute. Tract in Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord.

Tufaho. Tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord.
Tufaka. Island (T).

Tufana. The name of a stick used for piercing coconut husks; now called huo-
kauvao. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ahomee,
landlord... Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Tufatakale. [Tufa, to portion out; takale, a term of reproach for the head].
Waterhole near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T). Said to have been
named for a man Tufa and a woman Kale who once lived there.

Tufonua. Hill near Hofoa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tufu. Brackish water. Tract near Tufuvai, village on Eua island (T). Also
village on Eua island (T). The name in full is Tufuvai. Also tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord, Nukualofa, and Tatakamotonga
—Tungi, landlord. Also tract on Nukunukumotu island (T). Also tract near
Felemea, village on Uiha island (H). Also tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka
island (H). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also tract
near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, vil-
lage on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tufua. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, land-
lord.

Tufuenga. Brackish water like turmeric [tufu, brackish water; enga, turmeric].
Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tufuhi. Brackish water like semen [tufu, brackish water; hi, semen]. Tract
on Lofanga island (H).

Tufuhu. Brackish water entering within [tufu, brackish water; hu, to enter
within]. Beach on Tongatabu island (T). In Hihifo district. Also tract on
Matuku island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near Felemea, village
on Uiha island (H). Also tract in Koloa, village on Koloa island (V).

Tufuingo. Displeasing brackish water [tufu, brackish water; ingo, displeasure].
Tract near Matavai, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tufukulalalo. The lower red brackish water [tufu, brackish water; kula, red;
lalo, lower}. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Tufukulauta. The inland red brackish water [tufu, brackish water; kula, red;
uta, inland]. Tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, land-
lord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 233

Tufukumete. Bowl of brackish water [tufu, brackish water; kumete, bowl].
Spring near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V). On the beach near Neiafu-
tahi. Artificially deepened to form a rock basin.

Tufulahi. The large brackish water [tufu, brackish water; lahi, large]. Tract on
Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Tufumahina. Moon reflected by brackish water [tufu, brackish water; mahina,
moon]. A place in Haamea, village of Pea, central Tongatabu island (T),
near which stands the royal tomb Langimatamoana.

Tufumalina. Probably a misspelling of Tufumahina. Tract near Nukualofa, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T).

Tufumata. The green brackish water [tufu, water; mata, green]. Tract on
Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—
Ulukalala, landlord. Also tract near Longomapu, village on Vavau island (V)
—Veikune, landlord.

Tufunua. A deep pool in the rocks in which there is not too much or too little
[tufu, a deep pool; nua, not too much and not too little]. Place on Tongatabu
island (T). On weather shore.

Tufuola. The spring of brackish water [tufu, brackish water; ola, alive]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Vaini, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Tufutakale. [Tufu, brackish water; takale, a term of reproach for the head].
Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Tufutakoka. Brackish water strking the koka tree [tufu, brackish water; ta,
to strike; koka, a tree]. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Tufutele. The flowing brackish water [tufu, brackish water; tele, to flow]. Tract
near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Utulau, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord. Also stream near Mangia, village on Vavau island (V).

Tufutokelau. The northern brackish water [tufu, brackish water; tokelau, north].
Tract near Havelu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fielakepa, landlord.

Tufuvai. Water that is brackish [tufu, brackish water; vai, water]. Village on
Eua island (T). The place is often spoken of as Tufu. Also tracts near vil-
lages on Tongatabu island (T): near Foui—Vahai, landlord, Fahefa—Veehala,
landlord, and Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Tui. King. Stone at the lagoon on Tongatabu island (T). Formerly called
Tuungasili.

Tui. To make nets. Tract on Nukunukumotu island (T).

Tuiahai. Whose garland of fiowers? Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua
island (T).

Tuiangata. The end of an attack of a disease [tuia, the attack of a disease;
ngata. the end]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord

Tuifeke. To string octopus together [tui, to string, as beads; feke, the octu-
pus]. Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).

Tuihaatala. King of the white tern “clan” [tui, king; haa, clan; tala, the white
tern (Gygis alba)]. Named for the chief who as a living man sent his spirit
to Pulotu, the land of the departed, while his body remained on earth. Spring
on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Tuikihau. Faith to the ruler [tui, faith; ki, to; hau, ruler]. Tract near Ohonua,
village on Eua island (T).

Tuila. To sew sails [tui, to thread a needie, to pierce; la, sail]. Tract near
Fuaamotu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

234 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tuilauta. Inland Tuila [uta, inland]. Tract near Haateiho, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Tuimalu. To sew tight [tui, to sew; malu, tight]. Tract in Tatakamotonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuimanga. To string manga fish [tui, to string; manga, a kind of fish]. Tract
near Vakataumai, village on Kapa island (V).

Tuingakakala. A string of scented flowers. Tract in Koloa, village on Koloa
island (V).

Tuingala. A string of mats for sails [tuinga, a string of; la, mat for sail]. Tract
near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Tuiono. To string ono fish [tui, to string; ono, a fish]. Tract near Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Tuitui. Candle-nut tree. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near
Nukunuku—Tui Vakano, landlord, Pea—Lavaka, landlord, and Nukualofa. Also
tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island
(H). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola, landlord.

Tuituiohu. Stone near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). In the Langi-
tuitonga. Named for a Tui (king) Haangata.

Tuituu. Wreaths of scented flowers. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Tukia. To stumble. Cemetery near Haano, village on Haano island (H). So
called because here a chief named Vake fell. According to the story Vake
was decapitated in battle several miles away in the island of Foa. Im-
mediately he picked up his head and set out at a run for Haano, crossing
from one island to another on the connecting reef which is exposed at low
tide. He sped along until just outside of the present village of Haano, where
he dropped and was buried.

Tukitou. To strike with tou wood [tuki, to strike; tou, a tree], A great de-
pression near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Tukua. To excommunicate. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Kolonga, village near Tongatabu island
(T)—Nuku, landlord.

Tukuaho. A rest mound (esi) on Bua island (T), named for the Tui Kanoku-
polu Tukuaho, who was appointed in 1797, and who earlier was governor of
Bua.

Tukuaipe. Leave it alone. Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V).

Tukuatu. Release, dismissal. Beach near Haveluliku, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Tukuhaunoa. To pay tribute for nothing [tukuhau, to pay tribute; noa, for
nothing]. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tukuihaamoa. A bale of tapa from Samoa [tukui, a bale of tapa; haamoa,
Samoa]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T).

Tukuingapahu. To strike until the victim is nearly overcome. Tract in
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tukuku. A species of fish. Tract near Nuapapu, village on Nuapapu island (V).
Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Tukulalo. To whisper. Beach near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Tukulolo. To submit. Beach between Popua (east of Maufanga) and Nukunuku-
motu, on Tongatabu island (T).

Tukumotafa. To cease (mixing?) to taste of [tuku, to cease; mo, and; tafa, to
taste of]. Site of house of Lauaki, ceremonial attendant of the Tui Haataka-
laua, in Fonuamotu section of Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 235

Tukumovakai. To cease and to look [tuku, to cease; mo, and; vakai, to look].
Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Tukumovaki. Tract near Maufanga, village near Tongatabu island (T)—Faka-
fanua, landlord.

Tukumovakili. To desist and lay open [tuku, to desist; mo, and; vakili, to lay
open]. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua,
landlord. Also a cemetery belonging to one family at Maufanga, village on
Tongatabu island (T). The name is said to refer to the placing and empty-
ing of food from a basket at the place of a god.

Tukungaalafia. The destination easy of accomplishment, i. e., easy to reach.
Road on Vavau island (V). Also the name of a large ake tree which stood on
or near Mt. Kafoa, perhaps beside the road.

Tukupeaalu. To cease and to go [tuku, to cease; pea, and, alu, to go]. Tract
near Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Tukupeau. To suffer waves (to strike?) [tuku, to suffer; peau, a wave of the
sea]. Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tukutolu. Three ropes in the canoe [tuku, a rope in the canoe; tolu, three].
Tract near Houma, village on Eua island (T).

Tukutonga. Tonga point. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tukutonunga. To be satisfied [tuku, to stop; tonunga, faithful]. Gate of Loto-
foa fortress facing towards Fotua village, on Foa island (H).

Tukutukunga. Place of sinking in the sea [tukutuku, to sink in the sea; nga.
place]. Place on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Tulanga. Chief (Fijian word). Tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island
(V).

Tuleki. To push off. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Tulenoa. To jog along at random [tule, to jog along as one old and weak; noa,
random]. Tract near Mataaho, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tuli. To pursue. Tract on Tofua island (H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V).

Tulie. Tract near Koloa, village on Koloa island (V). Also island (V). Also
tract near Houma, village on Vavau island (V).

Tuliheloka. To do anything at sea before an approaching storm [tuli, to chase;
he, because; loka, rough]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui
Afitu, landlord.

Tulikaki. Catching up with anyone ahead [tuli, to pursue]. Tract on Nomuka
island (H).

Tuliki. The corner of a place. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island
(E)e

Tulikihe. Corner of that place. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—
Malupo, landlord.

Tulikituahaa. Pigeon mound on Uoleva island (H).

Tulikopau. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, land-
lord.

Tulitahi. To follow the ebbing tide [tuli, to pursue; tahi, sea]. Tract near
Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Tulitulihake. To follow up. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tulongo. Quiet ground dove [tu, the ground dove (Phlogoenas stairi); longo,
quiet]. Tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, land-
lord.

Tulukingavavau. The crowded place of Vavau [tuluki, crowded; nga, place].
Place on Vavau island (V).

236 Bernice P. Bishop Museuwm—Butlletin

Tumuloa. Rotten and besmeared [tumu, rotten; loa, to besmear]. Tract on
Fotuhaa island (H).

Tuna. Name of the eel. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Tunauta. Land eel [tuna, eel; uta, land]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tuniloa. The living house of a chief and his men. Tract near Kolonga, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also green near Nukualofa (7),
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tunuetefekekaekaieteika. Grill my octopus while I eat my fish [tunu, to grill or
cook in charcoal; ete, my; feke, octupus; kae, while; kai, to eat; ete, my;
ika, fish]. Pigeon mound on Uoleva island (H).

Tungahina. White tunga insect [tunga, an insect; hina, white]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Tungia. To set on fire. Tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pele-
hake, landlord.

Tungua. Tract on Lofanga island (H). Also island (H). Also tract near Puko-
tala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Tuotuakolo. Strong fortress [tuotua, strong; kolo, fortress]. Tract near Ngau-
noho, village on Utungake island (V)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Tupa. Name of a land crab. Tract on Ofu or Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord.

Tupavao. Bush land crabs [tupa, land crab; vao, bush]. Tract near Koulo,
village on Lifuka island (H).

Tupou. Storehouse for food. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T):
near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Nukualofa, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Malapo—
Luani, landlord, Tatakamotonga—Tungi, landlord, Lolotelie, and Manuka. Also
tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island
(H)-—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract on Ofu island
(V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island
(V).

Tupouahau. Food storehouse of the ruler [tupou, food storehouse; a, of; hau,
ruler}. A hehea tree on or near Mt. Kafoa, on Vavau island (V). Probably
named for the chief Tupouahau.

Tupouilakepa. Tupou in Lakepa. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Tupouniua. Tupou of Niua [tupou, storehouse; niua, plenty of coconuts]. Prob-
ably named for a chief. Place on Vavau island (V). On northeast coast.

Tupouuta. Inland storehouse [tupou, food storehouse; uta, inland]. Tract near
Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord.

Tupouveiongo. Tupou of Veiongo. Mt. Zion, in Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Tupu. To grow. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tupuheanga. To grow from the shark [tupu, to grow; he, from the; anga,
shark]. Tract on Lape island (V).

Tuputolu. Three growing together [tupu, to grow; tolu, three]. Tract on Hunga
island (V).

Tutu. Chinese paper mulberry tree. Tract in southern Eua island (T). Also
tract on Nomuka island (H).

Tutuheka. Preparations to leave. Tract on Fetoa island (H).

Tutuila. To burn spots [tutu, to burn; ila, spot]. More likely named for Tutu
ila island, Samoa. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovat
Ata, landlord, Alaki—Tui Pelehake, landlord, and Lapaha—Pangia, landlord.
Also tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Pukotala,

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 237

village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract on Okoa
island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau
island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Tutupeka. To burn the filying-fox [tutu, to burn; peka, flying-fox]. Tract near
Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Leimatua, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Tutuna. The name of a tree. Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).
Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Tutupa. Seeking. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuuela. To stand stately [tuu, to stand; ela, stately]. Tract near Falevai, vil-
lage on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord.

Tuukolo. To stand in a village [tuu, to stand; kolo, village]. Tract near Makave,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Tuuloto. To stand in the center [tuu, to stand; loto, center]. Tract near Utulei,
village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Tuumai. To stand by. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuumua. The first or foremost. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou island
(NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Tuungafata. The site of a loft [tuunga, site; fata, loft]. Tract near Vaini, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Tuungahenga. The standing place of the henga bird [tuunga, standing place;
henga, a small bird (Domicella fringillacea)]. Tract near Pea, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Tuungakolo. Village site [tuunga, site; kolo, village]. Tract near Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Tuungakolomotua. Old village site [tuunga, site; kolo, village; motua, old].
Tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Tuungasika. Site for the sika game [tuunga, site; sika, a game]. Island (V).

Tuungasili. The standing place of men catching fish with hand net [tuunga,
site; sili, to fish with the hand net]. Later called Tui. Stone on Tongatabu
island (T). At the great lagoon.

Tuungatau. A battle field [tuunga, site; tau, war, fighting]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Tuungatonu. The correct site [tuunga, site; tonu, correct]. Tract on Tofua
island (H).

Tuungauho. The main root of the kava plant. Tract near Foui, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord.

Tuutaki. To stand to hold [tuu, to stand; taki, to hold]. Probably named for the
legendary hero Tuutaki. Fortress inland (east) from Ohonua, village on Eua
island (T).

Tuutataafafine. The making water of the women [tuutata, to make water; a, of;
fafine, women]. A shoulder or point (muitolotolo) of Mt. Kafoa on side towards
Neiafu on Vavau island (V).

Tuuteau. One hundred kape plants [tuu, one kind of kape (Arum costatum);
teau, one hundred]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—
Niukapu, landlord.

Tuutuu. To cut in pieces. Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). The
tract where the Tui Tonga Tuitatui died. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu
island (T): near Neiafu, Haakili, Ahau, Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Hautu,
Houma — Vaea, landlord, Folaha, and Niutoua. Also tract on Nomuka
island (H). Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also
tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also
tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Vaipoa, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

238 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Tuutuukautala. To talk about a person while he is near. A place on Lofanga
island (H), where a clump of banana trees stood and at which the legendary
hero Muni overheard the derogatory remarks of his foster parents.

Tuutuungeesiapi. The cutting up of the empty tract [tuutuu, to cut into pieces;
ngeesi, empty; api, tract]. Tract near Kei, village on Vavau island (V).

Tuuvaitapu. Where sacred water stands [tuu, to stand; vai, water; tapu, sacred].
Tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Tuuvalu. Hight standing [tuu, to stand; valu, eight]. Tract near Mua, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Tuvana. To curse. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Tuvao. Bush ground dove [tu, ground dove (Phlogoenas stairi); vao, bush].
Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also
two tracts on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai and Tui Lakepa, landlords. Also tract
on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tracts near villages on Vavau
island (V): near Longomapu—Veikune, landlord, Neiafu, Houma, Taanea—
Vahai, landlord, Tuanekivale, and Leimatua—Fotu, landlord. Also tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Uai. Shelter there [u, shelter; ai, there]. Ridge flanking west side of Tuaki-
laumea canyon, Eua island (T).

Uakaivale. Foolish greediness [uakai, greediness; vale, foolish]. Tract near
Lavengatonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ualako. Formerly the special property of the Tui Tonga. Tract near Kolonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ualangalalo. Raised by a lever from below [ua, to raise by lever; langa, to set in
motion; lalo, below, beneath]; or off shore Ualanga [lalo, off shore]. Reef near
Tongatabu island (T).

Ualangauta. Inshore Ualanga [ualanga (see preceding); uta, inshore]. Reef
near Tongatabu island (T).

Ualapo. To raise by lever and make hollow [ua, to raise by lever; lapo, to make
hollow]. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Uanoa. To ward off at random [ua, to ward off; noa, random]. Tract near Nuku-
alofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Uanukuhahake. Hastern land raised by a lever [ua, to raise by a lever; nuku,
land; hahake, eastern]. Island (H).

Uanukuhihifo. Western land raised by a lever [uanuku (see preceding); hihifo,
western]. Island (H).

Uatoloa. To raise by a lever and cast overboard [ua, to raise by a lever; toloa, to
cast overboard]. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea,
landlord.

Uea. Also spelt Uvea. The name of Wallis island. Tract near Pukotala, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Uealiku. Weather shore of Wallis island [uea, Wallis island; liku, weather shore].
Tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Ufimoufi. Yam and yam [ufi, yam; mo, and]. So named because myth says that
here the yams stolen and swallowed by the goddess Fehuluni in Samoa, fell
from the goddess’ rectum. See also Muikuku and Hakaumuikuku.

Uhaimahu. Rain in abundance [uha, rain; i, in; mahu, abundance]. House or
holy place (potu tapu) of the god Uluenga, near Holopeka (?), village on Li-
fuka (H).

Uhakeilelei. Rain while pleasant [uha, rain; kei, while; lelei, pleasant]. Tract
near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 239

Uhakuotao. Rain after baking [uha, rain; kuo, after; tao, to bake]. Tract on
Lofanga island (H). Also tract near Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—
Fotu, landlord.

Uhamoafua. Rain and fair [uha, rain; mo, and; afua, fair, dry]. Tract near
Hamula, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Uho. Pith. Tract near Taoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Uhulato. To go early in the morning and fill the grave with sand [uhu, to go early
in the morning; lato, to fill the grave with sand]. Also recorded as Uhuloto.
Tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Uhunoa. Morning visit for nothing [uhu, morning visit; noa, random]. This word
applies to matabules not visiting the chief’s house with a piece of kava, but
visiting other people’s houses without kava. Tract near Haakili, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Uiha. To call and to appear in sight [ui, to call; ha, to appear in sight]. Tract
near Tufuvai, village on Eua Island (T). Also island (H). Also village on
Uiha island (H).

Uiuekui. Promontory on Ofolanga island (H).

Ukamea. Iron. Tract on Ofu island (V).

Ulaimalu. To dance in a mild breeze [ula, to dance; i, in; malu, mild (applied to
the wind)]. Tract near Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai, landlord.

Ulingaki. Determined, resolute, fixed. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Uluaho. A missile entering a shark [ulu, to enter (as anything thrown or darted);
aho, a kind of shark]. Tract near Taanea, village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai,
landlord.

Ultuano. To enter a pool [ulu, to enter; ano, pool]. Tract near Folaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Uluilo. To enter and discern [ulu, to enter; ilo, to discern]. Tract near Lotofoa,
village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Uluipau. To unite with Mbau (in Fiji) [ului, to unite with; pau, Tongan render-
ing of Mbau]. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Ulukau. The name of a fish, many of which are sometimes poisonous. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract in Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V).

Ulumei. The head of the breadfruit tree [ulu, head; mei, breadfruit]. Tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Ulumeimotu. Ten from island [ulu, ten; mei, from; motu, island]. Tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa
island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Uluone. Sandy head [ulu, head; one, sand]. Tract near Fatai, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Uluvai. To enter water [ulu to enter; vai, water]. Tract near Ohonua, village
on Hua island (T).

Umea. Clay. Tract near Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Umisikaiufi. To wish to eat fish but to eat yams [umisi, to wish to eat fish;
kai, to eat; ufi, yams]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—
Niukapu, landlord.

Umisimakona. To wish to eat fish but satisfied with other food [umisi, to wish
to eat fish; makona, satisfied with food]. Tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau
island (V).

Umufusi. An oven of bananas [umu, earth oven; fusi, bananas]. Tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Umuiea. Umu fish appearing plainly [umu, a kind of fish; i, in; ea, to appear
plainly}. Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

240 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Umuifi. An oven of Tahitian chestnuts [umu, earth oven; ifi, Tahitian chestnut].
Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Umuika. An oven of fish [umu, earth oven; ika, fish]. Tract near Haano, vil-
lage on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Umulivata. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Umuna. Oven of fear [umu, oven; na, fear, respect]. Place near Folaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also island (V). Also tract on Vavau island (V).
Location of Admiralty Coaling Ground near Ahanga boat passage between
Vavau and Pangaimotu islands. Tracts near villages on Vavau island (V):
near Toula, Utui—Veikune, landlord, and Mataika.

Umuomuni. The oven of Muni [umu, oven; o, of; muni, a legendary hero]. A
hole in a rock on the shore of Hihifo district on Tongatabu island (T), alleged
to have been used as an oven by hero Muni.

Umusi. Oven of si root [umu, earth oven; si, a plant]. Shore at terminus of
road at lagoon shore nearest Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Utungake, village on Utungake island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Umutakitaki. Basket of cooked food carried in the hand [umu, basket of cooked
food; takitaki, carry with one hand]. Tract near Maufanga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.

Umutalitunu. Basket of cooked food prepared for visitors by broiling and toast-
ing [umu, basket of cooked food; tali, to prepare food for visitors; tunu, to
toast, to broil]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai,
landlord.

Umutangata. Oven of men [umu, earth oven; tangata, men]. Place in Hihifo
district on Tongatabu island (T), near junction of three roads from the east.
Here, according to one tale, the chief Vahai roasted commoners captured in
war. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Unia. Collected together. Tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Unufi. Caterpillar. Tract in Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V).

Ungakoa. To hide in the froth of the waves [unga, to hide, to be screened; koa,
froth, foam]. A place on the edge of the cliffs of the weather side of Bua
island (T), close to Tapatapaao. The name is that of a huge mythical shell-
fish pulled out of the rock and slain by Maui Kisikisi. The ungakoa dwelt in
a big cleft in the rock. His flesh was in the rock and the rock was his shell.

Unganga. Crowded, full. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Uofue. A cluster of fue shrubs [uo, an indiscriminate assembly; fue, a shrub].
Tract near Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Uoleva. Crowded at once [uo, an indiscriminate assembly; leva, at once]. Tract
near Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract near
Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord. Also island (H).
Possibly the name refers to the people assembled here by the Tui Tonga’s
representative Matauvave to build pigeon mounds. Also two tracts near Hihifo
and Pangai, villages on Lifuka island (H).

Uonuku. An indiscriminate assembly of lands [uo, an indiscriminate assembly;
nuku, land]. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Uonukuhihifo. Western Uonuku [uonuku (see preceding); hihifo, western]. Tract
near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Upolu. Samoan Upolu. The Tongan equivalent is Kupolu. Tract near Angaha,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Uta. Inland. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Aho-
mee, landlord. Also tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).
Also tract near Petani, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 241

Utalofanga. Land of many landing places [uta, land; lo, many; fanga, landing
place]. Tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Utamotahi. Land and sea [uta, land; mo, and; tahi, sea]. Tract near Utulau,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also
tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near
Utui, village on Vavau island (V)—Ahomee, landlord.

Utatonu. Fixed land [uta, land; tonu, fixed]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Utavavau. Land of Vavau [uta, land; vavau, an island of the Vavau group].
Tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H).

Utongau. To chew the juice out of the spongy kernel of the coconut when
germinating [uto, spongy kernel of the coconut when germinating; ngau, to
chew the juice out of anything]. Tract near Utungake, village on Utungake
island (V)—Tuita, landlord.

Utu. To carry. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Teekiu—
Motuapuaka, landlord, Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, and Haakame, Also tract
near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near Muitoa, village
on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Utua. Ebb tide. Tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalau-
fuli, landlord.

Utuafu. Overcooked utu fish [utu, a fish; afu, overcooked]. Pool. Uncertain if
on Vavau island; at least in Vavau group.

Utuaka. To gather the aka shrub [utu, to gather in; aka, a shrub]. Tracts in
and near Matafonua, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.
Utualea. Perpendicular shore where people meet, to converse together [utu,
perpendicular shore; alea, to converse together]. Tract near Holopeka, vil-

lage on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Utuanifo. Horns or teeth at ebb tide [utua, ebb tide; nifo, horn, tooth], per-
haps in reference to exposed jagged rocks. Tract near Angaha, village on
Niuafoou island (NF). Also another tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Utuangiangi. Perpendicular shore where the breeze springs up [utu, perpen-
dicular shore; angiangi, to spring up as a breeze]. Tract near Nukualofa,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Utuatea. To have a whitish reflection like glass [utua, to reflect as glass; tea,
whitish, light in color]. Tract near Napua, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract and peninsula near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu,
landlord.

Utufakatoka. To run ashore at a perpendicular cliff [utu, perpendicular, as the
weather shore of Vavau; fakatoka, to run ashore, to ground]. Tract near
Muitoa, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Utufufu. To draw water secretly [utu, to draw water; fufu, secretly]. Fresh-
water on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

Utui. To shelter the king [u, to shelter; tui, king]. Village on Vavau island
(V).

Utukakai. Populous perpendicular cliff [utu, perpendicular cliff; kakai, populous].
Place on Eua (?) island (T).

Utukakala. Rocky shore of sweet-scented flowers [utu, rocky shore; kakala,
sweet-scented flowers]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo,
landlord.

Utukalongalu. The shore that avoids the dangerous waves [utu, shore; kalo, to
avoid danger; ngalu, waves]. An underground stream on Vavau island (V).
Utukape. Perpendicular place with kape leaves [utu, perpendicular place; kape,
the plant (Arum costatum)]. A place below the plateau of Moko on Eua
island (T). There dwelt the hero Tuutaki, who fought and destroyed the people
of his wife’s brothers who lived near the eastern shore of Eua. Tuutaki made

242 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Butlletin

holes in the rock and covered them with kape leaves, hence the name Utukape.
When his enemies trod on these places they fell into the holes, Tuutaki came
and slew them. (For the sequel see the place names Veefefe and Koloutakape).

Utukaunga. Fellow workman in carrying [utu, to carry; kaunga, fellow, asso-
ciate]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Utukehe. Different perpendicular shore [utu, perpendicular shore; kehe, dif-
ferent]. Tract near Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also tract near Foui,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract near Pea, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord.

Utukoufe. Tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Utuku. Stinking utu fish [utu, a fish; ku, to stink]. Tract near Mataaho, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Utukumi. To carry two sheets of black tapa [utu, to carry; kumi, two sheets of
black tapa]. Tract near Haakame, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Utulaa. Sunny perpendicular cliff [utu, pendicular cliff; laa, sunny]. Tract on
Fetoa island (H).

Utulaaina. Sunburnt perpendicular cliff [utu, perpendicular cliff; laaina, sun-
burnt]. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near
Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Utulahi. A large rocky shore [utu, rocky; lahi, large]. Tract and district on
Lofanga island (H).

Utulalo. Rocks below [utu, rocks; lalo, below]. Tract near Fakakakai, village
on Haano island (H).

Utulangivaka. Tract in Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Utulau. Talking rocks [utu, rocks; lau, to talk] in this case the sound of
waves striking the rocks. Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Oua
island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haan-
gana, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Utulei. Ivory cliff [utu, cliff; lei, ivory]. Village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Utulele. To draw water and run [utu, to draw water; lele, to run]. Tract on
Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Utuleva. To fetch at once [utu, to fetch; leva, at once]. Tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Utulifuka. Perpendicular bank, where the hair is lashed together in imitation
of the Fijians [utu, perpendicular bank; li, to lash together; fuka, to dress the
hair in imitation of the Fajians]. Perhaps at places of this name was the
reddish earth used in washing the hair. A place on the south bank of the
Vaitaki, an artificial channel, on Eua island (T). Teeveka hill stands opposite
Utulifuka on the north bank of the Vaitaki. Also place near Lapaha, village
on Tongatabu island (T), a chief's place.

Utuloa. Long rocky snore [utu, rocky shore; loa, long]. Tract near Kolonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near Angaha,
village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Utuloko. Very perpendicular [utu, perpendicular; loko, very]. Tract near Haa-
teiho, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near
Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract
near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Utulongo. Peaceful rocky shore [utu, rocky shore; longo, peaceful]. Tract near
Ahau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Tefisi, village on
Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Utulongoaa. Noisy rocks [utu, rocks; longoaa, noisy]. Beach near Heketa where
the Tui Tonga formerly dwelt, near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 243

Utulupe. To carry pigeons [utu, to carry; lupe, pigeon (Carpophaga pacifica)].
The name is said to refer to the taking of cooked pigeons to the Tui Tonga.
Well near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Another well close by was
called Vailupesia. Also tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also
tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Utumaa. To draw water while clean [utu, to draw; maa, clean]. Tract near
Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Utumalama. Shining perpendicular cliff [utu, perpendicular cliff; malama, shin-
ing]. Tract near Longoteme, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, land-
lord. Also tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Utumanuka. Rocky shore of murder [utu, rocky shore; manuka, to murder
(applied to chiefs)]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)
—Maatu, landlord. ;

Utumapu. Whistling rocky shore [utu, rocky shore; mapu, to whistle]. Tract
near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Neiafu,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Utumatolu. Rocky shore of the matolu shrub [utu, rocky shore; matolu, a shrub].
Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Utumeaa. Clean (ironically) rocky shore [utu, rocky shore; meaa, good, clean,
(generally used ironically of what is filthy)]. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui
Lakepa, landlord.

Utumoe. Sleeping rock [utu, rock; moe or mohe, to sleep]. Tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Utumoho. To carry cooked [utu, to carry; moho, cooked]. Tract on Fotuhaa
island (H).

Utumotahi. Cliff and sea [utu, cliff; mo, and; tahi, sea]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Utumotuku. Cliff of herons [utu, cliff; motuku, heron (Ardea sacra)]. Tract on
Okoa island (V).

Utungake. Wet rocks [utu, rocks; ngake, wet, damp]. Tract near Faleloa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Tuita, landlord. Also island (V). Also village on
Utungake island (V). Also tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Utuone. Sandy perpendicular bank [utu, perpendicular bank; one, sand]. Well
near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Makave,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Utuotea. Cliff of whitishness [utu, cliff; 0, of; tea, whitish]. Tract near Holo-
peka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Utupahu. To fetch and beat soundly [utu, to fetch; pahu, to beat soundly]. Tract
near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Utupatu. Dry rocks; [utu, rocks; patu, to dry]. Reef (?) on north side of Tonga-
tabu island (T); Mounu, a reef, is mentioned with it.

Utupulu. Cliff of coconut husks [utu, cliff; pulu, coconut husk]. Tract near
Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Ututoki. Cliff of the toki shellfish [utu, cliff; toki, a shellfish]. Tracts near vil-
lages on Vavau island (V): near Tuanuku—Malupo, landlord, Tuanuku—Ulu-
kalala, landlord, and Makave—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Utuuku. To dive from a perpendicular place [utu, perpendicular; uku, to dive].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Utuvaka. Cliff of vessels [utu, cliff; vaka, vessel]. Tract near Falehau, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Utuvelevele. Cliff in which pleasure is taken [utu, cliff; velevele, to take pleasure
in]. Tract on Tongatabu island (T). On the weather shore.

244 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Uvea. Wallis island. Also spelt Uea. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Veitongo, Holonga, Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Fuaamotu—Tungi,
landlord. Also tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tracts near villages on
Haano island (H): near Fakakakai, Pukotala—Tui Haangana, landlord, and
Haano—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa
island (V)—Fakatulolo, landlord. Also tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord. Also tract near Tafeuni, village on Vavau island (V).

Uvealiku. Weather shore of Wallis island [uvea, Wallis island; liku, weather
shore]. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaamaile. Branch of the myrtle shrub [vaa, branch; maile, myrtle]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaataha. One branch [vaa, branch; taha, one]. Tract near Puke, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Fohe, landlord.

Vaatakape. Naked branch [vaa, branch; takape, to be short or destitute of
clothing]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaavaatama. Branchy child [vaavaa, branchy; tama, boy, child]; apparently a
child related to many chiefs. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Vaea. A stone in the royal tomb Langituitonga, named for Vaea one of the Tui
Haatakalaua, near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Leimatua, village on Vavau island (V)—Fotu, landlord.

Vahaafonua. A space between two lands [vahaa, space; fonua, lands]. Tract
on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vahaakai. Space between piles of food [vahaa, space; kai, food]. Tract near
Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.

Vahaakeli. Space between ditches [vahaa, space; keli, ditch]. Tract in Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Vahaakolo. Space between villages [vahaa, space; kolo, village]. Tract and
road near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). The street which
divides Nukualofa into Kolomotua (Old Town) and Kolofoou (New Town); it
bounds the west side of the royal palace precincts. Also tract in Vai-
malo, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF). Also
tract near Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vahaavao. Space in the bush [vahaa, space; vao, the bush]. Tract near Neiafu,
village on Vavau island (V).

Vahaavau. Scraped space [vahaa, space; vau, to scrape]. Hill on Vavau island
(V).

Vahahuhu. Wet space [vaha, space at sea; huhu, wet]. Tract on Ofolanga
island (H).

Vahehahake. Eastern district [vahe, district; hahake, eastern]. District on
Tongatabu island (T). The eastern third of the island.

Vahehihifo. Western district [vahe, district; hihifo, western]. District on Tonga-
tabu island (T). The western third of the island.

Vaheloto. Central district [vahe, district; loto, central]. District on Tongatabu
island (T). The central third of the island.

Vahi. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Vahine. Girl; said to be an ancient word now replaced by taahine. Inlet or
waterhole near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Vahungahu. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Vai. Water. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Masilamea,
Fetoa—Luani, landlord, Malapo, Malapo—Luani, landlord, and Talafoou—Lauaki,
landlord. Also tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract
on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Hihifo, village
on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 245

Also tract near Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also
tract on Ofolanga island (H). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola,
landlord. Also tract on Oloua island (V). Also tract near Taoa, village on
Vavau island (V). Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaiafa. Wonderful water [vai, water; afa, wonderful]. Tract near Fakakakai,
village on Haano island (H).

Vaiafea. Water that makes eloquent [vai, water; afea, eloquent]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vaiana. Cave water [vai, water; ana, cave]. A cemetery belonging to a family
at Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaianga. Water place [vai, water; anga, place]. Sea off weather shore, Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Vaiangana. Rumbling water [vai, water; angana, rumbling sound]. Stream on
the weather shore of the hereditary lands formerly belonging to the chief
Hafoka, in the southern part of Eua island (T).

Vaiataupongi. Water sheltered by shadow in the morning [vai, water; ata,
shadow; u, to shelter; pongi, morning]. Tract near Ahau, village on Niuafoou
island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vaiau. Swiftly flowing water [vai, water; au, to flow rapidly]. Tract on Lofanga
island (H).

Vaiauloa. A long swift-flowing stream [vai, stream; au, to flow rapidly; loa,
long]. Tract near Navutoka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, land-
lord.

Vaiea. Water appearing plainly [vai, water; ea, to appear plainly]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vaieke. Examined water [vai, water; eke, to examine]. Tract near Nukunuku,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract on Niua-
foou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vaielo. Stinking water [vai, water; elo, stinking]. Tract near Nukuleka, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract on Ofolanga island (H).

Vaiene. Tickling water [vai, water; ene, to tickle]. Tract in Toula, village on
Vavau island (V).

Vaifa. Pandanus water [vai, water; fa, pandanus]. Tract near Fuaamotu, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Vaifoou. New well [vai, well; foou, new]. Tract in Haalalo, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island
(T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vaifuoua. Double wells [vai, well; fuoua, double]. Tract near Talafoou, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

Vaihaha. Beating well [vai, well; haha, to beat]; in reference to women beating
clothes with a stick when washing them. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha
island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vaihai. Binding well [vai, well; hai, to bind]. Tract near Haakili, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Vaihakili. Desired water [vai, water; hakili, to desire]. Tract near Pukotala,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Vaihi. Hawaii. Tract near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H). Also tract on
Moungaone island (H). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaihoi. Well of the hoi shrub [vai, well; hoi, a shrub]. Tract near Leimatua,
village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Vaihouma. Well at the point of land [vai, well; houma, point of land]. Tract
on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Vaihungono. Medicine diluted with juice of young coconut [vai, medicine; hui,
to dilute; ngono, the coconut while yet young]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

246 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Vaiika. Fish cooked in coconut milk. Tract near Sapaata, village on Niuafoou
island (NF). Also recorded as Vaika.

Vaikalili. Water but boiling [vai, water; ka, but; lili, to boil]. Tract near
Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Vaikato. Water in baskets [vai, water; kato, basket]. Tract in Nukualofa
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaikele. Muddy water [vai, water; kele, muddy]. Tract near Lotofoa, village
on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake. landlord.

Vaikeli. Well. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Vaikolili. Water of the kolili bird [vai, water; kolili, name of a bird]. Tract
near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, landlord.

Vaikona. Bitter water [vai, water; kona, bitter]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vailahi. Large water [vai, water; lahi, large]. Crater lake on Tofua island (H).
Also tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Vailala. Deserted well [vai, well; lala, deserted]. Tract near Longoteme, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Veikune, landlord. Also tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also two tracts near Angaha and Tongamamao,
villages on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vailalahi. Large water [vai, water; lalahi, large]. Tract near Vaipoa, village
on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vailalatahi. Deserted well near the sea [vai, well; lala, deserted; tahi, sea].
Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Vailau. To talk, to chatter away. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Vaile. Water where fish are affrighted into nets [vai, water; le, to affright fish
into the net]. Tract near Pukotala, village on Haano island (H)—Tui
Haangana, landlord.

Vaileleka. Shallow water [vai, water; leleka, shallow]. Tract near Uiha, vil-
lage on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vailepo. Water on leaves sewn together to keep in the heat of an earth oven
[vai, water; lepo, leaves sewn together to keep in the heat of an earth oven].
Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Vaileva. Suddenly became stream [vai, stream; leva, suddenly, at once, forth-
with]. Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi,
landlord.

Vailevu. Great water [vai, water; levu, great (in Fijian)]. Tract on Fotuhaa
island (H).

Vailima. The five streams [vai, water, stream; lima, five (in Samoan)]. Tract
on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Vailiunu. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vailoa. The long stream [vai, stream; loa, long]. Tract near Nukualofa, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Vailolo. Oily water [vai, water; lolo, oily]. Tract near Holonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Vailolongo. The quick stream [vai, water; lolongo, quick]. Tract near Felemea,
village on Uiha island (H).

Vailota. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Vailupesia. Pigeon mound where pigeons were cooked in coconut milk [vai,
coconut milk in which pigeons were cooked; lupe, pigeon (Carpophaga paci-
fica); sia, mound where pigeons were caught]. Tract and well near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). This well and the well Utulupe
belonged to the Tui Tonga. When the Tui Tonga’s attendant Matauvave re-
turned from the pigeon mound with pigeons, the Tui Tonga’s people dressed

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 247

the birds and cooked them in coconut milk. Hence, the name Vailupesia be-
stowed upon the well close to the cooking place.

Vaimalau. Mound turkey’s water [vai, water; malau, the mound turkey peculiar
to Niuafoou (Megapodius burnabyi)]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaimalo. Water of the winner in games [vai, water; malo, a winner in games].
Village on Vavau island (V).

Vaimalumalu. Shaded water [vai, water; malumalu, shaded]. Tract near Tuane-
kivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaimate. Extinct water [vai, water; mate, extinct; formerly there, but now
gone]. Tract near Kei, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Ahau,
village on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vaimea. Brown water [vai, water; mea, brown]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord. Also tract near Mataaho, village
on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaimofakaafu. To get water and to prepare the oven by heating the stones for
cooking food [vai, water; mo, and; fakaafu, to prepare the oven by heating

stones for cooking food]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Vaimohe. Congealed water [vai, water; mohe, to congeal, to concrete by cold].
Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Vaimomoho. The ripe stream [vai, stream; momoho, ripe]. Tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Vaimua. First water [vai, water; mua, first]. Tract near Makave, village on
Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Vainafa. The drum stream [vai, stream; nafa, drum]; falling of water like the
beating of a drum. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Nukua-
lofa, Kolonga—Nuku, landlord, and Nakolo—Luani, landlord. Also two tracts
near Hihifo and Koulo, villages on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Ngau-
noho, village on Utungake island (V). Also tract near Mataaho, village on
Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaini. This water [vai, water; ni, this]. Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord. Also
tract in Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vainiaku. Girdle streamers. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Ma-
lupo, landlord.

Vainialau. Tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vainifao. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vainiketi. Tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V).

Vainiua. Niua water [vai, water; niua, Niuatoputapu]. Tract near Makave, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Vainuatau. Tract near Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Vainui. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vainga. To play. Tract on Fetoa island (H).

Vaingahele. To play with a knife [vainga, to play; hele, knife]. Tract near
Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaingalo. Water of forgetfulness [vai, water; ngalo, to forget]. A name be-
stowed by Queen Charlotte in 1921 upon the site of the Nukualofa boarding
house. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaingana. Water, the name of which is spread abroad [vai, water; ngana, to
spread abroad, as a name]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Vaiokiu. Water of plovers [vai, water; o, of; kiu, plover (Charadrius fulvus)].
Tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

248 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Vaiola. The living water [vai, water; ola, alive]. Stream on Bua island (T).
In a Tongan tale is mentioned a pool of the same name in Samoa, the sacred
pool of the goddess Hina. Another Vaiola is the lake situated in Pulotu, the
land of the departed, over which the god Hikuleo holds sway. Also tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Vaiomanu. Water of the animal [vai, water; 0, of; manu, animal]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaiomisi. Water of dreams [vai, water; 0, of; misi, dream]. Tract near Otea,
village on Kapa island (V).

Vaiomoho. Water of the rail [vai, water; 0, of; moho, the rail (Ortygometra
tabuensis)]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia,
landlord.

Vaiopa. Stream of slopping [vai, stream; o, of; pa, to slop]. Tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Vaipaha. Water that breaks out [vai, water; paha, to break out]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vaipakola. Water of low commoners [vai, water; pakola, a Fijian term signify-
ing “low commoner”; also used as an exclamation with the meaning, “Die,
you wretches”]. Tract near Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala,
landlord.

Vaipapa. Smooth water [vai, water; papa, even, smooth]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vaipoa. Water with the smell of fish [vai, water; poa, the smell of fish]. Two
tracts near Nukualofa and Folaha, villages on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Lotofoa, vil-
lage on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Makave, village on Vavau island
(V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near Haakio, village on Vavau island (V).
Also the name of a mythical bit of sea water formerly at Haakio. It was
carried away in the mouth of a god and finally deposited at Tufumahina,
Tongatabu island. Also village on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near
Tongamamao, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaipoauta. Inland Vaipoa [uta, inland]. Tract near Haakio, village on Vavau
island (V).

Vaipua. Seaweed water [vai, water; pua, a seaweed]. Tract near Neiafu, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V).

Vaipulu. Water covered with coconut husks [vai, water; pulu, the husk of the
coconut]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu,
landlord. Also tract on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Tangipa, landlord. Also
tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaipuua. The two spouting streams [vai, stream; pu, to spout; ua, two]. A
long arm of the sea extending far north into Vavau island (V) and dividing the
island into an eastern and a western part.

Vaisii. Little water [vai, water; sii, little]. Tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaisio. Water of the sio shellfish [vai, water; sio, a shellfish]. Tract near Taoa,
village on Vavau island (V).

Vaisioata. Mirroring water [vai, water; sioata, anything which reflects the
image]. Well on Uoleva island (H). Beside the pigeon mound called Siaku-
lufotu (or Siaulufotu).

Vaisisi. Water of the si-leaf dress [vai, water; sisi, a dress for working in,
made from the leaves of the si plant]. ‘Tract near Tatakamotonga, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Vaitafe. Brook. Stream on weather shore of Tongatabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 249

Vaitaki. Conducted water [vai, water; taki, to lead]. Tract and stream near
Kolomaile, village on Eua island (T). An artificial channel marked on the
chart like a stream. It runs from the east towards Haatua (Kolomaile).

Vaitapu. Sacred water [vai, water; tapu, sacred]. Tract near Masilamea, village
on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Vaitatafe. Flowing water [vai, water; tatafe, to flow]. Tract near Matayai, vil-
lage on Niuatoputapu island (NT). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuato-
putapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vaito. Falling water [vai, water; to, to fall]. Tract near Ahau, village on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vaitoa. Casuarina water [vai, water; toa, casuarina tree]. Tract on THueiki
island (T). Also tract near Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu,
landlord.

Vaitoka. Water with sediment [vai, water; toka, sediment]. Tract near Feletoa,
village on Vavau island (V).

Vaitomoana. Water falling into the ocean [vai, water; to, falling; moana,
ocean]. Tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Vaitongo. Mangrove water [vai, water; tongo, mangrove]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract on Moungaone island
(BH).

Vaitumu. Rotten water [vai, water; tumu, rotten]. Tract on Nukunukumotu
island (T).

Vaitupu. Well water. Tract in Hautu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Tract
in Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T). Tract near Fotua, village on
Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai, village on
Haano island (H). Two tracts on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai and Tui Lakepa,
landlords.

Vaiuta. Inland water [vai, water; uta, inland]. Tract near Tuanekivale, village
on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Mua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaiutukakau. Water at the perpendicular swimming place [vai, water; utu, per-
pendicular cliff; kakau, to swim]. A place on northeast coast of Vavau island
(V), elevation 290 feet. Also a great open bay on northwest coast.

Vaivai. Weak, frail, faint, feeble, helpless. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niua-
toputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vaivaia. Exhausted. Waterhole on Tofua island (H). Here the Samoan Faia
fell exhausted, hence the name. See the place name Faia.

Vakaahoika. Vessel for the day of fishing [vaka, vessel; aho, day; ika, fish].
Tract near Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Vakaea. Vessel appearing plainly [vaka, vessel; ea, to appear plainly]. Tract
on Nomuka island (H).

Vakaeitu. A half vessel [vaka, vessel; eitu, a half]. Island (V).

Vakafaila. Vessel with the sail set [vaka, vessel; faila, to set the sail of a ves-
sel]. Tract on Nukunukumotu island (T).

Vakafaioho. Well-provisioned boat [vaka, boat; fai, plenty or well equipped;
oho, provisions]. Inlet near Fuipa in Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract in Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V).

Vakafua. Boat used to catch the jellyfish [vaka, boat; fua, to catch the jelly-
fish]. Tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Vakahefua. Tract near Tefisi, village on Vavau island (V)—Luani, landlord.

Vakahiatu. Boat for bonito catching [vaka, boat; hiatu, to go in search of the
bonito]. Tract near Fangaleounga, village on Foa island (H)—Niukapu, land-
lord.

250 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Vakaifa. To discern the pandanus [vakai, to discern; fa, pandanus]. Tract near
Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Vakaikaevete. To look if untied [vakai, to look; kae, if; vete, to untie, to loose].
A large telie (“almond’’) tree on right of road going up incline, Mt. Kafoa, on
Vavau island (V).

Vakainiu. To observe the coconut [vakai, to observe; niu, coconut]. Tract near
Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vakainuliku. A boat swamped near the weather shore [vaka, boat; inu, to drink;
liku, weather shore]. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Va-
hai, landlord.

Vakaiua. To descern two [vakai, to discern; ua, two]. Tract near Holonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Vakaliu. A return boat [vaka, boat; liu, to return]. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Vakaloa. Long boat [vaka, boat; loa, long]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Vakamei. Breadfruit boat [vaka, boat; mei, breadfruit]. Tract on Tungua island
(H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also two tracts on Niuafoou island (NF)—Foto-
fili and Fusitua, landlords.

Vakameifisi. Boat from Fiji [vaka, boat; mei, from; fisi, Fiji]. Tract near Vei-
tongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vakameihakau. Boat from the reef [vaka, boat; mei, from; hakau, reef]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. :

Vakameilima. Five boats of breadfruit wood [vaka, boat; mei, breadfruit; lima,
Samoan for five]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—
Maatu, landlord.

Vakameimoana. Boat from the ocean [vaka, boat; mei, from; moana, ocean].
Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Vakameimuli. Vessel from foreign parts [vaka, vessel; mei, from; muli, a for-
eigner]. Tract on Tofua island (H).

Vakameinomuka. Vessel from Nomuka [vaka, vessel; mei, from; nomuka, an
island of the Haapai group]. Tract near Haavakatolo, village on Tongatabu
island (T)—Ahomee, landlord.

Vakamouafu. Vessel heavily laden with spray [vaka, vessel; mou, heavy laden,
as a vessel; afu, the spray of the sea]. Tract near Haalalo, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Vakanaa. Boat of broken food brought from a distance for friends [vaka, boat;
naa, used of broken food brought from a distance for friends]. Tract on Niua-
foou island (NF)—Fusitua, landlord.

Vakaniua. Niua vessel [vaka, vessel; niua, Niuatoputapu island]. Tract near
Ohonua, village on Eua island (T). Also islet in inlet at Fonuamotu, near La-
paha, village on Tongatabu island (T). Here was moored the Tui Haataka-
laua’s vessel, which was also called Vakaniua—the boat that carried Fotofili to
Niuafoou where he and his descendants became rulers.

Vakangotoika. Vessel swamped by fish [vaka, vessel; ngoto, to swamp; _ ika,
fish]. Place at anchorage of Pahu, Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vakano. Borrowed boat [vaka, boat; no, to borrow]. Tract near Maufanga, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract near Navu-
toka, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord.

Vakaono. Six vessels [vaka, vessel; ono, six]. Tract near Neiafu, village on
Vavau island (V).

Vakapola. Vessel of platted coconut leaves [vaka, vessel; pola, the coconut leaf
platted for thatch, and other purposes]. Tract near Holonga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 251

Vakatalata. Vessel of the talata bird [vaka, vessel; talata, a bird]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Lapaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near Haano,
village on Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Vakatauala. Vessel that luffs [vaka, vessel; tauala, to luff]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vakataumai. Vessel arriving [vaka, vessel; taumai, to arrive]. Tract near
Koloua, green near Maufanga, and tract near Malapo, villages on Tongatabu
island (T). Also tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord. Tract near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Loto-
foa, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract, of the god
Tui Haafakafanua, near Faleloa, village on Foa island (H). Also village on
Kapa island (V). Also tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V).

Vakatauoho. Vessel arriving with food for voyagers [vaka, vessel; tau, to arrive;
oho, food of voyagers]. Beach on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore.

Vakatofusi. Running vessel [vaka, vessel; tofusi, to run]. A place in Hihifo
district where people formerly lived, on Tongatabu island (T).

Vakauta. Shave boat [vaka, boat; uta, shore]. Tract on Ofolanga island (T).

Vakautangu. Vessel loaded with yams [vaka, vessel; uta, cargo; ngu, a kind of
yam.] Place at anchorage of Pahu, Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vakavakatefua. To be collected at the side [vakavaka, the side; tefua, to be
collected or assembled together]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island
(T): near Pea—Lavaka, landlord, Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, and Longo-
teme—Veikune, landlord. Also tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).
Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vakelotu. Uproarious prayer [vake, an uproarious noise; lotu, prayer]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vatitaki. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Vakuuho. To scratch the root of the kava [vaku, to scratch; uho, the root of
the kava]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Valaheu. A dress which is stirred round and round [vala, a dress; heu, to stir
round and round]. Tract on Nomuka island (H).

Vale. Foolish. Place on weather shore opposite Eua, on Tongatabu island (T).

Valeangaua. An insane person clever with both hands [vale, an insane person;
angaua, clever with both hands]. Tract near Niutoua, village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Valefanau. A fool who gives birth [vale, fool; fanau, to give birth]. Tract near
Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord. Also cemetery be-
longing to the family of Makaui, the priest of the god Tui Haafakafanua, near
Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Nuapapu, village
on Nuapapu island (V). Also tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Valefetuku. A fool who repeatedly gives everything to a girl, yet knows that he
has no chance of winning her [vaie, fool; fetuku, to remove, to carry]. Tract
in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Valekinau. A fool who perseveres in wicked way [vale, fool; kinau, to persevere
in wicked ways]. Tract near Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Valemata. Raw fool [vale, fool; mata, raw, green, unripe]. Tract (V) near
Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Valemoui. Living fool [vale, fool; moui, to live]. Tract near Matafonua, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Valetoakakau. Fool courageous at swimming [vale, fool; toa, courageous; kakau,
to swim]. Southern part of body of water enclosed by Hunga, Fofoa, and
Kalau islands (V).

252 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Valetoamamaha. Shallow Valetoa [valetoa (see preceding); mamaha, shallow].
Northern portion of body of water enclosed by Hunga, Fofoa, and Kalau islands
(V).

Valevale. Young, tender (applied to babes). Tract on Oua island (H).

Valoni. This valo shellfish [valo, the name of a shellfish; ni, this]. Tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Valu. Name of a fish. Two tracts near Ohonua and Pangai, villages on Eua
island (T). Also tract on Eua island (T), belonging to the rail (veka) god of
the family of Manumua. Also tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V).
Tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Valuhau. A valu fish suitable for the ruler [valu, name of a fish; hau, ruler].
Tract near Kanokupolu, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Talafoou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

Valuvalu. Tract near Veitongo, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vanahekita. Sea urchin pushed out and struck [vana, sea urchin; heki, to push
out; ta, to strike]. Tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, land-
lord.

Vanu. A deep headlong steep. Tract near Matavai, village on Niuatoputapu
island (NT). Also tract near Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu isiand (NT)—
Maatu, landlord.

Vanuta. To hew a deep headlong steep [vanu, deep headlong steep; ta, to hew].
Tract near Haakili, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Haateiho,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Vangini. To swear at this [vangi, to swear at; ni, this]. Tract near Lotofoa,
village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai,
village on Haano island (H).

Vao. The bush. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Vaoahi. Sandalwood bush [vao, bush; ahi, sandalwood]. Tract in Neiafu, village
on Vavau island (V).

Vaoai. Bush of ai trees [vao, bush; ai, a tree]. Tract near Holonga, village on
Vavau island (V).

Vaoatakape. The bush of the unmarried [vao, bush; a, of; takape, unmarried].
Tract near Otea, village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Pangai, village
on Pangaimotu island (V).

Vaoate. The bush of long grass [vao, bush; ate, a long grass]. Tract near
Fotua, village on Foa island (H)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Vaoatea. The bush of whitishness [vao, bush; a, of; tea, whitish]. Tract near
Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaofakalava. The bush that lies lengthwise [vao, bush; fakalava, to lie length-
wise]. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Vaofatai. Bush of fatai shrubs [vao, bush; fatai, a shrub]. Tract near Faka-
kakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract on Taunga island (V)—Akauola,
landlord. Also tract near Hotonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaofau. Bush of fau trees [vao, bush; fau, a tree]. Tract near Tatakamotonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Fatumu,
village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaofisi. The bush of flowers [vao, bush; fisi, flower]. Tract near Haalaufuli,
village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Vaohahau. Dewy bush [vao, bush; hahau, dew]. Tract near Fatumu, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Vaohaka. Bush where holes are cut in tree trunks for holding water [vao, bush;
haka, a hole cut into the trunk of a tree for holding water]. Tract near Holo-
peka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Namas 253

Vaohala. Bush with a road [vao, bush; hala, road]. Tract on Haafeva island
(H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord.

Vaohea. Bush of hea trees [vao, bush; hea, a tree]. Tract on Taunga island
(V)—Akauola, landlord. Also tract on Lape island (V). Also tract near
Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaohingano. Bush of hingano trees [vao, bush; hingano, a tree]. Tract near
Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Vaohungalu. Bush where there are dead shells [vao, bush; hungalu, a dead
shell]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Vaokahikahi. Bush where there are kahikahi fish [vao, bush; kahikahi, a fish].
Tract in Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaokahikaiuta. Inland bush where kahi shellfish is eaten [vao, bush; kahi, a
shellfish; kai, to eat; uta, inland]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T).

Vaokaho. Bush of reeds [vao, bush; kaho, reed]. Tract near Holonga, village
on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaokaka. Dry, barren bush [vao, bush; kaka, dry, barren]. Tracts near villages
on Tongatabu island (T): near Lapaha—Pangia, landlord, and Tatakamotonga
—Tungi, landlord.

Vaokakala. Bush of scented flowers [vao, bush; kakala, any and every sweet
flower]. Tract on Nomuka island (H). Also tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V).

Vaokava. Bush of kava plants [vao, bush; kava, a shrub (Piper methysticum) ].
The name may refer to another shrub, kavahaha, which is used as fish poison.
Tract near Fahefa, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Veehala, landlord. Also
tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Fakafanua, landlord.
Also tract on Nukunukumotu island (T). Also tract near Pangai, village on
Lifuka island (H).

Vaolahi. Great bush [vao, bush; lahi, great]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Fakafanua, landlord. Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho,
landlord. Also tract on Lofanga island (H). Also tract on Hunga island (V)
—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract on Okoa island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.
Also tract near Toula, village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Haalau-
fuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Vaoleleva. Long and narrow bush [vao, bush; leleva, long and narrow]. Tract
near Tatakamotonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also
tract near Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. This
tract and the Tatakamotonga tract, which anciently constituted a single tract,
are said to be named after a chief called Lavakavaoleleva. Also tract near
Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Taanea,
village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai, landlord.

Vaolevelu. Large bush [vao, bush; levelu, large]. Tract near Uiha, village on
Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Vaoloioa. Tall bush [vao, bush; lcloa, tall]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T). Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Vaolongolongo. Bush of tree ferns [vao, bush; longolongo, tree fern]. Tract
near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Vaolupe. Bush where pigeons are plentiful [vao, bush; lupe, pigeon (Carpop-
haga pacifica]. Tract near Matahau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaomafana. Warm bush [vao, bush; mafana, warm]. Tract on Vavau island (V).

Vaomaile. Bush of myrtle shrubs [vao, bush; maile, myrtle]. Tract near Folaha,
village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Otea, village on Kapa island

254 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

(V). Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli,
landlord. Also tract on Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vaomakai. Bush of makai trees [vao, bush; makai, name of a tree]. Tract near
Tuanuku, village on Vavau island (V)—Ulukalala, landlord.

Vaomanonu. Bush of manonu trees [vao, bush; manonu, a tree]. Tract near
Lapaha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord.

Vaomangele. Bush of mangele trees [vao, bush; mangele, a tree]. Tract near
Tuanekivale, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaomoota. Bush of moota trees [vao, bush; moota, a tree]. Tract near Angaha,
village on Niuafoou island (NF). Also another tract on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vaomotua. Old bush [vao, bush; motua, old]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vaono. Leased bush [vao, bush; no, to lease]. Tract on Tungua island (H)—
Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Vaopako. Bush of pako grass [vao, bush; pako, a kind of grass]. Tract
in Lotofoa, village on Foa island (H).

Vaopule. Bush where cowries are found [vao, bush; pule, cowry]. Tract near
Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Vaota. Bush that has been cut down [vao, bush; ta, to hew]. Tract near Tala-
foou, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

Vaotaki. The bartered bush [vao, bush; taki, to barter]. Tracts near villages
on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata, landlord, Foui—Vahai, landlord,
Maufanga—Fakafanua, landlord, and Haavakatolo—Ahomee, landlord. Also
tract near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near
Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

Vaotapu. Sacred bush [vao, bush; tapu, sacred]. Tract near Vaipoa, village on
Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vaotata. The near bush [vao, bush; tata, near, not distant]. Tract near Mata-
fonua, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Vaotatai. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Vaotoi. Bush of toi trees [vao, bush; toi, a tree]. Tract near Tatakamotonga,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tungi, landlord. Also tract near Taanea,
village on Vavau island (V)—Vahai, landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, vil-
lage on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Vaotuu. Standing bush or bush of large trees [vao, bush; tuu, to stand]. Place
on Tongatabu island (T). On weather shore. Also village on Tongatabu
island (T).

Vasivasi. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—Ata,
landlord, Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord, Nukualofa, Tatakamotonga—Tungi,
landlord, Talasiu—Tui Lakepa, landlord, and Kolonga—Nuku, landlord. Also
tract on Haafeva island (H)—Tuuhetoka, landlord. Also tract near Fakakakai,
village on Haano island (H). Also district on Hunga island (V)—Tui Lakepa,
landlord.

Vasua. A large clam. Tract on Niniva island (H).

Vate. Name of a shrub. Two tracts near Nukualofa and Haasini, villages on
Tongatabu island (T).

Vatu. Tract near Kolovai, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Ata, landlord.

Vatulele. Two tracts near Matafonua—Tui Vakano, landlord, and Fatai, villages
on Tongatabu island (T).

Vaufakalava. To scrape so as to lie lengthwise [vau, to scrape; fakalava, to lie
lengthwise]; however, the name is probably Vaofakalava misspelled. Promon-
tory on Vavau island (V). On east coast.

Vauleleva. The section of Vavau harbor (V), bounded by Lotuma and Pangai-
motu islands and the peninsula of Hikutamoli.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 255

Vaupula. To scrape the pula shrub [vau, to scrape; pula, a shrub]. Tract on
Niuafoou island (NF)—Fotofili, landlord.

Vavae. The cotton plant. Tract near Koloua, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also two tracts near Tefisi—Luani, landlord, and Holonga, villages on Vavau
island (V).

Vavau. Two tracts near Nukualofa and Hoi, villages on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord. Also tract near
Holopeka, village on Lifuka island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near Fa-
kakakai, village on Haano island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also island (V). The northern group
of islands in the Tongan archipelago.

Vavea. Quick. Tract near Houma, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, land-
lord.

Vavelotu. Prayers said quickly [vave, quick; lotu, prayer]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Veefefe. The spraying water [vee, water; fefe, to spray]. A group of eight
scattered springs at the foot of the precipitous rock Koloutakape, on Eua
island (T). The origin of these springs forms a sequel to the fight of Tuutaki
with his wife’s brother, mentioned under the place name Utukape. After Tuu-
taki had slain his wife’s relatives he went to rest at the edge of a neighboring
high cliff. He stuck his two-pointed spear, called tamataua, into the ground
at the edge of the cliff and rested against it with his back to the precipice.
He then called to his wife to bring him a drink. She brought him but a little
water to drink and as he bent his head back to drain the cup, she pushed
him over the precipice. He seized her and they fell together. He was im-
paled on a tree, but she fell to the rocks. The little water left in the coco-
nut shell cup slashed into eight places, and from it arose the eight springs
called Veefefe. According to another version the springs appeared where eight
fragments of the coconut cup struck.

Veengangana. Spilt water, in reference to myth of its having been spilt from
mouth of a god who was carrying it [vee, water; ngangana, to spill]. Water
near Makave, village on Vavau island (V).

Veepueki. Water of the pueki shellfish [vee, water; pueki, a shellfish]. A small
upland lake in red soil in deep depression on Eua island (T).

Veetoki. Water of the toki shellfish [vee, water; toki, a shellfish]. Tract near
Vaipoa, village on Niuatoputapu island (NT)—Maatu, landlord.

Vehivehikai. Trying to eat. Tract near Nukuhitulu, village on Tongatabu island
(T).

Veiali. Water of the ali fish [vei, water; ali, a fish]. Tract near Ohonua, village
on Bua island (T).

Veianga. Place where fish are supposed to die from the heat of the sun [veia,
dead fish supposed to die from the heat of the sun; anga, place]. Tract near
Vaotuu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Veiata. Reflecting water [vei, water; ata, to reflect as a mirror]. Tract near
Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord. Also tract near
Holonga, village on Vavau island (V).

Veifili. Chosen water [vei, water; fili, to choose]. Tract near Teekiu, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord.

Veifoa. Broken sheet of water [vei, water; foa, to make an opening]. Tracts
near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Vaotuu—Tui Vakano, landlord,
Veitongo, Holonga, and Hamula—Pangia, landlord. Also tract and district
near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).

256 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Veifoou. New water [vei, water; foou, new]. Tract near Nukunuku, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord. Also tract near Uiha, village
on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Veikalae. Water of the gallinule [vei, water; kalae, gallinule (Porphyrio viti-
ensis)]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Veikeli. Dug water [vei, water; keli, to dig]. Tract on Fotuhaa island (H).

Veikena. Evaporated water [vei, water; kena, dry, withered, blighted]. Tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Veikie. Water which makes a plaintive noise [vei, water; kie, to make a plain-
tive noise]. Tract near Koulo, village on Lifuka island (H).

Veikuma. The water of the rat [vei, water; kuma, rat]. Tract near Talafoou,
village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lauaki, landlord.

Veikumete. Bowl water [vei, water; kumete, bowl]. Tract near Alaki, village
on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Pelehake, landlord.

Veikunekivai. Veikuna towards the water [veikune, name of a chief; ki, towards;
vai, water]. A heilala tree near Feletoa, village on Vavau island (V).

Veilokua. Name of a fish. Tract near Utulau, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Also tract near Felemea, village on Uiha island (H).

Veilupesia. Water of the pigeon mound [vei, water; lupe, pigeon (Carpophaga
pacifica); sia, artificial mound]. Tract on Uiha island (H).

Veimoho. Water of the moho rail [vei, water; moho, rail, (Ortygometra tabu-
ensis)]. Tract on Ofu island (V)—Tui Lakepa, landlord. Also tract near
Makave, village on Vavau island (V)—Tui Afitu, landlord. Also tract near Kei,
village on Vavau island (V).

Veimumuni. To murmur over a death. Tract on Lofanga island (H).

Veimusie. The water full of grass [vei, water; musie, a grass]. Tract on Fotu-
haa island (H).

Veimusieua. Second grassy water [vai, water; musie, a grass; ua, two]. Tract
in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Veingangana. Dropping water [vei, water; ngangana, to drop]. Tract near
Teekiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Motuapuaka, landlord. Also tract
in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Veingatae. Water of the ngatae trees [vei, water; ngatae, name of a tree (Eryth-
rina indica)]. Tract near Folaha, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Veiongo. To hear water [vet, water; ongo, to hear]. Mt. Zion, Nukualofa (T).

Veipahu. Water with a hollow tree set in it as a filter [vei, water; pahu, a
hollow tree set in water, as a filter]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Veisiale. The water of the gardenia [vei, water; siale, gardenia]. Tract near
Pea, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Lavaka, landlord. Also tract near Vai-
malo, village on Vavau island (V).

Veita. Beating water [vei, water; ta, to beat]. Tract near Houma, village on
Tongatabu island (T)—Vaea, landlord.

Veitahafo. Tract on Fonoifua island (H)—Tui Afitu, landlord.

Veitapu. Sacred water [vei, water; tapu, sacred]. Tract near Nukunuku, vil-
lage on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Vakano, landlord.

Veitatalo. Taro of the beaten water [vei, water; ta, to beat; talo, taro (Colo-
casia antiquorum)]. Tract in Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Veitoloa. The water of the duck [vei, water; toloa, duck, (Anas superciliosa)].
Inlet at Mua (Lapaha and Tatakamotonga), village on Tongatabu island (T).

Veitongo. The water of mangrove trees [vei, water; tongo, mangrove tree].
Village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Holonga, village on Tonga-
tabu island (T). Also tract near Fakakakai, village on Haano island (H).
Also tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord.

Gifford—Tongan Place Names 257

Veitoo. Water of the too shellfish [vei, water; too, shellfish]. Tract near Ka-
laau, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Veitupa. Water of the tupa shellfish [vei, water; tupa, a shellfish]. Tract in
Pangai, village on Pangaimotu island (V).

Veitupe. Palpitating water [vei, water; tupe, palpitation]. Tract near Uiha,
village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord.

Veitupu. The growing water [vei, water; tupu, to grow, to arise from, to spring,
to accrue]. Tract near Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract
near Uiha, village on Uiha island (H)—Malupo, landlord. Also tract near Otea,
village on Kapa island (V). Also tract near Pangai, village on Pangaimotu
island (V).

Veitutulu. Dropping water [vei, water; tutulu, to drop, to fall in drops]. Tract
near Haalaufuli, village on Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Veiu. Sheltered water [vei, water; u, to shelter]. Tract near Folaha, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Veiua. Two waters [vei, water; ua, two]. Tract near Kanokupolu, village on
Tongatabu island (T).

Veka.. The rail (Rallus pectoralis). Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

Vela. Hot. Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Velangi. Burnt and whimpering [vela, to burn, to scald; ngi, to whimper]. Tract
near Malapo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Luani, landlord. Also tract on
Ovaka island (V). Also tract near Kapa, village on Kapa island (V). Also
tract on Hunga island (V)—Fulivai, landlord. Also two tracts near Toula and
Haakio, villages on Vavau island (V).

Velangilala. Desert burnt and whimpering [vela, to burn, to scald; ngi, to whim-
per; lala, desert]. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).
Velata. To burn and to strike [vela, to burn; ta, to strike]. Tract in
Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract and fortress near Pan-

gai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Veleangana. Tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Velenga. To do one’s uttermost. Tract near Vaini, village on Tongatabu island
(T)—Maafu, landlord.

Velitoa. Courageous veli insect [veli, an insect in the water, like the centipede;
toa, courageous]. Tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Kolovai—
Ata, landlord, Havelu—Fielakepa, landlord, Malapo—Pangia, landlord, Lapaha—
Pangia, landlord, and Niutoua. Also island (T), composed of two parts (Veli-
toahahake and Velitoahihifo) joined at low tide by a sand bar. Also tract near
Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H) Also district near Haano, village on
Haano island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord.

Velitoafisi. Velitoa in Fiji [velitoa, (see preceding); fisi, Fiji]. Tract near La-
paha, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Pangia, landlord. Also tract near
Talasiu, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Tui Lakepa, landlord.

Velitoahahake. Eastern Velitoa [velitoa, (see Velitoa); hahake, eastern]. Island
(T).

Velitoahihifo. Western Velitoa [velitoa, (see Velitoa); hihifo, western). Island
Ch):

Velitoaiahau. Velitoa in Ahau. Tract near Pangai, village on Lifuka island (H).

Vesia. Tract near Kolonga, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Nuku, landlord.

Vete. The name of a fish. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Veuki. To confuse. Tract in Nukunuku, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also
tract in Nukualofa, village on Tongatabu island (T). Also tract near Toula,
village on Vavau island (V). Also tract near Angaha, village on Niuafoou
island (NF).

258 Bernice P. Bishop Museum—Bulletin

Vi. Name of a tree (Spondias dulcis). Tract near Kolomaile, village on Eua
island (T). Also tracts near villages on Tongatabu island (T): near Hofoa,
Maufanga, Vaini—Maafu, landlord, Holonga, and Lolotelie. Also tract near
Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H). Also tract near Haano, village on Haano
island (H)—Tui Haangana, landlord. Also tract near Haalaufuli, village on
Vavau island (V)—Afu Haalaufuli, landlord.

Vikingatala. To boast of ngatala fish [viki, to boast, to brag of; ngatala, a fish].
Tract near Fataulua, village on Niuafoou island (NF).

Vilia. To drill. Tract near Foui, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Vahai, land-
lord.

Vilivili. To bore a hole. Tract near Falevai, village on Kapa island (V)—Faka-
tulolo, landlord.

Viua. Two vi trees [vi, a tree (Spondias dulcis); ua, two]. Tract near Vaipoa,
village on Niuatoputapu island (NT).

Voono. Tract on Tungua island (H)—Tui Haateiho, landlord.

Vou. New (in Fijian). Tract and hill near Neiafu, village on Vavau island (V).

Vuafutu. Narrow end of canoe sail made of material from the futu tree [vu,
narrow end of canoe sail; a, of; futu, a tree (Barringtonia speciosa)]. Tract
near Hihifo, village on Lifuka island (H.)

Vuia. Tract near Tokomololo, village on Tongatabu island (T)—Maafu, landlord.
Also tract near Ngaunoho, village on Utungake island (V).

Vukau. The handle of the narrow end of a canoe sail [vu, narrow end of a
canoe sail; kau, the handle, the stem]. Tract near Neiafu, village on Vavau
island (V)—Lauaki, landlord.

Vusi. Tract in Maufanga, village on Tongatabu island (T).

Ay ay ‘
HY \
J 4
¥
ry i 4
“0
¥ fn ae
- } |
¢ -
\y
yey |
, 7 Ned

he fl i
ails

aren N NN aa AQ FPF AAAD > AAS R
* aba aa- nlel alate ini inininin\. | ie
— my a= N na ts . aw. Youll. \ i
ROR AAs Aaa. 22. >->>7 AYIA NA
lm OD oN NAW PN’ ara a
= Are Form ~ Aa
el eo, oN ‘ r
~ aA aw yy) | ROA
5 os 2 oe =
a aA” SMa saaa ‘ pope gs >
RaAN2DOD =~ AD = an” & ia, -
peemeeeneaamhannx- CN OY NN
- ~ - Le NS FX ’
UNA. _Y™’ Ywy \ AR <'s
¢ RDARAR,~A
= _ e ae rs R
Anas aa... NNER RAARAR SIRS Bea
Ama .At NAAN AAS ala
: ~ ~ ~~ xa Sa ~AAAWA- AA
cia aa ~
ann os a , , & AAAS D2 4ADEM AA?
AarAy a” AARAAARAS AS SS Aan oe ~~ ? rat
DABS we TSO REA OPN la.)
(Oe Soe ae iam Oe laste Wey AArA.
> 7 Nign ~~ rN MO We It ; AABRAS
pay Ca \ aamanh=- ARs SRARAAZAL A
J AT = i od =~ J oe 7 1 s t —P WT
~ . oa Ba Pe. el nla \, A
VWan ala agialeLL! Maldaaaaa yam
WaAA yam AR a > Ap SST AS mm a
Ynys pa aad - AAAZARAAZARE ~anaaeeea- ae
an OO a a nS eo OD ~~.
oN) RAO LAY a arnar fA, *

aA aanatn - .\_~* a. AA
tale) | |i anna AIALAAIAY Ya)

TWN Y | FN a TY YY Ve gii@iaay YY, | ’

BAAR nan AAnap aca Ananth.
NE ugar” na AA\hane MARMAAR AAA:
SAAS YAP OY aA.

~ A aaen:

a a2
~ an : ;
Ram De aw Arnanapa’ saree OMe
RAAR Ag 528 2 ORR RR eee eee ee
a al At + — “ “vA r
/ ) r 7 % Po a OR ~ -i-~ ~ *
> s _t Ww
Lo < Wore? at SO, oc NMS a y
AAA Dannaa; OMe «x -ha- .2>- . Am Rial ly
= 2 N+ = BARA 4 GRA Ag!
ante = a = Gi ~ ~ ¥ Aaa
~ a» oe x is RA = me aA ar manasa. .
A Shae! pestin e Nee eat ~ FR
AAA AANA ALARA YN Fy
x —~ oY ae rw Ww a, : Aah 2n4seeaAep
* aA x eRHQRM a
a! Oh Ly, .
“LW ~888aan.FAaag - ~
Ap = Ame ge NN AAAI
‘ ( a ONY a rAA2a NX ‘
~S oe | Rn fai’ sy iv AAA
MAA A needa sa Ages:
ei . aa’ =~ ety Sing ay a a A Ay ty am Z
: ana zz > ‘pi ait ot Banca’
yr Boece ie : dy? 7 Rea > > .
er ht Pee MDeaaGanannn aAsaeeAAAAR. 2

- i. a a oi -
Cres one) me feel ag) es FS A A NER “9 a oa ye.

pa
Wor ae tal | lala an

ted ae Wr ee)

aA ABBA A Annan AhnneanaRs

Mah aamif an;
~2 NAAMA, sane ama san re yeaa ay

RAR AD LNG A mB RA
yannaahy ane “praanapal’.. - aeoncent

me, My
anahes® anpanraen.”

Ba J ea J) Ve ’ x

RAaS agALN---aasAResnanee< Tae \F

AY

~ Aaa” an games

ans ey ANY.
& | \e

Br
eT eeD ‘ees PS ony
= elk a a Via Ve, gm

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

win

01353 01